Author: inkthief

I'd like to be a nice person, and sometimes I am. I'd like to be sociable, and sometimes I am. I'd like to be Hemingway, but I'm still not.

Sword Pilgrim – Chapter 137

Rustle.

Within the tall grass –

Hid a figure, yellow pupils gleaming in the darkness.

Scales covered his skin, and his pupils were vertically slit like a reptile; he was the chief of the dragonkin tribe.

He was Philo Cut-Tail.

“Aldo, you know, even just thinking about it…”

“I know what you mean.”

“Isn’t this discrimination?”

“It can’t be helped. We aren’t as light as Serena.”

True.

The Wings of Leteti were made of iron.

And the inscriptions engraved on it made the artefact capable of controlling the winds.

But it had its limits.

Made by an ancient tribe that originally lived on a mountain cliff, the ancient relic operated on the principles of a glider, and flew on strong winds.

It didn’t allow freeform flight, and operated under a weight limit. And Serena was under that.

Aldo or Philo, both weighing over a hundred kilograms, were not.

“If I were Callis, I also would’ve taken Serena with me. Rather than a stinky man, it’s better to fly with a fragrant woman. That’s what you call romance! Haha!”

“Sheesh.”

Philo bit his tongue, but couldn’t deny it.

Those two were really a well-matched couple.

When viewed from the outside, at least.

In addition, Callius’ choice was also reasonable under the circumstances.

“That should be the direction.”

Towards where they’d seen Callius fly.

“Let’s get some rest first. Even the princess will have to give up on the chase after a few days. We have to take this guy along, too, so it’s better to rest now.”

– Growl.

The thunder wolf dragon with a sword in its mouth interjected.

Philo plopped back down on his seat with a sense of reluctance.

Good luck, you two.

Aldo pulled something out of his pocket.

It was a metal flask. Philo at first thought it was filled with water, but one the lid opened, he could smell the strong scent of alcohol.

“What’s that?”

“Alcohol. Callis told me to take my time to savour it.”

“Ah…”

“Aurora’s Tears. Apparently, it’s made by double distillation, but anyway, it’s very strong and very flavourful, so I’m looking forward to it.”

Aldo’s eyes lit up as he drank the bottled liquor.

The intense taste that seemed to scald the tongue and the throat, and the mellow scent that accompanied it, were truly excellent.

“Wow! Alright! Now this is what you call alcohol!”

It was as strong as the flower wine that the dwarves were proud of, strong enough to be called fire-water.

As expected from a drink from the North.

The natives of that frozen hellhole drank this to overcome the cold, and indeed, it was strong enough to heat up the body and deaden the senses in an instant.

“Hoh, what a nice present.”

Aldo was a wandering pilgrim, but even in his experience, such a strong liquor was rare.

Most of them were either tasteless or smelled like rotten potatoes, but this northern liquor was different.

Aurora’s Tears, huh?

I’ll definitely visit the North when I next have the chance.

“C’mon, give me a taste too.”

“Here you go.”

Philo took a sip right away.

“Kahak!”

And started coughing, trying to soothe his burning throat.

Laughing, Aldo sipped a few more drops of Aurora’s Tears, and then lay down flat on his back with a contented grin.

“The world is spinning! Kahaha!”

“Ugh, it feels like my tongue is on fire.”

While they were enjoying their time, crying or laughing out loud –

Brrrrrrrr.

– A soft vibrating sound made itself known.

“Hm?”

Philo’s tail twitched.

He immediately looked up.

“Aldo! Aldo! Wake up!”

“Ugh, why… and here I was enjoying myself…”

“Get up and look!”

Aldo rubbed his eyes and looked up at the sky.

“Is it morning already?”

The sky, which had been full of stars and the moon, had suddenly turned bright.

As if it were morning.

A moment’s worth of dawn.

“That’s –!”

Aldo recognized the source of the light, Serena’s arrow!

They’d journeyed together for so many years, how could he fail to recognize it?!

“The imperial princess has started moving.”

“They were flying smoothly, so why –?”

“No idea. But we can’t sit here idle.”

Aldo took up his hammer.

Philo, his spear.

Vivi’s jaw clamped tight upon his sword.

“Let’s go!”

Three shadows rushed out of the forest near the border, but the Imperial Army didn’t notice, having bigger concerns.


Craaaashhhhh!!

The high peak that’d stood unbowed for centuries, crumbled without fanfare.

Not from the roar of a mighty dragon, nor from the wrath of the demons.

A few tiny arrows achieved this miracle, collapsing the peak that’d stood tall surveying the surrounding mountain range for so long.

Booooommmm!!

‘That was far too flashy.’

Callius had had no idea that Serena would exert such power with her strike.

Thanks to that, Lutheon withdrew temporarily, but on the flip side, it drew others’ attention.

Callius glanced back and quietly clicked his tongue.

The troops deployed near the border were converging upon them.

Some were riding horses and shooting arrows, some throwing the spears in their hands.

He’d tried to quietly pass through, but Lutheon messed it all up. But on the other hand, this was also a good situation to take advantage of.

“Selena, hold him in check. I’ll break through the cordon.”

“Yes!”

Callius didn’t have any idea of making a stand here.

If he tried to fight Lutheon in this place, the pursuing troops would catch up, and he’d inevitably be put on the defensive.

Of course, finishing off the fight with Lutheon was important, but the timing wasn’t very good.

It’d only be a waste of time and energy.

And with the possibility of dying a dog’s death on the side.

“Just keep on like this. Carry on like this while I fly us both away!”

Frang! Frang! Frang!

Serena kept shooting like a veritable jet bomber.

Lutheon could not find no succour among the crumbling mountain peaks.

Forests burned and hills crumbled. Lutheon did a great job keeping his skin intact, leaping between the falling rocks while avoiding arrows, but that was his limit.

“That bitch…!”

With Serena’s skill at archery, her arrows flew as if anticipating his movements, and it was tough for him merely to keep his balance.

No matter how much of a genius he might be –

Humans couldn’t fly.

“Callius!!!”

Lutheon’s anger-filled scream echoed through the mountains. Finally, one of Serena’s arrows struck him on the shoulder, and he fell.

But not without a last counterblow.

The man, roaring, threw the last spear he had remaining.

‘That’s the Explosive Spear, Ames.’

That guy really threw it?

“Serena.”

“It’s not a problem.”

Once again, Serena’s bow lit up. The arrow split in an instant and intercepted Lutheon’s spear midflight.

But –

“Ames!”

With Lutheon’s roar –

Booooommmmm!!!

The spear exploded.

A strong wave of air surged in all directions.

Perhaps the intention was to throw Callius off and drag him to the ground.

It was a crisis, but –

“As expected.”

Callius, who’d fought with Lutheon once already, had already expected this after seeing him throw out his last trump card.

The Explosive Spear that’d given him so much trouble in the past –

He wasn’t fool enough to have forgotten it.

“The Three Beliefs – Venerating Heaven –”

Callius’ eyes were dyed purple, and the magical energy that bloomed around him like a haze overlaid the surrounding.

Callius folded Leteti’s Wings.

As he inscribed runes upon the air, Callius’ lips curved up at the corners.

As the pitch-black explosion bore down upon him like a stygian flood, the Sullivian-style sacred art was completed in an instant.

“Heavenly Church.”

Crackackackackack!

Hundreds of transparent chains, as if made of the very air itself, appeared by his side and wrapped around him and Serena.

Boooommm!

As the shockwave stirred the air, the forms of Callius and Serena were blown away.

And as they fell in a parabolic arc –

Snapppp!

The wings spread again.

“Damn you, you bastard.”

Lutheon spat out a curse as he fell.

He’d failed to drag Callius down to his death.

“Let’s finish this the next time.”

Swoooosh!

Callius flapped his iron wings, and caught an updraft. Laughing at Lutheon, he quickly left the mountain range.


Clatter.

Lutheon, who’d escaped the avalanche relatively unharmed, pulled out the spear lying on the ground.

“…”

After standing still for a while and replaying the battle inside his head, Lutheon let out a bitter laugh.

Truly, things had gone almost as he’d expected.

He’d heard in the North that Callius had returned to the battlefield with a winged flying artifact. So he’d lain in wait here expected him to pass by, and his guess had been on the money.

However, the problem was that –

“To think he’d be with an elf.”

The eyesight of a superhuman approaching the realm of Masters was beyond what ordinary human beings could imagine.

So Lutheon had noticed right away.

The misbegotten Callius, laughing at him while holding a beautiful elf in his arms.

Creeaaak.

Lutheon’s face, as he clutched his spear tight, was filled with rage.

“He’s still the same asshole. Why, still…”

Why was he still getting stronger?

Lutheon felt this was absurd.

Callius had originally been a talentless dullard.

Since somebody like that had grown stronger, Lutheon had thought he must’ve stripped some part of him away and discarded it.

Because he himself had been the same.

However, that guy was still the same.

Still holding a woman in his arms, with arrogant eyes that seemed to look down on everything.

And yet –

He was getting stronger? Without loss? Without sacrifice?

“And what was that divine art?”

The strange aura it exuded was more majestic than anything he’d seen before.

‘I’m sure it’s not a demonic force.’

Did Callius chance upon some strange power from the Light Dragon?

Lutheon couldn’t figure it out.

But what was certain, was that Callius had acquired not only a sword art, but also a divine art.

A powerful sacred skill that could stand against his spear!

But Lutheon’s anger soon turned into ridicule.

“Looks like you’ve reached your limit. So you’re looking into other avenues to keep up.”

There had to be limits to his swordsmanship.

It wouldn’t have been easy for Callius to overcome that.

Hence the need to look elsewhere.

That was the narrow-minded way of thinking of a dullard.

Even if a guy like that, who used to not know one end of a sword from another, gained great power and performed divine magic –

He’d soon reach his limit.

But not him. Not Lutheon.

Because he was solely devoted to his spear, with singleminded focus on breaking the wall in his path.

It was just a matter of time.

“If we meet next time –”

Callius wouldn’t find escaping as simple as today.

And surely, surely –

“On behalf of her, whom you’ve abused so sorely, I will take revenge.”


The scene after leaving the mountain range –

“Wow.”

– Was the Red Desert, Sahara.

The Tower of the Holy Land stood tall at its centre.

It was the Saharan Sanctuary.

Callius and Serena, forgetting about the previous battle, leisurely enjoyed the vast landscape as they floated in the sky.

How many could take in the Sahara from so high a place?

Callius and Serena silently watched the painting nature had created for a while, and felt their hearts expand.

The Red Desert was wide.

Huge by any metric.

And the Tower was indeed majestically grand.

But there was something else that was really great.

“What strong spiritual power…”

“After all, this is the world-famous Holy Land.”

The energy they’d consumed was quickly being replenished.

Serena was surprised by the strange sensation, and even Callius was amazed.

‘How many times higher is the spirit power here compared to Fatalite’s sanctuary?’

The red-hued desert of the Sahara was the cemetery where innumerable dragons and demons had fallen.

How could such pure divine power permeate the air in a place like this?

They could only admire and be in awe.

The divine power they’d consumed in the previous battle was already refilled.

Just by feeling the sacred power of the Saharan Holy Land, Serena realized something, and the aura surrounding her began to change a little.

Callius flew a little slower so as to not disturb her. His eyes were busy scanning the desert.

Traces of Saint Stella could be found here.

And the person who’d turned himself into a sword was also probably still here.

So if he found them all –

Callius would surely be able to cross over the wall.

Breaking out of this wretched human form and transcending it, able to confront the dragons and demons.

A true Transcendent.

Able to carve out mountains and cleave the seas with one blow of his sword.

One sword, dividing heaven and earth.

A Sword Master.

He was going to escape the shackles of humanity.


Editor’s Notes:

None for this chapter.

Don’t forget to like, comment and rate/review on NovelUpdates.com! We’re quite a way into the middle of the story, so hopefully you’ve formed enough of an opinion.


Sword Pilgrim – Chapter 136

Pitter, patter.

At the empire’s western border –

The faces of the soldiers with torches who were tasked with keeping a strict watch, were full of dissatisfaction.

The reason was nothing other than –

“Has the princess gone crazy?”

“Shh. What if she hears you?”

“No, you tell me, does this make sense? The western border is closer to the Saharan Holy Land, so it’s common sense that this border is already stricter than other places; but suddenly ramping up like this…”

It wasn’t by the emperor’s order, nor the saint’s request. Not a suggestion from the Spears of the Empire, nor the prince’s bidding – purely by the princess’ whim.

The soldier had no choice but to call it so bluntly.

“Yeah, the princess is dead set on catching whoever tries to cross here – be it the pilgrims or the lizards.”

“Honestly, I don’t think they’ll try to pass through here unless they’re just plain crazy. If they’ve got working brains, they’ll turn around and go somewhere else. I’m not that smart either, but even I know the principality would be the safer route.”

“That’s the rub, they aren’t normal. Pilgrims are people who find meaning in suffering…”

– The fact that the soldiers didn’t like the current situation much.

Not only did their long working hours increase even further, but newcomers had also barged in and were wandering around asking questions, giving them a headache.

“I heard she went and failed to beat some lizards, if you can believe it. That’s why she’s making all this noise now.”

“The princess really seems power-mad. Does she really think she could be the next to rule the empire?”

Even to the soldiers, it sounded absurd.

Her strength was weak and her skills, low.

Besides, she was a woman.

Did she really want the emperor’s throne despite all that?

“If I were the emperor, I would’ve nominated either the prince or the saintess as my successor. Not the princess, who keeps running around excited like a pig in heat…”

“Hehe, I won’t mind calming her down myself.”

At that lowbrow attempt at humour, the man’s companion smirked.

“Keep dreaming, Arthur. That little finger of yours isn’t up to the task.”

“Have you ever seen it? Want me to show you? I guarantee your eyes will bug out, you son of a bitch.”

“Oho, oho! Fine, let’s see ‘em!”

“Just stand there and watch, you bastard. It’s as big as half the continent!”

The moment the speaker was about to loosen his trousers –

“Tighten the watch. If even one ant escapes, you’ll pay with your heads.”

“A-ah! Yes!”

Blond hair that shone brightly even in this pale pre-dawn –

Flowing golden locks that vied for supremacy against the full moon in the night sky –

As well as the crimson armour, and the pure white spear in her hands, lent the imperial princess’ visage a cast that might not look sacred, but at least gave a glimpse of the noblest bloodline on the continent.

Even the border guards, who’d been insulting her liberally just now, couldn’t help but express their loyalty for a moment.

“Tch.”

She didn’t like them very much, but it couldn’t be helped.

As the imperial princess turned and walked away, she found Princess Rebecca there to greet her as if she’d been waiting.

“How is the situation, Grand Princess?”

“Well… I don’t like it. We’ve deployed four times as many troops along the border, and the patrols are now every quarter of an hour instead of hourly. But I’m still a little worried.”

“Why is that?”

“Because of the pilgrim who hurt you.”

Or rather –

“Because of Callius von Jervain.”

The ducal princess’ eyes widened.

Princess Rebecca gulped.

Princess Lavian’s strict interrogation had left her no choice but to explain the pilgrim’s overall appearance.

And his black hair and sword had been enough for Princess Lavian to identify him.

From one of the four great noble houses of Carpe –

A scion of the family that ruled over their northern frontier –

The so-called Supreme Ruler of the North –

Or the Northking –

Once known as a scapegrace of the Jervain family, but now as the Hero of National Salvation –

And finally –

‘The one who uses Stella’s swordsmanship.’

The grand princess’ lips curved up.

“You’re making an unlucky face.”

“How rude.”

“Are you thinking of doing something reckless?”

“Tsk, Rebecca. If me and that wolf fought, who do you think would win?”

“Well, of course I think you’d win.”

“Don’t play around, Rebecca.”

“… Thirty percent.”

Only thirty?

The grand princess’ smile faded.

“That’s my odds of winning?”

“No, odds of him winning.”

Rebecca thought.

Compared to the imperial princess –

Callius’ power was still weak.

Of course, only if –

‘If I’ve seen all he’s got.’

The thunder wolf dragon he commanded.

A brief glimpse of his swordsmanship.

Poor divine power and bizarre divine magic.

If that was all –

Callius would be slaughtered as soon as he met the imperial princess.

But if not –

The one to die might be Princess Lavian.

“Maybe there isn’t much difference between him and me.”

“Is that so?”

The imperial princess gestured with her fingers.

“The Callius you met had poor divine power, but his divine arts were unusually strong. As far as I can remember, the only one who could use such sacred arts in Carpe was Cardinal Sullivian of Valtherus.”

Sullivian.

Her skills in the divine arts had been so great that people called her half the reason why the empire had failed to bring Carpe to heel.

Even the empire was helpless faced with her spells which shined the brightest in large-scale battlefields.

“He knows how to use Stella’s swordsmanship and Sullivian’s divine magic, and commands a thunder wolf dragon. Besides, you said he has poor divine power, but that’s probably a ruse. He must be hiding his power for some reason.”

“Huh? But that’s only possible if…”

Masters.

Those who’d torn down the wall and reached the realm of inaction (무위).

“He must be infinitely close.”

Somebody close to the Masters’ realm –

‘And he also subdued the Light Dragon.’

– After fully embracing the Light Dragon, could he not have taken a leap further?

To wield power comparable to a Master, if only for a time?

Still, the princess was not afraid.

On the contrary, excitement was raging inside her.

She felt like she could break down her wall, achieve a breakthrough, if she could just caught that man.

And if she managed to that wolf from Carpe, her reputation would rise, and she might even be able to wipe out the lizards he’d helped at the same time.

But one thing at a time.

Princess Lavian was focused on her immediate goal.

“But is he really going to come?”

“Anyone who has confidence in their skills, will definitely come here. My intuition tells me so.”

“Grand Princess, your intuition has a terrible track record.”

“It’s real this time. See this wound?”

“Don’t just bare your skin like that…”

“It’s hurting right now. This wound is the medal I got from killing a strong enemy. I deliberately didn’t mend it with holy water, and now each time I’m in danger, this medal aches in warning.”

“That sounded a lot like how mercenaries brag.”

“Anyway, he’s definitely coming.”

Her hands and feet were already itching.

She wanted to fight him as soon as possible.

The man Carpe called the Hero of National Salvation.

“But what about the guy you called?”

“That eunuch bastard? He said that he’ll come by a different route, or something, and he knew what to do. I’ll just leave him to his own devices. If he gets upstaged by me, that’s his own problem.”

Anyway, all they has to do now is wait.

“Today, the moon is really…”

The grand princess looked forward to when the enemy would arrive, while the ducal princess looked at the moon rising in the night sky.

The moon was exceptionally bright today.

And the shadows reflected below it felt particularly large.

“Huh? That’s a big bird.”

“Yeah. It looks a bit odd.”

However, it was none of their concern.


Whoooooosh.

Sharp wind stung at their skin.

The sky was dark, and the air, chilly.

However, Serena’s face was flushed red.

Her body was hot too.

“Are you alright? You feel hot.”

“It’s fine, fine!”

Serena was currently gliding through the night sky. What let her do so was an ancient relic, an artifact of the Vira Tribe of old.

Or rather, who was gliding was Callius, owner of Leteti’s Wings.

Normally there would’ve been no need to blush, but it was a ring from which wings unfurled, and there was no harness attached to it.

Therefore Callius couldn’t carry everybody along, and he was now flying over the border with Serena, the lightest, in his arms.

A strong arm was wrapped around her waist.

She was held to the bosom of a man she’d met literally a few days ago.

It was tight, and warm.

In addition, by the light of the bright moon his face could be seen very clearly, and there was even a mellow scent.

Enough to make her feel drunk!

Even an elf who is called the Incarnation of Beauty had no choice but to get drunk on Callius’ appearance.

A moonlit night with the full moon rising.

A man and a woman were flying in the sky.

A bewitching fragrance wafted around them, as the picturesque landscape passed beneath.

‘Those eyelashes…’

A sharp-bridged nose and a diamond-cut jawline –

And those dark eyes –

Serena’s heart was pounding, pounding, pounding like it would burst.

“It must be your first time flying. Are you afraid?”

“Ah, no. I’m fine, perfectly fine.”

“I think your heart is beating too fast to say that.”

“…”

Serena’s face turned red like a ripe tomato about to burst.

Her heart sped up even more.

On second thought, even though she was held tightly in one arm, there were so many places where their bodies were pressed together.

It was an unfamiliar experience for Serena.

But she wouldn’t say anything.

“Hug me tighter. Or you might fall.”

“Eh? Ah, yeah.”

She wrapped her arms around Callius’s neck and hugged him close, their faces about to touch.

Serena and Callius’ eyes met.

But only for a moment.

Their heads turned sideways as if they were trying to reflectively mimic each other.

Serena rested her head on his shoulder, and Callius looked over at the border.

‘Her body temperature is higher than I expected. Do elves have a higher body temperature than humans on average?’

He would’ve expected the opposite, but apparently that was wrong.

‘Her waist is thinner than I expected. Does she really only eat leaves?’

Then how did her breasts get so big?

While he was about to get lost in a maze of thoughts and hypotheses –

Callius’ eyes twitched.

They’d already crossed the border.

His original plan had been to fly over the border with Leteti, and land on the mountain opposite.

It was a low mountain peak near the border. They could slowly walk down from there and head towards the Holy Land.

Callius’ eyes looking at the peak turned cold.

“Who is it?”

The clouds covering by the moon moved away.

And the light returned, revealing a man whose appearance had been hidden till now.

Standing there at the mountaintop, several spears stabbed into the earth by his side, looking at him with eyes like that of a starving wild beast.

With golden hair –

Blue eyes –

Wearing black armour –

And holding a red spear in his hand –

“Lutheon.”

It was Lutheon the traitor.

‘How did he know and wait for me here?’

But there was no room for such worries. As soon as Lutheon caught Callius in his gaze, he immediately took action.

Dozens of spears, that’d been embedded into the ground, were pulled out in an instant and thrown like javelins.

“Selena!”

“Yes!”

Whiz!

The flying spears came at them at an amazing speed.

‘Have you grown further?’

Indeed, Lutheon was a genius who’d been considered second only to Esther, back in Carpe.

There was no way he would stand still.

His right hand carrying Letetti’s Wings –

And holding Serena in his left hand –

Callius had no hands left free.

‘Shit.’

He couldn’t even grab a sword.

He had to either drop Serena or take those spears head-on.

A clear smirk appeared on Lutheon’s face, as if he’d already sensed his own victory.

However, Serena’s hands were free.

As Callius grabbed her tighter –

Serena took out her bow and pulled the bowstring as if responding to him.

Her power was concentrated in her arrow.

“Even if it’s weak, I’ll show you what an elf’s archery is like.”

The spears were still homing in on them.

Serena’s ‘weak’ arrow screamed through the air in answer, aimed back at them.

The contest was one against many, and yet –

Twaang!!

That single arrow quickly split into dozens of arrows of light, and struck the spears down with hideous strength.

It was a truly amazing feat of archery.

However, that wasn’t the end of it.

“Iki.”

At the same time, as Serena called upon her fairy –

Her bow blazed bright.

“Wrath of the Forest.”

A strong squall of spiritual power seemed to be unfurl, and a fiery arrow strong enough to light up the night sky left her fingertips.

Rooooaaaaarrrrr!!

The very air burned hot and dry, cracking her lips.

As the arrow left the bowstring –

Callius watched.

– Lutheon’s face distorted.


Editor’s Notes:

None for this chapter.


Sword Pilgrim – Chapter 135

The viscount couldn’t believe it.

It’d been a single blow.

With one blow, a hundred heads had been cut off.

The bodies of the knights had exploded into chunks of flesh.

Those brave soldiers –

Those dozens of knights he’d nurtured for long with such difficulty –

They’d all died under one blow.

‘How could this happen…’

The cause was a mere pilgrim!

He’d thought the man was someone of no note, but that was obviously wrong.

Besides, he used a sword!

A sword pilgrim.

The fact that somebody like that was active inside the empire meant he was confident in his own strength.

‘How could he do something like this, with that meagre amount of divine power…’

Was he hiding his strength?

A pilgrim who was capable of a feat like this –

No.

There was a strong possibility that this was a Master, pretending to be a pilgrim.

‘Think, Geralt, think! If you don’t want to die right now…’

Should he run away?

Or should he try to talk things out?

If the opponent really was a Master, he’d definitely die the moment he tried to run away, so the viscount dismissed that thought.

There was no point in trying to talk things out either.

The opponent had already raised his sword.

He’d dared raise his sword within the empire, and reveal his own identity.

He wouldn’t respond to talking.

Then there was only one way left.

Creak.

Geralt’s grip upon his spear tightened, making it groan.

Even if he had to perish right here, wouldn’t it be a great honour to trade blows with a Master in his final moments?

“Come on, then!”

Creeeeakkkk.

That sword –

His aim lay near it.

‘I’ll take that arm.’

Give up your flesh to break the enemy’s bone.

Thooommm!!

His spear that’d been bestowed by the empire –

There was nothing lacking about it!

The tip of Geralt’s spear glowed red.

Light wrapped around his arms, and his muscles swelled into a grotesque shape.

Spear held at his side, he threw himself forward, aiming at a single point –

As Callius’ sword prepared to pounce, Geralt only had time for a single thought.

He hadn’t been able to see the sword at all during the first blow.

This time shouldn’t be much different either. So he had to throw his spear, now.

“Ahhhh!!”

The bulging muscles, large enough to match an average human body, yielded all their power into a single motion.

Paang!

The wind gave way.

A single spear broke through the air.

With this, he’d be able to hold on for a while –

While he was so sure –

Snikt.

That cold sound made Geralt blink once.

His eyes turned to the earth.

His spear’s shaft had been cut exactly at the midpoint, and the sight made him reflexively gape.

“Ah?”

Slide. Thud.

“Uh… How…”

Geralt’s body collapsed, sliced cleanly in two.

In his left hand, there was a small javelin still clutched tight, but now it had no meaning.

Crackkkkkkk.

As Geralt’s body crumbled like dust, it was the end of the imperials.

“Haah…”

Callius let out a long breath, and again sheathed his sword.

Crack.

Boom!

Craaaaashhh!

The burning brothel finally collapsed.

With the mass of flames and rubble behind him, Callius stared at Chris.

The silence between the two stretched.

Just as Chris was about to say something –

Whiiiiish.

A sword flew through the air and landed at his feet.

It was a well-balanced sword –

But just one of the common ones Callius had in his possession.

Almost in a daze, Chris reached down and grabbed it by the hilt.

‘It’s heavy.’

But despite the heavy weight felt by his hands, Chris’ heart was beating so fast that he wanted to immediately give it a swing.

But since he’d just been showed that fantastical swordsmanship –

So would anyone in his position.

The spear and the mace had long since vanished from Chris’ thoughts.

“Ah, Uncle! N-name? What’s your name!!”

As the pilgrim who’d already turned around was about to disappear, he slowly glanced back and gave him a brief reply.

“Find out.”

Then he quickly disappeared into the darkness.

A pilgrim in pure white, bearing a sword.

For a long while, Chris was left staring after him, choking back his tears.

“A pilgrim of the sword…”

As if to etch that into his mind, Chris clutched tight the sword that didn’t suit his underdeveloped body, and looked at the burning remains of the brothel in front of him, then at the road along which the pilgrim had vanished, and finally, up at the dark sky.

High above, the stars yet burned as if nothing of note had happened, twinkling.


Rattle, rattle.

“Hey! Slow down!”

“B-, bandits are chasing us, how can I slow down!”

“Ah, I keep telling you they won’t be any trouble.”

Thunk, thunk-thunk! Ting.

Arrows kept hitting the wagon’s side.

Philomatour’s face wrinkled with nervousness.

“Serena! Can’t you deal with them?”

“Master Callis is working on it.”

“No, just how long…”

An open carriage with no roof.

Callius was riding on it, his eyes closed and his hand at the scabbard on his lap.

Despite the rattling of the wagon, he sat perfectly balanced.

“He’d practicing some kind of swordsmanship. He’s been doing it quite frequently of late.”

“That hundred something?”

“Hundred Flowers Harvest. It’s the sword art of Master Callis, so don’t besmirch its noble name with your shabby mouth.”

“Really, what…”

That was then.

Callius’ eyes opened.

And his sword swung.

Slash!

A half-moon sword arc few and cleaved the bandits apart.

“Oho.”

“Ohh! Cool!”

“Awesome.”

The complaints were washed away.

Praises poured in instead. But he who received them, Callius, didn’t seem satisfied at all.

“Why are you doing this?”

“It’s harder to use while riding a wagon.”

“Isn’t that obvious?”

“That’s not it.”

It was a sword skill.

Its wielder had to know how to use it fully anytime, anywhere.

Therefore, Callius was training to be able to use it from any position and in any situation.

In the beginning, he’d had to focus on the quickdraw part for a long time before he could use the technique.

Of course, that was just because Callius’ proficiency was low.

Hundred Flowers Harvest wasn’t originally supposed to work that way.

So, ever since he’d left the kingdom, whenever he’d had a chance, he had been practicing the technique, and although he’d achieved a certain level by now, it was still far from perfect.

“By the way, will that kid be alright? His mother wanted him take care of, didn’t she?”

It was Aldo speaking.

He asked, while tinkering with his hammer.

Callius re-sheathed the Predator Sword as he responded.

“I did what I could.”

The world didn’t lack people with their own circumstances.

Trying to carry them all along wouldn’t help Callius achieve his objective.

In the first place, he was a fugitive on the run.

Taking a child along who couldn’t fend for himself would only be a burden.

So Callius had given the boy a sword.

A sword that might’ve been a common thing for him, but definitely not for Chris.

If Chris had a sword; if he was really determined to go down that arduous road –

Giving a sword like that away was worth it.

If a single sword could nourish a boy’s dream –

The sword would repay its value.

“Did you really need to do that? Didn’t Veronica say she’d give you her wealth…”

“I’ve already received my reward.”

When Phillip’s sword had turned into light –

Callius had been aptly compensated.

[Faith +2]

Thanks to that, Callius’ [Faith] now stood at –

「Callius von Jervain」
「Title」 – Hero of National Salvation
「Occupation」 – Pilgrim
「Spirit」 – Level 3
「Divine Power」 – 15703/16934
「Talent」 – 【Bard’s Blessing】 【Instinctive Intuition】
「Characteristics」 – [Verse of Grace] [Nobility’s Duty] [Death Verse Composition] [Prodigal Son of the Order] [Gluttony] [Tricolour Eye] [Bewitching Scent]
「Constitution」 – 『Smelting Bones』
「Ability」
Strength – 102 (30)
Agility – 86 (30)
Skill – 19
Health – 89 (30)
Faith – 95 ▶ 97

– Ninety-seven.

‘I’ll have to prepare soon.’

He had to prepare to raise the quality of his spiritual power.

The moment [Faith] reached a hundred –

He’d break through the limit of level 3.

Normally, he’d have to purchase sacred stones in bulk and find a suitable training room, but there was no need to panic.

“Oh, I can see it!”

His destination was the Saharan Holy Land.

“Can we just cross the border like this?”

“No.”

Across the border –

The Saharan Holy Land could be seen over the mountain ridge.

Its mark was a tower that rose high in the sky, leaning precariously to one side as if it could fall any moment, yet stood proudly.

“What a great place that is.”

“Have you been there before, old man?”

“I remember when I went there with my father, when I was young. It’s a bit hazy now, but the Holy Land was such an incredible place that I’ve still kept the memories.”

Aldo’s lips curved up as he looked at Philo and his companions.

“Do you know the story of Sahara? Why was a sanctuary created at the centre of the Sahara Desert?”

“Don’t show off, talk!”

“Callis, do you know?”

Callius nodded.

“It’s ironic, that it was men with the power of the Gods who ended the Dragon Demon War.”

“Hah! You really do know. That’s right. Sahara wasn’t always a desert.”

The Sahara Desert was exceptionally red.

Hence its other name, the Red Desert.

However, the story went that it hadn’t been a desert from the start.

The war between the dragons and the fallen had shattered and devastated the land, and the sea of blood split over it had left it barren and stained red.

That war had been so fierce and the aftermath so great, that countless men had gotten tangled in it and died meaningless deaths.

And that was when they’d appeared.

“They were followers of the various Gods that make up the continent today.”

Sword, spear, mace, bow, hammer, et cetera.

It was said that armed warriors who followed various Gods had appeared and put and end to the Dragon Demon War.

After that, a tower had been built to commemorate it.

And from then on, in the Sahara –

You couldn’t kill people recklessly.

It’d become a true sanctuary.

“They say that if you kill someone in the Sahara, a dragon or a demon will appear. They’re sensitive to the vows they’d made.”

“Ah…”

Serena looked at Callius.

She seemed to be making another strange mistake. But Callius didn’t care.

The Saharan Holy Land –

Callius held quite a few expectations for it.

There were multiple reasons, but there was one especially important objective.

‘The King of Steel.’

First, he had to get the King of Steel.

To prepare for war against the empire, there was no other sword that could help as much.

And the second objective was Stella.

‘There are traces of Stella in the Holy Land.’

As Aldo said, among the heroes who’d ended the Dragon Demon War, Stella was one.

Traces of Stella in the Holy Land –

Meaning, traces of her swordsmanship, still remained.

Callius has learned Stella’s lost sword art, but it wasn’t perfect.

How much progress could he realistically make based on a sword manual with a few scribbled letters and a few diagrams?

That he’d been able to assimilate and understand it to this level was already an achievement.

‘In the first place, Stella’s swordsmanship…’

–  Wasn’t made to deal with humans. What Callius had learned was a tweaked version Stella had made before her disappearance, with modifications to make it useful for fighting other people.

Originally, the Silver Flower Wave Sword was not made to kill humans.

It’d been made to fight dragons and demons.

‘It’s still strong enough, though.’

But the original Silver Flower Wave Sword had been in a whole other league. It was the strongest sword art on the continent.

That was the moniker the Silver Flower Wave Sword deserved.

Stella had been famous as a saint, but before that, she’d been called the Dragonslayer.

Her sword, was a sword that killed dragons.

‘Because of the Light Dragon Sword, I’ve incurred the dragons’ wrath.’

Learning Stella’s true swordsmanship was now quite important.

And the third objective for heading to the Holy Land –

That was…

“As expected, it’s going to be troublesome.”

Philo’s voice awakened Calius from his thoughts.

Far away –

There were people gathered at the border.

Imperial soldiers in red armour.

Two people stood at their forefront.

Twin princesses, one from the empire and the other from the principality.

The two were guarding the border.

In total, the number of border guards had quadrupled.

Since killing was impossible in the Sahara, the imperials were determined to not let them step foot there.

While everyone in the party were frowning at the sudden complication –

Callius’ expression remained unchanged.

He merely –

Fiddled with a ring he wore on his finger.

The [Ring of Leteti].


Editor’s Notes:

None for this chapter.


Sword Pilgrim – Chapter 134

Chris approached Callius, who was standing still, deep in thought.

“Uncle?”

“…”

“Are you a pilgrim? But you don’t have a spear. Don’t all pilgrims carry one? Or do you use a mace?”

“…”

“Is the spear strong, or the mace?”

“…”

“Is the spear stronger after all?”

He tried to ignore her until she went away, but that wasn’t looking feasible.

So Callius gave a vague response.

“The spear is just easy to use.”

“Eh? Isn’t the mace easier to use?”

Didn’t people just swing their maces wildly?

Callius’ eyebrows twitched as Chris pretended to swing a mace with both hands.

“Just because something’s easy to use doesn’t mean it’s strong. Be it spear or mace, any weapon can be either difficult or easy to use depending on how it’s used. Above a certain level, it depends upon the strength of wielder, not the strength of the weapon itself.”

“The guys at the brothel say that spears are the best. And swords are trash.”

“…”

That was a pretty harsh rebuke.

It was hard for Callius to overlook it.

‘O God.’

Was this also the ordeal of pilgrimage?

As a sword pilgrim, there were some things he couldn’t ignore.

But the taboo here was committed by this little kid. Callius’ brows furrowed.

“The sword is not weak.”

“A weapon can either swing or stab. But the sword can’t stab as well as the spear, or swing as hard as the mace. That’s why it’s the worst.”

“…”

It even sounded quite logical.

However, there was room for objection.

It was true that the sword’s stab was weaker compared to the spear. It came to the difference in their lengths, so it couldn’t be helped.

It was also true that the sword’s swing was weaker compared to the mace. Since there was a difference in their weights, the mace inherently struck harder when swung.

But –

That didn’t make swords weak.

They were shorter than spears and lighter than maces.

They were light and could cut quickly.

After a certain level, there was nothing they couldn’t cut.

“If the sword had been strong, it wouldn’t have been defeated by the empire in the first place!”

Callius wanted to retort, but Chris’ words left him momentarily speechless.

As Callius looked down at the kid, his hands were starting to itch.

“Huh? Wait!”

But Chris suddenly ran away.

‘She’s got good senses.’

She’d managed to flee at just the right time to avoid getting a beating.

“Hm?”

But something was unusual.

As the little kid talked about something or other with a prostitute of the brothel, her expression flickered.

“Uncle…!”

Soon, the little kid ran back to Callius, her face a pasty white.


Step, step.

“Hey, Brother, would you like to play with me for a bit?”

“How about me?”

Ignoring the jibes thrown in from here and there, Callius walked.

Towards the highest and deepest part of the building.

He continued with steady steps.

The women he met along the way tried to attract him with seductive invitations, but he didn’t pay attention.

He was used to beauties, like Esther, or Helena.

He’d even gotten familiar with Queen Clara’s beauty, so something of this level was meaningless to him.

Besides, Callius, had been accompanied by an elf lately.

After looking at Serena’s face every day, these women were close to invisible.

“Hey, you can’t come here. Go back.”

Men with grim faces called out to stop him. But Callius didn’t stop.

Crack.

Snap!

“Ahhhhh!!”

He twisted and broke an outstretched hand.

The snapping of bones rang loudly through the corridor.

These neighborhood gangsters couldn’t handle a physique of Callius’ level.

“Who are you, you bastard!”

Another guy rushed at him.

Callius grabbed the guy’s finger and broke it.

A sound like a pig squealing echoed through the brothel.

“Ohh!”

The women shouted in amazement, and the gangsters ran out roaring.

But they were simply not his opponent.

They could only scream for help as their limbs were chopped off.

‘Please save Veronica!’

Chris’ voice was still ringing in Callius’ ears.

He’d never thought the cheeky little kid’s voice could change so much.

‘I lied! Veronica was waiting for Phillip! Now she knows Phillip is dead; I don’t know what she’s trying to do!!’

It was a common story.

After becoming a pilgrim, Callius had travelled to many places and seen many stories.

Verse of Grace had been the only way he could become stronger before the main quest started, so he was even more intimately familiar with such little incidents.

He’d witnessed many deaths, and many grievances.

A tale of love between a commoner and a prostitute?

There was nothing particularly special about it.

Yeah.

It was something that happened somewhere every day.

A common occurrence in this world.

It was no big deal.

Crack!

Callius knocked down the last opponent with a hard slap on the face, and turned the doorknob.

Creeeeak.

It was a dark room.

In the room embroidered with red candles, Veronica lay collapsed, weeping, and a man was brushing his oily hair.

“… Who are you?”

Veronica’s hair was messy and her cheeks were swollen.

She looked like she’d been badly beaten. Bruises were beginning to form on her back and arms.

Callius slammed his fist straight into the man’s face.

Crack!!

“Ugh!!”

Crash-thud!!

Callius looked down at the guy he’d thrown through the desk, and asked Veronica –

“Is Phillip’s death related to him?”

She didn’t answer with words. She just nodded her head with an expression of unspent rage.

Tears and blood dripped down on the floor.

That was enough.

“Phillip probably wanted you to be happy. That’s why I…”

He’d seen the brothel, and Veronica, in his vision.

In Phillip’s memory, Veronica was smiling brightly.

Although she didn’t normally smile much, in front of Phillip, her smile was warmer than the sun and brighter than the flowers in the field in full bloom.

Phillip liked that smile.

The smile she showed only to him.

And so he’d wished –

To see as much of that smile as he could before he died.

‘Since he died, she’ll never be able to smile like that again.’

The bright smile at the sight of the one she loved.

“You, are you joking? This is about a courtesan’s happiness? I don’t know what you’re here for, but if that bitch has paid you, I can pay you double.”

Callius looked down at the man with a shaking voice, with apathetic eyes.

He was trying hard not to show it, but he was frightened. A frightened beast was nothing to fear. So Callius took a step forward.

Creak.

The floorboards groaned under Rupard’s feet as he stepped backwards.

“Tr-triple! I’ll pay you triple! If you kill me, Viscount Geralt won’t let it go! He’ll kill you! Kill that bitch! Kill everyone!!”

Callius glanced back.

“What do you want to do?”

“…”

Veronica’s eyelashes trembled.

The mention of the imperial aristocrat seemed to be making her hesitate.

“Vengeance is sweet. There is nothing sweeter and more soothing than revenge. If you want me to kill him, I’ll kill him. But you have to be the one to decide.”

“… No. I’ll be the one to do it.”

Veronica stood up with a limp and once again clutched her sword.

A medium-length carcass sword created from Phillip’s corpse.

Veronica’s eyes, as she held it with both hands, were focused solely on Rupard.

“Damn it! Are you crazy? Because of that farmer? If you kill me, you’ll be hunted down for the rest of your life!”

“I don’t care. You bastard!! Die!!”

Rupard struggled.

But Veronica kept attacking him.

Despite being hit by Rupard’s kicks and punches, she struggled close and drove her sword through him.

But with her weak womanly strength, she couldn’t punch the blade through his back.

So she pulled out the sword again and repeated.

Snikt, snikt! Snikt!

Hot blood splattered.

The bed at the side of the office became soaked in blood.

Clatter.

Disturbed by the struggle, candles fell from their holders and set the bedspreads on fire.

Veronica trembled as she savoured the sight of the blazing fire.

Rupard’s struggles finally stopped.

Veronica smiled and bowed her head.

“Thank you.”

“…”

“May I ask you for one last thing? I will give you all my fortune in exchange.”

“…”

“Please, see to Chris. He’s a fool, but he’s my son.”

Snikt.

Flinch.

Callius tried to run to Veronica, but it was too late. She’d already stabbed herself in the heart.

Rustle. Crumble.

“Ah…”

Veronica finally knew the meaning of the sword that began to disappear after stabbing into her heart.

The figure of the soul freed from the carcass sword as it scattered into silver dust was visible to her eyes.

“Phillip…”

Rustle.

Callius’ pupils dilated, looking at the peaceful expression on Veronica’s face as she departed from this impure world.

Crackle, crackle.

But the grey eyes taking in the blazing flames soon returned to their calm.

‘It’s common.’

It was a common tale in this wretched world.

In this doomed and dying world –

There was no lack of tragedies.

So –

Callius managed to return to his usual equanimity.

Because otherwise he’d have no choice but to drown.

“Huff.”

Callius stared at the corner of the office that’d been set aflame.

The flames were getting bigger and stronger. Enough to cover up the devastation that’d happened here.

It was a bright enough epilogue to this tragic tale.

The fire spread, and spread.


Roooooaaarrr.

The brothel building was on fire.

The dark night sky had been lit up by the blazing flames till there was no difference from the daytime.

A crying child was among those who were staring at the sight in despair. A child who looked more like a girl than an actual girl. The boy with long brown hair, saw the man coming out of the burning building and ran to him.

A ray of hope lit Chris’ eyes.

“Where’s Veronica?”

However, it was a vain hope.

Callius didn’t answer.

‘I couldn’t tell he was a boy.’

He avoided the crying boy’s eyes.

He couldn’t permit himself to provide others comfort.

“Which bastard did this?! I was really looking forward to this visit…”

In front of the burning brothel –

Some nobleman, accompanied by knights and soldiers, had arrived.

Possibly the aristocrat that Rupard had mentioned.

Soon, a knight came running and whispered something to the man.

“Hmph. So that’s him?”

The noble’s lips curved.

“He must be the pilgrim the princess is looking for. What a windfall! I was going to visit the princess with my troops already.”

This was a chance to gain great favour.

“Catch him. His divine power’s so thin, it should be a piece of cake!”

The soldiers’ bows aimed at the target.

At Callius.

“U-uncle…”

Callius calmly observed the mass of troops waiting for him.

He started to bring out Dirge, but the thought of the burning brothel behind him made him put it back.

“Chris.”

“…”

“You asked me. How the sword holds up compared to the spear and the mace.”

“…”

“Let me show you.”

Swish.

A sword appeared from within his robe.

A scabbard and hilt that looked like they’d been stained with blood.

Predator Sword – Loas.

“Make sure to capture him alive!”

Step.

Thoom!

Callius stomped the ground, making dust rise in ripples around him.

At that moment –

His very form seemed to become as sharp as a blade.

A cutting air surged around him.

The scene became blurry for an instant, and a single sword escaped from its scabbard, one swing severing the world.

Silver Flower Wave Sword –

“Hundred Flowers Cutting Disaster[1].”

Schwinnggggggg!!

“What…!”

The world was split in half.

A sword technique to gather power and emanate it in a single instantaneous burst. A quickdraw[2] from the sheath that annihilated the enemy.

As the name suggested, like cutting a hundred flowers in one stroke –

The bodies of the imperial troops were torn apart, gushing rivers of blood.

A sword art to cut a hundred enemies in one blow.

Silver Flower Wave Sword: Fourth Martial Skill –

– Hundred Flowers Cutting Disaster.

Huff.

Callius, sliding his sword back to its scabbard, exhaled a long breath.

The white steam caressed his pilgrim’s robe and then dissipated into the wind.

The stillness he’d created –

Was broken.

By himself.

“Other Shore Flower.”

Whizzzzzzttttt!

Bloodstained petals covered the world.


Editor’s Notes:

[1] 백절화 (hundred/white cut flower/disaster). Is this too literal? Still considering changing to something more lyrical like Hundred Flower Harvest.

[2] 발도술 (baldosul), the Korean name of the old martial art that is called battōjutsu in Japanese. The modern form is called iaijutsu.


Surviving a Shounen Manga – Episode 106

The Ramirez Scramble (7)

Boing–.

I tried moving forward, but stopped at the strange foreign sensation against my chest.

“Hm?”

Naturally looking down to investigate, I was left slightly stunned.

… A, ah!

A… quite interesting scenery unfolded before my eyes.

Hmm.

Immersed in the plan for the future, I’d disregarded the possibility of ‘discomfort’ arising from ‘experiencing an unfamiliar body’.

So,

“Khm, uhm…”

I inadvertently flushed.

This girl was quite, so to say…

Of course, I was familiar with the shape itself.

Female characters in Adventure King were drawn in a way that showed off the author’s unique tastes.

Starting with Madame Rosemarietta, the first female character to appear all the way back in Virgin City, all the female characters had physical specifications that basically reflected the author’s questionable sense of aesthetics.

A chest full to bursting, under a small face, followed by a waist narrow as a reed, and finally, ridiculously long legs.

Quite an unrealistic body shape that nevertheless fit the ambience of a shounen manga.

So, that was now my… present form.

Of course, I hadn’t thought of it as a big deal before. Or rather, it was true that I had not seen much of it before. Or perhaps, it’d be more accurate to say that I’d never considered it at all.

But once I settled into that body shape, it felt… a little different.

It felt…

At that moment,

Slap!

My two palms slammed into my cheeks and brought me back to reason.

‘For god’s sake… wake up, wake up!’

I shook my head.

This was a shounen manga.

It was just a manga character.

And it wasn’t really me anyway!

Was this the time to get distracted by trivial stuff? I needed to calm down.

I had to prepare!

Soon,

“… Alright.”

I calmed my inner turmoil and checked the target in front of me once again.

The Ramirez.

Of course, actually grabbing it wasn’t the problem.

In the first place, I had the drone’s remote.

I could just turn off the power remotely. Then I could just pick up the treasure once the drone fell to the ground.

Or maybe I could jump high up and catch it. Some direction was needed to set up an eye-catching scene, after all.

The problem was after that.

I didn’t have a solid plan.

In the original story, after Tanya stole the Ramirez, she’d been chased down, and finally had to take refuge under Leo’s banner. But that way lay problems.

First of all, I’d be discovered after a while.

Even if I tried to play the character called Tanya, I definitely wouldn’t be able to mimic a woman’s natural habits or behaviour, so getting caught was an inevitability. Leo the idiot or Yan the simpleton were one thing, but I wouldn’t be able to trick an excellent decipherer like Siana.

And above all else, it was very risky for me to do what Tanya was supposed to do.

Because it might take away her ‘significance’.

Moreover, ‘snatching the Ramirez’ was a core part of the story development, at least within the original.

It’d lead to Tanya and Leo forming a strong bond, and in the end, Tanya becoming a member of the Leo Adventurers.

But me doing that?

‘… It’s dangerous.’

In fact, although I was committed to this path in order to grab the spotlight, my heart was heavy.

It was such a risky move!

So I didn’t intend to lay the secret bare anytime soon. Even to the readers.

Of course, me appearing as Tanya would definitely stir up discussion. Maybe I’d even get the lion’s share of the spotlight.

But protecting Tanya’s position was more important. I couldn’t let the plot development go further off the rails.

So, my job was to steal the Ramirez and quickly hand it over to Tanya.

Although this seemed a strange way of doing things, it wouldn’t impact Tanya’s character. Maybe she already had an idea about ​​what to do with the Ramirez.

So if I gave it to her, she’d definitely accept it.

The only problem being, I still didn’t know where she was.

Cocoa hadn’t given me any news yet, for some reason.

Although the city was quite large, I didn’t see how she could be struggling with something at this level.

‘What the hell is she up to…?’

But I couldn’t dither any longer.

So I focused.

‘Forget about it. Let’s grab it first, then I can think about it.’

My approach was simple.

Snatch the Ramirez and cover myself with a goblin silver screen.

Then, masquerading as somebody else, leave this place.

Then I’d sit down and ponder over what to do next.

Beep–.

My first step was to halt the drone’s image magnification function. Then, I turned on the function to sound a warning if anything approached within a certain distance.

The crux of all this was to ‘get people’s attention’ as much as possible without being discovered. I needed to divert not only the audience, but also readers, from the thrilling battle of Gronyan and Gelop.

Then,

“Haaahhh!”

I activated the gadgets on my arms.

Adjusting the output of the energy outlet on my left arm to make myself hover in the air, I began to manipulate the energy outlet on the right –

Pop!

Pop!

Popopop–!

– And made it go off like a firecracker, several times.

Of course, this wasn’t for no reason. It was all to catch others’ attention.

After a while, I soared into the air, and came to a halt only about 10m away in front of the drone.

Beep-!

Beep-!

The drone sounded a warning.

I looked around.

The below was covered with factories and abandoned buildings, so it was hard to be sure, but I’d apparently attracted some notice. I could hear the shouting.

Look over there, what’re you doing, thief, kill, etc…

“Alright.”

Aggro pulled successfully.

Now I had to do just advance, and…

That was then.

“Stop! You bastard!”

Suddenly, a voice intruded.

At an incredibly close range, at that.

‘What, already? Somebody was waiting here?’

I quickly turned to where the sound had come from.

And,

“Get out of there!”

I was astonished to see ‘it’ approaching me at the speed of light.

… Danger!

I quickly fired an energy cannon to gain momentum, widening the distance.

And I focused all my attention on the assailant.

This was crazy. This was somebody I knew.

“Hmm? You don’t look like a run-of-the-mill goblin. What the hell are you doing, imitating Tanya…”

“… Coocoo?”

Surprisingly, it was Coocoo.

“If I hadn’t been on patrol, I would’ve missed… huh?”

“What are you doing here?”

The stupid pigeon looked very surprised that I knew his name.

“What, what… Ta-, Tanya?”

“Seriously?”

“Yeah, that’s right! Tanya couldn’t be here… No, but then who…”

I kindly dropped a few hints, since this idiot suffered from brainless syndrome.

“I know your name, and I naturally must Tanya to imitate her. Still don’t know who I am? I’m the one who freed you from that cage.”

Then,

“Wh-, what! M-, maybe… Squatjaw, is that you?”

Coocoo shouted in surprise.

“Yeah, that’s right. Where’ve you been?”

“That’s… no, that’s not the problem here, what’re you doing? Why are you pretending to be Tanya? You… really look just like her.”

“Ah, this? I was just… trying to get some attention.”

“Huh? Why?”

“Forget that. Why are you here? Standing guard?”

Then,

“Uh… well, it’s Tanya’s, so…”

“So you’re keeping watch? To see if anybody steals it?”

“Ah… I guess.”

This idiot had apparently been by Tanya’s side all this time. At her request, he was looking for an opportunity to steal it.

I could reaffirm, Tanya was definitely aiming for the Ramirez. Maybe even without my interference, she would’ve come to collect it, sooner or later.

But I didn’t regret my actions. There was no point crying over spilled milk.

It was already an urgent situation.

“Don’t worry. I’m going to give it to her, anyway.”

Then,

“Really? Youuuu! Yes, I believed in you! You were a good guy all along!”

Coocoo jumped with joy.

Phew, he believed me.

Finally,

“Okay, let’s go. Do you know where she is?”

“Over there, if you turn the corner of the building on the left…”

I quickly descended to the ground with the Ramirez in hand. Some of the pursuers were already about to close in.

“Alright, now get on my shoulder.”

As Coocoo plopped down on my shoulder, I covered myself with a goblin silver screen.

“Now let’s go.”


Coocoo guided me to an abandoned factory, and there under the shabby eaves, it was again time to greet a familiar face.

Or rather, two of them.

“Big Brother!”

“Squatjaw! What’s going on?!”

“… What do you mean, what’s going on? Why are you still here?”

Only one of them read the rebuke in my words, from their replies.

“Still? Where should we have gone instead?”

“It seems like someone was messing with the path.”

“… Really?”

Disturbing the path was a way to constrain guides, a technique the author had introduced as a ‘specialized field’ in the original.

But this concept had officially debuted long after the middle of the story, so it was inconceivable to meet somebody this early who could be capable of it. Maybe it was Tanya herself?

“Oh, that was probably the cat. He was working hard to cover her trail.”

“Cat? Ah…”

Coocoo probably meant Nero.

“Is that guy with Tanya too?”

“Uh-huh. Actually, he came first. Ah, we’re here.”

Coocoo announced our arrival of the destination.

We nudged open the doors to the factory and let ourselves in.

Creak–.

Our sudden appearance took Tanya completely by surprise.

“Coocoo! What…”

It was Cocoa who answered her question.

“Hey there, Tanya. Long time no see. I’m Cocoavi. And this is Chinuavi.”

“Nice to meet you, Tanya. I’ve heard a lot about you. You’re a guide, right? I’m Chinuavi, from the Squatjaw Adventurers.”

“… Wh-, what?”

“This isn’t the time for long introductions[1]!”

Stopping them both, I walked up to Tanya.

“I have something to tell you.”

Then,

“Y-, you… Damned squat-jawed bastard!”

Tanya groaned.

“I’m sorry I took the Ramirez.”

“Then compensate me! No, give it back to me!”

The conversation was flowing very smoothly.

“Alright, here you go.”

I held out the Ramirez.

“… Huh?”

“I’m sorry I took it from you.”

“H-huh…?”

Tanya just stared blankly at the Ramirez in front of her for a moment.

As if she was completely stunned.

In the end, I had to shove it into her hands.

“Happy now?”

“…”

“But, you know?”

“… Huh?”

“You’re going to be in a lot of danger if you have this.”

Then,

“… Ah, right. Right.”

Tanya nodded her head with a serious expression on her face, as if her brain was working again.

“Are you still going to keep it?”

I asked politely. Of course, I had no intention of getting it back even if she didn’t like the idea. I was thinking of running away if she tried to return it.

That was then.

“Of course. But you haven’t told me yet why you’re giving this to me. It’s not because you’re really sorry or anything, right?”

Tanya took the lead to ask a question.

“Oh, that?”

Naturally, I couldn’t say ‘to divert attention from Gronyan’ or ‘because you’d stolen it in the original’.

So,

“I have a request for you. It didn’t seem like you’d listen if I just asked you, so I had to bring a present.”

I responded with the excuse I’d made up beforehand.

“A request?”

“I have a small box… I can’t quite figure out what’s inside. I was wondering if your unique ability could manage it.”

“…”

The reaction was lukewarm.

Her expression spelled out ‘why me’.

So I had to stoke the flames a bit.

“I got it from the goblin chief. It’s a small box, but he said a relic of last Adventure King is inside.”

“R-, relic of the last Adventure King!?”

“How about it, did that pique your interest? Do you feel like showing off your skills?”

In fact, this ‘relic of the last Adventure King’ had an intimate connection with Tanya.

In the original, she’d played a decisive role in inferring the identity of the contents and bringing it out through her unique ability [Master Thief’s Eye].

Just then,

“Where the hell did she go!?”

“Search thoroughly!”

“There’re traces here too!”

I could hear shouting from outside.

Apparently, the guides of the adventurer teams were tracking the Ramirez’s location.

I immediately turned to Tanya.

“Well, we can talk about that later… now we have to hide first, right?”

“I can escape by myself.”

“That’s dangerous. You should know that already.”

“Then what should I do… Do you want me to stick with you?”

I shook my head.

“No way. The two of us don’t really mesh well, do we?”

“… Then?”

“Don’t you have a close friend nearby? If you ask him to protect you for a little while… he probably won’t refuse.”

As if she immediately understood what I meant,

“… Leo?”

Tanya came up with a name.

“That’s right. Ask him to shelter you for a while. I’ll come visit you soon.”

“But… I left him without a word…”

Looking at her face, she’d apparently been a bit excessive.

“He’s not the kind of guy to care about that. You should know that already.”

“… True.”

That was then.

Beep–.

The transceiver rang.

It was Haka calling.

“How is it? Is the fight over?”

– Fight? Oh, you mean the cyborg vs the Black Shadow guildmaster? That’s been cancelled.

“Is that so?”

The reason was easy to guess.

“So what’s the situation now?”

– Uh… they’re starting to move. I think it might be a bit of a big deal?

“Starting to move? Where?”

Against you. Gronyan has marked you as the main enemy. He said you broke your promise.

“Really? That’s funny, everyone should’ve seen it. I wasn’t the one to steal it.”

I winked at Tanya.

But,

“… Huh?”

Tanya looked at me with eyes full of doubt.

– Because the Ramirez didn’t respond. To be precise, the thief must’ve been wearing the same equipment that’d made it ignore you. In their minds, the two of you are on the same side. Quite a few of them have seen you alongside that redhead before, too.

“Hmm… is that so?”

– You are the main enemy, but everyone else will probably be a target, too. Eliminate everybody except those who cooperate. The orders are pretty harsh.

“… Got it. Keep in touch.”

After hanging up, I thought for a while.

Those guys had moved faster than expected. Apparently, they’d been long prepared to ‘invade’ the other areas.

Then I had no choice but to change my plans.

“Did you hear that? A guy named Gronyan from the western zone is leading an attack with all the personnel there. You know, right? Who he is?”

Tanya’s face stiffened.

She did seem to know.

“So, shall we hurry?”

Actually, there was no need for me to say that.

Tanya seemed already prepared.

“So I’ll go to Leo? And you’ll come later?”

“… No. I was planning that originally, but the route has changed.”

I turned around.

“Let’s go together. I have something to tell them, too.”


Thirty minutes later.

Outside the Gibrante factory area, a cave in the mountains.

“But right now, don’t we have to protect him, instead of him protecting us?”

Tanya looked at Leo, who was still unconscious, and muttered softly.

She looked quite shocked.

“Hmm…”

In fact, this was also an unexpected scene for me.

Leo wasn’t the type to stay unconscious for long.

No matter how much damage he took or how hard he fainted, he’d usually be back on his feet after a while.

There had to be a reason for this…

And secondly –

I turned my gaze to Yan, who was breathing exhaustedly, leaning against the cave wall.

As it turned out, Yan hadn’t summoned ‘King’ yet.

This was also a very rare situation.

The two were connected. If he’d awakened, he should’ve summoned King right away.

Leo’s late recovery, Yan’s late awakening.

Putting them together, I came to a conclusion.

These guys were waiting for a more ‘appropriate time’.

A better time to awaken.

Of course, that couldn’t be their free will. Perhaps it was part of the ‘intended development’.

At this point, it was even a bit cliché. I could guess the future plot developments intended by the author.

The main characters waiting for the time to awaken.

A powerful enemy named ‘Gronyan’ appearing just in time.

Not alone either, but with an army.

‘I rather like it.’

I thought that maybe… the author’s wishes and my wishes could coincide at some point.

Then,

“Can we talk for a second?”

I called all of Leo’s party together.

Although that meant only Yan and Siana right now.

Then, I explained the current situation.

A powerful enemy named Gronyan was trying to get rid of everyone here.

Many powerhouses had already taken refuge under him.

“So what do you want to say?”

I simply answered Siana’s question.

“Why don’t we make a united front?”

“… United front?”

In fact, I’d been dreaming of a situation like this for a long time.

Who knew it’d arrive so soon?

“Personally, I think we have a lot of common enemies. In fact, the individual stage is already over, this is now a team match.”

“Team, you mean…”

What was the rival role for, if not to start a constant cycle of fighting and reconciliation?

I smiled and held out my hand to the both of them.

“It’s simple. Stand with me.”

The Leo Adventurers, and the Squatjaw Adventures.

It was time for their first team-up!


Editor’s Notes:

[1] 통성명, lit. exchanging names and surnames at the first meeting.

Leave a like and comment, it only takes a minute! Also rate and review at NovelUpdates if you haven’t.


Surviving a Shounen Manga – Episode 105

The Ramirez Scramble (6)

The afternoon of the second day of the ‘winner-takes-all declaration’.

I looked at the holographic window, confused. Because words that seemed completely incomprehensible were repeating, over and over again.

– The main character of the chapter has been changed.

– The main character of the current chapter is now ‘Gronyan’.

“Again?”

This was already the third time.

Gronyan had again taken the lead point of view.

“…”

It was indeed a confusing situation.

Kiriko three times, Gronyan three times.

In just one day, the main viewpoint had changed six times – all in one chapter.

Switching the lead so many times was already strange, but what was even more absurd was the fact it was Kiriko, of all people, whose spotlight was getting snatched away.

Kiriko! That Kiriko!

Leo’s oldest colleague, and alongside him, the character who boasted the most number of appearances in Adventure King. A veritable pillar supporting the Leo Adventurers’ existence, a super-popular character who grabbed the readers’ attention every time he did something.

Simply put, he was the deuteragonist.

And right now, he was in urgent need of awakening, in order to reestablish the Leo Adventurers’ presence, which had recently been overshadowed both inside and outside the story.

That was the current Kiriko.

Nothing like situation had occurred in the original.

Alternating the lead viewpoint with somebody else? Forget it.

Two full chapters had been solely devoted to Kiriko, burning bright.

So I couldn’t but help call this crazy.

Who the hell was that Gronyan or whoever, to share Kiriko’s spotlight?

Besides, Kiriko wasn’t just playing around.

If he’d been idling or involved in some drudgery that wouldn’t catch the readers’ attention, I could’ve accepted it.

But Kiriko was fighting right now. Fighting non-stop.

Since yesterday afternoon, for more than twenty-four hours, he’d been fighting.

Since the saboteur goblins were waving their light sticks wherever Kiriko went to announce the location, he couldn’t even stop anywhere to rest.

Even so, the lead viewpoint kept switching…

I stared at the message again.

– The main character of the current chapter is now ‘Gronyan’.

It had to mean that the other party was fighting just as much. That to watch him was just as fun.

Or something else along those lines was happening.

“So what do I do now?”

I wasn’t just standing here watching the messages because I had nothing to do.

There were countless things on my plate. Every minute and every second were a precious resource.

The problem was that I didn’t know what to do right now, or what was most urgent.

The reason I was feeling so aimless was simple. Because the plot development had deviated from the original at multiple angles.

Kiriko wasn’t the only problem.

Although half his runtime had been stripped away, he was still active. He was still inching closer towards awakening.

Rather, my thoughts were centred around Tanya.

She definitely should’ve made her move on by now, but there was no news of her at all.

There should’ve been something by last night at the latest. Because according to the original story, Tanya should’ve moved immediately after Karl Zayed and Gelop clashed.

And she would’ve also taken the lead viewpoint.

So it was already late.

Going by the original,

[Kiriko → Karl Zayed → Tanya]

The leading point of view should’ve switched in this way.

But now,

[Karl Zayed → Kiriko & Gronyan → ?]

It was going like this.

The order had gotten jumbled up, and the content was also different.

It was tough to unentangle the issue from the basics. So I was reduced to observing the changes of the lead point of view.

That was then.

Beep beep–.

It was a signal from the transceiver, that I’d been waiting for.

I picked up the call, lightning-quick.

Who was it? Cocoa? Or maybe Haka?

“Who!?”

– Ah, Mr. Squatjaw. Can you hear me?

Haka.

“Wait, why’re you calling now!? What happened over there?”

– The radio wouldn’t work. Looks like somebody raised some kind of barrier. I had some trouble finding a place with signal.

“A barrier? Who did? Gronyan?”

– Well, I’m not sure about that either.

Of course, it couldn’t be to specifically stop my spying. How could they know about it?

Still, apparently, they had some kind of plan.

“Okay, but is there something exciting going on over there?”

– Eh? Oh, are you nearby?

“Huh? No, no, it was just a rumour.”

– There’re rumours already? Amazing. I thought this place was too strictly controlled for information to flow out… And isn’t that side also busy fighting?

“What’re you getting distracted for? C’mon, let’s start with the situation report.”

– Uh, yeah. First of all, it looks like there’ll be a fight soon.

“A fight?”

I knew it.

Just as I’d thought. Something ‘fun’ was going on. Enough to calm the readers’ curiosity about Kiriko.

“Between whom?”

– Who else? That terrifying guy.

“What? Gronyan?”

– Yeah, and the other guy’s no slouch either. Almost as strong.

Really? Another apex powerhouse?

It sounded silly. Few could fight Gronyan on even ground.

In an instant, lightning struck in my mind.

… No way?

– Do you want to come watch, sir? I think you should see it for yourself. It’s Magic Weapon Jimus. The guy who once had an argument with you. Remember?

Yeah.

I jumped up right away. There was no time to waste.

A battle between Jimus and Gronyan? So suddenly?

“I’m coming.”

I had to see it with my own two eyes. What exactly was happening?


As soon as Haka told me the names of those Gronyan had already dealt with, I was left speechless.

First opponent – Isaac of Wales.

Second – Dorian.

Third – Big Turtle Adventurer Team’s Captain Turtle.

Fourth – Geronimo.

They were all people I’d devoured back in Clone City.

“Eeh…”

Gronyan wasn’t just fighting here.

What he was doing, was to create as much of a story as possible using the guys who were tied to me.

Maybe it was purely to absorb my stake in the readers’ awareness.

Besides, weren’t they basically the people significant enough to have a name? Among the chaff, they were the top-notch strongmen.

So it wasn’t surprising that the lead point of view kept going to him.

Or rather, the fact that Kiriko was able to compete with him was surprising.

If his dire situation hadn’t been exacerbated by the saboteur goblins, he might not even have been able to do that.

And now… no matter what I did, it wouldn’t be my turn.

I turned my eyes to the front once again.

An extremely splendid fight was unfolding.

“Acid Storm!”

Booboobooboom!

Jimus was holding a wand with a different shape than when he’d fought Leo; a further upgraded, higher power one. He was continuously blasting out magic with tremendous destructive power.

However, Gronyan –

“Is this all…?”

– Weathered them all with ease. Every single attack was batted away by a light swing of his sword.

Gronyan was holding was a huge grey greatsword, five times the size of a normal bastard sword; making me wonder whether his setting really was that of a renowned ‘assassin’. That size really didn’t match with the concept of stealth.

Then,

“Tch, you should be careful… I’ll do my best from now on.”

Jimus started casting his ‘ultimate magic’ in earnest.

Soon,

Rustle–.

As the surrounding air trembled, rocks and soil began to scatter. Letters emitting blue light were floating around Jimus. They were ‘runes’, the alphabet of the witches, people were said to be true sorcerers.

“It looks like he’s preparing a powerful attack.”

Haka also muttered softly, feeling the strange current in the air.

“It’s all for show, for show.”

“Huh?”

“He isn’t actually incanting spells, he’s just charging up his energy nucleus. All those images are just holograms.”

“Ah… is that so?”

“You should pay attention to the other side instead.”

Despite the unusual energy swelling around Jimus, Gronyan was merely staring at him.

A unique demeanour that only true powerhouses could show.

Just looking at the scene made the difference in power clear.

“More than that…”

But I couldn’t focus purely on their confrontation.

And I couldn’t let things go on like this either.

It was the time to come up with countermeasures to divert everyone’s attention that’d focused on this match.

“By the way, where’re his followers?”

“Their number keeps growing. If that Magic Weapon Jimus is beaten… all his subordinates will also follow the guildmaster of Black Shadow.”

“…”

What was truly shocking was the way Gronyan had forced the big fish to face him.

Those of us who are confident in our own strength, let us put ourselves to the test!

He’d announced –

If anybody defeated him one-on-one, he and his subordinates would submit to their control.

Those hundreds of assassins, who called themselves the Assassin Society, were the bait.

These powerhouses were all confident in their own skills, so they’d become enthusiastic to participate.

It wasn’t just that.

Gronyan had said that those who cooperated with him would be treated with respect and rewarded, but those who didn’t would be destroyed.

In other words, he had no intention of conducting the ‘four-man final’ that I’d proposed in the first place. He rather wanted to gather everyone here together as a single force under his control, and then claim the treasure.

“He also drove away the goblins. Probably because he knows they won’t ever follow him.”

I could only see Haka. The goblins were nowhere to be found.

One of them might’ve dared to hide nearby, but the possibility was low. It was too risky, for not much entertainment. They would’ve just moved to another area.

“Then what about you? Did your infiltration go well?”

“Yeah, yeah. It wasn’t difficult. I’m now under one of the executives of the Assassin Society. But there are too many eyes around, so my people weren’t able to infiltrate.”

“That’s enough.”

My first order to Haka had been to stick as close to Gronyan as possible. To pass me his information without being caught.

Therefore, Haka had entered Gronyan’s group as soon as he’d arrived, one of the first to do so.

“But don’t some of them know that you’re my teammate?”

“I never look like this when I’m around them, I wear a mask. Plus I always carry a face-transforming potion with me, in case something unexpected come up.”

“Ah.”

Haka was meticulous as always.

“Anyway… it’s coming to an end.”

I turned my head back to the battlefield.

Like Haka said, the battle was sprinting towards the final finish line.

Even though Jimus kept firing a barrage of his so-called ‘ultimate magic’, he couldn’t deal a single serious blow to Gronyan.

“Damn it, this is the end! Hellfire!”

Even the ultimate skill that’d beaten Leo down,

“Now that’s something! But…”

Dragon Flash (龍閃)!

Rustle–.

Before Groniyan’s outstretched sword, the fire scattered into embers.

This was the end.

Jimus’s face already looked like he’d lost his will to fight.

He might still have some energy left, but he’d already decided that this was to be his last attack.

He lowered his wand slowly.

“It’s over.”

“No… it’s only beginning.”

I pointed to the back.

Where Cyborg Gelop stood waiting.

He was probably the last opponent Gronyan would face here.

Then, once the fight with Gelop finished, as long as it ended in his own victory, he’d probably lead everyone here and go subdue the people in the other areas.

The Leo Adventurers, Karl Zayed, and finally… me.

“… This is ridiculous.”

“Huh?”

“No, nothing.”

It was simply absurd. The original development had gone up in smoke.

I couldn’t help but be curious about the author’s mind.

What the hell was he doing all this for?

Why make such a huge narrative for that guy called Gronyan?

Just how much affection did he have for this character… It was frankly at a level that made no sense. Weren’t Leo and the rest more important right now?

“By the way, what’re you going to do now?”

“… Well…”

I didn’t know. Not yet.

But one thing was clear. I couldn’t stay still like this.

Most importantly, I couldn’t let the readers stew in anticipation of Gronyan’s next move.

The more that happened, the more his narrative would gain power.

If things went on like this, even my fight with Kiriko might get buried. No, maybe… it might not even happen in the first place.

First, I had to snatch the lead point of view. I had to do something significant enough for that.

Also, I had to try and force the plot development to the ‘original’ direction I was familiar with.

At that moment,

“… Kaha.”

A burst of laughter reflexively escaped my throat.

How absurd. It was me, of all people, who was trying to fix the plotline? Who did I think I was, the author himself? My job so far had always been to mess up the plot, not to fix it.

“Mr. Squatjaw?”

“Uh, just… I suddenly remembered something outrageous.”

However, the ‘absurdity’ I felt wasn’t limited to just that.

There was still the biggest one left.

“Huff…”

I took a couple of deep breaths.

After the battle with Jimus, go straight to another battle with Gelop. In order to take away the leading point of view from Gronyan who was exhibiting such an eye-catching performance, or at least to divert attention from it…

At this point, there was only one event that could make this possible.

What Tanya had done in the original.

“Let’s go, shall we?”

“Have you decided what to do?”

“Yeah, and I have to ask you for a favour.”

“What do I need to do?”

After telling Haka a few words, I immediately started moving.

While muttering words that I didn’t know whether stemmed from lamentation or anticipation.

“Just to survive, I now have to do something like this…”


‘What the hell is he going to do?’

What Mr. Squatjaw had asked for was very simple.

To give a shout out If he saw something weird happening.

Then,

“Ohh, it’s a robot!”

“I heard he’s the strongest in Northland.”

“Is he human? Or a machine?”

As the audience broke into murmurs, Cyborg Gelop stepped out in front of Gronyan.

Everyone looked at him with anticipation, but Haka’s eyes were fixed on the other party.

Gronyan.

He truly was an incredible monster.

After fighting Jimus, he was right away entering another one-on-one match with that cyborg.

Of course, neither of them would be risking their lives. Otherwise Jimus just now wouldn’t have been able to retreat at a nonchalant pace.

But it’d definitely been an intense battle. That much was not in doubt. The abundance of huge pits dug into the earth proved it.

It’d been a tense fight with the combatants pouring in at least eighty percent of their power – at least, for Jimus.

But that man had dealt with that much power very casually.

It couldn’t be possible without there being a significant gap between the two sides.

Monster.

That word really fit the guildmaster well.

‘Diverting people’s attention from the duel of somebody like that… Is that even possible?’

Haka tilted his head.

Mr. Squatjaw had said so before he’d left. That he’d make it happen. Something with enough impact for people to focus on it, and Haka just had to shout to draw their attention.

“Hmm…”

It wouldn’t be easy.

No matter how surprising it was, even if it was Mr. Squatjaw doing it, the chances seemed low.

To be honest, he even thought it might be outright impossible…

That was then.

… Huh?

Haka’s breath escaped him unconsciously.

His mouth was agape in surprise, but he didn’t even realize it.

In the distance, a red-haired woman was flying near the sky where the treasure, Ramirez, was floating.

Of course, it wasn’t a rare sight.

Similar scenes had repeated several times before.

The only difference was that –

“… It didn’t work?”

The Ramirez didn’t reveal the woman’s weakness.

This was certainly surprising.

Maybe… more than the confrontation between the two over here.

‘It’s not Mr. Squatjaw, but if I had to guess, this must be the situation he was talking about, right?’

At that moment,

“Look over there, at the Ramirez!”

Haka exclaimed loudly.

“Look at the Ramirez!”

And when some people, startled by the sudden shouting, turned to look,

“Th-, th-. that…”

“A thief!”

“Look over there!”

Just then, the Ramirez was caught in the hands of the red-haired woman.

“Some thief stole the Ramirez!”


Editor’s Notes:

None for this chapter.


Sword Pilgrim – Chapter 133

Whizzzzzzzz! Thunk-thunk-thunk-thunk-thunk!

Arrows rained down from the sky.

And alongside them were the bristling spears in the hands of knight rising on horseback.

It’d been a week since the Voitra Forest was burned down.

The Imperial Army was still targeting their group.

At the front, a pilgrim clad in pure white –

Callius –

Snikt! Clang!

Deflected a flying arrow with a slash of his sword, and pulled the reins of his horse.

Snikt!

An arrow embedded itself on the earth just in front of him, and the spears of the knights weren’t letting up either.

Whiiiiiisshhhh!!

An arm with bulging muscles threw a spear.

It shot forward like an arrow, aimed straight at Callius’ chest.

The timing was perfect, and the strength and skill behind the throw were also sufficient.

The moment the spear left his hand, the knight was certain –

That his spear wouldn’t miss its mark.

“Hmph!”

But this world wasn’t so accommodating.

Another, short-statured, pilgrim suddenly jumped up and swung a huge hammer to deflect the spear!

“What!”

Not only that –

Twang! Snikt!

“U-ugh!”

“Kgh!”

With the twangs of a bowstring, arrows sought out the hearts of several soldiers and knights.

Some of them were even turned aflame on impact.

A magical beast suddenly appeared from the rear, wreathed in lightning, and attacked the troops.

The lizards in front who’d been running away counterattacked, and their spears stabbed out.

“Re-, retreat…! Ugh!”

Just when the captain was about to give the order to retreat –

Suddenly, the pure white-clad pilgrim jumped over the troops and swung his sword.

As soon as the sword came out of its scabbard –

Snikt.

A beam of light shone, and the knight’s head rolled down.

Sizzle!

The blood that’d spattered like a fountain quickly dried up, and the scattered pieces of flesh withered away.

“Ahhhhhhhhh!”

Again, the imperial forces retreated.

Fifty soldiers and eight knights had come, but they were no match for the four pilgrims and one demonic beast.

Creak.

The pilgrim in white put his sword back into its sheath. Callius, whistled.

Then, as if it’d been waiting for his signal, his horse came a-trotting, and Callius hauled himself up on its back.

“Is it alright to ride a horse during pilgrimage?”

The lizard thumping the ground with his tail who asked this –

Was the chieftain of the dragonkin tribe, Philomatour.

He’d escaped from the tribe and come to accompany Callius and the others.

Apparently he didn’t hold much affection for the tribe, and so instead had followed them, saying he preferred the wandering life.

No one else knew that the biggest reason behind his decision had been Callius.

“There’s no law that says you have to walk on your own two feet just because you’re on a pilgrimage. After all, the meaning of pilgrimage is to find yourself.”

“Lord Lactus doesn’t say that. Aldo, isn’t your God a little strange?”

He’d adopted quite a stern demeanour while serving as the clan chief, but since he’d thrown down that heavy burden, he’d completely changed.

Philo Cut-Tail.

Like his somewhat frivolous nickname, his usual tone was also quite lighthearted.

“Philo, do not slander other Gods. The sons of the tundra would smash your skull with their hammers if they heard you.”

Aldo spoke harshly but caringly, as if he were admonishing a youngster for his cheekiness. It was as if he saw Philo like a son.

“Lord Arbeto never said anything about pilgrimage.”

The elf, Serena, was still behaving as usual.

Except her face flushed whenever she peeked at Callius.

“The God of the Sword, that’s Lord Valtherus, isn’t it?”

“That’s right.”

“He is generous.”

Callius, with his lips curved up, responded to Philo’s nonsensical words.

“One would have to be pretty narrow-minded to take exception to horse-riding.”

“Umm!”

Callius, leaving Philo stuttering, looked at the town in the distance.

“That must be Reikmann. Right?”

“It should be. If you look at the mark on this foxglove tree, it says Reikmann.”

“Wasn’t it a rural town?”

“That was thirty years ago… Looks like it’s prospered!”

Reikmann.

Originally, it was just a small town where tourists would occasionally visit for a while.

Most of its income depended on that small number of travelers, but that seemed to have changed over time.

‘It’s a fairly large town now.’

Still, the town itself looked nothing special.

There were a few moderately large buildings, and the economy still seemed mainly agricultural. But what was a little unusual, was a different with a slightly building style standing at the centre.

After walking for a while, Callius realized that the building was the Smiling Rose.

‘This place has prospered because of the brothel.’

There was nothing very surprising or shameful about it.

It wasn’t unusual in the context of the times.

Everyone had their own way of living.

“Then you can relax for now and join up with us later. Will you lodge separately?”

“I just have something I need to hand over, so arrange a room for me.”

“Callis? There’s no need to hide it. There’s no shame in needing the comfort of a woman.”

Seeing Philo pat his shoulder, Serena caught him in a chokehold.

“Kgh!”

“Don’t be rude, Philo!”

“Okay, okay! Got it!”

“We’ll be waiting for you.”

“Alright.”

Verse of Grace had a pretty strange setting.

It wasn’t explicitly expressed as a quest.

That was due to how Verse of Grace worked.

It was an act of mercy to soothe the sorrow of the dead.

To relieve their deep-seated resentment, you had to settle their grudge.

It could be very light, or very heavy.

By granting mercy and dispelling the grievance of the deceased, you received appropriate rewards.

‘That’s how Corpse Grace works.’

But it could be quite difficult to resolve the crux of a resentment, since you only got to indirectly experience some vague recollections from the dead man’s lifetime.

As a result, although he’d indeed had several successes in this field, Callius had also encountered many failures.

Sometimes the grudge simply could not be resolved, and in many cases it was difficult to discern what the hell the grudge was even about.

And this case was also similar.

‘I don’t know if I just need to hand it over, or do something else.’

Judging from past experience –

Possibly some little more effort would be needed.

He’d seen a woman and a place, but Callius knew it wasn’t only that.

Because the feelings he’d felt –

They weren’t that straightforward.

“Are you a guest?”

“Even pilgrims have to take off their pants once in a while. Kaha!”

A pair of guards were standing at the brothel’s gates.

Callius asked, ignoring the silly joke.

“Where can I find Veronica?”

“Veronica? Ooh, bro! You’ve heard the rumours, huh? Looking for the biggest draw of the Smiling Rose… But too bad. She’s off today.”

“I mean when she’s off-duty.”

Callius sighed.

Why wasn’t it going easy right from the start?

“Why’re you looking for her?”

“Hey, kid. Don’t interfere.”

A girl slipped out from between the guards and asked with her arms crossed.

“How about me instead of her? I’m the one who’ll become the brightest rose in the future.”

The girl’s bold words made Callius’ brows furrow.

“I have something to hand over to Veronica.”

“Ah, we can’t let you through. You aren’t the only guy itching to chat her up. She might be just a whore, but we can’t just let some random stranger meet her. Besides, Veronica is the brightest flower of Reikmann. Forget it.”

“Yeah, bro. There’re many other flowers, so if you want to pick one of them…”

The moment a guard tried to push his shoulder –

Callius’s hand caught his wrist and knocked him down in an instant.

Crack!

“Huh?”

Even though he fell with his wrist broken, the guard’s eyes were blank, as if didn’t understand what had happened.

“Bastard, we were playing nice…!”

Already at close range, the other guard drew a sword from his waist and aimed at Callius’ shoulder.

The guards were armed with spears in their hands and swords at their waists.

Callius effortlessly caught the sword between his fingers.

“Wh-, what!”

While the guard was busy being terrified by his sword being caught mid-swing, Callius knocked him down too.

Thud.

Callius looked down at the guard who’d fallen on his ass in surprise, and asked.

“Where is Veronica?”

“F-, follow me! I’ll take you to her!”

While the guards were struck dumb –

The girl from before exclaimed.

“Guide me.”

“Yeah!”


Pit-a-pat.

“Veronica! It’s Chris! A guest is here! Open the door!!”

The girl’s name turned out to be Chris.

The rather shabby house outside the brothel was apparently Veronica’s, but no matter how many times the girl knocked on the door, no reply came.

“Veronica! Phillip’s here!”

The girl said some nonsense.

Then, finally, they heard sounds from inside the house.

Creeeak.

A woman met them at the door, light brown hair flowing over her shoulders like a waterfall.

She had a tobacco stick in one hand, and once she saw the two of them, she lit it and nodded to make them come in.

“… I’m off duty today, Chris. Why did you bring him here?”

“He’s like an actual guest. Trust me! He didn’t come here for work.”

After making introductions, the girl quickly went outside.

She was an excitable little kid.

Callius looked at the woman and took a sword out from his bosom, handing it over.

It was a rather short, broad sword.

An ordinary sword without any impressive adornments.

“This is Phillip.”

The sword’s name was Phillip.

It was the name of the dead man who needed mercy.

“Hey, it’s that bastard again. How much?”

“… What do you mean?”

“Didn’t that bastard borrow money again in my name? Fucking son-of-a-bitch. Let’s hear it. How much is it?”

It was hard to tell from her annoyed and arrogant countenance whether this woman really was a prostitute.

‘A prostitute who pays you.’

It was amazing in many ways.

“So? How much?”

“This is Phillip.”

“?”

Veronica finally saw the sword in her hands clearly.

She tilted her head as if she couldn’t understand, but then her expression changed.

So Callius told her again.

“That is Phillip.”

“Is he –?”

“Dead.”

“…”

Veronica was silent for a while.

Then she ran a hand through her hair.

“Anything else?”

“No.”

“I see. Understood. You can go.”

Callius had thought they might’ve been lovers, but apparently not?

There was no change in her facial expression.

‘Why did Phillip think of this woman when he died? Was he just a simp?’

Callius had hoped that the Verse of Grace would be completed once he handed the sword over, but no such luck.

Maybe he needed to do a little research.

“What, are you finished so soon? Didn’t you do it?”

This was obscene behaviour for a kid.

Callius frowned.

“I did not.”

“Then what did you come here for?”

“I know Phillip.”

Chris had been talking about Phillip to wake Veronica up.

“Phillip? That idiot Phillip?”

“An idiot, was he?”

“A real idiot. That guy always chattered about snatching away the brightest flower of Reikmann.”

“Were they lovers?”

“How can somebody be lovers with a flower? Maybe he’d just hit his head somewhere?”

Perhaps there was something Callius was missing.

‘I came all the way here, after all.’

Callius looked down. Since he couldn’t know Verse of Grace’s reward in advance, he had no idea how it’d end.

Still, it was worth a little anticipation. Verse of Grace was rare enough that he couldn’t bear to simply give up on one.

He had to look around Reikmann a little more and search for clues about Phillip.

“But I heard something.”

“What?”

“They said Phillip was going to buy Veronica. But how could a penniless farmer buy the brightest flower? I think it’s nonsense.”

A farmer?

How did a farmer become an imperial soldier?

Chris answered his question.

“And then… he got suddenly recruited into the Imperial Army. I don’t know how. Maybe he had some connections? Though I wouldn’t have thought so.”

Chris’ puzzled words made Callius’ eyes turn cold.

Things here smelled fishy.


“Phillip is dead.”

Clad a thin cardigan, Veronica said to the man sitting in the office.

The man’s name was Rupard.

He was the manager of the Smiling Rose.

Wearing a monocle, Rupart kept perusing the account books, and answered without even looking up at Veronica.

“So it happened. What a shame. Are you happy?”

“If you hadn’t said anything strange, he wouldn’t have been so reckless.”

Rupard finally closed the ledger and looked at Veronica.

“I just made him an offer. The empire needed a soldier, and I introduced him to a good job. I don’t want to hear any complaints from you.”

“Don’t bullshit me. You did this because you didn’t want to lose the biggest draw of the Smiling Rose to a strange peasant.”

“Me? Why would I have to worry about a small-time farmer?”

“It happened right after Phillip left. Somebody scoured through his rice field. I know it was you!”

“Do you have any evidence?”

“I saw you.”

Rupard smirked.

He leaned back on the chair.

“What’s it to you? Isn’t Phillip dead anyway? Yes, there were rumours of a treasure in Phillip’s land. His field always had bountiful harvests, even when other places had a poor crop. Naturally people gossiped about some kind of treasure hidden there, so I just dug through it once.”

“And then?”

“I only found a small box.”

“What?”

“There was a ring inside.”

“… A ring?”

Toss.

Clatter.

“Maybe he was trying to propose to you. I thought of throwing it away, but I was going to give it back to him as a congratulation gift if he managed to come back alive. Now I suppose I can’t give it to him anymore. Take it.”

Veronica’s eyelids trembled as she caressed the box.

“Phillip was an idiot.”

“Indeed. After all, the very idea of ​​marrying a prostitute is stupid.”

“Still, he wasn’t trash. He wasn’t a bastard like you.”

Swish!

She pulled out a sword from under her cardigan and ran towards Rupard.

But as she thrust the blade at his head –

Whish!

Rupard managed to dodge it.

“You crazy bitch!”

Puff!

“Ugh!”

Puff!

“Aah!”

“Why the fuck are you mad at me, huh?!”

Rupard, who smashed Veronica’s forehead with a headbutt and kicked her down with his foot, caught her hair as if he’d been enduring the impulse for ten years.

Veronica, who’d lost her weapon and collapsed, roared as if spewing out all her anger.

“If it weren’t for you, Phillip wouldn’t have died!!”

“That stupid bastard volunteered to the army so he could live with a whore, why is it my problem? This is why idiot bitches like you…”

“Shut up, you son of a bitch!”

Puff!! Thud!

But what came back was more violence.

Veronica groaned in pain as Rupard stepped on her.

“Know your place, whore.”

Catch.

“Uugh!”

Rupard pulled her up by the hair and whispered in her ear.

“You just have to take guests and pay them back in full with your body. Understand? What, did you have a little hope that Phillip would save you from this merry-go-round? The biggest idiot here is you, Veronica. The viscount has deigned to personally visit us after hearing of your fame. Do you think he’ll be as lenient as I’ve been?”

Toss!

“I’m going to take real good care of you, don’t you worry. Hey! Somebody take away this bitch!”

After fixing his tie, Rupard called to the guards.

“…?”

Yet, time passed, but they didn’t show up.


Editor’s Notes:

None for this chapter.


Surviving a Shounen Manga – Episode 104

The Ramirez Scramble (5)

Those repair drones… had there been one left?

Karl Zayed brushed away the dust that’d piled up on his clothes, and slowly reviewed his memories.

When he’d first encountered that Cyborg Gelop, that piece of scrap metal, there were a total of three simple repair drones attached to him.

Called ‘Alpha’, ‘Bravo’ and ‘Charlie’.

Although they were repair drones, their use was close to being ‘replacement parts’.

When Gelop’s arm was broken, one filled in, and when half his body was blown away, another hurriedly took its place.

And only ten minutes ago the last one had replaced Gelop’s two legs.

That was all of them, wasn’t it?

In fact, at the end, Gelop couldn’t respond when his left side of his body got blown off.

There was no way Karl Zayed’s memory could be wrong.

Was this some other hidden trump card, or…

‘Is it really somebody else?’

Karl Zayed raised his head again and stared at the ‘unidentified cyborg’, on whom no trace of the last battle could be found, no matter how hard he looked.

“Hmm. You’re quicker, too.”

The bastard looked at himself and tilted his head.

“What actually happened?”

“Huh? What do you mean?”

“You… have changed.”

“Ah, I did some repairs.”

“…”

It wasn’t just the appearance being restored in an instant that made Karl Zayed doubt his identity.

Once he started talking –

His voice remained the same, but the tone had completely changed. The way he used to speak was extremely harsh, but now…

‘I’m feeling irritated just remembering that guy.’

He was getting annoyed.

Also, the most important part, the power –

The power of the energy cannon was different.

To the point where he’d avoided it without daring to take it head-on.

“You don’t show any sign of repairs. And that energy cannon was… is it your original one?”

“Hey, you’re sharp, huh? You even noticed I’ve changed weapons.”

“Even a three-year-old kid would notice the power difference. No, you bastard, more things have changed than that.”

“It’s no a big deal, I just changed the CPU.”

“Seepee… what?”

“Don’t worry about it, dude. Just think of it as changing some parts.”

“…”

However, Karl Zayed wasn’t feeling convinced that this wasn’t a ‘different being’, because he hadn’t seen the replacement process with his own two eyes.

Not to mention that there hadn’t been nearly enough time.

Soon,

“Hmm…”

Karl Zayed shook his head to shake off his thoughts.

There was no point pondering it over. If he had an unanswered question, couldn’t he just grab the guy and ask directly?

So decided, he pulled out a sword from his waist.

It was a weapon he’d started carrying around one day, because it was occasionally useful.

It was hard and sharp.

He couldn’t remember where it originally came from. Probably from some fool who’d rushed at him without knowing his own place.

Same as the pile of scrap metal now in front of him.

“Oho, you use weapons too? Since when? I don’t remember this.”

“I sometimes take it out when I get tired of just breaking things by hand. Like when I have something to cut.”

Although Karl Zayed said that, actually, pulling out his weapon was more of a sign of showing respect for his opponent.

Because the cyborg now looked like he’d brought some pretty expensive parts.

And finally,

“Huh. Then let me respond in kind.”

The pile of scrap metal seems to have a similar idea.

About respect, or boundaries.

As the cyborg raised his arms, a blue light began to hum through the energy outlets at the centre of his palms.

“… Everything’s overhauled except your brain, hm? You still don’t know your place.”

“You say that even after taking out your sword? Besides, what do you even know about my brain? How outrageous. A mere human dares to look down upon an AI… I bet you can’t even multiply three-digit numbers in your head.”

“Hmph, cheeky machine….”

“See, now you’ve got nothing to say. The greatness of AI… I’ll carve it straight into your head.”

Soon,

Whiiiing–.

Fwosh–!

A huge flood of energy roared out of one palm along with a shockwave.

‘It’s different.’

The magnitude of the force was now so strong that the original was no comparison.

The energy cannons had taken several hits from Karl Zayed’s fists already, but to do the same now would be unreasonable.

Bumping into something that volatile would leave his fists shredded, and his sword broken.

But, of course,

‘If that’s not feasible, let’s just not do that.’

That’d happen only if he clashed head-on.

Karl Zayed quickly evaded the rushing energy, and then rushed towards Gelop.

Fwosh–!

‘Left… then right.’

Fwosh–!

Fwosh–!

Zig-zagging, Karl Zayed avoided the energy shells flying in. Albeit slowly, he was making progress.

Although the attack was immensely powerful, it didn’t make him panic. The attack pattern was foolishly consistent.

Fire a series of energy cannons, then back off when you’re approached. Then attack again after recharging.

But Karl Zayed wouldn’t give him the time.

It was kind of disappointing. Those arms, legs, and so forth had been blown off once, but nothing essential had changed.

‘How boring.’

Karl Zayed waited one more time, even though Gelop was already within his range.

A total of seven energy cannons had been fired so far. Four on the left arm, three on the right arm.

Previously, six shots were the maximum, so no matter how much the accessories had changed, Gelop was probably at his limit.

‘Are you going to shoot once more? Or are you done?’

Then,

Whiiiing–.

Fwosh–!

The eighth shell flew.

It’s over.

Karl Zayed didn’t even care about the shell that brushed past an ear, and rushed at Gelop.

Then,

“Have you got more arms ready? This is the third one gone.”

He swung his sword at the cyborg’s left shoulder.

There was no doubt in his mind that the opponent would be sliced apart.

But,

“What’re you doing?”

“Huh…?”

The bastard’s reaction was strange.

He didn’t dodge at all.

For a moment, Karl Zayed met his blank eyes and felt a terrifying feeling.

That was then.

“Hm!?”

Both the cyborg’s palms flashed a sinister red, for the first time.

And then,

Fwooooosh!

A new kind of energy shell hurtled towards him.

“Uh…”

Karl Zayed immediately fell back at his fastest speed, but a large part of the shockwave had already passed through his arm to his torso.

“Oh, you’re super fast, huh? And sturdy too.”

“…”

Karl Zayed forced his shut eyes to open and checked his own status.

His arms had gone limp. They wouldn’t rise. He didn’t have the strength.

There wasn’t even any pain. As if everything had been burnt out.

‘I got baited.’

Both his arms were completely broken, and the rest of him wasn’t doing too well either.

His body parts that’d been exposed to the attack were glowing red hot.

Despite not having been directly wounded, his body that would normally quickly recover from any wounds wasn’t functioning properly.

“What is this, it’s over with just one hit? Boring.”

“…”

Karl Zayed bit his lip. He’d looked down on his opponent too much.

Things weren’t going well. This was dangerous.

Well, that didn’t mean he was helpless. All he had to do was use ‘that’.

Soon after,

Sizzle–.

His body quickly recovered.

“Huh? Wh-, what?”

Gelop was startled at the sight.

‘Growth mortgage’.

Extracting power from his future ‘growth’ and using it for immediate physical recovery.

In return, his growth would stop until he managed to recharge the power thus consumed.

This was the latest skill he’d acquired.

“… I have to admit it. I underestimated you.”

This mortgage system actually operated at quite a loss. At first blush it might look like an equivalent exchange, until one considered the fact that it also paused the, otherwise constant, growth of his unique ability.

In other words, the duration he’d stay stagnant was much longer than it’d otherwise be.

And this –

“You’ll have to pay for that.”

– Also meant that he couldn’t let this guy go.

That was then.

“Uh… you’re already using that? Here?”

The bastard asked, sounding very bewildered.

“What?”

“Isn’t that… your ultimate technique?”

Karl Zayed froze.

“… You know my ability?”

He hastily searched through his memories. Had the two of them met before?

It couldn’t be. This was obviously their first encounter.

No, more than anything else, this ability had emerged very recently.

Then how come the other party knew about it…

“Umm… that’s not it. More like, it just feels like that?”

“…”

This was a very unconvincing response.

But Karl Zayed didn’t express any further doubts.

It wouldn’t change what he was planning, anyway. He just needed to catch this guy properly and interrogate him.

“I have something else to ask.”

As Karl Zayed was about to advance –

Suddenly,

“Uh, wait a minute. Let’s stop here for now.”

The cyborg raised his hand and stopped him.

“What?”

“This is all for today. I’ve gotten bored, so I’ll just be off.”

It sounded absurd.

“Have you gone crazy? I just underwent a full recovery, the same as you. And do you think there’ll be more opportunities like this? Even if it’s just a coincidence, you’re the first person that made me do my best…”

“Funny. Weren’t you beaten bloody before? And what’s so difficult about it? You aren’t as great as you imagine.”

“… What?”

Karl Zayed felt his heart pound for a moment.

What was this guy saying? What did he know? Him being beaten bloody?

Impossible…

Karl Zayed clutched his sword tight.

No matter what, he couldn’t let this guy leave.

Only those words were echoing through his mind.

“You bastard, looks like you really want to die. No, more than that…”

Carl Zayed surged forward, mid-speech.

“Do you think you can leave?”

But at that very moment,

“Shouldn’t you dodge? Else…”

He was frozen in place, as if ice had covered him.

Because place his enemy was aiming at with a grin,

“You might be in danger.”

– Was his Achilles’ heel.

It was inconceivable.

“… You, you are…”

“Got what I’m saying? Let’s just leave things here today. In return, I won’t aim for the token. Now then… later.”

Karl Zayed couldn’t stop Gelop as he disappeared.

No, he couldn’t do anything.

Unanswerable questions continued to swirl in his mind.

Who the hell was that guy… really?

After a while, a single word forced itself out of Karl Zayed’s clenched teeth.

“… Squatjaw.”


“Whoo…”

Things had almost gotten dangerous.

I never thought that Karl Zayed might use ‘growth mortgage’.

If I hadn’t managed to scare his off, things might’ve gotten really dangerous for me.

Because my equipment had already run out of energy.

I removed the high-power energy cannon attached to my arm and threw it to the floor.

Clatter-clang–.

In order to properly deal with him, I needed to mobilize the ‘smart armored cavalry’, but I couldn’t use that yet.

Karl Zayed still had a lot of work to do.

Anyway, this was a success.

“It’s tough…”

I stopped running and momentarily basked in the sense of pride welling from my achievements.

A lot of information about me had been exposed, but it didn’t seem to matter much.

Wouldn’t it all come out one day anyway…

That was then.

‘Ah, wait. Wasn’t that guy about to mutter my name out loud?’

I scratched my head. Was I already completely exposed?

“Well…”

But soon,

“Well, maybe that’s for the better.”

I grinned again.

It might’ve even been a blessing in disguise. In the first place, I’d faced Karl Zayed in order to snatch his spotlight. In this way, his loud doubts about me could completely cover up his own brilliance in the readers’ eyes.

Actually, the time had been a little bit different from what I’d done with Leo.

Leo’s case was just to confuse the readers and reveal my goblin-like traits, but this time I also had a more important purpose.

Right, making Karl Zayed look weak.

In the original story, this Ramirez Scramble could practically have been called, ‘blocking Karl Zayed’.

He’d been the only character almost unaffected by the power balance adjustment, and had shown unrivaled strength at this time. Even the reader community had been up in arms about nerfing him.

And as it turned out, he actually had had a huge nerf scheduled in this arc.

His weakness, revealed by the Ramirez.

It wasn’t a direct decline in ability, but it’d calmed down the demands to nerf him. Because of how absolutely fatal the weakness was.

And what I was trying to do here, was to prevent this ‘scheduled development’.

I didn’t think it’d be that difficult. Because things were quite different now, compared to then.

Now, Karl Zayed was indeed considered a powerhouse, but not some OP munchkin.

The reason was simple. Because of me.

And therefore, there was no loud clamour about nerfing him. There was some talk, sure, but my actions today would douse that even further.

This meant there was no reason to unconditionally reveal Karl Zayed’s weakness. At least in public.

And why I wanted to prevent the information from being public was simple.

To use it. If only I knew his weakness, only I could use it.

If everybody knew, it couldn’t be my exclusive weapon anymore.

And another reason –

It was funny. Why nerf a guy who wasn’t even the strongest? If somebody had to be nerfed, it had to be me.

In other words, ‘revealing the weakness of the strongest man’ was an event that had to focus on me. That way, it’d attract the readers’ attention; and put the murmurs of ‘Squatjaw OP, plz nerf’ to bed.

“He got damaged, so it’s okay for now, but…”

The problem was the future. If he stopped running wild, it’d be fine, but if he went and invaded another area…

That was then.

“Hm?”

I looked around at the sudden sense of strange incongruity.

“It’s odd…”

It was too quiet.

It’d been about twenty minutes since I’d headed north after leaving Karl Zayed behind.

The city should’ve been alive with gunfire and ringing of swords.

But I couldn’t see any signs of ongoing battles, not even any noise.

Didn’t I even tell the goblins? To make some messes…

How pitiful.

‘Why’re they being so quiet right now…?’

Then, suddenly,

“… Ah!”

I could see why.

It was simple. Along with the realization came a sense of disappointment.

Because the powerhouses were taking the lead in snatching the tokens.

In the original, they’d spent time observing, but this time, they were all rushing in headfirst.

Jimus, Leo, Karl Zayed, Gelop – everybody.

In other words, the two-bit idiots were too scared to make trouble.

They didn’t even have a token, so there was no point fighting among themselves.

This was tough. Unless there were fights and grudges aplenty, the goblins would be left with nothing to stir up.

In the east side, the place where Leo and party were should be quite active by now, but clearly the rest of the area was still quiet.

The south, where Karl Zayed was, and the west, where Gronyan had gone, would be the same.

And finally…

“… I see.”

I, was the biggest problem.

I grabbed the sphere in my pocket and hurriedly started running.


As if rejecting the bright sunlight outside, the factory area was dark, dull roofs covering the entire sky.

A street where only a dim neon light lit up the darkness –

A man stood, quietly suppressing his anger.

Kiriko, the redhead.

‘Where the hell are you…’

He couldn’t understand this at all.

After calling him here, the inviter was gone. Telling him nothing.

What was he doing?

He really wanted to smash the place up and make a fuss. He wondered if then the man would show up.

But,

‘I’ve changed.’

He endured the furtive peeks the street vendors occasionally took at him.

Because they were innocent.

Kiriko could admit this to himself. As he’d kept adventuring with Leo, he’d become much gentler.

Yet, somehow, that didn’t bring a sense of weakness of with it.

“Whoo…”

Maybe he was relieved in his heart.

That Squatjaw was missing.

“No, that’s not it.”

A little while ago, Kiriko had asked himself, ‘Can I beat Squatjaw?’. He was honestly not sure. Perhaps the odds of his defeat were higher than the reverse.

Until that time in Clone City, he couldn’t understand what Leo had seen in that guy.

But now was different. Seeing Squatjaw himself, he could finally see why.

Squatjaw was strong. So strong so that he couldn’t help but pay attention.

Besides, it wasn’t just Squatjaw either.

Karl Zayed. That monster looked stronger than ever. To an extent where instead of considering the odds of success, he instinctively wanted to withdraw.

And a third –

Gronyan. Yan’s father.

It was the first time in his life that he’d felt relieved, that this was the father of a colleague, not an enemy.

That sense of presence had directly overwhelmed him.

It was shameful.

“… God damn it.”

Since when did this start happening? There’d been a time when he thought himself without equal.

Kiriko clenched his fists.

And he was walking aimlessly like this, riddled with such useless thoughts; all because of that squat-jawed bastard.

The anger that’d subsided was about to rise again, but –

“Howdy.”

A voice intruded upon his thought.

“Huh?”

When Kiriko looked back,

“What… what the hell, you bastard! Where the hell did you go!? Even though you were the one who called me!”

There stood Squatjaw.

“Hey, calm down.”

Squatjaw took something out of his pocket and threw it towards him.

“Take this.”

It was a round object.

A bomb?

“What is this?”

Kiriko didn’t dodge, he just caught it. Because he didn’t want to give the impression that he was scared.

“You know.”

“I don’t. What is it?”

“Take a good look.”

Kiriko looked down at the object and was immediately startled.

It was a sphere. A sphere that proved the ‘qualification’ to own the Ramirez.

“Keep it. I’ll come find you in two days.”

“Wh-… what?”

It was a senseless series of words.

And then,

“Oh, and…”

Squatjaw suddenly pulled out two revolvers from his waist.

“Wh-, what!”

And,

“This could be a disease or a cure. To be honest it’s probably both, but you won’t get sick if you get it right, yeah? So focus.”

Squatjaw muttered something else that he couldn’t understand.

“As you know, [Six Burning Bullets] can be combined. Six types of bullets, thirty-six combinations. But that’s not all.”

“… Huh?”

“You know how to use ‘rapid fire’, right? If you that and change bullets every time… No, it’s better to show you once than to explain it. So, do it like this…”

Then Squatjaw was aiming his guns at him.

“Come on, wait a minute…”

“There’re thousands of possible combinations. Be careful.”

And at that moment,

Ratatatat–!

Ratatatat–!

Kiriko witnessed a ‘scene of great despair’ flying in the shape of a bullet.

There was nothing he could do to stop it.

That ‘despair’ hit Kiriko’s body.

“Ahhhhhhhhhhh!”

His consciousness switched off for a moment, then turned on again.

‘What happened?’

His body didn’t move.

An indescribable pain was enveloping him.

“Ahhhhhhhhhhhh…”

Kiriko did his best to check his condition.

When he focused all his strength, his right arm twitched. But the left was still as stone.

It was a serious injury.

That Squatjaw had done this to him, without him being able to even respond.

‘I, I need a healing bullet right now…’

That was then.

“Whooooo! Here’s a token, everybody! That red-headed gunslinger has one! Wait, what!? This guy is dying!? What a chance to make a clean score! Hahaha!”

The piercing shriek out of Squatjaw’s throat rattled his eardrums.

“Wait, wait a minute…”

This was dangerous.

He could die like this.

Kiriko thought he had to stop this guy somehow.

So he somehow barely moved his head to look, and –

“Good luck for the next two days.”

Squatjaw was giving him a smirking wink.

“Hey, you fucking bastard…”

Kiriko’s face turned black.


Editor’s Notes:

None for this chapter.


Sword Pilgrim – Chapter 132

“What…!”

Crackackackackack!

A chain of blue lightning struck in all directions as if a tree were spreading its roots.

The ground was cleaved through like soft butter, stones were scattered, and a strong wind blew.

“Ahhhhhhhh!”

Rebecca, who was standing at the centre of it all, naturally couldn’t be unharmed.

She was struck full on by the lightning.

Steam rose from her body. As she stood there with her mouth open and her face blankly staring up at the sky, it was safe to say that death was closing in on her.

But –

Twitch.

Rebecca’s eyes regained their focus.

She was still alive.

“Ugh.”

Hurk.

Rebecca, coughing up clots of blood, tightly gripped her mace.

Her bloodshot eyes now looked even scarier.

But Callius merely snorted with a calm face.

“Again.”

Vivi unleashed his lightning.

His speed as he rushed in leaving a blue trail behind was like a lightning bolt.

But Rebecca’s mace didn’t fall behind either, moving in a zigzag shape to meet him.

Craaaackkkk–!

Whiiiisshhhh!

Rebecca’s mace soared high into the sky.

But the moment victory seemed to have been decided –

Whoooosh!

A great mace and chain appeared in her hands.

She grabbed the chain and threw the mace.

Vivi easily avoided it, but Rebecca’s target wasn’t the thunder wolf dragon.

Her goal was Callius.

“I’ll catch you, even if you have to break a little!”

Completely disregarding the thunder wolf dragon in front of her, she was determined to only aim for the target of her obsession.

It was such a bizarre tenacity that one might even want to applaud it.

‘No, that’s not right.’

Rebecca’s attack on Callius was partly due to her obsession with him, true, but another part was because his relationship with Vivi made her think about Auste.

Auste’s pilgrims wielded strong magical powers.

But thanks to that, they tended to be relatively weaker physically.

As long as the caster was defeated, the demonic beast would be released from control.

So Rebecca’s attack was justified.

Swooosh!

But her mace missed so cleanly as if it was preordained.

“…!”

The man completely escaped its trajectory by moving only half a step. Seeing this, Rebecca pulled the mace back and roared.

“Hold him down!”

The mace wasn’t her only support, after all.

As if they’d been waiting, the knights of the principality rushed in from all around, wielding maces.

All to catch a single man – Callius.

It wasn’t just odd.

This obsession was reaching an unthinkable level of extremity.

Should one say, as expected of Rebecca?

If he’d truly served the whip, Callius would’ve probably gotten caught.

Of course –

If.

As a dozen knights rushed at Callius, and Rebecca’s mace also came flying in –

A sword gleamed in his hand as he shrugged off his robe.

Slaaaash!!

A long line was drawn through the centre of the flying mace. Rebecca’s eyes widened.

Along with Callius’ complete appearance being revealed –

A sharp sword wind erupted in all directions.

“Hah…?”

As the wind blew –

“Ugh!”

“Ghk!”

The mace, as well as the knights, fell down, riven.

Pieces of flesh scattered.

Blood flowed in rivulets.

Schwing!

Callius’ black hair, as he threw the blood off his sword with a swing, fluttered in the wind.

Rebecca’s eyes gleamed at the sight that seemed to shine even against the blazing backdrop of the burning forest.

It was an expression that said she cared now a whit about the safety of her knights.

Only Callius was reflected in her eyes.

‘He’s stronger than I thought. Annoying.’

She hadn’t expected him to be so strong on his own.

Besides –

Chuff.

The appearance of the thunder wolf dragon standing by as if protecting him was simply majestic.

Two tall horns piercing the sky.

Cloud-like fur upon the legs, scales covering the body, lightning flashing in its eyes, and the sword in its mouth –

Zap, zzzappppp.

“They said he uses a magic technique to control it…”

Besides, this was no ordinary magic beast.

It was rarely-seen thunder wolf dragon.

A magical beast that’d inherited the blood of dragons.

Besides, it possessed the power of electricity.

That power was also similarly rare.

A single thunder wolf dragon like this was a match for many knights.

But the man who controlled it, was holding a sword?

She really wanted to find out his secret.

‘Obviously, somebody controlling a beast like that should be a servant of the whip.’

But a sword?

At that moment, she had a thought. A name popped into her head.

‘Carpe, the North.’

A nobleman who protected the northern lands of Carpe.

It was a place mostly unrelated to the principality, hence why she’d taken so long to think of it. But once she saw him holding that sword, she couldn’t help but think of it.

The Supreme Ruler of the North –

‘Jervain.’

That was probably her target’s identity.

“Would you like to come with me?”

Rebecca lowered her mace.

Callius’ head tilted at the sudden remark.

“Are you still spouting bullshit?”

“I’ll give you the principality.”

“How can you say that so confidently?”

“Because I am confident.”

It was indeed an idiotically confident assertion.

But Callius couldn’t even laugh.

‘If it’s her, it’s actually possible.’

But he wasn’t interested.

So what if he gained the principality?

The empire would one day extend its hands there as well.

Besides, he was a pilgrim of the sword.

He had no desire to emigrate to other lands.

He could only serve the sword.

“Princess!”

The noise of the rushing knights made Vivi’s ears perk up.

“You really don’t want it?”

“No.”

“There’s nothing to be done about it, then.”

She gestured towards him with her chin.

The knights roared with valiant cries and ran towards Callius again.

But this time, Vivi didn’t stand still.

Vivi’s control of electricity had improved by several levels after taking the Blue Thunderbolt Sword.

In both power and speed.

Craaaaackkkkkk!

“Ugh!”

“Bastard!!”

Once he started attacking with it, few would be able to stand it.

“A well-raised Vivi is worth a dozen knights.”

Although he was still young, he was still a thunder wolf dragon.

His lack of power could be patched over with the Blue Thunderbolt Sword, and his skill was already amazing.

Vivi had been itching to bite the sword since forever, so Callius had let him, but the results had been spectacular.

Maybe because staying next to Callius, Vivi had been very familiar with swordsmanship –

Not to mention, Vivi was pretty smart.

‘It might be better for Vivi to use it than me.’

In the first place, Callius didn’t lack for swords.

There wasn’t much of a problem if Vivi used one.

Vivi had a high affinity for the Blue Thunderbolt Sword, so it was a good investment.

Callius’ hand, about to put his robe back on, stopped.

“Do I need to do this?”

Do I even need to hide myself like this, lowering my head like a frightened dog?

Would it be the way of a true pilgrimage?

‘My secret won’t be revealed if there’re no witnesses left.’

As long as everybody was killed –

The princess, too.

It wouldn’t be that difficult either.

Whooooooooshhhhh!

A strong wind began to blow around Callius. His killing intent swirled, focusing upon Princess Rebecca and the knights of the principality.

Flinch!!

“Bloodlust!”

The princess trembled in fear.

She could feel her heart pounding.

Such thick and edged was the bloodlust Callius was now exuding.

She hadn’t known it until now, but this bloodlust told her exactly how high his skills were.

“Ugh!”

In that short gap, Vivi cut a knight down.

As the body of the knight fell, split in halves, Vivi again rushed in, his lightning hindering the movements of the rest.

“Retreat! Retreat!”

At the same time –

Callius’ form advanced.

There was a sheathed sword in his hand.

Slide.

As Callius began to pull it out, a thick scent of blood filled the area.

As the sword swung, it seemed to disappear.

‘Fast–!’

Rebecca’s eyes couldn’t track Callius’ sword. She could only see it till the instant he pulled out fully from the sheath.

The moment she realized she’d missed it –

“Princess! Dodge!”

Two knights rushed forward to protect her.

Snnniiikkkkttt!

Their bodies were riven in two, and the princess too was cut, from her belly to her side. Spurt! Blood splashed,

“Ugh!”

“Princess!!”

“Protect the princess!!”

“Take her away right now!!”

Pit-a-pat! Pit-a-pat!

Callius’ eyes calmed down as he looked at the fleeing princess.

He swept the blood off the Predator Sword and inserted it back into the scabbard.

“The cut was shallow.”

Tough luck, but it couldn’t be helped.

He wasn’t going to embark upon some merry chase just to tire himself out.

‘There’s no way to stop both the empire and the principality from getting the news, huh?’

He’d tried to avoid it, but the ducal princess catching up to his position had been frankly unexpected.

‘I doubt I could’ve avoided it in the first place.’

If it were just that imperial freak, it might’ve been different; but since even Princess Rebecca was now obsessed with him, avoiding the spotlight was almost impossible. It’d be a better choice to actively use his own reputation in the future, instead of acting the fool.

Stroke.

Callius caressed Vivi’s face as he snuggled close, and the corners of his lips curved up.

“Well done.”

Callius tossed a chunk of meat taken from subspace, and Vivi opened his mouth to catch it, dropping the sword.

After swallowing the meat in a gulp, he hurriedly bit his sword again. How he worried about the sword being taken away was honestly pretty cute.

“I won’t take it away, so hold on to it. But remember, you can’t ever lose it. And never give it to anyone other than me. Got it?”

Grr!

Callius patted Vivi’s shoulder with satisfaction and turned away.

He’d missed the princess, and there was no point chasing her without any support.

Besides –

[Quest completed.]

The quest had been completed, so there was no need to delay.

Turning his back to the burning forest, Callius disappeared alongside Vivi.


Pop, crackle.

A corner of the forest that’d become a heap of ashes.

The burnt corpse of another victim of the fire giant crumbled into ashes.

Looking at the casualties, the grand princess couldn’t hide her disappointment.

At that moment, her eyes fell upon the sight of Princess Rebecca and her knights trudging closer, and narrowed in anger.

“Where were you…!”

Just as the imperial princess was about to say something –

Thud!

Princess Rebecca collapsed, along with a splash of blood.

The imperial princess hurried closer in surprise.

“Rebecca!”

Grand Princess Lavian supported Rebecca to prevent her from falling down, and quickly checked her wounds.

‘It was a swordsman.’

The wound came from a neat cut that obviously dealt by a sword.

A cut so clean it felt as if the wound would close by itself if you simply stuck the surfaces back together.

This level of skill indicated a quasi-Master.

A skilled swordsman hovering close to the realm of Masters –

“Who was it?”

“The man who stole my heart.”

The grand princess’ face softened slightly at the absurd answer.

Since she was still able to spew nonsense, Rebecca’s condition didn’t seem to as serious as she’d thought.

“You were a fool.”

“I…! Have no regrets.”

Ignoring Rebecca’s craziness, Lavian pressed down her hands on the wound, and frowned.

“Uugghh!”

Frustrated, Lavian poked a bit more, but Rebecca started screaming and foaming at the mouth.

“Is he really that handsome?”

“More than anything else in the world.”

“Do you know who he is?”

“Well…”

Rebecca obviously didn’t want to say.

Tch.

Reluctantly, the grand princess shook her head and pressed hard to staunch the bleeding.

Then she quickly took out a potion bottle from her bosom, and poured it out on the wound.

“That’s precious. You spent it all on me.”

The holy water of Lactus.

It was a precious substance that only a few eminent people of the imperial family could possess.

The grand princess had two, and now she’d spent one for Rebecca’s sake.

Because while the wound itself was clean, the location wasn’t very good.

Even the internal organs had been neatly cut, so not using it might’ve left major aftereffects or disabilities.

“You don’t have to worry about that. I called you here, so I have to bear the burden. Besides, if you became disabled from this wound, I won’t be able to show my face outside.”

This expedition had already failed.

Because she hadn’t known that the fairies’ wrath could be this horrific.

Call it bad luck, or lack of knowledge, but either way it was her fault.

“This is… a big mess.”

“If you understand that, then stop dithering and get up. Yeah, I’ll have to take a look at the face of the man who hurt you like this.”

“Are you going to chase him?”

The face of the ducal princess, who’d been healed of her wounds, changed in an instant.

She apparently hadn’t given up on him yet.

“I won’t allow a complete failure. Some of my troops were annihilated during the general retreat. I know where he’s gone.”

The surviving soldiers had mentioned a mix of pilgrims among the enemies.

Some had been killed by arrows, and many had had their heads broken by a hammer.

Most of the casualties came from spears, but from the overall statistics, there were pilgrims of several Gods.

‘It could be Krasion’s intervention.’

If it was Krasion, there was a good choice to deal with it.

“I’ll have to bring that eunuch in.”

The guy who kept coaxing the elders of the empire, always talking about how he’d soon become a Master.

Lutheon.


It’d been a week since he started accompanying the dragonkin people.

Callius made a sword.

Not by killing a powerhouse.

It’d been a long time since the light of Verse of Grace had last shined on him.

“So you’re really of the sword. But how did you tame Vivi?”

Ignoring Aldo’s question, Callius looked at his sword and said –

“I have to stop by Reikmann.”

“Reikmann? That’s a long way. Why that place in the boonies?”

“There’s someone I need to meet there.”

Verse of Grace had graced him after a long time.

It was on the way anyway, so there was no problem.

‘Can I just hand it over?’

The memory that Verse of Grace embodied this time –

Callius, remembering it, thought that it won’t be difficult.

Although he didn’t particularly like the background in his memory.

“Okay! Anyway, it’s fine. Because this Philo is safe! Hahaha!”

Philo, who was walking at the forefront, turned and bowed slightly to Callius.

Ignoring him, Callius looked at the carcass and put it into subspace.

“In Reikmann there’s the unique Smiling Rose.”

“Smiling Rose?”

Aldo’s head tilted.

“A brothel.”

Callius’ eyes narrowed as he spoke.


Editor’s Notes:

None for this chapter.


Sword Pilgrim – Chapter 131

Snap-pop-crackle!

The imperial princess was looking at the burning forest, sitting on a chair with arms crossed, her expression rapturous.

A corner of her mouth was raised, and her face was shining in the light of the rising fire.

Step.

A knight came to her side and reported the situation with a bow.

“All the escape routes have been blocked.”

“How many were there?”

“Twenty-three.”

“Hmm.”

The forest was too wide for them to easily block every possible escape route.

But Grand Princess Lavian knew.

How proud they were of their place in this Voitra Forest.

Although this wasn’t their original homeland, it still had a no less sacred position in their hearts.

A long time ago –

The story went, that a dragon, said to be their ancestor, had died in this place, and became the Voitra Forest.

‘Since I’ve now burned that same forest down –’

Would they retreat quietly with their tails between their legs?

Impossible.

They weren’t that meek. Had they been so obedient, they would’ve surrendered to the empire a long time ago, to beg for their own lives, even if they had to become slaves.

Once this forest burned, they had only one path they could take.

“Soon, they’ll stiffen their resolve and come running.”

An individual might have his own thoughts, but a tribe was a different matter. As a collective, a tribe would have things it held sacred, close to its heart.

It was natural for sapient beings to cherish their roots.

Just as it was natural to serve one’s ancestors in order to value one’s own existence, and to be valued by the future generations in turn.

So they had to choose now.

Would they keep crawling on this mud as lizards, or blaze a path glory as the last descendants of the dragons?

“Grand Princess, isn’t this fire too strong? We might take damage too.”

“Stop yapping. If this much fire is enough to hurt you, get out and join the scouts.”

The flames raging everywhere didn’t cause her fear but excitement. A fierce battle was coming.

Harsh screams, and the ringing of spears clashing. Splashings of blood. The princess was awaiting them all with bated breath.

Tap, tap.

The princess was tapping her legs as she sat, but she suddenly stopped.

And immediately got up from her seat.

Her expression, which had been filled with joy, suddenly subsided.

The flames everywhere were trembling.

A purple curtain of bewitching energy was fluttering over the flames, covering the whole forest.

“Ah… Fuck.”

Rooooooooaaaaaaaar!

The flames burning the forest swirled.

The pillars of flame that extended high into the sky twisted to form a single shape.

A giant form that was like an incarnation of fire itself.

Like a heaven-sent disaster.

“Uh, uh… ugh!”

The forms of the soldiers who were setting fires everywhere were engulfed in the blazing flames in an instant.

– Humans keep repeating their mistakes. Again and again.

A great voice resonated through the world.

The fire giant looked at the princess, standing in the middle of the Imperial Army, with burning eyes.

The princess’ body trembled.

“P-, Princess! Move…”

“Is that a fairy?”

“Probably!”

Just as the knight was about to repeat that she should move away from the open –

The giant’s mouth opened.

“Damn it! Protect the princess!”

“That fire’s coming!”

Rooooooooooooaaarrrrrrr!!

An inferno of flames engulfed the entire area.


“As expected, you were right.”

“Wasn’t it obvious? If there’re more fairies around than normal, there’s bound to be someone who protects them.”

And, usually –

Those who had something to protect were all the fiercer for it.

“Even mere rats reveal their teeth when they are cornered, what about fairies? You think they’ll let you go if you burn their home down?”

“As you say…”

Ignoring Serena’s eyes full of fear, Callius looked at the burning forest and the fire giant.

The imperial princess had made two obvious mistakes.

The first was burning the forest.

The second was fearlessly advancing to the centre of the forest.

‘But this alone doesn’t mean that the princess will die here.’

The imperial princess –

Lavian, was a Named.

Even as various large and small events shook the continent, she would hop to one position after another; her life line was extremely sturdy.

She was an eminent survivalist with the vitality of a cockroach.

In the future, she might even attain the title of Immortal.

So Callius didn’t want to get entangled with her, as much as possible.

He didn’t want to draw her attention.

Because the depths of her obsession couldn’t be underestimated.

“We should go too.”

“They’re busy fighting. Now is the right time. Our only opportunity to relieve our resentment is now…”

Most of the dragonkin people were muttering as if they agreed.

They weren’t alone.

This forest –

Their ancestral forest, was watching over them!

Their thoughts were full of gratitude and excitement.

Unfortunately, Callius had to pour cold water on them.

“The fairies’ wrath doesn’t discriminate.”

Callius raised his hand to point at the scene.

The fire giant he was pointing at, was still in the midst of its rampage.

“If you want to go, I won’t stop you.”

Pillars of flame that the initial forest fire couldn’t hold a candle to were rising everywhere, and each step of the giant made the earth quake so violently that the people gathered here, so far away, could feel them clearly.

“…”

“…”

If hell were real, this was how it’d look like.

The dragonkin people shut their mouths and gulped. They were once again reminded of their place.

The power of the fairies lay in the spirit of nature.

It was expressed like a natural disaster, so there was no easy way to deal with it.

‘With that level of power, it must be a high-level fairy.’

Callius had been thinking about getting close to it, but he couldn’t decide.

Since the fairy was already in a state of rampage, and Callius wasn’t sure how well [Bewitching Scent] would work on a high-level fairy, he had to calm down and not take any reckless action.

‘There’ll be a better chance next time.’

This wasn’t the only place where fairies could be found.

And fairies didn’t give up their homes easily.

If he came back here later, he might have get another chance to meet that fairy.

– Burn to death, with your own fire!

Rooooooaaaaaaarrrrrrr!

Flames surged in all directions with each stomp of the giant’s feet.

The power was truly to be admired.

‘By the way, the princess is stronger than I thought.’

She was holding up better than Callius had expected.

Against that giant, she was blocking the flames with the various artefacts she had equipped, and was swinging her spear again and again to open a way.

The strength of her spear was great enough that escape shouldn’t have been an issue, but her aggressiveness was holding her back.

Princess Lavian was a woman with a fiery passion.

Unlike her own temperament, however, her spear was rather calm.

Sizzzzzllllle!!

The power the spear splashed against the flames, silencing them and covering them with smoke.

‘That’s the Aquarius Spear[1].’

The aqueous energy erupting from the princess could calm the raging flames. It was one of the few multi-attribute spears in the empire, with the power of water and the stars both.

The grand princess was set on her future path, so this fight wouldn’t be the end of her. She’d learn from this crisis and use it as a stepping stone for further growth.

‘I might be able to kill her if I take some risks, but…’

She was the princess of an empire.

Born of the bloodline of the emperor, her own abilities and potential made her a formidable opponent.

Although she hadn’t fully bloomed yet.

Taking advantage of the current situation, with the power Callius had, defeating her was a possibility.

However –

‘Ther’s no need.’

It was still too early.

The princess wasn’t here in secret, after all.

Not only might she have hidden trump cards –

An imperial princess should naturally have a strong escort.

The possibility that a powerhouse was lurking nearby to escort her out in case of an emergency, couldn’t be ruled out.

‘The possible gains aren’t sufficient.’

So there was no need to work so hard.

In the first place –

“It’s better that she lives.”

It’d help the kingdom.

The power struggle between the royal siblings would devastate the empire.

Her nature would make the people around her weary, and damage her own nation.

In the modern sense, she could be called a ‘troll’.

Leaving her alone was more beneficial to the kingdom.

So what should Callius do?

‘Let’s just leave.’

There was no reason to fight in the first place.

The quest he’d received wasn’t about fighting.

『The Retreat of the Dragonkin』
• Take the final remnants of the dragonkin and escape. Their blood calls for battle, but there is no chance of winning. If they continue fighting, they will only perish.
<Reward>「Goblin Gold Coin」

“Master. Please hurry…”

“Call me Callis.”

“Understood.”

The elders of the dragonkin tribe had already been persuaded.

Now was the time to retreat.

No need to spend any further effort.

‘It’s still too early to explore the Voitra Forest.’

As his first goal –

Callius was aiming for the Saharan Holy Land.

That was enough for him right now.

The moment he put his hood back on and grabbed the reins of his horse, about to follow the dragonkin –

“Planning to leave?”

A muffled voice tickled his ears.

“…!!”

Step! Callius, startled, reflexively widened the distance.

‘How did she avoid my senses?’

The newcomer held a mace in her hand. But that wasn’t what was setting off the alarms of Callius’ intuition.

“…”

“I’m quite curious.”

The face was quite familiar.

Her form was slowly emerging from the burning forest.

Although she was wearing light armour, her alluring figure and innate dignity couldn’t be covered up by it.

A subtle smile adorned those beautiful purple lips.

Callius naturally recognized who she was.

‘The woman who made me into a pervert.’

A woman he’d rescued from a kidnapping, who then went and turned him into a criminal.

“So you were from the principality.”

The power emanating from the mace in her hand was unusual.

Her other hand held a chain.

‘I saved her without thinking. I should’ve been on my guard.’

Even though she wasn’t a noble of the empire, she’d managed to put out an imperial wanted order.

From that alone, Callius could guess her identity.

Because there was only one woman in the principality who was a comrade of the imperial princess.

‘Princess Rebecca.’

With that realization came a sigh.

If the grand princess was a crazy bitch who should be avoided at all costs, then this woman was ten times worse.

“It’s been a long time since we met. Could you please take off your hood? I can’t see your face.”

She spoke with a bright smile, but her eyes were wild like that of a beast.

Callius was feeling freaked out.

“I’ve been looking for you for so long. How on earth did you manage to hide so well? I heard how all those soldiers swarmed you, but couldn’t even touch a hair on your head. What kind of magic are you using? Do you serve the whip?”

Step by step. Seeing her approach, Callius took a step back. She kept asking questions without waiting for him to answer, as if she was immensely enjoying the monologue.

“But I don’t think it’s the whip. I remember the calluses on your hands from when you rescued me. They don’t match the whip. What then? What’re you the pilgrim of? Which pilgrim can be so handsome? Whew, I’ve been thinking and thinking. It was fun! Chasing someone while thinking about them all the way.”

Callius’ eyes narrowed.

‘I mustn’t take out the sword.’

His gut said so.

If you thought about it logically –

The opponent was a princess of the principality. As soon as he pulled out a sword, his true identity would be revealed.

There was no way that his true name and appearance, as someone who’d achieved the feat of killing a Master, weren’t a matter of record.

She was merely a little interested in him now, but it wouldn’t stop there if his identity was revealed.

Callius wasn’t interested in an early death.

After a beat of thought, Callius took out a spear from subspace, as if he was pulling it out from inside his robes.

An ordinary spear that’d reached life grade.

“Were you an imperial? Surely not?”

“I’m just a pilgrim.”

“But why take out your spear? I’m not evil enough to harm the benefactor who saved me. I just want to repay you.”

Rebecca, speaking with a blank expression on her face, reflexively hid the mace in her hand behind her back.

But her antics didn’t find any forgiveness in Callius’ cold eyes.

“Honestly, I’m am trying to use it or anything. It’s just for self-defence.”

“Do you carry something specialized for pulping people’s head, just for self-defence?”

She already carried a mace at her waist. What she held in her hand was different, a mace with a knobbly head covered in spikes.

It looked difficult to even lift, why was she openly carrying it around?

“It’s because you keep running away…! You didn’t even answer my opened heart!”

“I obviously rejected you.”

“But I rejected your rejection!”

Rebecca was still approaching him with a friendly smile.

“Okay, I’ll put this down. Honestly, it’s too heavy. I don’t know how a lady is supposed to carry such a heinous thing.”

Boom!

She’d been pretending that it was heavy, but the reality seemed to be even more exaggerated.

The enormous weight carved deep into the earth and lifted the thick layer of ashes from the forest fire into a cloud around it.

“Oh.”

“…”

Callius’ vigilance grew stronger.

“This is a dangerous place. There’s this princess running around who’s crazy about fighting, so it’s better to run away quickly. Come on.”

Callius pointed his spear at Rebecca who was reaching out her hand.

“You can’t use a spear.”

Her statement held a tone of almost certainty.

Under the hood, a sullen smile appeared on the corners of Callius’ lips.

“You’re not wrong.”

Whoosh.

Suddenly, the tip of the spear shone, and a purple glow appeared.

“The Three Beliefs – Venerating Treasure: Discipline.”

Rebecca hurriedly pulled out the mace from her waist and slashed at the spear.

Snaaaappppppp!

Chains emerged from the spear.

Twelve chains aimed at Rebecca from all directions as if they were alive.

Clang-clang-clang-clang-clang-!

“Wow, that’s a surprise. You could do such a cute thing.”

She was smiling like she really was surprised.

Rebecca’s mace quickly and accurately smashed through each of the chains.

‘They’re heavier than I thought.’

This wasn’t an average divine art.

Her arms were trembling slightly from the countershock.

But it was nothing to be worried much about.

“Come on. If you keep struggling for no reason, I’ll have no choice but to crush an arm or a leg! I won’t like that either.”

Step!

Rebecca rushed in.

Her lips were curved up, full of joy.

Rebecca’s hand was just about to touch Callius’ hood, when –

His lips twitched, as if forming words, as she watched.

‘Vi… vi?’

At that moment –

A black shadow fell over Rebecca’s head.

“!”

A huge wolf was rushing at her.

“Vivi, hit hard.”

Inside the wolf’s maw, strangely –

‘Sword?’

A gleaming sword was held in its teeth.

Grrrooowwwwwlllll!!

In a corner of the forest that was now covered with fire –

An intense azure thunderbolt struck down.


Editor’s Notes:

[1] 수성 (lit. Mercury, aqueous nature, etc.), here the usage refers to both meanings. Hence replacing the name with Aquarius, which preserves the connotations.


Surviving a Shounen Manga – Episode 103

The Ramirez Scramble (4)

“What’s going on?”

Jimus couldn’t understand the current situation.

In front of him stood the messy-haired little kid.

“Huh? What?”

“…”

As if nothing whatsoever was wrong.

“How could you… be standing there?”

It’d only been a scant minute since he’d taken a direct hit from one of Jimus’ ultimate spells, ‘Hell Fire’, straight on his chest; and had been blown away dozens of meters.

This was patently absurd!

But at his completely reasonable question, the little kid merely shrugged his shoulders.

That’s what you’re confused about? Umm… it’s just a matter of strengthening your legs and keeping good balance. You aren’t doing too bad at it either.”

“…”

Jimus looked at the amount of energy left in his staff.

13%.

He’d just consumed more than half of his total energy with Hell Fire. The magic had activated flawlessly.

Moreover, it hadn’t been some glancing blow. It’d been a direct hit on the centre of the chest.

“… This is crazy.”

Of course, Jimus knew that the kid was a tough customer.

He was completely immune to lightning damage, and had an absurd resistance to heat.

Jimus had aimed at completely melting the kid down with Hell Fire, but hadn’t even managed to drill a hole in his chest. The kid hadn’t even caught fire.

Clearly the ultimate spell had fallen far short of the mark.

So yes, the kid wasn’t a good match for the fire attribute. Jimus could accept that.

But even so, he couldn’t be completely unharmed.

Jimus didn’t know how the kid was still conscious, but he was probably spending all his effort to keep standing up.

Calming himself down, Jimus slowly spoke.

“You’re trying too hard. Your legs must be shaking.”

“No? They’re fine?”

The kid immediately raised his legs, hopping on one foot and then the other.

What a childish idiot. What was this but an attempt to hype himself up?

“Either way, you bastard, you’re out of luck. I would’ve stopped if you’d just passed out. Now you’ll lose your life because you stayed standing. Look, if you’re on your last legs, just let it go and pass out. Last warning.”

“Well, I’m fine though. Aren’t you the one having a hard time right now?”

“Since your mouth’s still running, you must have some strength left. But it’s all over now.”

Jimus started casting ‘Acid Storm’.

Unlike Hell Fire, it was a magic that evoked an acidic storm.

The amount of energy required for activation was a whopping 10%.

It’d leave him with a paltry 3%.

It was an unwritten rule of magic engineers to reserve at least 5% of energy as a backup of last resort, but Jimus made a bold decision to ignore that.

This was an enemy worthwhile enough for him to do so.

“Let’s finish it here. You made me do my best. Congratulations.”

Then,

“Acid Storm!”

Whooooooshhhhh-!

A terrifying storm, a mix of acid rain and sharp winds, swept over the cheeky messy-headed kid.

After Jimus confirmed that he’d been engulfed by a storm, he immediately shouted at his subordinates.

“What’re you lot doing! Can’t you see my energy is spent!?”

The moment the wand’s energy ran out, a magician was no different from average people. Now was the most dangerous time.

Soon, his subordinates, who’d been surrounding the kid’s colleagues, rushed in.

“It doesn’t matter if you leave the rest alone. They don’t matter.”

“Yeah.”

“Thank you.”

“You suffered.”

“Enough. One of you, pick up the token, and the other two stick out your wands.”

Then Jimus was about to absorb the energy of his subordinates, but –

Suddenly,

“What, was that it? I tried to wait, thinking there’d be more…”

A loud voice came from somewhere.

And surprisingly, the source of the voice was the place where the storm had just passed through.

“… Wh-, what?”

It was that messy-haired bastard.

Jimus doubted his eyes. Because the kid still looked in pristine condition.

“N-, no, what is this… How could you withstand my spell…”

“What spell? That didn’t even have the slightest trace of magic power. A real witch would scoff if they heard you. You guys are just using machines to project energy extracted from manastones. Using those wand-shaped energy nuclei in your hands. Honestly, no wonder they say Northland is full of scammers.”

“… Wh-, what? H-how do you know that…?”

Jimus’ mind was blank.

‘How the hell do you know so much about us?’

No, more than that, how the hell are you still alive?

Jimus gulped.

Something was wrong here, catastrophically wrong.

“By the way, if you’re done, isn’t it my turn now?”

“…”

“My turn to exchange energy, right? If I leave you guys alone, you might bother me again.”

At that moment,

Zzzzzapppppp–.

Blue sparks erupted fiercely around the kid’s body.

And the energy level measured by Jimus’ wand was,

‘It hasn’t fallen at all… No, has it risen instead?’

It was more than when Jimus had first encountered him.

There was now only one thought in Jimus’ head.

Monster.

This fellow was a monster. Continuing the fight would be the end of him.

In an instant, a roar erupted from Jimus’s throat like a thunderbolt.

“Run damn it! Everyone run!”


I held out the sphere left by Jimus’ men to Yan.

“Uh, why are you giving this to us…?”

“I’ve got one already.”

“But still…”

Yan didn’t look relieved at my answer.

“Hey, this is just a participation certificate. Having more than one makes no difference.”

“Yeah, but won’t it reduce your competitors?”

“Huh, so you mean…”

With a smirk at the corner of my mouth, I glanced at him gently.

“You could be my competitor?”

Then,

“I-, I won’t lose!”

Yan clenched his fists and shouted proudly.

Whoo.

To think those words came out of Yan’s mouth, not Siana’s or Leo’s.

I didn’t show it on the outside, but I was feeling a surge of emotion.

Everyone in the protagonists’ party was thinking of me as a mountain they had to climb. Even that timid Yan. From a rival’s point of view, could there be a prouder moment than this?

Of course,

“Hmph, only with that level of skill?”

I didn’t outwardly react at all.

“Well, I’ll practice! Till I don’t lose to Mr. Squatjaw… No, till I don’t lose to anyone!”

“Alright. Then try building up your skills until you’re worthy of this token first. Lose, and it’ll be quickly snatched away.”

“…”

“Try hard. Talented kids.”

Then, I left in a hurry.

I heard Yan calling me from behind, but I ignored it.

Before long, once Leo and his party were out of sight, I stopped.

“Whoo…”

Anyway, I was glad I hadn’t been too late.

I’d almost missed the timing. A little later, and Yan would’ve awakened from the sense of crisis and introduced the ‘king’.

At that time, even if I came to the stage masquerading as Leo, the impact would inevitably diminish. The audience would’ve already focused on Yan.

I didn’t really care that Yan hadn’t awakened this time.

Anyway, he…

‘He’ll awaken soon.’

Since Jimus retreated and Leo was defeated, the hyenas circling around them would inevitably keep targeting Leo and the others. It was a little late, but this scramble was shaping up similar to the original.

In order to protect the token, Yan would inevitably have to introduce the ‘king’.

I summarized the situation so far.

Despite the intervention of variables, the plot development was similar to the original.

Jimus’ defeat, and Leo’s group acquiring the qualifications.

One ‘penalty veto’ was a cheap enough price to create this situation.

If I’d attempted to subdue Jimus or even taken the initiative to attack, the number wouldn’t have ended at one.

Anyway, the important point was that the operation – ‘rebrand as a goblin’ was on pause.

The readers should still be quite confused. From Jimus’s point of view, it would’ve been tough to figure out what’d really happened.

Perhaps there was a debate going on in the community right now.

Did Leo really not take any damage, or did one of the goblins take the stage?

A very keen reader might be able to recall my existence in this situation. But most readers probably wouldn’t connect it to me at all.

But, of course, that didn’t matter. It’d all be revealed soon anyway.

And, rather than knowing everything as it went on, wouldn’t it be more impactful to have several surprises pile up and then explode all at once?

“By the way…”

I looked at the transceiver in my possession.

There hadn’t been any contact – neither from Cocoa, nor from Haka.

“Well…”

The reason was probably one of the three.

They’d found their targets, but nothing special had happened.

Or that they were still searching.

Or… that there was an urgent situation that’d made contact impossible.

Of course, the notion that something had happened so soon after they’d been dispatched was a bit paranoid. They reached their targets, and were immediately subjugated? Please.

But nevertheless, I couldn’t take this thought lightly.

The reason was simple. Because the current situation wasn’t normal.

To be more precise, it was too fast. The plot was unfolding too quickly.

It didn’t feel like the content had changed significantly, but somehow… the sense of speed had changed. As if the flow of the story was accelerating.

There was some reason why I was feeling this way. Except for the battles of the main characters, all of the other guys’ events were omitted.

Originally, the confrontation between Leo and Jimus was supposed to take place only after quite some time had passed.

After Capone’s proposal of a winner-takes-all scramble (though, of course, it wasn’t exactly the same as now), many small fish had engaged in crude battles to whittle the total headcount down, and only then the big fish had started to fight.

This might’ve been normal, even. Since there were more big fish in attendance compared to the original, the author might’ve decided to trim the fat from the middle portion.

But nevertheless, I had my doubts.

I’d taken over Capone’s role and blocked Cormier from leaving, so why the hurry?

Moreover, the ‘Ramirez Scramble’ arc had already been trimmed a lot. From my memory, the original arc had consisted of about ten chapters in total, but here we were already on the fourth.

Of course, I’d gobbled up a lot of the middle, but…

This battle in the north had taken three chapters in the original story, but things were different here. Two… no, it might even end in one.

I couldn’t figure it out. The reason why the author wanted to reduce the number of events and increase the sense of speed.

If I had to guess one reason… to limit the rewards I’d get, maybe?

But soon I shook my head.

‘No, he wouldn’t go that far.’

That was then.

Tiling–.

– The main character of the chapter has been changed.

– The main character of the current chapter is ‘Kal Zayed’.

The moment I saw it,

“Hngh…”

I reflexively groaned.

Did this make any sense?

This was insanely fast.

In the original work, Karl Zayed had been given the leading point of view long after the battle between Leo and Jimus had ended.

Again, the development had accelerated.

Just as my thoughts were beginning to turn in circles,

“Ah, wait…”

All of a sudden, I found myself running towards the south.

There was no time to hesitate.

Karl Zayed, that guy, was as fast as this new speed of plot development.

“At least give me some time to rest, damn it!”


“Tch.”

Karl Zayed clicked his tongue as he watched the piece of scrap metal that had half its body blown away.

What did it call itself again? Cyborg Gelop?

What the hell did that even mean?

“Karl Zayed… str… beep… strong.”

“It’s amazing. You’re still talking? Do I have to completely disassemble you to get rid of you?”

Already, the left half of the guy was almost gone. From the head to the torso had been blown away, and only the thigh bones still remained on that side.

It was strange that he could still move and talk.

“Combat power… measurement… was wrong. Incredible for somebody your level to be in Westland… beep… Impossible…”

“You’re one funny piece of junk. So it’s possible in Northland?”

“Beep… Average ability level… in Northland… beep… much higher…”

“Too bad, but there’s no one in the world who can beat me; here, or there.”

“Discussion… beep… off-topic…”

“You stupid scrap metal. It’s you who didn’t understand me. Anyway, let’s finish things off.”

Karl Zayed squeezed the piece of scrap metal that’d been ‘the man’s left arm’ until a while ago.

Creak–.

Under the immense pressure of his fingers, the piece metal quickly formed a sharp edge.

“Your core is divided into two parts, the head and the chest, right? I wonder if a cyborg really can survive even if its core is destroyed..”

Now the cyborg seemed to be talking in a hurry.

“Insufficient combat preparation… beep… I’ll be back. First, initiate emergency evac… beep…”

“Do you think you can run away?”

And the moment Karl Zayed was about to rush in,

Fwoosh–.

Suddenly, white smoke bloomed like an explosion around him.

It was a smoke bomb.

And immediately,

Pyong–.

He heard the sound of something firing.

“Heeh…”

The guy was a quick one.

He ran away faster than Karl Zayed could attack. Was it because he was desperate?

“… Should I let him go?”

In fact, if he really wanted to pursue, Karl Zayed still could. Because the other party was no longer in perfect condition.

But,

“Consider yourself lucky.”

He didn’t feel the need to do that. That cyborg wasn’t that big a problem for him.

Of course, it wasn’t completely without risk. In fact, the firepower that cyborg had unleashed wasn’t normal; and there’d been occasional spots of danger during the fight.

Besides, didn’t he keep saying that he wasn’t ‘ready’, over and over again?

Karl Zayed could make a guess as to what that meant.

Fighting with weapons of stronger firepower, better equipment, and spare parts on standby.

If that cyborg had been able to continue fighting by replacing his damaged parts with new ones in real time, things would’ve been harder.

But,

“Hmph, so what?”

There were moats in the world so wide that they simply couldn’t be bridged.

It was time for Karl Zayed to turn around and take the sphere, but –

“Huh?”

Something was strange.

A silhouette could be seen, albeit faintly, through the hazy smoke.

Which, to be honest –

“What… didn’t you say you were going to escape?”

– Was very familiar.

It was the cyborg.

The guy came right back. But,

“I? Did I? Nope?”

“…?”

Something had changed.

Karl Zayed stared straight ahead with his eyes wide open.

Soon after, the smoke cleared, revealing ‘him’.

“What is your identity…?”

A monster in human form with blank eyes bereft of any emotion. A machine man exuding the smell of iron from beneath his skin. A cold body with a round energy sphere embedded in the center of his chest as the only source of heat.

Cyborg Gelop, looked at him and grinned.

In the same condition as the first time, with no sign of damage.

And it was a very insidious and bizarre grin that he’d never seen from this guy before.

It was very similar to someone in his memory.

“What the hell are you…”

However, Karl Zayed couldn’t continue to question the enemy in front of him.

Because the cyborg’s left arm began to emit a blue light.

Soon,

“Are you alright? The battle begins now.”

The mouth of a high-powered energy cannon bloomed, engulfing Karl Zayed’s field of vision.


Editor’s Notes:

None for this chapter.


Sword Pilgrim – Chapter 130

Kkkhhaaaaaa.

The moans of the dragonkin tribe, whose heads were being trampled on, echoed through the battlefield.

“Aaahh…!”

“These lizards look really disgusting when they wiggle.”

The imperial princess’ disgusted gaze looked down upon the dragonkin at her feet, struggling with his limbs as if suffering from a seizure.

When she withdrew her feet pressing down on him, he surged up and tried rush at her, only to be stopped by the surrounding knights. Spears pierced his legs and torso, holding him fast.

He couldn’t stand the pain, blood foaming at his mouth, but he still struggled to speak.

“Even though… I was defeated because I lacked strength! Soon our chief will come, to tear out your heart and eat it, you bitch!”

“Oh? Who’s your chief?”

“Philomatour! Chief of our clan! A powerhouse! You bastards, you should’ve stayed out of the swamp…”

Crunch!

The princess of the principality who’d been watching the scene from behind –

Rebecca, swung her mace, pulverizing the lizard’s skull, and still kept pounding all over the corpse.

“Do you have to do that?”

“So sayeth Radon, the God of the Mace. Swinging the mace is an act of purification.”

That was their principality’s doctrine.

Whoever the mace touched would have their sins forgiven, that was their particular way of granting mercy.

The imperial princess clicked her tongue seeing that bizarre doctrine in action.

The people of the principality were all honest-to-God lunatics, in her opinion.

“Anyway, things sure got pretty hairy this time.”

“Yeah. What even was that? All of a sudden, some kind of a net sprang up.”

“… Perhaps it was some kind of a sacred art.”

The grand princess’ eyebrows rose.

“I’ve never heard of divine magic that can exert such power. Maybe If you use sacred stones as a medium… But how could those lizards manage it?”

Those ramshackle beggars couldn’t possibly have so many sacred stones.

“Looks like someone else has done something. In a way outside our knowledge.”

There was a question in her voice.

Could this be something that he had done?

“They must have a helper.”

The ducal princess smiled softly and waved it off.

“Tch, how annoying.”

The grand princess clicked her tongue and looked around the forest.

It was filled with marshland, making it difficult for the soldiers to advance.

Besides, the trees made for narrow passages.

Such little room made swinging a spear quit the ordeal.

Those using short spears had it a little easier, but even for them moving across the swamps was cumbersome.

It was said that the basics of martial arts was to use the power of the lower body, but the soft spongy earth made using that power impossible.

This place was absolutely the lizards’ home ground.

It was a battleground made just for them.

‘Thanks to that, we took more damage than expected.’

The soldiers’ spirit had been curbed, and the knights had suffered dozens of casualties, if one counted both deaths and injuries.

“A lot of my soldiers have died.”

But the principality’s troops were almost unscathed. Because they’d been standing at the back.

“We’ll take the lead this time. After all, a mace is better than a spear inside a forest.”

Unlike the spear that would stumble inside a forest, the mace could just blow away all obstacles standing in its way.

Rather than the Imperial Army, the principality could play a more active role in this place.

Lavian mentioning the deaths her troops had suffered, was no different from outright ordering Princess Rebecca to take the lead.

But there was still a catch.

“The Voitra Forest is wide.”

They had no idea where exactly the lizards were hiding.

Even if they pursued the fleeing enemy now, if they fell for traps and ambush again like this time, they’d be in for another round of humiliation.

“Then start quickly. If you miss them, it’ll take a lot of time and effort to find them again.”

“I think we have to be careful. If they dig another trap with divine magic and wait in ambush, things would get dangerous.”

They weren’t familiar with the geography of the forest.

They didn’t know where the swamps were and where the earth was solid, and a reckless pursuit right after a long battle would exhaust the troops.

Neither the empire nor the principality was interested in suffering from a counterattack from mere lizards.

They had to be sure.

Furthermore, this was the Voitra Forest.

A bizarre place where trees that should’ve died and rotted away, had instead formed a forest full of marshland.

So they needed to take even more care.

“As long as we keep our guard up…”

While Rebecca was talking –

Lavian cut her off.

“Then we burn it down.”

“Uh, Grand Princess? The Voitra Forest is connected to the other forests in the area. A mistake could see this whole region covered in wildfire. Besides, this place is filled with swamps, so fire won’t catch properly.”

Why was Lavian telling her to burn the place while ignoring such a natural fact?

The Voitra Forest was wet.

This wasn’t winter, spring was in full bloom.

The winter earth had thawed but still retained the moisture, same as the trees and marshland that covered it.

‘As expected, she hasn’t thought things through…’

The moment Rebecca was about to laugh internally –

“Even if the fire fails to catch properly, there’ll still be smoke. We’ll smoke the lizards out of hiding.”

“… I see.”

“And, I didn’t just come here without any preparation.”

As if they’d been waiting for the grand princess to finish speaking, some soldiers pulled in a cart.

“Is that –?”

The oak barrels stacked on the cart bed were full of black powder.

“Is that coal?”

“Powdered coal. And this alchemist back in the empire added something to it. It doesn’t really have any amazing properties. But –”

It was enough to burn this forest down.

“When…”

“I told them to bring it once you said we’ll have to search through the forest. Those bastards aren’t complete pushovers, after all.”

Contrary to her usual personality, Lavian had handled her work thoroughly this time.

And to achieve her own ambition, she had the necessary ruthlessness.

‘I don’t know who I’ll be facing, but unless it’s someone extraordinary…’

They’d be no match for her.

“What’re you lot standing around for? Start working.”

The forest began to burn.

The rising flames were reflected in Grand Princess Lavian’s eyes.

Her cherry-red lips curved up in an arc.


A bow.

“Thank you very much, sir.”

“Isn’t that what life is all about? A helping hand here, a helping hand there.”

“But, sir, you…”

Aldo, twirling the twin braids of his long beard in his fingers, recalled the discomfort he’d first felt a few hours ago.

‘Why are Serena and now Philo acting so respectfully towards Callis?’

After Serena had left to chase after Callius, Aldo had felt the trembling of the earth.

Partly because his race was sensitive to the sound of the earth, and even more so because his hometown was underground.

So, as soon as he’d felt a large army approaching, he’d left the town and joined Serena outside; and from that moment on, he’d felt that her attitude had become very strange.

She’d never been particularly polite. Serena was an elf, and from a noble bloodline at that, so she had a habit of looking down upon most other races.

It wasn’t that she had a bad personality, it was just how she’d been raised.

And Philomatour was somebody who had no use for politeness.

He’d spoken to Aldo upon their first meeting, despite the large age gap between then, quite rudely; but now he was choosing every word with care.

And even using honorifics!

Aldo was somehow feeling upset, but he was mature enough to not show it on his face.

“He’s a new colleague.”

“Colleague…”

Serena was fidgeting in the back, but nobody noticed it because they weren’t interested in her right now. All their attention was focused on Callius.

Sitting by one side of the cave, surrounded by fairy lights.

“I’ve been feeling this since yesterday, but there’re quite a few fairies here.”

Although to be honest, they were more lumps of condensed energy, not fit to be called true fairies.

They were circling around Callius’ body as if attracted to him.

Thanks to this, the inside of the cave was bright despite it being a dark dawn, and the lights lent a divine cast to the man’s features, as if they were looking upon the very image of a God.

Some of the dragonkin people were terrified at the sight of Callius, while others were moved to tears.

“Are you the lord of this forest?”

“This eminence is…”

Just as Serena was about to come forward and say something. Callius cut her off.

“I’m just a pilgrim.”

Serena realized what he meant and stepped back.

“Then that divine power…”

“I just borrowed the power of a fairy. It was nothing special.”

So all that was nothing special?

Philomatour, not daring to voice his thought out loud, coughed.

“Khm. On behalf of the clan, I express our gratitude to you, sir. Thanks to this, we were able to wipe out a large number of our enemies with minimal damage to ourselves.”

“It was just a matter of hitting two birds with one stone for me.”

That wasn’t a lie.

He’d acquired bewitching energy at the time and wanted to know how well would it combine with sacred art.

Of course, the effect turned out to be outstanding.

If he’d used a sacred stone, the power would’ve been even greater.

Because the Three Beliefs – Venerating Treasure was a spell whose power and efficiency was proportional to the potential of the treasure being sacrificed.

‘I used the carcasses of other Gods.’

He’d just used a lot of the weapons of other Gods that he’d picked up along his journey.

Maces inside the swamp, and spears under the earth.

Then he’d sacrificed them all at once to cast the spell of the Three Beliefs – Web Edict.

‘Web Edict’.

Literally, to teach using a net.

That was roughly what it meant.

‘As written in the [Book of Sullivian], Venerating Treasure type spells have good single-shot power and low mana cost.’

In addition, with enough time, it was possible to prepare combination techniques, with infinite uses. But of course, there were downsides as well.

The power varied greatly depending on the value of the treasure, and it took some time to prepare. Carving the spell formula upon a precious object wasn’t as easy or quick as he’d expected.

But its power was stronger than using nature, by Venerating Heaven.

‘Sorting by power alone, it’s Man – Treasure – Heaven, huh?’

The pros and cons were all obvious.

If you valued moderate power, efficiency and speed, use Venerating Heaven; and if you wanted strong power even if it took a long time, use Venerating Treasure.

‘If you need maximum strength even if you have to take an injury, use Venerating Man.’

Venerating Man type spells sacrificed the caster’s own body as the price.

It was excellent in both power and casting speed, but the cost was quite high.

So when you’re in a hurry, pray to heaven.

When you have time to prepare for battle, pray to treasures. And to commit an ultimate attack, pray to man.

Throughout this pilgrimage, Callius had been studying the Book of Sullivian, delving into the mysteries of the sacred arts.

Because Sullivian’s ultimate attack that had even imprisoned the pope –

– The ‘Circle of Illusion’, he really wanted to learn it!

In Sullivian’s book, which summarized the essence and culmination of her lifelong research, that spell was also described.

But for Callius it might as well be written in Greek.

‘The sacred spell I used was too shabby to even categorize properly.’

Sacred spells were relatively easily affected by the quality of divine power, and the spells in the [Book of Sullivian], which redefined the basics of the original sacred arts, had great potential for both power and utilization; but they were difficult to use in the hands of a novice.

Thanks to that, Callius had resorted to testing them out on bandits here and there, but the bewitching energy he’d gotten his hands on this time had made the power of his spells rise almost threefold.

Having confirmed the usefulness of Sullivian-style divine magic once again in his mind, Callius closed the book he’d flipped open and turned his attention to those around him, who were still sneaking a glance at him now and then.

“We can never leave this place. For the dragonkin people, the Voitra Forest is no less than a heavenly fortress.”

They were arguing between themselves.

“But think about it, old man! Even if we have the terrain advantage, it’s not just the imperials who’ve come for us, even the principality has tagged along! Their numbers and momentum are extraordinary. We can’t just stay stuck here like this!”

“No matter what, we absolutely cannot leave!”

The old people were being stubborn.

A smirk came to Callius’ lips at the sight.

“How naive.”

“!”

Glares were now coming his way.

If somebody else had said it, they would’ve started shouting by now, but the divine sight of him was still fresh in their minds.

“What would it matter once you’re all dead? The clan that you value so much, the forest that you consider your own land, will be nothing without the dragonkin people; it’ll just be a bunch of trees and marshes.”

Living had to come first.

Callius said so.

“Who are you…!”

“Does it matter who I am? Rather, I think it’s more important to prepare a way for you to live.”

Even if it meant ingloriously rolling in the mud, survival would make it worth it.

If you want to retain your honour even in death, will it still matter once there’s no one left to remember you?

“Where can we, refugees who’ve lost our homeland, go?”

“Anywhere. The earth is wide, and so is the sky. Your legs still work, don’t they? Don’t your eyes? You can go wherever your legs can take you, and see whatever there is to see. Then why hesitate?”

The elders gulped.

‘His words fill you with a sense of weariness.’

‘He really isn’t ordinary.’

‘Words that feel like they span across ten thousand eons…’

The elders of the dragonkin tribe were subdued.

Everyone could only look to the leader of the tribe –

Feeling the gazes upon him, Philomatour straightened his back.

“First of all…”

The moment he was about to say something –

His eyes jerked upwards.

“Ch-, Chief!”

“This…”

The forest was burning.

A haze of heat was rising from the burning forest, and black smoke engulfed the sky.

Had they fallen under siege already? The elders sighed at the black smoke rising from all directions in the forest.

“Are they planning to burn down the whole forest?”

The fire was already getting out of control.

That rising fire that looked like it could burn up the whole marsh wasn’t something that could be quenched by pouring water on it.

“…”

The dragonkin people were desperate.

Even Serena and Aldo, who’d come to their help, now sported stiff expressions.

“They really lit the forest on fire.”

Serena heard Callius mutter to himself, and suddenly sensed something strange.

The fairy lights that’d been hovering around him had all disappeared.


Editor’s Notes:

None for this chapter.


Surviving a Shounen Manga – Episode 102

The Ramirez Scramble (3)

The Disruptor God was silent for a while.

Was there a problem?

To be honest, I was feeling quite awkward now. What about this request was so unexpected?

Or maybe this request was hard to fulfil?

The sudden silence was making me a little nervous.

How long did I wait like that?

Something apparently suddenly occurred to my interlocutor.

– You’re asking me to let you use masquerade?

The Disruptor God opened his mouth.

‘Uh… yeah. Can’t you?’

– Heh. You sure you don’t want to become a goblin instead?

What? Was this a roundabout way of refusal?

‘That’s… is that even possible?’

– Who knows.

His phrasing was odd. Could he do it or not?

‘Well, a goblin is fine too. Of course, it has to be a goblin who knows how to use masquerade.’

– Heh, you want a human to turn into a goblin? Absurd.

‘…’

Rather, this conversation itself was absurd. It was getting on my nerves.

Maybe because he didn’t like the fact that I, a human, was coveting the powers of a goblin?

How completely unexpected. Was the Disruptor God a goblin supremacist?

No way.

‘Are you unhappy with my request for a goblin’s power?’

But,

– Would you like it? If you were in my position?

A really negative reaction popped up.

‘Why?’

– I just don’t like it. You’re coveting something you shouldn’t have. Human greed is still so ugly…

Huh, that was really the issue?

I was stunned.

Even though I knew that I shouldn’t believe anything the God of Sabotage said, I couldn’t help but feel a tad dizzy.

‘You were fine with letting me mimic the goblins’ unique abilities, why is masquerade such a sticking point?’

– Eh.

‘What?’

– It’s just how I feel.

‘…’

It wasn’t funny.

I was regretting it now. If I’d known in advance something this would happen, I would’ve tried something else.

In fact, I’d thought a lot about ‘what to ask for’.

Should I ask for another copy of the Ramirez?

Or should I reverse the Ramirez’s function?

Should I ask for absolute command over the goblins?

Or to let me mimic one more unique ability?

But in the end, it came down to masquerade.

Anything else would only make this arc easier, but masquerade would let me prepare for my future.

It was simple. There were still countless chapters to go through after this ‘Ramirez Scramble’, and I couldn’t cross those chapters without solving the ‘questions’ of the readers.

In other words, to make the readers define me as a goblin.

To put an end to the many doubts about me.

It was an urgent matter for me.

The ‘essence’ of the goblin race didn’t lie in their brilliance in deciphering, or how pettily malicious they were, or their five tendencies.

Masquerade. The ability to transform. That was the key.

The scenes where the goblins had the biggest impact in the original were all about them undoing their masquerade at a pivotal moment.

So, I also wanted the art of masquerade in order to be recognized as a goblin.

But that wasn’t going to happen, apparently.

I shook my head, trying to calm down.

Then what else was left?

‘… Fine. If you don’t like it, there’s nothing I can do about it. I’ll ask for something else.’

That was then.

– I hate it.

‘What now? Are you kidding?’

– Hey, you bastard.

Whoops.

‘Uhm, no, sorry. So you’re not going to give me anything? Even though you obviously…’

– What are you talking about? You want to use masquerade, right?

‘… Yes?’

–  Let’s go with that, then.

‘…’

Was this guy the problem, or the author who’d made the setting?

Anyway,

‘… Thank you.’

It was a success. I was feeling a bit tired though.

– But there’s a deadline. Understand?

‘Of course.’

– The deadline is while the damned rules you set up are in effect.

The rules were nothing else. That the victor of this scramble will own the Ramirez.

Meaning, until the owner of the treasure was decided.

– And there’s a limit to where it can be used. It should be used for acts that break the rules and sabotage everyone’s wishes. Otherwise…

‘Got it.’

– Good.

At that moment,

– Here you go.

Light arose all around me.

Puff–.

I felt a strange power fluttering in my chest.

It was similar to using a unique ability.

It didn’t seem to require any practice. It felt like it could be used right away.

–  I’m leaving.

‘Oh, yeah. Thank you.’

After that, the god’s voice could no longer be heard.

Of course, I didn’t know if he really was gone. Maybe he was still watching from somewhere.

Hmmm.

Anyway,

‘Should I start?’

This was the beginning.


When I went out of the warehouse, it was noisy, as expected.

The goblins looked excited about the equipment I’d given them.

“Hey, this is pretty good!”

“Looks exactly the same? I can’t tell the difference!”

“It’s the clone technique that only monsters can use!”

What I’d given the pranksters and liars was a kind of ‘image duplication device’, which could scan an object and project an identical image into the air.

Of course, there were limitations. The image didn’t last long because the device was just a toy, and the projection was limited to a certain radius; but nonetheless, it gave off the feeling of ‘cloning’ like the goblins said.

The next thing that I’d given to the bluffers and whimsical ones was,

“B-, big!”

“Can it be bigger?”

“No, this might already be the best?”

“You son of a bitch! Don’t point that here!”

“D-, don’t look!”

It was similar to the drone attached to the Ramirez, a kind of ‘image magnifying device’. Of course, this was also at the level of a toy, so the scale couldn’t be adjusted and the output looked blurry.

Still, this… was something bluffers couldn’t help but love, huh? Who knew what the whimsical ones were thinking, though.

“But why divide them according to temperament? I like those ones too.”

“There’s a good way to exchange. Want to make a bet? I’ll bet mine, you, bet yours.”

“Heh, okay. Don’t cry after you lose.”

In any case, most of the initial complaints had subsided.

Except for a single bunch,

“Hey! You squat-jawed bastard!”

“Change ours to something good too!”

“Damn it! Give that one to me!”

“I’ll mess you up!”

Only the disruptors were still clamouring.

Well, it was only natural. What I’d given them was just a light stick, that lit up when a button was pressed.

The reason was nothing complex. I knew what’d happen if I gave the something good. And I just plain didn’t like the idea of giving something good to the saboteurs, my own kind –

At that moment,

‘Huh? Wait, my own kind…?’

It was a sudden surprise.

Apparently, I’d started identifying myself with the saboteur goblins at some point. Was it right after I met the Disruptor God?

Looked like I had to keep my guard up a little. The thought of my mindset getting affected by the God of Sabotage was no joke.

Then,

“Come on, folks, that’s it! Everyone gather together.”

I summoned the goblins.

About seventy of them gathered in front of me.

“We’ll split into four groups. Of course, we won’t group people with the same tendency together; instead, it’ll be an even mix. But leaving out the disruptors.”

Then,

“Wait, you bastard!”

“Why are we getting left alone?”

“Do you really want to die?”

Muffled voices saying such words could be heard.

Of course, I let them flow through one ear and out the other.

“I’m not forcing you guys to do anything. Even if I force you, you won’t listen, right? Anyway, each of the four groups will scatter to one direction – east, west, south and north.”

And then,

“What’re we going to do, then?”

The question came right away.

I shrugged my shoulders once, then answered briefly.

“I’ve got no idea. But as long as you go there, you should see a lot of interesting things happening. Then you can just do as you like.”

“… That’s it?”

“Yeah, that’s all.”

It was true. That really was all.

I had no idea what to do with the goblins.

All I wanted was for the other characters to be on the alert, saying, ‘Those damned goblins have come back!’.

There was no complex reason. The consciousness of the characters was directly connected to the consciousness of the readers. In other words, the more conscious the other characters became of the goblins, the stronger would the readers’ awareness of their existence be.

At that time, what if they saw my masquerade? There’d be a natural segue into my connection with the goblins.

And another reason –

In my opinion, their existence alone could serve as the best seasoning to bring out the taste of this scramble.

With their particular set of skills in subtly scaring, teasing, tricking, luring and goading… there wouldn’t be any shortage of fights breaking out among the adventurers.

The only issue was that if I just left them to their own devices without any structure, they’d only create more and more chaos.

I had to at least give them a skeleton of a plan.

Then, with excited faces,

“How many guys have gone east?”

“I saw a guy who’d been acting cheeky with me go south.”

“I wonder, if I float my clone over the edge of a cliff, can I lure people into jumping after it?”

“Those going to the west, c’mere! I’m leaving right away!”

They were going to make a hot mess. Just as planned.

Honestly, even the gear I’d distributed was not for some grand plan, it was so that they’d get interested in the coming action.

“The deadline is two days. After that, the humans won’t fight anymore. So let’s have some fun before that.”

Before long, most of the goblins who’d formed groups in an instant, left.

Then,

“Hey, Squatjaw. Can we talk for a bit?”

Eight goblins, faces filled with dissatisfaction, approached me.

They were the ones blessed by the God of Sabotage.

“Don’t you have anything to say to us, you son of a bitch?”

One of them growled.

“Why, what’s wrong?”

Then,

“Why?”

Their eyes widened into glares the same time.

“Hey, hey. This bastard…”

“What did we do to deserve this treatment!”

“Saboteurs are goblins too!”

Hilarious.

“Huh? Just do what you want to do. Why did you come to me for directions? You guys don’t really want to split neatly into groups and follow orders, do you?”

“This bastard!”

“Don’t try to spin nonsense!”

At the radical reaction, I laughed out loud.

In fact, this was one of the biggest drawbacks of the goblins with disruptive temperament.

Not being able to take the lead in doing something.

They were the ones who always interfered with what someone else was doing, so there was no way they could do any independent planning.

I looked them over one by one with a smile.

In fact, there were jobs that only these guys could do. But if I just told them so, they’d never listen, so I had to needle them a bit first.

“Actually… there’re some other interesting things. Would you like to know?”

At that moment,

“Bastard! Say that sooner!”

“What is it?”

“Talk quickly!”

They pricked up their ears and urged me to continue.

“There’s a guy using two pistols among the ones who followed me here. You know? The redhead. He’s going to get into some tough fights soon. Follow him and mess with him bit by bit. Then some pretty funny stuff will happen. Oh, of course I’m not forcing you to. Do it if you’re bored with nothing else to do.”

Then,

“Redhead?”

“I know him! A cheeky bastard!”

“I know too! That stinky bastard!”

“Let’s fuck him up!”

The saboteurs started running away.

They were moving surprisingly quickly.

“I was thinking of giving you guys something extra.”

Did all the cunning goblins who received the blessing of the God of Sabotage, become that stupid?

Again, I confirmed to myself that caution was needed.

After sending all those goblins out, I called the two who’d remained in the hall.

“Chinuavi, Cocoa!”

“Yeah.”

“I thought you might’ve forgotten. Squatjaw, do you remember my name?”

“Cocoa?”

“Wrong. Cocoavi. Cocoa-vi.”

“Can you find Tanya?”

“Huh?”

“Can you find Tanya?”

“What if… what if I could?”

“If you can, then go follow her. Take Chinuavi along. But don’t catch up with her. Understand? And if you feel like she’s trying something, tell me. Take this.”

I handed over an old-fashioned transceiver I’d found rolling around in Jean’s warehouse.

The Northland background setting was very convenient at times. It made even remote communication possible.

“But why that woman?”

“Follow her and you’ll come to know.”

I sent the two of them away with a grin.

Now, all the preparatory work had been completed. I’d also sent Haka to Gronyan, so I’d get informed right away if anything unusual happened.

All that was left was for me to move directly.

I opened the Inventory tab in the hologram window.

Then I clicked [Check the main character of the chapter].

Then,

– The main character of the chapter is now ‘Jimus’.

A slightly mystifying answer arrived.

‘Wait, already?’

It wasn’t the name I’d expected. Leo should still be the main point of view according to the original.

If it’d passed on to Jimus, it meant that the scramble might’ve already begun.

I’d thought I still had some time left.

I got ready in a hurry.

“It shouldn’t be too late…”

Then I started running, wrapping the goblin silver screen over myself.


‘These guys… are strong.’

Yan looked at the opponents in front of him with wary eyes.

They held wands.

At first he’d thought they weren’t any trouble.

Because he didn’t feel any power or any sense of threat from them, except for that guy called Jimus fighting against Leo.

Besides, hadn’t their weakness already been exposed to the whole world?

So, he was going to treat them a bit lightly, but…

This was embarrassing.

“Flame Explosion!”

“Thunder Storm!”

“Ice Blast!”

Pop!

Zap!

Puff-!

“Damn it!”

A blade of ice brushed past his ear, a mass of lightning tried to turn him to charcoal, and a large, deep pit of fire was carved into the earth where he’d just been standing.

The ‘magic’ they used was surprisingly threatening.

And also,

“Y-, Yan!”

“Dodge!”

He was exhausted trying to fight while protecting Siana.

Yan forced a ghost to move in front of Siana.

Pop!

Fortunately, he was able to protect Siana, but the ghost took all the damage.

In the end, he dispersed, leaving only a faint smile behind.

“D-, damn it….”

Things were not going well.

To think he’d have to fight these guys while Mister Kiriko wasn’t there…

Yan deeply regretted neglecting his own training recently. Leo and Mister Kiriko had taken the lead to defeat most of the enemies their adventurer team had faced so far, so his combat skills had gotten comparatively rusty.

‘In this battlefield, where even Father joined…’

Yan bit his lip.

He had to get through this somehow. So he could give Leo some strength…

At that moment,

“Ugh!”

A scream came from behind.

Looking back,

“Wh-, what?”

Something was closing in from a distance with great speed.

Yan opened his eyes wide and confirmed its identity.

Messy hair, and blue electric sparks covering his form –

“Oh my god.”

It was Leo.

Yan hurriedly moved to catch him.

“Leo…?”

His body was incredibly hot.

Also, as if he was in shock, Leo’s eyes had rolled back up to his head.

Judging from his charred chest, he’d been hit with fire attribute magic. A spell with tremendous destructive power.

‘He l-, lost? Leo?’

Nonsense.

Yan couldn’t believe that Leo was defeated so helplessly.

Just then,

“Whew… dealing with this kid’s pretty tiring.”

From afar, ‘that man’ was slowly approaching, flying in the air.

Magic Weapon Jimus.

Yan felt his hair could turn white ay moment, in this unbelievable crisis.

‘Uh, what should I do…’

That was then.

– Oho, this is a bit of a crisis, huh?

A voice suddenly rang in his ear.

“Wh-, what?”

– Don’t look back, they’ll notice. I’m using a whisper potion.

It was a strange, whispery voice; but it was apparently being transmitted directly into his head.

And what was even more strange was that the voice sounded familiar.

“No, what….”

– Shh! Quiet. It’ll be fine soon, just wait.

Yan couldn’t quite make head or tail of the situation.

But he finally remembered who the owner of this voice was.

Squatjaw. It was his voice.

But the surprise didn’t stop there.

The moment Yan was about to ask where he was,

– Oh, and…

Yan was frightened.

“Keep quiet.”

“U-, uhm…”

The air was peeled away by his side.

And there, another Leo stood, looking at him with a grin.


Editor’s Notes:

None for this chapter.


Surviving a Shounen Manga – Episode 101

The Ramirez Scramble (2)

“It’s… finally completed.”

Cormier observed the dark blue ‘robot’ standing in front of him and let out a soft sigh.

He’d been working on this request from Squatjaw over the past ten days.

Finally, the commissioned prototype of the ‘Multifunctional Armoured Cavalry’ was finished.

Of course, it was far from ‘perfect’.

Countless defects had cropped up during production, and since this was Cormier’s first time handling the new metal that’d been used to make the bones and body, he had no idea what side effects might appear.

Moreover, to build the energy reactor, which acted as the core of the machine, Cormier had searched high and low for a material that wouldn’t cause rejection while interfacing with the new metal… but all in vain. Even during the last test, whenever the reactor had been fed energy, some of the metals that made up the body had transformed.

To be honest, it wouldn’t be strange if it underwent rapid unscheduled disassembly anytime during operation.

In the first place, he’d never made something so unique and complex in such a short period of time.

But even so –

‘Eh, it’s not like I’ll be the one riding it.’

Cormier smiled with pride.

Even just being able to meet the absurd demands Squatjaw had issued made him feel a surge of pride.

Cormier even felt that his skills had undergone an amount of growth over the past ten days that could compete with what he’d achieved over the past few years. That was how much this experience had been worth.

If he had to describe the robot in front of him in one word, it was a ‘monster’.

There were only two infused functions: the passive trait of ‘solidity’, and the active ability of ‘amplification’; but this was a dangerous artefact that nothing he’d built in the past could hold a candle to. It could raise the combat power of its passenger by at least a factor of ten, although that was just an estimate.

To be honest, Cormier was wondering even now, how something like this could’ve been built.

‘How the hell did he come up with this…?’

Cormier was the one who actually built it, but the idea had been his.

Yeah, that was the issue here. That guy was crazy.

Or… a genius.

Then,

“Crazy, huh…”

A smirk spread over Cormier’s face at the word.

There’d been a time when he’d had to listen to that same word, day in and day out.

Suddenly, a new thought popped into his head.

Along with that guy… Cormier wondered if he could make something even bigger in the future. He thought… it might be pretty fun.

But soon,

‘Khm, khm, I almost bit the bait.’

Cormier shook his head quickly.

It was a crap idea, a bullshit idea.

His work over the past ten days completely deviated from the industry cutting-edge ‘universal design’ pattern.

The normal way was to refine the original materials to extract their fundamental characteristics, assemble the skeletal framework, then add in the flesh and accumulate the various characteristics into useable functions. Conversely, Squatjaw’s requirement revolved around creating one single ‘core ability’ at all costs. He’d even had the audacity to throw a bunch of new metals and nonsensical drawings at Cormier that the designer had never seen before.

Every day had been a constant cycle of irritation, doubt, anger, and amazement.

Working more with the man would definitely bring shame to his own moniker. It even reminded Cormier of his hellish past with a certain senile old coot.

“… Haah.”

To be honest, aside from all that, he still couldn’t trust the guy. Cormier didn’t know how Squatjaw knew about him or his relationship with the ‘enemy’, or what Squatjaw was trying to do here in this city…

Every time he thought about the man, a throbbing headache was his only reward. It was impossible to guess the true identity hiding behind that squat jaw and jovial smile.

So, Cormier always tried to keep in mind that Squatjaw was only one of his clients, and that his current work was simply a process in order to get the Ramirez.

“The Ramirez…”

In fact, it was as if it’d already fallen to his hands.

Squatjaw had said he had to take it away for a few days, but he’d bring it right back afterwards.

Cormier didn’t really think the man was lying. While he’d been working, that guy had left the Ramirez to him and didn’t even look at it.

And even if it were a lie, it didn’t matter. He had insurance in place.

In fact, the reason Cormier didn’t leave this place right away was not just because of the Ramirez. Rather, he was more curious about what’d happen once the ‘monster’ in front of him was boarded.

The sight felt quite exhilarating even just to imagine.

“When are you going to start?”

That was then.

Fwoooosh-!

A great sound could be heard coming from outside.

When Cormier hurriedly left the warehouse, he saw a single beam of red laser shooting towards the sky.

It was a signal. Marking the beginning of the upcoming battle.

The Ramirez Scramble had begun.

“Alright.”

He also needed to slowly start preparing himself.

Returning to the warehouse in a hurry, Cormier started checking the ‘monster’ for the last time.


It was when I took a step towards Kiriko.

Tiling–.

[Adventure King serialization resumed]

[Chapter 29 – The Ramirez Scramble’s Treasure (2)]

[Belongs to the realm of the ongoing chapter]

[Hiro is the subject of character evaluation in this chapter]

Two things suddenly appeared in front of me.

One was a message announcing the start of a new chapter, and the other was…

“Don’t move.”

I looked at the guy who’d appeared out of nowhere to stand in front of me.

As soon as the Ramirez’s location was revealed, the man with an expressionless face showed up.

He was earlier than expected.

Magic Weapon Jimus.

He didn’t feel like Gronyan.

His power level wasn’t enough to shock me to silence.

But that didn’t mean I could take him lightly.

Basically, this guy wasn’t a fighter, and the source of his power wasn’t his body.

Besides, I knew very well how dangerous he was. He wasn’t called ‘weapon’ for nothing.

Behind him, three subordinates with ‘canes’ floated leisurely in the air.

‘They’re fast.’

They weren’t the only one who’d suddenly appeared.

Whooooosh–.

Someone was flying in at close to the speed of sound.

Like Magic Weapon Jimus, he too was a familiar figure.

Cyborg Gelop.

As if waiting only for this moment, the two powerhouses who’d become the mainstays of the scramble appeared at the same time.

I scratched my head.

‘Hmm.’

In fact, I’d hoped these two would appear a little later. I wondered if it would be possible to keep Kiriko down now.

In the original story, the fight between Kiriko and Capone didn’t actually happen at the start of the scramble. Quite a bit of time has passed by then, and the fight had entered the second phase, with all the riffraff already filtered out.

This was a typical growth cliché of shounen manga, because before he met the final obstacle called Capone, Kiriko needed to climb through several large and small hurdles. The probability of him awakening immediately was close enough to zero to be called a rounding error.

So, I was going to let things cook a bit before introducing myself…

‘Damn, this sucks.’

With these guys appearing on the scene right away, my scheme wouldn’t work.

I stopped walking towards Kiriko, and stepped back a bit.

Then I asked Jimus, who was blocking my way.

“Who are you?”

Of course, I didn’t ask because I didn’t know.

But character introduction was a necessary process, and I also had to think of the readers.

“I am Jimus. From Northland. Looks like you’re the one in the rumours, who got the mirror. Like I heard, you’ve got a weird jaw.”

What an outrageous guy.

“So your first impression depends only on looks? What a dull fellow. And, is that all?”

“What?”

“Is that all you have to say about yourself?”

What I wanted was more detailed information about the guy. Like his nickname, ‘Magic Weapon’; why he came here from Northland, or how strong he was.

The readers needed stuff like that to become interested, right?

Then Jimus grinned,

“You want me to announce my own information in public? Funny. Are you going to tell me everything about you too? Is there even a brain in that skull of yours?”

Thankfully, he asked the question I’d been waiting for.

“Whoa, I guess I did forget to introduce myself.”

I coughed, cleared my throat, and shouted out loud.

“Hello! My name is Hiro. I’m the leader of the adventurer team that dazzled the world this year by securing the top spot in the Adventurer Qualification Test, and a general of the Skull Empire of Eastland… and I’m also the Ruler of Gibrante, called the King of Smugglers by some. Only that Ramirez isn’t mine. Everything else in this city is mine.”

I finished with a grin.

“What is that guy…?”

“K-, King of Smugglers?”

“Isn’t that… Capone’s nickname?”

“Come to think of it, that fedora hat… that’s Capone’s symbol!”

“Maybe that guy! Did he kill Capone and devour his organization!?”

Very appropriate reactions erupted from all sides.

Sounds of surprise, astonishment and disbelief.

In addition, basic descriptions and the reasons behind Capone’s notoriety, started pouring in.

That he was the boss of the mafia in charge of smuggling contraband from Northland, that he had thousands of subordinates, and that he even had connections inside the government.

Of course, it was actually a custom-made reaction.

There was no way I could’ve naturally gotten a response like that. Not with just a single bluff.

In fact, I’d already told Haka, whom I’d met in the shadows a while ago.

To ask his subordinates to give me an on-the-spot reaction like this at the right moment.

I’d thought they’d only say a few words, but their acting was better than expected.

And so –

“Oho… so you had a reputation after all? The rumour that some random fool got the mirror was a lie, I see.”

“…”

“But don’t even think that such a bluff will work on me. I am one of the five executives of the Magic Engineering Academia that controls half of Northland, Magic Weapon Jimus!”

The results were quite satisfactory.

The five executives of the Magic Engineering Academia.

Of course, the specifics of what this background meant would be known at a later date, but the readers would remember this.

Somehow, I thought this guy might be a useful character.

“If you understand, I’ll take the Ramirez.”

“What are you talking about? You think this is Northland? Who’ll listen to you If you just say that? Magic Engineering Academia? What even is that?”

“… Ignorance, too, is a sin. Just accept this as the fruits of your karma.”

“What an outrageous bastard. And I said it pretty clearly just now. Only the one who defeats everyone here can take that mirror away.”

“I’ll take it first, and then kill them all. The result’s the same in the end, no?”

“Eeh…”

He was a lively fellow with a lot of energy.

“Um… well, indeed. Then try it.”

I quietly avoided him.

Along with a waving gesture that indicated I wasn’t going to disturb him.

“Hah… so you won’t get in my way?”

Jimus gave me a final glance, then looked around.

Everyone was paying attention to him.

He also seemed to notice that he’d been chosen as the pioneer for this demonstration.

Soon,

“Bring it to me.”

“Got it.”

Hearing Jimus’ command, one of his men flew into the air.

Eventually, just as his subordinate’s hand was about to touch the drone holding the Ramirez –

At that moment,

Poof–.

A pure white light came out of the drone like an explosion.

“Ugh!”

The guy hurriedly backed away, but it didn’t look like he had been hit. He just looked himself over in bewilderment.

That was then.

“Look over there!”

“In the air!”

The people pointed to the opposite side from where Jimus’ man had jumped from.

There, like a hologram, another afterimage from the light emitted by the drone was flickering. And surprisingly, there was a clear image could be identified.

It was the ‘cane’ that Jimus’ subordinate, who’d jumped up just a moment ago, was holding.

Most people didn’t seem to notice immediately what it meant. They were just murmuring between themselves, saying things like like ‘What is that?’ and ‘A wand?’

However, the members of Jimus’ team had apparently understood very clearly what that scene meant. The faces, which were originally bleak, had turned remarkably pale.

Now do you understand?”

“… A petty trick.”

Instead of answering, I laughed and shouted.

“Hello again, everyone, can you see it? That wand is the weak point of the guy who just jumped at it. Remember, everyone! Maybe you’ll have a fight with that guy later? Just take that wand away or break it. Then that guy is done for.”

Then I turned my gaze back to Jimus.

“Didn’t I say? Defeat everyone here first, and then you can take it. There’s a high possibility of suffering a loss otherwise, don’t you think? Or… have they already seen it? You’re all from that Magic Engineering Academia, aren’t you? Maybe those staffs are universal weak points for your type?”

“…”

In fact, I’d had Cormier whip up the image projection device fairly early in the game. To project the reflection of Ramirez’s surface into the air.

Capone had also utilized it in the original.

Of course, not for preventing access to it, but rather he’d made a projection beam to find out other people’s weaknesses.

By now, a deeper sense of tension had begun to pervade the audience.

It was natural that they weren’t being hasty anymore. Some might’ve had an impulse of taking a quick peek at the treasure before, but now they knew that the risk was bigger than they’d thought.

Perhaps it was only now that most of the audience here were recognizing the Ramirez for the first time, as something to be won in battle, instead of stolen.

In any case, it elicited silence and tension from everyone.

Now it was time for the second step.

I caught everyone’s attention again with a cough.

“Come on, come on, don’t be too nervous. Are you all on tenterhooks, thinking that everybody here is an enemy you need to eliminate? You don’t have to.”

Then, everyone looked at me with questioning eyes.

“I thought, what if everyone keeps looking at each other, and the fight doesn’t start? So I thought up some rules, nothing fancy. It’d be better than all of you tiring yourselves out, watching everybody else.”

Then I pulled out three small spheres from my arms.

They weren’t anything special. They were just small projectiles with an independent power source.

“See these? I’ll now throw them into different areas. Each one is a token. It symbolizes the right to claim ownership of the treasure. The deadline is two days later at noon. As long as you’re holding one of these at that time, you can fight for the Ramirez.”

My intentions were simple. Divide the place into areas and drive the people here.

Also, to create a situation where the strong could pair up to fight each other.

Because I thought the readers would appreciate it. A tournament was inherently cleaner and more fun than a confusing grand melee.

Of course, I had still another hidden reason.

That was then.

“How can I believe those rules?”

Jimus asked a question.

“Aren’t you in control of the Ramirez right now anyway? What if you escape while we’re away?”

“That sounds boring. Didn’t you hear my introduction? I’m the ruler of this place, where am I going to escape to? And don’t worry, the Ramirez will stay right there, up in the air.”

“…”

“I set the rules because I wanted to finish this fast. Let’s quickly get rid of the riffraff, and only those who are true contenders will remain to fight it out.”

After that, no further questions came my way.

Then,

“Here they go –!”

I threw the spheres to the east, west and south respectively.

But no one moved right away.

They were still watching the situation.

“I spelled it out very clearly. The deadline is at noon, two days later. Come to the factory area with your token. Two days later, one of the four people there will get to have the Ramirez.”

Then someone asked –

“Four people?”

“Ah, I already have one. Well, if you want to entertain me, you can aim for mine.”

I took a sphere out of my pocket and waved it for all to see.

And then –

“Oi, Kiriko! Come meet me. I’ve got something to tell you. Come alone, you hear? Don’t even think about bringing your stupid zap-happy friend.”

Shouting my final words, I turned back and started walking.

Of course, the nerves on my back were thrumming with tension.

What would happen now?

Then,

Rustle–.

Jimus and his men began to move toward the east.

Next, Karl Zayed stepped south.

‘Great!’

After that, many adventurer teams began to slowly leave. Of course, not everyone moved to a specific direction. Now that I’d confirmed that they had a little time to spare, they were probably thinking that there was no need to rush.

Soon after, Cyborg Gelop, who’d been silently watching the situation, also left.

“Leo, let’s go snatch one at random.”

“Kiriko, you too, beat up Squatjaw and bring one!”

“Don’t be in a rush, Mister Kirikidiot. We’ll be fine getting a token on our own. And no matter what Squatjaw says, let the words go into one ear and out the other. Got it?”

“M-, Mister Kiriko… Do you want to go together…?”

The Leo Adventurers also began to move.

Except Kiriko, who alone followed me.

All done.

So far it’d been a success.

Still, one variable remained.

Gronyan.

Among the powerhouses, only he still hadn’t moved.

In fact, the author’s actions were the biggest variable.

According to the original story, Leo and Jimus would pair up to fight, and same for Karl Zayed and Gelop. Cormier wouldn’t show himself right now, and Gronyan would go to the last side. Then he’d be able to comfortably seize a token by himself.

In fact, it was because of him that I divided the tokens into four. Three might’ve worked too, but I’d been afraid that the guy would chase after me first if that happened.

To be honest, I didn’t want to deal with that guy and Kiriko at the same time.

‘Go, just go somewhere else.’

Of course, I didn’t outwardly show any sign of my inner turmoil.

I pretended to be the picture of calm.

Go… Go!

And then,

“… Phew.”

That guy also started moving.

East. It was a direction no powerhouses had gone to.

The split was just right.

So far it’d all gone as per plan.

“The problem is from now on…”


The factory zone.

In front of Jean’s warehouse.

“Squatjaw! You’re late!”

“I’ve been waiting for a long time!”

“What’re you planning!”

The goblins had already arrived first and were waiting for me.

The ones who’d followed me all the way here were seventy-three in number.

It was a huge number.

More than being grateful, I was even surprised.

I immediately started to separate them into teams.

“Now, now, listen to me. Blessed of the God of Mischief, or the God of Lies, come this way.”

I pointed to my left.

Then,

“Bluffs and whimsy, stand there at the middle. And those blessed by the God of Sabotage, stand to my right.”

They quickly sorted themselves into tidy groups.

Of course, there was no point taking them at their word.

“Real pranksters and liars, don’t be silly and stand in your proper place. Chinuavi, please sort them out. Those who don’t stand properly don’t get any toys.”

Then, most of the guys on the right-hand line quickly moved away.

Honestly…

Next, I distributed the ‘equipment’ I’d prepared to the goblins.

“Wait, what’s this?”

“You bastard, what am I supposed to do with this!”

“Give me a gun, you son of a bitch!”

In your dreams!

“Alright, alright, now just wait a minute.”

Leaving the goblins to Chinuavi, I went into the warehouse alone.

Now was the key moment.

Alone, I focused and called ‘Him’.

‘Are you there?’

‘Hey?’

‘Are you listening?’

After doing this for a while,

– What?

After a while, an answer came from the Disruptor God.

‘More than a thousand people, all of them moving under a common rule. All the conditions you requested have been met. Right?’

– How shameless. You made those rules yourself, right? You call that meeting the conditions?

‘Are there any problems?’

These were the two specific conditions that the Disruptor God demanded. ‘You must periodically interrupt a specific situation’.

With numbers and rules.

– Hmm, so?

‘Please give me one thing.’

And since the purpose of my actions was clear in a situation that met the conditions,

– If you’re making a request… it has to be for the purpose of sabotage. You understand?

‘Of course.’

– Then tell me.

I could claim one thing from the Disruptor God… it be a power, a weapon, or anything else.

“Could you please let me use the masquerade ability?”


Editor’s Notes:

None for this chapter.

We’re finally past chapter 100! Huff huff. Somebody’s on fire. (That somebody is me.)


Sword Pilgrim – Chapter 129

Callius and Serena came out of the forest and walked back towards the town.

The night sky was dark.

The only sources of light were the lit torches inside the town, the pale moon and the scattered stars.

And in that darkness only the two of them walked.

Serena was pretending to be calm, but she wasn’t the only one feeling awkward.

‘Why did she suddenly want to become my servant?’

Callius was quite out of sorts.

Knowing someone was eavesdropping, he’d used Sullivian’s divine magic to try out his newly acquired power, but when he caught the intruder, what exactly happened?

Why did he suddenly get another servant?

Glance.

When he looked back, Serena the elf was walking far behind, as she’d exclaimed she’d never even dare step foot on her master’s shadow.

Callius was stunned at the sight of her that resembled nothing but a gentle sheep.

She’d declared that she’d become a servant, and he’d been left speechless, so he was just going back to the town…

She’d apparently considered this tacit permission on his part.

At first, he’d been wondering if she knew his true identity.

But a mere count of Carpe was not somebody who deserved this level of respect.

‘I think she’s misunderstood something.’

Callius didn’t bother explaining.

Why stop a hero of the future from following him?

It was definitely more convenient than her becoming an obstacle.

Now, he was more interested in dealing with the magical power he’d acquired so recently.

‘The fairies entered my elixir field.’

The fairies, who’d been dancing around Callius as if intoxicated by the scent of his magic, had begun to permeate into his body.

From there, to his divine passage, and finally to his elixir field, where they now lay dormant.

They didn’t even sign a contract with him or anything, beforehand.

And that was what Callius was focused on.

To have the fairies in his possession without signing a contract – that was a very significant event.

They found satisfaction residing in Callius’ body, and in return he could wield their power.

This was obviously an important variable, and it could make up for the lack of strength Callius was feeling so keenly.

Although his elixir field was getting crowded from how much stuff got keeping stuck inside it, there was no point in worrying about that.

[Instinctive Intuition] would sound the alarm if it ever got truly dangerous.

‘Of course, the fairies who entered my elixir field won’t be mine forever.’

They’d only taken shelter for a while, intoxicated by the bewitching scent.

Similar to a traveler who might take refuge under the eaves of your home to avoid the rain.

So Callius wasn’t sure about when they might decide to leave.

Lesser fairies were children whose forms were unclear and whose egos had not yet been established.

Intermediate level fairies would fix their forms.

Each would have their own individuality.

As well as attribute.

‘Serena’s fairy must be intermediate level.’

The flames wrapped around her bow didn’t spring from the power of God. They were created by natural energy.

So Callius had hope.

That he too could live in harmony with the fairies who’d decided to take up residence inside his elixir field, and grow together with them.

Then, like Serena, he too might one day be able to assimilate the power of the fairies into his swordsmanship.

But that would take a period of growth.

“Master.”

“… What is it?”

“You probably already know, but a gloomy shadow has covered the town.”

Callius looked over the town visible in the distance.

Even Callius, who was inching ever closer to the power of a Master, wasn’t feeling anything.

That was how distant and how faint the disturbance must’ve been.

The elves’ ears were special, so that might be how Serena was feeling it.

“Maybe it’s the army coming to subdue the dragonkin people.”

“They’re faster than I thought.”

Callius said very lightly.

Seeing this, Serena hurriedly knelt down on one knee.

“O Lord of the Skies. Please lend us your strength.”

Lord of the Skies.

Callius wasn’t ignorant enough to not know what it meant.

‘Ah.’

The elf, Serena –

Had apparently mistaken him for a dragon.

She was making such a request that could be seen as quite rude.

Nevertheless, she was stalwart, because she thought Callius was a dragon.

‘A dragon does not waver.’

Dragons didn’t break their promises.

If one made a ‘promise’ after receiving a ‘reward’ –

The dragon would unflinchingly fulfill it.

Perhaps that mistaken impression now coloured all of Serena’s actions.

‘Hmm.’

But it didn’t matter all that much.

Callius also wanted to try out his newly acquired power.

‘Time to collect some of the debt the empire owes me.’

Besides, he was confident that he could at least protect himself in case danger arrived.

He even had the ring called Leteti, a relic of the Vira Tribe, so he could simply take to the skies and fly away whenever he wanted.

Above all, Callius wasn’t about to reveal his identity here no matter what transpired, so it didn’t matter.

“I’ll go to the forest.”

If he was going to have to fight, Callius decided that it’d be better to join the dragonkin tribesmen.

“You, bring Aldo over.”

“Understood!”

A small look of joy flashed on Callius’ face as he turned his back to the town.


Near the turn of dawn, when the night’s dew was beginning to fall –

And even the moonlight had dimmed –

The grand princess put her legs up on the table inside the tavern, and folded her arms.

“Looks like he’s already run away.”

The knight giving the report was Bethan, from the principality.

Called Bethan the Guide.

“Even though I carefully hid our tracks, he noticed it first and disappeared. He’s quicker than I thought, and smarter.”

Princess Rebecca, sitting next to the princess, nodded her head as she commented.

Her face looked a tiny bit satisfied.

The grand princess’ eyes narrowed.

“Are you feeling happy about that?”

“Grand Princess, please! It must be a matter of great regret to fail to catch a potential criminal of the empire and the principality.”

Hmph.

That wasn’t an explicit denial either.

“Do you really think that I can’t tell?”

“Tell what?”

“… Forget it. Tch.”

It was almost obvious.

It’d been like this since their childhood.

Even if she had nothing to hide, Princess Rebecca had an acquisitive fixation who’d resist having her toys taken away even if it killed her.

She must’ve been content that the man had run away.

Grand Princess Lavian didn’t care for it, but it was hard for her to say anything.

Even though the other party was of a lower rank, she was still a princess of the principality. And Lavian wasn’t exactly swimming in friends either. So she had no choice but to leave Rebecca be.

The grand princess rose from her seat and moved, her knights falling in place around her.

After that day –

The empire had decided to strengthen its internal order.

If she successfully completed this expedition, her position would become firm enough to withstand the coming turbulence.

Besides, the original purpose of coming here was to exterminate the lizards, not anything else.

‘He must have some connection with the lizards.’

An eviction order has already been issued in his name.

Along with the saying that if he kept wandering around here, his head would be propped up on the tip of a spear.

But even so, the man didn’t obey, and stayed only depending on the status as a pilgrim.

‘If he’s really connected with them, he must –’

Inevitably appear in her path.

Princess Rebecca’s attitude made Lavian even more curious about the man’s true identity.

“Sort yourselves out, you lot. The lizard hunt begins now!”

There didn’t seem to be any harm in moving things a little faster.

In the first place –

If the man acted like a pilgrim, his level wouldn’t be comparable with a Master.

So there was no need to be afraid.

“Woooooooooooooooooooooo!”

The shouts of the knights and soldiers resounded through the sky.

And they started running, straight towards the forest.

At the break of dawn, a large army, carrying a seemingly endless procession of torches, headed towards the swamp.


Pit-a-pat!

Crunch!

“Chief Philo!!”

A meeting of the tribal court, which had convened at dawn, was in progress.

But suddenly one of the tribesmen rushed into the cave, shouting.

“Balabune! What do you think you’re doing?”

“There’s trouble! Big trouble!”

His serious face made the tribal elders change their expressions.

“Surely not?!”

“The imperial princess is here with a large army!”

“How could that…”

“There must be traitors among us! How did the princess come to know of this place?”

That was then.

The clan chieftain –

Philomatour, spoke.

“It’s not that important anymore. Since they’ve found us first and attacked our home, we should repay them.”

“Oh, ooh!”

“As expected of the chieftain!”

“A model for young dragonkin everywhere.”

The old men of the tribal court admired the cold rationality and incisive wisdom of the chieftain.

“Immediately form a team of elites, block their path, and dig a trap to lure them into. We can’t compete in pure numbers. Drive the fear of the swamp deep into the imperial princess’ heart.”

At Philomatour’s solemn command, Balabune and the people of the court thumped their spears upon the ground.

“For the sake of our lost pride –

“I bid you, go!”

Pit-a-pat!

Philomatour’s eyes, as he watched the crowd disappear, quietly began to droop.

Soon, his upright posture also relaxed to the fullest, and all strength seemed to escape him.

“My philosophy has always been to live as peacefully as a flowing river and to one day pass as calmly as a lamp is blown out…”

But why did the world have to bother him so much?

Philomatour took a deep breath.

Why was the clan always raring to fight?

Wouldn’t it be nicer and more comfortable to just live in hiding somewhere else?

With that thought in mind, Philomatour stood up.

‘My only chance to escape is now.’

Would he stand by as his clan died?

Did he not send them like lambs to the slaughter?

What a joke!

It was the people of the clan themselves, not him, who were eager to rush to their own deaths.

‘The most annoying part was how I had to pretend I’ve forgotten everything.’

He had majestic scales, and two horns adorned his head.

But compared to the average dragonkin, he could truly be considered somewhat closer to humans. Because the shape of his arms and legs were closer to humans than a dragon.

As a result, he’d been secretly ostracized within his own clan.

As a being with thicker human blood –

His existence had been a mark of shame from the viewpoint of the clan members who were insecure about their diluted bloodline, about not being fully endowed with dragon blood.

He’d been called a disgusting abomination, more of a symbol of degeneration than a product of evolution, and that had been his place among the tribe.

But things had changed.

A great number of the clan’s champions had been killed in successive battles, and Philomatour had come back from his pilgrimage as a powerhouse.

It was the clan that had degenerated.

They’d tried to ridicule him, but they did not doubt that Philomatour’s power was the power of their ancestors, the dragons.

As if it was natural, he’d become the clan chief, burdened with the duty to lead them.

“It’s not even a good joke. I’m just a criminal with a history of escaping.”

Of course, he had the qualifications to lead them.

But he had no reason to.

So, the dragonkin people –

“– Will be destroyed.”

Philomatour didn’t feel any familiarity or a sense of belonging with these people.

He was neither a dragonking nor a human, and he didn’t belong anywhere.

‘I shouldn’t have come back.’

He should’ve just kept adventuring with them.

He shouldn’t have halted his pilgrimage.

He’d come back here for no reason.

Indeed, and therefore –

“Let’s go.”

It didn’t matter what happed to the tribe.

There was no luggage to carry along.

Just a spear.

That was enough.

Philomatour came out of the cave.

His determination was firm, and his steps were light.

He could go anywhere his feet took him –

“Chief…”

“I-, it’s the chief!”

“Chief, have you seen Uncle?”

A gaggle of children rushed at him, squealing.

These little children were the future of the dragonkin people.

Soon, they’d face a cruel reality.

“You idiots, the enemy is already here!”

“What enemy?”

“I don’t know either. Chief, who’s your enemy?”

“…”

“It’ll be fine, the chief will deal with then. Uncle told me, the chief is our greatest and strongest warrior!”

Philomatour’s face wrinkled.

“Damn it all.”

Creeeeak.

His spear groaned in protest under his tightened grip.

“You lot, hide!”

Step!

As he jumped off the slope of the hill, Philomatour’s form vanished in an instant, and he quickly passed the forest and headed for the swamp.

The strength of his legs far surpassed human norms, no matter how they looked.

The spear in his hand blazed with power so fiercely as if it could pierce anything.

But there was still hesitation in his heart.

Just –

As usual –

“I want to run away.”

Like a lizard running away after cutting off its own tail.

He just wanted to escape.

He wasn’t a human, he was just a lizard, right?

But now in front him was a choice.

Whether to remain as a lizard, crawling upon this earth?

Or to soar as a dragon?

“Are you thinking of running away? Not that I care.”

“…!”

Flinch!

Philomatour’s form, which had been speeding through the bushes, came to an abrupt halt.

Screech!

A furrow was dug into the ground along his trail as he bled off his momentum, and his spear reflexively stabbed out.

Woooo…!

His blow tore through the air.

Spang!

The shockwave headed unerringly towards the source of the voice.

Claaang-!!

A great hammer stopped the blow in its tracks.

“Philo!”

“Aldo!?”

Why was he here?

A smile appeared on Philomatour’s face despite all his confusion.

Aldo and Serena –

Seeing their faces relieved some of his tension. But he didn’t fully lower his guard.

Because beside the two, there was a third, arrogantly surveying the scene.

‘… What?’

The divine power Philomatour could feel from the newcomer was weak.

However, somehow his presence felt like a font of immeasurable power.

Although the newcomer’s whole body was covered in a pure white robe that hid his identity, Philomatour instinctively realized that this was by no means a weak existence.

“He is the one who will help you.”

“He’s like a colleague.”

Philomatour’s throat twitched at the sight of Aldo and Serena grinning.

– Aaaaaaahhh!

Claaang!

The battle was already in full swing.

“Nice to meet you. But I don’t think now is the time for a chat.”

“Yeah, that’s why we…”

Just when Aldo was about to say something –

“I will keep my promise. I’ve been paid for it.”

The newcomer’s hand moved.

An unsettling purple energy drew elegant letters in the air.

“Venerating Treasure of the Three Beliefs – Web Edict (網敎).”

Crackackackackackackack!

The whole swamp was dyed with a purple hue.

Something hidden in the swamp emitted an intense purple light.

The burst of purple energy quickly spread out, becoming a net that covered all directions.

“Ugh!”

“Wh-, what is this!”

The imperial knights were now drowning in the swamp. The dragonkin people did not miss this opportunity. They aimed their spears and stabbed any enemy they could reach.

Aaaaahhhh!

The imperials’ screams echoed.

“Impossible…”

Lost for words to describe this grand reversal, Philomatour turned his head to the progenitor of this tragedy.

“If you want to run away, go. A stumbling ally is more dangerous than any enemy could ever be.”

Rustle.

The hood came off.

Purple eyes looked down on him, bearing a frosty chill that seemed like it could freeze everything in sight.

The moment he witnessed them –

Philomatour felt a strong urge.

He now really wanted to run.


Editor’s Notes:

None for this chapter.


Sword Pilgrim – Chapter 128

To say that he was lucky was an understatement.

He didn’t get it as a reward for completing a quest, but merely for agreeing to work with those two.

‘Thanks to that, I’ve now gotten entangled with the dragonkin people’s destiny[1].’

But since he got my hands on a fae-stone, Callius couldn’t complain.

He’d simply have to deal with whatever complications came his way.

After watching the stone in his hand for a while, Callius quickly went out of the inn and left the town to enter the surrounding forest.

[Fairies are everywhere, yet nowhere.]

Since they rarely travelled far, it was difficult to meet them even once in a lifetime.

But burning a fae-stone was a different story. A fairy that absorbed the bewitching energy that it exuded would reveal themselves, and even show an affinity for the stone’s owner.

They might even be happy to do you a favour in return.

Of course, not all fairies were like that.

It depended on the fairy’s personality and situation.

A fairy with an overly fickle personality might merely absorb the energy and vanish.

So it was a matter of luck.

And if there were no nearby fairies interested enough to respond while the stones burned, the chance would also be used up.

So one had to be very careful while using a fae-stone.

Because it gave only one chance to please a fairy.

But –

Callius wasn’t afraid.

‘If fairies are attracted by bewitching energy, what if I assimilate it?’

He wouldn’t have to worry about the chance being used up anymore.

What would happen if his body itself exuded bewitching energy?

He’d benefit by having many more opportunities to come into contact with fairies, and the probability of signing a contract would also rise.

Of course, this would be unthinkable for a normal person, but this was Callius.

Owner of the characteristic, [Gluttony], and the constitution, [Smelting Bones]!

The former could digest the indigestible, and the latter could help absorb it efficiently.

‘Heaven is smiling upon me.’

Callius put the stone in his mouth.

Gulp.

Swallow.

It felt like the forest was shaking all around him.

When Callius opened his eyes again, they were shining with a purple glow.

‘This is another conceptual power, different from draconic power I have.’

It was a power very close to nature.

Callius circulated it through his body according to the Six Peak Flowers technique.

[The fae-stone enters your body.]

[Digestion fails.]

[The characteristic 「Gluttony」 makes it possible.]

[It is still difficult to completely absorb. Absorption rate falls by 37%.]

[The constitution 「Smelting Bones」 begins to absorb the new power.]

[The absorption rate of the bewitching energy in the fae-stone has exceeded 78%.]

[Successfully absorbed.]

[Bewitching energy builds up inside your body.]

[The characteristic, Pheromone, responds.]

[Pheromone coalesces with the bewitching energy.]

[The characteristics are recombined.]

[Pheromone is combined with bewitching energy and is reborn as 「Bewitching Scent」.]

“?”

「Bewitching Scent」
• Created by combining bewitching energy with the trait, [Pheromone]. • Your body emits the scent of bewitching energy.

[Fairies are drawn to you.]

[Some fairies will be intoxicated by your scent and will not want to leave.]

After checking the message window, Callius thought with calm eyes.

‘… This is great.’

Not only did his body assimilate the power, it even combined with the characteristic [Pheromone].

Describing it as merely a success wasn’t enough.

Besides, this power –

‘It’s weak, but useful.’

A small amount of power had accumulated inside his elixir field.

Callius’ talent, [Instinctive intuition], gave him a flash of insight.

‘Sacred art.’

He had a feeling that this power would be good at working with sacred arts.

Callius had some knowledge of sacred arts in his repertoire.

Sullivian had given him a whole book when he’d requested her for the reverse scale.

The book inside which the reverse scale had been hidden, was full of words explaining the sacred arts.

There were three ideas that she’d systematically researched and established during her lifetime, which she called the Three Beliefs.

It meant honouring three things.

Venerating Heaven (경천), Venerating Man (경인), Venerating Treasure (경물).

It was a sacred art that aimed to honour the heavens, the people, and all the things in the world.

When facing the Light Dragon, the spell inscribed upon Callius’ body had been Venerating Man – Discipline.

It was a sacred art that used man as a medium.

Venerating Heaven of course meant honouring the sky, and, nature.

Venerating Treasure was also self-evident.

At that moment when Callius was trying to draw a sacred character in the air, imparting the Sutra of the Three Beliefs, according to [Instinctive Intuition] without any conscious thought –

Whiz!

Suddenly something flew in.

It was quite fast. Callius reflexively raised his palm and swatted it down.

– Ack!

???

When he hit something like a mosquito, the sound he heard was that of a little girl.

It was only then that Callius realized his mistake and picked up the little fairy he’d beaten into the ground.

– Ehh…

She fit just about snugly on his two palms.

But she was almost weightless and her aura was also faint.

The translucent body, as if it’d melt into the air and vanish any moment, made it hard to understand whether it was alive or not.

Although the shape was indistinct, the beautiful translucent wings were clearly visible to Callius’ eyes.

A fairy.

‘A low level one.’

The size, and the aura –

And even the form that was still in a state of flux, were the characteristics of a low-level fairy.

This probably happened because he’d assimilated bewitching energy into his body.

Although he wasn’t very familiar with it, Callius’ nose caught more faint traces of bewitching energy.

‘Four, five, no… dozens?’

The number of sources of bewitching energy were beginning to rise exponentially, full of a growing sense of urgency. Why were there so many fairies?

Callius was beginning to feel a little wary, but then he stopped himself.

[Instinctive intuition] wasn’t sounding the alarm. Rather, this was…

‘Curiosity and admiration.’

Dozens of fairies were beginning to converge towards him.

The dark forest was lighting up with tiny motes of light, like a crowd of fireflies.


It wasn’t Callius’ action that first made Serena widen her golden eyes.

‘But he’s just a human… ‘

He was handsome enough to even make an elf who was called the Incarnation of Beauty whistle.

That beautiful and noble face was enough to shock Serena at first sight!

She honestly couldn’t believe that a human’s appearance might reach this level.

Serena even was forced to admit that she’d have to recognize his appearance even if she didn’t care about anything else about him.

To hide such a beauty under that pure white robe –

Serena’s cheeks flushed red.

However, it was only momentary.

Her mouth became agape due to another reason.

‘The fae-stone… ‘

She reacted when he saw Callius’s method of using the fae-stone in his possession.

To be honest, she doubted her own eyes at first.

But there was no way she’d seen it wrong. She was a proud elf who could even pin a fly from afar with her bow.

She was confident in her sight, no matter which race were to make a comparison. Such a dark forest was no obstacle to her eyes at all.

So she couldn’t believe it.

‘Is he crazy?’

He swallowed the stone!

Wouldn’t it pass through his bowels undigested and come out the other end, at best? Why would he do such a thing? Besides, if he made the slightest mistake, he could be devoured by the bewitching energy in turn and become a half-man, half-beast. Hadn’t he considered that at all?

Serena was suddenly feeling very sorry for the stone she’d given away on impulse.

She wouldn’t have done it if she’d known in advance how he’d treat it. But the moment she thought she should go forward and check his condition –

Flinch.

In an instant, her pupils dilated at the sense of magical power suddenly rising from him.

Her mouth hung open.

“Hic!”

She was startled enough to hiccup.

But nobody could disparage her condition.

That man was absorbing the bewitching power.

A person, not a fairy, absorbing the power of a fae-stone? This was naturally absurd.

Only fairies could use that power. There was no doubt about this.

That was common sense and a rule set by God.

But this being was going against it!

Serena’s head couldn’t quite comprehend the situation.

‘Isn’t he supposed to be human?’

If he wasn’t human, it might be understandable.

Maybe a fairy? Possible. If he was a half-breed born between a human and a fairy, the story would have a certain degree of possibility.

The probability would be small enough to liken it to hitting a fly with an arrow after passing it through the eye of a needle, but it’d still be higher probability than a human using the power of the fae.

‘Wait a minute. Come to think of it…’

Serena recalled the faint trace of energy hidden in his aura that she’d felt before.

She’d only gotten a vague sense of it, but it’d been rampant and wild energy that was now bringing up memories.

‘Dragon…’

A true dragon, not a dragonkin.

Could it be that a real dragon had come out to amuse himself?

Taking human form?

Then it all made sense.

‘The appearance that a human definitely can’t have, and the ability to abosorb the power of the fae…’

A dragon could probably meet these conditions.

Dragons themselves didn’t have that kind of ability naturally, but if one took the power of a fairy and turned into a human, it was understandable.

A dragon! She couldn’t believe it!

‘But I… Disrespected…’

Serena’s face turned pale.

Unlike Aldo, who’d been quite friendly, Serena had had a hostile attitude during their interactions.

She’d committed great disrespect.

A dragon! She still couldn’t believe it! Serena’s misunderstanding was quickly deepening.

All kinds of fairies had now gathered around Callius, glowing.

Purple bewitching energy swirled through the air.

Serena forgot her worries and was mesmerized by the sight of the fairies dancing.

The appearance of the fairies flying around Callius and dying the night purple was very beautiful.

The man stood at the centre of it all.

The sight so alluring as if it’d been painted on a canvas, made Serena’s heart thump.

That was then.

The fairies shining purple suddenly began to seep into Callius’ body.

Dozens of fairies disappeared as if they were being sucked into a whirlpool.

“Ugh!”

So many fairies?

No matter how low-level they were, this was impossible. Serena made a reflexive noise.

“Who?”

Callius, feeling her presence, shouted toward Serena’s hiding place.

Serena covered her mouth with both hands, but finally came forward from behind the tree as if she had no choice.

But then –

“Venerating Heaven of the Three Beliefs –”

“…!”

“– Earth Edict (土敎).”

Purple letters were engraved in the air.

When they disappeared, two purple threads of light ran down from Callius’ feet and shot across the ground towards Serena.

“Sacred magic?!”

Serena recognized the spell at a glance and pulled out her bow.

No matter how strong dragons were, they couldn’t transcend the limits of sacred magic itself.

‘At least, a sacred art –’

Wouldn’t be able to stand against one of her arrows.

Two arrows were drawn out in an instant, the bowstring went taut, and Serena fired.

Whiiiiish!

An arrow filled with divine power struck the purple sacred spell.

Serena was about to immediately apologize once the spell was broken –

But –

Crunch!

What broke was Serena’s arrow, instead.

“What…!”

Whizzzz! Zap!

The purple sacred spell attacked Serena from beneath her feet.

But she wasn’t some weakling either.

She struck with her her bow to block the spell, and jumped up on the tree.

But that was no reprieve.

Callius was already executing another sacred art.

“Venerating Heaven of the Three Beliefs – Wood Edict (木敎).”

“Ugh!”

The sacred spell, which Callius had already prepared in advance, emerged from the tree and caught her.

The tree trunks bound her tight, and she couldn’t move an inch.

‘How can sacred magic control the trees…!’

She didn’t know what happened, but this was now the question at the forefront of Serena’s mind.

She had no idea how the power of the Gods could transform a tree that belonged to nature, but she didn’t have time to think about it anymore.

“Ugh!”

No matter how hard she tried, the bindings wouldn’t come off.

The strong constriction was causing her physical pain.

The trunks were squeezing tighter and tighter.

‘This doesn’t make any sense…’

Sacred arts were a form of power that could let you affect the material world using divine power.

It was only enough to suppress ordinary soldiers or knights.

To have a sacred spell deflect one of her arrows, she who was renowned as an archer among the elves, and show such strong power –

‘It’s a divine art made with bewitching power. Instead of a divine art, it’s more like a fairy art.’

A divine art could never be so strong.

That light with a soft purple hue –

Had been divine power mixed with the power of nature.

That’d made it possible to borrow the power of a tree that also belonged to nature.

Serena bit her lip.

“Iki.”

– Hnnn!

A voice came from her bow.

It suddenly ignited.

A strong flame enveloped her.

The tree burned, and Serena, who’d escaped the fire’s range, now lifted her bow again with a slightly tired look.

“!”

However, her target had already disappeared.

A shiver ran along Serena’s spine.

An unknown chill raised the hairs on the back of her neck.

Slide.

A sharp knife gleamed in the moonlight, resting at her throat.

‘He’s caught me from behind.’

It was her complete defeat.

But there was no shame in that.

Serena knew who and what he was.

She’d even found out his secret.

Death was only to be expected.

“Why, is someone like you…”

“You know me?”

“I recognize your noble station.”

“Hmm…”

Serena thought.

How could she survive this situation?

A reason to make this dragon spare her.

There was only one that she could think of.

“I will serve you.”

To become his slave. There was no other way for her to survive.


Editor’s Notes:

[1] 팔자, innate destiny.


Surviving a Shounen Manga – Episode 100

The Ramirez Scramble (1)

“Hmm.”

I carefully checked the message in the hologram once again.

[You have received a mission proposal from the author]

  • Catch Capone!
    • Defeat the man in front of you and absorb his organization.

It seemed to have several implications, but the essence of it was basically one thing.

The author was making an appeal to solidarity… or rather, he was requesting for ‘help’.

At first, I thought this was very surprising.

Because it was also an excellent condition for me.

Without having to deal with ‘that powerhouse Capone’, I’d been able to easily devour the organization he had built (although it was considerably reduced in size) and this city that was his base. Without any risk.

Although ‘Capone 2’ and his subordinates were facing me right now, it’d be a tad harsh to call them a risk.

“Where did somebody like you spring from? I’m asking who you really are, you Squatjaw. You better speak up quickly if you don’t wanna taste a smacking!”

“…”

Taste a smacking, huh.

I honestly found it a little disappointing.

In the original, Capone had been a character with a sense of style. He’d never spew such lines that made you sound like a low-level, third-rate villain.

I glanced at the guy.

It didn’t seem like he had any unique ability, and even if he did, it was definitely not the same as Capone’s.

“Wait, wait. Let me think about it.”

“Wh-, what?”

“I said, wait a minute.”

I then looked at the text at the bottom of the message.

  • Are you sure you want to accept it?

Defeating Capone and taking his place.

This was just the type of plot development I was hoping for. There was no problem with the plausibility.

Moreover, there were also extra rewards that I hadn’t expected.

But,

‘… If I think about it a little…’

That was just how it looked on the surface.

The suggestion had indeed come unexpectedly, but looking back, it wasn’t surprising at all.

In a way, this was nothing but the best possible choice from the author’s point of view.

Pretending to be generous, while forcing me to follow his plans.

For some reason, at that moment, I thought I could even faintly hear the author’s voice.

I’ll let you take all that Capone’s got, so why not just do a job for me or two? I’ll naturally compensate you. Isn’t this a win-win scenario?

“Win-win, huh….”

But that wasn’t the full truth. We weren’t negotiating from an equal position here.

It was truly to my benefit to accept. But not accepting it wouldn’t really do me any harm.

But the author’s case was a little different. If I didn’t listen to him here, the future plot would surely be irrevocably twisted.

‘No, isn’t it twisted already?’

The guy in front of me right now was the proof. Judging that it’d be difficult to introduce the original Capone in this situation, he’d brought forth the much weaker and lesser version, Capone Mk. 2.

The moment I rejected his proposal, the author would face some real hard choices. There was no way this guy could take on Capone’s original role.

In other words, the author was the one being desperate.

‘How about I let him sweat a bit?’

As soon as the thought occurred to me, I slowly started to step back.

And then,

“H-hey! You bastard! Are you trying to run away!?”

Capone 2 roared in anger.

“Ah, yeah. The real Capone, Ruler of Gibrante, showed up in person… and with so many hangers-on in tow, to boot. It’s natural for the copycat to run away.”

“What!?”

“Bye bye.”

I immediately turned around and ran.

I heard Capone 2’s voice swearing at me from afar, like an echo, but I cheerfully ignored it.

How far did I run like that?

When I thought I’d completely left them in the dust, I wrapped the goblin silver screen around me and climbed up to a high place. To take a look at what those bastards did next.

‘So? What’ll you do now?’

Actually, I didn’t plan to have a fight with the author.

I didn’t want to be taken advantage of, sure, but my curiosity played the greater role.

I wondered how these idiots would react.

In fact, there were few characters who reflected the author’s intentions as purely as this bunch. Weren’t they merely ‘characters created to be subdued’ being handed to me on a platter?

So I was curious. If they didn’t achieve that purpose, what would happen to them?

But,

‘What is it… Why are you all standing still like that?’

Even after waiting for a long time, they didn’t even consider moving.

As if a screw was missing from their heads, they just stood there, stunned.

Three or four people tried to follow after me, and one went back to the factory area, but that was all.

“How odd.”

This was quite stunning for me too.

From my experiences so far, once a character was created, the author couldn’t directly control the character. If he wanted to move the character towards a new direction, he had to attach a new character to give a push, or deliver some news.

In other words, what I was seeing now was the behaviour that reflected the core purpose and essential guideline they’d been given at the time of character creation.

But… no matter how roughly the author’d made them, to have the characters repeat the same actions over and over again?

‘Does this even make sense?’

This meant that these guys literally had no purpose other than ‘being overpowered by me, here and now’.

This was crazy.

What, did the author really make such one-dimensional and completely thoughtless characters? Like a wind-up toy?

They couldn’t even be called characters at this rate. They were just ‘backgrounds’ with no core impetus.

That was then.

Tiling–.

Suddenly, a message arrived.

And it said –

[An amendment to the rewards has arrived from the author]

It was so surprising that it made me forget the absurdity of the past.

[Rewards]

  • If accepted, the current scene will be appended to the chapter.
  • Author’s favourability will increase by 100 à 120.
  • Character points will be paid 100,000p à 120,000p.
  • Additional 100,000p à 120,000p will be paid for each successful linked action.
  • Once all actions are completed successfully, the character’s strength will rise by 100 → 110

“Ha… haha.”

It was disappointing indeed.

To send a message like this?

The author really was in a hurry. He didn’t waste a minute in sending a revised rewards plan.

‘I didn’t mean to haggle…’

In fact, I hadn’t looked down on the first set of rewards. They’d been generous enough. There hadn’t even been a penalty for failure.

But to receive something like this…

“Hmm.”

I considered the mission proposal again. Strictly from the author’s point of view. Why would he do this?

There was certainly no better situation for the author than me playing the role of Capone.

Firstly, there was a huge advantage in that the burden of character distribution would be reduced, and the preceding plot wouldn’t need any modifications.

And secondly, he’d be able to tie me up and block me from doing anything outrageous.

No matter what I did, I wouldn’t be able cause too much of a ruckus if I kept to playing a predefined role. It was that simple.

In other words, three birds with one stone.

‘There’s a reason he’s acting so desperate.’

Knowing this, my heart sank again.

What’d happen if I rejected this offer outright?

One thing was for sure, it could make the author very angry.

‘Interesting.’

As an author, he’d fine it quite difficult to deal with the twisted development. His brain might explode trying to untangle it all.

But I had to keep in mind that twisting the future course of the story that I already knew, wasn’t in my favour, either. I could never forget this.

And what I had to focus on more than anything else was how much profit could be obtained by refusing other than ‘offending the author’.

Right now, I had several configurations in my head for the upcoming chapters.

Then, assuming that all the circumstances I’d planned came true, could I profit as much as the promised rewards?

The answer was no.

Because the level of compensation the author had offered was enormous. It was more than the highest level of reward that could be obtained from the chapter.

In other words, no matter well I did, I wouldn’t be able to match the profit. The author had to have known this while making the proposal.

However,

“The question is, if there’re any traps…”

So I had to be cautious. Even if he was feeling urgent and desperate, sending this kind of a proposal wasn’t the author’s style.

There were a few more points to consider.

Whether it was possible to obtain all the rewards offered by the author, and how much risk I had to take in the process.

Capone’s role that the author had suggested I perform, was as follows:

  1. Betting on Ramirez’s Treasure and declaring a winner-takes-all battle
  2. Attracting adventurers to the factory area
  3. Confronting Kiriko from the Leo Adventurers

1 and 2 were no problems at all.

A winner-takes-all declaration? I was already planning to do that. I’d even been thinking of a much more sensational way than what Capone had done in the original.

To lure the adventure teams to the factory area?

That was what I was hoping for. I was familiar with the topography and there were a lot of resources to use, so there was no reason not to.

The problem was the third item.

To have a fight with Kiriko.

There might be some pitfalls hidden here.

Of course, I wasn’t afraid of losing. Kiriko simply wasn’t that strong yet.

And the members of the Leo Adventurers were all subject to power balance adjustments, so their strengths were also greatly reduced, like mine had been.

In terms of my current strength, there was no reason for me to lose.

But it was still a burden, considering the original development.

In the original story, after awakening once, he finally defeats ‘Capone the powerhouse’. The original Capone that I thought was stronger than me.

Of course, I now had Cormier’s equipment, so I wouldn’t lose to that Capone either…

But wasn’t the development of the original story point to a victory for Kiriko?

This meant that, whenever I got the upper hand, the sanctions of the preceding plot could come bind me.

‘… I can already hear the sound of points going down the drain.’

Moreover, this wasn’t the only problematic point.

Would I only face Kiriko during this scramble?

I didn’t think so.

Gronyan.

From the beginning, he’d been the one coming after me, not the Ramirez. The guy who I thought was the strongest right now, along with Karl Zayed.

After Kiriko, would I have to fight Gronyan as well?

“Hmm… it’s not going to be easy.”

This was definitely risky.

I had no choice but to worry. Was it right for me to accept this?

I was slated to get some equipment from Cormier, but there was a bit of a hitch here too. Because the performance of ‘it’ wasn’t guaranteed.

What I’d ordered from Cormier was an ‘armoured cavalry’, a piece of equipment I was forcing him to produce, because of the rule of cool. Originally, armored cavalry had appeared in the Northland arc, not this early.

I would’ve felt a lot more relaxed if I were using equipment Cormier could whip up easily…

‘What to do…’

Just then,

Tiling–.

[An amendment to the rewards has arrived from the author]

A new message arrived to make me forget my worries.

[Rewards]

  • If accepted, the current scene will be appended to the chapter.
  • Author’s favourability will increase by 120 à 140.
  • Character points will be paid 120,000p à 140,000p.
  • Additional 120,000p à 140,000p will be paid for each successful linked action.
  • Once all actions are completed successfully, the character’s strength will rise by 110 → 130

“… Ha, haha.”

My lips curved up into a grin by reflex.

The problem was already resolved.

Okay, fine.

I can’t help but take this bait.

But just then,

‘Hm? Wait, wait a minute…’

Surprisingly, a new problem arose.

‘Should I try to haggle one more time? Can I?’

A day later.

After receiving another amendment,

‘It’ll be a mess if I keep stringing him along, won’t it?’

I accepted the author’s offer.

That was how my strange team-up with the author began.


“Hey, there! See!”

Finally, they’d arrived.

At Gibrante.

Kiriko looked at the factory chimneys in the distance with fresh eyes.

Ten days.

It’d been a long time.

Also an embarrassing and uncomfortable time.

Kiriko turned around and took a long breath as he watched the crowd of people following them.

“Huff…”

Thinking back, it was incomprehensible.

Those who sought the same treasure, not just adventurer teams, but a huge group of thieves and assassins, had walked together for ten days without a single clash.

The reason this bizarre camaraderie that’d started in Clone City was able to persist until now was because of a certain group.

Goblins.

Aside from the fact that they no longer took Squatjaw’s form, there was nothing to like about them.

“Hey, sure, let’s have a fight, why not?”

“They don’t have any treasures, so what’re they fighting for?”

“Let’s get along, get along.”

“Do people who don’t have money have trouble keeping their temper? I’m just asking.”

“Sure, you can go the other way. But this route’s probably the fastest, right?”

Of course, it wasn’t like these words had some kind of magical deterrent effect.

The goblins revealed themselves one by one every time and took action to prevent battles between people and groups.

For example, if two groups were about to clash, they’d immediately turn into members of each group and intervene in the battlefield, which resulted in a situation where neither side could easily attack first. They couldn’t even identify friend from foe, so who would they attack?

So, every time, every fight was doused by the goblins before it could even start.

Kiriko didn’t know why they were mediating the fights.

They must’ve gotten some kind of instruction, but he had no way of knowing why.

In fact, before Kiriko arrived in Gibrante, he’d been thinking of reducing the number of these greedy idiots.

However, these goblins’ interference was so strong that he’d had no choice but to give up in the end.

They even seemed to enjoy this whole process, to the point where they’d shift into others’ forms and viciously hurt people’s feeling, then once there were enough people riled up and spoiling for a fight, they’d show up and interfere.

‘What are they even doing…?’

Kiriko didn’t understand, and didn’t want to attempt to understand either.

As for Leo, well, he seemed to fit in with them to some degree.

Anyway,

‘Finally, this is goodbye.’

This uncomfortable companionship was now over.

After all, they’d arrived in Gibrante.

Now what would these guys do?

With a sense of anticipation, he was about to look for the goblins.

Just then,

“Hmmmm…”

One of them suddenly opened his mouth.

“Come on, everyone, you’ve worked so hard to get here. It was a beautiful comradeship. We goblins also had a lot of fun over the last ten days. Did everyone have fun?”

“Yes, I understand how you feel. Then I wish you good luck. From now on, it’s up to you to fight or not, you cocky, violent bunch. Then, excuse me!”

And then,

Rustle–.

Rustle –.

In an instant, the goblins disappeared all at once.

And,

“Wh-, what?”

“Where did they all go!?”

“Isn’t this that ability those guys have? To turn invisible?”

A commotion broke out in an instant.

It might’ve been because of the sudden disappearance of the goblins, but it also might’ve been because of the sudden feeling that everyone around them had become an enemy.

And it was the same for Kiriko.

“Leo, let’s step back for now.”

“Huh? Why?”

“Why… Can’t you see the situation right now…”

That was then.

“Hey, there! Look over there!”

Someone’s cry echoed through the air.

Kiriko naturally turned to look as well.

There, someone was standing near the entrance to the factory area.

A man in a black suit, wearing a retro-style fedora hat. There was something odd about him though. An unusually large jaw compared to normal people.

Squatjaw!

“S-, Squatjaw!”

“That’s him over there!”

“You bastard! Where’s the treasure!”

At that moment, Squatjaw raised his right arm up to the sky.

However, the shape of that arm was a little strange.

‘What is that… a machine?’

It was a machine. A strange machine was attached to his arm.

However, there was no time to answer the question.

At that moment, Squatjaw’s lips were already moving.

“Good job, all of you. You worked hard to come here. Then, from now on, it’s a fight!”

And at that moment,

Fwoooosh-!

A crimson laser beam shot upwards from Squatjaw’s arm pointing up at the sky.

And then,

“Look, there!”

“Up! Up in the sky!”

“It’s a treasure!”

‘Something’ appeared in the sky, splitting the red beam of energy in two.

It was a strange machine with steel wings, with a mirror attached to its front.

‘Ramirez’.

Of course, it might’ve been a fake or a trick, but at first glance it did seem that this was the treasure.

At that moment,

“You all see it? It’s easy to take it away. All you have to do is defeat everyone here. Then you’ll naturally get the treasure. Then let each of us, decide on an opponent here on this battlefield, and start fighting!”

Squatjaw shouted loudly.

Then he immediately started moving.

“And my opponent right now is… oh, there you are. Hey Kiriko.”

But the place his footsteps were headed to, was none other than –

“… Me?”

– Where he himself stood.

Kiriko blinked.

With slow, steady steps, Squatjaw was coming towards him.


Editor’s Notes:

None for this chapter.

Leave a like and comment, it only takes a minute! Also rate and review at NovelUpdates if you haven’t. Reader engagement keeps this project alive!


Surviving a Shounen Manga – Episode 99

An Appeal to Solidarity

This was how it began.

I was coming out of the third smuggling chief’s quarters, late at night.

There’d been no clue to Capone’s whereabouts, so my patience was a little thin.

And,

“Bring it all out.”

I was mobilizing the gangsters inside to bring out all the materials and equipment.

Just then,

“… Mr. Capone?”

An unfamiliar voice called out.

I glanced back reflexively in surprise.

There stood a middle-aged man with a pot belly. He seemed to be a smuggler who’d been woken up by all the noise the gangsters were making.

“Mr. Capone?”

“… Huh?”

Weirdly enough, he was calling me Capone.

“You’re Mr. Capone, right, sir?”

“What?”

Then,

“No… my mistake. Sorry!”

The pot-bellied man said hurriedly at my confused reply. Then he immediately whirled around and tried to disappear in the crowd.

It was then that an idea suddenly crossed my mind.

I immediately called him back.

“Wait, wait!”

“… Eh, ah, yes?”

“Stop for a moment.”

“…”

I asked him why he’d called me Capone.

His answer, however, was very simple.

“That was because… you were in charge.”

“In charge…? Ah.”

It was because the gangsters had been obediently following my order to haul things around.

“Hmm… So you’ve never seen Capone before?”

“Where’d somebody like me get the chance? Have you? The only gangsters I get to talk to are low level.”

“Hmm, is that so?”

It was an easy mistake for an outsider to make.

But I wondered if this was a type of ‘path’ to find Capone.

‘I almost missed this clue. I should’ve been more patient.’

Capone was even more secretive than I’d imagined. Even a well-connected local like this guy was unfamiliar with him.

Honestly, even the chief smuggler had said that he hardly ever saw the boss.

‘It’s odd.’

I’d had no idea that Capone’s identity was so mysterious. The original had made no mention of it.

And it was a surprise that the misunderstanding continued to proliferate.

Dawn was just about to break.

“Where should we put the money, Mr. Capone?”

In front of Jean’s warehouse, one of the gang members was the first to say that.

“What?”

“Eh? Ah, I was asking where should I put these…”

“No, before that. What did you call me?”

“Yes? Oh, should I… call you Lord Capone instead?”

“…”

Of course, this guy had the shackles engraved on him, so he had no choice but to be obedient. But that didn’t mean I’d asked him to call me Capone…

It wasn’t just him, either.

“Mr. Capone, should we keep the new metals somewhere else?”

“The warehouse is full. Should we move these to another one, Mr. Capone?”

All the gangsters following me were soon calling me that.

So when I asked why,

“It’s just that… what else should we call you?”

“I’ll change to something else if you don’t like it…”

These kinds of answers came back. While looking for a word to call me, they decided to just use ‘Mr. Capone’.

“Hmm.”

But this was very odd. Because ‘Capone’ didn’t mean some kind of position or rank. It was just one person’s name. The name of the boss of this place.

I decided to leave things alone for now. Because it might lead to something interesting – although I couldn’t tell exactly what.

Besides, being mistaken for Capone wasn’t necessarily. Rather, it could be beneficial.

As a result, all of a sudden, I was being called Mr. Capone by everyone.


• Keep calling me Capone.

• Let everyone know that Capone is here.

• Act as usual.

After I gave the gangsters these three instructions, I sent them all back.

If there were any special issues, they could just contact me.

Now was the time to tidy things up.

I first listed the current situation in my head.

  • Capone couldn’t be seen.
  • Capone’s organization here was much shabbier compared to the original.
  • Most of the organization members had never seen Capone before.
  • People were calling me Capone without feeling any sense of incongruity.

I could think of two possibilities.

  1. Capone and his headquarters did exist. They just hadn’t appeared yet.
  2. The character called Capone was not yet created.

In the first scenario, there was really nothing to worry about.

I didn’t really care where Capone was what he was doing.

He wasn’t here right now, but he should appear soon.

So I’d just wait for him to arrive and then deal with him like I’d planned.

The important issue was with the second scenario.

What if the character called Capone was not created yet?

And what if it wasn’t just because the author was being lazy?

What if the author was currently debating whether or not to create the character called Capone?

It might seem absurd at first blush, but the idea wasn’t entirely unreasonable.

The author would have a good reason to hesitate.

It was the same reason why I was trying to get rid of Capone.

Simple. The number of chapters in this arc was limited compared to rise in lead characters.

In a way, it was natural. The author was more liable to have a headache about the composition of this arc instead of me.

The author knew it as well as I did.

Two lead characters had been added. One of them was an uncontrollable and rampant bastard, at that. What’d happen if all the existing characters were also kept?

The characters might not get enough screentime, and there was a very high risk that the arc itself would become chaotic. The situation had changed a lot last time when he’d happily introduced Gronyan.

Moreover, in this chapter, apart from new strong characters who had be highlighted, there were also other concerns.

In order to follow the original plan, Tanya and Kiriko must had to get some of the spotlight.

Only then would Tanya be able to become Leo’s new ally, and Kiriko would be able to awaken; thus inducing a surge in the Leo Adventurers’ stock price, which had recently fallen low.

In total, there were ten people to consider.

  • Three in the Leo Adventurers (Leo, Kiriko, Tanya),
  • Gronyan,
  • Karl Zayed,
  • Four new powerhouses,
  • And, of course, me.

I considered the author’s point of view.

If any of these had to be eliminated, or their significance reduced… who should it be?

It was difficult to choose. Definitely. Deleting a character meant deleting all the stories associated with them.

But if one had to be picked, there was only one sensible choice.

Somebody among the four powerhouses who didn’t need the spotlight as much.

And that, was Capone.

For a single reason. Leaving out his importance in this current arc, he had the least weight in the story to come.

If you left out Capone, the other two powerhouses, Cyborg Gelop and Magic Weapon Jimus, were slated to play a fairly important role not only in this arc but also in the Northland side in the future. In the first place, the background setting was that they’d been sent from Northland to secure the Ramirez.

‘… Are you really going to delete Capone?’

It was a definite possibility.

But nevertheless, I couldn’t be sure.

In fact, the role that Capone had played in the original wasn’t insignificant.

Wasn’t he the ‘Ruler of Gibrante’? Capone was the one whose existence had crystallized the background and atmosphere of this city. Moreover, the ‘black market’ he managed was a foreshadowing of the atmosphere of Northland.

And also –

He was the opponent the author had prepared for Kiriko.

Through his fight with this guy, Kiriko would awaken, and the readers would cheer at the sight.

It was a touch choice. Especially for the author who’d planned it all.

“Hmm… he sure has it rough.”

My position was different from the author. I was just thinking of eating him up and increasing my own significance, but the author had to calculate how Capone’s existence or the lack of it would affect the other characters.

Was he perhaps feeling lost?

Then,

“Hm? Wait a minute, maybe…”

Suddenly, an idea popped into my head.

Might the author ‘officially’ transfer Capone’s background to me?

Hadn’t I received a similar offer once before?

Was I going to become Capone?

I explored the possibilities for this.

But soon,

‘No, that can’t be.’

I shook my head.

I was already too well-established a character to suddenly become someone else.

What would I say, that I’d always been Capone, the Smuggler, the Ruler of Gibrante?

The readers would riot, saying what the hell was this sudden nonsense.

I was already depending on my ‘goblin’ background to digest all these backgrounds I’d accumulated…

Rather, it would be far more plausible to say that, according to my original plan, I’d defeated Capone and devoured his organization.

‘Of course, I don’t think the author would allow such a development.’

The character called Capone was too precious to be consumed in that way.

Capone, as seen in the original, was a character that the author made with great care, both in terms of his unique abilities and his background.

Would he throw away a character like that without even using it?

“Yeah, I’ve got nothing.”

It was a long chain of thought, but the conclusion was simple.

I didn’t know.

In the end, I got up from my seat, still undecided.

For now, I’d just be called Capone, and wait for the real Capone to arrive.


Two days later.

Only three days or so left before I expected everybody to arrive here in Gibrante.

Capone still hadn’t showed his face.

Of course,

“How are you, Mr. Capone?”

“Good job, Mr. Capone.”

“Are you going to stay here now, Mr. Capone?”

The gangsters were probably thinking the opposite.

“Where’s Cormier?”

“In the warehouse.”

I leisurely raised my hand in response to the gang members who greeted me, then opened the door of the warehouse and went in.

Whiiiirrrrr–.

Cormier didn’t seem to even notice that I’d come.

I watched from up close as he toiled.

A long piece of scrap metal in the shape of a guitar case, with a bulging upper part, and the shape narrowing as it went down.

It was the leg part of the robot.

Of course, it didn’t resemble what one would think a ‘leg’. Rather, it resembled the shape of a gun more.

However, the reason I was able to convince myself that it was a leg, was simple.

Because I’d advised this form.

I peered a little closer.

Soon,

“Wait, wait! Do you think my legs would fit in there?”

I had to stop Cormier.

Now he seemed to realize that I was here.

“… Huh?”

“Look, the space is too small.”

“The rider’s body has to be in full contact for smooth piloting. Just endure even if there’s a little pain.”

“What are you talking about? I clearly told you. You could use a liquid metal that can connect with nerves. If you use that, even if you don’t make it so narrow…”

“Where?”

“Huh?”

“Where is it? That metal. What’s it called?”

“Eh? Uh… well.”

Of course I didn’t know. I wouldn’t be able to recognize it even if somebody put it in front of me. I just knew that there was such a thing.

But I couldn’t exactly say that, could I?

“Tch, shouldn’t the designer himself look for it… There’re still a few more metals in the warehouse, so take a look.”

Then I carefully stepped away.

After all, I couldn’t contribute anything to the work itself.

Cormier stared after me silently for a while, but soon went back to focusing on the job.

Whiiiirrrrr–.

Only the day before Cormier had started prototyping the ‘Smart Armoured Cavalry’, a rideable robot.

It hadn’t been a lie that this guy didn’t know about it. He hadn’t even thought up the ‘concept’.

And to top it all off,

“A pilotable robot? How’s that more useful compared to current equipment? It can be a bit bigger and tougher, sure, but you’d lose more in agility.”

He didn’t even recognize its usefulness.

Cormier was adamant that ‘clothing-type equipment’ that mimicked ‘armour creation ability’ were the apex of personal armaments.

But this was the part that confused me.

Why did he think so? ‘Clothes’ like my gloves could never stand up to ‘robots’, right?

How absurd.

‘Rather, shouldn’t he know this better than me?’

White Rain, designed by Cormier himself, had a gotten such a cheat characteristic as ‘unbreakable’ basically due to two factors.

  1. The enormous amount of materials used in its construction
  2. The concept of ‘ship’

In particular, in ‘designing’, the ‘concept’ that defined the object was more important than anything else. Because the characteristics of the product could be designated based on the concept.

In other words, looking at these two factors alone, ‘robots’ were obviously stronger than ‘clothes’.

The construction needed a lot more materials, and it was easier to add ‘combat-related characteristics’ to the concept of a robot.

How could somebody like Cormier overlook that?

Of course, I knew that designers had a tendency to ‘streamline’ and ‘simplify’. But surely there were limits?

So I stubbornly told him. Just once, to make what I told him. I’d tell him about the form it’d take.

“Huff…”

Since I wasn’t there to hold his hand, he was running wild.

I watched Cormier work for a while from a distance, then turned around.

‘Well, he’ll make something, anyway.’

I wasn’t demanding the same product he was supposed to make in the future, anyway. I didn’t know if making that was even possible at this time, and it could also cause other problems.

Just as I left Cormier’s workshop –

Suddenly,

“M-, Mr. Capone!”

Someone called out to me in a panicked tone.

A member of the organization, who’d come running from a distance.

“What’s the matter?”

“There, out there…”

‘Out there’ seemed to refer to the outside of the factory area.

“Out there what?”

“M-, Mr. Capone… No, a man who says he’s Mr. Capone…”

“Huh?”

At that moment,

“Where?”

I figured out what’d happened.

He’d finally come. The real Capone.

‘Did the author decide?’

I ran straight in the direction the gangster had pointed to.

I forgot to even take the equipment Cormier had made.

But even though I remembered along the way, I didn’t turn back. Laying eyes on Capone was more urgent.

Finally,

I was able to meet a middle-aged man with a tall fedora hat. Behind him stood a dozen or so men who looked like subordinates.

“Who are you?”

“… That’s my line. Who are you?”

“This is crazy. What the hell happened while I was away? I’m Capone! Capone the Smuggler! Ruler of Gibrante! I told him to call the guy impersonating me… Oh, is that you?”

It was astounding. Extraordinarily so.

You’re Capone? Seriously?”

“What? Haha, this cheeky Squatjaw…”

I stared at the man.

He wasn’t the Capone I knew. There was no resemblance. In appearance, and in power level.

‘What happened? Is he just some impostor?’

But he sounded too arrogant for that.

Was he really Capone?

But that’d be crazy. Somebody like him could never take on the role of that Capone.

It was a bizarre situation.

That was then.

Tiling–.

Suddenly, a message arrived in the hologram window.

Leaving me astonished once I read it.

[You have received a mission proposal from the author]

  • Catch Capone!
    • Defeat the man in front of you and absorb his organization.

[A linked action that must be performed afterwards.]

[Please press to check the details.]

[Rewards]

  • If accepted, the current scene will be appended to the chapter.
  • Author’s favourability will increase by 100.
  • Character points will be paid 100,000p.
  • Additional 100,000p will be paid for each successful linked action.

※ As this is a proposal separate from the preceding plot, refusing it will not incur any penalty.

“Heeh…”

I checked the details of the linked actions.

A lot of words were written there, but to summarize –

  1. To declare a winner-takes-all battle with Ramirez’s Treasure at stake.
  2. To lure adventurer teams to the factory area.
  3. To have a fight against Kiriko from the Leo Adventurers.

“Hey…”

So this was what the author decided to do in the end?

How amazing.

He was making an appeal to solidarity.


Editor’s Notes:

None for this chapter.


Sword Pilgrim – Chapter 127

“Right.”

Philo Cut-Tail.

‘There was somebody like that.’

In the ancient times, there’d been many clans who used to worship the spear.

However, among them, only the empire of today and the dragonkin people still survived.

The dragonkin were indeed descendants of the dragons, but they were more commonly called lizardmen because of how thin their bloodline was.

They would one day be destroyed by the hands of the empire, which was carrying out a plan to annihilate all nonhuman races on the continent.

Even though they were fellow worshippers of the spear, even though the empire had used their power for its own gain in the past, in the end, their fate was to be abandoned and exterminated.

Because a strange doctrine had taken root in the empire that considered all nonhuman beings as worthless.

Humans and dragonkin had always had a fraught relationship, which didn’t help.

‘Come to think of it, now is about the time.’

The dragonkin people were to be annihilated.

The empire had spent a lot of ultimately fruitless effort on its attack on Carpe and had taken a lot of damage, so it was now planning to strengthen its internal stability by subjugating the troublesome people within its borders.

This didn’t deserve any particular attention, from Callius’ point of view.

“Even though he’s a bit useless, his spear is top notch. It’s a pity to just let him die. Besides… we’ve been together for a while.”

Aldo kept talking.

Please lend us your strength so we can save him.

That was the essence of what he wanted from Callius.

However –

“Why should I?”

There was no reason why Callius should help Philo Cut-Tail.

It was possible that Philo might grow into some kind of virtuous paragon if he were to be saved.

Although Callius had no idea about his temperament nor his skills, the possibility existed.

But what mattered in the end was –

‘He’s a spearman.’

A servant of Lactus.

Of course, that was just a superficial reason, and Callius couldn’t be sure on which side Philo might end up.

Since Philo was a character destined to die.

What was the potential of Philomatour’s life?

Callius didn’t know.

That was why he was hesitant to get involved.

Of course, he’d be able to make friends with these people if he helped, but he didn’t want to put himself at risk.

The opponent of the tribe of dragonkin was the empire.

There was a high probability that the imperial prince or the princess was in charge, and the latter was more likely.

‘There’s no benefit in getting involved with the princess.’

Because she had a disposition that was considered unnecessarily violent even within the warlike empire.

What if she caught sight of his black hair and gray eyes, and found out who he really was?

He didn’t want to walk down that thorny road.

“Of course, we won’t ask for your help without offering anything in return.”

Aldo looked at Serena, who nodded, pulled something out from her sleeve and placed it on the table.

A small casket.

What’s she doing?

Serena was furtively looking around.

But there was no sign of the people who’d been happily drinking at the bar, because they’d all run away in fear already.

The three of them were the only guests left in the tavern.

Noticing that fact, Serena lifted the lid of the box very slightly.

“… And this is?”

“A fae-stone[1].”

Callius froze as he was grabbing his winecup.

Fae-stone.

He hadn’t expected this.

‘How surprising. In many ways.’

There were fairies in this world.

Their powers were varied.

But they all had one thing in common. They were bound by contracts, and contracts defined their way of life.

A race of beings with a unique ability to become one with nature, who grew stronger by making and fulfilling promises with their contractors.

‘There’s one in Jervain.’

Nochtel, the butler serving the Jervain family, was a fine example.

Their lifespans were several times that of humans.

And their magical powers that governed the very forces of nature had few rivals.

So when Callius was in the North –

Even while provoking Nochtel, he’d taken care not to cross the line.

‘Contracting with a fairy is a matter of chance.’

They weren’t easy to meet, and signing a contract was even rarer.

But there was only one thing –

One thing, the legends went, that could change that chance to a certainty.

‘A fae-stone.’

As long as you had a fae-stone in your possession.

Even in the elven forest, where fairies were relatively more common, fae-stones weren’t a common sight.

If Helena had seen this stone, she might’ve agreed to exchange a portion of the ownership rights of her merchant group for it.

Because fairies were not only powerful, they were bound by contracts and willing to work as labour.

“You might not know how valuable this stone is.”

“No, how could I not know?”

However, there was one problem if the reward for the task was something like this.

Because it was too much.

If you compared the value of Philo with the stone, the latter could be called a hundredfold more valuable. Or even a thousandfold. Because anybody would happily agree to such a price.

So Callius asked bluntly.

“I can’t help but be suspicious. Is Philo really worth such a precious stone that can be exchanged for a fiefdom in the empire?”

Serena’s voice became a little cold in response.

“Do you only see value when you look at people?”

A trace of contempt now coloured her voice.

Was an elf raising the banner of justice and humanity?

Did the sun rise from the west today?

‘Is this her original personality?’

Elves were a strong race in this world.

They were superior to humans in their longevity and physical ability.

A race that had established its own territory by leveraging the range advantage provided by the bow.

So most elves were quite overbearing.

They had an insular disposition buttressed by a feeling of racial supremacy.

‘How can an elf be like this?’

It was a little absurd, but perhaps that was why she could one day be called a hero.

To be honest, Callius wasn’t overly familiar with these two.

Because he hadn’t been the one to create them.

So he couldn’t help but be a little curious.

‘Serena and Aldo aren’t perfected yet.’

They were still pilgrims.

Even if they would become heroes one day.

So –

His thoughts idly moved to an inevitable idea.

What if he killed them right now?

‘What kind of swords will be born?’

Callius was very curious.

“!”

It was the natural desire of any pilgrim, so he merely daydreamed for a moment, but the response was instant.

“What do you…!”

“Hey, that’s too much.”

Because of that unconscious flare of killing intent –

Serena jumped up, and Aldo’s wheedling voice became low and serious.

“…”

Serena’s hands had been hidden inside the robe, so they were hard to see; however now the shape of the bow they held was clearly visible. By her side, Aldo was looking at Callius with sunken eyes.

A standoff where one side might attack the other at any moment.

But as the silence continued to build, in the end, Callius was the one to deescalate.

“Please excuse me. But I couldn’t help but be suspicious since the reward is a fae-stone. I hope you can understand my position.”

Although he’d been openly rude, since he was now taking a step back on his own –

It’d only make him seem even more honest and trustworthy.

“This stone feels precious to the two us, but I want you to understand that it’s not that big a deal for Serena. And it also means that helping our colleague is that dangerous.”

Aldo began explaining in a slightly softened voice.

On the other hand, Serena remained as she was, her eyes still sharp under her hood.

“There’s news that the two princesses from the empire and the principality have come to subdue the dragonkin people.”

Two princesses.

Both of them belonged to the category Callius most wished to avoid, so he was already feeling reluctant.

But –

He quickly grabbed the box containing the stone.

“I see.”

To be honest, the fae-stone made any amount of hassle worth it.

“Serena, how do I use it?”

“You burn the stone inside the forest where a fairy may be hiding.”

Then, the curious fairy would be drawn to the aura of the fae-stone.

The bewitching energy[2] it exuded would bewitch them and lower their vigilance, and that was the moment you’d aim for to sign a contract.

‘So that’s it.’

It wasn’t much different from what he already knew.

But there was a missing part.

‘A fae-stone doesn’t guarantee that you’ll meet a fairy, and the same goes for making a contract.’

It was just a medium to summons fairies.

Contracts were another story.

Fairies were naturally fickle.

So one had to depend on luck.

However –

‘For others that may be the case, but I’m a different story.’

For a stone as precious as jade –

It was only about the size of a small gravel.

Callius thought –

‘It’s the perfect size to swallow.’

– That for him, this was a bargain.


Aldo and Serena.

Returning to their room, they quickly took off their hoods as soon as the door closed, revealing their faces.

The woman, Serena, had pale blonde hair tied in a ponytail and ears twice the length of a human.

Her eyes looked like jewels embossed in gold, so beautiful that they brought a sense of unreality.

However, Aldo’s gaze looking at such beauty was still sombre.

“Aldo! Do you really think we can believe that guy?”

As soon as she shook off her hood, Serena complained at Aldo.

Her gripe was naturally about Callius.

Aldo grinned at her sharp look and stroked his beard.

“In fact, I prefer those who look suspicious at first glance. He must’ve gone through all sorts of trouble since birth, no? That he’s survived to this day speaks for his skills.”

The man had openly demonstrated greed and killing intent.

Those had been real, not fake.

The fact that such a straightforward person had reached this point was proof that his skills were better than expected.

“I don’t think so.”

However, Serena denied it.

It seemed she didn’t like the man.

“What’s wrong?”

“I wonder if it’s really alright to give the stone to an untrustworthy guy.”

Fae-stone.

Even for elves, it was an uncommon treasure.

A stone that only formed occasionally by chance in rare places dense with the power of nature.

Serena thought it was fair to questions whether they should’ve handed it over to a stranger they’d met today for the first time.

What if he took it and ran?

“We have to show trust first. We’re asking him to get us involved in our own business.”

“But the fae-stone…”

“It’s not that valuable to you, right? Wouldn’t it be worthwhile if it could save a colleague’s life?”

The stone was indeed vanishingly rare.

However, that wasn’t wholly true for Serena.

She still had two more besides the one she’d given to Callius.

But even so, that didn’t make the stone itself any less valuable.

Rather, it would’ve been be better to sell it off and hire a good mercenary with the money.

Even the Mercenary King would come to help them for such an extravagant reward.

‘But there’s no time.’

They lacked time.

“… Right. But I still can’t trust him.”

“Time will remedy that. But I think he’s a pretty good guy.”

“How come?”

“Did you see what Callis did to that gatekeeper?”

“Well…”

Anyone with functioning eyes could’ve seen how the gatekeeper had put down two silvers on the table, back at the tavern.

He’d obviously cheated the mysterious pilgrim.

“The gatekeeper had deceived a pilgrim. There was enough justification to even kill him then and there. I wouldn’t have thought much of it if he lost a hand or his tongue. But what happened in the end?”

“Callis told him to clean up.”

For the criminal to get away with such a meagre punishment –

That was to say –

“Yeah. He isn’t a bad guy, I guess.”

Since he wasn’t a villain by nature, Serena agreed to stop worrying about him for now.

Besides, Aldo continued –

“While gathering information, I heard some crazy news about a new wanted order.”

“Wanted order? Issued by the empire?”

“That’s right. Some princess or other put out a warrant for a man. They say he’s a lecher who goes around harassing women. The victims so far already number in the hundreds, apparently.”

“What a rotten scoundrel!”

“It’s probably Callis.”

“What?!”

Then why on earth should they team up with somebody like that?

Serena remembered that his gaze had been a little weird.

Had that guy been picturing her like that throughout their meeting?

Serena couldn’t help but hug herself.

Goosebumps were rising all over her body.

“Aldo! Are you telling me right now you want me to use my beauty to seduce him? You think he’ll fall for me so hard he’ll never betray me? Is that what you want?!”

Serena, completely misreading the situation, couldn’t help but roar.

Aldo frowned at her nonsense.

“You’re really prone to misunderstandings. Honestly, what goes on inside your head?”

“You just told me he’s a perverted scoundrel! I’m the elf called the Incarnation of Beauty. There’s no way a scumbag like that will ignore me, right?”

“I told you that I heard all sorts of crazy things. Does it make sense that a pilgrim, neither from the empire nor the principality, harassed hundreds of women in a single week? And that’s not the point to focus on.”

“Then…?”

All he’d said so far was about how crazy the news was.

So what did he want to focus on?

Serena was trying hard to understand.

“After the wanted order was issued, a group of soldiers found and surrounded him, but they say he killed them all without lifting a finger. Do you know what’s the most interesting part?”

“What?”

“They say he controls a magic beast.”

“Magic beast?”

A demonic beast controller? This truly was important information.

“Yeah. He could be a servant of the whip.”

Of the Whip God, Auste!

“I heard the whip has already disappeared?”

“A God doesn’t disappear that easily.”

Indeed.

They still didn’t know which God Callis served.

Aldo had originally thought he served the sword, but perhaps not.

‘From his eyes when he let out that flash of killing intent, the sword is likely…’

Aldo shook his head, recalling the story about the pilgrims of Valtherus.

Among all pilgrims, the only madmen who fought and killed their own brothers in faith were the pilgrims of the sword.

“Anyway, he isn’t a citizen of the empire or the principality. Rather, he’s being chased by the locals. That makes him trustworthy.”

“But he’s a sex maniac.”

“You… Stop worrying about that. He didn’t even care about you, right?”

“You!”

That was then.

Suddenly, Serena’s long ears perked up and trembled.

“Is it an enemy?”

“No, it’s him. He’s left his room.”

“He’s probably going to try and use the stone. Are you going to follow him?”

“You might think so, but I don’t. What if he’s running away? I’ll follow him and make sure. You can just go to sleep, dwarf.”

“Heh, alright.”

It was up to her to decide whether to trust the stranger or not.

Aldo’s words did have their own basis, but that alone wasn’t enough to convince her.

Step, hop.

Serena climbed out of the window and jumped in a graceful motion, her feet silent as they touched the ground.

With her hood up and her ears perked up for listening, she began to run as soon as she saw her target.

Clad in a white robe –

It was Callis.

Rustle.

As Callis left the town and entered the surrounding forest, Serena carefully trailed after him.

And after a while –

“…!”

Serena’s golden eyes widened in shock, and her mouth gaped.


Editor’s Notes:

[1] 요석 (妖石), monster/demon stone. Translating as fae-stone since demons are already a different faction in this story.

[2] 요기 (妖氣) (yao qi), monster energy. Translating as bewitching energy or natural energy, taking some artistic license.


Sword Pilgrim – Chapter 126

A few minutes ago.

Gabor.

A small rural town whose like could be found everywhere on the outskirts of the civilization.

The residents made a living by logging, farming, and hunting.

Just like any other ordinary town.

But its location at the border between the empire and the principality, and the fact that there were huge forests and swamps nearby –

– Meant this was a gathering place for many mercenaries and vagrants.

After entering Gabor, Callius quickly went to a tavern and ordered food to satisfy his hunger.

Although the menu only comprised on salads and stews.

He wanted a lamb steak, but that kind of food couldn’t be found anywhere in this small town.

Although the townspeople did raise a few sheep here and there, all you could buy was venison.

Callius was in no position to be picky, so he just made his order and sat waiting quietly.

“Hey there, Bro.”

As always, annoyances who didn’t even know their place came to bother him.

To be honest, he was a little nervous in case somebody recognized him as that Devil of Lust or something, but it was a bother either way.

“Ordering venison steak? You must be loaded.”

“Are you a pilgrim, Bro? Looks at this fancy white robe. Are you showing off your money?”

“How about making a donation? Kahaha!”

Three baldies. Two shaggy-looking. Five in total.

And those who were just watching from the sidelines…

‘About fourteen or so.’

Callius pondered.

Apparently he had no choice but to finish his meal while enduring the smell of blood.

“Hey, are you ignoring me?”

A vagrant was approaching with a spear in hand.

“Haah.”

Callius wrestled away the spear and threw it away.

Crunch!

It pierced through the vagrant’s heart without even giving him a chance to scream, then broke through the tavern wall and disappeared in the distance. One baldie down.

Thud.

There was silence in the tavern as the corpse dropped to the floor.

But that only lasted a moment.

“This bastard!”

They came all at once.

He couldn’t use a sword in this place and risk discovery.

So Callius took out the mace he’d taken off a soldier from subspace.

Or rather, a morning star.

A blunt-headed weapon with pointed thorns.

He swung it in an elegant arc.

Crunch! Crack! Puff! Thud!

Blood and brains scattered everywhere.

The heads of the rest of the five who’d jumped in – two baldies and two shaggy-looking men – burst like ripe melons in an instant.

It was an attack that went beyond cruelty.

The vagrants who were about to stand up and rush in stiffened like stone.

But Callius had no intention of letting them go. The ones who’d shown even a speck of killing intent were struck like a thunderbolt and blown away.

The essence of fighting a crowd is momentum.

You have to take the lead and make a few examples to cow everybody else.

So, after a while –

“Here’s your food.”

“…”

The tavern owner put the food down without even blinking an eye at the grisly sight of the corpses.

The man didn’t seem even remotely bothered, so he probably had some skills of his own.

Callius put down the morning star and took out a knife and a fork.

He started with the soup and salads.

Then he finished the stew. Finally, he began to elegantly slice up the venison steak and eat it in neat bites.

It smelled a little fishy, but it could still be eaten.

‘I’d say about three out of ten.’

It reminded him of the roasted earth dragon he’d eaten in the North. The dish had been good enough to achieve a score which should’ve been unthinkable for someone of Callius’ picky palate.

It’d scored a jaw-dropping eight out of ten.

In comparison, the venison steak at this Jaw Dropping Tavern –

Usually Callius wouldn’t have eaten it even if he were paid to, but he was helpless right now.

The food he’d kept in subspace had to be conserved for unexpected situations.

“The stew is a little better, I suppose.”

About four points, if he had to grade it.

Rattle.

As he was tasting the food, the gatekeeper he’d met earlier appeared, putting down some money on the table, and tried to leave.

Callius tilted his head, but soon understood.

‘Guy’s got a conscience.’

He’d probably ripped Callius off at the city gates.

Now the man was terrified after seeing what’d happened to the gangsters who’d tried to hassle him. Callius didn’t much care, but he didn’t like the thought of simply letting him go back.

“Hey.”

“Yes?”

“Here, clean this place up.”

“Ah… me?”

“…”

“I, I’ll clean it up! Happy to clean it up. Haha!”

The gatekeeper began to clean up the room in a hurry, but Callius’ attention was caught by two newcomers, both clad in robes, approaching him from the front.

‘I smell iron.’

And the smell of flowers and grass.

Perhaps because his sense of smell had become very sensitive to flesh and blood, he could smell the former more clearly.

Genos from the Gradas family would’ve been able to make a more accurate judgment here, but Callius was a Jervain and didn’t have the Gradas’ nose.

So he couldn’t be completely certain.

They were the ones approaching him, so he decided to sit back and watch the situation unfold.

“May we sit?”

“As you like.”

Thud.

The short man sat down roughly enough to make the chair creak, and the one standing next to him took a seat much more carefully.

Callius’ doubts were solidifying into certainty.

“Boss! A beer, here! What about you two?”

“Some wine might be nice.”

“Flower wine[1] for me.”

“Some wine and flower wine too, Boss! And some food!”

Their food and drinks quickly arrived at the table.

The short-statured man with a hoarse voice quickly dug in with his big, broad hands.

The other ate the salad and stew, and drank the flower wine straight from the bottle with her slender hands.

Callius took the Holy Grail of the Defeated God from his bosom and used it as a cup for his own drink.

After they were satiated, they put down their food and drinks and started talking.

“Thank you for the delicious meal! You have our gratitude. I’m called Aldo. This is Serena.”

“I am Serena. Hello.”

“… Call me Callis.”

‘So the food and drinks were on me?’ Callius thought, feeling quite upset.

He couldn’t help but wonder if these two were beggars too, but he still had to hear their story first.

After a small silence, Aldo looked at Callius with an interested gaze and spoke.

“You aren’t from the principality, right?”

It was a sudden, sharp question.

Callius was surprised for a moment, but didn’t outwardly react.

“How ridiculous. You’re telling a pilgrim from the principality that he isn’t from there? Is this rudeness how you repay my favour to you?”

But although Callius tried to play it off by pretending to be angry, Aldo’s mouth hidden under his bushy beard curved up in a grin.

“There’s no need to act like that. I have a lot of experience dealing with people from the principality. Your mace doesn’t contain the viciousness that’s typical of them. Callis, if you were really a pilgrim from the principality, the people who attacked you wouldn’t have gotten away with just some broken ribs. Their whole bodies would’ve been crushed to paste.”

Serena also nodded in agreement while she was gulping down wine from the bottle.

“Because that’s just how the principality is.”

“…”

Callius didn’t have any retorts.

He’d truly overlooked this fact.

Or rather, his experience with the people of the mace had been lacking.

While Callius was silent, Aldo stroked his beard that was hanging down outside his hood in a confident manner.

“Well then, now the question is, why are you carrying a mace and pretending to be from the principality? Because you’re from the empire? No way. Why would an imperial go to all that trouble? Simply put, you’re neither from empire nor the principality.”

“Hmm. Then what’s your answer?”

“Your skills have surpassed a certain level. Be it power or speed. Both are top class and have a sense of elegance.”

The answer was already quite satisfactory.

‘I do like those words: class and elegance.’

Aldo didn’t mention anything about dignity, but Callius took him to mean that his attacks looked dignified.

“How you held the knife in your hand and the way you sliced the meat were also unusual. You must be a pilgrim of the sword.”

That was a pretty incisive deduction.

Callius was inwardly startled.

Because he hadn’t expected this guy to have such insight.

Aldo had merely observed some small clues and from there reached the correct answer.

Wasn’t this fun?

But Callius wasn’t going to just honestly admit it.

Because there were gaps in the reasoning.

“Well, who knows. Maybe I serve the axe or the scythe? Or even somebody else?”

“Haha, on the contrary, that might be even better for us. Apart from the spear and the mace, we’ll welcome anybody else.”

‘Tch.’

It was his loss.

Aldo chuckled, while Serena called for another bottle of wine in a low voice.

His origin had been revealed, but Callius didn’t feel broken up about it.

“Would you like to work with us?”

“Meaning?”

“As you can see, we’re pilgrims too. Just like you. Since you’re passing through here, you must be heading to the Holy Land, right?”

“Yeah.”

“Having the company of an expert like you must be a blessing from God. Why not travel together? We’re all in the same boat anyway, and I think you’ve also figured out our identities by now.”

That was true.

Aldo used a hammer, and Serena a bow.

Although it was a rare combination, having these two work together.

One was a dwarf, and the other an elf.

Except for the spear and mace served by the empire and the principality, an alliance of two nations which currently had the greatest influence on the continent, there was no great hostility between the pilgrims of the other powers.

Even now, it was a common sight on the continent for pilgrims of different armaments to accompany each other for a while on the path of pilgrimage.

But –

‘Do I need to do that?’

Why had he left behind all his knights and followers back in Carpe in the first place?

Because Callius was now on a pilgrimage alone to carry out his own faith and his own justice.

If that sounded a bit pretentious, let’s say he felt more comfortable travelling alone because he was thinking of touring the whole continent.

His maniac trait had also disappeared, so there was no issue travelling alone.

“If you’re asking me just because you want company along the way to the Holy Land, I must refuse.”

“Hmm… The reason being?”

“Because a bigger party brings more harm than good.”

Of course, that was a superficial reason.

Callius actually knew them.

So he wanted to draw out the core truth behind why they were trying to rope him into joining them.

‘If I remember correctly, they’ll one day be called the Heroes of the Continent.’

Of course, that was six more years from now.

To be honest, there was nothing wrong with making friends with them.

They might be mere pilgrims now, but their potential was that high.

So he was curious.

Why would these two, both top-class among pilgrims in power, ask him to accompany them?

Why did they need more power?

Since many routes had already changed compared to the game, he’d better watch his step[2].

“Hmm…”

Aldo gulped and looked at Serena, but she only kept silently drinking her flower wine.

He looked perplexed, as if he hadn’t thought that Callius would refuse so firmly.

While Callius was pondering over a way to pry open their mouths, Aldo once again started talking.

“Actually, we have another colleague.”

“Oh? And?”

“He’s why we want your help. He’s in trouble.”

At Aldo’s words, Callius’ face darkened.


A deep and dark forest.

Those gathered there pitifully looked at the sky, relying only on the moonlight.

Their bodies were covered with scales, and horns sprouted from their heads.

Their eyes were like those of a reptile, and each held a spear in their hand.

“We are descendants of the dragons.

“But we are lost.

“Our believers, our holy books. Even the lands of our forefathers!”

Boom! Boom! Boom!

The audience thumped the ground with the shafts their spears as if in sympathy.

“How long must we hide under the moonlight?

“How long must our spears only aim at the distant heavens and the earth beneath our feet!

“We…!”

Why!

“Why can’t we stand proud!!”

Boom! Boom! Boom!

“We have the right to take back what was stolen from us!”

“Why should the descendants of dragons have to live in such a shabby place!”

“Let’s just take up our spears and attack!”

“The decision will be made in a week!”

“Brothers, let’s take back what was stolen from us!”

Boom! Boom! Boom!

“Let’s get our lives back!!”

Boom! Boom! Boom!

“Let’s show the power of the dragonkin to the unscrupulous empire!!”

Boom! Boom! Boom!

In the midst of a tribe of dragonkin who were desperate to throw away their lives, one looked at the goings-on with pitiful eyes.

He was a companion of Aldo and Serena, and a pilgrim of Lactus who’d been appointed as the new chieftain of the dragonkin tribe.

A tribe of fugitives, despite the fact that they were born with the power of the strongest of creatures, the dragons.

‘The old codgers are making a fuss because they all want to die. I want to live… But how do I escape?’

His name was Philomatour.

Also called, Philo ‘Cut Tail[3]’.


Editor’s Notes:

[1] 화주 (hwaju), flower wine. Rice wine infused with hydrangea and chrysanthemum flowers.

[2] 돌다리도 두들기고 건너는 (lit. knock on the stone bridge before crossing). To watch your step.

[3] 꼬리 자르기 (lit. cutting the tail). Very similar to the English phrase ‘cut your tail and run’ i.e. remove yourself from a messy situation and escape.


Sword Pilgrim – Chapter 125

“What? Why?”

A sharp voice –

– Angry, yet with a trace of immaturity of someone who’d just barely become an adult, pressed down upon the knight who stood with his head bowed.

“That’s… That scoundrel was stronger than expected. I hear he’s a servant of the demons…”

“What nonsense is that?”

“Khm.”

The knight didn’t dare tell his mistress about the even more outrageous rumour circulating among the soldiers about the Devil of Lust.

How could he utter such garbage that even he himself dismissed as nonsense?

It was embarrassing to even speak of it.

But –

“That he uses demonic powers doesn’t seem like a lie.”

“Are you sure?”

“Yes. The bodies of the soldiers confirmed it.”

Whatever the scoundrel had done, the corpses had all burned up, but the marks of a beast’s teeth were still clear upon the remnant bones.

There were no other obvious wounds, so he was sure.

“I don’t care.”

“But…”

“Make sure you catch him. I’ve never seen such a beautiful man in my entire life!”

Memories of that time surged up in the woman’s heart.

When she’d been kidnapped.

The man who got off his white horse and saved her, defeating her assailants in an eyeblink.

The jet-black hair and sharp nose she’d glimpsed when the hood of his robe had fluttered aside for an instant. That chiseled jawline, and those deep eyes –

She would never forget the sight. She couldn’t.

“Miss…”

The woman had a rapturous expression on her face.

The knight who saw it suddenly had a thought that had nothing to do with his duty.

‘Falling in love can turn people so beautiful!’

The knight was awestruck.

She’d always been apathetic about love and romance, and her interests laid in a different direction.

But clearly, she’d finally grown up and realized what love was!

Even if she was playing with fire.

“You must love him a…”

“What a beautiful mace he’d make!”

“Eh? Ah…”

The knight scratched his head and came back to reality.

His mistress was that princess of the principality, after all.

Not for nothing was she called Rebecca the Vile.

“Find him quickly. Don’t waste time. I can’t stay here in the empire for too long.”

“Yes, that’s true.”

They didn’t come to the empire to play around.

“And…”

“Yes?”

“If the imperial princess finds out, she’ll take him away. She always used to snatch away whatever I took a fancy to.”

“Please be careful with your words…”

“Alright, so hurry it up, Bethan. Remember, you better bring him back.”

Bethan, who’d been feeling anxious about somebody listening in, let out a deep sigh.

“I can’t leave your side, Princess. I’m you guardian knight…”

“I can protect myself perfectly well.”

Bethan was dumbstruck at that brazen declaration.

“It hasn’t been long since you almost got kidnapped!”

“That was because I was drunk.”

“Khm.”

“Now go! Quickly!!”

“… Alright.”

Bethan vacated the tent, clearly unwilling.

Shortly after he disappeared –

“…”

Rebecca straightened up and covered her face with a half-mask.

She was now a princess of the principality, sporting a gentle smile.

Gone were the vulgar expression and impatient tone from earlier.

Because this was the role that fit her new situation.

“Princess Rebecca. Long time no see.”

“Honoured to meet you again, Grand Princess[1] Lavian ov Lactus.”

The imperial princess –

Lavian.

Clad in crimson armour, she looked more of a knight than a princess.

A woman with bright blonde hair tied in twin braids, and eyes with a tint of sternness in them.

But her identity was that of a princess, nonetheless.

A grand princess of the Great Holy Empire.

“It’s been a while, Princess Rebecca.”

The empire and the principality –

Although they were allies, there was a clear difference in power between them, so they were not equals.

And the same went for the identities of the women here.

The princess’ heart swelled at the friendly tone of the grand princess, but she didn’t express it outwardly and merely responded with a calm smile.

“It’s been a long time indeed.”

“Are you well? How many years has it been?”

“Exactly four years.”

“Yes, that sounds right. Have you drunk a lot of milk in these four years? Those seem to have grown even bigger.”

“It’s hereditary.”

“…”

Grin.

Princess Rebecca smiled.

The grand princess always wore armour whenever she came to visit.

The reason was nothing else, but the rather unfortunate difference in the shapes of their bodies.

‘Thanks to you two, I’m being hated.’

The grand princess narrowed her eyes and observed the princess’ twin peaks.

“They look heavy. You must find it difficult to move.”

“Thank you for your concern, Grand Princess. But it doesn’t matter as long as I wear armour. They fit snugly.”

“… Is that so? Still, it must be annoying when you aren’t in armor. How about snipping them off? Want me to help?”

“I’ll be alright, thank you. By the way, may I ask why you called me?”

Since the princess refused to give up, even the imperial princess couldn’t help but come to the point.

Princess Lavian, her face now serious, glanced at her accompanying knight.

The imperial knight took out a map and laid it out quietly on the table.

“I heard that lizards are mixed in among the beasts that flock to the southern part of the empire.”

Lizards?

The princess’ eyes narrowed.

“They’re rebels who must be annihilated. Is that why you called me?”

“They haven’t retained a tenth or even a hundredth of their power compared to back during the Old Evening, but they still worship the same spear that the empire does, so we can’t underestimate them. That’s why I called you.”

In the history of the empire, the lizardmen had been a recurring problem.

Because they were also fellow worshippers of Lactus, even though the empire pursued a policy of exterminating all nonhuman races.

After much deliberation, the empire had finally chosen to destroy the lizardmen, but some remnants still survived to this day.

And they still dreamt of revenge.

The grand princess’ task was to annihilate them.

It was a reasonable course of action on the empire’s part.

The reason she’d called the princess here, was because the location was on the empire’s border with the principality.

‘There was no need for her to come personally. Is it because she’s wary of the saintess?’

Or perhaps the prince?

It might well be.

Lavian was a woman with her own ambitions.

“Hmm… I see. Certainly, the lizardmen might be hiding around here.”

The southernmost part of the empire.

And the northernmost part of the principality.

The border region where these two met was a great forest filled with wetlands which were the lizardmen’s favourite.

There were plenty of places for them to hide.

Even if the approximate location was known, they wouldn’t be easy to find with mere manpower. It was only natural to ask the principality for help.

‘The empire has been conserving power since that recent debacle…’

For Princess Rebecca, there was no reason or justification to refuse.

Not only was it her duty to obey, she was also quickly calculating the gains she could make after the lizardmen were subdued.

“The sad part is that it might take a long time to find them.”

“That’s right. They like darkness and humidity, so they’re probably hiding somewhere deep in the forest.”

“There’s really no need for someone of your noble station to spend time tracking them down.”

“Yes, didn’t you have a knight, Princess? Bethan, was it? You said his mace is good at tracking, so I want to borrow him for this.”

“…”

Troubling.

Rebecca was going ‘oops!’ inside her head.

She’d sent out Bethan on a chase just a while ago.

She’d never dreamed that the grand princess would come for him.

One was an imperial princess, the other a mere knight!

“You don’t look too good. Did you send him on a mission? Or maybe to spy on the empire?”

From Grand Princess Lavian’s twitching lips, she seemed to know something.

However, Princess Rebecca didn’t panic and curved the her lips slightly at the corners instead.

“I met a man.”

Let’s just make up some lies, she thought. The grand princess must’ve heard the story already.

But she couldn’t have known the full details.

Then it was better for Rebecca to take the initiative and explain.

“A man?”

Why did a man suddenly come up? Despite seeing Grand Princess Lavian tilt her head, Rebecca continued to speak slowly.

“He was so handsome it was as if he’d been sculpted by God.”

“… Huh?”

The answer didn’t satisfy Lavian.

She frowned a little at the unexpected answer, then nodded.

“A man… So the princess of the principality is interested in the man of the empire.”

The moment when her pride was uselessly swelling up –

More words followed.

“I’ve never been interested in any men’s courtship before. But he, was different.”

“Ohh… That bad, huh?”

The two princesses had known each other since childhood.

Because Princess Rebecca had undergone her formative years in the empire as a hostage, and they’d been fellow students.

At the Imperial Academy.

So Grand Princess Lavian was a little surprised.

Because Princess Rebecca has never had any romantic scandals with men.

Lavian had even somewhat suspected whether Rebecca’s sexual orientation was normal or not.

‘I’ve always tried to keep a distance because I thought she might like me that way, but I guess not.’

The grand princess was relieved to the bottom of her heart.

“But, they say he has a magic beast helper. What a fun riddle.”

“A magical beast?”

The corners of Lavian’s lips curved up.

“Yes. Is there something you’d like to point out?”

“I read it in an old work of imperial literature. It said that the followers of the God Auste can easily tame animals and stuff. By using a whip. What was your impression of the man?”

“He was like a pilgrim.”

A pilgrim of Auste?

What an interesting turn of events.

Grand Princess Lavian had already known that Princess Rebecca was searching for someone.

There was no way she could’ve missed the news of a wanted order being issued within the empire. So she came here to gossip and make fun, but ended up hearing an unexpected story.

“Since he appeared here in the south… Maybe he has something to do with the lizards.”

“…”

“Where is he?”

“… Probably in Gabor by now.”

“Alright, then.”

The imperial town, Gabor.

It was relatively close to the Great Glory Marsh, and a place with some pretty dangerous folks.

‘This could be fun.’

Next to the satisfied grand princess, Princess Rebecca secretly smiled.

The grand princess didn’t think of the man as anything more than a connection with the lizards.

Therefore, she might be able to borrow some of the empire’s strength and capture him without any loss on her part.

‘It might be easier than I thought.’

The princess fiddled with her mask, hiding the raised corners of her lips.


Whiiiiiiiish.

The mountain breeze passed through the plains and forests, calling for the night.

As the night called to the moon, men lit their fires; and the moon and the fire chased away the darkness.

Clop.

Under the red glare of the torch, the horse still shone white, but the pale moonlight made it hard to make out the rider’s face in any detail.

But from what could be seen –

“Are you a pilgrim?”

“That’s right.”

The rider wore a pure white robe.

The eyes of the man hidden inside the hood reflected the torchlight.

Waltz, the gatekeeper of Gabor.

He’d seen many men crossing the gates of the barren land of Gabor.

He was adept at recognizing what type of people they were from their eyes, but looking at this man’s eyes glinting under the torch’s red glare –

‘I mustn’t touch him.’

But this was Gabor.

A place where even the imperial army’s influence couldn’t easily reach.

The process of verification had to be thorough.

“Of? Lactus? Or Radon?”

Lactus, the God of the Spear.

Radon, the God of the Mace.

No matter how he looked, the rider didn’t wear any armaments, so he could only ask.

The pilgrim was silent for a moment, and then pulled out something from the back of the horse.

“Radon.”

A bloodstained mace.

Looking at the sharp pointed thorns adorning it, the pilgrim wasn’t somebody to mess with.

“The toll is three silvers.”

It should’ve been one silver, but everybody had to eat.

Waltz the gatekeeper received the money from the pilgrim and smiled contentedly.

“There, the ‘Jaw-Dropping Pub’, you see it? You can go there. They’ll at least have a place to sleep.”

Waltz’s eyes shined as the pilgrim nodded while passing by. From his clothing and bearing, this was a rich whale.

‘I could make some real money.’

Waltz had a fleeting thought of chasing after the pilgrim and ripping him off a little more, but he quickly gave up.

A bit of greed could cost you your head, these days.

“Let’s be satisfied with this.”

If you betray a son of God, won’t you get your comeuppance later?

‘Although he’s going to get robbed even if I leave him alone.’

The vagrants of Gabor won’t leave such a rich-looking pilgrim be.

“They call me Waltz, I’m smart as a whip~ They fight for the soup, but I just take a sip~”

A loud noise rang from afar as he was singing and guarding the gates.

Craaaaaash!

“There’s no getting off this ride~ A pilgrim came in~ Next they’ll rob him blind~ A new beggar’s life begins~”

Tsk.

But Waltz wasn’t too interested in what was happening.

The whole world was like this.

“Maybe I should’ve pushed for five silvers. Tch.”

Whiiiiish!

Thunk!

“What the hell!”

A shape suddenly came flying in a parabolic arc, and deeply pierced the walls right next to him.

It was the broken tip of a spear.

“Whoo…”

Apparently, this newcomer wasn’t an ordinary mark.

The gatekeeper locked the town’s gates tightly and headed towards the tavern.

Hiding himself, he watched from a distance.

The tavern had already been cleared out.

Through the broken boards and windows, he could see the pilgrim in pure white robes sitting peacefully.

Dozens of people lay fallen around him.

The floor was littered with smashed earthenware, but the person responsible was gracefully eating meat from a still intact plate with a fork and knife.

The scene was filled with some kind of grotesque madness.

“Ugh…”

The trembling gatekeeper forced a smile on his face. Quietly, he approached and set two silvers down on the table.

A question mark was about to appear above the pilgrim’s head as he saw the gatekeeper try to leave, but he soon had to redirect his attention to something else.

Because two people wearing robes were now front of him.

One was exceptionally short.

One had a fairly slender figure.

‘I smell iron.’

The small one smelled of iron.

The thin one smelled of earth and grass.

Callius looked at them, puzzled, but soon his lips twitched into a minute smile.

Because he thought he might know who these two were.


Editor’s Notes:

[1] The two titles being used are 공녀 for Rebecca and 황녀 for Lavian. The former is actually the term for a duke’s daughter or similarly positioned noblewoman (in English she’d just be a lady), whereas the latter is a real princess i.e. born royalty. Compensating by calling Rebecca a princess and Lavian a grand princess. That doesn’t follow actual European customs, but this is a fantasy and nobody probably cares. Same goes for Grand Prince Chloe of Carpe, he’s just a prince but this keeps the symmetry in titles.


Surviving a Shounen Manga – Episode 98

Mr. Capone, I Presume?

“And the next one is… haah.”

The man let out a long sigh as he looked at the variegated heaps of ore piled high on the long table.

Each stack of ore, arranged by color, was emitting a brilliant light.

White, black, blue, red, green, purple, yellow.

Each time he looked at the stacks standing high like mountains, his temper frayed a little more.

How long would it take to finish going through them all?

At first glance, it looked like everything was already sorted, but the reality was the opposite. They were all lumped together haphazardly.

The reason why there seemed to be stacks of the same hue was because the metals were in a state of ‘shape mimicry’. They weren’t actively disguised, the chunks of ore merely changed colour depending on what was next to them.

Luckily, this was still not the worst situation.

Because the worst would be if the ores transformed into whatever metal was next to them by ‘spontaneous transmutation’.

But perhaps that had happened already. The metals had apparently been sent over without spending even a smidgen of effort into identifying them first.

The man yelled at the personnel around him.

“People! Divide them into single pieces!”

“Is there enough space for that?”

“Make space then! Do I have to explain every single thing!?”

The man shouted, struggling to contain his irritation.

Unlike weapons and other gear, these naturally occurring metals, which could be considered raw materials, were difficult to properly identify unless one was an expert.

Moreover, all the goods coming from Northland these days were made of new metals, with mutated attributes… Without proper experts, classifying them was a nightmare.

Was there even anybody who could be called an expert on this topic?

The man asked one of the personnel who’d approached him.

“Where are these from?”

“They’re a mix of goods from ten different districts… We’ll have to check one by one and compare them.”

“Hm. What about the goods manifest?”

“Yes, here…”

The man took the paper and immediately began massaging his forehead.

“Haah…”

Labrium x 97

Sordium x 82

Plutonium x 77

Martium x 69

As expected, it was all these damned metals.

The reason why the self-professed non-expert immediately became annoyed by just looking at the list of names was simple. Because he’d never even heard of any of them.

In other words, they were all ‘new metals’.

“What insanity is this? Who’d want to buy these? Is there even a single person in Westland who can make proper use of these?”

‘Special ability design’, the art of infusing specific ‘functions’ or ‘abilities’ into metals, manastones, and artifacts that could accept such ‘power’, was the domain of the rare breed of people called ‘designers’. There weren’t many of them in the world.

Even among the designers, about seventy percent could only handle the basic materials, meaning the metal ‘cetium’ and the ‘ash stone’ type of manastone.

Of course, only being able to handle a lot of different materials didn’t make one a good designer. There were many other metrics, such as how diverse infusions they could achieve, how long the infusion would last, and how strong the resulting ability would be.

But either way, it was a fact that you couldn’t deal with new metals unless you were a good designer, and it was also a fact that most of those great designers were in Northland.

This was just basic common knowledge.

Then why exactly was this list full of nothing but new metals?

This was pure lunacy. Just buying whatever was new.

‘Where’s the sense in this?’

If somebody tried their hand at multi-ability design using poorly understood raw materials, there was a chance that the material properties might transfer to the designer’s own body. Literally a part of their body would transmute into metal. Losing their designing ability was also a common result.

Facing such high risk, which designer would willingly buy unknown new materials to experiment?

Those who’d smuggled these in had to be completely brain-dead.

And more importantly,

“Damn it, why me…”

The man wondered why he had to be the one to perform the inspection process.

Shouldn’t he just be in charge of managing and protecting the contractors?

At some point, people began to pay protection expenses with contraband instead of cash, and business partners started asking the organization to arbitrate disputes. So the organization had expanded into item identification and verification as well; and now if more than a certain percentage of incoming products were defective, the organization would handle registering a complaint to the supplier.

Even though it was all by Capone’s orders, the chief smuggler couldn’t head or tail of it.

Wouldn’t it be better to completely take over the smuggling route, end to end?

Wouldn’t it be much more profitable to take a flat commission on sales instead of these protection and brokerage fees?

“Haah…”

The man shook his head. Because he remembered Capone’s command.

– Never steal somebody else’s food.

Mr. Capone’s down-to-earth food metaphor didn’t leave any wiggle room for clever rules lawyering.

The chief smuggler struggled to shake off his frustration and took out a pair of white gloves from his sleeves. It was an item with ‘nullification’ ability that blocked ‘property interference’ of metals.

Without it, who knew what kind of side effect would occur if he carelessly touched these new metals.

“Hey, you guys! What’re you doing! Put on your gloves first!”

“Aah! Yeah! Sorry, sir.”

“Huff…”

The man was about to start sorting through the stacks after his throbbing head had cooled down a little.

“T-, trouble!”

But suddenly a shout came from above.

When he glanced back, he saw a guy running down the stairs in a hurry.

“I-, intruder…!”

“What?”

At that moment,

“U-, ugh!”

Bang-thud-crash–.

The guy rolled down the stairs.

And,

“You there?”

A large figure slowly walked down the stairs.

This was his first time seeing the newcomer.

That size… and that jutting chiseled jaw would’ve surely left an impression on him, but the chief smuggler couldn’t remember ever seeing it.

In addition,

‘Is that a detachable machine gun?’

There was a mechanism on the newcomer’s arm. There was no way he’d forget somebody who used such an old-fashioned piece of equipment. In this day and age, using a relic like that…

“Huh?”

Wait.

He tilted his head.

‘Isn’t it a bit different?’

He’d thought the metal covering the newcomer’s arm was plain steel, but from the traces of light running through it, it seemed a little different. It felt a lot rougher, to be entirely honest…

‘Ah, maybe?’

The man shook his head.

Oddly enough, the material resembled one of the new metals he’d just been trying to identify.

But… that didn’t make any sense.

That was then.

“I heard one of the three smuggling chiefs is here? Who is it?”

The man burst out laughing at that sudden remark.

The fearless intruder was apparently looking for him.

“Here I am.”

Then,

“Huh? Really?”

The squat-jawed guy asked in a questioning tone.

How outrageous.

Was this bravado?

“Your eyes must not work right.”

“If you’re the chief, why’re you doing manual labour? Isn’t the chief supposed to control he subordinates without getting his own hands dirty? Rather, a lot of these kids are taking it easy, aren’t they?”

“…”

The man again felt the headache that he had temporarily forgotten.

Reminding him of that niggling pain… This bastard…

Why should the subordinates relax while the chief executive had to work? At the very least, shouldn’t it be more efficient to educate the subordinates first and then supervise them?

Capone had answered his question with a single sentence.

– Just do it.

The man woke up from brief recollection and focused back on the suspicious squat-jawed newcomer.

“By the way, who exactly are you? Since you’re looking for the smuggling chief, you should already know this is Mr. Capone’s territory… Are you from Northland?”

Sometimes there were people like this.

They’d come directly to the management organization to make a deal rather than the actual vendors.

Clever types who thought it’d secure them a better position in future transactions.

Mr. Capone’s gentle touch sometimes caused problems like this, making these scavengers flock here thinking them easy prey.

“You don’t have to worry about that… Do you know where I can find Smuggler Capone?”

“Huh? Hmph…”

The newcomer was rasher than he’d thought. Extraordinarily so.

He’d come to meet Capone directly.

“I don’t know what your purpose is, but you know how crazy it sounds, right? As long as you come down here right now, hand over that mechanical arm and surrender, I can spare your life.”

“Hey, you’ve got eyes, huh? What do you think, is this gun good or what?”

“I didn’t say it’s good. I just think I need to take a closer look at it. Anyway, don’t even think about running away. There are dozens of cameras at the entrance. They’ve already taken your picture.”

“Oh, you mean up there? But that place isn’t there anymore, you know?”

“What?”

“Anyway, how should I say this? Hmmm…”

Squatjaw seemed lost in thought for a moment, and then –

“You guys are mafiosi too, so you’ve all already got a tattoo or three, right?”

He asked some fool question.

“What?”

“I’m going to engrave something on your bodies, but if this is your first time… it’ll hurt a bit.”

He was an absurd character.

“What the hell are you trying to say?”

Just then, the guy pulled out a brush from his waist.

Its material was clearly caught in the chief smuggler’s eyes. It was a plain steel brush.

“I try not to use this much, you know? Because it’s a villain’s ability. The more you use it, the more detestable it looks.”

“… You’re plain crazy, I see.”

Wasn’t that a natural conclusion?

Why would a guy with a laser cannon for an arm wield a steel brush?

The man didn’t feel the need to continue the conversation with Squatjaw any longer.

He usually didn’t make a habit of beating down the visitors from Northland, but he thought he should make an exception this time.

So,

“What’re you all standing around for? Catch him! And be careful you don’t mess up the table, got it?!”

While he was giving orders to his subordinates –

Swoosh–.

Suddenly, Squatjaw jumped off the stairs and appeared in front of him.

The man’s blood ran cold.

It was fast. So fast that he didn’t even see the guy move.

How unexpected.

“You first. So, what tattoo would you like? Chief?”

“… Wh-, what?”

Looking down at him, Squatjaw grinned.


The reason for attacking the chief smuggler was, of course, to bring out Capone.

The smuggler called Jean had told me that Capone was known to stay in Gibrante, but he never showed his face in public. So hardly anyone knew him by sight.

So, in order to meet him, I had to break through his entourage first.

There were three reasons why I thought I had to deal with this guy first before the full-scale ‘war’ began.

First, creating weapons and equipment needed materials.

I’d been mistaken to think getting Cormier’s help would solve everything.

The weapon he’d offered me on the second night was no different from a regular mechanical pistol. When I’d asked why that was –

“Didn’t you ask me to make combat gear?”

“You call this combat gear?”

“Isn’t it?”

What a shameless thing to say, right?

Cormier had said that in order to produce a weapon of the ‘required level’, he needed suitable materials, and he entrusted me with the procurement of them all.

All he had on hand was useless scrap metal stored in the warehouse, nothing else.

Also, the production deadline was already tight, how could he waste his time scrounging for materials?

Well… that was true enough.

So, I had to rob someplace… but obviously not the small business owners nearby.

So, I’d immediately targeted these guys.

I was going to rob this whole operation.

Second, balancing the number of participants in this war.

It was a simple calculation.

Firstly, there were two more leads compared to the original.

Me and Gronyan.

Common sense dictated that two should be subtracted from the original list to preserve the balance.

By making Cormier my colleague, I hoped to limit his appearances as much as possible. The author might take it the wrong way, but there wasn’t much I could change.

Even considering Cormier, one more needed to go.

So I’d decided. To subtract Capone.

Third, the title of ‘King of Smugglers’.

Also the nickname, ‘Ruler of Gibrante’.

Weren’t they fancy?

I thought that it’d be more impactful to greet the visitors arriving six days later with the name of ‘Smuggler King’ or ‘Gibrante’s Ruler’ instead of plain old ‘Squatjaw’. The readers would lap it right up.

And the basis of all these thoughts was the confidence that I could overwhelm Capone.

Why? Simple. Because Cormier was in my corner.

2vs1.

It was simple arithmetic.


“Hmm.”

I was lost in thought as I looked at the thirty or so gang members lined up in front of me.

Capone’s whereabouts were unknown. The smuggling chief also received his orders in writing, and it’d been a while since the two had met in person.

That wasn’t a lie either.

Those suffering from [Scribe’s Shackles] were obedient from the depths of their minds, and wouldn’t dare lie to the caster.

There was only one conclusion that I could reach.

The statement that smuggling chiefs were Capone’s closest confidants, was in error.

It honestly didn’t make sense from the start. ‘That Capone’ shouldn’t have such clumsy subordinates.

It’d taken less than ten minutes to subdue them.

Of course, they couldn’t run wild because of how enclosed and full of pricey stuff this place was, and once I’d made a puppet of their leader, the rest had fallen like a house of cards.

But nonetheless, it was too easy.

This probably meant that Capone’s real troops weren’t here.

A ‘real contender’ would have associates of the appropriate level.

But the sad thing was,

‘Everything here seems real…’

The various weapons, equipment, and materials gathered here were clearly not fake. Moreover, the amount was enormous.

Could I make use of these clumsy folks? I had things that I wanted them to do.

‘… No idea.’

I thought about it for a while, but came to one conclusion.

I had no way to tell.

So I gave up trying to analyze the current situation. After all, thinking by myself couldn’t give me an answer.

I had to consider what to do next.

Now what?

Of course, I could continue with my plan.

The first smuggling den didn’t yield much? Then I should just head straight for the second.

However, the reason I hesitated was the thought, ‘Will the second one be any different?’

“… No Idea.”

I shook my head.

I had no other choice. I could only run around until I found something.

Jean had said that there were three chief smugglers in total.

As long as I robbed them all, I might get a good result.

After tidying up my thoughts, I immediately got up from my seat.

Pointing to the table littered with all kinds of metal ores, I ordered the chief who was standing by.

“For now, sort everything on the table. You can’t do it by colour, you have to do it by type. I’ll come and check it out later. You… you’re the one responsible for completing it.”

“…”

The chief’s face looked unsightly for some reason, but I ignored him and headed for the second smuggling chief.


The next day.

“Mr. Capone, I’ve brought them.”

“I’ll leave the metal here.”

“I’ll put the attachable gear here. Mr. Capone.”

The front of Jean’s warehouse was crowded.

“Ah, okay, leave those and go.”

“We’ve set aside a few pieces of metal. These show transmutative phenomena.”

“Yeah, well done. Good job. From now on, you’ll be the one taking care of it all.”

“…”

“What’s with that face?”

“I… I’m the chief, right?”

“Yeah, that’s why you have to supervise everything. You’re the chief.”

“No, that’s not… Shouldn’t this kind of manual labour be left to the kids…”

“Just do it.”

“…”

That was then.

“What’s all this?”

Cormier approached me, mouth open.

Then he looked at me with suspicious eyes.

“You… I see now. Mr. Capone, I presume? Capone the Smuggler?”

Well.

I scratched my head at Cormier’s words.

After robbing the three smuggling chiefs in one night, once the morning dawned –

I received three things in total.

  1. A huge number of Northland specialties (weapons, various equipment, metals).
  2. A total of hundred members of Capone’s organization.
  3. And a new name.

It’d been five days since I came to Gibrante.

For some reason, I was now being called Mr. Capone.


Editor’s Notes:

None for this chapter.


Surviving a Shounen Manga – Episode 97

The Deal

This is it!

I cried out inside my head.

My nervousness had been blown away as soon as I’d met Cormier face to face.

It was a stroke of luck on my part that he ‘was already here’.

I’d been struggling with the possibility that he ‘might not exist yet’.

As per the setting, this guy had been staying here for the past three months, but that was hardly credible. Any place not designated as the realm of an ongoing chapter was just a ‘collection of background elements outside the actual work’ that could be changed whichever way the author liked.

Of course, this was the city confirmed as the future stage by the preceding plot, but that could also change at any time. Just like during the previous chapter.

So I’d been ready to be disappointed. Just in case.

I grinned at the blond young man with a face full of black smudges.

“Nice to meet you.”

“Who are you?”

However, Cormier apparently interpreted my smile of honest joy as full of some sinister insidiousness.

Calling me outside, Cormier asked about my identity with quite a wary look.

“I’m not an enemy, so you can relax.”

“I’d feel more reassured if you actually told me who you really are.”

“Ah, right. Call me Hiro.”

“I wasn’t asking for your name…”

“Ah, yeah. I’m Squatjaw.”

“…”

Hmmm.

His face didn’t show any recognition.

“You mean you haven’t heard of me? Squatjaw. Or ‘The Monster’. I’m famous these days.”

“Never.”

He really didn’t seem to know me.

He wouldn’t have been staring at me like I was a crazy person otherwise.

Cormier must’ve thought I was missing his point, so he quickly added another question.

“All I want to know is… how did you know about me?”

“Oh, that?”

I would’ve tried to come up with a plausible answer in the past. But things were different now. There couldn’t be an easier question to answer – because I could just ‘bluff’.

“Why are you asking me that? Don’t you already know? You should know better than me.”

And very quickly,

“…”

Cormier’s expression froze once again.

Success.

This was a tactic I’d already used to great effect in Eastland. Just let the one asking think and figure out some convincing nonsense on their own.

Cormier was probably in the same situation right now as the princess had been in Eastland.

“… I didn’t expect you guys to be so quick… but there’s no way you could’ve tracked me here!”

“Are you curious how I did it?”

Cormier gently shook his head.

“No, I’m more curious about why. Why, instead of kidnapping me, are you asking for my cooperation? Why would you people do that?”

Whoo.

Cormier came to the main issue faster than expected.

‘There’s the ‘Cool Guy’ Cormier I know.’

After Cormier had joined Leo’s party in the original, some fans in the community had called out how his character had an overlap with Kiriko’s.

Because of his cool and sharp demeanour, which had some similarity to how cold and aloof Kiriko acted.

But I didn’t agree. Kiriko was eccentric and radical, whereas Cormier was much colder and more rational.

“I should clear up your misunderstanding first. I’m not from that group. Like I said, I’m not your enemy, so you can relax. I just received a commission to track you down.”

“… Commission?”

Cormier reacted to the word.

Maybe he thought his ‘enemies’ weren’t the type to entrust an assassination quest to another group.

There was no way I could convince him since I lacked information.

So I could only change the topic.

“Let’s not try digging deep into each other’s affairs, alright? Anyway, I thought you could benefit me more than them. That’s why I came to you with a proposal. To be honest, their dossier on you was somewhat amazing.”

“…”

Cormier’s expression was becoming complicated.

He seemed to be contemplating whether it was worth listening to me or not.

And within that contemplation I glimpsed a ‘possibility’.

The possibility that I could really team up with this guy.

‘This… isn’t a bad reaction, right?’

Somehow, he had much less resistance to his ‘enemy’ than I thought. Even though he’d appeared in the original Northland arc as almost an avatar of vengeance.

I could guess the reason. Because his background hadn’t been set in such detail yet.

Right now his background setting was probably pretty superficial, something like ‘I’m running away from my pursuers and hiding my tracks’.

Cormier’s past was slated to be revealed quite far in the future, so it seemed reasonable. Adding in extra details early into a character would add a lot restrictions on their words and actions.

Then,

“Can I ask about the details of your commission?”

Cormier slowly spoke.

“Ah, that’s a bit difficult for me to answer. You know how it is.”

“Then let me ask something else. How many people are involved?”

“People involved?”

“I mean, is it just you? Does anybody else know about me?”

At that moment,

‘Jackpot!’

I almost screamed out loud by reflex.

Now came the long-awaited question!

A question that could lead to the best possible situation.

A magical question that could make Cormier relax.

“Yeah, just me. I swear it.”

“… Right.”

Cormier again began thinking.

The current situation was indeed fortuitous. He didn’t have strong hostility against his enemies, and he was asking me questions to convince himself.

In fact, this had been the sticking point. To bring up Cormier’s past, I had to pretend to be in league with his ‘enemies’, which could’ve made me lose him if he was strongly antipathic to them.

But now, I had a shot.

A burst of optimism was welling up inside my heart.

Anyway, Cormier might become a member of the Leo Adventurers in the future, but that won’t happen in this arc.

Now the author was simply drumming up interest in his character, creating an initial relationship with the heroes, to leave a possibility for the future.

In other words, it was at the level of calling ‘dibs’ at best. There wouldn’t be any kind of promise like ‘let’s share the future together’ or ‘when we meet again, we’ll be colleagues’.

Leo’s party itself was not a problem.

But I did have concerns about how the author would take it.

That was then.

“What’re you offering?”

Cormier took the bait.

Oh?

I answered quietly, hiding my excitement.

“I told you, I want you to make me a special weapon…”

“That’s not a proposal. That’s just a requirement.”

“Aha, you mean what can I give you in return?”

Instead of answering, Cormier stared at me. He seemed to be trying to get something out of me.

Of course, right now I didn’t have anything to offer.

Even if I offered a mountain of gold, I didn’t know if he’d accept, but I didn’t have that on hand either.

But there was something I wanted to give.

The future, my trust, and my body (?).

To sum it up, ‘I promise to be your ally and fight against your enemies.’

In fact, this was also my ultimate goal. Not just a one-time collaboration, to really become companions, to the very end – to the top of the Tower of Adventure.

The problem was that Cormier couldn’t accept this.

Of course not. How could he trust me so suddenly?

Also, whether he trusted me or not, this wasn’t a great incentive as far as Cormier was concerned.

The reason? Simple. Because I wasn’t strong enough to make this guy flinch.

Of course, this guy who was currently ‘not wearing any equipment’ wasn’t strong.

But if he donned his full set of ‘combat gear’, he’d become a monster against whom even Karl Zayed couldn’t easily guarantee his victory.

So in the end –

“This.”

There was only one thing I could offer.

I pulled an object wrapped in a small piece of cloth from my pocket.

The very thing that many people nearby Gibrante were chasing after.

“This should be enough.”

Cormier kept staring into my eyes without looking down at it.

“What is it?”

“A mirror.”

“Mirror?”

“An ancient artifact called the Ramirez, the Mirror of Souls. You can probably guess its value just by looking. It’s also infused with a certain special ability.”

“A special ability…”

Cormier lowered his gaze to the Ramirez as if interested.

“What ability?”

“It’ll reflect what you want to hide the most.”

“What do you mean, want to hide the most?”

“For most people, it’s their weakness, right? Something like that.”

I looked closely at Cormier’s expression.

Clearly, he was interested, right?

Although that was just my guess.

I thought he had no choice but to be interested.

Same as in the original.

This guy who’d been hiding in a shabby warehouse hammering away at smuggled products, had put on all kinds of combat gear and jumped into battle… what was that if not interest?

“Can I take a look?”

“As you like.”

I handed the Ramirez to him right away.

And then,

“…”

When Cormier looked in the mirror, his hand began to tremble.

I didn’t ask what he saw.

I just waited for him to calm down.

And then,

“What do you need?”

He asked me.

Done!

I smiled and snatched the Ramirez from his hand.

He must’ve been clutching it tight, but the mirror easily came free and his hand twitched.

“It’s nothing big. First, bring me all the weapons you’ve made. Also, I’m going to install a few booby traps, so I need some explosives. And, yeah, what about robots? Have you already made any?”

“… Huh? No, wait…”

“And most importantly, combat gear. There’re a lot of guys I have to deal with right now, and they’re a little too strong. Didn’t I mention it already? A Multifunctional Armoured Cavalry.”

“Uh…”

Cormier looked at me like I was touched in the head.

“Well? What is it? You do want this, don’t you?”

I waved the Ramirez in front of him.

“…”

I knew he wouldn’t be able to give it up.

The reason why many strong people, including this guy, coveted the Ramirez was very simple. Because they believed that they could use it to identify others’ weaknesses. It could be the key to destroying their enemies.

In other words, those who had enemies couldn’t help but chase after it. The stronger their enemy, the more determined they’d be.

“Try your best. Then I’ll give it to you.”

After a while,

“I understand.”

Saying so, Cormier began to turn back, but paused again to ask another question.

“What’s the deadline?”

“Deadline?”

“The deadline for giving you the gear you mentioned.”

After thinking for a while, I answered.

“One week.”

“… That’s a bit tight.”

“I believe in you. I’ve heard how great you are.”

“…”

Cormier turned away without answering.

He probably already had a running list of tasks inside his head.

Because he was a fast worker.

That was then.

“But there’s one thing that I want to ask you.”

As if he suddenly remembered, Cormier stopped walking and turned to look at me.

“What is it?”

“That, that Multi… Cavalry? What’s that?”

“Huh?”

“That Multifunctional Armoured Cavalry? What exactly is that?”

“… Huh?”


Four days later.

A late night.

Near the left corner of the Gibrante factory area.

Amidst the rows of shabby warehouses, a small abandoned building stood alone.

Although it was tall and narrow in shape, it was only about three stories high.

I was standing in front of the building that looked like a psychiatric hospital that’d popped out of a ghost story from the sixties or seventies.

“Is this the one?”

Of course, I wasn’t here to test my courage.

I’d heard from the smuggler named Jean at Cormier’s place, that the basement of this place was the residence of one of Gibrante’s three ‘chief smugglers’.

Although they were in charge of the smuggling, in fact, none these people were directly involved in the trade.

They were only responsible for managing and protecting the vendors, and that protection extended to threats from their Northland counterparts, internal disputes between vendors, claims from customers, and even tracking from the Westland government.

They controlled this huge black market that even the continental government couldn’t mess with easily.

And that deterrence stemmed mostly from one person.

Capone the Smuggler.

One of the five major players in the battle for the Ramirez.

The de facto ruler of Gibrante.

In other words, the smuggling chiefs were Capone’s closest aides.

And now, I was about to raid the entourage of one of them.

“This is making me nostalgic.”

I looked around the old building a last time.

I’d had quite a few records of attacking black organizations like this.

Starting with the first time I’d attacked the mafia in Virgin City, then infiltrating a cafeteria to track down Cocoa, then that time I’d marched straight into the mafia boss’ home in Destomb, and finally infiltrating Firmino’s underground city to rid Cocoa of her slave mark.

And the results had always been the same for those organizations.

Utter annihilation.

It probably wouldn’t differ much this time either.

I put my breathing in order and entered the abandoned building.

It was quiet inside.

I’d heard that the actual residence was underground, but still, it was eerily quiet. Not the faintest whisper, not even the buzzing of insects.

“Where’s the way down…?”

I opened my pathfinding eyes and looked around.

Thinking I should be able to find a path pointing down.

But five minutes came and went as I searched, yet nothing stood out.

This couldn’t be simply because my eyes were poor.

Presumably, this place was ‘designed’ with a specific ability to prevent unauthorized intruders.

“Hmm.”

After looking around for another three minutes or so,

“I give up.”

I gave up on finding a path.

Rather than trying to break the limits of my own abilities, it felt more like a giant waste of time.

All it did was tire out my eyes.

Instead, I decided to take a different approach.

“Let’s see now…”

I gently raised my right arm, just as Cormier had instructed.

The trigger word was supposed to be ‘laser cannon’, right?

“Laser cannon.”

And then,

Whirrrrr–.

Click-click.

The glove on my right hand shone once, then stretched out to cover up to my shoulder. The leather glove transformed into steel, and energy outlets appeared on my palm.

It was an amazing sight.

“Heh heh heh…”

It was a visual that made you puff yourself up just by looking at it.

In fact, the combat gear I’d originally ordered from Cormier was the ‘Multifunctional Armoured Cavalry’.

This referred to a boardable mecha equipped with multiple special abilities, and it could be seen as the culmination of Cormier’s design philosophy.

The problem was,

“I really don’t know though? This is my first time hearing about it.”

This guy didn’t know about it.

Was it my mistake?

‘It can’t be…’

Of course, that weapon never appeared in this arc. But I clearly remembered Cormier mentioning it –

‘Next time I’ll bring a ‘real’ mecha, then we’ll see how the fight goes.’

What he’d been referring to was a ‘Multifunctional Armoured Soldier’. A rideable mecha.

Of course, it actually appeared a long time later, in the Northland arc.

But I thought it should’ve already existed. Cormier knew in advance that he could make it.

‘Hmm… well, now how about this?’

Instead, he’d given me this ‘arm’, a prototype he’d made in Jean’s shop.

Why this alone?

Because just this arm already had two special abilities, ‘Shockwave’ and ‘High Heat’.

‘How much damage can it do?’

I aimed the energy outlets on my palm at the building and muttered softly –

“Launch.”

A powerful vibration travelled through my right arm at my command.

And then,

Fwooosh–.

“… Wow.”

The building disappeared.

Literally, there was no trace of it left.

I alternately looked at my palm and the scene before me.

“My goodness…”

The destructive power of the laser cannon was beyond imagination.

Of course, it was a consumable. Still, Cormier had said I might be able to use it up to three times…

At that moment, a grin unconsciously appeared on my lips.

Afterwards,

“Is it here?”

I turned my attention to the open space where a building very recently used to be.

A staircase heading underground lay revealed.

“Alright, let’s go.”


Editor’s Notes:

None for this chapter.


Sword Pilgrim – Chapter 124

“Prince Chloe.”

An inescapable madness –

A demonic force that eroded one’s very personality –

Either one of the two would leave one’s sanity in question, but even after suffering from both, Grand Prince Chloe was still himself.

He’d woken up.

Was it because how long he’d borne the Light Dragon Sword?

Even a half-baked Light Dragon was still the Light Dragon.

He was a man who had the power of a dragon, even if it was just a remnant trace of that original transcendent power.

His resilience was so great that he’d made a liar out of the physicians who’d predicted that he would never recover.

Although he could not yet move his body freely according to his will, he knew who he was and what he’d done.

And –

Who had been his salvation.

“You – no. Your Majesty… you’ve suffered a lot.”

The queen tried not to cry.

She tried really hard.

But she couldn’t stop the tears that overflowed from her eyes.

With tears running down her cheeks, she took Chloe’s hand in her trembling hands.

Now there was only one other person left in her bloodline.

She was simply grateful that he was still alive.

“Prince. No – Brother. You…”

“No.”

Chloe seemed to know what Clara was going to say.

So he shook his head.

“I don’t deserve it.”

“Brother…”

“Your Majesty the Queen… no, Clara. It’s true that I’m still alive. But I don’t even dare call myself the eldest son of Bright – not after how I fell for a ruse like that. Our ancestors would laugh at me if I did. No matter how much they deceived me, in the end it was my choice, and I caused this disaster[1]. The kingdom is in shambles because of me, and I don’t know how many royal knights and citizens I’ve killed. How can I of all people rule Carpe?”

Prince Chloe bowed his head.

“I’ve placed a heavy burden upon you. I know you’ll resent this poor brother of yours for the rest of your life.”

“…”

“But at the same time, I’m happy.”

“What do you mean?”

Seeing Clara grumble, old memories welled up in Chloe’s thoughts.

A clumsy child.

His one and only sister who always looked for him with tears in her eyes.

But now she was a queen ruling a country.

“There aren’t many countries that can claim they’ve survived the empire’s invasion, but since you have weathered such a thing, you’re more than qualified to rule.”

Chloe got up from his bed.

“Don’t move, you’re still…”

Clara swallowed the rest of her words.

Chloe staggered, almost about to fall, and his skin was quickly covered in a sheen of cold sweat, yet none of that could stop him.

It felt as if she could already tell what he was going to do. So she couldn’t stop him.

Grand Prince Chloe finally managed to stand tall in front of Clara, and then slowly knelt down.

Kneeling on one knee, he brought his right hand to his chest, performing a martial salute.

“I am honoured to be in your presence, Queen Clara.”

Plop.

As she clutched her skirt, tears fell down from Clara’s pure white eyes.

She could see how hard Chloe was shivering. It must’ve been difficult for him to move. Yet he was determined to do this, for her and for his country.

Giving up on his own claim as the eldest scion of the royal lineage –

He was recognizing her as the rightful queen.

Chloe’s silver hair fluttered in the soft breeze coming in from the open window.

Clara raised her head.

She willed herself to stop crying.

But tears still flowed.

So she wiped them off with her hand, and nodded.

“Well met, Prince Chloe.”

She’d indeed been under too heavy a burden for a long time.

Since her brother had woken up, she thought she could finally be free of it.

But now she realized that that was a fool’s dream.

Her will once again became firm as Chloe continued.

“For the queen who saved my life. For Carpe, and also for Jervain. I will dedicate this life of mine.”

Jervain.

A flash of longing passed through Clara’s eyes as she remembered the count.

“I wanted to meet him. Where is he headed now?”

“Well. I don’t know where he’s going exactly, but the count’s sword never wavers; so he’ll probably accomplish something great by the time he comes back.”


Whinny.

A man was crossing the plains on horseback. The horse was white, matching the man’s garb.

The man wore a pure white robe.

A group of soldiers were gathered around the man, blocking his path.

“Stop!”

Numbering well over thirty.

Wielding a mix of armaments consisting of spears and maces.

One of the soldiers shouted.

“There’s been a recent report that a lecher is running around bewitching women. He rides a white horse and wears a white robe. If you’re innocent, take off your hood!”

“…”

“Come on, take off your hood and show your face!”

“They say the horny bastard’s face looks like it’s been carved by God. He’s so handsome you can just identify him on sight!”

“Hahaha!”

This was the border region between the Empire of the Spear and the Principality of the Mace.

The man sighed deeply.

“You bastard! If you won’t take your hood off, then I will!!”

A soldier roared.

But as soon as the hood was forcibly removed, the faces of the chattering soldiers changed dramatically.

“Wait, that face…”

“Beautiful…”

“I almost fell for him just now.”

An appearance striking enough that even a man would admit its beauty.

While everyone was staring in rapture, the commander came to his senses and grabbed his spear.

“Ugh! What’re you all doing! See that face? He’s definitely that pervert in the rumours!”

Black hair and gray pupils.

The man was a pilgrim who’d left Carpe on a pilgrimage. It was Callius von Jervain.

As the soldiers finally woke up enough to react, Callius sighed deeply.

‘I was an idiot.’

It’d been a mistake to act on impulse at a place where he’d merely been staying for a while after leaving the kingdom.

‘I got involved with that crazy woman for no reason.’

The truth behind the incident was nothing noteworthy.

A girl had been kidnapped in front of him, so he’d saved her. However, it turned out that she was the young lady of a noble imperial house.

There was nothing good about getting involved with the empire, so he’d tried to continue on his way, but the young lady had suddenly confessed her feelings to him, and wouldn’t let him go.

Apparently it was love at first sight or whatever.

Callius had had no choice but to reject her feelings, but it was then that things began to go awry.

‘I never imagined they’d report me as some kind of scoundrel. ‘

She was a young girl from a reputable family, so a wanted order was issued immediately.

Callius was dumbfounded at this sequence of events.

‘God gives trials to pilgrims…’

Clearly, the ordeal was one such.

But it was a little bit different from what he’d expected.

As if the beginning of the sacred pilgrimage had been tainted somehow.

What was even more disturbing was the thought that this might not be the last time this happened.

But Callius couldn’t help his own divine appearance and mysterious atmosphere.

The characteristics [Prodigal Son] and [Pheromone] were added to that, so who could be blamed for this?

‘It’s my fault for being so handsome.’

All the women who met him briefly or even had a small conversation with him, had no choice but to be enthralled.

It was a natural result.

Why? Because he was handsome, damn it!

“Hey, you bastard! I’m talking to you!”

Looking at the man who only sighed without moving an inch, a soldier clutched his spear and threatened.

And that was then.

– Grooooowwwwl!!

“Ugh!”

Suddenly, a huge wolf breached the treeline of the nearby forest, accompanied by a thundering sound, and bit the soldier to death.

“D-! Demon beast!”

“How could a demon beast be here…!”

The wolf-shaped demonic beast looked unusual.

Electricity flowed from its two horns, dragon scales sprouted all over the legs and the body, and the fur that looked like clouds made it look like it’d sprung out straight from the frame of some antique masterpiece painting.

A beast with both wolfish and draconic traits.

– Grooooowwwwwwwwwlll!!

The thunder wolf dragon spewed out lightning.

“Aaaaah!”

“R-, run away!!”

It was Vivi.


I looked at the soldiers who’d been reduced to charcoal by Vivi’s thunderbolts.

Above thirty in number.

They were professional soldiers, but Vivi had annihilated them with ease.

‘They’re imperial soldiers anyway, so it doesn’t matter.’

The spears in their hands proved that.

Had they been innocents I would’ve felt a little sad, but since they would’ve been falling over themselves to kill me if they’d known my true identity, I didn’t even consider sparing them.

“Well done, Vivi.”

Vivi was dipping his head as if fishing for praise.

He still had a cute side that didn’t fit his rather large size.

Indeed.

Vivi had had a sudden burst of growth.

He slept for a while, and then had an explosive growth spurt.

Now he was taller than me, big enough to ride on.

The size was only slightly smaller than his mother, the original thunder wolf dragon.

I’d wondered if such fast growth was inherent to his species, but I rather doubted that.

Vivi was a big eater, and the dragon blood and troll blood he’d ingested on top of that must’ve had an effect.

‘All the food he’s eaten might be enough to rival the Sixth Squad as a whole.’

In any case, Vivi now had quite a striking size.

But he still listened to me very obediently.

To be honest, I didn’t even know that Vivi was following me when I just left Carpe.

By the time I’d noticed, we’d already crossed the border, so I had no choice but keep him with me.

After showering Vivi with a lot of praise, I’d told him to hide nearby.

It couldn’t be helped. Vivi’s very presence always made my horse scared stiff, making travel impossible.

‘I guess I’ll leave the scene as it is.’

The corpses of the soldiers strewn around everywhere were a little unsightly, but there was no lack of wild animals nearby, so I didn’t need to care about the clean-up.

It was a hassle to deal with, and it wouldn’t stop somebody from chasing me if they were determined enough.

This was the border between the empire and the principality. A beast attack taking out a few soldiers wouldn’t make knights flock in droves.

And even if knights truly came –

“It doesn’t matter.”

They wouldn’t be a big threat to me.

No matter how close the relations between the empire and the principality were, this was a frontier area.

There were few men here strong enough to threaten me.

That was why I could be so relaxed despite my newfound reputation as a scoundrel.

Besides, there was a silver lining to this situation, wasn’t there?

Verse of Grace might appear if I kept taking down more and more people.

“Before I reach the Holy Land, I need to build up my strength as much as possible.”

The Holy Land, ‘Sahara’.

It was a holy place where saints and knights gathered from all over, regardless of nationality.

This was the place I’d decided as my final destination on this journey.

The reason was clear.

‘The strong gather in the Holy Land.’

Powerful people from all over the continent flocked there. For a simple reason.

It was a holy place where traces of the Gods remained, and at the same time, it was a place where pilgrims exchanged skills and treasures with each other.

Of course –

Apart from networking and building friendships, there were also Named I wanted to kill and get rid of.

Most of them were strong, but that was why I had to go there.

‘There, I’ll be able to get my hands on the 『King of Steel』.’

That was my first goal.

And since Sahara was located beyond the empire and the principality, I had no choice but to cross through here, even if it was a bit dangerous.

“It’s not my favorite sword.”

Still, that sword –

– Its power to control a great steel army made was no different from having the fighting power of a country in my hand.

There was no disadvantage to having it.

‘With that, it should be relatively easy to get some other sword that I want.’

A carcass sword’s strength scaled with the potential and influence of the one who’d donated his cadaver. It was safe to say that the strength of the body and the integrity of the soul determined a carcass’ rank.

So in order to have a strong sword, I had to defeat a stronger enemy.

And to do that, I needed a stronger sword.

The next three years –

I’d have to work really hard.

But that didn’t scare me.

The arduousness of my path would be a holy baptism.

“Oh?”

Pit-a-pat-pit-a-pat!!

While I’d stood still in thought, soldiers and knights had gathered around me.

“Be careful! He uses demon magic!”

“The lecher wields the devil’s power!!”

“It’s a minion of the devils!”

“It’s a devilish pervert!”

“…”

Oh God, hath thou forsaken me?

Why was my ordeal like this?

Was this truly how the sacred ordeal of a pilgrimage was supposed to be like?

“God, you son of a bitch.”

I let out a sigh, as Vivi growled and spewed out lightning.

Craaaaaackkkkkkle!

“Ugh!”

“Kgh…!”

“This bastard is looking down on us!!”

No matter how many ordinary soldiers gathered, they couldn’t hold a candle to Vivi, who moved like lightning.

I sat quietly on my horse and watched the slaughter unfold.

“He isn’t human! This sex maniac–!!”

“He’s the Devil of Lust!!”

I’d been promoted from a scoundrel to a sex maniac.

Had the rumours about me grown out of control?

Well, there was nothing I could do about it.

‘I can only deal with things as they come.’

This pilgrimage promised to be full of ups-and-downs. But in a different sense from my last one.


Editor’s Notes:

[1] 사달 (sadal), Korean slang for problem/disaster.


Sword Pilgrim – Chapter 123

Thump!

“Next.”

“Ugh!”

As soon as he returned to the mansion, Callius started beating up the Sixth Squad.

“Useless bastards. How’re you going to break the empire’s spears if you can’t even stand this much?”

“It’s because you’re too strong, Captain!”

“No, you’re too weak. Next!”

The members of the Sixth Squad came up to the sparring arena in groups of three and were promptly beaten up and knocked down.

But things weren’t all bad.

Their skills had at least reached a certain level.

‘They should be able to at least stand their ground even against the Golden Lion Knights.’

Members of the Sixth Squad were the recipients of a number of benefits, simply from having Callius as their captain.

They were only assigned simple tasks and could single-mindedly focus on training.

They didn’t get involved in the Church’s usual functions at all, to an extent where they might be called Callius’ exclusive bodyguards.

Because the pope trusted Callius, and had told Archbishop Alvato, newly appointed to the post, to not interfere with the Sixth Squad.

The Hero of National Salvation.

The Queensknight.

Being led by somebody with such nicknames made things convenient.

Not only that, their skills were improving by leaps and bounds with the techniques and training Callius had imparted to them.

The lieutenants, Diego and Joseph, had already broken through the lower stratum of knighthood and were now aiming for upper tier skills.

Of course, Callius wouldn’t hand off such knowledge easily.

He had to have enough confidence first that they were how his.

Most others of the Sixth Squad were also continuously gaining strength through training, so there was nothing else for Callius to do.

As long as they kept training like this, they’d naturally become stronger.

Of course, the TD potion also played a part, but to those not in the know, it could be chalked up to luck.

Although, the sounds coming out of their throats right now were quite revolting.

Thud! Bang! Crash!!

“Ahh!”

“P-, please, spare me!!”

“Ugggh! I’m-! I’m going to die!!”

Callius smiled softly as he looked at the scattered bodies of all the people he’d beaten black and blue.

“You weak bastards. Get some rest.”

Leaving their pained grans behind, Callius took the towel Orphin handed him.

“It was hard work.”

“Hmm. Have you made some progress?”

Looking at her, he could see that her divine power had stabilized.

She looked transformed, completely devoid of that little speck of anxiety.

“Yes, the path forward now seems in sight.”

“Good. Any problems with your work?”

“Bruns really was resourceful. He managed so many things on his own. It’s honestly quite surprising.”

“Is that so…”

Bruns had now left the mansion.

After talking with the queen, Cedric, at her request, had gone to pick up the Bar Tribe of distant Barbareum, taking Bruns along with him.

Because Callius had requested it.

‘Bruns seems better suited for fists than swords.’

The man in question didn’t have much talent to speak of in swordsmanship, so it was better for him to become a believer of the Twin Gods.

Cedric had taken up Callius’ request to turn the man useful.

“He handled a lot of sundry little details here and there, too.”

Cleaning and cooking for the whole mansion, managing everything in general, taking care of the necessary supplies for the Sixth Squad, and sometimes even claiming to be Callius’ exclusive driver – Bruns had always taken great care of Callius.

Not to forget the knights of the North, as well as Rivan and Rinney.

Even Emily. Bruns had been the one to take care of them all.

Come to think of it, Callius really couldn’t figure out how the man had juggled so many plates on his own.

‘He was useful.’

Now was too late to realize that, after his departure.

Bruns’ duties were now divided between Orphin, Allen, and Aaron.

Callius handed the towel back and went up to his office. Opening the window, he took in the panoramic view.

On one side, the squad members were groaning, and on the other side, Carradi’s children were training.

They were the so-called ‘Jervain trainees’.

Callius had left things alone, yet their numbers had only grown, and they’d started to get better organized.

There was a rumour going around that the Jervain Training Center would send its three top students to the Royal Academy every year, but that was quickly becoming the truth.

Callius hadn’t had such a thought before, but it wasn’t a bad idea.

Because it wasn’t a difficult task for him.

The gate of the mansion was guarded by the always-yawning Peter, Allen welcomed the visiting nobles, and Aaron managed the goods they sent.

Once the rumours began to circulate that the queen was studying swordsmanship from Callius, gifts were bound to come Callius’ way even if he didn’t solicit them.

Having more money was never a problem, so he didn’t decline either.

Things were proceeding smoothly.

“Gregory, Dexter and the rest seem to be doing quite well too; so I should get ready soon.”

All the theory of the sword art had been conveyed to the queen. There was nothing more to teach her at this time. The queen had excellent comprehension, but her skills were slow to develop due to how few chances she had to have a bout.

Considering her position, there was not much that could be done.

So Callius wasn’t planning to get involved.

‘Esther also left to search for holy relics.’

That was her first mission as a paladin.

She’d gone to look the sacred relics lost by the Church in the past. From the looks of it, she was thinking of visiting the holy places around the continent.

Callius didn’t have to worry too much about this, since she was fated to succeed with ease.

This pilgrimage would catapult Esther up into the rank of Masters.

“And Bishop Milliman self-destructed.”

The leader of the extremist faction inside the Church of the Sword.

Once his conduct had been revealed by Orcal, the Church had locked him in a dungeon to rot.

The bishop also had some responsibility behind the recent fight with the empire; he’d fanned the flames behind the scenes. Although he’d been spared from the death penalty due to his erroneous beliefs that he’d been serving the kingdom and the Church, he wouldn’t see the light of day for the rest of his life.

“Time will take care of the rest, so now I have to do my own thing.”

It was truly time to leave.


“Are you really going?”

Orphin –

She was looking at me with a worried expression.

A knight who’d followed me all the way here from the frigid North.

But I couldn’t help it either.

“It’s not a road that anyone can take. Before I am your master –”

I am a pilgrim.

I must go on a pilgrimage –

Until I find my sword.

I must climb through a hill of thorns, to test myself, and to endure the trials of my God.

“My pilgrimage is in itself a trial that God has given me, and a challenge that He has set for me. So I can’t take you guys along.”

To be honest, I couldn’t afford to keep them safe along the way. The path ahead wouldn’t be that easy.

I did get the Light Dragon Sword, but I wasn’t planning to make a sheath for it.

Not only did it not fit my intentions, the Light Dragon Sword didn’t need a sheath in the first place.

The wielder’s heart itself was its scabbard.

It was a fairly unique one among the vision swords for that reason.

Besides –

‘I haven’t decided yet.’

What would my sword be like?

Which sword should I put into my soul?

A sword not rooted in faith would be weak and fragile.

A sword was no mere tool.

That was what I’d felt ever since I’d reached this world.

“Where’s Emily? Still at the Academy?”

“I called her yesterday, so she should be here soon.”

“I see.”

Fine then.

I finished the last items on my checklist and walked into the mansion, to my office.

There was already somebody waiting for me there, sitting on the sofa.

“You’re here?”

“Genos.”

A scion of the East –

Genos von Gradas.

“What’s going on?”

“I come bearing gifts.”

“Gifts?”

“Here. Take it.”

He handed me a small box taken out from his bosom.

Opening it, I found cookies inside.

“?”

“Prine’s cookies. Didn’t you want them? They were hard to get.”

“Hmm… Did you notice?”

“It would’ve been hard not to.”

I tasted a cookie.

Crunch.

The texture was incredibly crispy, yet it quickly crumbled and melted in my mouth.

The sweetness of the thin spread of cream inside seemed to coat the tongue in honey.

“It’s delicious.”

Really, Prine’s cookies lived up to their name.

With one cookie you could win a kingdom’s heart…

“Eh?”

When I woke up from my musings, there were no more cookies left in the box.

“…?”

The culprit was still chewing.

Seeing his expressionless face with his mouth open and occasional mumbling, a sense of absurdity won out over anger.

“…”

Wasn’t this nonsense?

Why did he snatch up and eat his own gift… I was too nonplussed to make an issue of it.

As I stared at him with dumbfounded eyes, Genos the Thief slowly turned his head.

“You’re leaving, right?”

Changing the topic now?

Not even in the mood to quarrel, I answered emotionlessly.

“Yeah.”

“Hmm.”

Genos fell silent for a while.

He only scratched the stigma on the bridge of his nose.

He knew what a shameful act he’d just committed. The bastard coughed and continued talking.

“The Golden Lion asked me to say hello.”

“Is he alright?”

“Losing to his younger brother was a definite shock. But he’ll get over it. Lions aren’t that fragile.”

I’d heard the news of Ruen losing to his brother.

Lutheon’s growth was faster than expected.

But it didn’t matter.

Because Ruen had survived, and had also grown equally.

Lutheon was a genius who’d been recognized by the Church in the past.

His potential for growth was nothing short of outstanding.

Given enough time, he would definitely have a seat among the Masters.

“How long are you going to be away?”

“Three years or so.”

“Hmm, that’s pretty long.”

“The kingdom will be fine.”

Rumors were already circulating that Gregory and Dexter were producing high-quality carcasses.

There was still no news about my broken sword, but I didn’t care.

Not having my sword repaired wouldn’t be the end of the world.

‘I’ve given them all the hints they need.’

The rest was up to them to figure out.

“The students at the Academy admire you. Many were looking forward to your instruction. There’s no shortage of people who want to emulate the swordsmanship of a hero.”

I shook my head.

Genos was telling me to come back quickly.

In a roundabout way, by asking me to come back and teach the students at the Academy swordsmanship, he was asking me to hurry up and finish my pilgrimage.

I asked why, even though I thought I already knew the reason.

“Do I smell?”

“Very strongly.”

Genos’ eyes narrowed.

The Gradas nose was not ordinary.

They could smell what others could not.

“The stench of death is coiling around you.”

“Death is the constant companion of a knight. That applies even more for pilgrims.”

“Don’t die. I don’t want to talk to a guy who doesn’t keep his promises.”

“I don’t disagree.”

Tock.

As Genos and I shook hands, I heard a knock.

“Count. Young Lady Emily’s…”

Genos looked at the door and trembled.

His cheeks were flushed.

“?”

And Orphin frowned.

There seemed to be some connection between them.

At a guess, his habit of falling in love at the drop of a hat[1] had struck again. But it wasn’t my problem.

“Let’s go.”

“Yes.”

Genos stayed rooted in place until Callius left with Orphin, closing the door behind him. Then he blushed again, harder.

“Is this… destiny?”

And he began spouting bullshit.


The dining room of the mansion.

Emily and Callius sat at opposite ends of the long table.

Slice, slice.

The father and daughter cutting the steak on their plates looked so alike they could be each other’s mirror image.

The act of stabbing a piece of meat with a fork and putting it in your mouth to savour it couldn’t look any more noble.

The dignity and mannerisms of the aristocracy were in full display.

“Emily.”

“Yeah.”

Callius put down his knife and fork and wiped his mouth with a napkin.

“I’ll be away for a while.”

There was a momentary silence.

Emily also set down her tableware.

“… I understand, Dad. You’re a pilgrim after all.”

Callius had been feeling a little concerned.

But looking into Emily’s eyes, it seemed that there was no need to worry anymore.

He’d been worried that she might try following him like she’d done in the North.

But this time, she seemed to know what his words meant.

“I’ll wait.”

Grind.

Her words came slowly, haltingly, as if she was pondering and forcing out every single syllable.

Callius chuckled.

A child who didn’t want to be separated from her parent was struggling and trying to understand.

He’d thought she was very mature, but Emily was still young.

“It’ll take a long time.”

“How long…?”

A period of over three years.

It was a really long time for a child.

However, this was an unavoidable choice.

Callius had to get stronger.

This pilgrimage would take him along a different path compared to all his journeys before.

An infinitely more dangerous one.

But only by triumphing over danger could he become strong.

By turning each crisis into an opportunity.

“Where are you going?”

“It’s a secret.”

Emily pouted, puffing her cheeks.

But she didn’t ask any more.

Callius finished the meal with a smirk and began drinking tea along with Emily.

That same bland tasteless tea that was Emily’s trademark.

It felt like he’d miss it quite a bit.


A wet morning.

The sky just before sunrise was still half-covered in shadow, and thick fog covered the land.

Callius was riding a horse. With the [Saddle of Humasys] under him, he was quite well-versed in horseback riding, after all.

He’d already said his goodbyes.

It didn’t suit his personality to make a spectacle out of his departure.

So he’d decided to leave quietly.

“I’ll wait for you.”

“Peter. Please don’t let her leave.”

“Leave it to me.”

Even if he had to risk his life, he’d make sure.

Peter looked at Callius’ back for a long time as the man slowly drove his horse into the mists and disappeared.

“What would you like to do now?”

Peter turned his head and looked at a tree in the corner. Then the young mistress of the Jervain family slowly stepped out from behind it.

She’d heard of their conversation.

She’d grown up without a father since childhood, and the father she somehow barely met had left her immediately. So she’d chased him here, but after a while, he left again.

For a normal girl, it wouldn’t be strange to stay locked up inside her room, with tears in her eyes.

But not Emily.

“I’ll get stronger.”

“Oh?”

“I thought Dad doesn’t need to get any stronger, but he went on a pilgrimage.”

That was the crux of the issue.

Callius had already made a big splash on the national stage. Somebody else might’ve chosen to settle down and eat snacks every day.

But Callius left.

There was a reason why he had to become stronger.

Emily noticed that.

“He’s a man who never does anything useless.”

A person who always did what he had to, without fail.

The Callius that Emily saw was like that. If such a person acted, there had to be a reason behind it.

“So I’ll become strong.”

Emily finished her words and turned back, clutching her sword.

A father and a daughter who’d started walking different paths, but with the same destination.

At the sight, Peter’s lips curved up in a pleased arc.


Editor’s Notes:

[1] 금사빠 (geumsabba), somebody who falls in love easily. Serial… well, not philanderer. Maybe serial hapless romantic in this case?


Surviving a Shounen Manga – Episode 96

So Listen, Why Don’t We Cooperate?

I quickly skimmed through the results of the last chapter.

[Chapter 28 – The Battle for Ramirez’s Treasure (1) has ended]

[Hiro’s character evaluation has been updated]

[‘Liar’ has been added to the characteristics]

[An enormous amount of support from numerous readers followed]

[Awareness has increased by 100,000]

[Excess awareness is replaced with ‘level’]

[Attracts the author’s attention]

[The author’s favourability has decreased by 90]

[Received fan art from 20 readers]

[The author’s favourability has increased by 20]

[Reappearance probability has increased to 100%]

[State]

  • Name: Hiro (Enigmatic Squatjaw)
  • Characteristics: Very strong, Bluffing, Chatterbox, Secretive, Turned out he was a pretty boy?, Leadership, Spirit of sacrifice, Chivalry, Romantic, Frantic, Liar
  • Awareness: 453,759
  • Author’s favourability: 52
  • Reappearance probability: 100%

[Became the main propagator for a new race]

[Registered as a major record in the official character data of ‘Hiro’]

[Character’s rank has increased significantly]

[Character’s rank has increased significantly]

[Character’s rank has increased significantly]

[The final evaluation of the character has been calculated by the author]

[Hiro is the subject of the next chapter]

[Character points paid 300,000p for the rise in awareness]

[Character points deducted 7,000p for the fall in the author’s favourability]

[Character points paid 1,000p for the rise in reappearance probability]

[Character level has increased by 180]

[Character Level]

  • Current rating: Supporting cast
  • Current value: 896
  • Experience: 77%
  • Value to reach the next level: ?
  • Preceding plot can be ignored: 2 times

Hmmm.

The result itself wasn’t half bad.

Or rather, reaching the highest level of awareness and causing an overflow meant the chapter was a definite success.

Despite the leading point of view switching continuously, I’d managed to enter the stage almost every time, reminding the audience what was the main focus of this chapter and who therefore was the most important, and then I’d managed to cut the plot off before any new content could arise.

It hadn’t been easy, but the rewards were commensurate to my achievements.

But there were three things I found disappointing.

First, the huge drop in the author’s favourability.

A fall of ninety points! If I hadn’t vetoed the penalties, the situation would’ve been even worse.

This wasn’t something to laugh about. The author’s favourability was the most obvious ‘warning sign’ about my place in this world that I could track.

Of course, I’d been predicting something like this ever since I’d committed to bringing in the goblins to blow the plotline up.

But that hadn’t been my whole plan. I’d had the idea that helping solve the issue of their appearance would soothe the author and also deepen the significance of my character.

Weren’t we still aligned with the big picture as far as the original plot was concerned?

I’d never imagined the author would come out swinging in the response like he did. Who could’ve expected a monster like Gronyan to appear and try to bury me six feet under?

Honestly, I didn’t actually want to be enemies with the author. Right now it was merely Gronyan, but who was to say it wouldn’t be the Seven Kings themselves after my head one day?

Anyway, it’d left me feeling shaky. The author had definitely acted a bit sulky this time. Hopefully the trend wouldn’t continue.

Second, my link to the goblins still remained tenuous.

I thought so because all I got was a ‘liar’ characteristic.

This kind of a characteristic was more of a reader reaction than something defined by the author.

I’d shown off so many facets of my character, but I only got ‘liar’?

Presumably, the readers hadn’t thought anything of my relationship with the goblins apart from the fact that they ‘followed my orders’.

If the readers had recognized me as a goblin, the new characteristic wouldn’t have merely been ‘liar’, but something more along the lines of ‘turned out he was a goblin?’

And naturally this didn’t satisfy me.

I wanted to be recognized as a goblin. That way I could easily wave off all the suspicions about my character. My backgrounds, abilities, knowing the future, transforming, etc…

I’d even come out and said it, ‘I’m a goblin!’ Several times, at that. But it hadn’t worked out.

It wasn’t that I couldn’t understand the readers’ reaction. Although the goblins had taken my form while wandering about, I myself had never shown ‘a separate ability that reminds you of a goblin’, such as masquerade.

Maybe I should’ve tried transforming to my pretty boy form at least once? But that milk had already spilled.

Anyway, from the readers’ point of view, none of their questions had been resolved, and only more rice cakes had been strewn around.

So this too got added to my homework pile to solve eventually.

And third. The biggest issue.

I’d really overspent my points.

I could earn about 300,000 points at most in one chapter.

But in comparison, including all the items I’d used up this time, my expenditure was close to 900,000 points. There were still two ‘penalty vetoes’ left, sure, but I wouldn’t be able to return them for points.

Besides, my original plan had been to use two vetoes at most. Not to use all vetoes except the last two.

“…”

Anyway, my current remaining points were 343,773p.

Most of it was from this time’s chapter rewards. And it would only let me buy three veto tickets.

The implications were simple.

I couldn’t rely on the character shop so solve my problems anymore.

“Then… what should I do now?”

As I perched on a high mound at the foot of a mountain, I looked down at Gibrante’s smoky, damp industrial area.

Gibrante.

One of the big cities in the northern part of Westland, located on the Northland border.

The biggest battlefield in the Battle for Ramirez’s Treasure, where three chapters packed only with battle scenes were supposed to take place one after another.

It was quite a distance from Clone City.

It might take about ten days for all the main characters to converge here.

Of course, the fast runners might arrive somewhat earlier, but as long I kept an eye out for new arrivals, I thought I could proceed with that assumption.

Ten days.

This was the maximum preparation period given to me.

“… Just ten days, huh.”

I slowly began to scan the whole city.

White smoke obscured much of my vision, but that wasn’t much of a problem.

Because my purpose was not to closely examine the ‘outside’ of this city. I just needed to figure out the approximate locations of the buildings.

In fact, the ‘appearance’ of this city was just a façade.

None of the factories below were actually operating. The smoke rising from the chimneys wasn’t soot, but water vapour produced by some device, and the huge trash heap was just a model installed to attract the visitors’ attention.

The factory area was actually a silver screen to cover the ‘smuggling market’.

Gibrante had one aspect that set it apart from the other cities on the continent. Because it was geographically a ‘border area’, smuggling was rampant.

And the main products being smuggled were Northland’s ‘specialty’ items, i.e. various mechanical weapons, technical weapons, robots, etc.. From here Northland products would spread widely to the whole continent of Westland.

In particular, the black market had a very ‘Northland style’ atmosphere, to an extent even beyond the actual cities in Northland.

For example, even within Northland, different regions specialized in different fields, like ‘magic engineering’, ‘cyberpunk’, or ‘steampunk’; but here they all mixed together.

This was probably because the author wanted to show off the setting of the Northland side in advance in order to arouse reader interest for the future. There are very few areas in Northland itself the were like this city. Possibly only the most central city was like this.

In other words, this place existed to give an ‘authentic Northlander taste’ in Westland.

And a situation like this –

‘… How about getting some laser cannons?’

– Was definitely helpful for me. I could compensate for my relative lack of strength by using Northlander weapons.

As a reward for this chapter, my level had risen to 180.

It could be called large or small depending on your point of view. Although my strength hadn’t caught back up with my original level, it was almost at the halfway point.

However, I didn’t have a detailed grasp on my actual current strength. After all, I didn’t know how the level was calculated and how that correlated to strength.

What was clear, though, was that this level was no match for Gronyan.

I could feel that intuitively. I was still a long way off from reaching that man.

And Gronyan wasn’t the only problem either.

In the Gibrante chapter, four additional ‘Karl Zayed-class’ strong people were slated to appear.

Capone the ‘Smuggler’.

Gelop the ‘Cyborg’.

Jimus the ‘Magic Weapon’.

Cormier the ‘Designer’.

In other words, I had ten days to find enough power to stand against them.

If I wanted to participate in the chapter where everybody was going to come after me, I needed to be strong enough for that.

I took a long breath.

“It’s not that big a deal.”

I already had a few ideas, for example –

1. Equip a weapon.

2. Ready an army.

3. Set up traps.

But there was only one choice that I thought would definitely get me the result I wanted.

4. Get a ‘colleague’ who could facilitate all of the above.

The problem was that my chances were slim.

The guy I wanted as my teammate was superior enough in ability that I had a ‘strong competitor’ in this arena.

Despite knowing all the nitty-gritty details of the setting and the future events, I could never be sure of victory against my competitor.

Because the man I wanted to be my ally now, was supposed to become Leo’s colleague in the future.

In other words, my competitor was the author himself.

“Still… I have to give it a shot.”

Because I couldn’t just give up.

I immediately got up from my seat and hurried my steps.

I already knew my destination.

“Now, how should I go about this?”


At a corner of Gibrante’s factory area, there stood a shabby warehouse with no signage outside.

Bang–.

Bang–.

Jean finally lost his temper at the hammering sound that’d been going on since morning and roared.

“Ugh! You son of a bitch! You think this is a smithy or something? Why’s there so much noise?”

Since about 30% of smuggled goods were defective in one way or another, most smugglers had their own tools and facilities to repair them.

But none of them would hit the goods with a hammer like this guy. Because they were esentially traders, not blacksmiths.

Bang–.

Bang–.

“Damn it, you bastard! Stop it!”

But even as he screamed, Jean was feeling content inside. All his shouting, was basically to advertise and drive up business.

As Jean approached, the young man who was beating the hammer pretended to finally notice him.

“Oh, you’re awake?”

“You’ve been hammering like that since the morning, how am I going to sleep? Huh?”

“Ah, yeah, sorry. I suddenly got an idea last night…”

Jean glanced at what the young man was making.

“What is it this time? A weapon?”

“No, it’s just… a combat aid.”

At first glance, it looked like a mechanized device that could be attached to your arm.

“Tsk. Who uses mechanical attachments these days? They just slow you down.”

“Haha, is that so?”

“You can’t survive just with crafting skills, you know? You need to have vision, and you need a brain, to understand if a product will sell. Who’d buy such a machine these days? The old farts around here might get nostalgic and buy it for a pittance. Special ability engineering is the trend right now; nobody would even look twice at any weapon or gadget that doesn’t have an ability installed.”

Despite the blunt advice, the young man just signed and chuckled.

“Either way, we’re talking about a machine. Be it special ability engineering or something else, you still need to understand the metals, materials, and power circuitry to make anything useful. The principles don’t change, do they?”

“What principles? Tch, you sound like an idiot. What matters these days is the ability, the ability, you hear me? Not how well-made your gadget is. As long as it can infuse the ability you need, those principles don’t matter.”

Jean, who was intimately familiar with the current market trends, clicked his tongue as he looked at the immature kid who only knew how to fondle gadgets.

When he’d thrown a few rice balls to a street beggar three months ago, he’d never imagined that the two of them would form a relationship like this. It’d just been a moment of fickle sympathy on his part.

It was embarrassing to admit, but if Jean was being honest with himself, the kid was interesting. Not only was he a dab hand at repairing defective products, the gadgets he made were quite astonishing, and he was definitely an expert in mechanical engineering – although Jean didn’t know where he’d learned it all.

That was why Jean scolded the kid like this more and more often. Saying that he was an idiot.

The kid had talent. He shouldn’t let his skills rot here in this dirty little smuggling shop, fixing broken products and fiddling with old-fashioned gadgets.

‘He should go to the heart of Northland and unleash his talent to the fullest…’

That was then.

Clangadangdang–.

A strange noise tickled his hearing.

Soon after,

“Here, huh?”

Some gigantic-looking fellow poked his head into the store.

With a really large jaw.

Jean instinctively sensed a feeling of danger.

“Who are you?”

As he spoke, he noticed several members of the gang in charge of this area lying behind the giant.

Jean gulped.

His little smuggling shop was no match against this guy.

Jean did have some pride in his own guts, but in front of this Squatjaw, he was feeling strangely numb. The sense of intimidation this guy exuded was at an unbelievable level.

“Ah, I came to meet someone. That’s why I’m here.”

“Meet? Meet who?”

“Well, it’s not you… Oh, there you are.”

Then he pointed to the young man behind him.

‘This…’

I knew it. Jean had guessed that the kid had gotten caught up in some kind of trouble. There was no way somebody this talented would’ve been in such a situation otherwise.

But he wasn’t willing to just surrender. No matter what, didn’t the kid have a connection to him now? He couldn’t throw away his own responsibility, he had to see it through. To the end.

“Wait, wait… I’m in charge of this place. That kid works for me now. If you want to take him, you have to first go through…”

But the squat-jawed giant had already passed by him.

“Hey, you, look…!”

That was then.

‘Huh?’

The expression on the kid’s face was strange.

He didn’t look terrified at all.

Rather, he was sporting a soft, interested smile.

And in addition,

“So listen, why don’t we cooperate?”

The first words from that squat-jawed giant were also quite strange.

He didn’t come to catch the kid or interrogate him?

He came with a proposal for cooperation instead?

The young man shrugged his shoulders as if it was absurd.

“Hey, do you know who I am?”

Squatjaw answered.

And it was very absurd answer.

“Why wouldn’t I know? You’re ‘Designer’ Cormier. If we’re talking about your major achievements… you were the chief architect of Cormier City, one of Northland’s most innovative cities; a pioneer in ability engineering, and the maintenance officer of the King’s Road… right? Hey, you also designed the White Rain, didn’t you? I rode that ship coming here. It was a great trip.”

Jean gaped blankly.

And there was Cormier, whose mouth was gaping just as wide as his own.

“No, how….”

While he was busy being surprised, Squatjaw kept talking.

And it was the most absurd thing he had ever heard.

“What was it called again… that rideable robot weapon with multiple special abilities… that’s it! Yeah, that Multifunctional Armoured Cavalry! Could you please make one for me?”


Editor’s Notes:

None for this chapter.


Surviving a Shounen Manga – Episode 95

To Gibrante!

Had I made a tiny miscalculation?

Despite how out of breath I was feeling, I reined in my exhaustion and kept my feet moving.

Because if I stopped even for a moment, Karl Zayed’s attack might hit my back and smash me flat.

Just then,

Pshng–.

“Yikes!”

Something flew by from behind and almost grazed my earlobe.

Apparently, the rest of the pursuers had also caught up with me.

I was worried. Should I use my abilities or not?

Leo’s ability, which I was mimicking at the moment, consumed stamina at a formidable rate. I could pour in a burst of speed, but it wouldn’t be sustainable.

Not to mention that I had to keep some fuel in the tank in case I got dragged into an unexpected fight.

‘Let’s be patient for now.’

I’d had it much easier when Leo alone was after me.

I still had enough energy then, and Leo had to carry Tanya, since he himself didn’t have a guide’s eyes.

But Karl Zayd was a different beast.

Covering myself with the goblin silver screen didn’t block his vision, and he was absolutely tireless.

Even though goblins popped up here and there pretending to be me to grab everybody’s attention –

“Where are you hiding… you ant!”

He could never be lured away from my trail.

Messing with a bastard who had all the characteristics of a guide and a decipherer at the same time, might’ve been a miscalculation.

But the silver lining in all this was that –

“There you are!”

Crackackack–!

“Some… kind of flying bug?”

“Squatjaw’s mine! Shove off unless you want to taste some lightning!”

“Go away.”

“Didn’t you hear me? I. Came. First!”

“I could get rid of you first, if you insist.”

– Leo promptly intervened whenever there was an emergency.

After I caught Karl Zayed’s attention, Leo dropped Tanya somewhere and began following our trail, which was fortunate for me. He was really quite helpful in how he was getting in his competitor’s way and dragging things out.

But, of course,

“Good! Squatjaw, just wait a bit! The winner here will face you!”

“You can run first if you want. I’ll follow after I clean up this messy-haired bug.”

“What? Bug?! You bastard! You’re the bug!”

“Alright, then the loser is the bug.”

This wasn’t the scene that I wanted.

“Huff…”

This was already the third time these two were having a stand-off.

I sighed softly and looked at Karl Zayed, who’d decided to confront Leo instead of chasing after me.

And then,

“Fine; Leo, Karl, you two have fun. I’ll leave first.”

I began to slowly walk away, trying my best to pretend that I didn’t care in the least.

But of course, deep down, I just wanted them to stop and chase after me.

Why couldn’t I leave the two here, you ask?

Simple. Things would inevitably get dragged out, everybody would focus on the two of them, and my plan would naturally collapse.

The readers might be very much in favour of them having a fight here. No, they definitely were. Although this wasn’t the place for some kind of ultimate showdown, a quick bout? The readers, fans of shounen battle manga as they were, would lap it right up.

Not just the readers either. All the inhabitants of this world were fighting enthusiasts. By deliberate design.

Hell, even I wanted to see them throw hands.

But that was why it was such a threat.

In a situation like mine, I really had to guard against something like that happening.

Fights were exciting. A fight breaking out somewhere could snatch away the spotlight in an eyeblink.

Even more so when it was a fight between famous named characters.

For example, what if Gronyan, the current holder of the leading point of view by the author’s grace, got involved in a fight with Karl Zayed? The spotlight would naturally shift there, and the readers would also enjoy the show without complaint. Even if the plot development smelled fishy because I’d already left with the Ramirez.

‘Well, it’ll still be fun to watch.’

And therefore, dangerous.

Of course, this was unlikely to happen right away. I didn’t know how Gronyan’s character was set, but I’d probably be gone by then.

Anyway, to sum it up, the current interest in me and the Ramirez was transient, and could be snuffed out any moment.

So I had to hurry up and finish this chapter before my worries could become reality.

The problem was,

“Don’t shorten my name. My name is Karl Zayed, not Karl. And it’s obvious where you’re going, anyway. Since I know where you’ll end up, why should I care if you get a little head start?”

These two bastards weren’t listening to me.

“Eh? Really? Where’s he going?”

“I don’t know what his plan is, but that guy’s trying to get the attention of all the strong people right now. This place is filled with blowhards, but there’re still three useful ones if you count.”

“Three?”

“Me, that guy, and that giant who came in with a bunch of flunkeys recently – the one that looks like a bandit. You aren’t included, crackle-bug.”

“What!? Are you looking down on me right now?!”

“You cheeky bastard. Do you think you’re strong? It’s not that you don’t have talent, but your vessel isn’t big enough to fit on this stage. Go and drink some more milk.”

‘Haah…’

I felt like sighing at the sight.

The one being lectured… the ‘crackle-bug’, was the world’s strongest talent as officially recognized by the author himself.

This would one day become a piece of black history. The villain would acknowledge the protagonist and become a fan favourite.

Not only that,

“Yeah? That’s all you have to say!?”

Provocation like that made a real fight a certainty.

So I rushed in before the pissed off Leo could attack Karl Zayed.

“Hey, hey! Stop that! From my point of view, you two aren’t much different, you know? What I mean is, don’t fight over such little things.”

“What?”

“What?”

“And you, you were on the money. That’s right, I’m thinking of meeting up with that big bloke in black. You guys can play around here if you want, but me? I’m going to go fight him and decide who owns this treasure. So, goodbye!”

I immediately turned back and started running.

Were they going to take the bait or not?

This was the best lure I could throw right now. To tell them that I was going to fight.

‘Please take the bait, take the bait…’

And then,

“… You’re in luck, crackle-bug. I don’t have the time to play with you right now.”

“Tch, that’s my line! Shove off, don’t block my way!”

Fortunately, the two idiots, lured in by the thought of me fighting somebody strong, again started chasing me.

“Whoo…”

I let out a sigh, but the future was looking grim.

Like Karl Zayed had said, I was now in a situation where I had to find Gronyan right away. Only then could I get out of this Clone City and bring this chapter to a close.

The problem was that he was living on the top of the mountain just opposite the northern entrance. After arriving here, surprisingly, he’d ignored all the lavish lodgings and gone straight into the mountains.

Of course, I didn’t fear getting lost along the way since I was very familiar with the mountain itself – the goblins had also stayed there – but the distance and the direction were troubling.

He was called the Assassin King, so how fast did that make him, exactly?

‘Ah… it’ll work out somehow.’

And, well, I wasn’t completely out of options either.

While I was forcing my feet to move, lost in thought –

Suddenly,

Tiling–.

– The leading point of view of the chapter has changed.

– The main character of the chapter is now ‘Gronyan’.

A message arrived notifying the change of main character.

“Huh?”

It was now Gronyan who held the leading point of now.

At that moment,

… Huh? Wait a minute.

I froze in my tracks.

Several thoughts ran through my head at the same time.

“Wait, wait a minute…”

I quickly shook my head.

The author finally gave the leading point of view to Gronyan? Now of all times?

The reason was somewhat conceivable.

Ever since the fight between Leo and Karl Zayed had gotten cancelled, he’d probably been trying to get the storyline ‘back on track’ – how he visualized it.

And he was probably aiming to make me fight.

My purpose and direction had been revealed by Karl Zayed, and me bumping into Gronyan also adequately foreshadowed. Moreover, the readers must’ve already been feeling a little excited after seeing Leo and Karl Zayed quarrel, so it’d make for good transition.

What would Gronyan do once he received the leading point of view was obvious. ‘It’s time…’ He’d babble something like that if I had to guess, and then move out of his mountain dwelling to come meet me.

“Good!”

And this was a really lucky turn for me.

The author had just made a huge mistake.

If the leading point view had been given to me instead of Gronyan, I would’ve had no choice but to head towards his place. To the top of the mountain, the exact opposite of my ultimate destination.

But now there was no need for that.

Because he was coming for me anyway.

Of course, I could understand why the author had done this. It might’ve been the obvious thing to do, making the readers empathize with Gronyan.

‘But he should’ve thought it through a little more.’

As soon as I came to a decision, I turned straight around.

And then,

“Huh? Squatjaw?”

“What, have you changed your mind? Alright, let’s finish this right away… Hmm?”

I ran past the two people who were now standing idly by, back towards the opposite direction.

Towards my original destination, the exit of Clone City.


“Raise your head.”

At that soft yet resounding command, Yan slowly looked up at the majestic man in front of him.

Even though they hadn’t seen each other in a long time, he was feeling troubled instead of joyful.

“How are you?”

“What does it look like? Do I look like I’m doing well?”

“… Yes.”

The man clicked his tongue.

“You’re still the same. The way you give a snap answer without much thought. I want to hear your actual opinions, not some parroted answers.”

“It really looks like that to me though, that’s why I said it…”

“And your habit of talking back hasn’t changed either.”

“…”

“Has adventuring been worth it?”

“… Yes.”

“Hmm. Are the guys with you useful?”

Yan could answer this with confidence.

“Yeah, all of them are great. Everyone is stronger than me, and their abilities are amazing…”

“Tsk, can somebody be called ‘amazing’ just because they’re stronger than you? Is that all?”

“…”

It was difficult to hold a conversation, just like always.

Every time he opened his mouth, he’d be rebuked or cut off midway.

But,

“Still, it looks like you’re having fun. Your face is so lively.”

“… Eh?”

“Although you’re probably just fooling around every day.”

Surprisingly, his father appeared to be somewhat satisfied.

“By the way, why did you come back to the field?”

“Are you asking me for an explanation?”

“Ah, no, I was just curious why… Aren’t you retired?”

Then,

“Do you know why I retired?”

This time, there was a strange gleam of interest in Yan’s father’s eyes.

“I don’t know.”

“It’s nothing special. At some point, I stopped having fun. One day I was going to go fishing, then a request came in. It was about killing some king somewhere, I think. But you know what’s funny? I said no, because I didn’t want to put away the fishing rod that day. It was terribly annoying.”

“…”

“So I retired. Because I suddenly realized that I no longer had any interest in my work.”

It really wasn’t a big deal.

“But now… are you saying you’ve again gotten interested?”

“Well, I wasn’t really, not at first – but there were rumours that the target this time is related to the goblins. I’ve been interested in that race for a long time. And fishing was getting boring, anyway.”

But even though Yan’s father said that he was simply interested, the colour of his clothes was unusual. The black uniform he now wore stood for ‘sure kill’ (必殺). And the assassins who’d followed him here weren’t riffraff, either.

While Yan was about to inquire further –

“… Guildmaster, may I interrupt?”

Someone’s voice came from outside the tent.

“Out with it.”

“It looks like Squatjaw and Karl Zayed are going to clash. Along with them is a boy who uses electricity, he’s also uncommonly strong.”

It was Leo.

Yan felt his ears perk up unconsciously.

“Hmmm… is that so?”

The man murmured –

“Looks like it’s time for me to move.”

– And got up from his seat.

As his tall frame stood straight, the large tent suddenly felt full.

Yan had always been curious. Why was there such a difference in their sizes?

“Aren’t you coming?”

“… Eh? Oh, um, coming, I’m coming!”

Then, suddenly, a question popped into Yan’s head.

Did his father come out of retirement just to hunt down Mr. Squatjaw?

“Do you have any other goals after catching Squatjaw…?”

Then,

“Now’s too early to talk about that.”

His father simply smiled and replied indifferently.

And this really surprised Yan.

Was he actually considering the possibility of failure?


“Whoo…”

The city exit was already crowded by the time I arrived.

Probably due to the rumors that a lot of Squatjaws were trying to escape the city.

And there were actually quite a few of my lookalikes in one corner.

“Oh, there’s a lot of them, huh?”

Chinuavi and Cocoavi – or rather, Cocoa, had apparently conveyed my orders very well.

Alternatively, a lot of goblins had been feeling a little disappointed due to not being able to play around to their hearts’ content.

Anyway, this was a very positive sign for me.

Soon after,

“What, are you finally done running? You want to team up with these goblins or something?”

Karl Zayed also arrived.

“Huh? What happened to Leo?”

“That crackle-bug? Sleeping in the woods somewhere…”

At that exact moment,

“Found you! You can’t escape that easily!”

Leo’s shout could be heard from afar.

They’d apparently had a go at each other without me knowing.

Of course, the leading point of view had already changed, so it wasn’t something to be worried about, but it did underscore how pressing the situation was. A sense of urgency was slowly building up in my heart.

‘When are you coming? Hurry it up…’

I’d tried to give the guest enough time to arrive, but I’d apparently overestimated him.

‘Hmm.’

This was a bit of a problem.

Since my destination was already in reach, I couldn’t leave, and I couldn’t drag the time anymore either.

There was no point in declaring that I’d be leaving the city right away. Without the leading point of view present, the readers would be left in the dark, so I couldn’t execute my ‘chapter ending operation’.

Besides, there were two monsters right here who were quite incensed due to the long chase.

“Are you thinking of leaving this city? Do you really think it’s up to you to decide that?”

“Squatjaw! Let’s stop here and have a fair match! Give me the treasure!”

Of course, I didn’t respond to them.

Instead, I looked around eagerly. Although I did say there was nothing I could think of to waste any more time –

But, well, there was one thing.

The goblins.

‘How about… I try hiding among them?’

The problem was that this might leave behind a pitiful victim or two.

I’d originally decided to keep the goblins out of harm’s way.

‘No, that’s not it. Some other way, some other way…’

At that moment, while I was floundering without any ideas –

… Thoom.

The very air around me began to shake.

From a deep, heavy sound.

In an instant, everyone’s heads turned to the epicenter of that ripple of noise.

There stood a man of great stature, dressed completely in black.

Gronyan.

Finally, the long-awaited guest of honour had arrived.

He began to trudge forward, meeting the gazes centred on him one by one.

His aura was so intimidating that even Karl Zayed and Leo were watching him with their mouths shut.

Gronyan walked up to me and slowly spoke.

“I heard you want to fight me to decide the owner of the treasure.”

“Oh, you heard?”

“… You should learn some manners, you insolent bastard.”

“Oh? Are you the type who thinks the social order depends on looks and manners?”

“… What?”

Anyway, good job coming here.

I glanced around.

The scene was exactly what I’d hoped for.

A huge crowd, a buzz of excitement, and the eyes already full of anticipation.

“Wait, excuse me. I have something to say.”

I walked right up to the front of the exit and turned back to face the onlookers.

Then, I shouted loudly to the audience.

“I’m Squatjaw Hiro, and I have the treasure, Ramirez! Perhaps everybody here has already heard two pieces of news. That I’m leaving this city, and that I’m fighting to decide the ownership of the treasure.”

Fortunately, no one stopped me.

I’d wondered what would happen if that Gronyan had attacked me mid-announcement.

So I peacefully continued my speech.

“I’m sorry, but one of the two is a lie. You all know by now that goblins are habitual liars, don’t you?”

Suddenly, murmurs began to fill the surroundings.

Maybe it was a reaction like, ‘Hey, what’s he talking about?’

I continued without hesitation.

“What could be the lie? Do you think maybe I’ll pass this on to someone else?”

I took the Ramirez out of my sleeve and shook it once.

The murmurs began to turn louder and louder.

But still, nobody rushed over or attacked me.

To be honest, I’d thought someone might lose patience at this juncture, but luckily they were all pretty calm. Maybe they thought I wouldn’t be able to escape no matter what tricks I pulled.

“I’ll be going, so follow me. I’m going north.”

I took a step back, behind the dividing line that separated the city from the outside, and slowly covered myself top to bottom with the goblin silver screen I’d prepared in advance.

Rustle–.

This… was the end.

All according to plan.

Of course, Karl Zayed or Gronyan wouldn’t find it funny, since they could still sense me just fine. I wondered what their reactions would be.

But I was here, directing the last scene of the chapter, to inflame the readers’ curiosity. To simplify the author’s choices.

Of course, I didn’t know if he’d agree or not.

‘But if you don’t finish the chapter even after all this, you should be disqualified as an author.’

I counted the seconds while shivering a little.

One, two, three, four…

‘Please! Please!’

And finally,

Tiling–.

[Chapter 28 – The Battle for Ramirez’s Treasure (1) has ended]

[Hiro’s character evaluation has been updated]

[‘Liar’ has been added to the characteristics]

[The support of many readers followed]

The chapter ended.

“Huff! Yeah! Yeah, as it should!”

I could finally relax my breathing.

Finished. It was a success.

That was then.

“Are you done joking?”

Gronyan was slowly approaching. And Karl Zayed and Leo were followed behind.

“If you say you’re running away… why are you standing still?”

Of course, just because the chapter was over didn’t mean everything was over.

The chapter was over, but the gathered characters didn’t simply vanish.

But,

“Well, did you know? The store opens only after the chapter ends.”

They weren’t a threat to me anymore.

“… What?”

I opened the character shop window.

‘It’s been a while since I used this.’

And then,

– Do you want to purchase [Go straight to the chapter progress area] x 1?

I bought one of my favourite starter products.

I’d already told Chinuavi, Cocoa, and Haka to come and find me later.

‘Well, they should be fine.’

– Please tell us where you are going. Currently, there are a total of five chapters that are open for movement.

Perhaps the author’s newly minted preceding plot had gotten twisted, but that didn’t mean all the later chapters had been affected.

In other words, even if I wasn’t sure what would happen in ‘Buckingham’, I could still go to ‘Gibrante’.

I took a look at the ‘monsters’ standing in front of me.

Gronyan, Karl Zayed, Leo – and countless others behind them.

I was a little curious as to how these guys would end this situation and follow up.

But of course,

‘I can hear all about it later.’

I didn’t have any idea about watching it firsthand.

I gently took off the silver screen and greeted them with a smile.

“Then I’ll leave first. To Gibrante!”

A pure white light came out of the hologram and embraced me.


Editor’s Notes:

None for this chapter.


Sword Pilgrim – Chapter 122

Clang! Claaaannnggg! Crumpt!

Nurturer Gregory was hammering away at his forge.

By his side, stood Callius, looking straight at him.

But he wasn’t alone.

“Count Jervain, the Hero of Salvation himself. What’s a nobleman like you doing in this shabby place?”

Gregory took a side glance at him and continued his hammer blows as if nothing was wrong.

“This dwarf here is Dexter. He’s mine, so please let him use the forge.”

A few days after waking up from the coma, Callius had sent a summons to the North telling Dexter to come to the capital.

Because the dwarf had informed Callius that he still had a headache about the sword in his hands.

“And why should I do that?”

“Compared to the empire, the kingdom’s swords aren’t that great in quality. Dexter has a lot to offer in that regard, so why not let him stay here for a while?”

“Hah! What do you even know about swords? Those hands of yours, all they’ve ever done is swing one around! You, who’s never even made a single sword, who are you to prattle about a sword’s quality?!”

This was a decent enough reaction.

Nurturer Gregory.

He was the most famous nurturer in the Sword Church.

So he had to have his own pride. Callius couldn’t just foist Dexter on him by force.

Unless he changed Gregory’s perception of himself.

“They say you only use water for quenching. Is there a reason for that?”

“Then what should I do? Should I cool the iron[1] by quenching it in blood, like a savage?”

Even if he was the greatest nurturer of the kingdom, his level was nothing to write home about when compared to the modern era.

“If you only use water for quenching, the iron would cool down rapidly. Won’t it bend, or break?”

“Isn’t that normal? It’s a nurturer’s job to deal with that the best he can!”

“Then why not use oil?”

“Oil?”

“Or, you can use brine. There are many methods. It might be a good idea to use water that’s been blessed, too.”

The kingdom’s carcasses were of middling quality when compared to the empire.

Some part of the reason lay in the same old lack of talents, but another part was the heavy emphasis on using traditional methods of quenching and smelting.

So a gap would naturally form.

In the first place, using only water quenching was a measure of how low the level of a civilization was.

‘Water isn’t bad, per se.’

But it didn’t have any strong points either.

The properties of corpse-iron could vary wildly.

Some would fit the water quenching method, and some never would.

Most ingots of spirit rank or higher behaved like alloys of different attributes, and deformed easily when quenched with water.

So it was better to use oils that were better at keeping the temperature constant, or use some method to weaken the mould just in time.

Quenching itself was a process to make the iron stronger, how could it help if the metal deformed instead?

The skill level of the kingdom was too low.

So Callius had brought in Dexter.

“You’re asking for too much, you know.”

“Please help me.”

How to properly quench iron with water and how to fold it.

If even just these two aspects were fixed a bit, swords would be mass produced faster and the average quality would rise.

And –

Callius drew his dagger and made a shallow cut on his palm.

“What! Why suddenly…!”

The blood dripping from the wound was filled with divine power.

Callius let the drops fall into the bucket of water in front of him.

“The old ways aren’t all necessarily bad. How about trying a slightly different approach?”

Gregory looked like he was in a hurry to run off somewhere, as if he’d gotten a big shock, but he still calmed himself down and brought an iron ingot. He heated it under the bellows, and quickly hammered it into the shape of a sword.

Gulping, Gregory said –

“I’m not saying I believe you, Count – but it’s not that difficult to try. This is an ingot I went through a lot of trouble to find… I’ve always struggled with the quenching part.”

Because the metal warped every time when quenched in water. Gregory immersed the beaten piece of cast iron into the water filled with Callius’ blood.

Squelchhhh!!

Flakes fell away as Gregory lifted the blade up.

“Oh, ohhh! The spine didn’t get twisted!!”

The blade looked pristine, as if it’d been somehow freed of its old stains. Gregory admired it for a while, then turned his head to look at Callius.

“You didn’t do this from the good of your heart, right? Is there anything you want from me?”

“Dexter?”

“Yeah.”

A sword wrapped in cloth appeared in Dexter’s arms.

A broken sword.

The Strong Sword (Spirit Descent Sword) – Gwydd.

“This… Even broken, it’s kept its shape. It’s a pretty high-class one among spirit swords. Looks like a superior product[2].”

Superior products were just one level below special products[3].

Still, it meant that it was a fairly high-grade sword.

“I want you to fix this.”

“This…? You were called Dexter, right? I guess you couldn’t fix it.”

“Yes. Unfortunately.”

Dexter couldn’t fix the spirit sword.

So Callius had called him here.

Even if he couldn’t fix the sword alone, things would be different with Gregory by his side.

‘Gregory…’

Although he was an old man, he still had untapped potential. Despite being stubborn and old-fashioned, he and Dexter could mutually help each other grow further.

So Callius had brought the two of them together.

To be honest, he didn’t even need the Strong Sword anymore.

Because he now had the Light Dragon Sword.

It could almost be called the higher-level version of the Strong Sword.

And the Strong Sword was quite probably broken for good.

Still, Callius had a reason why he’d brought Dexter to meet Gregory.

“It’s too hot! How can anybody even live here?”

It was Beatrice.

A dwarf and a sword nurturer had already gathered here.

Now if an alchemist completed the trifecta, might not the results be something to look forward to?


A training room inside the royal castle.

Three people were seated in the private space arranged for the queen.

One of them was naturally the queen, and another was Victor, the Guardian Sword who always accompanied her.

And the third –

“Your Majesty.”

“Yes.”

“If you get too close to the enemy, you won’t have room to swing your sword.”

“But you aren’t an enemy, right, Count?”

“We’re having a match right now.”

The third was a count who was her swordsmanship instructor.

Callius.

“It’s because I stumbled.”

The queen was in Callius’ arms.

Thanks to that, he felt like he was about to die.

Because his trait, [Prodigal Son], kept making his hand try to snake around her waist, or his mouth to whisper sweet nothings in her ears.

He could only grit his teeth and perseveres.

Callius, had once been a maniac and a prodigal.

But now the maniac part was gone.

Shouldn’t it be possible to resist the prodigal part of him as long as his will was strong enough?

Although he’d already brushed his hand lightly against her hips, she didn’t seem to have noticed.

“Ugh… Should we go again?”

“… Yes.”

With her head bowed, the queen moved away and gave a light cough, and then pointed her sword at him once again.

“If you have any problems, please speak up. I’ll explain in as much detail as possible.”

“I don’t understand why there’re no basic sword forms.”

Basic forms.

They were usually a pretty important part of any sword art.

The sword art would build upon those basic forms and take shape.

For example, a swordsmanship called the Carpe Style was popular in the kingdom, created by the founding king and spread during the war.

Its basic forms were centered around stabbing and chopping.

But what about the Silver Flower Wave Sword? It had no such thing.

If one had to ask why, it was because Stella was its creator.

“The Silver Flower Wave Sword… starts at too high a level.”

“Eh? But didn’t you say, Count? That the Silver Flower Wave Sword is made for the weak?”

That was indeed true.

The Silver Flower Wave Sword was an art made by the weak, for the weak.

That was why Callius thought it wasn’t suitable for those who were already strong.

But –

“Don’t forget, the ‘weakling’ who created this swordsmanship was Stella.”

Stella had had such a thought one day.

That she was weak. So, she’d created such an incredible swordsmanship.

A sword without form.

That was the root of the Silver Flower Wave Sword.

It was an art based on irregular strikes and anomalous techniques that had to be used depending on the situation.

In summary, it was a one-size-fits-all sword art that needed a knight’s intuition and strength as a base.

‘In the first place, a sword art should be based on how to form and shape your sword energy.’

But Stella’s art was different at a fundamental level.

It was a high-grade martial art where even the first martial skill needed the user to freely manipulate sword energy.

Because by the time she’d made this art, Stella had no trouble manipulating sword energy any way she wished.

And thus such a ridiculous art had been born.

The Silver Flower Wave Sword originated from the idea that in order for the weak to defeat the strong, they must crush the opponent’s power and then use it themselves to counterattack.

The bizarre sword art that made such an impossible possible was the Silver Flower Wave Sword.

Therefore, it wasn’t easy to teach.

The art had been lost to time, precisely because of that.

“Sword Saint Stella. The sword art she created, the Silver Flower Wave Sword, is of a higher level than any other swordsmanship on the continent. I too had to struggle for years to learn it.”

First of all, one needed to understand the concept of Raging Flower Wave, and in order to practice it, they needed to find their own realizations and raise their level.

Yet, there was no basic form included in the art that would allow one to naturally progress to that checkpoint.

Although the sword art was made for the weak, only geniuses were qualified to learn it.

Created by a genius who lamented her own weakness, the swordsmanship had been born as a mass of contradictions.

“I see… Even you found it so hard to learn, Count? I suppose the rumours were true.”

“Rumours? What rumours?”

“Ah, I heard that you were actually always a genius swordsman, but you deliberately tried to hide the fact because you were learning the Silver Flower Wave Sword.”

Callius had no way to appease the queen’s deeply curious eyes.

As he remained silent, Queen Clara quickly changed the subject.

Now she looked thoughtful.

“Is that why can’t I learn this swordsmanship? I… I’m not a genius like Sir Esther.”

Esther, Carpe’s greatest genius.

Her intelligence was definitely outstanding.

Now her development was nearly complete.

‘Since she’s gotten Sullivian… ‘

It was safe to say that Carpe’s destruction had been delayed by several years.

According to the original storyline, she was the one to lead Carpe while it was in ruins and struggling to maintain its very existence.

However, even somebody so great couldn’t bring Carpe back to life.

The royal lineage was the key.

Carpe, after losing the royal bloodline that was the lynchpin of Valtherus’ grace, would be broken at its very core, and would have no choice but to walk the path of ruin.

‘White hair and pure white eyes.’

White hair and white eyes were a blessing from God.

And they contained His grace.

Jervain’s eyes. Gradas’ nose.

Ruydren’s ears. Orvid’s mouth.

And for the royal family, Bright –

‘The brain.’

It could be thought of as the head that presided over the senses – the eyes, nose, ears, and mouth.

People from the royal bloodline were brilliant. His Highness Chloe, for example, even though he’d made the mistake of taking the Light Dragon Sword, had originally been a very smart person.

So it was definitely possible for the queen to succeed.

“Your Majesty, you’re better suited for this than anyone else in Carpe.”

She just didn’t realize her own strength yet.

As long as Clara could realize her true strength, Carpe would have a chance of survival.

‘But it needs time.’

Callius himself, the queen, and all the other in Carpe with great potential –

Except for those few who’d already been perfected, most were still waiting to be moulded.

So Carpe needed more time.

“Thank you for believing in me, but I… Compared to my predecessors, I’m not any good.”

“Your Majesty.”

“Yes?”

Long, braided, white hair fluttered at Callius’ call.

There was anxiety in the pure white pupils.

And impatience.

The girl who’d ascended to the throne at a young age, thrust into the highest position in the nation, had grown older since then, but she was still young.

Even after her years spent ruling, she was still a young woman.

She was angrier than anyone else at the empire’s brazen invasion, but at the same time she was also more anxious than anyone else.

Because she knew best her own shortcomings.

Sitting upon that lonely throne –

Who could count how many fears had taken root in her heart?

Almost unconsciously, Callius cupped her warm cheeks with his hands.

“Ah…”

A queen who’d just become an adult –

Her white pupils trembled at the sudden touch.

But Callius spoke to her with a firm determination.

“Don’t put yourself down.”

I will never let you die.

If she died, Carpe would collapse.

“Because of my royal blood…?”

“No. Blood has nothing to do with it.”

“Then…?”

Callius looked at her silently. The one who’d planned her death in such detail had been none other than himself.

“There is no place for my sword in a world without you.”

“…!!”

Pound.

“… Do you have a fever?”

Her face had suddenly turned red.

“Oh, no! No. Well, um, let’s finish it here today!”

“There’s still time.”

“M-my body! Suddenly started feeling bad. Victor!”

“Did you call…”

Victor looked at the queen and Callius alternately and smiled quietly.

“What’s next on my schedule?”

“Meeting the ministers…”

“Cancel it.”

“Alright.”

The queen turned her back to Callius, her ears burning red.

Callius backed away with a bewildered face at the clear invitation to leave.

“Huff, huff. Honestly…”

That man was incorrigible. The queen, biting her lip, said so, and took a moment to cool the heat on her flushed face that she hadn’t felt for a long time.


Editor’s Notes:

[1]  주철 (lit. cast iron). Considering that cast iron is a mixture or iron and carbon, and the metal they’re talking about here is transformed from carbon-based organic corpses, it’s darkly apt. Using iron, cast iron or corpse-iron as appropriate in translation.

[2] 일품 (iipum), excellent/superior product.

[3] 특품 (teugpum), special product.


Sword Pilgrim – Chapter 121

I did indeed have to leave as soon as possible, but there were still too many things on my plate.

Among them, the most urgent was –

“Boss, it’s getting a little tight…”

Bruns mimed a circle with his index finger.

Meaning there was no money.

“Where did all that money go?”

Roughly 50,000 gold coins.

That was easily more than the annual income of an average noble estate.

How could that much money vanish in just three months?

“That money-eating witch…”

Bruns said, flipping his wrist.

I looked where he was pointing to.

Beatrice thrust out her chest wide and said confidently.

“I need some more research funds.”

“Will you please stop strutting around naked?”

“But I’ve covered everything I wanted to cover?”

“Just slippers don’t cut it.”

“I put on a cardigan too.”

But that cardigan was too thin.

Not even many men went around dressed so sparsely.

It was hard to look at her without your eyes wandering to someplace indecent.

“… So. Does that mean all the money went into funding your research?”

“Yeah.”

Bruns was avoiding meeting Beatrice’s eyes as if he was feeling awkward.

Whereas Beatrice was looking at Bruns with contempt. Something must’ve have happened between the two.

But that wasn’t my problem.

“Show me the ledger.”

“Here.”

It was true.

Expanding the villa, making Beatrice’s workshop.

And buying research materials.

Clearly, the work had proceeded as previously agreed.

But the problem was that –

Beatrice had purchased her research supplies and materials at such a frantic pace that the gold reserve had evaporated in just a few months.

“…”

Seeing me stare at her silently, Beatrice began to avert her eyes.

“Well, I’ve never really been the one to overspend. There’ve been some decent results. If we just commercialize the product and release it…”

I couldn’t help but sigh. I couldn’t really blame her. I’d expected to invest this much in the first place.

In the end, what mattered was the return.

“How long till it’s ready to sell?”

“Um, I’d say about five years?”

“Boss!! This witch’s totally ruined us!! How about I strip her naked, hang her from the ceiling and spank her ass!”

“Heh, you don’t even know your place. Remember coming to me with a bouquet of flowers and talking nonsense?”

“I, when did I –!”

“Shut up, both of you.”

Beatrice’s research couldn’t be delayed. The TD potion was a miraculous concotion made with a small amount of troll blood and dragon blood essence.

‘Five years is too long, but if it can be finished within two or three years, it’ll be able to play a big role in the fight against the empire.’

Although it couldn’t yet be regarded as a true elixir, it was proven that long-term intake could strengthen the user’s body.

The data was being gathered from the Sixth Squad[1], so a year or two of development cycle sounded feasible.

Beatrice was a perfectionist after all, so if she said five years, perhaps even one year’s worth of data would be enough in practice.

“One year.”

“Huh?”

“Make it shelf-ready in one year.”

“But it’s still…”

I could tell that she wasn’t satisfied with the level of the product.

But even such an unsatisfactory result would be a boon for carpe.

“The Sixth Squad has already shown results. Let’s start with that as a baseline and get ready for mass production from there.”

“Well…”

“And the more data, the more space for improvement, right?”

“Is that so?”

“You could try the potion not just with the Sixth Squad, but with the entire Royal Army.”

“Ah… That’s for sure.”

Profits could be made and data could be extracted simultaneously.

Research and experimentation cost money, after all.

If you have money, you can do more research and run more experiments.

Money can substitute for time, in that sense.

In the end, it’s money that makes the world go round.

So this was imperative.

‘Besides, it’s already been verified that there are no harmful effects on the body.’

There’s no time too early to start training.

The Royal Army had to become stronger in order to evenly face the empire.

And this was good for Beatrice too.

It was a great opportunity to establish her place in the kingdom, and that too, not just as an alchemist.

If she wanted to follow Cedric’s footsteps and establish a new church in Carpe, she had to prove her value and her qualifications.

“I like the idea!”

“Good. Bruns!”

“Yeah!”

“Bring Helena.”

“Eh?”

Why her? That was the expression the man was making.

“Shut up and bring her.”

“Ye-, yes!!”

I didn’t see any need to explain.


The living room of the mansion.

Helena, red hair fluttering, was sitting opposite Callius with a quite dissatisfied expression on her face.

“So now you want money?”

“It’s for Carpe.”

“And? We’re meeting after so long, and that’s the first thing to come to your mouth?”

“Yeah.”

Helena gave Callius a venomous glare, and then picked up the teacup.

After the first sip, she couldn’t help but look at Callius again, startled.

“What’s this swill? Don’t tell me, you poisoned it?!”

“Emily made that.”

“… I was joking. It’s, uh, good. Very zesty. … But, do you drink this often?”

It didn’t taste even close to appetizing.

Callius replied calmly.

“Sometimes.”

She came here from time to time to make tea. Jervain’s young lady had a unique way of making black tea, simply pouring hot water over the tea leaves. The end product was bitter like an unripe lime.

It could even be called art.

“…”

“What’s with that look?”

“I was just thinking. It’s tough, being a father.”

“You too, be nice to your own father.”

“Don’t you have trouble with that yourself?”

“I have other things that I’m good at.”

“… What the hell.”

Helena couldn’t help but laugh at that ridiculous response.

Callius was also feeling a little amused, and the corners of his lips loosened.

“So how much money are you asking for? We haven’t seen each other for almost three months, and the first thing you talk about is money. How sad.”

“… I meant, give back the money I invested with you.”

“Oh, that? Well, um… How about leaving it with me a little longer? The profit isn’t that high right now.”

“How much is it?”

“Now, um… about forty-three percent?”

“… Isn’t that quite a lot?”

“The business should return about seventy percent.”

Callius didn’t know if it was because she was a merchant, or if Helena was just that special.

Seventy percent return on twenty thousand principal made the total about thirty-four thousand gold, which was quite a tidy sum.

If that was the rate of return after just three or four months, it was fine to leave it invested.

“How about giving me one more year? Then you’ll get twice as much back.”

“Then let’s do that. But first, look at this potion and this other stuff.”

Suddenly a pile of junk and a potion bottle appeared in front of Callius, as if from thin air.

“What are these things?”

“These are the relics of the Vira Tribe.”

“Vira? Who’re they?”

“An ancient ethnic group that once lived in the Old North. Their artificers were head and shoulders above the alchemists of today.”

“Hm… I see. These are relics, so if you properly organize them and put them on auction, alchemists will come running with fiery eyes.”

Callius hadn’t gone through so much trouble to collect them for nothing.

To sell such things, he could name his own price.

Of course, there were some among them that weren’t usable at all, but to alchemists and scholars, they were worth far more than their weight in gold.

“And this potion is an elixir made by mixing troll blood and dragon blood. Ingesting it loosens the limits of your body.”

Callius had drank it himself after waking up.

From his own experience, it was quite effective.

Callius thought that it’d be okay to call something of this level a miracle drug.

To be honest, it was a restorative potion if one wanted to be completely accurate, but calling it a miracle remedy, an elixir, wasn’t far off.

“Isn’t calling it that a little presumptuous?”

“It heals wounds in a flash, and even increases your physical strength a little. I took it myself to get well, so it’s not a lie.”

The potion bottle was filled with a clear, transparent liquid.

Helena carefully opened the lid, and was startled by the sweet aroma that began to flood the room, quickly closing it again.

“You weren’t lying. Then can I set the price higher, mentioning your name?”

“They’re worth a high price on their own merits.”

“What’s my commission? How about thirty percent?”

“Don’t be an ass. You get ten percent.”

“That’s too low! I’m busy too, you know?”

“Then don’t. These aren’t things you can buy just with money. If I went to the queen with these, she’d welcome me with open arms. Especially this elixir.”

‘That’s true.’

If Callius was telling the truth, this potion would be worth any price.

‘If I just sell to the Masters first and gradually keep increasing the price…’

Helen didn’t know if the option truly deserved to called a miracle elixir, but it might be able to fill the void the disappearance of holy water had left in Carpe’s potion market. If the rate of recovery was as quick as Callius implied, it was no different from having a second life.

‘Sell it to the Masters first, then to the talented captain-level knights or the nobles… ‘

She couldn’t tell offhand how much money this could make.

Helena’s lips were wet like she was about to openly drool.

Ssssp.

“Hmm, huh. How about twenty percent?”

“Fifteen. Any more than that would be unreasonable.”

“It can’t be helped. But I want to test a sample first, so shall I take a bottle?”

“Test it here.”

“Eh? How to test…”

“Bruns.”

“Yeah!”

As the man ran in, Callius took out the dagger, Zornik, from his bosom and slashed Bruns in the arm.

“Ugh!”

The man started making a fuss, but Callius grabbed his arm and dropped a few drops of the potion on the wound.

Sizzle, squelch.

The wound started to heal.

It was definitely slower than holy water, but the healing was fast enough to be visible to the naked eye, enough to call it a miracle drug.

“See? It can be called an elixir.”

“’Elixir’… yeah.”

Clasp.

Helena, shaking hands to finalize the deal, took the bottle of elixir.

“But why did you call me?”

“What do you mean?”

“You’re the Queensknight, aren’t you? Why not tell the queen?”

Helena’s face was somehow aglow with anticipation.

“Because the royal family might monopolize it. It might be better for the country overall, but not for me personally.”

“Ah… Then the source has to be kept secret?”

“Yes. Airtight.”

Most of the renegades in the country were dead, but Callius couldn’t relax.

It’d be better if Beatrice’s existence was kept hidden under a veil of secrecy.

‘Until the right moment arrives.’


On the way to visit the queen.

Callius was going to meet her to teach swordsmanship, but he stopped by the academy first after an idea struck.

“Where are you?”

The Royal Academy.

Callius slowly walked down the front walkway, taking in the sight of the well-built edifice.

There was somebody else along the way. A man wearing glasses that lent a vicious cast to his face.

“Who… Ah! Count Jervain, I presume?”

Despite his ferocious looks, he bowed promptly upon meeting Callius.

“That’s right.”

“This is an honour. Did you come to see Young Lady Emily?”

“Where is Emily’s class?”

“She’s in class C. Oh, by now, she’s probably in the middle of training. Would you like to observe?”

“Guide me.”

Ignoring the man’s ramblings about the curriculum having theory in the mornings and training in the afternoons, Callius trailed after him, until he found the place where Emily was training.

Under the warm sunlight, Emily was having a match.

The opponent was the son of a certain nobleman.

The boy was a head taller than Emily, but that didn’t mean he was her match.

“Damn it!”

Victory came in the blink of an eye.

Putting down the wooden sword with an expressionless face, Emily turned her head to look at this side.

Immediately, she looked startled. Her mouth loosened up and she waved her hand.

Callius had been discovered.

He waved his hand a little in response.

Rinney and Flora, who were standing nearby, also joined in waving their hands.

Rinney was understandable, but Callius wondered why even Flora was so enthusiastic, but in the end it didn’t matter.

‘All four of them are in the same class.’

Callius didn’t know if it was a coincidence or not.

But there was nothing disadvantageous about it.

The moment he was thinking about that –

“Don’t worry about your daughter.”

“…”

“I’m going to take her in as my disciple.”

The pope, who’d arrived at some point, was standing beside Callius and looking at Emily.

The noble instructor, name unknown, shook his head as if in disbelief.

The rumour was that he’d been feeling disheartened after Sullivian’s death, but had he shaken it off already?

“You take disciples?”

“I never have before. There was no child whose talent caught my eye, and I didn’t have the time or the will, either.”

However, after Sullivian’s death –

The pope said that he’d had a change of heart.

“I didn’t die this time, but my day will come. I’ll become a sword for the good of this kingdom. But even so, I want to leave my will behind.”

“Well. As long as Emily wants to, I don’t mind.”

“Thank you.”

“How about teaching those children too, while you’re at it?”

“Who are they?”

“My nephew and niece.”

“But not that kid, right?”

The pope was talking about Flora.

“She’s going to be great one day.”

The pope’s eyes narrowed.

Eventually, his eyes began to twinkle as if he’d found something in Flora. He asked with a pleased grin.

“Hmm, is she a commoner?”

“Yeah.”

“I like her.”

The next three years.

Once three years passed –

It’d be interesting to see how much the children’s skills improved.

“It’s been quite a while, hasn’t it? How is Her Majesty’s swordsmanship?”

“It’s going smoothly.”

The queen’s talent wasn’t particularly bad.

It wasn’t on the high side, but she had a passion for learning, so teaching her wasn’t difficult.

“But…”

Callius’s eyebrows furrowed as if in deep thought.

“But?”

“She stumbles a lot.”

The queen often stumbled during training, and had to hold on to Callius for support.

“…”

While Callius was seriously contemplating whether the queen needed remedial training to fix her sense of balance, the pope looked at Callius as if he were a piece of trash.


Editor’s Notes:

[1] Changing Sixth Squad to uppercase from now on. Previous chapters have mostly been edited.


Surviving a Shounen Manga – Episode 94

Catch Me If You Can

“Are you… the real Squatjaw?”

Leo frowned and asked the new arrival.

Naturally he wasn’t asking because of the newcomer’s appearance. He looked identical to the ones he’d seen two days before.

Instead, what caught Leo’s eyes was the attitude of the horned boy toward him.

Seeing how respectfully the boy, who was clearly a member of the Squatjaw Adventurers, treats him… Of course, this might all just be another prank, but the possibility remained.

That was then.

“You still can’t tell?”

The new Squatjaw turned to face him with a bright smile.

A familiar smile.

A very confident smile that had been missing from the rest of the Squatjaws.

So… he actually was the real one?

“It’s me, Hiro.”

“You, you…!”

“It’s been a while, Leo.”

At that moment, Leo felt something bubble up inside his chest.

He didn’t know what the lump of emotions consisted of.

It just felt hot, and intense.

“You bastard… I’ve been looking for you!”

“Were you?”

“Squatjaw! Give me the treasure!”

“Which one is it? Did you come here to find me? Or to find the treasure?”

“Both!”

Leo strode forward.

This was his first time feeling so excited.

Lightning started flashing naturally from his body.

Zzappp–!

But Squatjaw was still smiling brightly, and he didn’t take any special action.

“Whoa, hey, calm down.”

“Let’s fight! Whoever wins gets the treasure, how about it?”

“Well, that doesn’t sound bad… Wait a minute. Wait. I’ll send them away first.”

Then he gently lowered his head.

And then,

“Huh?”

Something was peeled off from the air above Squatjaw’s head.

Surprisingly, that little girl from the Squatjaw Adventurers had been hiding there.

“Ah, you’re that little kid!”

“You’re the kid! My name is Cocoa. Or Cocoavi.”

“Now, now, quiet. Leo, wait a bit.”

Squatjaw, the little kid and the horned boy took some distance and put their heads together.

Squatjaw started whispering, and the other two listened intently, but Leo couldn’t catch the conversation.

He could only make out a couple of phrases.

‘Spread out’. And ‘follow me’.

And then,

“Ah, thanks for waiting.”

After sending the two away, Squatjaw came back.

Then he asked a bizarre question.

“By the way, looks like you two have gotten friendly?”

“Huh?”

It was an odd question.

The intent behind the question was of course difficult to understand, but more than that, the subject itself was strange. Why did it sound like Squatjaw knew Tanya too?

“Do you know each other?”

When Leo looked back at Tanya, she answered without turning her gaze away from Squatjaw.

She was showing off a really suspicious attitude.

And after that,

“What, didn’t you tell him?”

Squatjaw asked.

“Tanya? Did you already know Squatjaw?”

Then,

“Like hell I know him! Th-, this… this cunning thief!”

She suddenly started screaming out of nowhere.

“Oh, are you introducing yourself?”

Squatjaw’s words that followed were truly astonishing.

That Tanya was none other than the one who’d first stolen the treasure from Eastland. He even said that they’d arrived to the continent on the same ship.

When Leo asked her if this was true,

“Yeah. But that squat-jawed bastard stole it! My treasure!”

Tanya roared.

“Well, isn’t it a bit too much to say that it’s yours? You stole it from somebody else, too. Oh, and Leo, you don’t even know, do you? That this woman is a member of a very famous bandit gang?”

“Huh?”

That was then.

“Hey, stop it…”

Suddenly, Tanya’s voice became very quiet.

“A bandit gang?”

“Yeah. The Huntington Bandits. Have you ever heard of them?”

It was a very familiar name.

Huntington? Huntington…

That Huntington?”

“…”

From how Tanya bowed her head, it was true.

“But then why have I never seen her before?”

“Are you an idiot? Because this woman was in Eastland all along.”

“Ah.”

Leo nodded.

Then,

“But so what?”

“Huh?”

Squatjaw seemed puzzled.

“So what if Tanya’s a Huntington?”

“What do you mean… haven’t you guys been fighting them off and on? I’ve heard the rumours.”

“What does that matter? Like you said, Tanya was in Eastland at the time. And at least for now, she’s my friend, not a Huntington.”

The left Squatjaw speechless for a while.

Finally,

“… I see. Already in the party… I guess not yet? That’d be a bit more obvious.”

“What?”

“No, nothing. That’s a good attitude to have. I was just wondering how close the two of you were, so I asked. Well, it doesn’t look that bad. You’re doing well.”

Why did he have to constantly spew out nonsense that Leo couldn’t understand?

Leo thought that he needed to take charge and sort out the situation. Somehow, he had a feeling that the Squatjaw was constantly trying to change the topic.

So, he again circled back to the duel.

“So? Can we do it now? Then hurry up, and…”

“Oh, sorry, sorry. One more thing.”

Squatjaw raised up a finger as he dithered once again.

To be honest, Leo couldn’t help but be frustrated.

Did this guy really have to talk like this?

“Do you want to fight or not?”

“Sure, sure. I just have one last question for you.”

“What is it?”

Then, with a small smile,

“The goblins. How were they?”

“What?”

“How were my goblins? Did you meet them?”

Again, he was asking something strange.

“Your goblins? So you’re saying that all those Squatjaws are really your subordinates?”

“Well… you can think that way. Did you have fun with them?”

Fun? Those bastards had been the worst! They literally couldn’t open their mouths without telling one lie or another. Leo was exhausted dealing with their nonstop schemes and trickery.

“Do you know how much I’ve suffered because of those bastards?! Forget about being let off easy, Squatjaw!”

And in response,

“Have you? But that’s just how goblins always are. Mischief, lies, whimsy, bluffs, sabotage… that’s what they live for.”

Squatjaw chuckled and gave a satisfied smile.

“And… did you know?”

“Huh?”

“I’m a goblin too.”

“… Eh?”

“And those two little kids… should’ve escaped and erased their traces by now. So you can only deal with me.”

“No, what’re you even talking about….”

Squatjaw pulled out a shabby piece of cloth from his arms, ignoring Leo’s confused protests.

“Sorry. The bet on the treasure was a lie.”

“… You…”

“I’ve got a goblin silver screen on me, remember? Now, if you pull it inside out like this…”

At that moment,

Rustle–.

Squatjaw disappeared.

“What… wait, what!?”

Leo, who’d become completely confused, heard Squatjaw’s parting words carried by the wind.

“Catch me if you can.”


“Huff…”

I stopped to catch my breath.

How much longer? Maybe five more minutes?

Haka had promised to harry them from the shadows, so he might be able to earn that much additional leeway for me.

I quickly checked the time.

Two in the afternoon.

About an hour or so had passed since I ran away from Leo.

By now, Chinuavi and Cocoa should’ve met up with the goblins to deliver my orders.

Although, I didn’t ask for anything special.

The goblins who had nothing to do, the goblins who were bored, and the goblins who felt a little disappointed for some reason or other… they could follow me to ‘Gibrante’, a city in the north.

Naturally, I didn’t expect many to follow my advice.

And, even if they did, I didn’t have any grandiose plans for them.

I was just aiming at messing up the plotline as much as possible. The more goblins appeared, the more tangled the plot would inevitably become.

Since all my original plans had been destroyed, why should I hold the Ramirez and be chased to my death?

I, too, wanted to live.


Until just yesterday afternoon, I had no idea that my strategy for this scramble arc was so off the mark. Sure, I’d weakened much more than expected, and to win by showcasing my brute force was now almost impossible, but still, the overall picture hadn’t changed that much – or so I’d thought.

But that evening,

“Looks like I’m totally done for.”

A single look at the ‘Assassin Society’ that’d finally entered the city had made me realize how easy I’d been taking it.

Haka’s explanation had been insufficient.

The people in the Assassin Society – or more specifically the guildmaster, Gronyan, was a monster far beyond my expectations.

A middle-aged man trudging at the front, wearing a black uniform.

Unlike Yan, his majestic body and thick beard made me think of a bandit at first glance, but the cool light shining from his eyes had the sharpness of a well-forged sword.

Each of his measured step made the whole mountain quake.

“Who even is that? Some kind of Demon King?”

It was no exaggeration. Even that Karl Zayed, whose weakness had not yet been revealed, didn’t seem likely to win.

That momentum, that sense of intimidation –

Maybe the Seven Kings, if they existed right now, wouldn’t feel any stronger?

Of course, he couldn’t actually be at that level. No matter for how long a character had been planned in advance, even the author would find it difficult to drop somebody that strong suddenly in the middle of the plot without any foreshadowing. Also, since I was weaker than before, it was reasonable that my opponents would feel stronger.

But at least, it was clear that he was stronger than I was right now.

It wasn’t common in shounen manga for a guy who ‘looked strong’ to be actually weak.

I felt like somebody had whacked me on the head with a bat. This guy’s very existence invalidated the foundations of my plan.

It’d been a big mistake to think that the author, knowing that I’d brought the goblins out of the Goblins’ Den, would just watch silently.

‘This is a plan to totally bury me…’

In both senses of the word.

1. To bury all my past achievements under his shadow.

2. To actually bury me six feet under.

If you think about it, it was a very simple matter.

Even if the author didn’t have any ill feelings towards me, the new character he introduced out of the blue, Gronyan, needed some kind of an ‘epic performance’ to shine properly on this stage.

How would an author showcase a new monster?

Simple. By having him defeat a worthy opponent.

Karl Zayed? Leo?

I shook my head. No way.

There was only one enemy suitable for that guy.

Exactly. Me.

In fact, it was a natural progression of the storyline. So far, I’d been the one to stand out the most in this arc, and in the first place, the setting itself was that I was the primary target.

I now had a vague understanding of why Karl Zayed had come here.

Wasn’t it because of that Gronyan too? Because in this situation another monster would be needed to balance the plot, and stop it from going haywire.

Of course, it was just a guess.

I couldn’t help but feel troubled.

Now what should I do?

To confront him right away would be, well, crazy.

Even if the goblins and all of Haka’s men cooperated. Such a strong guy didn’t come here alone, exactly to deal with such circumstances.

The dilemma seemed impossible to solve.

‘… My only option is to run away.’

Sorry, but I had no choice but to run now and plan for the future.

But even that wasn’t as easy as it sounded.

Because there was at least one goal that I had to achieve before I could run.

To properly end the ongoing chapter.

It wasn’t hard to simply run away. I could just quietly vanish.

But if that happened, all that I’d earned in this chapter till now might vanish too.

For example, what if the chapter went off-track in my absence? What if Gronyan, without an opponent to fight against, eventually turned to Karl Zayed; and the two of them had a fight?

All I’d done so far would be quickly overshadowed and lose its impact.

And if that happened, the post-chapter rewards would also naturally decrease significantly. Because the readers wouldn’t remember any of it.

And once the chapter rewards were reduced, I’d really become helpless.

Unlike the others, I had a system that let me level up my character.

And the currency for that was earned through the post-chapter reward settlements.

In a situation where people stronger than me were coming up on stage one after another, if I missed the rewards? If all my earnings vanished in a puff of smoke?

My future would only become more and more bleak.

Therefore, even if I decided to run away, I had to finish this chapter first.

In a way that didn’t harm my image.

It was honestly a pain in the ass.

“… This is killing me.”

In fact, wasn’t there a way to quickly end this chapter?

Based on as a very simple, yet very clear observation.

Just grab the Ramirez and get out of this Clone City.

If my guess was correct, this chapter’s ‘realm’ was probably limited to Clone City.

My logic was simple. There was no reason for Karl Zayed to appear here otherwise.

I’d been thinking about this since the moment he’d arrived here.

Besides, even Gronyan came here.

Obviously, there was something to be concluded in this city.

That said, although I didn’t know exactly what the author’s plan was by bringing Gronyan here, as long as he didn’t succeed, the ‘preceding plot’ would inevitably become twisted.

In such a situation the author would eventually be forced to end the chapter. To stop the plotline from twisting out of his control.

Of course, this was only a guess, and leaving the city didn’t guarantee that the chapter would end immediately. In fact, even in the original, this chapter had ended in Buckingham, not here.

But what if one more condition was added?

The most important part of finishing a chapter was convincing the reader that the story told in the chapter had come to a natural end.

In other words, before the new narrative centred around Gronyan began to build up, I had to clearly remind them that the most important material of this chapter was ‘I’ and the ‘Ramirez’; and the goal of everybody here was to chase me and my treasure. What if I just left the city after?

Wouldn’t that… end the chapter?


So, I was repeating my shoddy escape plan.

My scheme was simple.

1. Keep running away while Leo, the current leading point of view, was following behind.

2. Wander all over Clone City along the way and catch people’s attention.

3. Find a place where everyone was paying attention to me, and declare. That there was nothing more to do in this city, and I’d be moving on to the next stage. If they wanted to catch up, or if they wanted Ramirez, then just follow.

The problem was at the second step.

Running all over the city, catching everybody’s attention.

‘Everybody’ here naturally also included Karl Zayed and Gronyan.

In other words, while running away from Leo, I had to go find them and draw their attention.

This might even be the very thing the author wanted. To go up to those monsters on my own two feet.

But there was no other way. All I could do was risk my life and just run.

At that moment,

“Squatjaw!!!”

Leo, who’d been following after me, suddenly shouted from a distance.

He had to carry Tanya while chasing after me, but his stamina still seemed full.

“Stand there! Don’t run away!”

“… Haah.”

Why would I listen?

I was getting ready to run again, but –

Beep–.

Suddenly, the hologram turned red, and a warning message popped up.

[Warning!]

[Intention to violate plausibility has been detected]

[Acts are prohibited by the preceding plot]

[Movement is restricted for 2 minutes as a cumulative penalty]

[The author’s favourability decreases by 10.]

[Character level decreased slightly]

[Are you sure you want to bypass the sanction?]

– Remaining chances: 2

Again?

‘I’m really dying here.’

I quickly used a veto.

Apparently, just using the veto for an action once didn’t mean the sanction of the precedent plot would go away permanently.

Currently, running away from Leo was a sanctioned act, but the warnings didn’t stop after the first time. They’d been popping up at a regular schedule.

Now I only had two vetoes left.

Of course, in addition to the vetoes, I also had two ‘rights to ignore sanctions’, but they felt too precious to waste here. Was this the sunk cost fallacy?

Anyway,

“Slow down, you bastard!”

I started running again.

Now that I’d had enough rest, it was time to draw the attention of the ‘monsters’.


“Haha… phew, this is tough.”

When Karl Zayed saw Squatjaw appear in front of him, he felt embarrassment, anger, and then wonder.

The embarrassment was from how he literally ‘appeared’ out of thin air. And how heavy the man was breathing, as if exhausted, didn’t help either.

Anger came next, because –

“You bastard… it really is you.”

“Hey, long time no see, huh?”

“… I was planning to go find you.”

“It doesn’t matter who stays and who goes, right?”

“Are you ready? Ready to die, I mean.”

“Oh? That might not work.”

– He thought a prank was being played on him.

On him! On Karl Zayed!

Even though he’d lost once, it’d been a mere coincidence. He was confident that he’d never lose against the man ever again.

But immediately after that, came puzzlement.

“What are you doing?”

Because the man really didn’t seem to want to fight him.

Instead, Squatjaw was just looking at him and smiling.

It was a smile the didn’t seem to have any rhyme or reason behind it.

“Are you going to fight me then?”

“Naturally.”

“What about the treasure?”

“That’ll be mine, too.”

“Hmm, is that so?”

Then, after a quick spell of silence, Squatjaw let out a few words.

“In that case, you…”

And made all Karl Zayed’s doubts and puzzlement turn into a pure intent to kill.

“Catch me if you can.”


Editor’s Notes:

None for this chapter.


Surviving a Shounen Manga – Episode 93

What Each One Is Aiming For

The second day of the goblin introduction phase.

Even though only a day had passed, the mood of the city had completely changed.

It was quiet.

As if yesterday’s commotion had been a complete lie, the city was engulfed in silence.

This was pretty much as expected.

Simple. The current situation was a replay of the hide-and-seek game I’d played back in the Goblins’ Den.

After walking around for a day or so, the goblins would’ve had no choice but to understand that.

Why did all these humans flock to this city, and what were they looking for so desperately?

Why did I order them to walk around the city disguised as myself?

Why did the humans often attack them on sight?

After understanding the ‘rules of the game’, and grasping the desires of the humans, the goblins’ thoughts would naturally turn to coming up with the best way to tease these idiots.

And depending on their inclinations, their methods of ‘playing’ would be different.

And now the results were in plain view.

Yesterday, there was a commotion due to the guys who wanted to go out and play in the open.

They’d intentionally show up and enjoy playing tag, or pretend they have the Ramirez and lure people into saying, ‘Ugh, I got fooled!’

But just like when I’d played hide-and-seek, these guys didn’t last very long. The humans flocking here weren’t weak, and they didn’t lack numbers, so how could all of them be fooled?

Of course, that didn’t mean the goblins got steamrolled. Unlike the game with me, this wasn’t a ‘regulated game’. They could use their unique abilities to their hearts’ content.

But despite that, it’d inevitably be difficult to cope with people who were so inflamed by greed they’d fight to the death. The goblins did enjoy malicious and cunning pranks, but that didn’t mean they placed lives on the line.

Hence today’s situation was the natural conclusion.

Now was the time of the second type of goblins I’d encountered during the hide-and-seek.

Those who just hide.

The goblins had completely disappeared from the streets.

Not that they’d already left the city or anything. Presumably, each of them were hiding in their chosen boltholes, observing the situation with a grin. Each one was pretending that he had the treasure, a dazzling bait that was bound to hook the greedy.

Anyway, this was an important juncture for me.

Slowly, depending on what their aims were, people’s movements would be different.

The purpose of the present gathering could be broadly divided into the following three categories.

1. Treasure hunters.

2. Those who were pursuing me.

3. Those with other purposes.

First, the treasure hunters.

These were the people who wanted to faithfully realize the original plot development.

They were the ones most actively playing with the goblins, and at the same time, they were my main prey.

I didn’t expect any special movements from them since they were completely focused on the treasure hunt.

Next, those who were pursuing me.

Most of them were assassins, and they’d been staying quiet like the goblins after the first day.

Since I had almost no information about them, it was hard to tell what they were trying to do by hiding in the dark. Was it a strategy to bait me into showing up, or were they awaiting reinforcements from those geniuses and monsters I kept hearing about?

If the latter, then I had to keep some energy in reserve. Compared to the former choice, those newcomer assassins would be able to pose a much more direct and greater threat to me.

Finally, those who had ‘other purposes’.

“Whoo…”

I cleared my mind for a while before trying to analyze this group. Honestly speaking, they were the ones I was the most vigilant about.

Even if I said ‘other purposes’, it was more of an umbrella term meaning ‘those who were here for some unknown reason’.

Karl Zayed was a typical example.

I’d been surprised to see him pop up in the city last evening out of nowhere. For good reason. He hadn’t shown his face in Clone City at all in the original work.

‘… What’s he even doing here?’

Karl Zayed was one of the characters whose appearance, timing, and actions in this arc were very clearly defined. For him especially, the schedule should’ve been pretty strict; because his appearance was slated to end a chapter and immediately begin the next one.

In other words, his appearance itself was the criterion for dividing the chapters.

But Clone City was long before his first scheduled appearance.

“Heeh…”

I looked back at my memory, wondering if I’d misunderstood something.

According to the original plot, Leo would get the Ramirez on the third day after entering Clone City.

Then, after going through several chases and running battles, Leo and party would manage to escape Clone City and arrive at ‘Buckingham’, a city at the border between the central and northern regions.

And as soon as they arrived there, the Ramirez would be snatched away in an instant by Karl Zayed, who’d appear out of the blue. This was the final scene of [Chapter 28 – The Battle for Ramirez’s Treasure (1)].

There was no doubt. My memory wasn’t failing.

So,

“Ugh, this idiot…”

It meant he shouldn’t be over here, beating up goblins and other adventurers alike.

It wasn’t just Karl Zayed either. Although not in the same league, there were a few others who’d appeared with a much faster timing compared to the original.

Naturally, the timings alone weren’t what concerned me the most.

What I was worried about was the reason behind it. What had caused this change in the situation?

Because that would explain exactly what the ‘author’s aim’ was.

Simple. Because these changes indicated that ‘something different from the original’ would unfold here in Clone City.

“… Hmmm.”

I jumped up from my seat.

This wasn’t the time to be engrossed in idle thought.

The ‘something’ that was about to happen, had been arranged by the author.

In other words, it meant that my plans were very likely to go off track.

With such strong characters appearing ahead of schedule, there was no way the two-bit mobs would get their time to shine as the leading point of view.

My plan to hunt 8-9 chapter leads within three days had to be reduced to a maximum of five. If this number got further reduced by some new variable, the chapter would become a complete blank slate to me.

I immediately started moving towards where the current lead character was.

Turtlemon.

The captain of the Big Turtle Adventurers, nicknamed Captain Turtle.

The name came from his unique ability, to form an iron armor like a turtle shell, the same type of ‘instant armour outfit’ as Princess Thermis.

In a word, he was like a giant human-shaped turtle.

About two hours had passed since this guy had become the lead character.

There were two reasons why I didn’t go deal with him right away.

Firstly, I thought I should take a little break.

At the same time as this guy became the lead character, Chinuavi, who’d been nearby, got tired of running away and burrowed into the ground to hide. Right now, what this idiot Captain Turtle and his men were doing was a sight to behold. They’d grabbed a bunch of shovels from somewhere and were digging up the earth, thinking they could catch Chinuavi that way.

“Haha…”

I thought waiting was the right choice. This guy was a lead character of this chapter, and I’d already spent a lot of energy dealing with three of his predecessors in a row. He looked like he’d be busy for at least the next three or four hours.

So, I took it as an opportunity to take a break and organize my thoughts.

Secondly, because I couldn’t think of a proper way to deal with this guy.

He might’ve been stupid, but he was also stupidly tough.

He didn’t look flashy, and his brain didn’t work too well, but even so, he was able to receive the leading point of view, for that simple reason.

His armour, the [Ironclad Carapace].

It was a fairly high tier defensive ability. To the extent that I couldn’t even think of an ability that could easily pierce through it.

Of course, there were ways to deal with it.

Whether using Leo’s, Kiriko’s, or Yan’s ability… But I was still a little hesitant, because the fight wouldn’t end neatly and drag on. There weren’t many people who could beat this guy easily.

‘What to do…’

Again, the simplest solution was to Kiriko’s ability. The ‘awl’ had superlative piercing power and would definitely pierce his shell. The problem was that his shell also regenerated very quickly…

‘How about using tranquilization or explosion-type bullets?’

Anyway, I decided to give it a try.

It’d be a good idea to try things out instead of worrying.

But while I was approaching them while mulling over the problem inside my head –

“… Sir Squatjaw.”

Suddenly, a voice came from somewhere.

“Hm?”

“Here.”

The sound was coming from below.

My shadow was talking to me.

“… What a surprise. Why are you in there?”

“Because I was in a hurry.”

“Huh?”

That was a bit of a curious remark. Was it faster to come into my shadow? Compared to moving on flat ground?

“What, is this some kind of ‘shadowport’? Are you teleporting from shadow to shadow?”

I was asking as a joke.

But,

“Yes.”

The answer came.

“… Huh? Seriously?”

“Yes.”

“…”

I never knew he could do that.

“Anyway, that’s not important.”

Haka sounded serious.

“Why? What’s going on?”

Guesses were running through my head as I asked.

Recently, Haka had been focusing on reconnaissance; keeping an eye on the assassins. The fact that he’d run here in such a hurry meant he’d noticed something.

“It’s him. He’s arrived.”

I knew it.

“You mean that guy?”

“Yes, Gronyan. The guildmaster of Black Shadow. And now the president of the Westland Assassin Society.”

“Aha…”

Yan’s father had arrived, it seemed.

Haka’s opinion on him was simple and clear.

“He’s strong.”

“Is that so?”

“I couldn’t even get close. I was afraid I’d get caught and killed.”

“…”

This was a little unexpected.

Haka had also been subject to power balance adjustment, but he hadn’t suffered that much of a loss. To be honest, it was to the point where I wanted to ask him if he’d actually lost any power. I’d seen him go to battle a few times, and he was still incredibly strong. Probably the adjustment hadn’t affected him too much due to how rare his appearances were.

Anyway, that same Haka was now saying, ‘I couldn’t even go near him because I was afraid I’d be killed’.

Hence it was certain that this Gronyan was also one of the ‘real contenders’.

“Hmm.”

I paused again, and pondered.

This was a bad omen.

I really wanted to make sense of this timing.

After Karl Zayed, a second ‘real contender’ already appeared in Clone City, at the very start of the middle phase of this scramble?

In the original work, the fight between the ‘real contenders’ didn’t happen here, but at a northern city closer to Northland. So, with the exception of Karl Zayed, the carrier of the treasure, the rest should’ve normally appeared at that place.

But two of them had already appeared here, way ahead of schedule. Including one who didn’t even exist in the original.

Shit was getting crazy.

“… I really don’t understand.”

I didn’t know what the author was aiming for, but he was definitely trying to do something here in Clone City.

Whatever it was, I felt like I myself had to hurry.

“Haka, are you busy right now?”

Originally, I’d planned to beat the leads one-on-one, but that plan now had to be shelved. Since the circumstances had changed, I had to change with them.

“Oh? Do you have a job for me?”

“Can you peel off that turtle’s shell?”


It’d been three days since he’d started walking around disguised as Squatjaw.

Chinuavi was feeling a little bored.

To be honest, he was wondering what exactly was the point of all this.

Every other goblin was having fun in their own way, except for him.

He wasn’t playing hide-and-seek, and he wasn’t very good at hiding treasure or playing tag, anyway.

All this trouble stemmed from this strange mirror that’d been forced on him.

Chinuavi touched the mirror hidden in his sleeve for a moment.

“Haah…”

It would’ve been alright if not for his big brother’s command to ‘just hide, but don’t stay long in one place’.

What was the fun in that? Even if he tried to play with anybody who found him, Big Brother would show up at the last second, beat them up himself, and then run away again.

Was he being sacrificed for the sake of Big Brother Squatjaw’s weird fetish? He was on the verge of believing that.

But anyway…

“Today is the last!”

Chinuavi clenched his fists proudly.

His big brother had only asked for three days.

If he could do it for three days, he’d be done. He wouldn’t have to hold on to this mirror anymore.

And the target to whom it should be handed over was also clearly defined.

Leo. That messy-haired boy.

As long as he encountered the boy, there’d be no need to hide anymore.

He could just give the mirror away. It was okay if he wanted to play or tease the kid a bit, but at the end of the day, he had to make sure that he delivered the mirror.

That was his big brother’s instruction.

“When’s he going to show up…”

In fact, that was why he was strolling along the main street without even covering himself up with the silver screen. So that the guy could find himself easily.

That was then.

“Is it this guy?”

It seemed that the God of Mischief was playing a prank. The target appeared in front of him out of nowhere.

A smile appeared on Chinuavi’s lips.

“Haha! Long time no see.”

“Huh? Long time no see? Do you know me?”

“Ah… well, I forgot that I was in disguise now.”

Chinuavi gently released his disguise.

And then,

“Uh… huh?”

Leo’s eyes widened in surprise.

“Nice to meet you. Messy-haired kid. This is our first meeting since the qualification exam, isn’t it?”

“Ah? That’s right! You’re one of the Squatjaw Adventurers! Are you also that, whatchacallit, ‘goblin’ or something?”

“Yes, that’s right.”

“Ooh! And, and also! I heard you guys did something special?”

“Haha, I’ll take it as a compliment.”

“Then, what about Squatjaw?”

“Him? You’ll have to hear from him yourself.”

“Hmm, that’s right…”

Then the boy who was nodding his head followed up with,

“By the way, do you have any treasures?”

He asked in a meaningful tone.

Chinuavi was feeling conflicted.

Should he just hand it over now, or play for a little bit?

Of course, they seemed convinced that he already had the treasure. Maybe the red-haired woman next to that boy named Leo was a guide.

Her gaze had been focused on his arms since she’d appeared.

However, just because you can see something doesn’t mean you can take it.

Chinuavi decided to have some fun first.

“I have it, but I can’t give it to you.”

“Yeah, right? I didn’t expect that either.”

“So I’ll give you a chance to take it. As long as you win a bet with me, I’ll give it to you right away.”

“Bet? Like what?”

“Anything is fine. How about something you’re confident at?”

Then,

“Okay, then it’s a fight!”

Then the boy quickly took a pose.

“…”

Chinuavi was not amused.

“How’s that different from taking it by force? That’s not how a bet works, right?”

“Then what!?”

“It’s fine if it’s just… something simple. For example…”

That was then.

“Wait a second!”

A voice suddenly broke in.

And the who spoke had a very familiar appearance.

“Big Brother?”

“What, another Squatjaw?”

The newcomer approached slowly.

Then,

“Do you still have it?”

He whispered in Chinuavi’s ear.

“Yeah, still got it. Should I hand it over now?”

“No.”

Then he smiled as if he was happy.

And then,

“Change of plans.”

He kept whispering.

“We’ll take this to the end.”

“Ah? What do you mean, so suddenly…”

Then,

“I saw him in person, that Assassin King guy. He’s incredible. To deal with Karl Zayed, that guy, and the rest of the real contenders, I have to level up a bit first. But looking at the way things are going right now… even if you hand over the treasure to this guy, it doesn’t look like things are going end smoothly.”

He was muttering something Chinuavi couldn’t understand.

“If I stay still, I’m afraid I’ll be buried in this city before I can level up…”

“Wait, what the hell do you…”

“Alright, it’s decided. I’ll carry it from now on.”

And go straight north.


Editor’s Notes:

None for this chapter.


Sword Pilgrim – Chapter 120

“But, why am I here?”

I hadn’t considered the issue since I was busy gawking at the rewards.

I clearly remembered collapsing inside the royal castle, so why was I here in this underground workshop?

Shouldn’t my mansion’s bedroom, or the royal castle, or some other medical facility be more appropriate for my convalescence?

“The royal castle was broken in half and needed urgent repairs. The situation looked critical, so all the patients needed to be quickly evacuated to somewhere else first. But it’s not like they could keep the hero of the hour waiting for treatment. That bastard Bruns and Sir Allen requested you be brought here.”

Why was Bruns a bastard and Allen a sir?

Could it be that Bruns tried anything with Beatrice?

That bastard always groaned about back problems from all his past ‘activities’, so it wasn’t completely out of the question.

“Anyway, you aren’t recovered yet. Lie down a little longer. I’ll let you know when you can get up.” 

“No, I’ve had enough sleep. Time to get up.”

After drinking the TD potion designed by Beatrice, I was feeling very comfortable.

Probably because [Smelting Bones] had absorbed the ingredients of the potion more efficiently.

“But, Beatrice.”

“Yes?”

“Why did you save me?”

“Well…”

The reason why Beatrice had worked so hard to save me wasn’t very clear.

She and I had a straightforward business relationship, so there was no reason to make so much effort.

“Maybe it’s because it’d be disappointing if you died so early?”

“Disappointing…?”

“Anyway, I know you aren’t the type to believe what I tell you. Maybe but maybe this gentleman can make you understand.”

Beatrice pointed her chin at the other side of the room.

There was a large man sitting there, a strange-looking man dressed in tiger skin.

He honestly looked like a wandering madman, but I quickly recognized who he was.

He was as huge as a bear, and his eyes were full of tears as he looked at me.

“Brother.”

Who was it, that would call me Brother?

The answer was fixed.

“Cedric.”

He was Cedric.

Cedric bor Madrician.

The last believer of the forgotten Twin Gods.

“That’s right.”

As soon as I saw him, I knew what Beatrice was trying to say.

Cedric seemed to have discovered the relic of the Twin Gods.

He wouldn’t be here crying or calling me Brother otherwise.

If he hadn’t found the relic, he would’ve been trying to kill me instead.

But since he’d found it, he would do what he’d promised to do when the time came.

‘Establishing a church in Carpe.’

I’d asked him to establish the Church of the Twin Gods in Carpe, and Cedric had said he’d do so if possible.

And Beatrice was a follower of the Whip God, Auste.

Not as great as the Twin Gods, but the Whip God also ranked among the ones people had forgotten about.

She wanted the same thing as Cedric.

‘After all, they both belong to Krasion.’

Krasion was originally such a group.

As a group of people who followed the Gods forgotten by the masses, what they wanted was very simple and straightforward.

“You must’ve found the relic, then.”

“Thanks to you, Brother.”

Great.

I would’ve been very disappointed if he’d failed in his search even after I spoon-fed him all the relevant information.

A desert island to the south, Barberuem.

The residents, an ethnic minority called the Bar Tribe, were a group that believed in the Oracle God.

It was hard to get their recognition, but who was Cedric?

Even within Krasion, he was a strong man who had no opponents except for Ramatu.

So, he must’ve been recognized by them and obtained the holy relic.

“Then, are you going to set up a church in Carpe?”

Cedric nodded.

However, there was a barely visible unease on his face.

“But I don’t know if it’ll be allowed.”

“I’m going to try and solve that problem.”

It was obviously a very difficult issue.

Carpe was born from the sword, and had always lived by the sword. The people, the nobles, and the royal family, considered all faiths apart from the sword heretical.

But I believed that there was some room to manoeuvre.

After all, Carpe wasn’t a complete theocracy.

Although closely intertwined, the Church and the royal family remained distinctly separate. That distinction gave me wiggle room.

The sword has long been deeply rooted in the country, but now was the time to make a change.

The timing was very appropriate.

The people were helpless and angry at the destruction of the royal castle and the invasion of the empire.

No matter how it looked from the outside, Carpe had little strength remaining. Yet there were few avenues to quickly increase the national power.

And therefore?

‘You just have to absorb some new power.’

Staring with the Twin Gods of the Fists and Feet[1].

Next would be Auste of the Whip.

The history and perception of the whip wasn’t very good, so I didn’t know if it’d be accepted.

‘The Church of the Twin Gods is probably doable.’

There would naturally be strong opposition from all corners, but that didn’t matter much.

Carpe had its pride which had been trampled on, and the things the nation had to protect had been broken.

“Beatrice.”

“Yes.”

“Cedric has to come first.”

“I understand.”

“You’ll have to show your value in the next war.”

“You talk like war is sure to happen.”

“It’ll happen. In three years at the most.”

It might even trigger within a year or two at the earliest.

Except this time, the empire would come out swinging only after fully completing their preparations.

‘I have to prepare myself, too.’

To be honest, I’d used to think differently.

Initially, I’d been planning to use the least amount of power to protect Carpe and then leave it alone to grow in peace.

Carpe was too tough a problem.

It was a difficult country to keep intact.

No, being born as Callius was hell difficulty in the first place.

Someone else from Carpe wouldn’t have had it this hard.

But I became Callius, and I had to raise my sword.

‘Besides, it’s a little different now.’

I had a teacher, and a father.

I had people following me. There were colleagues who stood with me, shoulder to shoulder.

‘More than anything…’ 

I had a daughter looking at my back.

I had to be stronger.

I wasn’t even a Master yet.

“Are you alright? You don’t look very good.”

“I’m fine. First of all… I’ll have to go see the queen.”

“That’d be a bit difficult right now.”

“The reason being?”

“She’s holding a funeral.”

“A funeral…”

I could tell by looking at her face.

A funeral that the queen herself had to preside over, could be only one.

“Sullivian’s, then.”

“That’s right.”

Sullivian’s death had happened quite a while back.

Nevertheless, the funeral had been delayed, certainly because she herself had arranged for her body to be found late.

Because she’d always prioritize Carpe’s safety over her own funeral.

“What about Grand Prince Chloe?”

“He hasn’t woken up yet.”

“I see.”

His mind had been eroded by demonic magic, so he wouldn’t be able to wake up for a while.

The madness had had its sway over him for a long time. To get rid of that would take quite some time.

“So what now?”

“Since it’s Lady Sullivian’s funeral, I have to attend, too.”

“But, Brother, your body is still…”

Cedric said with a worried face.

Although I’d already regained full consciousness, my body was still recovering. Even if it was a funeral ceremony headed by the queen herself, it wouldn’t be rude for me to not show up.

“No.”

The funeral of somebody like Sullivian, who was no worse than a saint of the Sword Church, wasn’t an ordinary event.

And even if I ignored that –

“… I have to go.”

To attend was my obligation.

Because her death had stemmed from my intention.

I was the one responsible.


A corner of the royal capital.

A large level area, called Rustable.

It was a cemetery where heroes of the country and people from the royal family were enshrined after their deaths.

And today –

In that place, lay a woman who’d given a lot to many people, and devoted herself to the nation all her life. Even if she wouldn’t be buried in the end, a tombstone had to be erected.

“She’s Glory bound.”

“May God be with her.”

The funeral, which had begun early one morning, had been going on for three days and three nights.

Because the procession of those who’d gathered to commemorate her death did not cease.

Even nobles and famous people from other countries whose life she’d saved, had come forward.

To mourn the death of one single person, ignoring the differences in their faiths.

The priests rang the bells and recited prayers, and the mourners prepared flowers one by one and laid them down beside her.

The queen and Esther were next to Sullivian’s coffin, who appeared to be merely asleep.

And along with them was the pope.

None of them looked very good.

The pope looked like he’d suddenly aged another decade, and Esther’s face was pale white.

The same went for Clara, the queen who remembered tottering after her aunt when she was a child.

The funeral had been going on for several days now.

However, as the procession continued, the divine power that permeated the surrounding atmosphere became denser and denser.

‘Slowly, it’s…’

Their tributes –

One by one, their prayers and condolences were permeating the air.

Blessing Sullivian’s body that lay there as if asleep.

After the funeral, another ceremony was to be held for the body and soul that had not yet dispersed.

According to her request.

[Give all of me, to Esther.]

She, today –

Would become a sword.

Her image was reflected in the pope’s eyes.

‘I should’ve been with you, too.’

He was still that same old man who hadn’t yet found a place to die.

Murmur, murmur.

The procession split slowly.

The pope looked up to see what was going on, and saw a man in formal uniform walking through the gap.

An aristocrat who walked with his back straight, with black hair, his gray eyes fixed on only one thing.

Somebody who’d once been Jervain’s trash, and had transformed into the Hero of National Salvation.

Callius von Jervain.

“Are you here?”

“Yes.”

He looked as if he was about to collapse at any moment. Apparently his wounds had not yet healed.

His lips were dry and cracked, and his eyes without light.

But such things somehow only enhanced his beauty.

The pope swallowed a laugh.

“See, Sullivian? Such a handsome young man came to visit you. You must be very happy.”

He turned his gaze away from Esther and the queen, who seemed about to cry.

Callius took a white flower from his bosom and licked his dry lips.

As his divine power seeped into it, the flower regained its vitality and bloomed.

The queen’s eyes momentarily widened at the purity of that power, and she gave a small happy smile.

“For Sullivian, whose honour never wavered even until the last moment.”

Plop.

Whooosh–!

Callius put the flower down on her body.

At that moment, a silver flash of divine power spread like a ripple.

A deep and serene divinity that filled the Rustable Plains.

Seeing that beautiful sight –

The pope rose from his seat.

“I will proceed with her death ceremony.”

The pope looked at Callius and asked.

“Can you help me?”

“Gladly.”

There were many familiar faces all around.

Several paladins and knights were gathered, including the Golden Lion.

There was even a Master who had not yet healed his wounds.

All of them must’ve gathered here to spend the last day with Sullivian.

A dazzling light flashed.

From her body, the divine power of a saint rose and caressed the whole area like a gentle wind.

That day –

Sullivian became a sword.

“…”

The pope looked at the sword in his hand.

A sword as soft as a single flower and as strong as unbreakable adamant.

His eyes reddened, as if he was again seeing her when he was young, when she’d won his heart.

However, it was not for him to hold this sword. The pope beckoned to the blue-haired knight who was wiping away her tears.

“Come.”

Esther wiped her face with an arm and stepped forward. Then, she carefully took the sword the pope was offering her with both hands.

Esther’s eyes gleamed golden as she held the sword.

The golden power spread like a wave.

“My wound…!”

“It’s a miracle…”

“I’m feeling better…!”

Even after Sullivian became a sword –

She was still a healer.


The restored royal castle.

In the audience chamber, Callius was drinking tea with the queen.

“Did they really?”

“Yes, after you fell unconscious, the Sixth Squad did a great job dealing with the remnant imperial forces.”

“I’m glad they were useful.”

“And, Count, those apprentice knights training at your mansion?”

“… Yes?”

The little ones?

What’d happened to them?

“Apparently they helped track down the imperial soldiers too, and even fought and beat some of them.”

Those snot-nosed brats had managed something like that?

How surprising.

The Sixth Squad was one thing, but even those kids had stepped up to the plate?

“Among them… they say that your young daughter was very eye-catching. I didn’t know you already have a child at such a young age. Pope Felice seems to be paying attention to her too.”

Callius’ lips twitched.

“She’s a pretty smart kid.”

“Then, the young lady’s mother…”

“She’s dead.”

“Oh, I see. I’m sorry.”

“Think nothing of it.”

Why did she look like she was laughing while saying sorry?

Women were hard to understand.

“Count.”

“Yes.”

“Thank you.”

“I just did my duty.”

“There were a lot of people who didn’t do their duty and tried to take my life instead. And… thank you for saving Grand Prince Chloe. I just wanted to tell you that. He’s the only blood relative I have left.”

For a moment, loneliness appeared in the queen’s eyes. Callius pretended not to see it.

“Let me know if you want anything. Whatever it is. I will give you something befitting a hero of our country.”

Was this the time?

Callius said without delay.

“I want one thing.”

For a new power –

To inhabit the vessel of this country.

“I want you to accept the Twin Gods.”

“Twin… Gods?”

Victor’s eyes widened.

Unlike the queen who didn’t know what those words meant –

He seemed to know.

The queen raised her head and asked Victor.

“Do you know?”

“Yes. A God who disappeared long ago.”

“The faith still survives,” Callus interjected.

“Are you telling Carpe to accept a new faith now, Count?”

“Yes. That’s right.”

“Count… Are you a heretic?”

“It’s not that. But I do think Carpe should embrace their power.”

The present Carpe had lost much to the imperial invasion.

For example, national pride.

When the royal castle collapsed from the empire’s attack, everyone had realized it, no matter how hard they tried to deny the truth.

Carpe was on the road to extinction.

“… This is awkward. I never expected you to ask for something like this.”

“The empire has grown strong. They were defeated this time because they were arrogant. Next time, they won’t leave anything to chance. I don’t think they can be stopped as the country is now. So I –”

“You think we should assimilate a new power.”

“Yes.”

Clara was worried.

If someone else had said it, she could’ve called it nonsense and thrown out the speaker, accusing them of being an apostate.

However, the person saying it was a national hero and the knight who’d saved her life.

She couldn’t dismiss it so simply.

“Victor.”

“Yes, Your Majesty.”

“What do you think?”

“The sword of Carpe is not weak.”

“You mean we don’t need them?”

“But it’s not strong either.”

Victor’s eyes looked straight at the queen. Those direct eyes made her feel his determination. Finally, she spoke.

“This can’t be done. There’s no denying that Carpe is a country that has prospered along with the sword. The history of the sword here stretches back centuries. Not just me, the other nobles and the people all revere the sword. There’s no room for other Gods to squirm into this place, where the sword has been carved into the bone.” 

Yet Callius stayed silent.

But his eyes too burned with a firm resolve.

“However.” 

The queen’s pure pupils pinned Callius in place.

“It’s the count’s request, so we can’t ignore it. I will meet the representative of the Twin Gods.”

Alright.

This was it.

Once she saw their power, the queen would have no choice but to change her mind.

First of all, she wasn’t wrong.

Carpe was a country that had revered the sword for a long time.

No matter how separated the state and the Church might’ve been, it couldn’t be denied that the root of Carpe was the sword.

“But I can’t call this a reward. Instead, this is more of a personal request. So I suggest an exchange.”

“Yes?”

“Please teach me your sword.”

Callius’ lips curved up in an arc.

“It’ll be my pleasure.”


Editor’s Notes:

[1] 권과 각, previously translated as circle and angle. Basically, barehanded martial arts that emphasize tactical positioning and manoeuvering, like modern boxing.


Sword Pilgrim – Chapter 119

Boom! Boom! Boom!!

The Masters of the empire were the idols worshipped by all its citizens.

Yet those Spears of the Empire, whose footsteps shook the earth, knelt and bowed their heads as one.

“I’ve returned in shame.”

‘Ghost Spear’ Semka.

A man with a deep scar running from cheek to ear.

A man who none could imagine would kneel in front of anyone was also among their ranks.

Because even his knees could do naught but bend in front of the empire itself.

“I never thought you would fail.”

The voice was light as if noting something insignificant.

Yet unlike that outwardly tone, the presence emanating from the speaker could never be taken lightly.

‘Has his power grown even more?’

The true identity of the one before whom some of the empire’s strongest experts were kneeling down with fear and awe, was the man who’d led the once ramshackle country called Lactus into becoming the huge empire of today.

Mordred.

Mordred ov[1] Glory Lactus, was seated on his throne.

“Yes. I also didn’t think the attack would fail, even after putting so much effort into it.”

The saintess of Lactus standing beside the emperor, spear in hand, also voiced her agreement.

“Even though Carpe is headed for extinction, it seems to be hiding its potential.”

In front of them stood a prince of the empire.

Baldry ov Lactus.

The prince who had a meticulous and calculating personality sounded surprised at Carpe’s newfound potential. Next to him was a princess who was glaring with an angry expression.

Lavian ov Lactus.

They were geniuses who would one day inherit the empire.

“If I’d been there, the head of that weak chicken queen would’ve been already in the bag.”

The Ghost Spear and the rest had nothing to say.

There was nothing they could say in the current situation, even if they had a dozen mouths each to talk.

Although they knew the princess’ arrogance was unfounded, they dared not speak.

“Go self-reflect for a while. Teacher.”

“… I obey.”

After the Ghost Spear retreated along with the rest of his companions, the princess dared to speak up and ask the emperor directly.

“Aren’t you going to punish him?”

“They didn’t fail because they were fools. They merely lacked power.”

“Yes, the relic didn’t fully activate in the first place. Thanks to that, we couldn’t transfer the rest of the Masters who’d been on standby. It was obviously a mistake in hindsight, but the empire thought it was a safe bet.”

Carpe was just stronger than expected.

That had been the first issue.

And the second was that the relic had been forcibly activated even though it wouldn’t completely work.

Both of these combined, led to this failure of the empire.

“We should’ve been more cautious.”

“Indeed. The current situation is the result of the empire’s negligence.”

Then how could they punish the Ghost Spear for that?

When the prince looked down as if he finally understood, the bridge of the princess’ nose twitched. The saint, after glancing at the two as if she found their byplay cute, looked back at the emperor on his throne and added –

“The news of the empire’s failure has spread. Freak Spear and Fluent Spear also died. The loss in numbers and spear power will take a lot of time to make up. And to top it all off, the small countries and ethnic minorities are getting restless.”

The small countries that still remained on the continent stood united against the empire, and the backlash from them was growing stronger by the day.

The empire had tried to make an example out of Carpe to cow them, but their attempt failed.

Rather, it even yielded a negative result.

“I’m not afraid of the Allied Powers, but clashing with them now will obviously only damage the empire.”

“Keep going, Saintess.”

The girl’s tightly braided pink hair swayed in the gentle breeze.

“There’s nothing more to say. The empire lost two Masters, while Carpe gained. If we get stabbed in the side while we fight it out with the Allied Powers, the damage might even prove fatal. And if there’s internal treachery on top of that, it’ll be even worse.”

“Who would dare betray the Great Holy Empire?”

“The world is full of people who’d throw away the safety of their country for their own selfish gain. The history of this continent is rife with people who’d risen up and revealed their hidden ambitions during times of turmoil.”

And because of such idiots –

A country might prosper or fall.

“Besides, Your Majesy, you want to conquer the Fallen Lands, do you not? The only way to do that is to increase the power of the Divine Lactus and establish him as the sole divinity.”

“That’s right. Even the people of the mace, principality or not, will one day have to kneel before the spear. Once Lactus becomes the only God, there will be no conflict left in this world.”

And even the fallen, the demons –

Their filth would be purged from this world by the sharp spear of Lactus.

Only an utopia of peace and harmony would remain.

“Then another path shall open, Your Majesty.”

Mordred the Conqueror.

He wanted a wider world.

“Then I’ll just have to be patient.”

Since she hinted at such a great secret, he had no choice but to let go of his haste. He had to endure and wait for the right time.

But it meant that the steps of the empire would have to come to a halt.

Even though he knew it in his head, Mordred couldn’t help but feel like a fire was burning inside his heart. As the supreme lord of the empire became restless, the saintess opened her mouth and spoke bluntly.

“Three years.”

The saintess spread her fingers.

Within the next three years –

“I’ll replenish the two lost Masters and spears. I’ll present the new spears and knights, stronger than their predecessors, before you, Your Majesty.”

The empire would only have to wait and build up its power for a while.

“Is that even possible?”

“It is.”

“I see. It’d be possible if it’s you.”

The prince’s eyes narrowed.

A person who was more trusted by the emperor than himself or the princess.

The imperial saintess, Ailee.

When their eyes met, the prince again lowered his gaze.

The status of a prince couldn’t match the status of somebody like her. At least, he thought –

‘For now.’

Things might be different in a few years.

“The empire will hold still for three years.”

“Then, what happens three years from now?”

“I will dedicate them all to you, Your Majesty.”

Meaning every single country on the continent.

The emperor’s lips curved up in an arc.

“Great.”

His laughter was quiet, but the whole palace seemed to shake beneath its passing.


『Imperial Invasion』
• A surprise invasion by the empire.
• The empire spent priceless holy relics and sacred objects, as well as mobilized a large number of soldiers, risking life and death for this invasion.
• Carpe is not the only nation hostile to the empire. The empire will have no choice but to revise many of its plans after this failed invasion, since it has spent a lot of troops that were to be used to keep the various small countries and ethnic minorities in check.
[You stopped the empire’s invasion.]
<Reward>「Cloak of Reversal」

『Light Dragon Lord』
• You have become the master of the new Light Dragon.
• You are the target of wrath from all dragons.
<Reward>「Dragon Bone」

『Kill a Master of the Empire』
• You killed an imperial Master.
• The power of Lactus weakens slightly.
• Lactus is furious.
<Reward>「Faith +10」

『Queensknight』
• You protected the Incompetent Queen of Carpe.
• She will no longer be incompetent.
<Reward>「The Queen」will deliver the reward personally.

『Hero of National Salvation』
• You became a national hero.
• You are no longer a crazy maniac.
<Reward> Characteristic –「Hero of National Salvation」
Erase Characteristic –「Scapegrace of the Count Family」

“!!”

Good stuff!

Callius clenched his fists.

“Haah.”

Breath left him with a shudder.

Hairs all over his body felt like they were rising up.

That damned ‘maniac’ attribute had been nothing less than his nemesis.

Callius was shaken to the point that he almost had no emotional strength left to be cheered up by the rest of the rewards.

How long had he suffered because of that shitty characteristic of his?

If you don’t have the strength to stand against the world, it should be natural to buy people’s favour. But it was this characteristic that Callius had inherited from the original, that’d instead seen him get into fight after fight throughout his pilgrim days.

To the point of almost losing his life. Not just once or twice, either.

But finally, this characteristic–!

It was erased by the appearance of [Hero of National Salvation].

‘The hero who saved the country obviously couldn’t be some crazy maniac, after all.’

Yeah, this was great.

With a happy grin, Callius tried to face and greet the warm sunlight like a prisoner newly freed from his shackles.

“…”

‘Why is he taking a pose all of a sudden? Did he really get a concussion? But his head looked more or less fine…’

But he’d forgotten. This was Beatrice’s basement closet.

‘So, what does being the Hero of National Salvation actually entail?’

Characteristic –「Hero of National Salvation」
• People look up to you.
• A conversation with a hero can change a person’s fate.
• You earn people’s respect.
• People trust in your words.
• You cannot overlook any damage to the nation.

‘It’s probably useless.’

Still, it was better than nothing.

Most of all, Callius appreciated how the maniac trait had disappeared because of this guy.

He was feeling good enough that he could dance a waltz with Emily on the spot if she were here.

“Ah, wait.”

It was too soon to be happy.

Let’s check the other rewards first.

Starting with the newly acquired cloak.

The [Cloak of Reversal] had some pretty great specs.

Callius had been feeling heartbroken that the Twilight Cloak had become almost ragged from prolonged use, but such a great treasure now fell into his hands in such a timely manner.

「Cloak of Reversal」
Grade – Unique
• This cloak, once worn by the Knight of Reversal, reduces vulnerability to cold and heat when worn, and has an elastic resilience that can deflect most of an attack from any opponent.

This was all there was in the explanation, but Callius was looking at the grade.

A unique-grade cloak.

The Cloak of Twilight had already been excellent despite only being a rare.

The Cloak of Reversal could only be even better.

“Wait, where did you get that cloak? I’ve touched every inch of your body… um, no, I mean I searched?”

“Touching every inch of someone else’s body, hm? Should we have a follow up?”

“…”

Contrary to his words, Callius didn’t move.

He just sat on the bed and stared at his cloak.

“…?”

Beatrice saw the corners of Callius’ lips twitch.

‘Just stop talking and do it!’

Eh, he probably hadn’t come to his senses properly yet.

Beatrice decided to leave him alone for a while. Since he’d fought so hard, a little more rest wasn’t unreasonable.

‘Great.’

It was a great cloak.

Because it was white in colour, the cloak suited the garb of a pilgrim.

Plus it was an artefact, with a strange attribute of elastic resilience that made it very strong and able to deflect much of enemy attack damage. It was a precious treasure that could prevent deep wounds.

‘There’s nothing wrong with raising [Faith], either.’

[Faith] had increased by 10 as a reward for killing the Freak Spear. 

A grin full of energy spread across Callius’ lips.

Finally, the quality of his spiritual power had touched the edge of level 2.

‘Now it’s time to climb the peak of Six Peak Flowers Bloom in Late Season.’

But it wasn’t something to be attempted casually, so Callius needed to fully prepare.

And finally, the [Dragon Bone].

‘Dragon blood would’ve been better.’

But this wasn’t bad either.

The power emanating from the [Dragon Bone] would be of great help in the future.

It was a material that could allow the creation of a relic, so if he was ever in a hurry for money, he could simply sell it. But above all else –

‘If my constitution, [Smelting Bones], can absorb all of the dragon’s power, it’ll be a different story entirely.’

If [Smelting Bones] could fully comprehend Dragon Might, Callius wouldn’t have to feel the backlash every time he used it, and the efficiency of usage would also rise higher.

After all, Dragon Might contributed directly to his force of arms.

And it had a lot of space to grow.

[Comprehension of Dragon Might at 3%.]

[Pain will be reduced by 3% when you next suffer backlash from Dragon Might.]

Although it was still a long way off.

‘How much pain do I have to suffer through to understand it all?’

As Callius recalled the pain before he’d collapsed, his head felt numb.

He’d been through his share of scrapes and bruises, but that exquisite agony made even Callius’ knees feel weak.

But it was a source of power that he couldn’t simply give up on.

‘The Light Dragon Sword – Balamuth is already incredibly strong when I keep it inside my heart.’

Already, Callius’ physical ability had risen exponentially.

And this was when he was doing the bare minimum, merely wielding it in the proper manner by keeping it inside his heart.

But if he could wield Dragon Might in such a state, he would be able to awaken and get a glimpse of a higher state.

He would temporarily stand shoulder to shoulder with the Masters.

Strong enough to block a serious blow from the Ghost Spear, the second amongst the Spears of the Empire.

But the downsides were also clear.

‘First of all, it hurts so damned much.’

Such strength would always be followed by backlash, bringing with it an unimaginable amount of pain.

And secondly, the short duration.

‘About three minutes or so.’

He simply couldn’t last very long in that state. This wasn’t something that could be changed by pouring in more and more divine power.

“Maybe it’s because I’m not actually a dragon, in the end.”

The most fundamental reason –

Because they were of different races.

Callius thought for a moment, then shook his head and stood up.

“I bought some time, in any case.”

He’d prevented the imperial invasion from being victorious.

He’d protected the queen.

The aftermath the empire would bear from this wouldn’t be easily dismissed.

The next three or four years should therefore be fairly quiet.

That was enough time, Callius felt.

‘We’ll have to focus our efforts on identifying and eliminating the rebels, and both Carpe and the Church will have to strive to strengthen themselves.’

After that, they’d prepare for war.

Because Carpe wasn’t a nation that would forget grudges or grace[2].

And during that time –

‘I have to leave for a while.’

He’d done everything he had to do, anyhow.

The reason Callius was here in the first place was because of the main quests.

[Civil War of the Carpe Dynasty].

[Imperial Invasion].

Having completed them all, there was no need to stay here any longer.

It would be good to visit the North once, and then he’d be free to leave at his leisure.

Ever since his new birth, Callius had never stayed in one place for long. 

The reason? Because he had to become strong.

Given how much strength he possessed at this moment –

There was only one way for him to become stronger at an acceptable pace.

Verse of Grace.

Callius had never used it since arriving in Carradi.

Because it was a place directly related to the main quest.

Not just anyone could have Corpse Grace.

It needed a strong grudge.

It was a special phenomenon that only happened when that grudge was imprinted on the soul itself.

He had to leave, to find it.

To a more desolate land.

To a more chaotic land.

And, in the first place –

‘I’m a pilgrim.’

He was still –

That same pilgrim who hadn’t yet found his sword.


Editor’s Notes:

[1] 오브 (obeu) is a transliteration of ‘of’.

[2] 은원 (eunwon), from Chinese 恩怨, gratitude and grudges.


Surviving a Shounen Manga – Episode 92

Does This Even Make Sense?

Tiling–.

[Warning!]

[Intention to violate plausibility has been detected]

[Acts are prohibited by the preceding plot]

[Movement is restricted for 2 minutes as a cumulative penalty]

[Author’s favourability decreases by 10]

[Character’s level decreases slightly]

[Are you sure you want to bypass the sanction?]

– Remaining chances: 2

Two chances left?

Just then,

‘Ah!’

I blinked, remembering.

A feature called ‘preceding plot can be ignored’ that I’d received from the system as my level rose.

In addition to the eight veto rights I had purchased, two more lives (?) were left.

‘No, ait. The function seems a bit different from the veto ticket?’

Wasn’t this close to a ‘fundamental right’ guaranteed by the system? It felt a little different from a product I could buy with points.

I decided to save it for now. There might not be that much difference in the effects, but the veto might not work against high severity penalties.

Instead, I consumed one [penalty veto] in the inventory tab.

And then,

– When used, the following penalties are removed

1. Limited movement for 2 minutes

2. Slight decrease in character level

※ Author’s favourability reduction cannot be vetoed.

– Are you sure you want to decline the penalty? This veto is one-time use only.

A confirmation message appeared.

Looking at the emphasis on one-time use, even the system knew that it was expensive.

But I couldn’t help it. If I didn’t use the veto, my life itself might get snuffed out, and then what use would my points be?

‘Confirm.’

Then, the pressure that had been pressing upon my body disappeared in an instant.

It really works.

I looked straight ahead.

There stood a man, looking at me with wary eyes.

Wales.

A man with a skull-like face, wrinkled body, and neat long locks of straight hair for some reason.

A character who wielded a great spear the length of his own body as a weapon, and mainly used a ‘one-shot kill’ attack to end battles in a single blow.

Judging only by overall significance in the plot, he wasn’t some bigshot. He was more of the type that would appear with a cocky smirk but would get smashed flat in the end.

Nevertheless, the reason he was able to appear at least occasionally before Leo and party before they passed the King’s Road in the original work, was because both his appearance and attack style was full of personality.

A rake-thin man with neat, straight hair, with a gigantic spear, aiming it horizontally, and delivering a deadly blow.

He was obviously quirky enough to create a maniac fan base.

Anyway, he was a very suitable guy to be used as the first sacrifice in my ‘lead character hunting’.

Wales seemed to feel an aura of danger from me as I grinned at him.

“… Are you the real Squatjaw?”

“That’s right.”

“But… I don’t think you have any treasures.”

“That’s right, too.”

“I don’t understand. You put your treasures into someone else’s hands? And blocked the people chasing him? What are you thinking?”

“All of this has a deep meaning. Do you think you can understand everything in the world?”

Then,

“…”

Wales nodded quickly, and grabbed his spear.

“That’s right. There are many things in the world that I don’t understand. But it’s also true that there’s an easy way to solve this. Once I poke a few holes in you, you’ll sing on you own without even waiting for me to ask. There’s no need to waste time talking.”

Saying so, he lowered his posture, pulling his spear all the way back.

Whoo.

This guy had a pretty brutal side.

Well, some readers must’ve liked that too.

I grinned at him again, then picked up a long wooden stick lying nearby. Then I took the exact same pose.

And then,

“What are you doing?”

His eyes were full of wonder.

I must’ve looked crazy. Maybe he thought I was joking.

But I had no intention of making him understand. I wanted him to look at me with his eyes full of ‘How is this possible?!’ The more he did that, the more the readers would feel the same way.

Actually, before I started this ‘lead character hunting’, I’d decided upon a set of guidelines.

Just mimic their skills and beat them at their own game.

This was an arc where numerous characters were scheduled to appear and show off their unique abilities. What could be more eye-catching at this juncture than beating each one with the same ability?

I was going to reveal my ‘goblin background’ in this arc anyway, so there was no worry about the readers questioning it either. Rather, I hoped that their questions would be amplified.

So, I was going to apply [Mimic Acrobat] straightaway.

But,

“… Huh?”

Suddenly, an unexpected problem occurred.

The ability didn’t activate.

‘What?’

I tried again, but ran into the same problem. It was a failure.

How unexpected.

“Wait, wait!”

I quickly changed my position and raised my hand to stop my opponent.

“What are you doing?”

“Wait, wait just one minute!”

I just carefully reproduced the situation in my head.

Why didn’t it work?

All conditions had already been met. I knew his face and name, had seen his ability before, and knew how it worked. And next, my physical ability was also superior…

At that moment,

‘… No way.’

It felt like my heart was about to burst.

There was no question. Unless this guy’s unique ability had suddenly been changed, there was only one condition that I possibly couldn’t satisfy.

Physical ability.

What the current situation meant was clear. My physical ability was insufficient to mimic this guy’s unique ability.

… Did this even make sense?

Of course, it was true that this guy’s unique ability required a particularly strong body. Since the ability belonged to the type that drew in the body’s inherent power to the fullest to achive an explosive release, inevitably the underlying body had to be strong. In fact, a meme had even made the rounds in the fan community for a while about how that skinny body was actually full of compressed, wiry muscles.

But nevertheless, this made no sense.

How could I possibly be weaker in power than this guy?

The small list I’d made of guys possibly stronger than me had already been as conservative as possible. To be honest, I’d actually been considering whether it might be worthwhile to have a tussle with Karl Zayed…

“Eeh…”

I was feeling terribly frustrated.

Of course, there was no objective data to show strength as a numerical value. My standard for measuring a character’s strength was also ambiguous. At most, I was just making a judgment based on ‘character significance’ or ‘history with other opponents’.

But that didn’t make it a lie. Since this guy’s one-hit special attack could be blocked and even completely destroyed by just a bullet from Kiriko, I could only rank him as someone who ‘can’t stand even a single shot from Kiriko’.

“Hey, are you trying to buy time or something? If you’re afraid…”

“Ugh, wait! I said wait!”

“…”

I hurriedly looked up my status window.

Had I read it wrong? Had it been cut down even more?

The status window was still the updated version even after my drop in level.

[Character Level]

  • Current rating: Supporting cast
  • Current value: 716
  • Experience: 2%
  • Value to reach the next level: ?
  • Preceding plot can be ignored: 2 times

As I thought.

Originally it’d been in the early 1000s, now it was cut to the early 700s.

‘Why…’

It’d be most reasonable to say I was now at around 70% of my original level.

And to be honest, it wasn’t a bad number. Nothing too dissatisfying. This much could be quickly restored, and I’d honestly thought I wouldn’t have any trouble dealing with these ‘two-bit mob characters’.

Also, this wasn’t the only metric I was using to mentally calculate my overall strength.

There were two more.

1. Physical body strength and intensity,

2. Identifying unique abilities that could be mimicked.

These two.

And the results weren’t bad.

In terms of physical might, during my measurements, I hadn’t felt ‘weakened’ too much, and I hadn’t had any trouble mimicking the unique abilities of Leo’s party, which were my baseline. And even then, I was mimicking them from a few chapters further on.

Of course, their unique abilities weren’t 1:1 with their physiques like Karl Zayed, so it was true that they were easier to mimic in that sense. But even so, they were the main characters of this story. They were the ones who’d restore their power the fastest.

So, based on all of this, I’d thought that I had reasonably measured my strength in my own way.

“Haah…”

It really felt like my mentality was breaking down.

Not to mention that all my plans had gone awry, I didn’t even know if I could quickly deal with the guy in front of me.

I looked back at Wales again.

He also seemed to have decided to just attack.

“I don’t know if you thought delaying the time would help, but it’s led to your death. If you’d run as soon as you met us, you might’ve saved your life.”

The spear in his hands began to glow brightly.

It looked like he’d been cleverly gathering strength while I was busy thinking. The destructive power of his one shot strike would intensify the longer it gathered power.

“… Alright, I suppose this is it.”

Slap!

I slapped my cheeks with both hands.

Then I quickly cleared my mind.

I could ponder over the possible reasons later.

Maybe I’d been overestimating my own strength, or maybe this guy was stronger than I’d thought.

Besides, that was the point of ‘power balance adjustment’, wasn’t it? In order to balance the new characters, the power of the current strongest had to be cut to size.

Looking at it that way, it was a problem that I’d considered the power levels of the original to compare. Since I’d become one of the strongest people in the world, yet the original never had somebody like me.

And on top of that, the author might’ve applied a separate adjustment only on certain characters. It might’ve been naive to think that all existing characters would’ve been weakened by ‘equal proportions’.

Anyway, it was my fault.

I had to admit what I had to admit and adapt to this new reality. If I only kept idly muttering to myself, I’d definitely be blown away by the coming attack.

But…

“Even so, I can still deal with you.”

I quickly activated a unique ability.

It wasn’t a goblin ability. Mental abilities might indeed tide me over the current situation, but they didn’t have much reader appeal. They weren’t flashy, after all.

It was embarassing, but since I’d paid such a high price and came to hunt the leading characters, shouldn’t I show a decent performance?

So, this was the one I chose.

[Six Burning Bullets].

I pulled out two revolvers from my waist that’d suddenly appeared.

Quickly rotated the chambers.

Both chambers received the same type of bullet.

Penetration X penetration.

‘I’m sorry, Kiriko, but I have no choice but to use it in advance.’

Starting with this arc, Kiriko’s significance and battle scenes would increase rapidly.

Probably because the main character and the party had weakened so visibly in the aftermath of the power balance adjustment. So the author had to immediately start work on character enhancement in the original.

And among Kiriko’s opponents, there was also this guy called Wales, and to his shock, his spear had been mercilessly dismantled by Kiriko’s bullets. The ‘one-hit deathblow’ from a guy who had a stronger body than me now.

Of course, it wasn’t just a straightforward test of power.

In terms of power alone, Wales might’ve been stronger. No, he almost definitely was.

The reason why Kiriko was still able to win was because he’d aimed directly at that ‘blindspot in that fatal blow’.

“Are you… that confident because you have a couple of guns?”

Wales’ spear suddenly shone with a dazzling light. Looked like he’d fully gathered his strength.

And then,

“This is a spear that can pierce though even a missile that contains the essence of Northland science. If you can stop it, stop it.”

His great spear shot at me.

And the moment the tip of the spear reached in front of me,

Bang! Bang!

I shot ‘overlapped’ bullets at the center of the spear, the nucleus of that energy.

And then,

Pshng–.

Pop–.

My bullet pierced his spear very easily.

For a moment, Wales’ face turned red with astonishment.

“Wh-, what…?”

Of course, my magic bullet also lost its power and disappeared.

But nevertheless,

“You want to try again?”

Victory and defeat was clear at a glance.

What Wales used was a one-hit fatal attack, and I just shot just two bullets.

Again, I only had to rotate the chambers the same way, and –

Whirrrr – click!

The bullets were loaded once again.

“Uh, how….”

Wales looked like he’s gone completely insane.

Well, no wonder. The attack that had condensed all his strength had been scattered with just two bullets.

“The essence of your one hit special doesn’t lie in how much power you can gather. It’s about condensing that power and focusing it through a single point.”

As long as you broke through its centre, all that power would quickly disperse in all directions.

Kiriko’s magic bullets could not only combine different properties, but also overlap the same property to dramtically strengthen it.

And I’d struck that nexus of energy with two penetrative bullets overlapped.

AKA, the ‘awl.’

This was Kiriko’s weapon that had defeated Wales in the original.

“The reason you were able to pierce the Northland missiles is simple. Because your spear was the smaller of the two. And I beat you the same way. Compared to my bullets, your spear’s just way too wide.”

“That, how can that…”

To be honest, I did feel a little guilty, bluffing like that. This was a Wales-specific solution that Kiriko had had to squeeze his brain dry to come up with.

Due to this battle between us, perhaps the next battle between those two would take a different route.

‘Eh, I don’t care…’

Those two would have to be the ones to figure it out. Or the author would.

I turned back.

I’d never really considered finishing him off here.

He’d already been beaten down, and my strength had been proven too.

The leading point of view would probably change hands soon.

And indeed,

– The leading point of view of the chapter has changed.

– The main character of the chapter is now ‘Dorian’.

The results were as expected.

“Whoo…”

The next opponent was a bit of a headache.

He wasn’t going to be easy to beat. No, if I thought he wasn’t going to be easy, maybe in reality he’d turn out to be really troublesome.

To be honest, it didn’t seem like I could just go deal with him as I pleased. It might be better to take a more cautious approach, to carefully choose an ability that would be optimized to beat him in the safest and most satisfing way.

‘Come to think of it, if these guys are already giving me trouble, I might have to make some proper preparations for the ‘real contenders’.’

I felt the tension slowly ratchet up through my body.

A heart-pounding sensation that I hadn’t felt for a while.

“… Haah.”

Now was only one down. There was a long way to go.

I shook my head once to shake off my thoughts, then immediately shouted.

“Cocoa, let’s move!”


“Ah, I guess it’ll take some time…”

Kiriko nodded at Yan’s words.

He’d expected that.

“It should. Because this is a puzzle, to find the real one among the Squatjaws. That’s more of a decipherer’s job than a guide’s, right?”

At that,

“I thought you were going to forever stay an idiot… Hoh, have you gotten a little smarter?”

Siana nodded her head.

“Can you find him or not?”

“You’re back to asking a stupid question again. It only lasted a second. Have you forgotten?”

Then,

“I’m the kind of person who never gets anything wrong.”

She smiled and added.

Well, at least she was confident.

Irrespective of whether she was right or not.

That was then.

“But… what are you looking for?”

Siana asked a slightly random question.

“What do you mean?”

When Kiriko looked at her with puzzled eyes, she continued with a strange smile.

“The treasure? Or… Squatjaw?”

It was an absurd statement. What did that…

Wait, maybe?

“… Are you saying that Squatjaw and the treasure are not at the same place? Isn’t Squatjaw holding the treasure?”

Siana nodded.

“I can’t be sure… but I think, maybe?”

“…”

There was a moment of silence.

Before long, Kiriko spoke slowly.

“The treasure will probably be found by Leo’s side.”

“Why? Leo seems to want a battle with Squatjaw.”

“I know. That guy is obsessed with Squatjaw. The only problem is that redheaded girl with Leo. After all, that girl is the one looking for the path. I don’t think she’d be bothered about the difference. She’s probably aiming purely for the treasure.”

Siana also nodded in agreement.

“Hmmm… that’s a reasonable analysis. How unlike you.”

“I’m not an idiot.”

“Yes, yes, amazing. Anyway, what about you? Are you going for the treasure? Or Squatjaw?”

“… Well.”

Kiriko was also interested in Squatjaw. But not to the same extent as Leo. Or Siana, for that matter.

To be honest, he couldn’t understand why they paid so much attention to Squatjaw. They’d bumped into him a few times and been beaten, but at best, those matches had been nothing more than ‘games’.

What if they preperly fought as adventurers, as ‘adversaries’? He’d never thought that he might lose.

And, in fact, more than Squatjaw, there was another guy who’d truly shocked him.

Karl Zayed.

A human being against whom he could never be sure of victory, even in a proper clash.

Rather, it was because of that man that his interest in Squatjaw had deepened. Because he really didn’t understand how Squatjaw’s team had been able to beat that guy during the qualification exam.

“Looks like you’re more interested in the latter.”

Siana seemed to have guessed his mind, and smiled lightly.

“I was just wondering if there was anything more interesting going on.”

But just as Kiriko was going to add more –

Siana suddenly said something strange.

“For example… something like that?”

“Huh?”

A strange sight came to Kiriko’s eyes as he turned his head following Siana’s finger.

People and objects were bouncing up like firecrackers bursting into the sky. A giant sword of immense size, one of the squat-jawed goblins, everything was soaring into the air without discrimination.

“… He really is here.”

He didn’t know how the fight had broken out, but they’d chosen the wrong opponent.

Because that monster was strong enough to treat almost all humans like toys without needing any special abilities.

Kiriko’s eyes lit up for a moment.

It was Karl Zayed.

He’d arrived.


Editor’s Notes:

None for this chapter.


Surviving a Shounen Manga – Episode 91

Squatjaw’s Loosed Goblins in the City!

“Goblins!”

The scream of a bystander brought the dazed party members back to reality.

When they came to their senses, the word ‘goblin’ was resounding everywhere.

“Goblins! Squatjaw’s loosed goblins in the city!”

“Squat-jawed goblins!”

Goblins?

It was a word she’d heard before. And that too, not very long ago.

Tanya rummaged through her memories.

And soon,

“Ah… Eastland.”

She was able to recall a related memory.

It was a word she’d heard from those pursuing her after she’d stolen the Ramirez.

That this newcomer was like a goblin.

At her words, Leo asked with a bewildered expression.

“What, do you know? What’s a goblin?”

“No, I don’t know exactly. But some people in Eastland called me that. That I was like a goblin.”

“Is… that so? Then, can you grow your jaw to jut out like that too…?”

“… Hell no.”

Looking back, it’d definitely been strange.

Why did they think of a goblin when they saw her?

She’s used an escape technique at that time, mainly to erase her traces and hide her appearance. She definitely didn’t ‘grow’ some body part so strangely that it’d make people avert their eyes.

Was ‘goblin’ a trait that encompassed both things?

That was then.

“Let’s just ask.”

The redheaded man said so, and then stepped towards the place where the sound was coming from.

Then he brought a man back with him.

Although instead of ‘bringing’, the act could be called ‘abducting’. The redhead had simply dragged the man in by the collar.

But the strange thing was that the man who’d been suddenly taken captive didn’t look upset. Even after suffering something so outrageous, he even seemed to be holding back laughter.

“Wh-, what is it?”

“I want to ask you something. What’s a goblin?”

“Eh?”

“You were screaming ‘goblin, goblin’ just now. What do you mean that goblins are loose in the city?”

“Oh, that’s… but, um! That’s a secret…”

“Hey, that’s funny. Were you yelling something so secret for everybody to hear just now?”

“It’s just… it was so strange and surprising that I…”

“Eeh…”

It wasn’t funny.

He’d yelled so promptly as if he’d been waiting for the chance to.

Not just him. Even now, screams of ‘goblin!’ could be heard everywhere.

This meant that an organization was moving systematically.

Although Leo and party didn’t know what their scheme was.

“So? What’s a goblin?”

When they asked the question one more time, the man shook his head as if he’d given up resisting.

Then,

“‘Goblin’ is the name of a race. An enigmatic race that inhabits a place called the Goblins’ Den in Eastland. They’re cunning, mischievous and capricious; monsters who take pleasure in causing others trouble.”

As if he’d been waiting for this moment, he started explaining enthusiastically.

It was a race of beings who were particularly outstanding as decipherers, had incredibly strong personalities, and possessed many mysterious abilities. What they were seeing now was a group of goblins mimicking the appearance of Squatjaw using their ‘masquerade’ ability.

“Then you’re saying that the goblins are now following Squatjaw’s orders to carry out a sabotage operation?”

“I don’t know for sure, but it’s probably something like that.”

“Hmm, but why are the goblins listening to his orders?”

“Well, shouldn’t you ask them that?”

“Is it possible that Squatjaw himself is also a goblin?”

Then,

“Hehe, no way. But… it’s a reasonable question.”

It was as if he’d been waiting for the issue to be brought up. There was a bright smile on his face.

It was a really dubious response.

It seemed that the redheaded man felt the same way.

“Then can I ask you one more thing?”

“As you like.”

“How did you get to know about that mysterious race?”

“… Eh?”

“How did you know?”

“Ah, that was just… a rumour…”

“Isn’t it a mysterious race, veiled by riddles? How come there’re so many detailed rumours?”

The red-haired man took a step forward, and –

“Who are you?”

“… Ah?”

“What’s your identity?”

“Uh… I was just over there…”

“Are you…?”

That was then.

“Okay, let him go. He was kind enough was to answer our questions. Don’t bother him anymore, Kiriko.”

Leo stepped forward and stopped the redhead.

Kiriko scratched his head once at this, then took a step back.

Soon after,

“I… can I go then?”

“Yes, thank you.”

The guy ran away. Very promptly.

Leo, who saw it, said with a smirk.

“Hey, isn’t it obvious? That guy must be a goblin.”

“Why did he come himself to tell us all that, do you think?”

“He said it himself. It’s a race that likes to attract others’ attention. Maybe that’s why?”

“Hmm.”

Surprisingly, Leo and the redhead seemed to take everything in stride, including that goblin’s explanation. The situation of Squatjaws pouring down the mountain, and the fact that Squatjaw might not even be human.

When Tanya inquired about it,

“Ah, we’ve seen it a few times already. That transformation ability, I mean. There’s this small, horned guy in the Squatjaw Adventurers. There was a time when that guy turned into Squatjaw. How many times have we been through that nonsense? Hey, maybe that guy was a goblin too.”

They replied indifferently.

“What, so you already knew?”

“About the ability itself? Sure. But I just thought it was an unique ability. This is my first time hearing about a new race. It does sound odd, though.”

That was then.

“Is Mr. Squatjaw really a goblin, then? Was that how he could mimic our abilities every time?”

The dwarfish boy who’d been silently observing the situation from the sidelines finally spoke up.

“Hm? I don’t know about that. That guy talked a lot about the goblins, but he never mentioned that they have such an ability. Anyway, we’ll find out sooner or later.”

“So what now?”

“What else? We have to find him.”

Leo grinned and looked towards the mountain.

“The real one should be among them. The real Squatjaw, with the treasure.”

“Ah, so the one to find him first would get it?”

“Naturally. See how excitedly he’s running down the mountain. He looks like he’s already having fun, doesn’t he?”

“Hmm, then should we hurry? By the looks of it, we aren’t the only ones gunning for him.”

It was just as the red-haired man had said.

Even before Leo and his party’s arrival, groups had already been flocking in one after another. Some of the impatient ones had gone up first and been promptly smashed flat, but clearly there were still a lot of people left who were looking for a chance.

Then,

“I have a good idea. There are two guides here, right?”

Leo smiled and looked back at her.

And only then did Tanya understand why they’d found her.

“Shall we split the party? In threes and twos.”


Tiling–.

[Adventure King serialization resumed]

[Chapter 28 – The Battle for Ramirez’s Treasure (1)]

[Belongs to the realm of the ongoing chapter]

[Hiro is the subject of character evaluation in this chapter]

“Huff… that was dangerous.”

If I’d been just a little late in releasing the goblins, I might’ve gotten hit with a penalty bomb directly due to the sanctions of the preceding plot.

I let out a long sigh as I watched the ‘other mes’ spread out across the city.

And then,

“Ah ha ha ha ha!”

I let out a hearty laugh and left the mountain.

What would happen in the future? By now, I didn’t know either.

There was only one thing I’d asked of the goblins.

For the next three days, I wanted them to walk around the city in my own form, and if possible, holding a small mirror.

That was it.

And from then on, they could go do their own thing.

They could go back to the Goblins’ Den, go on a tour of Westland, or become friends with other adventurers. Well, as long as they didn’t follow me, it didn’t matter what they did.

This was my truth.

To be honest, I had no intention of touching them from this moment on. I didn’t even have the confidence. Even if some of them didn’t wait three days and instead left this city right away, I wasn’t going to make an issue of it.

Although I’d dropped the lot of them here to stage a play, this place was essentially a battlefield. The situation could turn for the worse at any moment, placing them in true danger for the first time in their lives.

Of course, goblins were serious about pranks, so some might not want to give up the ‘Squatjaw play’ even after three days, but I couldn’t control that either.

‘Well, they won’t listen to what I say, anyway.’

Anyway, the arrow had already been loosed.

Now it was the author’s responsibility to manage and solve the riddle of the goblins in the story.

Maybe he had a migraine already.

As I imagined such a scene, a hum unconsciously came out of my throat.

“I don’t know~ And I don’t care~ Send me to Eastland again if you dare~”

Hmmm.

Well, I was still feeling proud to some extent.

I’d set up some plot devices in advance so that the future development wouldn’t go completely off the rails.

First, the publicity.

In order to reduce the readers’ questions as much as possible (although not like it didn’t benefit me even more), didn’t I publicize the information about the goblins in advance?

Since Leo and his party had an encounter with one of the goblins right at the city entrance, the information should’ve been conveyed safely.

Well, the amount of information would vary slightly depending on which one they caught.

The next was the change to the game format.

The author should find the current situation much more familiar, compared to what it could’ve been. Instead of a boring setup of one man guarding the treasure and being attacked on all sides, now he had to weave a plot around a horde of goblins with their own tricks. From some facsimile of tower defence, the game format had again changed to something closer to a scramble.

The reason I thought this was simple. Because right now, I truly didn’t have the Ramirez.

Actually I didn’t even know where it was or who had it.

I just knew that some goblin or other had it. I’d purposely thrown it among the goblins, and only told them that the one most skilled at hide and seek should take care of it.

Of course, I’d also added a postscript.

If they survived three days without the treasure being snatched away, they’d not only keep the treasure, but also get a separate reward.

In addition to the roleplay aspect, I thought it added a little bit of flavour of hide-and-seek.

Without lures like then, how could I be confident in reining in those free-spirited goblins?

The reason why I didn’t keep the Ramirez myself and instead threw it to the goblins was for two reasons.

Firstly. As mentioned earlier, I wanted to stick close to the original plotline to an extent.

Not just to appease the author, but also because it helped me too. It went without saying that knowing the future was my greatest strength. I couldn’t mess that up.

For one thing, the core contents of this arc were ‘introduction of new characters’ and ‘adjustment of power balance’. To do that, powerful new characters had to take turns with the leading point of view, but they might not get any chance to shine if the treasure was left in my hands. Many of them were slated to be active in the future, so blocking their growth wasn’t a good thing for me either.

And the other issue being –

What if all of them united against me, the public enemy no. 1?

I might actually get beaten in an upset.

The current me was far from the strongest in the world, and there were even some who were stronger than me. The risk wasn’t small.

In other words, the defence game would’ve been hard for me as well.

Now let’s come to the second reason. In order to not give the Ramirez to Leo with my own hands.

Actually, this was the bigger one. I had to hand it over somehow, but it’d be weird if I just gave it to him, and I couldn’t stand the thought of having it be snatched after being beaten.

So, I just handed it over to another guy in advance. Leo could handle the rest.

So now, the most important thing was –

I’d indeed ‘entrusted’ the treasure to the goblins. But I still had no intention of giving up on the goal I’d initially set for myself, that ‘I won’t hand over the Ramirez to anyone except Leo and Karl Zayed’.

For this purpose alone, I’d spent close to a million CP.

I breathed in deep and shouted with force.

“Cocoa! Come out! We have to go, quickly!”

And then,

“Coming…”

Cocoa shuffled out of the bushes.

Her face was full of sorrow.

The face that she couldn’t disguise herself like the other goblins had left her heartbroken.

After hanging out with the goblins for the past few days, it seemed she’d fooled herself into thinking that she was a real goblin.

“Now now, stop crying. Let’s move. We have a lot to do.”

“… What can this incompetent Cocoavi even do?”

“Hush, you. Listen to me.”

I felt like I had to remind this kid who’d been bitten by the roleplay bug so hard she’d forgotten her original identity.

She wasn’t Cocoavi, she was Cocoa! The guide of the Squatjaw Adventurers!

“Are all the goblins gone?”

“Yeah.”

“What about Chinuavi?”

“Don’t know.”

“Look down there. Can you see the guy who has the treasure?”

“No. Can’t see him.”

“Then can you find him?”

Cocoa frowned for a while.

“I think I can see the path… it might take some time? Goblins are always a little tough to find at first. Plus, if he’s determined to hide, it’ll be even harder.”

She shook her head as if it wasn’t easy.

“Is that so?”

Of course, I’d expected that.

If any Tom, Dick or Harry could find them, I wouldn’t have thrown the treasure at the goblins in the first place.

I turned on the holographic window and opened the ‘product locker’ from the sidebar.

There were two items in it.

[Check the main character of the chapter]

[Penalty veto] x 8

The character shop could only be used when no chapter was running, but some items could still be available if you purchased them in advance.

These two, for example.

I immediately clicked on [check the main character of the chapter].

And then,

– The main character of the chapter is now ‘Isaac of Wales’.

A single line of information appeared on the message window.

‘Really.’

I’d judged correctly.

This time, a newly created character had taken up the leading point of view. Although the situation had changed a bit, this meant the author was still trying to unfold the story in the same old way.

To have this character take over the Ramirez.

“Cocoa, we need to find a guy called Isaac of Wales.”

“Wales?”

“Skinny guy, very long hair. Uses a long spear.”

“Well, I’m sure I can find him. But why him?”

“He’s the one closest to the Ramirez right now.”

What I was aiming for was simple.

1. As in the original, let the main point of view be evenly distributed to the various characters.

2. Hunt the guys who got it.

3. Sanction from the preceding plot? That’s what the [penalty veto] was for!

“Have you got the silver screen from Chinuavi? Use that.”

“Why? It’s uncomfortable.”

“Because they might guess I’m the real one if they see you with me.”

“Hmm, okay.”

Then I pulled up Cocoa, covered by the silver screen, so she could hold to my neck.

“Oh, be careful. Don’t cover my head.”

“It’s fine, it’s fine. This is how you goblin!”

“… Is that so?”

Anyway, the preparations were over.

Now it was time to go hunting.


Wales was wary of making a mistake from being overexcited.

He asked his vice-captain, standing next to him, once again.

“It’s him, right?”

“It must be…”

They’d found it earlier than expected.

The treasure, Ramirez.

Of course, he hadn’t gotten his hands on it yet.

Wales looked at the Squatjaw in front of him, who was looking around with a bewildered expression.

“Goblin…”

He hadn’t given much credence to the information at first. He’d thought it was just a funny rumour.

How the hell could creatures like that exist in this world?

Although the ability to create clones was rare, it was still a known quantity. Of course, considering the sheer number… it was a bit impressive.

Anyway, that was what he’d thought it to be at first.

A ghostly and insubstantial mirage, merely imitating the creator’s appearance and wandering around.

But the guy in front of him was different.

He was ‘real’. He had physical power and could be cut by a sword. He even shed real blood.

He was even carrying the actual treasure.

This was a ‘real goblin’ (or something).

However, one question still remained.

‘Is this guy really the Squatjaw?’

Weak.

His technique was weird for sure, but nothing particularly powerful.

Too weak to match up to the rumours surrounding him.

‘Is this then another goblin?’

But Wales quickly shook his head. There was no way a guy who wasn’t even the real Squatjaw could have the real treasure on him.

“… The rumours were really overblown.”

Wales was preparing to ‘hit’, but –

At that moment,

“Hey! Wait, wait!”

A voice came from right behind him.

“Eek!”

Startled, Wales jumped to the side.

When he turned around, another Squatjaw was peering at him.

“Whoo… I almost missed the timing.”

There were now two Squatjaws?

“…”

Then, the latecomer Squatjaw approached the first one.

They started having a conversation that Wales honestly couldn’t make head or tail out of.

“Oh…  Big Brother?”

“Wait, how come you got it?”

“Well… things just turned out that way, I guess?”

“It was dangerous just now, you know? You almost got taken down. Don’t slack off.”

“Actually, I was just really confused for a moment. The bastard who had it suddenly said it was annoying and threw it at me… And just then, these guys popped out of a nearby bush…”

“Heh… well, things turned out okay this time. Try hiding next. Ah, wait, make sure you leave some traces behind.”

“Uh… yeah, got it. See you later.”

Wales watched the scene silently.

Even as the first Squatjaw ended the conversation, turned around and disappeared.

And then,

“Don’t you want to go after him?”

His vice-captain next to him asked in a confused tone.

But Wales shook his head.

“How far can a flea like that jump? And in any case, we can’t ignore what’s already in front of us to go off on some wild goose chase.”

Because the bastard in front of him was definitely no flea.

Wales asked the second Squatjaw, still standing in front of him.

“What are you? Another goblin?”

“What do you think?”

I’m the hunter.


Editor’s Notes:

None for this chapter.


Sword Pilgrim – Chapter 118

“My goodness…”

“The Freak Spear is dead!!”

“Waaaaaaaaaaaaghh!!”

The death of one of the imperial monsters –

Although it was by a surprise attack while the man was already injured and exhausted from battle, the Kingdom Army didn’t care about such trivial details.

What was important, was that a Master was dead.

The famed imperial strongman, the Freak Spear, was dead!

As morale rose, the Kingdom Army began to counterattack and slaughter the soldiers of the Imperial Army, forgetting that they’d frozen in despair just a while ago.

The Masters of the empire were the ones now feeling bewildered.

“Haah… How can one bastard make such a difference? Our scheme’s completely fallen through.”

All their plans; to make Prince Chloe rampage, to kill the queen, and to destroy the royal castle – had been in vain.

In the first place, they hadn’t expected the archbishop to die so helplessly.

Who would’ve dared to imagine this scene?

A legendary piece of trash whose infamy had reached even the empire –

Callius von Jervain, had saved the kingdom!

‘This is a huge loss.’

The empire had lost two Masters.

But what about the kingdom? Whom did they lose?

Nobody worth mentioning.

Most of their dead were the worms that’d been devouring the kingdom. Weren’t the pillars that supported the country all still in good health?

Besides –

It looked like another pillar was beginning to take shape.

They couldn’t leave things like this.

“A newborn star might shine brightly, but it’s easy to blow it out.”

Step!

The Ghost Spear made a decision.

“Ghost Spear! Where do you think you’re going!!”

“Fighting you is such a bore. I’ll have to find my entertainment elsewhere.”

His spear gleamed, giving an impression as if it was licking its lips.

The second strongest Spear of the Empire.

The Ghost Spear, Semka.

His spear, called ‘Ten Thousand Return to One’, could seal the souls of the strong people he killed.

The more souls of noble knights it contained, the more powerful it would be.

The number of dead souls contained in Semka’s spear was beyond counting.

The souls of all those knights shining with nobility –

Was nothing less than the proud chronicle of his victories.

And also, a powerful force to help him in battle.

“Howl, Ten Thousand.”

Aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaah!!

All of a sudden, a black spirit began to materialize at the Ghost Spear’s back.

Aiming at the neck of the newly appeared knight –

The Ghost Spear made a thrusting motion.

The shadowy spirit screamed and transformed into a black spear, shooting along that trajectory.

Like a ligature made of pure force, as heavy as the tallest mountain!

“Try and block this, Queen’s new sword!”

Jerk.

The queen’s new sword finally turned his head.

Callius’ grey pupils once again transformed into their earlier draconic shape.

Krrrrr!

A wave of terror surged.

The hairs all over his body were standing up.

How long has it been since I’d last felt like this?

A faint trace of excitement appeared at the corners of the Ghost Spear’s lips at the thought, and at the same time, Callius’ sword moved.

Swing.

“!”

He’d thought the young knight, intoxicated with the power of the Light Dragon, would try to compete with brute force, but no.

‘Did he parry that?! How?!’

As if all power had been completely drained from his blow!

The Ghost Spear quickly backstepped as if afraid of getting stuck in melee.

But the spear he’d shot couldn’t escape with him.

A spear made from the soul of a mighty continental-level figure.

It definitely couldn’t be dealt with lightly!

Yet it’d been cut down in one swing.

“… What.”

As if it were no more than air!

He could feel the intense dragon power mixed in that swing.

But that wasn’t enough to stop a Spear of the Empire.

Semka had retreated instead of advancing for an entirely different reason.

‘The soul… was destroyed.’

Semka’s weapon truly suited his moniker, the Ghost Spear.

And he had an innate sense of how many souls his spear contained, therefore it couldn’t escape his notice that the number had suddenly decreased.

The soul was annihilated! He couldn’t make any sense of it!

“… That sword! What is it?!”

Callius’ lips curved up in an arc at the question.

「Predator Sword – Loas」
Grade – Spirit Sword
Infused Soul – A mixed soul
Unique Ability – Predation
Noble Predation – 36

‘What a windfall.’

The Ghost Spear’s sudden attack had been nothing short of terrifying, but an idea had flashed inside Callius’ brain at the hair-raising sight of that spear pouncing upon him.

That spear was one of the ghosts trapped in the Ten Thousand Spear, meaning it was made of a soul.

If so, wouldn’t it be possible to prey upon it with the Predator Sword?

A fleeting idea that he’d immediately put into action.

‘It’s like this even with [Dragon Might]. The Spears of the Empire really are sharp.’

His hand holding the sword trembled a little.

Because of how hurriedly he’d had to cut the spear, the blade of the Predator Sword had dulled at a spot or two.

There’d definitely been a strong and lethal force behind the attack.

A little delay and he would’ve been dead.

And honestly, such a feat should’ve been impossible for Callius.

It was the Light Dragon Sword stabbed inside his heart, and his physical abilities being awakened by [Dragon Might], that had made the task merely arduous instead of straight-up impossible.

“What’s wrong, Ghost Spear? Bring out some more ghosts.”

“…”

The Ghost Spear was finding this whole situation absurd.

Was somebody really standing right in front of him and daring him to summon more ghosts?

But the fact that a ghost had disappeared with a single swing of the young knight’s sword, no matter the reason, made him wary. This was unprecedented.

Not to mention Callius seemed to be rather delighted and urging him to summon even more.

The Ghost Spear frowned.

‘I couldn’t kill him in one blow, and I won’t get a second chance.’

Victor, who’d been caught off guard just now, was watching him with a singular focus, and the other knights were also ready to attack at any time.

Trying anything more would mean overextending himself.

“Aren’t you bringing them out?”

Callius was hoping to get a chance to turn the Predator Sword into a vision sword, but the Ghost Spear didn’t seem interested in cooperating.

As soon as it’d devoured the soul, Callius had felt the power of the Predator Sword increase.

Its form was unchanged, but he could vaguely feel the power inside the blade surging.

This was also due to the keenness of the senses brought by [Dragon Might].

“Tch! We’re done for today, kid. I won’t forget this.”

Step!

The imperial vanished.

‘It’s a shame.’

Truly he’d been a Master of the empire.

His eyesight was keen enough.

He’d understood in an instant that this was a bad match-up, and given up the battle.

But while that wasn’t a wrong decision –

“This is better for me, anyway.”

Cold sweat was running down the back of Callius’ neck. It didn’t seem likely that he could’ve maintained his current level of strength if the Ghost Spear had been adamant to continue their battle. The situation had been on the verge of becoming untenable, in fact.

Flash.

Callius’ pupils returned to their original state and power began to leave his body.

[You used Dragon Might as a human. High adaptability reduces the recoil due to backlash.]

“…!!”

Backlash of [Dragon Might].

A tidal wave of pain began to engulf and drown Callius.

“Uugh!!”

As if his whole body was being ripped to pieces.

Sting after sting cut into him like immaterial blades.

As if every single nerve junction was being meticulously lit afire.

An indescribably excruciating agony coiled around and through his senses.

‘It’s… this much?’

Carried by the waves of torment that kept gnawing at his sanity, Callius couldn’t control himself anymore.

“Aah… aaaaaaaaaaaahhhhhhh!!”

Callius’ eyes shone with tears as he fell bonelessly on the ground. A wave spread through the air.

[Your constitution, Smelting Bones, comprehends Dragon Might.]

[Comprehension of Dragon Might at 3%.]

[Pain will be reduced by 3% when you next suffer backlash from Dragon Might.]

Callius’ consciousness shattered like glass.


Along with the Ghost Spear’s retreat, the Imperial Army also began to flee. The same went for the rest of the Masters.

So they couldn’t care less about Callius falling over screaming. Rather the kingdom’s troops who were supposed to pursue them had no choice but to hesitate at the sight.

The queen grabbed her skirt with both hands and ran.

Towards the fallen form of Callius.

just before she arrived –

“Callius! Wake up! You haven’t paid me back yet!!”

The red-haired form was already there.

Paladin Helena, the Golden Death, rose from the shadows and started checking on Callius’ condition.

A woman with blue hair followed, and the other knights and soldiers also gathered in a hurry to guard against treachery.

Thanks to them, Queen Clara came to her senses.

She was able to regain her composure as she looked at the fallen forms of Callius and Prince Chloe.

Both were still alive.

Not in good condition, but alive.

And a Master of the kingdom, Gerald, was also still alive.

His condition was critical, but he’d survived.

So this battle was finished for today.

As long as they survived, the chance for revenge would also be there.

“…”

“…”

The battlefield was filled with silence.

The soldiers of the Imperial Army was all retreating, and the defeated rebel soldiers had no will left to resist.

It should’ve been a natural action to pursue and destroy the enemy, but the Kingdom Army was already in shambles.

The sudden invasion of the empire had been terrifying, and that’d been coupled with the uprising of the rebels stabbing the kingdom in the back.

Therefore, half the palace had become a ruin, and although the kingdom’s soldiers were the final victors, their eyes were blank with trauma and fatigue.

Callius had been the centre of the overall situation, but since he too had collapsed, the soldiers had lost all sense of calm and were engulfed in anxiety.

Things couldn’t be left like this.

Although no one warned her, the queen understood the situation. She quietly gulped and moved forward.

Clutching her pounding heart with one hand, she spoke to the soldiers stained with emptiness and anxiety.

“Listen, everyone.”

The voice of the queen who’d made a decision for herself –

Was still that of a young girl, but it thrummed with the unyielding dignity of a monarch.

“Some nobles who’d lost their way conspired to rebel against the nation, and the archbishop of the Order invited in the empire. Carpe has lost many experts today because of that.”

“…”

“…”

Among them was Sullivian, who’d been a paragon, teacher of a multitude of people.

“But we survived. Today, we defeated the proud empire.”

Although the queen herself felt like she’d contributed nothing to the victory.

The marks left on the kingdom were deep, and there was no erasing them.

The empire’s invasion had been fierce, and even the royal castle had collapsed.

She honestly had no idea how much time and effort would be needed for its recovery.

But –

“Carpe, won.”

A pyrrhic victory was still a victory.

“Carpe, is strong! Today’s pain will be another stepping stone on our path! It will make us grow even more!”

Tears welled up in the queen’s eyes.

A single stream of tears flowed down.

But no one pointed it out. Because there was no one here who did not know the meaning behind those tears.

The queen was furious.

As well as full of sorrow.

Therefore, this was an encouragement and declaration from the ruler of the nation.

“Carpe will never forget this.”

The shame of this day.

The anger and sadness of this day.

And –

“Those who led us to victory.”

The queen’s eyes roamed over the collapsed form of Callius, and the broken royal castle.

There were those who’d fallen on the crumbling walls.

A man who’d died after having his limbs severed. Another who’d been impaled against the walls by the imperials. And many, many more.

They’d perished fighting for Carpe.

Not only the survivors –

All those who’d died fighting with honour, had their place in today’s roll of heroes.

“Victor.”

“Yes, Your Majesty.”

“Healing Prince Chloe and Count Jervain is our priority.”

“Understood.”

The queen as still looking at the broken walls.

Her fists clenched as she kept surveying the ruined castle.

And finally she drew her sword.

“From today on, the Incompetent Queen shall be no more.”


Blub, blub.

The first sound he heard was that of boiling liquid.

He listened to it, quietly.

It was intensely familiar.

‘Is this Beatrice’s workshop?’

Maybe that’s where he was.

But why, he wondered.

There was still a long way to go before the mansion’s underground workshop would be completed.

Why was he here?

Callius opened his eyes.

“… What are you doing?”

“I felt like you were awake.”

“Would you mind moving your face away? I can’t get up like this.”

“Why not?”

“Because I’ll bump into your nose.”

“I won’t mind if you bumped into somewhere else.”

“??”

Callius’s eyes rested upon Beatrice’s seductive cherry-red lips.

He frowned.

“Why am I here?”

“Because you were hurt. A lot of time has passed.”

Licking her lips with her tongue, Beatrice got up from her seat, and started poured the bubbling liquid from the cauldron into a bowl.

She blew air on the surface and stirred it with a spoon to cool it down.

“How long?”

“Winter is over. It’s spring now.”

“!”

Callius jerked up, but a wave of excruciating pain quickly washed over him.

“Ugh.”

“Careful. All your bones and muscles were torn apart. An ordinary person in your position would’ve had to rest in bed for several years.”

Beatrice eased Callius back onto the bed, and scooped some of the mysterious medicine with a spoon, bringing it to his mouth.

“Now say ‘aah’.”

“… I can drink it myself.”

“Are you refusing the favour I’m doing you?”

“You’re calling this a favour?”

“Of course it’s a favour. What else could it be? Hmm?”

“… I think you might be angry with me.”

“Oh, I was.”

Callius thought about why she might be angry with him, but nothing came to mind.

“While you were unconscious, Carpe’s been recovering. Even the royal castle has been mostly repaired. By the way, do you know what the world calls you now? The Queensknight. What a change from being a famous maniac, huh?”

Winter to spring.

It’d been almost the end of winter when Callius had arrived at the royal castle, so apparently three to four months had passed.

“… This. What is it?”

“That’s what you’re curious about? Huh. That’s the TD potion. It’s a hundred times more concentrated than what you fed to the Sixth Squad.”

“What about clinical trials?”

“That’s all over with. It’s safe, so drink. It should also help your body recover.”

Then there was no reason not to drink.

Callius, downing the potion in one gulp, began to feel the changes in his body.

“Are you feeling alright?”

“Not bad.”

It seemed that having the Light Dragon Sword in his body made it easier to sense the draconic energy.

Callius was able to experience firsthand how the trace amount of dragon blood in the potion had a beneficial effect.

As the purified troll’s blood also played a role, the feeling of pain clearly reduced.

A tickling sensation spread through his body, and he was almost being healed in real time.

“Carpe hasn’t had any problems lately. Rumours are everywhere that two of the empire’s Masters died this time, and they even lost quite a few relics in the bargain. They say the emperor’s furious, since he couldn’t kill the queen even after spending so many troops.”

“That side should be quiet for a while. What about Krasion?”

“Krasion’s the s–”

Beatrice’s gaze sharpened as she was about to answer.

She paused and took a deep breath.

“Did you already know?”

“From the beginning.”

“How?”

“Since I saw you hold Vivi.”

“… Vivi’s too cute. It should be illegal.”

“So? What about Krasion?”

“Yeah, they’re the same as always. Krasion is made up of people from forgotten faiths anyway. Some want the empire to grow, some don’t.”

It sounded like they weren’t leaning one way or the other as a whole.

Then the chance was low that they’d bring any danger to Carpe in the near future.

‘It’s similar.’

Compared to the situation he’d known about and anticipated, there wasn’t much difference.

Now that he’d stopped the imperial invasion in its tracks, it was time to take a breath, recover, and build up strength.

Callius felt his body recover and checked the messages that’d appeared in front of him.

[Imperial Invasion]

[Kill a Master of the Empire]

[Queensknight]

[Light Dragon Lord]

[Hero of National Salvation]

Even quest complete notifications numbered more than five.

He decided to check their rewards first.

“Why did you start laughing by yourself? You didn’t bump your head somewhere, right?”

“… No. I want to be alone, so could you please leave for a bit?”

Beatrice made a face as if he was talking crazy.

“… This is my room, you know?”

Callius had no choice but to fall silent and start checking the quest rewards.


Editor’s Notes:

None for this chapter.


Surviving a Shounen Manga – Episode 90

Now Do as You Please

I stood atop a mountain and looked down.

Gazing upon a panoramic view that captured the delicate and charming features of the city below.

Clone City.

The reason I’d chosen this tiny city as the place for the goblins to come on stage was very simple.

Because this was where Leo and his party would first intervene in the Ramirez Scramble.

The first battlefield that the readers would see from Leo’s point of view.

Merely that. Else I would’ve chosen a bigger and more spacious place. It was no small task to contain a hundred goblins who were anxious to jump out and wreck havoc.

Of course, I’d also considered moving the arena to somewhere else. I was holding the Ramirez right now, after all. As long as I went somewhere else, I thought everyone else would also follow.

But I scrapped this thought in the end. Because so many people were fated to gather and clash here, I had no way to know what kind of butterfly effect might happen if I arbitraily moved the location. If the characters that should’ve appeared didn’t manage to catch up in time, the plot progression would be completely twisted.

But,

“A Black Shadow member?”

Now my thoughts were beginning to run a little differently.

“This guy?”

I grasped the masked man’s collar by one hand and gently lifted him up.

Then,

“Yes, there’s a mark on the base of his neck. I’m sure. Looks like an officer.”

Haka gave a quiet smile and nodded.

I was feeling quite nonplussed.

“Black Shadow… Why is that name popping up here all of a sudden… no, more than anything else, why’s he this strong?”

“… Strong? Didn’t he fall down at the first blow? The others held out longer, right? Like that guy there… or that other guy over there…”

Haka pointed to the scattered human bodies lying nearby.

He wasn’t wrong. Those other, bigger guys had resisted three to four hits.

In comparison, this bastard in my hand was the weakest. He’d passed out in an instant with just one shot to the temple.

The problem was, I’d felt a smidgen of threat from his thrown weapon. And a scout like him could only be a low to middle level assassin among his peers.

The Black Shadow I knew, was not a force with that kind of power.

It was merely an underworld organization that’d appeared as the final enemy in an early arc, not the first main boss of the story. It made no sense that a low-tier member, not the boss or even an executive, would be capable of threatening me as I was now.

I couldn’t treat it as just another run-of-the-mill organization…

At that moment,

‘Ah…! Another organization…’

I realized.

Literally, it had to be another, completely new organization.

In the original plot, the Black Shadow had never appeared again. After Yan’s joining, their story was over.

But now, an organization that should’ve only existed as a setting within the story reappeared?

An organization that should’ve naturally been forgotten?

I could make a few guesses as to why this had happened.

Author’s intervention.

Clearly, the author had brought it back to life to add to the number of asassins after my head. Since the organization already existed as part of the setting, he’d recycled it.

But of course, it should’ve been impossible to resurrect the characters who’d appeared last time. They must’ve all been ‘deleted’.

Meaning the current Black Shadow couldn’t be judged by the same scale as its former incarnation. I had to think of it as a new organization, filled with ‘new characters’ who’d been born with the advantage of the new power balance, merely using the Black Shadow moniker.

Moreover, it was a common shounen manga trope that when a character or organization reappeared after a long time in a ‘new setting’, it’d come with a huge power upgrade.

Maybe these bastards were the same.

For example, they were the ‘hidden secret force’ within Black Shadow, or the ‘core bodyguards’ secretly raised by the boss.

“He was fast and stealthy. There was some heavy power behind his knife throw. Doesn’t match those bastards that I know.”

“Hmm… is that so?”

“You mean you didn’t feel anything fishy?”

“Well… honestly, Sir Squatjaw, I only saw you blow him away. I can’t judge anything from that, can I?”

“…”

That was no help at all.

“That reminds me. Are you still in contact with those bastards?”

“No. Oddly enough, they just suddenly cut off contact one day. I wasn’t involved too deeply with them, so there was no point worrying too much about it. In fact, I thought they’d withdrawn from Westland altogether. There wasn’t any news of them since then.”

“But now they’ve appeared again?”

“Yeah. With a lot of fanfare, to boot.”

What Haka had told me a while ago was somewhat shocking.

That the Black Shadow had suddenly come back to the limelight.

A large number of their assassins had gathered here in Westland.

Possibly on the orders of their boss, whom I was hearing of for the first time.

The guildmaster of Black Shadow, Gronyan.

Once called the Assassin King, and now one of the Underworld Kings who ruled the East Continent.

“He created the Westland Assassin Society just a few days ago and came straight to this place. His goal, of course, is you, Sir Squatjaw.”

“Did you… know, by any chance?”

“Yes? About what?”

“About his history.”

“Ummm… no? This is my first time hearing about him. I’ve never met the guildmaster directly. That being said, it does seem a bit odd that there’re suddenly so many rumours circulating about him.”

“Is that so?”

“Is there a problem?”

“No, not really.”

All of this, the guildmaster, the Assassin Society and so on… the author must’ve created the settings for them early on. Maybe he’d spent a lot of effort designing the details. And so he was now able to bring them to the stage in such a hurry. To the extent of ignoring the damage to narrative plausibility.

In any case, the summary was as follows:

Hundreds of new assassins, led by the guildmaster of Black Shadow, had flocked to this narrow city, following the numerous adventurer teams that’d come coveting treasure.

To hunt me down.

I carelessly threw away the guy in my hand and slumped down on the rock next to me. Then I pulled out a piece of paper from my pocket.

It was a list of characters I was trying to deal with in this arc.

1. Welsh Adventurer Team – Two adversaries

2. Geronimo Adventurer Team – Geronimo (Soldier)

3. Big Turtle Adventurer Team – Captain Turtle, Vice-Captain Turtle

4. Twin Adventures – Two blond twins

The requirements for being on the list were simple.

First, they had to have the leading point of view at some point during this arc.

Second, they had to be people I could beat.

In a word, they were food to grow my level.

No matter how strong somebody is, unless he wins in front of the readers, it doesn’t mean anything. And fighting somebody you can’t beat has to be avoided at all costs.

However, this list now seemed meaningless. Because the viewpoints would almost certainly not be distributed like in the original work, since the author had brought in a lot of new manpower.

Also, it was already closer to a defense game rather than a scramble. If the fight turned into an army of characters attacking me, instead of them scrambling and fighting each other to get the treasure…

Without further thought, I immediately tore apart the list.

Instead, I started thinking about what I had to do to meet my goals.

But nothing came to mind other than:

1. Giving up the Ramirez.

2. And coming back later.

There were only two people who’d unconditionally own the Ramirez in the near future.

Leo, and Karl Zayed.

To be honest, did I really have to pass it on to those two? It was true that I’d planned on it. But now I was having second thoughts, wondering if I could just hold on to it by myself.

But still, I thought this would definitely cross a line. Since the author’s preceding plot would completely turn to shit.

I could only possess it if it didn’t interfere with Tanya being fully accepted into Leo’s team, and Karl Zayed’s weakness being revealed.

In other words, I had to respect the overall plotline.

Leo would anyway hand the treasure over to Karl Zayed at that time, so the rest of the process didn’t really matter.

The problem was when to give it to Leo.

When? And how?

It was impossible to reproduce the same situation as the original.

In the original story, Leo came to the city, and shortly thereafter with Tanya’s guidance, he encountered the guy running away with the treasure. After defeating him, it naturally fell into his hands.

But I didn’t want to give it up so easily.

I didn’t like the thought of being chased by an army of enemies, but getting beaten by Leo and my treasure being snatched away? That wasn’t going to happen even if it killed me.

Hmmm.

‘Isn’t there any other way?’

There was one plan I’d made ahead of time in case things went south.

Plan B. AKA, ‘do as you please.’

If you can’t think of a clean countermeasure, why keep squeezing your brain to come up with something half-baked? It’ll just make things worse.

And I didn’t have to deal with everything myself. I just had to let others carry the story on their own.

The only question was how much damage ‘they’ would do.

And whether I could bear the aftereffects.

‘… I might end up paying a penalty.’

I shook my head vigorously.

Don’t know, don’t care!

It was all water under the bridge anyway. Ever since I’d brought the goblins here; no, strictly speaking, ever since the author had kicked me away to Eastland, this was all set in stone.

‘Let’s go then, Sir Author. It’s all up to you now to handle.’

Roughly gathering my thoughts, I got up.

Now that the idea was there, I felt like I had to start preparing right away.

“What happened to Cocoa and Chinuavi?”

“They’re together. Sir Cocoavi is probably in the central tent, and Sir Chinuavi… somewhere in the crowd, probably.”

“Then who’s the temporary boss right now? Do you know?”

“Nest…avi? I think he’s called something like that.”

“Nestavi… Oh, that guy I saw once in Oldboy’s living room? Good. Best I have a chat with him, then.”

It was only after arriving here that I found out, but surprisingly, the goblins had been waiting for almost a full fortnight without causing any trouble.

The reason being that they’d found a fun game to waste the time.

It was called ‘change the boss.’

Those crazy bastards were playing the ‘game of kings’ and betting on it.

Come to think of it, unlike me, who’d been recognized as the boss through a bet with Oldboy, Chinuavi had only been appointed to his position by my order. The fact that all the other goblins had followed it so meekly should’ve tipped me off that there was something afoot.

Funnily enough, Chinuavi had very quickly lost his position. Didn’t he boast about having the highest win rate or something at some point? Either way, I was just glad that he hadn’t lost it while on the ship.

‘Do your best, and don’t bother me.’

To be honest, giving orders to the goblins was no easy task. Due to their very nature, they always interpreted their orders whichever way they wanted and acted as they pleased. I couldn’t control them either, without being constantly by their side.

Still, luckily,

“Relay an order to them.”

“I can do that, but I don’t know if it’ll reach everybody…”

Today, they were getting an order they’d be prefectly happy to obey.

“It’s fine as long as it reaches even a single one of them. From there it’ll spread on its own.”

Because my order this time was pretty simple. ‘Do as you please.’


Near the entrance to Clone City.

“I’m not going.”

Halting abruptly in place, Tanya declared.

“I’m sorry. I can’t leave.”

She couldn’t just run away, even if it killed her.

But,

“Then what’re you going to do, if you aren’t leaving?”

“You have to come, Tanya.”

“Sigh. Are you thinking of tangling with that monster? You of all people?”

“Tanya, don’t get me wrong. You are a thief. Not a fighter.”

The other guys seemed to have a different opinion.

“Who said anything about fighting? The goal is to steal the treasure.”

Of course, not by herself.

There was no way she could think of that’d work.

But Tanya was sure. As long as she tried hard to search, she’d surely find a way somehow. That was how things always went.

But the others were timid.

“You fool, is there such a thing as treasure in the world? How many times have I told you? There’s only one precious thing in this world.”

“Your own life.”

“That’s it.”

“Got it? Now stop talking nonsense and let’s go.”

But Tanya didn’t move.

“I told you already. I’m not going.”

And then, as if they didn’t even care, the others hurried their steps to leave.

“Okay, then.”

“Contact us if you do manage to steal it.”

“Don’t get followed.”

“…”

Tanya stared at their backs, then turned around.

Cowards!

No matter how they prettied up the words as the Huntingtons’ principle, in the end it only meant one thing.

They were just scared.

If you’re planning to steal from others, don’t you have to be ready to get into a fight?

If you have real greed, danger shouldn’t stop you, now should it? Even in this age of adventure, they were a bunch of scaredy-cats huddling together in the name of a ‘band’.

“Hmph.”

This was why Tanya had always dreamed of independence despite spending countless days with the Huntingtons.

It wasn’t enough for her. Her aspiration was to one day steal even the world itself.

Shouldn’t greed also be part of the measure of a person’s worth?

The Huntingtons lacked that quality. They weren’t quialified to be true rogues.

“I’m different from them. Different!”

After muttering for a while, Tanya took one long breath.

Then she started to focus.

How could she get the Ramirez back from Squatjaw?

Of course, she wasn’t merely engrossed in ‘deliberation’.

Tanya’s eyes were shining brightly.

She was looking for a path.

That was then.

Psssh–.

“Huh?”

Something flashed in the distance near an alleyway.

‘What, is it this easy?’

There was no doubt that the light was clearly distinct from the surrounding objects. It was a signal from her pathfinding eye.

Tanya hurriedly ran towards the light.

And there,

“Huh?”

“What, is it this girl?”

“I don’t think so? Besides… I think she’s ‘seen’ us too…”

She met a group of four people.

A messy-haired boy with a scarf around his neck, a boy with a small, somewhat shrunken build, a redheaded spubku-looking guy and finally a woman with a strange smile.

All of them were shining in her eyes.

“Hey… are you an adventurer team?”

Tanya asked cautiously.

The word ‘seen’ clearly meant that there was a guide in the group, meaning they were likely adventurers. Hopefully they weren’t plain bandits.

“Yeah, we’re the Leo Adventurers. I am Leo.”

“Leo?”

It was a name she’d heard somewhere.

Where did she hear it, again…?

At that moment,

“Oh!”

Tanya let out a sound of surprise.

“Huh? What is it?”

“N-, no, nothing…”

She remembered. These people were the same adventurer team who’d had a running battle with the rest of the Huntingtons over the lost treasure of Hetro Temple. She’d gotten a letter from Eastland full of colourful curses about these four, so the information was fresh in her mind.

‘Wow, so that’s who they are?’

It was a strange relationship.

Tanya’s eyes quickly filled with curiosity.

“I’m Tanya. A guide.”

“Seems like it. Did you ‘see’ us too?”

It wsa as she’d surmised. Their guide had also been looking for a path and stumbled upon her. Although she couldn’t quite guess why.

“So, why did you come here? Are you after the treasure?”

“Yeah, and… the guy who’s got it now is due for some payback.”

Saying so, Leo grinned and clenched his fists.

Tanya’s eyes changed slightly as she looked at him.

This guy was burning with enthusiasm at the very thought of competing against ‘that monster’. Without the slightest trace of fear, he was purely looking forward to their meeting.

‘Is he that confident?’

Hmm.

The minute tremors that wracked his body were clearly not from fear. They were from excitement.

He looked oddly striking.

There had to be a reason why her pathfinding eyes had settled upon then.

“Alright. I’ll guide you.”

Tanya made a snap decision. She was going to stick with them for now.

“Do you know where Squatjaw is?”

“Of course.”

Of course that was a lie.

But Tanya didn’t think it’d be that difficult to find the man. It was no secret that a squat-jawed guy had been knocking the lights out of anybody going up the nearby mountain. It was the talk of every single tavern in the city.

“So just follow me and…”

That was then.

“But… I don’t think it’s necessary, you know?”

“What?”

The redheaded man, who’d been silent till now, suddenly spoke.

“I don’t think we need this woman to find Squatjaw.”

“…”

It wasn’t funny.

“Hey, so you’re a guide too, is that it? You’re that confident in your eyes?”

But,

“Ah… no, cancel that. We do need her, probably.”

Suddenly, the redhead changed his mind again.

What was he up to?

As Tanya impatiently took one step closer to the redhead –

She noticed the strange expression on his face. As if he was… startled, or speechless?

‘What?’

So, Tanya also naturally turned her head to follow his gaze.

Then,

“… What the hell?”

She was similarly astounded.

The redhead had indeed been correct to say that she wasn’t needed to find Squatjaw.

Because Squatjaw’s form was openly visible, over the mountain’s side in the distance.

Squatjaw was coming down the mountain.

Or more precisely,

“… N-, not just one?”

“… How many are there?!”

‘They’re all Squatjaws.’

Dozens of… no, close to a hundred people, were running down the mountain.


Editor’s Notes:

None for this chapter.


Sword Pilgrim – Chapter 117

Claaaaang-! Clang!!

A sword and a spear struck at each other.

The Golden Lion’s Golden Cloak Qi quivered like a field of reeds, and Lutheon’s spear shot out.

And soon –

Crack, crackackack! Crumpt!

Claaang-!

“Kahak…!”

A powerful explosion pierced the golden cloak. The mantle made of sword energy covering his armour collapsed, and the bloody face of the Golden Lion lay half exposed inside his half-broken helmet.

“Ugh, ah… huff!”

Claaaaang-!

Slaaash!

The sword and the spear collided again.

Another explosion of sand covered the air, before slowly beginning to settle down, and the scene inside became visible.

“This is it, Big Brother.”

That of a fallen Golden Lion, and Lutheon pointing a spear at his neck.

“How did you…”

“I’ve already devised a way to destroy the family’s secret art, the Golden Cloak Qi. I know all about what you can do, Big Brother. You’ve mastered the secrets of the family. But you don’t know what I can do, do you?”

That was the difference between them.

Combat starts with knowing your opponent’s strength and preparing countermeasures.

The Golden Lion’s defeat had been certain from the moment he’d neglected that, being overconfident in his own strength.

Golden Lion Ruen –

He bit his lip so tightly that blood oozed out.

“You’ve always been jealous of my talent, Big Brother. That’s why, after what happened that day, you left me alone to die.”

“…”

That day –

Something taboo had happened in the Ruydren family.

Murder of relatives.

And stealing an enemy armament.

The honour of the Ruydren family rested in how long they’d fought for the kingdom. Somebody had entered the family treasury where the spears of defeated enemies had been stored, including the one that’d been the best and the most famous, responsible for shattering innumerable swords.

The Explosive Spear – Ames.

It was Lutheon who’d taken it.

And he hadn’t shown any mercy to the relatives who’d tried to block him, either.

“…”

“You looked so shocked and quiet that day. At first I thought it was because your only brother betrayed his family and his country. But that wasn’t why, was it, Big Brother?”

Ruen and Lutheon.

The two brothers of the Ruydren family.

Their amicable relationship had first soured because of the issue of succession.

When Ruen had overheard his father talking to the elders, he’d been shocked.

“There was talk among the elders that I might be chosen as the heir.”

Ruen, who’d always been proud of his younger brother’s talent, had to face the idea that he might lose everything to his own brother.

Because his brother was a genius.

Born with the best martial talent.

Whereas Ruen had only inherited the talent expected of a descendant of the family’s direct line.

It was natural that he’d become jealous of his own brother.

And when that incident happened –

Ruen had felt a sense of surprise and relief.

It was an undeniable fact.

“Were you glad I was gone?”

“…”

Because his younger brother was no longer in the picture, Ruen was able to learn the art of the Golden Cloak Qi and became the only heir to the family.

“Yeah. I was proud of you –”

The Golden Lion removed his hand from the half-broken helmet and slowly stood up.

“– But I was jealous at the same time. I was nervous. It was an absurd feeling. It was just childish jealousy. I was afraid of losing something that I only had a chance to get because I’d been born a little earlier.”

However, even though Lutheon disappeared and Ruen received many things, he could never feel satisfied.

There was a lump of discontent left in his chest.

He couldn’t get rid of it at all.

Its name was dishonour.

“It was a disgraceful act.”

So –

The Golden Lion struck at Lutheon’s spear with his sword. A golden mane once again filled in and wrapped around his half-broken armour.

“I will defeat you, and restore my honour!”

“…!”

Claanngg-!!

Sparks fluttered in the air.

“Lutheon!!!”

The golden mantle burned like flame.

The golden divine power, which had seemingly weakened just now, was again shining as brightly as ever.

“What the…”

Lutheon was perplexed.

Could the aura of a man who’d collapsed a moment ago change so much with just a thought?

But even if it could, so what?

He’d long since understood Ruen’s swordsmanship.

The same went for the Golden Cloak Qi.

“Nonsense. What’s so important about honour when no one’s there to see it? Are you going to cry for honour even in the face of death? Futility will still be your only answer!!”

As Lutheon’s spear was about to strike –

Boom! Thooooooommmm!!

An intense and domineering energy swept through the battlefield. Ruen and Lutheon, startled, couldn’t help but tremble for a moment.

This was the energy of the Light Dragon that they’d felt before.

But it was now much more intense.

Containing a purer spirituality.

Had a new Master been born?

However, they were inside a great desert, brought about by a clash of sanctuaries.

There was no way to reach the outside.

While both were wondering how things were going –

“The sanctuary…”

Rrrriiiiippppp.

A great crack rent the sky and the earth, and the scenery began to shatter like shards of glass.

Crrraackkkkk!

The sanctuary had been released.

And what became visible –

Was the dignified figure of Callius, holding the Light Dragon Sword.

His Highness Chloe had fallen down.

Callius looked at him calmly.

As well as the half-destroyed royal castle.

Most of the imperial soldiers hadn’t been able to escape death, and the remaining spearmen as well the empire’s Masters were still locked in struggle.

Among them, Callius’ presence, exuding power like a dragon, surged unparalleled.

‘Is this another failure?’

Lutheon’s face contorted.

Again.

This time too, it was Callius who’d ruined the operation.

Lutheon’s eyes grew darker.

The target of the killing intent flashing in his blue eyes was naturally none other than Callius.

Callius von Jervain. One day he’d definitely –

“A gap.”

“?!”

Snikkkttttt!

Clang-a-clang-clang!!!

There’d been no forewarning.

But due to his sharp senses, Lutheon was able to hurriedly swing his spear to stop the lethal attack.

A mysterious man who’d struck at him a dozen times in an instant –

His identity could be guessed from the scar on his nose.

‘Gradas… Genos…!’

Cat Walk Genos.

Taking his sword from his arms once again, Genos unleashed a tremendous strike.

His speed was above Lutheon.

There was no sound, so it was very difficult to pinpoint his actual location.

Hundreds of afterimages appeared around Lutheon at the same time.

“Tch!”

Lutheon tapped the ground with his spear.

Thud!

Snap! Craaaaaaaackkkkk!!

Covered by the smoke from the explosion, Lutheon tried to make his escape.

But the Golden Lion wouldn’t so quietly let him go.

“Lutheon!! Are you running away?!”

“See you next time. Big Brother.”

Next to Ruen, who angrily slammed the ground, Genos exhorted.

“Remember your knightly duty, Golden Lion. Now is not the time to act on grudges.”

“… Indeed.”

The Golden Lion, who was about to ask why Genos wasn’t giving chase, shut his mouth once he noticed the man’s condition. His body was covered in wounds, as if he’d fought through a whole series of battles.

His ally had obviously been fighting some very strong enemies.

Ruen’s emotions had simply slipped their leash a little because of Lutheon, but he hadn’t lost his reason.

“Things aren’t looking too good. That Callius managed to block the enemy soldiers, so the queen is safe for now. A lot of the imperials are dead, and we’ll deal with the rebels soon. The main issue, is the Masters.”

It was still a crisis.

But things had changed.

It could now also be called an opportunity.

“If we can deal with one more of the empire’s Masters, this invasion will stop being a problem.”

“Only one more?”

Did that mean a Spear of the Empire had already been broken?!

“It was quite the tough fight, but the pope won. Although many were sacrificed in the process.”

“!!”

“Gerald doesn’t seem to be doing too well.”

Still, victory was in sight.

Although the royal castle was destroyed, the queen was unharmed and their Masters were still alive.

The empire had once again failed to overthrow Carpe.

On the contrary, they lost one Master.

Now –

If there was one thing that was bothering Ruen –

“I hope the count doesn’t go crazy.”

Genos also agreed.

Helena and Esther didn’t know what to do either.

All of them, along with the knights around them, began to keep an eye on Callius.


「Light Dragon Sword – Balamuth」
Grade – Vision
Infused Soul – Light Dragon Balamuth
A sword made from the flesh and soul of a legendary dragon, called the Light Dragon.
Unique Ability – A Matter of Madness
「A Matter of Madness」
• You can use the power of the legendary dragon through the sword.
[Dragon Claw」
• Unleash a portion of the power of the Light Dragon’s claws.
「Dragon Roar」
• Unleash a portion of the power of the Light Dragon’s roar.
「Dragon Breath」
• Unleash a portion of the power of the Light Dragon’s breath..

[The Light Dragon, Balamuth, is trying to steal your body.]

[You resisted.]

[The Light Dragon, Balamuth, is amazed.]

[He makes another attempt.]

[You resisted!]

[The Light Dragon, Balamuth, partially acknowledges you.]

“Whew…”

『Dragon Might』
• The essence of a dragon’s power. Dragon Might springs from the heart. They imbue their hearts with the power of nature, and from there conserve and exert their strength.

[You manifest Dragon Might.]

[All physical abilities are awakened.]

[You are using Dragon Might as a human. You will experience extreme pain after using it.]

[Caution]

[The greater a dragon’s power, the greater its rage.]

The boiling power all over Callius’ body –

Was incredible.

His original physical strength had already undergone a small but permanent increase, and when awakening was added through [Dragon Might], that gave him double the gains.

This was power close to a Master.

「Callius von Jervain」
「Occupation」 – Pilgrim; Inquisitor-Captain
「Spirit」 – Level 3
「Divine Power」 – 3832/16934
「Talent」 – 【Bard’s Blessing】【Instinctive Intuition】
「Characteristics」- [Verse of Grace] [Nobility’s Duty] [Scapegrace of the Count Family] [Death Verse Composition] [Prodigal Son of the Order] [Gluttony] [Tricolour Eye] [Pheromone] [Dragon Rage] [Dragon Might]
「Constitution」 – 『Smelting Bones』
「Ability」
Strength – 87 (30) ▶ 102 (30)
Agility – 60 (30) ▶ 86 (30)
Skill – 17 ▶ 19
Health – 61 (30) ▶ 89 (30)
Faith – 95

‘That’s a tremendous jump.’

As expected of the power of the Light Dragon Sword.

A unique sword that could only truly be used by stabbing it into his own heart.

It’d made his body undergo a surprising transformation, akin to being born anew.

Although the sword’s true strength could only be shown while it was stabbed into his heart, not free in his hands like right now.

“Grrr, grrrrrr!”

Callius, looking at His Highness Chloe who was still somehow holding after taking a Dragon Roar head on, stabbed the Light Dragon sword back into his heart, and took out the Thunderbolt Sword from thin air.

“A Matter of Madness.”

Crackackackackack!

If one took out the sword from the heart and used it with their hands, its strength will decrease.

But what if they kept it stabbed into their heart and used some other sword?

The power would double.

The full prestige of [Dragon Might] –

Poured into the Blue Thunderbolt Sword.

Crackackackackackackacklllleeee!!

Baaaaaaaaaaannggggg!!

It was a true disaster.

No different from the mark of nature’s wrath.

“Ahhhh!!”

His Highness Chloe was swallowed by the blue lightning. Imprisoned within the dazzling shackles of azure thunder, he still struggled, but without the Light Dragon Sword he could no longer endure.

“Graaahh…”

The prince’s eyes rolled up and he collapsed.

An ordinary human would’ve already turned into charcoal, but not him.

‘He’s still alive.’

Even without the sword, the traces of the Light Dragon left behind in his body had made him survive.

His Highness Chloe, his body smoking and charred, was still breathing weakly.

『Main Quest』
【The Prince Trapped in Madness】
Status – Complete

As soon as the quest completion window popped up, Callius looked around.

“…”

“…”

Helena, Esther, and the rest of the knights were all looking at him.

Their eyes held uneasiness and fear, accompanied by a kind of determination.

Callius’ eyes, their grey pupils now slit vertically like a dragon, watched them tense.

“Is this it?”

Said one of the knights.

What did that mean?

“Can’t be helped.”

“We have to stop him.”

“Protect the queen.”

There seemed to be a misunderstanding.

Callius, already sure of his aim, ignored the approaching knights and headed towards the most dangerous opponent.

“Eh!”

“He’s fast!”

Step.

The landscape changed in an instant.

His awakening, along with the increased stats from the [Dragon Might], filled Callius with an unprecedented sense of omnipotence.

In that brief moment –

Bridging the gap between him and the enemy with a single leap that was close to instantaneous, Callius struck.

Swooooooosh!!

Claaannggg!

“Ugh…!”

Freak Spear Paceton staggered from the sudden sword attack.

Gerald, who’d fallen down at one side, was breathing heavily.

“You bastard!”

Freak Spear Paceton’s eyes opened wide.

Because what he was feeling – was [Dragon Might].

Meaning his assailant held the Light Dragon sword.

Therefore Chloe’s rampage, possessed by the Light Dragon, must’ve failed.

Paceton so concluded.

But that wasn’t important right now.

The new Light Dragon was blocking his path, exuding an unusual energy.

‘Impossible. This…!’

Vertically slitted pupils.

A feeling of pressure as if he was standing before the maw of a dragon.

Paceton erased the thoughts about his rival’s life and death from his mind.

In front of him was an enemy of the empire.

His instantaneous judgement was that it was a dangerous foe who couldn’t be given any breathing room.

Aware of his duty as a Spear of the Empire, Paceton released his power without limit, forgetting the pain and fatigue he’d suffered in his battle with Gerald.

The Freak Spear took an opening stance[1], inviting his opponent to start.

Noting that, Callius glanced at the fallen Gerald, and saw that the man was still breathing heavily.

‘This is the best outcome.’

The man had been destined to die here in the first place.

Callius had managed to save him instead.

His opponent was already covered in wounds.

To such an extent that he might not be able to walk away even if Callius stood still and let him go.

Although, if Callius acted hastily, he himself could be the one to die here.

This outcome should’ve been enough to satisfy him.

But that boiling power –

The power of the Light Dragon inside his veins inflamed his greed.

Callius drew his sword.

“Dragon Breath.”

The sword cleaved the spear in twain.

Snikttt!

“Unbelievable!!”

Today –

The empire lost two Masters.


Editor’s Notes:

[1] 기수식 (lit. starting ceremony), when a martial artist makes a flashy but non-aggressive ceremonial move to indicate the start of the fight. No straightforward translations come to mind.


Surviving a Shounen Manga – Episode 89

Variable

Except for Tanya, who was the trigger for the Ramirez Scramble, there were a total of three groups who had to obtain the Ramirez at least once, ‘unconditionally’.

In order,

  1. The Huntington Bandits
  2. The Leo Adventurers
  3. The Grey Lion Adventurers (i.e., Karl Zayed)

These three.

Of course, there’d been countless others who’d gotten their hands on it at one point or another in the original work. There was one chapter where I remembered it changing hands five times. True to its title as a ‘scramble’, the process was full of robbing and being robbed in turn.

But apart from these three, nobody had done anything particularly special while they had it.

Meaning it didn’t really matter if somebody else had it. The treasure had to be delivered to the three ‘teams’ when the time came, but the other guys were just ‘temporary storage’.

So it shouldn’t matter if somebody else took over as the storage, no?

This was the first route I’d thought of when deciding how to approach this arc.

I wasn’t going to hand over the Ramirez to anyone other than those three.

Of course, having the Ramirez didn’t mean I’d be in every scene of the arc. Even right now, the leading point of view was with someone else, not the one who held the treasure.

But that didn’t matter either. As long as I kept hold of the treasure, whoever the leading point of view might be, they’d have no choice but to come to me.

And perhaps the main point of view might be offered to me as well.

Anyway, the main approach was therefore easily decided.

Now the problem was to decide exactly when to snatch it and when to give it away.

After deliberating for days, I’d decided on when to commit my first ‘extortion’.

“Now, bring it to me. Hm? Can’t you hear me?”

It was now.

Once the Huntington Bandits fulfilled their ‘duty’ in this arc.

Simple. The Huntingtons’ most important role in this arc was to receive the Ramirez from Tanya. It confirmed that Tanya had successfully transported the Ramirez, fired up the readers by showing the reappearance of these named bandits, and finally provided the structure for the arc’s segmentation.

Oh, and one more.

The news that the treasure was robbed from even these famous named bandits would spread everywhere. And mark the beginning of the Ramirez Scramble in earnest.

In other words, their role was to sound the ‘starting whistle’.

And I was going to be the ‘first’ to start the relay race by taking it from them.

The smiles on the faces of the Huntington Bandits, including Tanya, had faded away by now. They’d realized that my words were no joke.

But,

“We might be a bandit gang, but that doesn’t mean we repay grace with enmity. I think all of us here will be better off keeping that in mind.”

But that didn’t mean they looked scared.

Their hands hovered at their waists and backs, as if preparing to unsheathe their weapons in anticipation of battle.

“Weren’t you telling me to split just now because you had nothing for me? That wasn’t repaying grace with enmity?”

Tanya snorted, ‘humph!’ at my reply.

Then,

“At least I didn’t tell you to hand over your wallet. You want to get robbed blind, you bastard? Is that what this is?”

With a smile on her face, she started openly swearing at me.

Hmmm.

I’d felt this while reading the original manga too. Tanya, this girl, seemed to be the most radical among the bandits.

And also… the bravest.

I took a step forward, towards them.

“You asked me if I knew anything about you guys, right? If I’ve ever heard of the Huntingtons?”

“… What?”

“As it happens, I do know. That too, a lot.”

I was familiar enough to know all their attributes.

Firstly, them putting their hands on the waist or back… was all a trick.

They’d pretend to draw their weapons, but in reality, only dozens of smoke bombs would be pulled out.

The Huntington Bandits weren’t frontline fighters. More specifically, they’d never fight against opponents with a proven level of strength.

The reason was simple. They weren’t interested in fighting.

The Huntingtons had no adversaries in their ranks. Their members were mostly guides and decipherers.

  1. Start running once the theft’s done.
  2. Avoid fighting.
  3. As soon as you see the path, escape.
  4. Bow down to the strong.
  5. Treasure your own lives more than anything else.

These were the Five Great Principles of the Huntingtons, which made these bandits so unique, and simultaneously justified their longevity.

They were specialized thieves and escape artists, not fighters.

In other words, they wouldn’t fight because they couldn’t fight.

The reason I thought Tanya brave was because she was trying to hold my attention by her declaration, giving everyone else the chance would run away. Even though she’d been by my side, and had seen my power close-up.

I took another step closer.

Then,

“Hmm, does he really know all about us?”

“But still, isn’t he being too reckless?”

“Should we just try having a quick brawl?”

“Definitely not. He’s a monster. I’ve been travelling with him, so I know.”

The bastards suddenly put their heads together and started whispering.

Once they became convinced that I knew enough about them, they really became shameless.

Didn’t even bother to whisper quietly.

“By the way, that guy… isn’t he that Squatjaw? The one in the rumours?”

“What? That guy?”

“Right? Right!? Yeah! I was wondering if I should say it out loud or not!”

“Yeah, right? His adventurer team beat Karl Zayed and ranked first in the qualification test. Besides, he’s a hot topic right now at the Leeches’ Cradle.”

“R-, really? I had no idea. That’s kinda scary… But why wait till now? Why not rob you when you were alone with him?”

“Tanya, isn’t it because you made him angry? Maybe we can settle things by apologizing and handing over whatever we have on us…”

“Hm. I don’t think so. He’s obviously aiming for the Ramirez. He must know its value. I don’t know why he didn’t take it while he was with Tanya, though… Anyway, the situation is now clear.”

“It’s time to do what we always do.”

They raised their heads at the same time, a determined look on every face.

They certainly seemed like bastards with firm principles. Even if the principle was ‘run away’.

Then, Tanya took a step forward.

What did I tell you? She wasn’t lacking for courage.

“Hey, I’ll just tell you one thing.”

“What? That you’re going to cut and run?”

“… Huh?”

Tanya froze for a moment as if nonplussed, but then grinned.

“So you know!”

Then she screamed with all her might.

“Everyone go!”

But,

No one moved.

Naturally, including Tanya herself.

“… What?”

“You guys outnumber me, don’t you? Eight of you to my one? So I phoned a friend.”

The reason these guys couldn’t move was simple. Because their shadows were bound.

‘That’s quite some improvement. That time just trying to tie Leo down took him so much effort, but…’

To tie up these Huntingtons who were famous for their agility without missing a single one. No matter how long he’d been preparing, I couldn’t help but admire the flawless execution. I’d thought he might miss one or two, or even three, to be honest.

I glanced towards the fountain at a corner of the plaza.

There, a slit-eyed man in a suit was looking at me with a smile.

Giving him a nod, I strode closer to Tanya, who was still in shock.

Then,

“I’m sorry, I don’t have any other purpose.”

“P-, pervert! Take that hand away!?”

I quickly pulled out a small mirror wrapped in a cloth from under her clothes.

The Ramirez. The Mirror of Souls.

A mirror that showed the secret the subject ‘most wanted to hide’.

I didn’t open the wrapper.

Although I did wonder what it’d show me… this wasn’t the place to check that out.

And the time for me to look at this had already been decided.

I carefully hid the mirror inside my clothes.

It’d been easier to snatch than expected.

Of course, this was only the beginning.

Just then,

“Hey, the fun’s started already?”

A thick voice came from somewhere.

I looked back, and saw a certain giant-sized guy approaching with a smirk on his face. Behind him stood a row of figures twice as tall.

And at the same time,

“You, why did you show up so late!”

“Bastard, you missed the time again because you were busy stuffing yourself, weren’t you!?”

“I thought you’d run away!”

“Smash that Squatjaw!”

The Huntingtons all screamed at him in unison.

Ah, so it was those idiots.

The Huntingtons had no adversaries in their ranks, so they’d hire people to fight and make time for them to escape.

These newcomers probably played that role.

And the moment I realized this,

“… Pft.”

I almost let out a laugh.

I didn’t really know these people. But I’d seen them before.

In the original, there’d been a scene where other adventurer had snatched the Ramirez away from these giants, near the border of this city.

In other words, these thugs had originally been the first to rob the Huntingtons.

“Tsk…”

And here these idiot bandits were screaming for their help without knowing anything. But no matter. These bandits had no claim on something that was already mine.

Then,

“The rumours flying around about you these days are no joke. You’ve got some power on you, huh?”

The leader of the giants was already in front of me.

“Oh, a little bit.”

“Hey, is your mouth still running? What’s with this confidence? More than a hundred people have cashed in their chips at my hands, you know. Don’t think I’m the same as you posers. Push comes to shove, all of you turn out to be all talk.”

“Is that so? But I’m not the one bragging here. Aren’t you the one running your mouth, here?”

“W-, what?!”

“Alright, just promise me one thing.”

“Huh?”

“If you get beaten up by me, spread the word that I’m really strong. Then I’ll let you live.”

“… What? What are you babbling about?”

“I have to fan the rumours a bit more so the boss mobs hurry up and come to eat me. I’m thinking of gobbling them all up so I can level up a bit in this arc.”

Was it still too complex?

The giant looked like he didn’t understand at all.

“… No, what the hell are you talking about now…”

“Forget it, forget it. Don’t try to understand. Just lie down quietly.”

Then,

“Th-, this bastard! You think you’re giving the orders here?!”

That big face flushed in an instant.

A very mob-like reaction.

“Come at me together, you and those big guys behind you. I don’t have the time to play around. Oh, make sure to spread the word later, you hear?”

Let’s end this quickly.


Three hours later.

“Th-, that villain!”

“… I knew it. That guy’s always been greedy.”

“Haah, I thought he was a good guy though…”

“That’s where you’re wrong. I’ve never seen a decent human among the Southland zookeepers.”

It was crazy.

“What the…”

I tried to listen with one ear and let it out through the other, but there was a limit to how much I could endure the black cat’s accusations.

And honestly, if he was that dissatisfied, he should’ve just left. Why was he still sticking next to me?

Even though I didn’t say anything, Coocoo and Nero continued to chew me out. I thought as long as I didn’t respond, they’d get tired and quit, but nope. It must’ve come as quite a shock to them to see me tie Tanya up and snatch the mirror.

Yeah. Tanya must’ve been a friend to them too.

But I didn’t try to appease them. No matter what I said, they wouldn’t listen to me honestly.

And I didn’t really know what to say, either.

Then,

“Haah…”

Coocoo flew into the sky. It seemed his frustration hadn’t subsided.

When his quarrelling partner disappeared, Nero also quietly left.

Maybe he was leaving us and going to Tanya.

Rather, I was hoping for that. Because that way I’d still have some kind of connection with her.

The Huntingtons’ role in this arc was virtually over, but Tanya was the exception. Her role was unique, because this was her true starting point.

Anyway, now that the causes of noise pollution were gone, I decided to focus back on what I was doing.

[Chapter 26 ‘Tanya’ has ended]

[Hiro’s character evaluation has been updated]

[‘Frantic’ has been added to the characteristics]

[The support of many readers followed]

[Awareness increased by 8,500]

[Attracts the author’s attention]

[Author’s favourability has increased by 40]

[Reappearance probability has increased to 60%]

The reason I was rechecking the messages from the last chapter was simple. Because there were quite a few specifics that needed closer investigation.

First of all, the rewards from this chapter weren’t very satisfactory.

Just look at the awareness.

During the Skull Empire arc, in the last chapter alone, it’d risen by a whopping 100,000 and even had an excess runoff, but this time it was less than 10,000. Even though it’d spanned a longer period.

I thought I’d directed some pretty good scenes, but apparently that wasn’t enough to satisfy the picky readers.

But, well. The opponents were all weak, and half the fights were made-up and contrived. This kind of a result might be natural.

‘And, ‘frantic’…’

To be honest, this was a bit awkward.

I’d been hurrying purely to save some time, but it immediately got packaged into a characteristic?

Of course, these characteristics were more like a playful witty introduction instead of explanations of my actual disposition. They didn’t have any real impact on me.

But I couldn’t help but laugh. Because the readers’ perceptions could be affected by even the smallest detail, and you never knew when you’d be saddled with some new and weird concept.

There’d been many cases during the original run where the memes circulating among the readers ended up actually being reflected in the characters. Maybe that was proof that the author diligently kept tabs on the fan community.

What’s more, I had no choice but to notice because weird labels had been sticking to me lately. Perhaps I needed to pay attention to my image.

And finally… the main point.

[Author’s favourability has increased by 40]

This was why I was re-checking it several times.

How unlucky.

Just what had made the author so excited?

It wouldn’t have been strange even if it decreased. Rather, it really should’ve decreased. Because I invaded the chapter titled ‘Tanya’ and took away some of her spotlight and significance.

I didn’t receive a penalty because I hadn’t crossed the line, but the author should’ve still been irritated.

The fact that the favourability rose instead was suspicious, and it was a considerable increase at that. My second-highest ever, if I remembered correctly.

Why?

“Hmmm…”

I could guess one thing.

Since the assassins intervened, there was a possibility that this battle would become even bigger in scale.

Other than that, there was no significant change in the situation that I could see. I’d taken the Ramirez only after the chapter was over.

To interpret this in a good way from the author’s point of view… Did he get an opportunity to finally cast a lot of characters who’d been present in the settings background but never introduced?

“Really? That’s why?”

I couldn’t be sure, but it made sense. This kind of favouritism obviously meant I solved a problem he’d been sad about.

And next,

‘It’s a variable.’

It meant there was a high chance that I’d encounter unknown characters for the first time. And they’d be strong as hell. The author wouldn’t have felt so sorry if these guys had been weak or incompetent.

A variable…

Meaning it was impossible to know about it in advance or prepare for it.

All that was possible was… a counterattack after the fact?

Suddenly new variables were cropping up, huh…

I felt like I had to leave quickly.

These ‘variables’ might not be so easy to control.

I immediately got up from my seat.

I glanced at the place where Coocoo and Nero had been.

‘Well, I’m sure they’ll follow.’

After a while, I started heading to ‘Clone City’, the city where the goblins were waiting.


“Leo? What’re we going to do?”

Kiriko’s words ended in a question mark, but what Leo heard in those words was closer to a prompting.

And naturally,

“Do you even have to ask?”

Leo chuckled.

He didn’t know where the rumours came from, but these days, he heard them everywhere he went.

Two great things had arrived from Eastland.

A treasure, and a monster.

“They say all kinds of famous guys are gathering. The Welsh Adventurer Team, the Turtle Adventurer Team, the Geronimo Adventurer Team… Besides, rumours say that Karl Zayed is also coming.”

“Of course he would. The only one to ever shame him has come back.”

“It’s the same with us. Since he came, we can’t help but go.”

“It’s close, too. Right around here.”

“… Has it been three months?”

Leo had a habit of mentioning that guy, even after he’d traipsed off to Eastland. He was sure he’d beat the guy someday. Especially when he felt he had grown, or when he was dealing with a formidable enemy, it was that squat-jawed guy who always appeared in his mind as the object of comparison.

But now, he’d returned. With a title of ‘Monster’.

“But we’ve become strong too. Right?”

“You’re so simpleminded.”

“Stop nagging me, woman!”

“I’m sure we’ll win this time.”

The others were enthusiastic, but Yan couldn’t easily join in. It wasn’t because he was afraid of Squatjaw, either.

It was because of an ominous premonition that’d creeped up on him out of nowhere.

‘Why? Suddenly…’

This was his first time feeling such a sudden sense of discomfort.

As if the path he’d been traveling on suddenly vanished one day.

A strange twist of fate seemed to be enveloping him.

That was then.

Caaaaw-!

A certain crow flew towards the group.

Yan’s face turned pale at the sight.

“A, a crow…”

The crow had a piece of paper in its mouth. It flew in swiftly, dropped it in front of Yan, and flew away again.

“Yan? What’s wrong?”

“Hey, do you know that crow?”

“Kiriko, you idiot. Why would he know the crow? He must know the owner who sent it.”

It was just as Siana said.

Yan knew very well who the owner of the crow was.

“But isn’t that a letter?”

“Let’s check it.”

“Can I read it?”

“N-, no, I’ll read it.”

After taking a long breath, Yan quickly read the letter the crow had left behind.

After a while,

“Leo… it’d be better to not get involved with that side right now.”

He said hesitatingly.

“What? What’re you talking about?”

“Don’t get involved with Squatjaw? Why?”

“The letter’s from my father. He says he’ll participate in this scramble… and he’ll consider everybody present as his enemies. So if I want to come… I should sharpen my dagger.”

This was another surprise for Yan.

His father had already announced his retirement. Why did the man who’d said he’d never go into the field again, suddenly…

It was strange. All of a sudden, it felt like everything had changed.

“Father? Your father? Why? What’s he doing?”

“My father…”

The master of Black Shadow, Gronyan[1].

An assassin who was once called the Assassin King, and currently one of the Underworld Kings who ruled Eastland.

And…

“Two days ago, he was elected president of the Westland Assassin Society… I don’t even know what that is… He says the treasure and the monster are all theirs, so try them if we dare.”

However, Yan’s words had the opposite effect.

Hearing this, a grin appeared on Leo’s lips.

And Leo’s words that followed made Yan’s mood sink even lower.

“Everyone, pack your bags. We’re leaving, right now!”


Editor’s Notes:

[1] 그로니얀, yes, Yan’s father is literally called Grown Yan. #Dealwithit.


Surviving a Shounen Manga – Episode 88

Now, Bring It to Me

Maybe… a tiny bit stronger?

After sending a few people flying as a test, I got a rough estimate of the capabilities.

They weren’t particularly strong. Perhaps a little better than those pursuers from Eastland?

Although, these people had all been members of various groups that had that ‘weak’[1] Haka as an executive. They were extras. It would’ve been weirder if they’d had the strength to surprise me.

Of course, some of them were a little better. There’d been a guy who used throwing knives, he was pretty nimble and had a rather sharp bite.

Although, he hadn’t been able to stop Coocoo in his normal pigeon shape from suppressing him.

“Coocoo, don’t just keep hitting that guy, go fly up and do some reconnaissance! Get a sense of how many of these guys there are.”

I shouted at Coocoo, who was still banging the head of that guy, by now clearly unconscious, against a small boulder.

“Hmph! This bastard cut off my feathers!”

Saying that, Coocoo hit him one more time, then quickly soared to the sky.

Overall, these newcomers were at around the same power level as the Eastland guys, but they were more troublesome. Because their movements were much more organized.

Even on a narrow mountain road, they moved in groups of at least three to five, and when one group attacked, all the other groups nearby would block the escape routes and co-ordinate between themselves so we’d never get a chance to breathe.

And to top it all off, they even started blowing a whistle every time they found us.

Ppiiiiiii-!

“They’re here!”

“Moving towards that ridge!”

“Keep reporting their location!”

Their actions did give me a certain satisfaction, true. Because evidently these newcomers were at a higher level compared to the ones before.

I was sure that the readers had also noticed it right away.

Like, ah! Some stronger guys have appeared!

But,

‘If only they were a little fewer in number.’

The problem was, again, their number. They had enough people to crowd a mountain, for heaven’s sake!

My head was aching. Should I get rid of them all, or run away and leave them behind?

Tanya would meet her fellow Huntington Bandits and hand over Ramirez at the central city of Serman.

My geographical knowledge was quite rudimentary, but at a guess, we’d need around ten more days to reach there.

Spending ten days rife with tension facing ‘guys at this level’… well, it wasn’t easy.

Because I was much too strong.

Although my level had fallen, and my physical abilities had apparently declined, that didn’t mean these guys could cause me any trouble.

Sure, I was acting like this was a bit of a crisis that’d left me bewildered, but if I really wanted to, I could clean them up anytime. It would’ve taken me maybe half a day.

And the worst part of it was, there was no way the readers couldn’t tell that. Readers really paid attention these days. A little bit of sandbagging might make me look cute, but any more than that and they’d point it out immediately.

Also, above all else, I had no intention of showing the readers a scene where I got actually hurt. I’d rather not appear at all, than that.

Therefore, roughly speaking, I had to clean those guys up to salvage the situation.

But then the next question was what to do about the next wave.

Either there should be more attackers, or they should be stronger…

“Huff…”

Were there really such people?

Because honestly, from the looks of it, didn’t the whole organization seem to be out here?

So,

“Come this way.”

“Isn’t this the way we came?”

“I know. Still, the road’s narrow, so we don’t have to worry about being surrounded. It’s than being out in the open anyway, what if they have archers who fill us with arrows from range?”

I had no choice but to drag things on while we advanced.

“Ah…”

Of course, it didn’t actually matter. Whether they shot a bow, or a gun, or a cannon.

Even if Kiriko shot me with his magic bullets, I was confident I could block them without any damage.

There was only one criterion for me while choosing the path. We had to move in a direction where we wouldn’t get to see the full number of the enemies. That was why I’d taken a turn towards the mountains instead of the river, and moving from forest to forest, staying in cover as much as we could.

We had to see as few of them as possible, at least for a few days.

“First, let’s find somewhere that’s safe from the rear. We can’t keep running forever, right? We have to counterattack.”

“Safe from the rear, huh…”

Then,

“… Why can’t I see it?”

A new problem arose.

Tanya began to stare at me with strange eyes.

“What is it?”

“… How come I can’t see a path?”

“What?”

“The safe place… must be here? I’m a guide, so I tend to see the possible paths a little better.”

“…”

I blinked. Right, come to think of it… this woman was a guide of extraordinary ability.

Naturally, nowhere on this mountain was safer than by my side.

I was caught flatfooted.

“Uh… is that so? That’s bad.”

“Is there something hidden here? No there’s not. Huh?”

“Umm… maybe you’re too tired to see the path right now? Please take a brief rest and then another look.”

“… Is that so?”

There was no time to chat.

Before this woman caught on, I had to find a cave or something.

While I was quickly scanning all directions to find a cave –

Suddenly,

– It’s been a long time, Chief.

A shrill voice rang in my ear.

“Huh?”

I turned my head in surprise, but nothing caught my eye.

What was that?

That was then.

– Shhh, this is Haka. I’m hiding under the shade of the tree right next to you. If you understand, just nod your head.

Oh, oh!

I nodded reflexively.

Rather than responding to Haka’s words, it was just a natural reaction.

Finally, my party member caught up.

The same bastard who’d given me such ‘help’ that’d turned out to be an even bigger trouble[2].

I glanced at the tree Haka was referring to.

The shadow of the tree seemed to shiver.

– I’m using a special potion to whisper like this. A lot of them dropped in my lap while I was reorganizing the underground gangs. Sir Cocoavi said you don’t want me to be seen for some reason? So I thought of using this.

A whisper potion, huh?

I’d used it too, back at the Goldam Casino.

I remembered Leo and I sitting at the poker table, when I whispered to him that he could win. Perhaps that’d been the moment my existence was first engraved upon Leo and the readers. That was my first time twisting the original’s plotline, too.

Haka’s voice came again, breaking my nostalgia.

– I was surprised, though. You told me to come and attack you with my entire army.

“…”

I bit my lips.

What nonsense. I never said that! Although I hadn’t specified the exact number, but I’d clearly told them to divide the troops in waves.

Cocoa, that idiot, was really…

That was then.

– Still, just to be on the safe side, I only brought a tenth…

… What?

For a moment, I thought I’d misheard.

What did he mean?

– And I brought the bottom-rung personnel for the first move, too…

‘… Really?’

This was crazy. It made no sense. He had ten times this number?

Didn’t they fill up an entire mountain just now?

And only the weakest ones had been sent?

– Looking at your face, I think I made a mistake? Alright, I’ll bring in enough people right now to cover this entire mountain range…

At that moment,

“No!”

I screamed reflexively.

“Wh-, what’s this so suddenly? You fell into a daze and then suddenly started screaming…”

“Uh… no. It’s nothing.”

After appeasing Tanya somehow, I pretended to have a headache and shook my head.

This was already enough. If the numbers went up any more, there’d be no coming back.

Soon,

– So there were too many? Then I’ll take stock and disperse most of the troops apart from a moderate number. Oh, I’ll also leave a mark, so you can come find me once night comes. We’ll be waiting nearby.

The words I’d really wanted to hear from Haka finally came.

How amazing. It felt like pure honey dripping into my ears.

Ah, that’s good.

Honestly, this guy really wasn’t some ordinary character.

He really wasn’t somebody who should’ve suddenly vanished like in the original.

‘I’ll take you with me to see the end!’

While I was feeling determined,

“But… are we really going to stay here? I know I’m a guide, but we can also make mistakes. Look, there…”

Tanya hesitated and spoke up.

Her fingers were pointing at the masked men surrounding us.

“Hm? Oh, that. it’s fine.”

“Huh?”

“It’s fine.”

I grinned.

Now it was time to relax a little bit.


That night.

After making sure Tanya was asleep, I came out of the cave.

She’d been running around frantically all day to handle the assailants, but she’d fallen asleep really quickly.

Outside, Nero and Coocoo were dozing off.

They had to be tired, too. Because I’d had them scouting this and that mountain, over and over again.

I haven’t shared my plans with them yet. If it were Coocoo alone, I would’ve talked to him in my spare time, but Nero has been glued to me all day, so I hadn’t had the chance yet.

In fact, I still didn’t know why the cat was here.

“Hey, get inside and go to sleep. Both of you.”

“… Eh? Squatjaw? Where’re you headed so late?”

“I’ll just take a walk and do some reconnaissance.”

That was then.

“You… sure you aren’t running away from Tanya?”

Nero said something strange.

What nonsense.

“Why would I run away? No, wait – come to think of it, why are you here exactly? What’re you planning?”

I decided to ask Nero about his intentions.

“Coocoo said that you’ve been following him since the Skull Empire. What’s the reason?”

After a little spell of silence –

“None of your business.”

Oh, now he was pretending to be aloof and turning his head away?

“Haah…”

It was so ridiculous that I was left speechless.

I didn’t have the time right now, but I felt like I should have a proper conversation with this weirdo of a cat sometime soon.

‘What is he, a little kid? It’s kinda cute though.’

After watching the two crawl inside the cave, I started searching for the sign.

Haka’s hiding place wasn’t very far away.

Not even 100m away, in fact.

“Oh, you came.”

Haka greeted me with the same old face and the same old attitude.

“Yo, long time no see.”

“How have you been?”

“Forget about me; Haka, you look like you’re doing well, aren’t you?”

Haka smiled softly.

Seeing his eyes crinkle into slits, he really seemed to be enjoying himself.

“By the way, what happened Sir Chinuavi? Did he stay behind at the Goblins’ Den?”

“Nah, nah. I knew you were going to ask!”

I immediately started regaling Haka with the story of us meeting the goblins.

Currently, Chinuavi was waiting at a city in the central region with the hundred goblins I’d brought with me.

“Imagine it. A hundred goblins! Feeling excited?”

But,

“Hmm, I guess. I’m feeling curious.”

The reaction was kind of odd. It was much too bland for a goblin-head like Haka.

“What, that can’t be all you feel?”

Then,

“I decided to put a stop to my goblin obsession. And honestly speaking, for a human to be so obsessed with goblins… is a bit weird.”

Haka replied with a smile as if it wasn’t a big deal.

“Eeeh…”

How perplexing.

This was completely out of the blue.

Was Haka breaking free from his goblin obsession? Was that even possible for a character?

He’d been designed that way, full of longing for the goblins…

For a moment, I wondered if the author had a hand in it.

‘But… I thought it’s impossible to directly interfere with already created characters?’

If the author had been able to tweak the setting at will, my character wouldn’t have been here by now.

As far as I could remember, there’d never been such a case – except that time when he’d healed Karl Zayed’s wounds at will (although this was just my feeling, and I didn’t have any physical evidence).

“Hmmm…”

No. Even if it was possible, the author wouldn’t have touched Haka directly. Because he wasn’t very significant as far as the future plotline went.

That said, perhaps Haka’s core identity had never been about ‘goblins’ at all. Or perhaps something new had taken its place.

‘What’s he focused on now? … Maybe, finally being on a team, or something like that?’

It didn’t sound very appropriate for a character like Haka, but that was just from the outside. Maybe, even though he always pretended otherwise, he’d been craving people’s affection all this time.

But, of course, I didn’t have the time to dig deep into this right now.

I decided to have a separate conversation with the man later.

“No, wait.”

I suddenly felt goosebumps cover my flesh.

“I hope, you…”

“Yes?”

“Haven’t you?”

“What…?”

“Spread rumours about the goblins? Have you told Leo and the guys about the goblins like I asked?”

He must’ve. Right? Surely.

I’d even asked him to do it, so please –

“… I was trying to avoid talking about it, but you caught me. I tried to change the subject, but it was quickly discovered. Your eyes have gotten keener, Mr. Squatjaw. Heh.”

… Was this guy smiling right now?

“But look, didn’t I manage to gather so many people instead?”

“Eeh…”

It wasn’t funny. He’d missed doing the most important task.

The fact that he hadn’t told Leo’s party about the goblins meant that the readers didn’t know much about them either.

This was an unexpected problem.

If nobody knew anything about the goblins, no matter how well I directed the scenes, I had no way to make a big splash with their introduction. There were no expectations to be met – hell, nobody would even recognize them. They didn’t look particularly flashy, after all.

Besides, I couldn’t reveal my ‘identity’ in a ‘plausible’ way unless the context had been explained first.

That was the biggest mess. Even the goblins themselves weren’t much of a worry in comparison.

I lifted my head and looked at Haka.

A real itch to smash that ‘smiling face as if asking what was wrong’ was creeping up on me.

“Haah…”

Calm, calm.

I tried to calm my mind.

Goblins… they were for later, anyway. I could think about them again later.

‘Let’s skip that decision for now. After all, I got to do some flashy work today.’

I had more urgent decisions to make.

I’d realized something while defeating the raiders today. It was so natural and simple that it was a wonder it’d taken me so long to remember it.

They were all, in the end, Haka’s assets.

In other words, they were part of my strength too.

Of course, they weren’t very powerful as allies. But even so, a lightbulb had gone off in my head.

A large number of people could be a source of strength in any situation. Especially when it came to information. For underworld organizations that acted as information brokers, the number of intelligence-gathering personnel in the field far outstripped in importance the number of armed combatants.

I’d blown away a lot of those good friends today…

I’d overlooked it because the situation had been urgent, but this was also quite a dilemma. I needed a sandbag to publicly beat up, yet it felt like I was peeling off my own flesh.

That was then.

“Oh, you don’t have to worry too much about attrition.”

Haka spoke with a very calm face.

“Huh?”

“I called up a new bunch of guys to replace these guys. They’ll probably gather in about three days. We can keep using our own personnel till then.”

“Who… whom did you call?”

“Did you know that you’re famous right now?”

“Me? Here in Westland?”

“Ummm… yeah, all over the continent.”

What Haka said next was somewhat shocking.

“I’m being targeted for assassination? Geniuses and monsters from all over are coming for my head?”

“The real greats haven’t joined yet, of course. But what do you think will happen if you survived this constant threat?”

This crazy bastard.

Was this the type of news somebody should deliver with a smile like that?

“Like I said, the big fish aren’t going to come right away. They don’t move their asses easily. But if the treasure the red-haired woman is holding is really as valuable as you say… then people might think of killing two birds with one stone, and join up to both get the treasure and take you down, sir. That’s what I think will probably happen.”

“…”

I pondered for a moment.

Should I pat myself on the back?

This naturally didn’t sabotage the author’s plans. Rather, the scenes would come out better. No matter the reason, a rise in the number of talents coming here meant that the battle itself would be more spectacular. Much more than the original.

And, perhaps, it also meant that I had more room to move.

There was only one question, could I afford to?

‘Even if my level hadn’t dropped…’

As far as I knew, there were at least five people I expected to be stronger than me in this scramble. Dealing with them would already be a headache, and there might also be Assassin Kings targeting me in the meantime?

“Huff…”

“What, aren’t you confident?”

Haka looked at me and grinned.

What a bizarre story. How could I, a goblin more malicious than anyone else, give up like this?

“… That’s funny.”

I shook my head vigorously.

“This is my excited face, my excited face! I’m thinking of eating them all up and becoming stronger.”

“… As expected of you, sir.”

“Okay, let’s plan some [contents] before we get to Serman[3].”

“[C-o-n]… what’re you talking about?”

“Let’s make some backup plans. For example, what if those assassins you mentioned don’t come? We’d have no choice but to mobilize your personnel.”

“They’ll come. There’s no doubt.”

“Alright, first, let’s take stock of our own people. What’s the total headcount, how strong they are…”

So the meeting went on all night.


Ten days later.

The city of Serman, in the central region of Westland.

“Finally!”

I silently watched Tanya run around screaming in joy.

“Thank you, Squatjaw! Thanks!”

“Don’t mention it.”

The past ten days could be called intense, but could also be called boring.

Let’s just say that I’d managed to show my face to the readers.

The assassins did arrive three days later, just as Haka had predicted. But their numbers had been much smaller than expected. And they’d been weak, too.

Haka said it couldn’t be helped.

“That redhead’s treasure is more impressive than I thought. Apparently most of the assassins got cold feet when they got wind of who were planning to come next.”

It wasn’t funny.

Apparently they didn’t want to come just to die.

In any case, since we faced far fewer attacks than expected, there’d been no choice but to sacrifice more members of our gang than initially planned.

Haka had laughed it off calling them ‘useless deadwood’, but it was still embarrassing. That guy might be cruel by nature, so he might’ve been okay with it, but not me.

Or rather, it really felt like a waste.

At that moment,

“I will definitely repay you!”

Tanya was saying goodbye.

However,

“Yeah, yeah. But where’s your party?”

“I told them to wait in the plaza.”

“I’ll escort you there, then.”

I didn’t plan to just go our separate ways, after all.

“Ah? Um… actually, it’s fine. You don’t need…”

“Just in case. Did you forget how many bastards came at us these last ten days? You can’t relax now, right?”

“I suppose.”

“Let’s go, then.”

I followed Tanya, who was walking hesitantly, to the plaza with slow steps.

After a while –

At the plaza, ‘they’ had been waiting for Tanya in advance.

The Huntington Bandits.

I couldn’t remember how many members they had in total, but there were seven people in the plaza.

“Here, girl!”

“Come here, Tanya!”

“You survived!”

I didn’t stop Tanya from running towards them.

“Squatjaw, these are my friends. They’re called the Huntington Bandits… have you heard of them?”

Unlike how hesitant she’d been initially, Tanya’s face now looked very bright.

“Yeah, I think I have.”

“Then, do you know?”

“What?”

“We aren’t the type to always keep our promises.”

“… Oh?”

“You’ve been following me to get paid. Right?”

“Yeah, that’s right.”

“But I’m sorry, you know? I’ve got nothing to give you.”

Tanya grinned, a smile that looked really innocent.

One could even call it infectious.

So,

“Oh, that’s fine. I’ll just take it.”

“Eh?”

I was laughing along with her.

Then I slowly started counting.

“One, two, three…”

“… What’re you doing? Are you trying to attack us? Look, no matter how strong you are, there’re eight of us, and we’ve also hired…”

“Seven, eight, nine, ten.”

At that moment,

Tiling–.

The news I’d been waiting for, arrived.

[Chapter 26 – ‘Tanya’ has ended]

[Hiro’s character evaluation has been updated]

[‘Always in a rush’ has been added to the characteristics]

[The support of many readers followed]

“That’s the end of this chapter. And your leading point of view is over too.”

“What? What do you…”

“No one’s watching you anymore.”

I grinned once more as Tanya watched me, befuddled. “Now, bring it to me. The ‘Ramirez’.”


Editor’s Notes:

[1] The hierarchy of strength has been explained before, weak < normal < strong < monster. Since the era of upheaval has started, presumably Haka has now become weak whereas he would’ve been a normal/strong character before this (as would be expected from the rival’s teammate in a shounen manga).

[2] 약 먼저 주고, 이어서 병 준 (lit. give the medicine first and then the disease). This flips the usual phrase ‘give the disease first and then the medicine’, which means somebody gives you trouble first and then helps you out.

[3] After the port city, British, we now have a city after the Germans. The author is proudly carrying on the tradition that started with Big and Virgin City.


Sword Pilgrim – Chapter 116

The world seemed to slow down.

Helena’s expression, as she faltered unconsciously, became contemplative.

Whereas Esther’s face contorted, looking like a demon.

Their feelings were very different, but the end result was the same.

Killing intent.

Their hearts pounded with the urge to murder.

Was it the death of a loved one?

The death of somebody considered family?

The death of a colleague? The death of a promising knight of the kingdom? Why did the exact thought matter? In the end anger and hatred were all that remained.

However, Esther and Helena couldn’t move so easily.

Callius’ demise might’ve been sad, but they were knights of the kingdom and paladins of the Order.

They’d watched people close to them die countless times, and even if they were angry, they wouldn’t lose their reason.

‘It pierced the heart.’

‘He has no hope of survival.’

Then their best course of action was to protect the defenceless queen.

The imperial knights who’d followed after them were already running towards the queen.

Callius’ death was tragic, but unchangeable.

They, were knights.

A knight not only protected themselves, they were also duty-bound to protect their country.

It was only natural for them to protect the queen, who was Carpe itself.

“Esther!”

The knights of the empire began to move.

They’d also grasped the situation and rushed to put an end to Carpe.

“I know!”

Crunch!

As Esther took a strong step forward, a wave of terrifying tremors spread out.

Miraculously, the imperial knights crashed to a halt.

They flinched in unison, then looked at Esther with stiffened lips.

“Blue Moon.”

Esther’s sword flashed like blue moonlight.

Along with that eerie light emanating from her sword, her movements also changed unexpectedly. In a flash, she was among the enemy mass, then the next instant took her past them.

As if she’d attained a sudden and explosive increase in physical ability.

“Red Moon.”

As those muffled words escaped her lips, blood spurted from the knights’ bodies.

Splatter!

But Esther was crying.

Tears flowing on that ice-cold expressionless face, evoked a heartbreaking sense of sorrow.

Seeing the knights start to rush again, Esther clutched her sword one more time.

“White Moon.”

Thirty-four sword arcs were fired from Esther’s sword in an instant.

Pure white, curving like a crescent moon, thin as gossamer, sharp as a sword’s edge.

“As if a sword…! Kahak!?”

Those among imperial knights who’d underestimated her swordsmanship either lost the spear arm, or had a hole punched through their torso.

Wiping away the tears that didn’t seem to stop –

Esther manifested her last martial skill.

“Black Moon.”

Her sword, shining with a riot of colours that then mixed together to form a stygian blackness, emanated a ferocious energy.

That moment when the knights who’d tried to kill the queen were hesitating –

Esther was startled as her sensitive awareness caught Helena flinching.

“Hele…na?”

Helena was looking towards a place, with her eyes were wide open.

At that place –

Creeeeaaaakkkk.

Callius was holding tightly to the Light Dragon’s hand, as well as the hilt of the sword that’d stabbed into his chest.

His bloody lips were trembling with the sensation of approaching death, but he still enunciated his words perfectly.

“The Three Beliefs (삼경): Venerating Man (敬人) –

“Discipline (規敎).”

That was then.

Swoooooshhhh!

From Callius’ heart, chains of silver light began to unfurl towards all directions.

They pierced the heavens and pierced the earth, and they also wrapped around Callius himself as well as the Light Dragon.

“!!”

“A sacred spell!”

Not only that, it was a true binding, the Three Beliefs Venerate!

It was a skill of the highest difficulty that only a master sacred artist like Sullivian herself could use.

No matter how mighty the Light Dragon was, it was completely helpless facing such a perfectly captured opportunity.

“Aah…”

Callius had a blade stuck inside his heart, and it wouldn’t have been unreasonable if he’d died instantly.

Nevertheless, he’d managed to invoke such a high-level sacred law. That was a level of mental resilience one couldn’t help but admire…!

‘Definitely, I will definitely make sure that your death is not in vain!’

Once again, Esther’s sword zealously pointed at the empire.


‘… It hurts.’

It felt like a soldering iron was pressing on his chest. Callius wanted to scream, but the energy to do so had long since disappeared.

The Light Dragon Sword was stuck into his chest.

How many seconds of consciousness did he have left? 

Death loomed before him, with an air of inevitability, but Callius’ face didn’t show any hint of despair. Because, this was the situation he’d hoped for.

‘Everything so far is within the expected range.’

The Light Dragon Sword was a treasured sword with power beyond imagination.

As a high-level vision sword, it conferred upon its master regenerative abilities to quickly heal from any attack.

Such was the fabled healing power of the dragons.

So, Callius had carefully piled up chip damage on his enemy, and then unfurled the sanctuary of the Tyrant Sword to cast Moonfall.

The Light Dragon, bound inside the meteor that’d fallen from a great height, had suffered massive damage.

But it’d nevertheless rushed at Callius right afterwards, and stuck its sword into his chest.

And of course –

Callius had engineered this.

‘His loss of power made this possible.’

Else the Light Dragon could’ve achieved a much more fatal outcome.

And then there was the sacred spell.

Sullivian’s highest binding technique, Venerating the Three Beliefs – Discipline.

Although ‘veneration’ here was meant to invoke honouring others, ‘discipline’ meant passing down dharma.

This was the highest level of sacred art, used to redeem those who were not human.

Because of this, the Light Dragon couldn’t easily pull out the sword from Callius’ chest anymore.

That was Callius’ intention.

The Light Dragon Sword.

A treasured sword created by killing the mad dragon that’d attacked Carpe.

Those who held it would either go crazy or be controlled by the dragon’s power, and start slaughtering humans.

The Founding King had been the only one who’d used it without issue, as he’d been the only one who’d known the secret of its proper use and how to avoid being controlled by its madness.

And Callius knew, too.

He was now the only person on the continent who knew how to wield the Light Dragon Sword properly.

That was why he’d gotten his hands on the reverse scale.

[Gluttony] and [Smelting Bones] were already working overtime, preparing his body to endure the dragon’s power.

His physique accepted the reverse scale with quiet efficiency, and made his mind and body stronger.

And finally, there was the Light Dragon Sword that was nestled against his heart.

There was nothing to be afraid of.

“Give me the sword…”

Hurk!

Callius spewed another mouthful of blood. The area under his eyes had already turned black, and blood was dribbling from his lips.

However, his eyes were shining brighter than ever.

How to use the Light Dragon Sword correctly?

He’d come up with a method, yes, but it sounded really ridiculous.

The Light Dragon Sword wasn’t supposed to be held in one’s hand.

‘It’s a sword that has to pierce your heart.’

That was why Callius had gone through so much preparation to weaken the Light Dragon.

He had to be very careful, because if an accident happened and he got stabbed somewhere else, it might really spell his death.

The Light Dragon, which had entered the scene running wild like a thunderbolt, had been faster and stronger than Callius.

It wasn’t easy to read the trajectories of its attacks. So its power had to be weakened first.

‘Or so I thought, but… ‘

This was nothing less than hell difficulty.

Honestly, was he being punished for something?

The pain was killing him, but rather than being angry, Callius was feeling nonplussed at the absurd sequence of events so far.

But he couldn’t stay like this forever.

It was no different from suicide if he stood still like this.

Anyway, just having the sword stuck inside his heart wasn’t enough.

Now he had to properly take ownership of it.

Only then could he escape from the shadow of death that towered over him.

Not only that, he’d even be able to obtain the Light Dragon Sword.

There was no time, and so –

Creeeeak.

Once again, Callius’ grip on the Light Dragon Sword tightened.

And simultaneously, his other hand took off his bracelet.

Whoooooooooosh!

Liberating all his stored divine power.

The divine power pulsated, and Callius’ body felt like it’d been set on fire as he began his struggle to steal the ownership of the Light Dragon Sword embedded into his heart.


“Grrrrrrrr!!”

The Light Dragon, imprisoned in the binding created by the sacred art, struggled, but couldn’t move its body easily.

It’d thought the enemy had been killed, but suddenly that cockroach did something strange and bound both its body and its sword at the same time.

Startled, the Light Dragon tried to escape, but the enemy grabbed him like he wanted them to perish together, laughing with maddened eyes.

It was feeling goosebumps all over its body.

However, at the same time, the Light Dragon could feel that the Light Dragon Sword had fallen into a strange state.

It was an instinctive realization.

The energy of the sword, pierced into the enemy’s heart, was beginning to be sucked into the madman’s body.

And from then on –

The tug-of-war between Callius and the Light Dragon begun.

But, sadly, the end of this battle had been wholly prepared for.

It was a victory for Callius.

A battle for dominance with the beast? There was no need for anything like that.

Because the Light Dragon Sword itself judged his body to be better than the one it’d corroded for a long time.

Clang, clangalangalang!!

The chains were smashed to smithereens.

The Light Dragon’s body almost seemed to fall apart, along with its powerful energy.

Blink.

The fallen Light Dragon looked at Callius with its vertical reptilian pupils.

“Grrr…!”

The sword embedded in Callius’ heart vanished, and through the gaps of his torn clothes, one could see his healed chest, engraved with patterns.

Like a tattoo in the shape of a dragon.

[You have become the new owner of the Light Dragon Sword – Balamuth.]

[You’ve absorbed Balamuth into your body with the correct method. All physical abilities are awakened and skills are enhanced.]

[Permanent increase in stats by embedding Balamuth into your heart.]

[Smelting Bones enhances the stat increase by 30%.]

[All wounds on the body are completely healed with the power of the Light Dragon.]

[You have experienced the domineering power of a dragon. You realize Dragon Might (용력).]

[You have obtained the power of the Light Dragon. You are hated by all the dragons on the continent.]

Callius’ body, which had been dying just now, was suddenly brimming with vitality.

The reverse scale had increased his resistance to the Light Dragon’s influence, and added to the ruby ring he’d received from the queen, Callius was completely proof from the dragon’s madness.

In addition, his body now could fully use the power of the Light Dragon, and all his physical abilities had been permanently strengthened.

Not only that, there was also ‘awakening’. As the silver chains scattered, Callius’ aura surged and spread to every corner of the area.


Whoosh-!

The domineering force of the Light Dragon, in all its awe-inspiring majesty.

It’d been the original owner of that power.

The beast, deprived of its strength, howled in anger.

“Graaaaaahhh!!”

A shell, trapped in madness. 

His Highness Chloe wailed like a child whose favourite toy had been taken away, and swung his claws.

Claaang-!!

“Hm. So because how long you’ve been under its influence, the Light Dragon’s power still remains, huh? Mixed with all that demonic energy.”

Despite the loss of the Light Dragon Sword, His Highness Chloe survived. Because he’d had the sword for a long time. 

Dragon scales still covered his body, and the dragon’s power – even if it was only a remnant trace – also remained.

Chloe aimed at Callius’ neck with the same speed as before.

To regain his lost power once again.

Snikt!!

Sharp claws tried to dig into Callius’ neck.

Step.

However, it was only an afterimage.

“!”

Callius’ form vanished like a ghost. The prince started looking around in surprise, but smack! It was now his neck’s turn to be caught in a vice grip.

“Ugggh!”

With enormous power.

An unbelievable force that couldn’t conceivably come from a mere human gathered around his neck.

Creeeeeakkk, crunchhh!

“Grrrrr…!”

Prince Chloe couldn’t move.

Callius, by absorbing the Light Dragon into his body with the proper method, had achieved rapid growth in all his stats, and was currently in an awakened state.

His grey pupils were now slitted like a dragon, emanating a sense of great power.

Chloe didn’t dare break free.

It was a difference in power that he’d never felt before.

A feeling of fear lingered in Chloe’s reptilian pupils.

“This’ll work as a good test.”

Swish.

The Light Dragon Sword Balamuth appeared in Callius’ hands as he released the prince’s neck.

All the power boiling inside him, he concentrated on the sword.

And then, he swung it forward with a chant.

“Dragon Claw.”

Boom.

The prince was immediately blown away.

And alongside that –

Craaaaaaaaashhh!!

A great sound, as if that of an earthquake, spread all over the area.

Callius was finding it hard to regain his calm.

Was this the destructive power one could achieve with a sword!

After a tremor that felt like the earth itself might tilt –

At the place where Chloe had stood, there was a great scar as if a dragon had scratched it open with its claws.

Gulp.

An instinctive fear engulfed the prince’s whole body.

There was no time to think.

Chloe began to run away without looking back.

He was running on all fours like a beast, but his speed was incomparably fast.

But even so –

Step.

As if escape was a laughable notion, Callius’ form appeared in his path, slashing.

“Dragon Roar.”

Graaahaaaaaaaaaaaa!!

A howling roar burst out from the Light Dragon Sword, reminiscent of a dragon’s breath.


Editor’s Notes:

None for this chapter.


Sword Pilgrim – Chapter 115

“Grrrrraaaaaaaaaaaaahhhhh!!”

Boom! Booooom!! Boom!!

It tried to get up, fell down, got up again and fell down again.

Even though it crashed back to the ground each time, it never stopped trying.

Although the Light Dragon was in the body of Prince Chloe holding the sword, it didn’t have a human form anymore.

The claws holding the sword were as sharp as an animal’s, and the limbs were covered with red-black scales like the Light Dragon’s original body.

Because Chloe had been under the Light Dragon’s control for too long.

Not only was his mind already tainted, demonic energy had corroded it even further, as per the archbishop’s plan.

‘What tremendous power.’

Despite unfolding the sanctuary, Callius couldn’t control the Light Dragon’s movement by the force of gravity.

It flailed like a wild beast, even though its blood splashed, bones broke, and flesh got carved off; and displayed its claws and teeth in an attempt to kill the enemy.

Callius’ divine power was in a state of fullness because of what he’d just swallowed.

So he himself could keep fighting like this, but his sword wasn’t in good condition.

As time went by, the sword groaned more and more under the high power output, and the cracks forming on its blade sped up.

Time definitely favoured the Light Dragon.

And therefore –

“First, one arm.”

The reason why the Light Dragon was going wild right now was because of the demonic energy, but the more fundamental reason behind this situation was the Light Dragon Sword.

If the arm holding the sword could be cut off, the primary source of its power would be gone.

The erosion of the demonic energy could be tackled afterwards. First, Callius had to prioritize removing the sword from the equation.

Crumpt!

Ting!

“Graaaaaah!!”

“Tsk.”

The dragon’s scales were far too hard.

Even with the help of Other Shore Flower, Callius couldn’t cause even a small scratch.

His sword simply bounced off.

If he wanted to cut those scales, he’d have to use the technique that was the privilege of a Sword Master.

By manifesting a sword boundary.

‘That’s not an option for me.’

Therefore, Callius had no choice but to look elsewhere.

This was the sanctuary of the Tyrant Sword – Karaktu.

He just had to make the most of it.

“Huff.”

The Light Dragon’s whole body was trembling, resisting.

But it hadn’t gotten fully used to the gravity of the Tyrant Sword yet.

It still couldn’t wield its own sword at will because it was having trouble moving.

So now was Callius’ chance.

Scales didn’t cover the dragon-man hybrid’s whole body. But it’d be dangerous to get too close, so Callius decided to start with the thighs first.

Slaaaaaaash!

The Light Dragon’s cries rang through the air, loud like an explosion.

From that tiny little scratch on the thigh? What a wuss.

“This is workable.”

The cut had been on its left thigh.

Adding on the original gravitational field, the weight of the thigh had increased tenfold.

No matter how strong the Light Dragon was, it couldn’t easily adapt to such an explosive surge in weight.

And not only that –

Wasn’t this the sanctuary of the Tyrant Sword?

“Release gravity.”

Whooosh-thoom!

Gravity was removed from a localized area.

The Light Dragon’s body floated up, due to the pressure of its own footfalls, leaving a completely bewildered look on its face.

Immediately afterwards, gravity once again pressed back on its body.

Crash!!

And then gravity was removed again.

“Kyaaaaaah!”

But this time, the Light Dragon tried to run like a flash of light as if it was determined not to be caught again.

“Release.”

Whooooosh.

Unfortunately, no matter its thoughts, the plan didn’t work.

Furious, the Light Dragon kicked at the air.

Pop! The air wave gave it momentum, and when the tip of the Light Dragon Sword was about to touch Callius’ nose –

His lips curved up as he chanted.

“Reverse.”

Swoooooooosh!

The figure of the Light Dragon soared high into the sky.

And once again –

“Be crushed.”

Craaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaash!!

Truly, it was a disaster.

This was the true power of the Sword of Downfall.

“Grrrrr.”

But the Light Dragon wasn’t at a loss either.

At some point, it’d begun to resist the force of gravity.

No, rather – it was adapting to it.

With an animalistic intuition, it was noticing the release and reversal of gravity, and beginning to find a way to deal with it.

By inflating its own muscles, or relaxing them.

As if growing during battle, it seemed to be analyzing the sanctuary’s power of gravity.

Truly astounding.

“But I already expected it.”

This wasn’t particularly extraordinary, in context. This was the Light Dragon that didn’t die even after the kingdom killed it and turned its corpse into a sword.

Callius closed his eyes.

Soon, the amount of divine power emanating from his body surged explosively.

Its purity was also increasing.

「Constitution」–『Smelting Bones』 and 「Characteristics」– [Gluttony], had helped increase his absorption rate of the sacred stones and the reverse scale exponentially.

Callius temporarily used the pure divinity of the sacred stones, strengthening it with the power of the reverse scale, and increased his physical abilities.

Whooooosh.

A wave of ripples spread violently around Callius.

That was then.

Thooom!

The size of Callius’ Sanctuary began to gradually expand.

Beyond the royal audience chamber.

From the heart of the royal castle, to the outskirts.

The size of the sanctuary quickly rose to such an enormous extent.

Callius groaned and vomited blood.

But he didn’t stop.

Couldn’t stop.

“Converge.”

As he chanted, the tip of his sword pointed at the Light Dragon’s body, floating in the air.

The more the figure struggled, the more blood flowed from Callius’ mouth and eyes.

But the resistance soon began to diminish.

Because the broken rocks and crushed debris left by the Light Dragon’s rampage began to converge around its body, bindings its movement.

Boom! Booooom! Craaaaaaaash!!

The strong gravity made the rock fragments into missiles, that struck the Light Dragon with booming roars.

Not only did it get beaten, the rocks quickly also became its prison.

The Light Dragon, rocked by the impacts and imprisoned in stone, couldn’t even twitch.

Still, Callius didn’t relax.

No matter how weak it looked now, soon it’d reveal its true power and free itself.

Callius gestured, lifting the large rocky spheroid high into the sky.

Up, and up, and up again.

As far as the twinkling stars in the night sky above.

Once he’d raised it so high it felt like he was touching the edge of space –

As it hung there like a new moon –

Callius spoke.

“Moonset (月落).”

A dull moon fell from heaven.


Slaaaaaaash!

A redhead was riding the shadows, cutting through the ankles of enemy soldiers, attacking them from the back and beheading them.

Helena, wiped the blood splattered on her cheek and looked around.

She killed and kept killing, but the enemy didn’t decrease in number. In the distance, Esther was weeping as she fought against evil, and other captain-level knights wee also wielding swords, unable to contain their resentment.

Imperial invasion.

Revolt of the nobility.

But the saddest had to be the death of Sullivian.

Her death was a matter of grief for the whole kingdom.

The shock had turned to sadness, and tears, to anger.

There was only one way to vent that anger.

Neither the imperials nor the rebels in front could be given any mercy.

Helena calmly calculated as she continued killing the enemy.

‘There’s a limit to the number of people who could’ve been transferred.’

The transference was limited by the degree of spiritual power.

The number of personnel who could’ve been transferred under such constraints, had to be limited.

Even if it was a sacred object, it wasn’t omnipotent.

The number Helena counted after checking all the shadows –

‘Four Masters. Twenty captains. About a hundred soldiers.’

Plus around three thousand rebels.

This was a sufficient number to conquer the royal castle.

‘It was fortunate that a lot of powerful people from the kingdom were already in the castle.’

Without that, they wouldn’t have been able to sustain this long battle.

For the empire, this must’ve been an operation to decapitate the kingdom’s main force by surprise, but luckily or not, some of the relics had failed.

That was the only good fortune for the kingdom.

But it was an undeniable fact that the kingdom lacked power compared to the empire, so their side could only endure.

Besides –

‘The Light Dragon has gone to the queen’s place. I can’t confirm because of the sanctuary, but from the waves of power, a fight must be going on.’

The Masters were almost equal.

‘Fire Demon isn’t here, so we have Victor, Gerald, the pope, and Leviathan.’

Guardian Sword Victor.

Gerald of Judgment.

Quake Sword Felice.

Black Knight Leviathan.

There were four, but there was an equal number of Masters from the empire.

The number of captain-level combatants at the kingdom’s side was only thirteen, but somehow they were holding on.

So the two sides –

Didn’t differ too much in strength.

But when she thought about it, there was one thing that bothered her the most.

‘The Light Dragon.’

The future of the kingdom would change depending on whether the Light Dragon could be put back to sleep, or not.

Its power was famously equivalent to a Master…

“Huh?”

At that moment, as she was contemplating whether she should join the fight inside the palace where the Light Dragon was –

Whoooooooooosh-!!

Suddenly, a strong feeling of pressure swept over the entire castle.

“Ugh! What is this…”

Which Master had this kind of a sanctuary?

How could it envelop such a wide range? At the same time as she thought that, her knees buckled to the ground.

The other troops were not much different.

The soldiers couldn’t stand it at all, and they all collapsed the floor, and only the captains could barely resist a little.

An absolutely massive pressure.

Helena couldn’t understand what kind of power this was.

As far as she knew, no one in the kingdom wielded such power, so she thought this might be an unknown Master from the empire.

While the kingdom’s defeat was looking more and more inevitable –

From under her feet, pieces of stone and debris began to rise slowly.

At the same time, the strong pressure was gone.

“Huff. Haah… Hm?”

As if by magic, all that debris, from small pieces of stone to large chunks of rock, slowly floated into the air and began to converge towards one place.

Towards the royal audience chamber inside the castle.

As the pieces of debris smashed through the stone walls, the roof of the castle exploded, and a huge sphere floated up to the sky.

Then it shot upwards with a loud roar, out of sight.

As Helena unconsciously looked up at the night sky, there was a sense of discord among the twinkling stars.

“The stars… Wait. Is that even a star?”

Why did it look so big?

It wasn’t even shining.

A huge dull boulder was floating high, high above the castle. Then it started to fall down.

“Uhhhh… Dodge!!”

Thooooooooommmmmmm-!!

A scorching heat scoured the air.

A violent, rupturing pressure made the winds buckle and groan.

Helena immediately grabbed Esther, who was still trying to fight, and ran away.

Far, far away.

After she’d been running away for a bit –

Craaaaaaaaaaaaaaasshhhhhh!!

The falling megalith exploded against the ground.

Booom! Boooooooooom! Boooooooooooooommmmmm!!

“Kgghhhhhhh!”

“Owwwwww, it hurts…”

As the shockwave rolled towards Helena’s running form, still clutching Esther –

Helena was bounced around for a while before she could finally come to a stop.

“The queen…”

Although the megalith hadn’t been particularly large, its fall hadn’t spared the surroundings. The royal castle was almost destroyed.

The proud spire of the castle had collapsed from the shock.

The royal castle, the pride of the kingdom, had crumbled under the meteor’s descent.

“What is this…”

“It might not be so bad…? But it sure as hell looks bad… I don’t know.”

Esther and Helena, seeing the ruined castle, did not know what to do.

Even so, it was difficult to determine whether the falling meteor had been a good or a bad thing.

Because where the meteor had fallen, although inside the castle, was close to where the Grand Spears of Gollus had initially descended. Therefore the imperials had suffered much more damage than the kingdom’s forces.

After a moment of thought, Helena and Esther started running. First of all, it was urgent to check the queen’s condition.

There was a Master beside her, but it might not have been enough in the face of that shockwave.

They neared the place while cutting down the remaining imperial soldiers along the way.

They also met imperial knights.

They didn’t want to fight, so they dodged and detoured, since checking the situation was the priority right now.

When they arrived at the audience room that had collapsed from all sides –

Helena and Esther’s hearts pounded violently.

Because there –

“Aaahhhh….”

– Stood Callius, the Light Dragon Sword pierced deep into his heart.


Editor’s Notes:

None for this chapter.


Surviving a Shounen Manga – Episode 87

Hahaha! … What a Mess

“Back off! I’m warning you!”

Although she was saying that, Tanya herself was backpedaling in a hurry.

Her extreme wariness left me staring.

Honestly, I was a little perplexed.

‘Is this what you’re really like?’

She was definitely supposed to be a character with a strong and brazen feeling…

Although, yes, she’d already been attacked several times by now.

No, maybe the total number counting the times I hadn’t been there to help, was much higher.

Still, that didn’t mean she was in some kind of a life-and-death crisis.

As per the setting, the guys currently following Tanya were from Eastland, and their fighting power wasn’t worth talking about, no better than those riffraff mafiosi from Destomb.

After a while, as rumours about the treasure spread further and further, and characters from Westland appeared one after another, they’d naturally disappear. You could say they were extras, here to set the stage for the upcoming show.

She shouldn’t have become this vigilant just from being chased by those two-bit thugs.

Hmmm.

But soon,

‘No, no.’

I shook my head.

I was trying to judge her character with my useless preconceived notions.

My perception of certain characters didn’t match the current era. I was thinking of them as they’d been at the end of the original story, accumulating power and experience along the way.

This was especially true for characters with high significance who’d survived till the endgame. They had to be the ones who’d change the most along the way.

In other words, I needed to take a more delicate approach here.

“Whoa, hey, calm down. You must’ve misunderstood me.”

First of all, it was important to reassure Tanya.

“What… do you mean?”

“Apparently a lot of people are on your trail. So I wanted to help lighten the load.”

Moreover, right now, she was equipped with the leading point of view.

Readers were bound to empathize with her, since they were seeing things from her perspective. Provoking her right now wasn’t a good choice. Moreover, my current appearance was villainous enough that I ran the risk of being labelled as the ‘rookie who threatens women’.

“That’s not funny. I don’t need that kind of help.”

“Well now, this feels awkward.”

In the first place, I had no intention of snatching the Ramirez at this point.

If I’d had such a plan, I would’ve snatched it right away, instead of circling around her all this time.

Right now Tanya’s role was to carry the ‘Ramirez’, and it was her responsibility.

She’d been given the leading point of view at her very first appearance for a reason. Because the author wanted to imprint her character on the readers, and to slowly develop her into the hero’s future colleague.

If I tried to snatch that away, it wouldn’t be surprising if the author hit me with a penalty bomb and stripped a lot of character levels.

But since she herself didn’t know any of this,

“Go away, go away! I don’t want any help from you!”

Tanya’s wariness showed no sign of diminishing. Even though the hunters were sneaking up behind us, it felt like she had eyes only for me, and no attention left to spare them.

“… How troublesome.”

“Alright, I don’t want to associate with you anymore… No, I don’t want to trouble you anymore. So could you please tell me where you’re going? So that I can avoid going there.”

“So you’re serious….”

I’d expected some vigilance. But this was a little too much.

However, there were several reasons why I’d asked if I could take over from her.

First, to elicit ‘doubts’ about me.

To instil in Tanya, or more importantly, the readers, an idea that ‘he must know something’.

I’d been hovering around Tanya for the past few days and her eyes had been locked on me all the way, but I hadn’t really taken any action. I’d merely been cultivating a useless aura of mystery.

In point of fact, this wasn’t a situation where I had any room to do something. If I cack-handedly tried to help Tanya out or snatch the treasure, the preceding plot won’t leave me alone.

But I couldn’t continue this indefinitely, either. Who knew when the readers’ questions might turn into frustration and anger?

So, I had to appeal a little to them to ‘wait’.

Second, to create a different source of tension.

Perhaps, without me, Tanya would’ve clashed repeatedly with those two-bit Eastlander hunters and cranked up the tension.

But because I was here, that tension had slackened significantly. Since Tanya’s nerves were all focused on me.

If she herself didn’t pay the raiders any mind, how could there be any tension in the chase?

Even now, it was me she was staring at, not reacting to their movements at all.

Therefore, I created a separate source of tension by revealing my ‘hidden true colour’. After all, I had to make sure the readers couldn’t just sit back and relax.

Although that didn’t mean I could forget what needed to be done or neglect to do it on time.

“Coocoo, Nero. Take care of the guys behind us. While I have a chat with this redhead.”

“Why me!”

“You do remember that I’m not your subordinate?”

“…”

Didn’t they ever get tired?

“Whoo. You keep repeating the same lines every time, but end up doing it anyway. So? Are you going to let them run rampant? Are you going to let them attack us?”

“… God damn it.”

“He’s big like a bear, but clever like a fox….”

“Hey, is that something a cat should say?”

Seeing the two of them slither into the bushes, I turned back to Tanya.

Of course, this was all pre-planned.

Shifting the source of tension to me, instead of the pursuers.

In order to keep the flow of the story stable and yet get constant reappearances, this kind of trick were essential.

However, it was also a double-edged sword.

If I took away the attention and tension that should’ve been focused on Tanya, in the end, I also had to spit out something equivalent to replace it.

Especially now, I was getting the feeling that I was toeing a line. If I kept sowing suspicion and creating tension without showing any substance, I’d be ripped to pieces by the readers themselves before the preceding plot could have its way with me.

Therefore,

“Alright, I take it back. I wasn’t being that serious about it, anyway. Do you really have to glare at me like that? You keep holding on to whatever it is that you’ve got.”

“… Really?”

“But I’m serious about helping you. We’ve been travelling together for a while, haven’t we? Not to mention… it feels some nasty weirdos are about to catch up with us.”

“… What?”

Actually, this was me trying to sprinkle some foreshadowing.

Those ‘nasty weirdos’ –

Were the third reason why I’d asked Tanya if I could take over.

Simple. Just to lay a new side track for the plotline. So that the readers could stew in anticipation of these ‘new raiders’.

My first aim in this arc had been to become Tanya’s colleague, at least temporarily.

However, there were two problems with this.

1. Tanya’s vigilance,

2. Plausibility.

First. There was no easy way to befriend her. Not only was she hyper-vigilant due to having a treasure in her possession, her personality didn’t lend itself to trusting others.

Tanya wasn’t Leo. Only somebody like the latter, a pure boy who could readily reveal his weaknesses without asking anything in return, could become her companion.

Even the Huntingtons, her long-time companions, had eventually lost her to Leo in the original work.

In order to mitigate this, or to create a situation in which she had no choice but to ask me for help no matter how wary she was, I needed some suitable assailants.

Before the Westland guys could intervene in this fight, I needed some new people, not those Eastland idiots already chasing her, to join the hunt.

Next, plausibility.

Even if I got lucky and Tanya opened her heart, for me to stick with her for long, there needed to be new obstacles in her path.

The hurdles set by the author were at a level that she could overcome on her own. Then why would I get involved with her for no reason? Why?

It’d only lower the tension of the story, and the author would be chomping at the bit to beat me up.

Therefore, I needed to prepare enough assailants in advance if I wanted to become her travelling companion.

The question was where to procure such people.

My first thought had been of the ‘Troops’ section of the character shop. It might’ve been expensive, but I’d at least be able to hire better people than the current raiders.

But I threw the idea away after a while. Not because it was expensive, but because it needed character points.

The shop couldn’t be used once a chapter started. Therefore, I’d have to hire the troops as soon I set foot on Brindisi, and keep paying for their upkeep for at least a few weeks… A ‘penalty veto’ would be a better purchase if I really wanted to splurge my points like that.

In the end, there was only one person I could lean on right now.

Haka.

It depended on how hard he’d worked on his ‘homework’, but it might be of some help.

So, I’d sent Cocoa over to him as soon as they arrived in Brindisi.

“You sure you’ll be fine by yourself?”

“Idiot Squatjaw. There’s nothing Lord Cocoavi can’t do!”

“Eh? Why are you still Cocoavi?”

“Haka likes goblins. So I decided to keep it going.”

“… Good thinking. Alright, go, but don’t get involved in something weird along the way. Don’t do anything else. This is urgent, so go straight to him and come straight back.”

“Okay. Don’t cry just because I’m not here.”

Cocoa must’ve met Haka by now.

She’d felt that he wasn’t very far, so maybe she was on her way back already.

‘That Haka… he hasn’t been playing hooky, right?’

Nah. He was a thorough guy, so he must’ve done his job to some extent.

And, well, even if not everything was sorted out, I could just play the attacker’s role myself.

I turned to Tanya, who was staring at me with anxious eyes.

Speaking in a much softer voice than before.

“I know you’re wary of me right now, but soon you’ll be asking me for help…”


“Boss, you have a guest.”

“… Guest?”

Haka glanced at his subordinate.

A guest?

An odd choice of words. An awkward choice.

It was a word that shouldn’t have popped up in this study, at least.

Haka wasn’t fond of such vague terms.

If the identity of the subject hadn’t been identified, it wasn’t yet time to report it, and if identification seemed difficult, the situation should’ve been reported to him before this.

Moreover, to say that he had a guest meant that the person had already arrived.

An unidentified person came right to his door, and only the word ‘guest’ was used to describe them? Not their name, status, position, affiliation, or purpose?

“Hmm…”

Haka’s lips twisted into a faint grin.

So as to not stain the coming reprimand and interrogation with negative emotions.

Then, while he was about to point out the faults of his subordinate –

“This is the guest you’ve been waiting for. Although, there’s only one woman, so I was worried about how to tell you…”

At that moment,

“… Aha.”

Haka scratched his head.

“Good job. Let them in.”

He’d forgotten that there were indeed some people who suited the appellation.

Soon after,

Creak–.

A familiar face opened the door and came in.

“Hey there, Haka. How are you?”

As his subordinate said, it was the face of one of the guests he’d been waiting for.

“… It’s been a while, Cocoa.”

“It’s not Cocoa. It’s Cocoavi.”

“Huh?”

“It’s been three months, eh? Aren’t you bored?”

“Ah…”

Somehow, he’d thought that he’d have a lot to say, but nothing came out.

But, well…

“Yeah, I suppose. How about you, Cocoa?”

“Cocoavi. Cocoa-vi. Yeah, we had fun.”

“Cocoavi… don’t tell me, you’re in high spirits because you saw some goblins?”

He could only respond normally.

Of course, it still felt good. Maybe shouting would’ve felt even better, though.

That was then.

“Come on, let’s go now.”

Cocoa said all of a sudden.

“Huh?”

“Squatjaw’s calling. Chop chop.”

“Ah…”

For a moment, Haka stiffened.

It wasn’t because of hesitation or displeasure. Rather, it was because he’d been on the edge of giving an unconscious yell in joy.

Haka kept a firm grip on his facial muscles to hold back his laughter. It was quite the opposite from before.

“I see. Where are they now?”

Pulling out his coat from the hanger next to him, Haka immediately stood up.

“Oh, but he told me to ask you, did you do well? On your homework.”

“… Homework?”

“So whatever you’ve managed, take it to him.”

“What?”

“Those guys I saw in the back, right?”

Cocoa nodded at the gang members who could be seen through the window.

Only then did Haka realize.

“Does he need people right now?”

“I guess.”

“Hmm, is that so? How many does he need?”

Haka considered whether or not to include a brief explanation of the ‘organizational integration’ that he had achieved over the past three months.

Because naturally not only Cocoa, but even Squatjaw, couldn’t have guessed how big the organization had gotten. Probably, dozens of times larger than they would’ve expected.

And indeed, Cocoa’s subsequent words made Haka’s head throb a little.

“All of them.”


Three days later.

The Roman River.

The border between the southern and central parts of Westland.

I tried my best not to laugh at the sight of the people in black suits I could see trudging along the riverbank in the distance.

Finally, it was here.

The homework sent by Haka.

The impatience in my heart was about to boil over. Tanya…

Today was the limit. If they hadn’t arrived by today, I might’ve left Tanya’s side first. I might’ve pretended that something else had happened somewhere, so the tension wouldn’t go to waste.

‘Anyway, I’ve been saved from the abyss…’

But I now just had some room for breath, nothing more.

Depending on the quality and quantity of these new raiders, the weight of my words would change.

If after all that fearmongering, the guys who popped up turned out to be no different from the Eastland idiots, or if they were very few in number…

‘No, let’s trust Haka.’

I violently shook my head.

As I watched the riverbank –

“… Eh?”

I was a little perplexed.

Why did the line of black suits keep growing?

I’d thought of counting them one by one as they came, but before I knew it, the number had crossed a hundred…

“… There’s too many of them.”

I’d relayed an order via Cocoa to immediately launch an attack on arrival.

I was in a rush, so let them conduct the first raid on their own, and then we’d talk.

But I’d also added that they should moderately adjust the number of attackers. Instead of attacking all at once, they should come in several waves.

Hopefully, Cocoa had delivered my orders without leaving out those words.

‘Surely… that guy isn’t trying to show off how well he did his homework, right?’

I looked at the riverbank again.

There were hundreds of black suits by now.

How puzzling.

I couldn’t properly understand the situation.

This arc, quite rarely for Adventure King, had a clear structure. Specifically, the level and number of participants in this scramble were supposed to gradually increase higher and higher, step by step.

But if there were so many attackers during these early days, what’d happen to the follow-up. Just how many raiders would I have to arrange in the future to raise the bar… This was a bit tough.

That was then.

“Squatjaw? You were right.”

Suddenly, a voice came from behind.

I turned around and saw Tanya walking out from the ridge behind me.

“Oh?”

“Save me.”

“What?”

Then, once I turned my head towards where Tanya’s hand was pointing –

“… Huff.”

The mountain was full of people in masks, their dresses the same colour as those on the riverbank.

Hahaha! … What a mess.


Editor’s Notes:

None for this chapter.


Sword Pilgrim – Chapter 114

Boom! Thud! Claaaaang!!

“Attack! Attack!! Forget everything else, just attack!!”

“For Carpe!!”

“Kill every one of those sloppy bastards holding a skewer!!”

“Waaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaghhh!!”

Claaang! Crash!!

“Ugh…!”

Allen, blown away by the imperial spearman, found himself embedded into one of the castle pillars, struggling to get up.

‘He’s strong.’

His opponent was a spear-bearing knight who looked like one of the captains, but then man was stronger and more skilled than expected.

“Eh!! Bruns!?”

As he was about to extract himself from the pile of fallen corpses, Allen came face to face with Bruns, who was among the bodies strewn around the pillar.

To think he’d already lost his life in the midst of this cruel war!!

Creak! Allen tightened his grip on his sword.

“Vengeance shall be mine.”

But just as he gripped his sword tight –

Somebody whispered.

“I’m not dead.”

It was Bruns, stealthily opening one eye just a slit.

“!!”

The speaking ‘corpse’ startled Allen so much that he almost forgot the enemy.

“You’re alive?”

“Yep. No talk, please.”

“What the…”

At first he was happy and relieved, but then Allen got a little angry.

Come to think of it, Bruns’ face was splattered with blood, but there were no visible wounds anywhere.

The man was up to his cheap usual tricks, it seemed.

“Where’re you looking?!”

Clang!

Allen barely dodged the spear’s tip, then stepped inside the enemy’s range, thrusting his sword forward.

Blood left the enemy’s face in a rush.

It was too late for escape.

But then a small light burst out from the spear’s blade, exuding divine power.

“My eye…!”

The bright light obscured Allen’s vision, and while he was blinded, he felt the enemy’s spear cutting through the wind and approaching him.

“Die, cripple!!”

Allen, who felt like he had no choice but to cry, closed his eyes, and his composure returned.

Was he to die here?

‘I can’t.’

He’d already lost one of his eyes.

Now the other side was also blinded, but there was no need to be so shaken.

‘Don’t panic. Don’t get ruffled! Remember how you almost died that time, Allen!!’

When he’d lost his eye in the North.

Many colleagues had rushed in to save him, and as a result had departed from this world, never to return.

Just to protect him.

Allen, who’d struggled with the pain of losing an eye, and had to watch with his remaining eye as his colleagues died.

That day had never left his mind’s eye.

Calm down!

Telling himself that, Allen tried to feel his approaching death.

‘Is that it?’

His death? No, it was the wind.

The wind caressed his cheeks, his hands.

It played along the complete contour of body.

Allen twisted his body hard to the left, as if someone had been leading him by hand.

Whoooosh-!!

A cut opened along his ribs.

His face twisted in pain, but he’d managed to avoid it.

“H-, how!”

Allen didn’t miss his moment.

He clutched the spear passing by his side, and pulled it in with an iron grip.

“You –!!”

But his enemy wasn’t standing still either. Exerting his own power to resist, he raised a leg to kick Allen off.

“Raaah! Die!!”

“What…!”

Bruns, who’d been pretending to be a corpse, had jumped up without anybody noticing and put a dagger into the spearman’s side.

Snikt!!

“Ow! Damn it!”

Allen, who felt the opponent’s movement from the vibrations of the spear, swung his sword.

Slaaaaash!

“Ugh! M-, my arm!!”

Allen thrust his sword once more.

Snikt!

The sensation of slicing flesh and breaking bone travelled to his fingertips.

“Ugh… kh.”

Thud.

As the knight crumpled, Bruns rushed in once more and gave him a few more stabs, leaving no possibility of survival, and then sighed in relief.

“Huff, huff…”

“You alright there, Allen? Don’t worry, this guy’s dead as a doornail!”

“I’m fine, I’m fine. I would’ve been the one to die here if not for you, Bruns. Thanks.”

Allen wiped the tears from his working eye and opened it.

His vision gradually returned.

He saw Bruns’ outstretched hand and grabbed it.

This was no time to sit and laze around.

“Where’s Boss at?”

Bruns asked as he pulled him up to his feet, but Allen could only shake his head.

“I don’t know either. He said he was looking for the queen, so he probably went to the audience room.”

“Then there’s nothing to worry about…”

That was then.

All the troops inside the castle, who were in the midst of battle, stopped moving for an instant.

Before the frozen Allen could do anything, Bruns dragged him to the side.

And immediately –

– Grrrrraaaaaaaaaaaaahhhhh.

Craaaaaaaackkkkkk!!

A four-legged monster roared as it smashed through the gates.

“Th-, that’s the Bright Lunatic! The Bright Lunatic is here! Aaaaaah!”

It jumped on all fours, haphazardly swinging its sword around like some animal, and tore apart everything that fell in its sight.

Everyone was terrified, so it quickly made its way to the top of the castle, cutting down anything that bothered it.

Crack! Craaaash! Booom!

The Bright Lunatic of Carpe disappeared in an instant.

Leaving hundreds of corpses on both sides in his wake.

“That’s no human…”

“What the heck was that? Running on all fours, and even looked like it had a tail…”

“Who knows…”

However, the place it’d run to was nowhere else but the royal audience chamber.

Where Callius was.

“I don’t know if Master Callius will be all right.”

“We can’t worry about him right now. We have to take care of ourselves first.”

The war wasn’t over yet.

Besides –

“Boss is strong, you know?”


Whiiiish, creak.

The Ghost Spear retracted his weapon and sighed. Annoyance was replacing anticipation on his face.

“Hey, Victor. Fight me properly, will you? Your queen’s as good as dead already.”

“That’ll never happen.”

The Ghost Spear scratched the back of his head.

It was an expression of frustration.

“We’ll kill the queen and turn her corpse into a spear as a symbol. Of course, the same goes for the prince. The destruction of Carpe, the queen, and the Bright Lunatic – it’s all inevitable.”

“…”

“You know that too, don’t you?”

“I am the Guardian Sword of this kingdom. I can never stray from my path.”

“What path? I’m telling you to fight me properly. You boring bastard.”

The Ghost Spear rested his weapon on his shoulder and glanced to the side.

Towards the queen in the distance.

“The archbishop’s almost done.”

“Carpe is not weak.”

Wasn’t that Jervain’s maniac?

Victor felt relieved as a swordsman suddenly broke in.

His purpose was to protect the queen.

It’d be enough if he just blocked the imperial Master in front of him.

However, the beasts of the empire were thorough in their work.

“Yeah, but a handsome son of your Carpe is coming to kill you all.”

“…!”

“Didn’t the archbishop give that sword to the prince in the first place? He’d already rampaged once, committing a massacre, from what I’ve heard. If you take your time like this, you’ll all die miserably.”

So –

Fight properly.

Craaaaaaackkkk-!!

“!!”

It was an enormous blow.

Part of the sanctuary was cruelly torn apart.

Even the Guardian Sword, Victor, frowned at the destructive power behind that slash.

“Woohoo~ He attacks like a madman. Is that Carpe’s famous Light Dragon Sword? That knight protecting the queen is dead meat.”

The Ghost Spear’s mouth twitched at the corners as he theatrically placed a hand on his own forehead.

However, his brows soon frowned.

“What? He avoided it?”

The knight guarding the queen was still alive.

He’d clearly been caught off guard by the sudden attack, but his aura was still clear and his limbs still intact.

Even though that last, bestial, slash should’ve been difficult to avoid for even a Master.

He’d avoided that?

‘That’s annoying. The archbishop ended up dead instead.’

He couldn’t taunt Victor this way.

The Ghost Spear was wondering if he should go help the Light Dragon.

“A flag?”

The queen’s knight suddenly pulled out a tall flag from somewhere.

It boasted an extraordinary density of divine power.

The flag, bearing the symbol of Valtherus, was then affixed to the floor.

Crunch!

At the same time –

“This power…!”

“Sanctuary…!”

Suddenly, the energy of a sanctuary spread.

Whoooooooosh-!!

With the queen’s knight at the centre, sand and dust spread out like a storm.

And when they could see again –

Thooom–!

“Kgh!”

“Hmm!”

Such pressure bore down on the area that it was impossible to move one’s body freely.


When the Mad Prince broke in, Callius acted quickly.

“Ugh…!”

He immediately thrust the sword into the kneeling archbishop’s neck, who had no strength to resist.

『Kingdom Quest』
【Imperial Spies】
◆ Save the kingdom from ruin by killing the spies of the empire.
◆ Number of spies killed: 18/18
<Reward>「Monarch’s Flag」

[You have obtained the Monarch’s Flag.]

As the quest was completed, a flagpole materialized in his empty hand.

Clutching it tight, Callius infused it with divine power, and affixed it to the floor.

Crunch!

The situation was now truly, extremely urgent.

The prince was a beast bereft of all rationality.

It was no different from getting attacked by an actual dragon.

“Shit.”

Was it because he’d avoided the initial strike?

The Bright Lunatic was completely focused on Callius as the enemy. He was swinging his sword like he didn’t plan to stop until Callius was six feet under.

The black sword he held in one hand was narrower than a handspan, but it was quite long.

Shaped like a claymore, there were shapes resembling a dragon’s scales on the blade, and the sword seemed to burn with an invisible fire.

A long time ago –

The Light Dragon, Balamuth, had attacked Carpe.

This sword was made from its carcass.

The Light Dragon Sword – Balamuth.

“Brother!!”

The queen was about to come closer.

Callius stretched out his hand to stop her.

“This is my brother! If it’s me, I can stop him. Even if he’s like this, if he hears my voice…!”

“That won’t work now.”

The one who killed the Light Dragon –

Would become the Light Dragon.

The prince who’d forgotten such precedents, became the Light Dragon in his greed for power.

However, he didn’t forget his sister’s voice, and his lust for blood receded when he heard her.

‘But not like this.’

The madness of the Light Dragon was now overflowing with true demonic energy.

He was in some kind of a runaway state.

The queen’s voice wouldn’t reach him.

Even if the archbishop died, the queen was also destined to die at the hand of her brother.

So Callius had no choice.

“His Highness Chloe is being eroded by demonic energy. His draconic madness is in a rampaging state.”

“Then…!”

“Maybe the Guardian Sword or another Master will come.”

There was currently no way out.

The Guardian Sword was busy dealing with the Ghost Spear, and the rest of the kingdom’s Masters should all be busy with their own battles against the Spears of the Empire.

“Huff….”

The Light Dragon was equal to a Master in power.

It wasn’t at a level that Callius dared deal with.

The imperial invasion had originally been scheduled for a few years later, but unfortunately the world was moving far too quickly.

In the original game, the sword pilgrim route had a higher-than-average difficulty.

For a simple reason.

Because the sword was the most popular weapon.

Somebody from the empire or the principality, instead of Carpe, wouldn’t have faced this much hardship. But what was there to be done about it?

The past couldn’t be changed, now could it?

Crunch.

With the Monarch’s Flag on the ground, Callius immediately drew his sword.

The Tyrant Sword – Karaktu.

It was a pity, but to deal with the Light Dragon, he had to pay this price.

Thud-!

Quickly, the sword began to pulsate like it was a thing alive.

Sand and dust quickly rose with him at the centre, like a wave of ripples, along with each beat.

Whoooooosh-!!

A storm raged.

Callius’ eyes were dyed silver, and his hairs felt like they were rising up one by one.

“Kneel down, in my sanctuary.”

Thooooooooooooom-!!

Craaaaaaaaaaaackkkk!!

In an instant, it was as if light had dimmed, and a powerful gravitational field began to press down on the entire area.

“Kgh!”

It wasn’t merely shocking.

A sanctuary unfolded using the Monarch’s Flag.

Along with the power of the Tyrant Sword – Karaktu.

A sanctuary of gravity, that truly suited the sword – for its name could also mean ‘Downfall’.

Callius walked slowly while holding the Downfall Sword.

With an infinitely light gait.

However, that only applied to him.

Within the sanctuary he’d unfolded –

All shall kneel.

Even if one was close to being a Master, it wouldn’t make much difference.

‘There isn’t much time left, is there?’

The scabbard had already cracked.

Through the Monarch’s Flag, he was forcibly raising the rank of the spirit sword.

The sword being destroyed was inevitable.

So, before that happened –

‘I have to end it.’

Callius took the sacred stones and the reverse scale out of his arms.

Two sacred stones.

And one reverse scale.

And along with that, he also took out the demon core in his possession.

Crumpt!

As he applied pressure, the sacred stones and the demon core shattered, mixing together with the hard material of the reverse scale, and finally all that was left was a little ball.

Swallowing it without hesitation, Callius raised his sword.

“Be crushed.”

Thooooooom!

Boom!!

The Light Dragon was driven to its knees.


Editor’s Notes:

None for this chapter.


Surviving a Shounen Manga – Episode 86

How about I Take Care of It for You?

The Huntington Bandits.

They were a named band of thieves who’d appear almost every time an arc had to do with some kind of ‘treasure’, until the story finally moved to ‘Midland’ beyond the King’s Road.

The reason the Huntingtons could have such prolific appearances was, of course, because they were the author’s pets, but they also had enough ability to make it plausible.

The biggest characteristic of this bandit group was that they had a number of excellent guides.

I couldn’t remember the exact number, but it had to be more than ten.

The most definitive demonstration of their abilities was the case of [Adventurer Qualification Examination Centre Treasure Theft], which had made them famous.

An incident in which some of the bandits had entered as actual participants, and had stolen all the treasures hidden by the association before running away.

That was why all subsequent exams had fake treasures instead of real ones, like ice cream (and basic flavours like mint chocolate, at that).

And the woman with deep red hair had been one of the participants.

Tanya.

The eighth guide of the Huntington Bandits, and the woman with the keenest pathfinding eyes.

After she entered Leo’s party in the original, there was a scene in one of the chapters where she recalled what’d happened during that event. Because her eyes were so sharp, she’d been able to see all the hidden treasures. From the lowest level to the highest.

However, she hadn’t aimed at the highest ranked treasure at the time. She’d gone for a small jewel that’d been in around the fourth position, in terms of value alone.

The reason was also quite simple. Not because her teammates had been too weak, or because the decipherer hadn’t been good enough to face the obstacles guarding the highest level treasure.

She’d simply liked the jewel. A ‘small, shiny and pretty jewel’, in her own words.

What made it possible was her unique ability, [Master Thief’s Eye].

This ability let her ‘see the detailed information about a target object’, under certain conditions.

The detailed information here covered the object’s appearance, peculiarities, abilities, and even its ‘history’.

Thanks to that, she could even identify a treasure without seeing it in person.

And that ability was exactly why Tanya had stolen ‘Ramirez’s Treasure’ and run away.

The specific background was never made public, but the setting was such that she’d quickly stolen the mirror and escaped once she’d understood the enormity of its potential.

Of course, it might’ve simply been because the mirror itself was small, shiny, and pretty.

I looked back at Tanya, who was silently wiping herself off.

To be honest, this was a ridiculous situation.

‘This is making me dizzy… Why did that woman have to suddenly pop up in front of me?’

I supposed it was a good thing that I hadn’t made any plans yet. Because then I’d have had to go back and fix it all.

And the woman in question simply kept wiping herself off, as if she wasn’t remotely conscious of my gaze.

So,

“Coocoo, how did this happen?”

Putting aside my sudden stroke of fortune, I decided to listen to the pigeon… ahem, hawk, that I hadn’t seen in a while.

“Hm? What?”

“…”

I could only sigh.

“I mean, how come you’re here?”

“Ugh, this squat-jawed bastard… Don’t make it awkward! I wanted to catch up, why, is that a crime now?”

“…”

That stylish appearance had almost made me forget. About that cheap mouth of his.

“No, not that! How come you found me here, and why with the cat? Not to mention the redhead. Of course I’d be curious as to how all this came about!”

Then,

“Oh, that? It’s no big deal.”

Coocoo nodded his head as if he knew what I meant.

Then, just as he was about to speak,

“What’re you all chatting about? I need to wash up.”

Tanya suddenly interrupted.

“Are you tired from the long flight?”

“…”

Did she think that I might drive her away after listening to the story?

Or, was she wary of me?

I looked at Tanya in silence.

Even if she was pretending otherwise, she did seem wary for some reason.

Well, it was only natural since she had Ramirez in her hand.

However, I wasn’t any different.

Why did Tanya appear here of all places?

Well, naturally there’d be Watsonian reasons within the scope of this world. Like she struck up a friendship with Coocoo, and then various things happened, etc.

But there was only one thought in my head.

Perhaps the author was conscious of me, and had deliberately induced this situation.

Originally, Tanya’s first appearance had been in Brindisi, the southern port city of Westland. There’d been no explanation as to how she’d gotten there.

In other words, the circumstances and process leading up to her appearing there were ancillary settings known only to the author.

Adjusting such ancillary settings that were invisible to the readers, had to be child’s play for the author.

Why did the author send Tanya to this place, if indeed I was the reason?

Simple. Because of the goblin gang I’d brought with me.

I, the thorn in his eye, one who only ever caused absurd complications, was trying to stir up even the goblins this time, so maybe he was trying to counter me somehow.

And the method that the author could take to directly control me was predetermined.

Sanctions through the preceding plot, awarding a penalty.

However, this was only possible when I belonged to an ongoing chapter, so I was wondering maybe that was why Tanya had been pointed at me like a missile.

Tanya, surprisingly, would take over the lead point of view of this chapter as soon as she arrived at Brindisi. Because she was the root cause of this incident, and a future teammate of Leo, she’d be hogging all the spotlight.

‘If I have the lead point of view by my side…’

Of course, it wouldn’t really matter if I headed for some place other than the south as I’d originally planned. Tanya would definitely take the White Rain to Brindisi.

But, as the author and I both knew, this was a clear-cut opportunity.

With Tanya by my side, I wouldn’t have to brainstorm how to intervene in this arc. I’d just have to accompany her.

It’s also arouse the readers’ interest if I accompanied the new main character.

Hence the author must’ve thrown a bait like this at me.

Asking me, what do you think about this?

I thought for a moment, then answered.

“For now, follow me.”

Well, I’d have to think it over a little more.


Two hours later.

I came back to the bench from earlier, sat down, and thought.

Some decisions were finalized, but still a lot of disorganized thoughts were running around in my head.

This was nothing but procrastination stemming from uncertainty.

“Hmmm…”

First of all, Coocoo had explained what’d happened, and one could indeed say it was no big deal.

Coocoo said that the princess had sent him away.

Along with a quest completion certificate that I’d forgotten to request, a small copper plate, and a letter.

– This might not be of much use in Westland, but showing this bronze plaque should at least be of some help within this continent.

That was what the letter was all about.

‘… Do you have to pretend to be so meticulous?’

I looked at the plaque.

There was an unfamiliar pattern engraved on it.

Presumably, it was a symbol of the Kingdom of Mainin.

I decided to keep it for myself.

Although, I didn’t think it’d be of any great help.

I’d just keep it as the token of a comrade.

“… Nice.”

How cool.

Now this was a shounen manga-like scene! The readers should’ve been here to see it.

Well, whatever.

Now, about Nero. Coocoo said he’d first caught sight of him while passing the empire’s borders.

He’d flown down to a jungle lake to get some water when the creepy black cat had caught his eye.

Nero seemed to have been following him for some reason, but the cat had professed to having no intention to attack. Coocoo didn’t know why, but the cat was just following him around.

Coocoo wasn’t in any great rush either, since he felt like he was about to catch up with me, so he’d decided to follow the cat back in retaliation. He was confident he could handle it even if he got caught and things devolved to a fight.

Then, a few days later, they’d met Tanya, who was being pursued.

Coocoo said that he’d joined forces with Nero to save her. He’d added that the pursuers had been so vicious that they’d had no choice but to help.

It was a ridiculous story.

“Hm, so you helped a person you didn’t even know? And Nero joined you? Does that make sense?”

“Of course, we quickly found out that that she deserved to be chased. That bitch… no, Tanya, tried to steal that cat’s necklace on the same day that we saved her.”

“…”

“But, well, what else could we do? Besides, Tanya directly asked us for help. By name, even. In my case, I was flying high in the sky when she first started screaming at me.”

“Did she call you by name? How did she know it?”

“I have no idea. She just… knew everything. Our names, our abilities, even our pasts.”

“… Is that so?”

This was probably because of her unique ability. She could even read a subject’s ‘history’.

“She asked for a little help. Saying she’ll give us something nice. And then she kept dragging it on… Well, you know the rest.”

Coocoo calmly admitted it.

“Something nice, huh…”

“I was planning to stay with you for a while, but then you suddenly vanished! I had no choice but to stay with them.”

“What? Why would I suddenly vanish… ah…”

That was probably when we’d entered the Goblins’ Den.

One had to know the path if they wanted to reach there. Just having a guide wasn’t enough, you also needed a decipherer.

Apparently we’d popped back up on the map once we’d left the place, and then Coocoo’s group had started following us again in a hurry.

Well, it seemed plausible.

Strange, sure, but plausible nonetheless.

However, I couldn’t just nod my head and accept it.

No matter what, it seemed that the author had clearly intended for Tanya to meet Coocoo and Nero.

The plan had to be rearranged.

I didn’t want to miss the opportunity to appear in the main arc by Tanya’s side.

But to unleash the goblins at Brindisi would be dancing to the author’s tune.

It wouldn’t have much impact, and I’d get hit by the preceding plot as soon as the chapter started.

“… Is there no other way?”

Eventually, I made up my mind and got up from my seat.

Then I marched straight to the ticket counter.

“Next, next!”

“I want to buy some tickets.”

“All the ships are leaving soon, so there aren’t many left… Where do you need to go?”

“… Brindisi.”

“The White Rain. 1st class… is completely full, we only have 3rd class tickets left. Is that okay?”

I shook my head.

“Three special seats.”

“… Eh?”

The salesman narrowed his eyes as he gave me a once-over.

“Special class seats… well, they’re costly, but you can’t just buy them with money… Do you have some proof of your identity?”

“You don’t have to worry about that. Also, do you have any tickets left for the central region – that is, Sonoka?”

“… How many do you need?”

“A hundred and one. The class doesn’t matter.”

My idea was simple.

I couldn’t leave Tanya alone.

I couldn’t take the goblins to Brindisi.

So, there was only was possibility.

Divide the crowd.

Me and Cocoa would head south with Tanya, and the goblins would wait in the central area under Chinuavi’s leadership.

‘Hmm… will he be okay?’

But this was the only option. A way to avoid the author’s sanctions while scoring both my goals.

I just had to trust Chinuavi.

Then,

“What? One hundred?”

The salesperson gave a heavy frown. As if he thought this was a silly joke.

Therefore,

Plop.

I took out the plaque the princess had given me.

Of course, I didn’t expect a great response. I just wanted to know how much effect it would have.

Soon after,

“W-, wait. Could this be from the Mainin royal family…?”

“Right. You get points for your eyesight.”

“Uh… Um, may I ask about your identity? W-wait, no! Umm, first I’ll need need to verify the authenticity…”

He began to look visibly perplexed. Looked like the plaque carried some level of authority.

But,

“Hey, don’t you know me? Is this still the Skull Empire or not?”

Right now, I didn’t have the time to wait on some verification process.

“… Eh?”

“It was a princess from the Mainin Kingdom who gave this to me, and now she’s a general of this country, y’know? It’s been about a month. She should be famous.”

And,

“I was the guy who fought next to her. Look at this jaw that’s jutting a bit. I must be pretty famous too by now, right?”

The salesperson’s complexion turned white.

“Th-, then you must be…”

“Yeah, the one who passed the Warrior’s Path –”

“G-, General Squatjaw?!”

“…”

How absurd. I clearly remembered registering under the name Hiro.

In any case, seemed the Khan hadn’t taken away my rank, because he didn’t want to completely lose me.

Instead of answering, I stretched out my hand.

“If you understand, give me the tickets.”

There was no time. I had to quickly come up with a strategy.

“Ah, right; send the bill to the imperial administration.”


Ten days later.

Brindisi.

“Thank you for your time.”

Tanya greeted everyone in the party, and even gave Squatjaw a wink.

He really was a good companion.

Thanks to him, she was able to travel in the comfort of a special class seat.

In addition, he’d also easily defeated the pursuers who’d followed her to the ship.

And, best of all, he didn’t have much in the way of curiosity.

Squatjaw didn’t bother to ask her anything except for the basics.

Of course, she’d dropped a few hints that he shouldn’t ask… but she wouldn’t have been able to dodge all suspicion if he had decided to ask.

But still,

“Why, isn’t there still some distance before you can meet your group? Can’t we help? You think so too, right, Squatjaw?”

“No, I’ll be fine by myself. I’ll definitely come back to repay you after I meet my party. Wherever you are.”

“Well, off you go then. But remember, if you don’t deliver on your promise, I’ll kill you!”

“Yeah, okay, okay. Goodbye to you too, Nero. And to you, Mister Squatjaw.”

Even so, she didn’t want to accompany them any longer.

The reason was simple. Because she was feeling anxious.

The man with the jutting chin was completely ‘unreadable’.

This wasn’t her first time seeing a human whose ‘history’ was unreadable, but this was the first time she’d seen so many fragmented pasts. The more she tried to read them, the more it felt like her brain was about to leak through her ears.

There were two possibilities.

Either he was defending himself with some ability she didn’t know of, or she was simply unable to read him because of the difference in their capacity.

Of course, either way, the conclusion was the same.

She couldn’t handle this guy on her own.

If there was one thing she’d learned while working with those Huntington idiots, it was the spirit of ‘if you don’t like the look of something, run’.

Now was the time.

And fortunately,

“See you again when there’s a chance.”

Squatjaw turned around without saying anything else.

See you again?

Tanya tried to shrug off the useless sense of déjà vu she was feeling from those words.

She didn’t know why he said the same phrase she always used, but she never wanted to see his face again in the first place.

This was goodbye, forever.

“Huff…”

Tanya sighed softly as she looked at Squatjaw and his group moving away.

Anyway, now she had to save herself until she could reunite with the Huntington idiots. Who knew when an attack might come?

Tanya hid her presence and started moving.


The southern city of Maserno.

On the fifth day after landing in Brindisi.

Weird. This was weird whichever way she sliced it.

Why were they here again this time?

Tanya couldn’t hide her anxiety at the sight of familiar faces at the destination she had barely arrived at, avoiding the attacks of her pursuers.

This was the seventh time so far. Seven times in five days.

“Huh? You again?”

Tanya stiffened as Coocoo caught sight of her and said in surprise.

For some reason, wherever she went, Squatjaw’s group was also present.

The problem was,

“No, you say you were going alone, so why do you keep following us?”

When they said they were being followed, it meant that they’d arrived first.

It was as if they’d foreseen the path she was going to take.

“Can’t you just ask us to go with you at this point? Or are you afraid it’ll cost you?”

“…”

She’d been obviously going to places with few people, so why…

Tanya felt nauseous.

There wasn’t really anything she could complain about, but this felt strange.

No wonder… Were they aiming for the ‘Ramirez’?

That was then.

“They’re here again. Three of them already went into that forest nearby.”

Squatjaw who’d been sitting down quietly so far slowly started talking.

“You keep bringing in strange bastards, and we’re the ones getting bothered. This won’t work, don’t you think?”

He got up and slowly walked towards her.

“Uh… huh?”

The momentum emanating from him was very strong.

A sense of intimidation that her pursuers couldn’t hold a candle to.

Wait, wait a minute…

And at the words that followed, Tanya’s face turned white.

“That thing you’re carrying, how about I take care of it for you?”


Editor’s Notes:

None for this chapter.


Sword Pilgrim – Chapter 113

“You sound quite fired up, but what the hell can a piece of trash like you even do in this situation? Or do you think I haven’t got any idea about your skills?”

“Oh?”

“I heard from Lutheon, who’s fought with you before. He said you aren’t even at half his level.”

Less than half as strong as that guy?

Hell, that might’ve been appropriate at that time.

The strength of your weapon would inevitably be included in the measure of your strength.

“Do you think I’m weaker than that kid?”

“I know you aren’t.”

“Then why do this, when you know you’re coming to your own execution?”

“Because even if you’re favoured by Lactus because of your betrayal –”

There was no avoiding God’s punishment.

‘Valtherus isn’t some pushover.’

Why was Callius so devoted to the cause of a crumbling country?

Because of the God of the Sword.

Amongst all the Gods, Valtherus’ punishment could be called the deadliest.

“Have you cut off your right arm already?”

“…”

Alhamtra bit his lip.

He only had a spear in his left hand.

His right hand was hidden under his robe, but Callius could already guess that it was missing.

Valtherus’ divine punishment was necrosis.

Your most frequently used body part would undergo necrosis, and it won’t stop there.

If left alone, the whole body would become necrotic and you would die, so there was no choice but to cut the damaged area off.

This man had been a priest of the Sword God all his life.

Lutheon, who’d turned his coat at an early age, also must’ve lost a finger or two to necrosis.

But somebody at the level of, say, the orc general or the archbishop, would have to hand over at least an arm.

Losing an arm, to someone who’d been wielding a weapon all their life, was the same as losing everything.

Alhamtra had already lost his right arm.

‘This is good enough.’

The traitor must’ve prepared for even this in advance.

He didn’t suddenly turn traitor one day without any forethought.

But he still wouldn’t be able to show his true skill.

“Count, the archbishop is strong.”

“I know.”

The bastard was indeed strong.

He hadn’t become an archbishop for no reason.

So Callius couldn’t let the fight drag on.

‘I’ll have to put my all into it from the start.’

Callius deflected the incoming spear thrust and retaliated with a cross cut of his sword.

Claaaang-!

Although it was easily blocked.

Simultaneously, Callius pivoted on his feet, grabbed a frost-white sword with his other hand and made another horizontal cut.

That, too, was blocked.

“With that kind of skill… what?!”

Alhamtra’s only remaining hand began freezing up, along with his spear. Startled, he gathered his divine power and brushed the paralysis off, causing Callius’ eyebrows to twitch.

The purity of the traitor’s divine power was quite… remarkable.

‘In purity alone it’s between first and second grade.’

That kind of purity was the domain of the Masters, so the former archbishop could be said to be incredibly skilled in this aspect.

But Callius knew that the man’s divine power hadn’t been so pure before this.

Originally, he’d probably hovered somewhere between second and third grade.

It was probably his apostasy that had ramped up the purity.

‘His vessel was emptied and then filled back up, after all.’

Perhaps Callius should say, as expected of the archbishop?

He was worthy of his rank.

‘But this is within the expected range.’

Whiiiish.

Boom, crackkkkkllllee!

As Callius took out the Blue Thunderbolt Sword and threw it, thunder resounded and azure lightning bolts flew everywhere.

The archbishop’s eyes widened, and he escaped into the air, stepping on the floating rocks.

Crackackackack!!

As lightning struck and was deflected by the True Demon Spear, Callius was already rushing towards him.

Silver Flower Wave Sword – Raging Flower Wave.

A cold breeze of petals dyed with pure white chill pounced at the archbishop.

Crackackack!

“It’s useless!”

A quick swing of the spear swept the petals away to all directions.

The power of Raging Flower Wave was no match for the dark red demonic magic emanated by the spear.

However, just at that moment, a pure white burst of energy surged from under the archbishop’s feet and attacked him without mercy.

Silver Flower Wave Sword – White Haze.

The archbishop, face contorted, strengthened his grip on the spear by his side, wondering if he should try and release even more of the ominous demonic power.

Strength entered his muscles, making them swell.

“First Tune.”

With a low chant, he thrust his spear forward.

Screeech! Thoooom!!

The spear pierced through space at a single point, and the aftershocks quickly encompassed the whole area.

Raging Flower Wave and White Haze trembled as if a hole had been blown through them, and the archbishop’s face paled to a pasty white colour.

However, Callius had vanished.

That was then.

An ominous premonition made the archbishop jerk his head up towards the ceiling.

Callius’ sword was chopping down.

“Ugh!”

Slaaaaashhh-!

Callius slammed down Dirge with both hands. Claaang! Along with the sound, a hazy chill spread in all directions.

Facing him was the archbishop who’d managed to block his blow.

Callius raised his left hand above his head.

Zzapppp.

“!”

The Blue Thunderbolt Sword that’d been thrown into the sky –

Once again spat out bolts of blue lightning.

Craackkkklllee!!

The True Demon Spear blocked the thunderbolts, but not Dirge.

The archbishop twisted his body as hard as he could, with the determination to exchange injury for survival.

But then –

Callius’ lips curved up slightly at the corners. The archbishop reacted quickly and dodged, but the Sword of Sorrow still caught his side with a shallow cut.

It was perhaps only a small scratch.

But that didn’t trivialize its impact.

Crummppppptt!

“U-ugh!”

The slight wound suddenly burst with a bizarre repulsive force.

The archbishop’s blood and flesh sprayed into the air like some strange imitation of a flower blooming.

Silver Flower Wave Sword – Other Shore Flower.

“Damn it!”

As if he’d been bitten by a venomous beast, the archbishop grabbed his torn side, his body already covered in cold sweat.

“Apostasy has a great price, doesn’t it?”

Callius threw Dirge at the archbishop.

Although the man twisted his body to avoid it, the sword became lodged in the floating rock he was standing on.

The archbishop, who’d been wondering why Callius had thrown away his sword, immediately fled when he realized that the ground under him was starting to freeze.

“Don’t go!”

But Callius began throwing lightning bolts one after another in a bid to not let him escape.

Claaang-!!

Callius’ sword flew once again through the scattered stone fragments.

“Crazy!”

The reckless idiot kept throwing away his sword!

That was practically begging to be put down.

The archbishop, deflecting the Blue Thunderbolt Sword with a slash of his spear, found that Callius was already charging at him, holding another sword two-handed.

‘Where the hell is he getting the swords from?’

However, there was no time for doubt.

It continued like that.

A series of actions that left the archbishop no breathing room.

If he blocked the lightning, his body would freeze, and if he broke the ice, the lightning would stun him.

And it didn’t end with just that.

“Ugh!”

What kind of sword was it, that whenever he got the slightest scratch, his body started feeling heavy? Alhamtra was struggling to move as if a strong force was pressing down on him from all sides.

And every time he got hit by that sword –

Crummppppptt!

“Aaaaaaah!”

The wound exploded from within.

“You’re tough. Are you wearing some kind of relic armour? Or is this from pure training?”

The archbishop didn’t answer.

Instead, he shrugged off his torn robes, coughing up some blood in the process.

Cradling his missing right arm close, he took a pose with his legs spread apart.

Suddenly, an ominous magic surged from the True Demon Spear, sweeping around him and plunging into where his limb had been severed.

Puff!

The archbishop’s face became paler as he coughed up the blood he’d been holding down.

But despite that, he now held the spear with two hands instead of one.

His new, dark red right arm pulsated as it held the spear.

‘True Demon Spear.’

He was now using its power more and more freely.

The worst of weapons, crafted from the soul and body of a fallen, a true demon.

The archbishop’s bare body was now adorned with crisscrossing thin crimson lines that ran along his veins, as if he’d suddenly gotten a full-body tattoo.

“For somebody who wants to annihilate all the demons, you’re pretty cavalier about using their power.”

“You know nothing. How could you? How I feel as I’m about to destroy Carpe…!”

But Callius knew. And therefore –

“I’m not really interested.”

In any case, the archbishop had to die.

There was no other way.

“Using that weapon, you’re bound to get addicted to demonic magic and lose your life. Tell me, does it scare you?”

“If I were afraid of something like that, I wouldn’t have taken up this spear in the first place.”

Did that mean he didn’t care about his own life anymore?

It made sense. He needed to have at least that much guts to do something this crazy.

Callius raised the Tyrant Sword and aimed at Alhamtra.

“Alright, then.”

I’ll take your life, as you wish.


The powerless queen could only watch the battles of the knights.

The Guardian Sword that protected the kingdom, versus the Ghost Spear of the empire.

Callius of Jervain who suddenly appeared, versus the former archbishop, Alhamtra.

The battle between the Guardian Sword and the Ghost Spear was truly incomprehensible to her.

Victor’s sword that’d been pointing downwards was suddenly floating somewhere else in the air; and the Ghost Spear’s weapon had also stabbed downwards, but when she observed again, several spearheads were emerging out of another point in space.

If one cut at this side, the blade came out from the other side.

If one stabbed somewhere, the weapon’s point emerged and attacked from elsewhere.

It was a battle that couldn’t possibly be interpreted by the queen’s common sense, so it was impossible to know who was winning.

However, the battle between the count and the archbishop was understandable even at her level.

‘The count has a bit of an edge.’

Originally, knowing the archbishop’s abilities, she’d thought that the count would be at a disadvantage, but that’d been a mistake.

One side was an apostate.

It was only natural that he wasn’t as familiar with the spear as the sword he’d held all his life.

‘And him missing an arm due to divine punishment is another big factor!’

The biggest issue was the lack of one arm. If one wielded a spear instead of a sword, lacking an arm had a huge impact.

The archbishop was taking more and more damage.

As she watched on, her palms slick with nervous sweat, the count seemed to be dominating the exchange.

How could he be so strong?

She’d heard that he used the swordsmanship of a saint, but the way he fought looked much too flashy.

There were bolts upon bolts of blue lightning everywhere, and the whole place was inundated with ice that froze you at the lightest touch.

Sword energies shaped like petals fluttered from time to time, and even when the enemy only took a tiny wound, suddenly blood would splatter.

Each time, the archbishop’s blood and flesh would burst in the shape of a blooming flower. It was a very beautiful, and very cruel, sword art.

And not just that, the way the count was using his many swords, putting them away somewhere and taking them out as he wished, was giving the archbishop a really hard time.

The queen didn’t know where the swords were coming from, but she could easily guess that it was some kind of an artifact.

At this rate, the victory seemed to inevitably belong to the count.

The queen unconsciously grabbed the hilt at her waist.

‘I want to help, too.’

How long had she stayed frightened like this?

It was terrifying to only be protected. Her hand that held the sword clutched the hilt tight.

Still, her feet didn’t move.

Her lacking swordsmanship and precarious position bound her feet to the floor.

Even if she tried to help, she’d only be a hindrance, and if she got injured or killed, the efforts of the count and all her knights would be in vain.

So she had to be patient.

Don’t forget yourself. Don’t forget your position. Endure, again and again.

Because that was the weight of her throne. That was how heavy her crown lay upon her brow.

“Please…”

This time, too, let us be victorious.


Once the bastard wielding the slimy, sinister spear got back his right hand, he immediately showed his skills.

He spun the spear, and with a twirl, deflected every cut of Callius’ sword.

The hasty stabs became sharp, and the awkward swings became precise enough to make the skin tingle.

And on top of that –

“Tch.”

Splash!

Callius clicked his tongue, avoiding the spray of viscous liquid that splattered on the floor.

The crimson sludge dwelling inside the True Demon Spear could shift its shape as if it were alive, and periodically jumped out of the spearhead to attack him; but because there was no pattern to its movements, Callius had no way to anticipate it in advance.

Besides, the way of the spear was to keep one’s distance from the enemy and maintain that range as you attacked.

Callius had never fought a strong spear expert before, so it was difficult to get close to his opponent once he started to use his two-handed spear properly.

“Don’t fret. Once I kill you, I’ll turn you into a spear and make good use of you.”

As if he’d noticed this fact, a smirk appeared on Alhamtra’s face.

But Callius didn’t rise to the bait and kept analyzing his enemy with a cold expression.

‘Still, he can’t really be called proficient with his spear.’

He didn’t seem too used to using his unique abilities.

Meaning Callius had a chance.

“My apologies, then.”

“What?”

“I don’t plan to turn you into a sword. I don’t need such a weak sword.”

It was time to end it.

Callius couldn’t let this drag on any longer.

“Cheeky!”

Claaaang-!

The sword’s edge scraped against the spearhead, and brilliant sparks fluttered from the point of contact.

At the same time, Callius’ left hand grabbed at the air and pulled out the Tyrant Sword.

Thoom-!

A gravitational field unfolded in an instant.

The range compressed in the next breath.

Flinch.

Burdened with a massive weight, the archbishop couldn’t dodge as the Sword of Sorrow pierced at his feet.

Snikt!

“Ugh!”

But although the archbishop’s feet were frozen in that white chill, his spear was still aiming unerringly at Callius’ head.

Whooosh–!

Strands of hair fluttered in the air as they were severed, and a cut opened up on his cheek.

Thud!

With a strong step forward, Callius twisted his body, simultaneously pulling out the Blue Thunderbolt Sword.

“Damn it!”

Screeeech!

A blue thunderbolt tore through the air with a tearing sound, but the crimson tentacles of the True Demon Spear didn’t let it hit.

Whoosh.

With a sneering smirk, Callius let go of the Blue Thunderbolt Sword and took out the Judgment Sword.

“What!”

Alhamtra tried to swing his spear again, but it was already too late.

The Judgment Sword has already come close, along with the dangerous sword spirit that dwelled within it.

“Rip and tear.”

Slaaaaash!

As Callius went past, he left a deep wound behind on the archbishop’s chest, followed by the subdued sound of an explosion.

“Ugh…!!”

Thud.

The body of the archbishop collapsed to its knees with a dull noise.

The spear dropped from his hand.

As the heavy spear’s hilt rolled on the floor, the black tattoos on his body began to disappear. But the man who looked like he had almost no trace of life left, unexpectedly burst into laughter.

“Ka ha ha!”

“What’s so funny?”

“I lost this duel. I admit it. But the final victory in this battlefield will still be mine.”

Whooosh-!

A violent wave passed through the area like a sharp wind.

“…!!”

A strong, pulsing, beating sound.

A gigantic aura that stung at the skin like sharp needles.

“Beware the gleaming teeth of the Bright Lunatic[1], Jervain’s wolf. He’s coming for your throat!”

A warning bell rang through Callius’ whole body in an instant.

Instinctive Intuition made him move.

Swish.

Craaaaaaaackkkkkk!!

Along with a terrifying roar, it was as if a dragon’s claws were tearing through the sanctuary.

– Grrrrraaaaaaaaaaaaahhhhh.

All of a sudden, in front of Callius –

Was Carpe’s Bright Lunatic, bloody tears dripping from his eyes.

The Mad Prince, holding a sword.


Editor’s Notes:

[1] 광자 (狂子) as per the author. 狂子 means madman, where 광자 can be taken to mean shining man. 광 is also the character used in the name of the Light Dragon Sword that drove the prince mad. Since the prince is from the Bright family, translating this as the Bright Lunatic.


Sword Pilgrim – Chapter 112

The troops of the empire was pouring out from the curtains of light that acted as portals.

Still, the Grand Spears of Gollus weren’t omnipotent. They couldn’t transfer the whole of the Imperial Army.

Just like everything else in the world, they too had limits.

‘Five Grand Spears, and this many soldiers… then there should be five Masters.’

Along with perhaps ten or a few more captain-level combatants.

One of the enemy Masters had to have failed to cross, because Callius had stolen one of the imperial relics in advance.

That was the only ray of hope.

There were exactly five Masters in the kingdom.

And five had come with the imperial invasion force.

If they could only hold on –

If they could persevere, they could win!

– Aaaaaaaaaahhh!!

Slash!

Callius, who was cutting down the imperial soldiers like wheat, raised his head at the shout.

Soldiers from both sides trembled at the terrible voice that came from the royal castle.

‘That must be the prince, roaring.’

Did they trigger the prince’s madness, too?

Indeed, Callius could understand now. It must’ve been the archbishop who’d recommended the Light Dragon Sword to the prince in the past.

The man wouldn’t have found it hard to trigger his madness again, in that case.

“There’s no time.”

The rampaging prince would be no less of a threat compared to a Master.

There was no time because the queen would be the endpoint of his rampage.

She’d either be killed by the prince, her own brother, or by the archbishop.

This was no time to hold back.

“Sir Callius! There’re too many enemies! Besides, it’s hard to identify friend from foe…”

Snikt!

Looking at the fallen imperial soldier, Callius frowned.

“Allen.”

“Yes!”

“Shut up.”

Crackkkkkkle!

He swung his sword, releasing a wave of frost.

Crackackackackack!

Ice walls began to rise from every side.

“…!”

The fiercely burning battlefield became silent as if suddenly drenched in ice water.

But although the chaotic battlefield had suddenly turned calm, that didn’t mean the enemies bearing spears had vanished. As the white frost cleared, the outlines of the people on the field became visible, and fighting was starting up again. There were even people who were trying to stab their own allies with their blades.

Nobody knew who was a friend and who an enemy.

Then what Callius had to do was simple.

“Whoever stands in our way to the castle is an enemy.”

“Alright!”

Allen led the troops and charged forward.

Callius unsheathed another sword to wield with his left hand, just as a traitor appeared in their path with a roar.

“Jervain, you bastard!!”

Snikt!!

“Ghk!”

The man tried to grab his head as it was severed and about to fall down, but could only collapse in vain.

『Kingdom Quest』
【Imperial Spies】
◆ Save the kingdom from ruin by killing the spies of the empire.
◆ Number of spies killed: 16/18
<Reward>「Monarch’s Flag」

Only two left.

“K-, kill that wolf bastard!! Or that Jervain will be the ruin of us all!”

“Thank you for telling me your position.”

It definitely made things easier.

Whoooosh-!

The path was cleared with one swing.

The enemy’s feet were frozen, stuck to the floor.

And three swings were enough to freeze them whole.

There was no way for them to deal with it.

Snikt.

“Ugh…”

Slaaash!

Now there was only one left.

The archbishop.

Callius was just about to start running again, but –

Booom-! A gigantic form descended to his position, as if waiting for him.

Callius was just about to cut his way through, but –

Claaaang!!

Screeeech!

Slaaash! Callius, feeling himself getting pushed back, narrowed his eyes.

His strength, that had been continually reinforced with Verse of Grace, by now deserved to be called formidable.

Who had the power to so simply push him away?

An imperial knight?

Or one of the nobles who’d joined the rebellion?

But the form that was revealed as the white chill dispersed, completely overturned Callius’ expectations.

“Orc?”

A severed left arm that had been replaced with an axe.

Holding a spear in his right hand.

“Krrrrrr. I remember. You.”

A slurred pronunciation.

However, what the orc spoke was definitely the official language of the continent.

‘An orc, speaking Common?’

Anybody would be surprised.

But there was something familiar about him.

Red hair. Swollen muscles, and valiant strength. A great axe attached to his arm.

Finally, those deep scars.

“… No way.”

Callius recalled a name he’d forgotten. There’d been a champion among the orcs in the North, whom he hadn’t been able to defeat.

“Kel’tuk.”

Kel’tuk, the orc champion[1] who’d faced Callius in the North.

And this time he was here again, blocking his way.

“What happened to you?”

Callius couldn’t help but ask.

Orcs revered axes and detested other weapons. The orc in question had replaced an arm with an axe, true, but what the hell was up with the spear in his other hand?

“Abandoned. To fight.”

He had a spear in one hand.

And also an axe.

He’d probably abandoned his God.

“And got. New power.”

So –

“Fight. Callius. For honour.”

Huh. Callius’ lips twisted as he raised his sword. To think somebody even forsook his God so he could fight more.

“Is that why you abandoned your God? To get your honour back?”

What was the point in such honour?

But Callius didn’t care.

Their battle had long been left unfinished.

“Fine.”

His opponent had come all this way to block his path with such a request. Since he craved death so badly, shouldn’t Callius oblige?

He crossed his two swords at the hilt.

The intense rush of divine power set his cloak aflutter.

As Callius prepared for battle, Kel’tuk roared.

“Callius!!”

Claaang!!

Two forms clashed on the battlefield –

And a storm began to rage between them.

An axe replacing the lost left arm –

A new spear in the right hand –

‘The feeling’s different from back then.’

The champion’s axe came swinging with abandon, as if in a hurry to tear him apart.

The heavy point of the spear was also quite cumbersome to deal with. Although one would call it a spear, the blade at the tip was as wide as it was long.

As if a small axe-head had been bound to a spear shaft.

And in the same vein, instead of stabbing with it like one would with a spear, the orc used it like a long-shafted axe.

But –

“What a joke.”

Claaaaaaaaaanggg-!!

Callius’ aura surged.

Although Kel’tuk’s spear came to cut him –

Crack!

His sword, covered in layers upon layers of his art, snapped its blade away on impact.

Puff-! Craackk!!

A devastating kick sent Kel’tuk crashing against a nearby pillar.

The orc struggled upright with a pained groan, but Callius’ sword was already caressing his neck.

Callius’ eyes, looking down at Kel’tuk, didn’t show any trace of the excitement from last time.

“Have you been punished?”

“Kunta. Punishment. Honour. Have to get it back.”

Kunta, the God of the Axe.

The Gods of this world were quite free with their miracles.

Bestowing them upon those who believed in their power and their strength.

Gods treated equally those who worked harder and harder, and those who only stood still.

‘But –’

No God easily tolerated apostasy.

What would be the end of an apostate, if not divine punishment?

Kel’tuk had received that divine punishment.

‘Kunta’s divine punishment is pain.’

Pain at every action.

Turning your life into a prison, crushing you and tearing you apart moment by moment.

Every movement was painful, and sleep was no release.

As if an insect was gnawing your body from within, and the slightest breeze would feel like your skin was being ripped apart.

That’s why the orc was moving like this.

“This isn’t fun anymore.”

Callius retracted his sword.

When he turned around to leave, Kel’tuk cried out convulsively.

“Honour!! For me! Honour, is different!!”

Had an orc’s natural desire to fight and die, led him to this point?

“You did something stupid, Kel’tuk. You gave up your God to gain more power, but that only made you weaker.”

Callius couldn’t throw away his sword either, for the same reason.

God’s punishment could be quite harsh.

“See where your stupid choice has led you? Decide for yourself. How you can find your honour again.”

Callius left the orc behind and ran. Unfortunately, the opponent who’d once made him struggle so much had become so weak.

He wished they hadn’t met.

It was ruining his mood.

“Honour!! Honour!!”

Until the voice of the green beast, howling for honour, was lost to the wind –

Callius ran, and ran.

“Damn!”

“It’s that wolf of Jervain! Get him!!”

“Stop him! Don’t let anybody in, that’s an order!”

There were quite a few rebels and imperials int the way.

Callius immediately drew another sword.

Dirge in the right hand –

Rakan, the Blue Thunderbolt in the left –

Now was not the time to hold back, after all.

“Stop him!”

Enemy soldiers were pouring in like a flood.

From dozens, to a hundred or more.

Where common sense would tell you to stop rushing and focus on defence –

Callius instead accelerated.

“Go away.”

Dirge swung.

Crackackackackack!!

Showers of ice shards attacked the army.

“Ahhhhh!!”

A bolt of thunder burst out from Rakan.

Crackkkllle!!

With each cut, the thunderbolts dwelling within the sword surged outwards with a flash of lightning.

Boooooooom!!

Callius exhaled a violent breath full of both frosty chill and blue lightning.

A single exchange of blows had blown a large hole through the enemy formation.

“This doesn’t make sense…!!”

“Shut up! That bastard is mine!”

Claang!

One of the imperial captains stabbed the ground with their spear. A terrifying sound emanated from the cracked floor.

“B-, back off! Don’t block Captain’s path!!”

The frightened imperial soldiers quickly retreated to both sides. Thanks to this, only the rebels who hadn’t been alert enough to escape were standing between Callius and the captain.

And the imperial captain thrust his spear without hesitation.

Screeeech!

“Let’s see how you handle this!”

Screeeeech!

“Aaaaaah!!”

The rebels fell down, screaming. A strange, distorted sound was ringing in their ears.

It dug into their eardrums and disturbed their minds.

Callius took the attack head-on.

He, too, couldn’t escape the range of that delusion.

The ruby ring on his hand ​​shone faintly.

“I don’t like it.”

“You –!”

Slaaaash!

The imperial captain’s blood sprayed into the air as Callius glided past him.

“Keh! Kgh!”

The enemy spewed out blood like a fountain, and collapsed.

Callius kept going forward, his eyes cold.

There was only one man advancing, but the crowd of enemies surrounding him couldn’t muster up the courage to stop him.

“Bastards, don’t be afraid! He’s alone!!”

“You’re scared of one man?! You call yourselves the army of the Great Holy Empire!!”

“Waaaaaagh!!”

“For Lactus!!”

“The honour of the empire, for the glory of Lactus!!”

At the command of the leaders, the soldiers again rushed in.

Spears clasped, the imperial soldiers charged.

However, it was not Jervain’s wolf that met them in battle this time.

Claang!!

“Ugh!”

A form bowled through the mass of soldiers like a shooting star.

Flashes of a pure white sword could be seen through the dust cloud as it began to slaughter the nearby imperial soldiers.

“Wh-, what!”

Ink gushed out from behind a perplexed imperial commander.

It bent like a snake and mercilessly cut off his head.

When the commander died in an instant, the imperial soldiers couldn’t stay calm anymore.

“Hey there, Mister Callius. Been busy?”

“Count! Are you okay?!”

Blue hair, and red hair.

Esther and Helena had appeared.

“The queen’s in danger.”

“!!”

At that moment, the elites of the kingdom’s army also arrived, shouting loudly.

“For Carpe!!”

Boooom!

Swords and spears clashed once again.

Callius was trying to make a gap so he could get out.

“Where do you think –!”

But the imperials wouldn’t let him go.

The moment he was about to swing his sword again –

“Go! I’ll handle this!”

Esther deflected the spear coming at him with her sword.

“Cheeky! What’s that toothpick going to do!”

“Don’t think your skewer will save you.”

As Callius was about to escape through that gap –

Another spearman appeared.

But then –

Claaaangggg!

Helena, holding her double swords, swam through the shadows and blocked him.

“Go, quickly! Remember, you owe me!”

“Thank you.”

Crackkkkkk-!!

In one breath, Callius swung his Thunderbolt Sword and smashed through the door with a mass of lightning bolts.

As his whole body trembled at the aftershock, his eyes fell upon the barren desert in front of him.

A wasteland where not a single blade of grass grew.

Strange rocks were scattered here and there, making disproportionate formations.

‘Here, is a sanctuary.’

A great tremor was resonating throughout his body.

There was probably an ongoing battle between Masters, and another fight on a smaller scale was also happening at one side.

Callius wanted to help if he could, but right now the queen’s safety took priority.

If the queen died, Carpe’s collapse would become irreversible.

Callius ran straight ahead and scoured the surroundings.

Perhaps this sanctuary was due to Gerald of Judgment and Paceton the Freak Spear.

If the fight between the two had created this place by chance and unnecessarily dragged everything in, the archbishop couldn’t have prepared a way in advance to destroy it.

‘Where’s the queen?’

Callius sheathed Dirge and drew the Tyrant Sword.

He spread the gravitational force as if he was unfurling his own aura sense.

Further, further, and further again.

Now the force was so microscopic that it could hardly even be called a gravitational field anymore, but there was nothing better to sense anomalies in the sanctuary of another.

“Found it.”

Callius ran straight towards a small crack in space that was already healing.

He pulled out the Blue Thunderbolt Sword.

“Huff.”

Focus.

Concentrate.

Even if there was a rift in this sanctuary, it was a sanctuary created by two Masters.

To pierce through it was no easy feat.

But he had to.

Callius began to push a huge amount of spiritual power into the Blue Thunderbolt Sword.

Blue lightning bolts burst out from the sword that was raised high towards the sky.

Boooom-boooom-boooom!!

As if a thunderstorm had arrived, a gale wind blew, staining Callius’ whole body blue with electricity.

And in an instant –

Intertwined with the energies of the Other Shore Flower that stemmed from the Silver Flower Wave Sword.

Thoooooooooom!!

A flower of blue lightning bloomed.

As the sanctuary was pierced, a strong power of suction dragged Callius inside[2], and there he saw the archbishop.

The man was about to pierce the queen’s neck with an ominous-looking spear.

‘Thank God.’

It wasn’t too late.

Callius’ form shot forward like a loosed arrow.

Claaaaaaaang!!

“So it’s you, you bastard.”

The archbishop – no, the traitor’s face distorted.

“Count!”

“Damn it, why are you here?!”

Callius sneered at Alhamtra’s cry.

“Because there’s a traitor here.”

The traitor’s face darkened even more at his answer.


Editor’s Notes:

[1] Changing from ‘great warrior’ to ‘champion’.

[2] This suction didn’t happen to the invaders, so one assumes Victor is responsible for dragging Callius closer to the queen so he could protect her, as it’s his sanctuary and he’s the master of the space.


Surviving a Shounen Manga – Episode 85

Monsters (?) in the Sky

It was six o’clock in the morning.

The time to begin the day’s work.

While getting ready to go out, Haka suddenly counted the days.

“Today is the eightieth day…”

Three months was supposed to be the limit, so there wasn’t much time left by now.

Soon, they’d return.

Hm?

Haka felt a little embarrassed seeing his own reflection in the mirror.

He was laughing. Him. The indifferent character who always wore the same smile in public, but never smiled when he was alone.

“…”

He couldn’t deny his own anticipation. Clearly his heart was moving a bit differently than usual.

Then,

‘… That gent would definitely check up on my homework.’

The requests he’d made before he left slowly came to mind.

First, the role of the cuckoo.

  • To skilfully mix lies with truth, and constantly announce the news of the adventure team.

Second, organizational restructuring.

  • To integrate all the organizations he’d been involved in, including the ‘Windrider Gang’, and lay a foundation for the future strength of the Squatjaw Adventurers.

Third, spreading rumours about the goblins.

  • To tell the Leo Adventurers a little bit about the concept and other information about the goblins.

“Hmm.”

To be honest, he couldn’t say that he’d fully completed everything.

One had been done perfectly, one only on occasion, and a third had been left to gather dust for a long time.

The reason why things had happened this way was also simple. One needed to be dealt with meticulously, the other had to be done step by step, and he hadn’t found a good opportunity to implement the third yet.

But Haka was confident. He’d accomplished a good portion of his duties.

At that moment,

Ding Dong–.

A ringing sound could be heard.

The sound that signalled the start of the day.

Haka stopped ruminating and went out the door.

Creak–.

As soon as he opened the door,

“Hey, Boss. Did you have a good night’s sleep?”

Thirnut, one of his subordinates, dressed in a suit, greeted him with a bowed head.

And the hundreds of personnel lined up behind him also bowed in unison.

“Hope you’ve had a restful night!”

The second task which Haka had performed perfectly was ‘organizational restructuring’.

Two bandit groups including the Windrider Gang, a mafia group, three assassin organizations, two secret intelligence organizations, and so on. In less than three months, he’d integrated sixteen organizations into one.

The reason he’d gone with the mafia style during the process of unification was just because Haka thought they looked the cleanest. Also, he wondered if ‘that gent’ would find this the most familiar.

“Is there any news?”

“Yes, Boss. There’s one.”

“Tell me.”

“The Poison Mists has declared that it’ll participate in this war.”

“… The Poison Mists?”

The Poison Mists was an assassination organization that’d been making a name recently. It was famous for its brutal methods, mainly using poison, that didn’t even leave corpses behind.

“Hmm, these friends really aren’t lacking in courage.”

“But there’re rumours that their quest success rate is around ninety-eight percent…”

Haka looked at his subordinate who’d just said that.

The man couldn’t stand that silent stare and quickly bowed his head.

“The really scary ones don’t bother to make up those kinds of numbers. Who have they hunted? Were there any famous people among their targets?”

“There were a few government officials of Westland, the mayor of Brindisi, and also some bandits…”

“And how does that compare against, say, the Kingslayer?”

“… There’s no comparison.”

The Kingslayer.

An assassin who’d survived even after assassinating a king from Eastland, he was evaluated as the highest level among those who’d declared that they’d catch the ‘monster’.

“Of course, for a hundred billion gold… it’s worth it to at least make an attempt. Also, if the quest succeeds, their reputation will skyrocket.”

So far, the number of assassins who’d declared their intention to join the ‘monster hunt’ was about a hundred. Even leaving aside the Kingslayer, at least twenty of them were famously talented.

Besides, about half of these people were leaders of their own organizations. Hence nobody could calculate exactly how many assassins would rush towards ‘him’ in the end.

Then,

“Then, should we stop spreading rumours about the Poison Mists for now?”

The subordinate again asked a stupid question.

Haka gave him another look.

Just how did this idiot end up being his adjutant?

Although, of course, he didn’t frown or anything. Instead he just gave a brief smile.

“No, just keep at what you’re doing. If the rumours no longer match their level, tack something else on to make it more sensational. How about this? Spread the word that the Poison Mists and the Soramites have united to pursue the ‘monster’.”

“The Soramites? But they don’t get along with the Poison Mists much…”

“So this is an opportunity for them to improve their relationship. The Poison Mists should welcome this too.”

Not long after the ‘organizational restructuring’ had finished, Haka had started a proper attempt at his task as the ‘cuckoo’.

To reproduce the news of the Squatjaw Adventurers.

But no matter how many lies he mixed in, a certain number of actual facts had to be there as the base. Yet the Information Guild didn’t have any suitable news for him no matter how many times he nagged them.

At best, they’d gone to Eastland, had met and gotten entangled with with the princess of a small kingdom, and had stayed in a country called the Skull Empire for a while. That was it.

Haka himself was very busy, and there hadn’t been any appropriate news to spin into a tale about goblins, so he’d forgotten about it.

“Isn’t this… is this related to the person you were talking about, Boss?”

The news of ‘him’ had become famous all over the Leeches’ Cradle.

[Assassination Request – Express]

  • Target: The Squatjaw Adventurers
  • Reward: 100 Billion Gold
  • Deadline: Unlimited

An express-grade request with a hefty reward.

But what was even more surprising was the deadline, ‘unlimited’.

There were only two cases where such a time limit could be attached to such a remuneration.

Either it was an enemy who couldn’t be allowed to live under the same sky, or it was a message that another ‘monster’ that no one could hunt had appeared.

After paying a fairly expensive information fee, Haka had found out the identity of the client. It was a famous assassination organization from Eastland.

The fact that an assassination organization had put up a quest in their own line of work, naturally meant that this was the latter case.

From then on, Haka had been able to perform the ‘cuckoo role’ once in a while. Because the organizational integration had been ongoing, he’d assigned the task to a few subordinates, and above all, fresh news had started pouring in.

However, the third and last task, ‘goblin rumours’, was different.

Haka hadn’t touched it even once in these last three months.

The reason wasn’t anything complex either. He’d simply been too busy, and it just didn’t seem so important.

In fact, this was the bit that made him a little puzzled. He’d been so serious about goblins in the past!

Every time he met someone new, he’d come up with a riddle and try to find a point of contact with the goblins. How many hoops had he jumped through just to catch a glimpse of a goblin?

At that time, there’d been no rational reason to be obsessed with such an act. He’d simply thought that this was his ‘identity’.

Even though he’d been a part of dozens of organizations, he’d never had a sense of belonging to any of them. Those had been simply relationships of convenience that could be scattered into dust at any time. Because he’d only thought of the ‘goblins’ as his home.

Looking back now… well, his behaviour had been ridiculous.

In fact, it wouldn’t have been much different with the goblins either. After all, to them, he’d be a human being – and nothing more than a stranger at that.

All this was because… he still remembered the little kindness he’d received as a child.

‘Well, there’s no denying that they were good guys.’

Of course, it was still a precious memory, but his identity no longer revolved around it.

That was why he could now smile so comfortably. Because he’d finally found a place to rest his heart.

Even if it wasn’t his identity… there were people whom he wanted to share the future with.

And they were coming.

“The Poison Mists and the Soramite Band… Then we’ll spread it like that.”

“Oh, and one more thing. I almost forgot something important. Make sure you stick to this exact wording…”

That ten days later, a monster would arrive here at Westland.


Nanma Port.

As I sat on a bench by the harbour, I glanced over the rows upon rows of seafaring vessels.

White Rain – Destination: Brindisi

Iron Mary – Destination: Sonoka

Black Wales – Destination: Gibrante

“Hmm.”

I couldn’t help but worry.

Depending on the ride I chose, the time and location of the battle for ‘Ramirez’s Treasure’ would change.

Brindisi (Southern) – The starting point of the Ramirez Scramble.

Sonoka (Central) – The point where the treasure changes hands for the first time.

Gibrante (Northern) – The site of the biggest battle.

My thoughts were running in circles.

Where should I go to get the most attention?

Where would my hand of cards have the maximum impact?

It would be nice to be able to follow the arc from start to finish, starting in the south, but honestly, that wasn’t possible. How would I control a hundred goblins for so long?

These bastards were good for the initial impact, but that was where my involvement ended. The author could figure out the rest on his own.

‘What should I do…’

I revisited the arc of ‘Scramble for Ramirez’s Treasure’ again in my memory.

Ramirez’s Treasure.

It was an artefact called the ‘Mirror of the Soul’.

An ancient artifact that showed the ‘secret one most wanted to hide’, of the object reflected in the mirror’s surface.

Numerous characters would appear in this arc, some of whom would even turn into named characters who’d last beyond the King’s Road. It was an incredibly long arc in which rice cakes would be sprinkled everywhere and Chekov’s guns would be left at every roadside, but its core plotline was very simple.

  1. A thief brings this ‘Ramirez’s Treasure’ to Brindisi, the southern city of Westland, while being pursued.
  2. Rumour spreads that a precious treasure without an owner has drifted to Westland.
  3. Bastards of every stripe come running.
  4. The chase between the escapees and the pursuers begins.
  5. From south, to the centre, to the north.
  6. The treasure changes hands several times.
  7. Fights, fights, and more fights.
  8. The process keeps repeating, the mirror gets broken during the battle, and the incident comes to a vague conclusion.

Simply put, if I took the high-speed ship bound for Brindisi, I could start right from the first stage.

For the fourth stage, I could head for Sonoka at the centre, and for the sixth, I could go to Gibrante in the north.

Since the duration of the voyage was the same at ten days for all three routes, I didn’t have to worry much about the precise timings.

Therefore, as long as I had a good plan and a detailed strategy, I could start.

There were three options, but I started with rejecting one for now.

Starting in Brindisi in the south was going to be problematic. If this were a game about simply snatching the treasure, it would’ve been one thing, but this ‘scramble battle’ wasn’t like that.

If I acted like everyone else, if I stole the treasure and tried to hide it, I’d definitely be sanctioned by the preceding plot and suffer an explosive penalty.

Even if the other guys were doing a treasure hunt, I had to play a different game by my lonesome.

In other words, I had to somehow follow the overarching plot development, yet find room for my own activities, while avoiding the sanctions of the preceding plot.

After excluding the south, only the central and the northern regions were left, but the choice between them wasn’t easy.

The central area would let me concentrate on the big picture, and I’d have space to prepare a trick or two, but the scale of the incident would be unsatisfactory. Releasing the goblins there probably wouldn’t have as big an impact.

The northern area was the place where the named would appear in large numbers, and large-scale battles would take place. We’d even get to see the science-based weapons of Northland for the first time.

But the con was that my appearance would have to be delayed a bit.

Also, it niggled at me a little that I couldn’t predict what’d happen once the goblins popped up at the site of a large-scale battle. Impact was one thing, but these guys weren’t adversaries, and they weren’t going to join in the fight head-on.

I’d definitely piss the author off because it’d disturb the future plot, but other than that I had no idea what’d happen.

“Huff…”

I was back to square one.

‘If I’d only had a little time to prepare, I would’ve preferred the south…’

While my worries were getting deeper and deeper –

Suddenly,

“What the?!”

“Look over there!”

“Look at the sky!”

Murmurs started up all around.

The sky?

When I heard that and looked up, I saw a strange creature flying in the sky. No, two.

‘What is that… a griffin?’

An animal with the head of an eagle and the body of a lion.

It was impossible to be sure because the figure had the sun at its back, but the silhouette was definitely similar.

But, of course,

“That doesn’t make any sense… so what is it? Some mutant bird?”

It couldn’t be. There was still a long stretch to cross in the story before a griffin could appear.

In fact, mythical animals like griffins didn’t exist in nature here in the world of Adventure King. The same went for harpies, manticores, sirens, etc.

Of course, only ‘in nature’.

Those beasts would appear in front of Leo and party in one of the three arcs covering Northland.

A mechanized manticore, a griffin with a chemical weapon, and a harpy with steel wings.

In one word, ‘chimeras’.

There was no way a chimera would appear at this point, so of course there was no way that was a griffin.

Just then,

“I-, it’s diving!”

“Dodge!”

“It’s a monster!”

One of the monsters began to descend downwards.

And its destination was none other than –

“… Huff.”

Yes, me.

First, I took a quick look around. Just in case one of the goblins was playing some strange prank.

But nobody stood out as suspicious.

‘Is this really an attack?’

Well, then I’d just have to grab them and do the interrogation myself.

While I was preparing to meet the monster diving down from the sky –

“Squatjaw!”

Huh?

Somebody called me.

“Look over here! That’s right! Squatjaw!”

The owner of the voice was a monster.

A monster was calling me. It was a very familiar voice, too.

“Huh…?”

So, once I looked more closely,

“Coocoo?”

It was Coocoo in his hawk form. Not only that, he also had something hanging from his claws.

And hanging there was –

Without any mistake –

“… Nero?”

It was a black panther.

Crash-!

I scratched my head.

I couldn’t make head or tails of this situation.

Several questions came to mind at the same time.

Why were these guys here?

Could it be that Coocoo had followed me?

Then why now?

And why was that cat tagging along?

Although I was very curious –

I couldn’t clarify any of my questions.

“Ugh! Why did you leave me behind!”

Because the other monster flying in the sky had followed these guys and flown towards me.

Crash–.

And then,

“What’s going on, Coocoo! Is that that Squatjaw guy you told me about? He doesn’t look very strong, does he?”

When I saw ‘it’, I was astonished.

The identity of the newly arrived monster – was a human. More specifically, a woman.

As soon as she landed on the ground, she threw off her cloak, drenched in sweat and some kind of unidentifiable green liquid, like an animal shedding its wings.

The smell wasn’t easy on the nose either.

“Ugh…”

But my surprise didn’t stem from merely that.

The reason I was so shocked at the sight was because her face was very familiar to me.

The eighth guide of the Huntington Bandits.

Whose arrival was the signal to start the Ramirez Scramble.

And the character who’d later become the fifth member of the Leo Adventurers.

Tanya.

Currently, she was the thief hiding the ‘Treasure of Ramirez’ in her arms.


Editor’s Notes:

None for this chapter.


Sword Pilgrim – Chapter 111

“For Lactus!!”

Swords and spears clashed.

The cold air under the calm moonlight was suddenly burning with rivers of hot blood and serrated flesh.

Some screamed, others bellowed in joy.

The royal castle that’d been pierced through by the giant spears –

Was burning with a blaze of light.

The imperial forces appeared there.

The blood of the defending soldiers sprayed over the burning castle walls.

“Sir Callius!! We have to run!”

It was Allen.

Callius silently looked at Allen’s screaming form.

Seeing his calm face, Allen asked with a bewildered expression –

“Are you going to fight?”

Half of Carpe had revolted, and the empire was taking advantage.

Things were not ideal, to say the least.

Anyone would choose to flee in such a situation.

But –

Callius wasn’t just anyone.

“When am I going to fight, if not now?”

Callius closed his eyes and listened to the noise of the battlefield.

The sound of footsteps running away.

As well as the sound of footsteps charging towards the enemy.

Screams of pain and loss.

As well as joyous laughter.

All those sounds rang inside his ears.

Closing his eyes to block out the dizzying sights, he could hear everything.

The scene became clear in his mind’s eye.

The ones laughing had to be killed first.

Step.

Callius plunged into the battlefield.

The landscape blurred before his sudden burst of acceleration.

And at the same time, he drew his sword.

“!”

The enemy commander, who’d been wholeheartedly slaughtering the kingdom’s soldiers, burst out with an insidious yet astonished laugh.

“Come on then!”

A straight line punched through the mass of troops.

Callius, whose charge was like that of a loosed arrow, swung his sword.

Swoooosh.

A single heavy sword stroke swung with all his heart, pounced upon the enemy imperial commander like a tidal wave smashing against a rocky shore.

Craaaaaack!!

Slaaaaaash!!

“Uugh!”

“Aaaaaah!!”

A single blow.

It made all the onlookers freeze. The imperial commander, who’d been unilaterally slaughtering the soldiers of the kingdom, was killed with just one blow.

Callius, the cause of such a sudden reversal, had a calm expression on his face, but as he gave orders to the soldiers a little note of urgency crept into his voice.

“The queen’s in danger. I’m going straight to her, so you all, also have to fight.”

About to leave, he stopped for a moment and looked at the soldiers.

“…”

“…”

The empire’s invasion had coincided with a sudden internal rebellion. The soldiers were naturally low on morale. So Callius tacked on a sentence.

“For Carpe.”

Allen, immediately realizing the issue, rallied with a loud shout.

“For the honour of Carpe!!”

Even the frozen soldiers couldn’t fail to understand what he meant.

Soon, more shouts began to resound.

“For Carpe!!”

“For Valtherus!!”

“Waaaaaaaaaaagh!!”

With the slogans of his allies ringing over the battlefield –

Callius ran towards the queen’s position.


Craaaaaackkk, slaaash!!

A mound of enemy corpses.

The man seated above it looked at the traitor bearing a spear in front of him.

“Please open the door.”

“You know I can’t.”

“Gerald of Judgment. You aren’t going to live up to that name today.”

“For the archbishop of the Order to sell the country to the empire! What the hell have you done?”

The one leading the imperial forces in front of him –

A traitor who’d once been called the archbishop of the Order of Valtherus, stood there.

“I’ve never been a Carpe loyalist. I just served my mother, and served Valtherus. If you say I’ve sinned, then I have only betrayed God, not sold out my country.”

“Sophistry!”

“Even if it’s sophistry, you’ll just have to accept it. There’s nothing Carpe can do about it anymore.”

Contrary to his calm look, the archbishop’s heart was boiling inside his chest.

Because despite his long and meticulous preparations, he’d faced obstacles that were beyond imagination.

‘The rebellion’s a mess.’

It might’ve looked flashy, but in reality, it had no substance[1].

Because more than half of the major nobles who were his accomplices had been neutralised, and as a result there was a severe lack of coordination. As long as the central authority preserved its power, the rebellion would be suppressed in less than a week.

‘Only five Grand Spears of Gollus activated.’

For some reason, three pieces had failed to trigger.

No one could’ve known of the locations of those relics.

It was as if some of the relics of Lactus didn’t function properly because of Valtherus’ protection.

‘But how’s that going to save Carpe?’

His mother was dead.

There was no hope left for Carpe.

“What have you done?”

“I borrowed the imperial troops using their relics. I also lured some foolish nobles into starting a revolt.”

“Those fools…”

“They’re smarter than you. They’ve suffered enough that they aren’t trying to fix this crumbling country back up anymore.”

Gerald of Judgment grabbed his sword hard enough to make it creak.

Alhamtra had always considered him a man obsessed with power, but it looked like he was a patriot at heart.

“Carpe is already done for.”

And the same went for Valtherus.

“It’ll sink into the river of history, and disappear.”

Archbishop Alhamtra –

No, the imperial agent, Alhamtra, raised his sword.

And slammed it against the blade of his spear.

Claaang-!!

Half the sword snapped off at once.

Crack-thud-craaaash!!

At that moment, a golden leonine form clad in plate armour broke through the walls.

A lion with a swaying golden mane.

The leader of the Golden Lion Knights –

Ruen von Ruydren.

“Sir Gerald! Are you alright!”

“I’m fine.”

Ruen cried out as he looked his ally’s condition, which didn’t look very good.

There was blood on his side, and he was covered in bruises.

“The queen…”

“She’s inside. Victor is protecting her, so there’s nothing to worry about.”

The kingdom’s greatest protector, the Guardian Sword, Victor, was by her side.

That was reassuring news.

The Golden Lion’s appearance made Alhamtra’s forehead furrow. As if he couldn’t help it, he looked back and called out.

“I don’t have the time to spare.”

“I know.”

Gerald’s age-white eyebrows rose at the hoarse voice of the man who walked in from the darkness.

“Gerald, long time no see.”

“Paceton! How could you…”

Gerald’s face twisted.

He felt a sense of disappointment.

The third best spear of the empire. ‘Freak Spear’[2] Paceton.

He, who’d always boasted that he’d never been defeated by a swordsman, pointed his spear at the opponent who’d first scored a draw against him.

“You’re here, how could I stay away? Don’t we have unfinished business?”

“… We should’ve met each other on an honourable battlefield.”

“I have my spear and you have your sword. Wherever we meet, is a battlefield.”

Paceton’s form disappeared.

Claaang!

A sword and a spear crashed into each other, and a great turbulence stirred the sky.

It was hard to believe that this was the result of two decrepit veterans clashing.

The tremor left the walls rumbling in its wake.

Just from the collision of two weapons.

This was the power of Masters! The Golden Lion gulped unconsciously at the sight.

“Gerald. I feel sorry for you, but what else can I do? This too is the will of God.”

“Lactus’ will ever opposes Valtherus. But your God’s will won’t come true today.”

“Impossible.”

Both of them exhaled a breath full of intense energy and shouted in unison.

“This is my sanctuary!”

“My battlefield is my sanctuary!”

Thoom-!

The two opposing sanctuaries intertwined and twisted space itself.

Soon, the forms of the two disappeared, and only the ringing sounds of weapons clashing, coming from some invisible place, indicated that the fierce battle between the old knights was still ongoing.

“…”

The environs of the royal castle had become a barren desert full of ignorant pawns.

Even the famous Golden Lion became infinitely small in front of the sanctuaries of the two knights which devoured the area.

But he wasn’t afraid.

Behind the door where he stood guard, was the queen.

He was determined –

To protect this place even if it killed him.

That was the best that he could do.

The Golden Lion raised his sword up with both hands.

“It’s no use, Golden Lion.”

“Archbishop. Why did you do this?”

“It’s meaningless to ask that now. What matters is that I’m trying to destroy Carpe, don’t you think?”

Creak.

Hearing the archbishop’s answer, the Golden Lion severed his extraneous emotions. His sword creaked in his grip.

The opponent facing him was an enemy.

A traitor to the nation, who wanted to overthrow Carpe.

“Come! I will propitiate the souls of our brave martyrs with your head.”

However, Alhamtra shook his head.

“Unfortunately, I’m not the one you’ll be fighting.”

Behind the archbishop stood a man, his blonde hair shining luminously even in this barren sandy desert.

“You…”

It was his little brother.

It was Lutheon.

“Long time no see, Big Brother.”

“Lutheooooon!!!!!!”

Claaang-!!

The sword of the Golden Lion, struck with all his rage, was blocked by the hilt of the Explosive Spear.

“You still have the face to enter Carpe! You dare!!”

“I have my own circumstances. Just like everybody else. Just like you when you sent me away that day, Big Brother.”

Just like how you exiled me.

At those words, the Golden Lion’s face darkened.

“… I gave you a chance.”

“And that chance left me dead, that time.”

Swish.

As Lutheon twirled the Explosive Spear, the Golden Lion stepped back.

There was a moment of silence between the two brothers who’d become enemies.

Eventually, Lutheon adjusted his posture and pointed his spear forward.

“Let’s go, Big Brother.”

“You haven’t even mastered the Golden Cloak Qi. Do you really think you can give me a fight?”

“I haven’t wasted all this time either, I’ll have you know.”

Craaaack, claaang!

A huge explosion bloomed. However, the Golden Lion shot out of it and charged at Lutheon.

Booooom-!

Whooooooosh!

A circular indentation was carved out of the desert sand, and Lutheon’s spear again started emitting light.

Claaang-!

Alhamtra, taking in the scene with apathetic eyes, quickly moved forward.

“These brothers have got a deep relationship.

“What do you think, Alhamtra?”

A large hooded figure appeared behind Alhamtra.

He politely turned his head and nodded at the newcomer, who was holding a gigantic spear.

“It’s as you say.”

“Guide me to Carpe’s Guardian Sword. I’m eager to find out for myself, just how good the best in the kingdom really is.”

“All right.”

Alhamtra pulled out a wooden compass and splashed it with a drop of his blood.

The compass began to whirl, and finally pointed towards a place.

“Stand back.”

The large man stretched out a palm and dragged up the spear at his waist.

Then he stabbed, once.

Claaang-!

A hole was drilled into the barren land, and through the hole they could see a room inside the royal castle, where a knight stood firmly with his sword in hand, pointing down.

“Are you the Guardian Sword, Victor?”

“Seeing how easily you broke that sanctuary, you must be the one they call the Ghost Spear in the empire.”

The big man took off his hood.

One of his ears was torn, and there was a large scar on his cheek.

His face did remind one of a ghost.

“You can’t get past this place.”

“Let’s find out if that’s true, shall we?”

“You really can’t, trust me.”

Boom!

Victor struck the floor with the sword he’d been holding in a reverse grip, pointed down.

Crackackackack.

Behind Victor, the queen’s audience chamber parted from the earth and soared into the sky, and twinkling stars filled the surroundings, as if they were surrounded by the canopy of a starry night sky.

“Alhamtra. Go! To kill the queen is our victory!”

“I won’t let you!”

The battle between the Ghost Spear and the Guardian Sword began.

And in the meanwhile –

Alhamtra advanced.

Moving forward, and further forward, stepping on the floating rocks and debris, he reached the royal throne chamber floating high in the sky.

Raising up his spear, he slowly headed towards the queen.

“Archbishop. You’ve come a long way.”

“Indeed. Have you been waiting?”

“I could only watch. Because there’s nothing else a powerless ruler can do.”

“Then quietly give me your head.”

“I wouldn’t have tried so hard if I wanted to make it easy for you.”

Alhamtra pointed his spear. But even so, the queen stood quiet and still.

“It’s no use. This place is under the protection of the Guardian Sword of this kingdom. Victor is guarding it.”

As the queen said –

Her surroundings were protected, covered by something transparent and flickering.

The sanctuary of the Guardian Sword.

Absolute Defence.

However, Alhamtra only sneered lightly at the sight.

“You know how much I’ve looked forward to this day, and how much preparation I have put into it.”

“…”

“The Absolute Defence of the Guardian Sword. It’s famous! The sword that’s always guarded the monarch by their side. His Absolute Defence has never been broken.”

But –

“Do you think I’ve done all this without even considering that?”

An ominous light began to shine from the tip of his spear.

A glob of something that looked like red-black sludge fell into the queen’s protective barrier.

Craaackle!

Soon, sparks formed, and the Absolute Defence began to shake.

“!”

“Amazing, isn’t it? Do you know how the empire created this spear?”

“… That must be a demonic weapon.”

“Yes. It wasn’t made from some simple demonic beast either. It’s made from a true demon.”

True demon (眞魔).

Not just some animal with a demonic bloodline.

A true-blue demon.

The corpse of a fallen.

“You’ll be punished by God…”

“But all this, too, is for God. While the empire, even on the path to extinction, undertook this challenge, what was Carpe doing?!”

“Carpe…”

“It was just scraping by. Barely surviving. Even so, it too ended up walking the path of ruin.”

An incompetent ruler.

An incompetent God.

Those two had come together to create such an incompetent country.

“Now it’s time to pay the price for that incompetence.”

So, o incompetent queen of the Carpe Kingdom –

“I may be incompetent, but Carpe never is.”

“You think so?”

Screeeech.

Along with his question, Alhamtra again brought his True Demon Spear to bear against the Absolute Defence.

Even though it was a spear made with the best of imperial technology, and made from the corpse of a true demon, it was impossible to easily break the protection of the Guardian Sword, which deserved to be called ‘absolute’.

Alhamtra knew why the kingdom’s Guardian Sword was called its best expert, and why he was the closest to the monarch.

But this too was only a matter of time.

“Do you know why the balance between the sword, the spear, and the mace, that made up the three great kingdoms, was broken?” The queen asked calmly.

“Because the Kingdom of the Mace was destroyed.”

“No. Because they became slaves to the spear.”

“But that’s why they’ve managed to preserve their own existence as a principality to this day. Unlike what’s going to happen to Carpe.”

“Even if they call themselves a principality, they’re still slaves of the empire in the end. We shall never let ourselves be slaves. We’ll fight to the bitter end.”

“Why. Why?!”

“Because Carpe is strong.”

Alhamtra smiled a twisted smile.

His face, which had been laughing at the absurdity of the statement, quickly turned cold.

“You fool. I’ve been treating you with courtesy as the ruler of this country, but no longer. It’s a waste of time to listen to a little girl’s nonsense.”

“It’s not nonsense. Carpe –”

“Carpe!! Will be destroyed!!”

“…”

“How about I explain in detail what’ll happen once you die? First of all, all the knights of the royal castle will die. Will that be the end of it? No, those arrogant imperial troops stationed at the border will flow in like a flood.”

To set an example for the other small countries.

What was to be the fate of a nation that resisted the empire’s might.

“And finally, we shall conquer the Fallen Lands that go against the will of God.”

Everything for God.

Even so, the queen was unfazed.

Despite the fact that the spear’s tip was inching closer and closer.

She stood upright even after hearing of the kingdom’s grim future.

“Carpe is strong.”

“Where does that self-confidence of yours come from?”

“Unlike your empire, Carpe – is not controlled by God.”

That was the reason why Carpe had never united with the Church of Valtherus.

“So you’re using God as your tool? That’s quite some nonsense. You’ve been surviving by borrowing the power of that God!”

“We are no one’s slaves. God simply exists, and He only asks us a question. Whether or not to use His power is entirely up to us. Haven’t you understood that yet?”

“Again with your nonsense!!”

Snikt.

The sharp spear point was aimed at the queen’s neck.

The Absolute Defence of the Guardian Sword was broken through.

With intense malice –

Bearing a freezing, ferocious murderous intent –

Thoooooooooom!

Was even the sky announcing the end of Carpe with a peal of thunder?

“This is a perfect day.”

Alhamtra’s spear came down.

Claaaaaaaang!!

“What…”

But it couldn’t pierce the queen’s neck.

Because a blue lightning bolt had fallen.

And blocked his spear’s path.

“So it’s you, you bastard.”

The meddler was a wolf from Jervain.

It was Callius.


Editor’s Notes:

[1] 강정 (gangjeong) is a Korean sweet, a deep-fried hollow “rice puff”. Here the comparison basically means something that may look good from the outside but is actually hollow inside.

[2] 괴창, monster/freak/strange spear.


Surviving a Shounen Manga – Episode 84

Returning to Westland

Crooooooaaak–.

I watched the frog that was on the table.

It was limping and trying to slowly crawl forward.

There didn’t seem to have any bodily problems.

Its leg weren’t hurt, nor had it become weak.

Still, it couldn’t do a single proper jump.

It wanted to run, wanted to quickly get out of this table, but it couldn’t jump, so it was crawling along.

The reason it couldn’t jump was simple.

Because I’d messed with its brain circuit a little bit.

– If you want to jump, you have to stretch your left front leg and right hind leg at the same time.

This was the result. It completely forgot that it had to fold both hind legs at the same time in order to jump, and kept recklessly straightening the legs I’d designated.

With this confirmation that the ability had been properly implemented, I freed the frog.

Then,

Jump–.

It hurriedly left the table.

“Hmm.”

[Prankster Playing with the Rules].

Chinuavi’s unique ability could be summed up in one word.

‘Terrifying.’

Quite frankly, it was shocking. How can somebody or something be completely turned into a toy just by injecting a simple command?

Even though the frog had almost zero mental resistance, a human being didn’t seem much different. Despite being a complete novice, didn’t I succeed on the first try? Even if there were more hurdles in the future, things wouldn’t be too bad as long as I learned the tricks. This was yet another demonstration of what a scam the whole goblin race was.

Anyway, having tested out my power on first a carp and then a frog, apparently the Disruptor God had succeeded in his task without any major issues.

In other words, I could now mimic the unique abilities of the goblins.

“Okay, good.”

I let go of the breath I’d been holding and rejoiced.

Of course, just because this became possible didn’t mean I was now an excellent decipherer.

Unique abilities greatly affected the ability of a decipherer, no doubt, but ‘race’ was also fundamentally a very important factor.

It could be simply explained in this way. The divine beasts didn’t lack good guides and fighters, but very few among them could be counted on to solve complex problems.

In other words, goblins had a much higher baseline ‘comprehension’ and ‘thinking ability’ compared to other races, and these were the characteristics most critical to be a decipherer.

And this meant, even though I could use their unique abilities, and had acquired a goblin-related background, I’d get cut down to size pretty quick if I tried to brag about being some bigshot decipherer.

Still, after the goblins started to appear in the upcoming chapters, the background and characteristics related to them would definitely start appearing in the character shop. As long as I bought a few, maybe one day I’d be no worse as a decipherer compared to a real goblin.

‘I’m looking forward to it.’

However, my pleasant daydreaming had to come to a stop.

“Huff…”

My expression stiffened again.

In fact, the current situation was not that good.

Yes, I’d managed to acquire a goblin background and mimic their abilities, but the problem was that my relationship with the Disruptor God had also deepened.

Being involved with him was actually the worst. All the bastards who’d had a close relationship with him in the original work, although none of them had been particularly significant, had fallen to hell in the end. Without exception.

The Disruptor God basically tended to approach and bestow his power to those who could bring his joy. He’d giggle as he watched them become frustrated, despairing, and eventually crumble just short of their goal.

This was the consistent pattern among the goblins who worshiped the Disruptor God.

And maybe, that was his plan for me as well once I failed to live up to his expectations.

Of course, I’d already made up my mind to some extent. I’d gone into this with my eyes wide open.

In other words, we were mutually using each other for our own gains.

And to be honest, I saw this as something I could handle.

Why? Because I wasn’t weak anymore.

It was actually very simple to avoid being attacked by the Disruptor God. Let him play with you to his heart’s content. As long as he was ready to take responsibility for it.

There was only one thing that I needed.

Strength.

So that no matter what I did, nobody would dare find fault in front of my overwhelming might.

Wasn’t that the privilege of the strong?

“Nice…”

For some reason, a refreshing feeling was welling up inside my heart.

After savouring it for a while,

“Hmm, let’s see…”

Soon it was time to return to reality.

This much arrogance was the limit. This only at the beginning of the game, and there weren’t many Named at this point, so it was laughable to brag about my strength.

I began to summarize my harvest at the Goblins’ Den.

1. I got the goblin background I’d been aiming for,

2. I could now mimic the unique abilities of the goblins, and

3. I was about to carry a hundred goblin-shaped bombs to mess up the battle for ‘Ramirez’s Treasure’.

However, there was only one disappointment.

I still couldn’t learn how to mimic Karl Zayed’s ability.

In fact, there was no reason to think that it’d be easy.

As long as the Disruptor God favoured me, I’d wondered if he could make it possible one way or another. Since all the other conditions could be satisfied, how about we disrupted only the fourth condition, ‘you must have a physique that meets the level of your ability’.

But,

“You want me to help you steal the power of someone stronger than you?”

“No, rather than saying he’s stronger… and it’s not stealing, but mimicking…”

“Can that even be called breaking the rules?”

“No, that… but…”

“Suddenly I’m starting to regret my choice. Are you this big of an idiot? Does breaking the rules sound like you can turn everything impossible into possible? And even if it is, it’s you who has to bear the aftereffects.”

The Disruptor God’s reply shattered my shallow expectations.

“Do you really think you can handle the wrath of this world that has one of its rules broken?”

“No, what do you… isn’t it…?”

This was an idea that’d stemmed from my ignorance of the power of the Disruptor God.

At first, I’d thought that he could just roughly twist the rule, ‘only one unique ability can be acquired’, easily by ‘increasing the count to two’ or ‘ignoring the condition only for a specific target’.

But from what I was hearing, it didn’t seem that simple.

Surprisingly, there were rules governing the work of the Disruptor God. It was necessary to go through several stages, and the difficulty level differed according to the law being disrupted.

He could ignore all the rules that were in effect in this world, but there was another rule, that only applied to the Disruptor God, if he wanted to perform such an action.

Had it not been for that, he would’ve been called the true god of this world, not merely one of the goblin gods.

Currently, I was able to obtain the ‘permission’ of the other goblin gods, but that wasn’t because of some kind of enormous characteristic being applied to me, such as ‘I alone disregard all rules!’

According to the Disruptor God, he was just peeling off a layer of ‘blockage’. Even that was a huge deal, and it presupposed a huge risk.

Of course, I didn’t understand what this ‘blockage’ meant at this time.

Anyway, for that reason, my greed of Karl Zayed’s unique ability had to be put on hold for a while.

I wasn’t despairing, though. After all, he hasn’t said it ‘couldn’t be done’.

Even if he was waving his hands as if he’d lost all strength, right now, the rules surrounding the beings called gods were being twisted at his behest.

‘Let’s put it off for a bit.’

Then,

“Squatjaw!”

I heard a voice calling me from outside.

It was Cocoa.

“It’s time. That old goblin is here.”

“Eh?”

The old-timer who’d traipsed off to the mountain had apparently returned. Considering how long it’d taken, it seemed that he’d prepared quite well.

“I’m coming.”

I immediately left the space.


A playground for bluffers and gossips.

It was a kind of plaza where idle goblins gathered and played games, situated on a flat terrain that was rare here in the Goblins’ Den which was nestled inside a steep mountain valley.

The old goblin and a hundred others had gathered right there.

It was already noisy from afar.

Just then,

“Over there!”

“He’s here!”

“Squatjaw!”

When the goblins saw me, they immediately started making a ruckus.

“Yes, yes. Hello.”

I waved my hands.

Yes, yes, I’m the messiah who’ll open a new world to you backcountry villagers living in this valley.

It was time to smile and press flesh.

“Squatjaw! Come here.”

The old-timer sitting on a small stump at the centre of the plaza beckoned to me.

“Everybody, gather round. Ahem. There’s one last thing I’d like to ask you all. Listen carefully to what this guy has to say. Like I said last night, this Squatjaw is actually somebody I’ve been secretly raising in our den since he was a kid; so even if he looks human on the outside, he’s no different from a goblin. As you’ve all seen, he knows how to use the unique abilities of goblins, and surprisingly, he’s been chosen by all five goblin gods. So don’t think of him as a human, rather as a goblin who only looks human, if you know what I mean…”

Then,

“Nope, as if that could happen!”

“What nonsense are you spouting?”

“Look at that jaw of his! Does that looks like a goblin’s to you?”

“Don’t be such a racist, Oldboy!”

The goblins around us all shouted at the old man, telling him to stop.

Apparently he’d been trying to convince them over and over again until I arrived.

Therefore,

“Hmph, hah… you bastards! Let’s see if you can shout so loud once you leave the Goblins’ Den! Hmph, snot-nosed kids getting stirred up by every little thing…”

In the end, Oldboy also got very angry and jumped off the stump.

Hmmm.

I had nothing to contribute either, so I just scratched my head.

Then,

“What’re you standing around for, like an idiot? Follow me.”

The old goblin dragged me somewhere.

To a hut not far from the plaza.

After confirming that no one else was around, Oldboy took something out of his pocket.

“Take this.”

“Huh? Wait, is this…?”

I blurted out in my moment of surprise, but stopped myself somehow from finishing.

“What, you know it?”

“Ah, no, it’s not like that…”

The old goblin gave me a small box.

And, as I remembered, this was the token that the previous Adventure King had left behind at the Goblins’ Den.

Oldboy looked at me as if he suspected something, but quickly shook it off. It was already no secret that there were many questions around me that wouldn’t be answered.

Instead of questioning me further, Oldboy offered it to me again.

“Take it.”

“So what is it?”

“Take it first.”

“Uh… you don’t like it? Why are you giving it to me? What is it?”

The old goblin coughed briefly.

“It was left behind by the previous Adventure King.”

He said in a very serious voice.

I was again perplexed. I’d never thought it’d be revealed so soon. I thought it needed a bit more cooking.

So,

“Uh… Oh, is that so?”

It was an unprepared and sloppy reaction.

“You already knew. No wonder…”

“No, no… I don’t know what you mean.”

“Then do you know what’s inside?”

“I don’t, I don’t.”

This was half true.

Because the contents of the box would change depending on who opened it.

“I’ll give it to you. Take it.”

“Why are you doing this?”

“Because you two are connected.”

“The last Adventure King, connected to me? How?”

Then the old goblin let out a snort as if it was absurd question.

“Hey, didn’t you yourself say it first! That you have things in common!”

“Eh? Ah… but that was a joke…”

“Alright, alright, just take it. It’s been left here for decades anyway. It doesn’t belong to us, so we always thought the owner would show up someday. I decided that was you.”

“Eeh…”

I was frankly dismayed.

If they gave me this, I’d have no idea what to do.

Of course, I did want it. Because it was a belonging of the previous Adventure King. It’d definitely guarantee my appearance for a full arc.

But the problem was that there was somebody ‘supposed to receive this’.

And naturally, it was Leo.

Was I going to take away something (an arc) that was supposed to belong to Leo alone? Such an important relic who significance extended beyond the King’s Road to the Midlands?

I could feel the author’s glare about to stab the top of my head.

Moreover, taking this with me now was not just a matter of taking away Leo’s role.

The reason this was a real problem, was that this was supposed to lead Leo to the Goblins’ Den.

Before Leo and his party head to the King’s Road, they hear from someone that ‘the relic of the previous Adventure King is in the Goblins’ Den’, and even that it was a lead to the Tower of Adventure.

That is the starting point of ‘Goblins’ Den Arc’.

But what if it was no longer in the Goblins’ Den in the first place?

There’d be no reason for Leo and his party to pay here a visit.

Of course, there was still the possibility that they’d visit, but not find what they were looking for because somebody else had already taken it first… but that was still a complete departure from the planned plotline.

That’d be a serious problem with the plot development.

So I truly shouldn’t take this.

Besides, other than a guaranteed appearance, this thing didn’t have much other value. Even without it, I knew how to reach the tower.

So,

“Uh… no, it’s fine. I’m… I’m not very good at acceping gifts.”

“Heh heh, you’re good at talking nonsense! Your face doesn’t lie. Your greed is etched into those jawbones! Don’t talk, just take it!”

The old goblin didn’t even pretend to listen to my refusal.

“No, wait…”

That was then.

“If you don’t want it yourself, just hand it over to somebody else.”

“Ah…? I can just hand it over?”

Then, suddenly,

‘Oh, isn’t that a better choice?’

A strange thought popped into my mind.

The hundred goblins with me would be able to represent the entire Goblins’ Den to the outside world.

From there, it was no exaggeration to call myself the most mysterious goblin. Then, why couldn’t I call myself the goblin chief? Instead of Oldboy.

‘Is that the way?’

The arc around this Goblins’ Den in the original had aimed at showing off the goblin species. They’d been carefully woven into the story before then, but that’d been the first chance for the author to show them off properly.

But now, if I barged in with my goblin followers, they’d become entangled with the story from much earlier. In other words, the arc around the Goblins’ Den, designed to introduce the race, might become irrelevant.

‘I think this’d be a more efficient way to introduce the goblins. And more exciting, too.’

Of course, I didn’t know if the author would come to the same judgment as me.

Anyway, as long as I had this, I’d have some justification to represent the goblins. This was a token of the previous Adventure King, so it was as if Oldboy himself was entrusting me with his role.

‘And he’s the chief of the goblins…’

Well, it might not be a bad idea.

So,

“Eh, guess it can’t be helped. Give it to me.”

I took the box from Oldboy.

He smiled broadly as if satisfied.

“Thanks to you, I’ve been finally relieved of this burden.”

“Ah, no, no. I gained a lot too. So, is the business over now?”

“Yeah… you can go now.”

The voice held a touch of something like regret.

Of course, that wasn’t because of this box.

Last night, I’d decided to ask him one last time.

“Are you really not going with me?”

“…”

After a spell of silence, the old goblin had slowly opened his mouth.

“How many times do I have to tell you? As the chief of this Goblins’ Den, I have a duty to protect it. And I also need to take charge of the annual Spirit Festival…”

As if he’d already made up his mind.

“Alright, got it. I was just asking.”

“… There’re times when I have to welcome any guests that might visit, and if any enemies appear…”

“I told you, I got it.”

“…”

I turned my back. It was time to slowly depart.

That was then.

“Oh, I almost forgot. I have something to tell you.”

“Hm? What is it this time?”

When I turned around again, the old guy was looking at me with strange eyes.

And his expression was as strange as ever. Like a mix of joy, sadness, and confusion.

“There’s an ancient legend that’s been lost to time.”

“What?”

“Someday, the one chosen by all five goblin gods will appear. And he will lead all the goblins.”

“… Eh?”

“It’s a legend about the fate of the goblins.”

“Huh.”

This was my first time hearing this.

It seemed to be a setting that the author had just made and never used.

“There’re a lot of reasons why the legend’s been lost. Actually, it doesn’t make any sense. It’s not that simple to be chosen by all five gods. Basically, the goblin race is not that type of a race. It’s terrifying just thinking about it, isn’t it? The fact that one goblin has all the temperaments that the five gods covet? That can no longer be considered a goblin. It’s more like a monster, created out of someone’s playful malice.”

“Ummm…”

I couldn’t disagree.

“This legend isn’t a few decades old, like that box. It’s thousands of years old.”

“Huh, really?”

“There hasn’t been a single time it’s come true, so far. But it happened this time. Although, well, it’s not an orthodox goblin.”

“That… you mean me?”

“That’s right.”

For a moment, my heart pounded slightly.

Was there a new setting here, tied to something more?

“I see, so? Now what?”

“That’s it.”

“Eh?”

“That’s it.”

“What do you mean, that’s it? What else does the legend say? What more would that fated guy do? Like he’d go to some kind of place, or go find some kind of treasure…”

“There’s nothing. He’ll just show up.”

“…”

It was crazy. There was no after?

Settings weren’t usually like this…

Of course, there might be things he couldn’t say right now.

“Yeah, well, got it. I’ll lead them properly. Those hundred.”

“Please do.”

Then, as I turned around, I heard a faint muttering lingering in the air.

See you again, Goblin King.


It’d been three days since we’d started moving with a hundred goblins in tow.

On the way, in an instant, ‘that event’ happened.

Thoooom–.

The world shook.

“… What?”

It was as if a breeze had blown over us.

I hurriedly looked around, but no one made any mention of it.

Cocoa, Chinuavi, and the other goblins were just talking to each other normally.

As if I was the only one who’d noticed this phenomenon.

‘… It’s strange.’

That was then.

Tiling–.

A message arrived as a hologram.

And the content of the message gave me a new sense of tension that I’d never felt before.

[A certain number of new characters have been created.]

[For the balance of the world, the power balance of existing characters is being adjusted.]

[Character’s level has been greatly reduced.]

[Character’s level has been greatly reduced.]

[Character’s level has been greatly reduced.]

[Character’s level has been greatly reduced.]

‘Tch… be a bit less gung-ho about it, will you?’

The power balance was being forcibly adjusted.

Out of nowhere, the first ‘period of upheaval’ had arrived.


Editor’s Notes:

None for this chapter.


Sword Pilgrim – Chapter 110

Sullivian.

It was hard to believe that she was over a hundred years old.

She looked like she was in her sixties, at the worst.

“The deadbeat old coot finally did something good.”

“The pope…”

“He should be wandering around my circle of illusion. I made it specifically to stop him, so there’s no chance he’s getting out of it. Don’t worry and be at peace.”

Sullivian’s circle of illusion.

Sullivian, who had researched holy relics, dramatically broadened the scope and use of alchemy, and established a brand-new school of magic called the sacred arts[1].

Even the great pope was stuck inside her formation and had no recourse.

This was a demonstration of how great her skills were.

“Did you send me a message about my own death?”

“Yes. That’s right.”

“Don’t be offended. I’m just trying to keep an open mind.”

“Of course.”

“When do you think am I going to die?”

It looked like she was treating the news her own death as a joke.

Her smirk was as mischievous as a little child playing a prank.

But Callius couldn’t laugh.

“Someone close to you will appear. And then you will die.”

Tomorrow at the earliest, the day after tomorrow at the latest.

She was going to die.

“I see.”

Sullivian fell into silence.

How could she be so quiet?

Confronted with her own mortality?

“And then?”

“The kingdom will be attacked.”

“Hmm, how exactly?”

“As soon as the news of your death is known, a civil war will start inside the royal palace.”

But the civil war didn’t matter much in the grand scheme of things.

The true crisis would then follow.

“After that, a great spear will soar into the sky, a mark of the relic the empire has planted inside the kingdom.”

Like a beacon.

A pillar of light would rise from that giant spear, and the imperial forces would appear in large numbers.

The kingdom’s forces, unable to handle the empire’s Masters and accompanying troops, would rout and flee.

Finally the Imperial Army waiting at the border would pour in, and Carpe would be occupied and controlled by the empire.

Gradually losing its legitimacy, its lands absorbed by the empire, and finally disappearing into the annals of history.

“I see. If it’s the empire we’re talking about, it’s indeed possible. Who have you told this to?”

“Nobody. They wouldn’t believe it.”

“Right. Well done. If you tell them, they really won’t believe it. It’ll just rile them up instead.”

As soon as Sullivian heard Callius’ words, she seemed to be thinking about what to do.

She seemed to believe him completely.

Even though she was hearing his words for the first time?

It was a bit too silly to believe.

“Do you really believe me?”

“Or? Why, are you lying?”

“No, but…”

“I don’t see you lying, either. There’s no reason to, is there?”

“Even so…”

“I, too, have made a prophesy or two in my time. Some were faintly remembered visions, riddled with holes like a fleeting dream, but some futures were a lot clearer. Why did I see those visions? I still don’t know. But usually when you know the future, you want to change it. I believe you because you and I are no different.”

Indeed.

Should he say, as expected of Sullivian?

She was far from ordinary.

“So what happens after that?”

“The prince will start rampaging.”

“For the better?”

“The opposite. His presence will take a toll on the kingdom.”

“Then what should I do, do you think?”

“I don’t know.”

He’d never set up anything like that.

Her death was an established fact.

There was nothing Sullivian could do.

It was for that same reason that he was telling her these facts.

‘Because you’re already as good as dead.’

She was the starting point of the civil war.

The beginning of the invasion of the empire.

However, there was only one reason why he’d come to meet her.

“There’s something that I want.”

“Tell me.”

“Please give me the reverse scale[2].”

Sullivian looked really surprised.

“You really know everything.”

“I don’t know everything. I only know what I know.”

“How sad. If I’d met you before, there would’ve been a lot of things I could’ve done.”

“…”

Callius was also sympathetic.

He hadn’t known she’d react so well to his news.

If they’d met right away…

‘Forget it. The past is the past.’

At that time, he wouldn’t have chosen to meet Sullivian no matter what.

It was safe to say that it was a miracle that they’d met like this today.

“So, why the reverse scale? Why do you need it?”

“To stop the prince.”

“… Okay, I agree.”

She didn’t ask anything else.

Even though it was something that’d accompanied her all her life.

The reverse scale had originally come from the body of the dragon that’d attacked the kingdom hundreds of years ago, the Dragon of Light.

She’d kept it and studied it all her life. Callius asked for something like that, but she agreed to give it to him so easily.

“There’s one thing. May I ask a favour of you?”

“Please.”

Sullivian handed Callius the thick book she had in her hands.

“Take care of Esther.”

Callius took the book and shook his head.

“… Esther and I aren’t in that kind of a relationship.”

“I know.”

“Then why…”

“Because you can protect her. I somehow feel that way.”

After saying that, Sullivian nodded towards the book.

Callius immediately flipped it open.

The reverse scale was nestled there.

Within a groove dug deep.

He’d never thought the priceless reverse scale of a dragon would be kept this way, as a bookmark.

Who could dare imagine that?

“How’re you going to use it? It’s accompanied me all my life, but I could never figure out how to use it.”

“I’ll eat it.”

“Is it really that simple?”

Normally, no.

Although it was a part of a dead animal, it was hard and indigestible.

No matter how much you tried to eat it, mostly it’d just kill you.

Dragon scales were harmful to humans.

However, Callius was different.

“One last thing.”

“Tell me.”

“Please cast a sacred spell on me.”

“What spell? Where?”

“Here, put a restraint on me.”

Callius pointed at his own heart.


Screeech. Thud.

After talking to Callius –

Sullivian opened the door wide.

“It’s been a while, Sullivian.”

“Yes, so it has.”

She removed the circle of illusion and led Felice in.

“Why now? You’ve been saying for decades that you don’t want to see my face.”

“You brought a child I wanted to meet, and I heard some amusing news.”

“What’s so amusing?”

“I’m going to die.”

For a moment, Felice’s face wrinkled harshly.

However, it soon changed back to calmness.

“Is there anyone who doesn’t die? Everybody dies. You’ll die, I’ll die too. No one lives for a thousand years. Even the long-lived giants died in the end.”

Death comes for all.

It’s just something that happens to everyone.

Natural. Inevitable.

Fair to everyone, and always by our side, waiting.

But we are the ones always in denial.

“So, while you’re still living and breathing, you should think carefully about how to live on. That’s why, Sullivian –”

“Yes?”

“I want to quit being the pope.”

“Is that so?”

“I want to quit, and come live with you.”

“… But what if I don’t like it?”

Tsk. The pope clicked his tongue.

“Don’t do that. Aren’t you past the age of being stubborn?”

“I have work to do.”

“What work? All you do is lie down!”

“Sir Pope.”

Sullivian’s eyebrows narrowed.

“C’mon, you’re calling me by my title again? Call me Felice like you used to.”

“Sir Felice.”

“Ugh, why do you have to be so inflexible?”

“You’re the one who already abandoned me once. Do you have the face to say such a thing? I told you not to be pope.”

And you insisted on not listening to me.

“It’s all in the past now.”

“If you’d just listened to me, we would’ve had children, and I would’ve seen the faces of my granddaughters by now. We might not have had much peace, thanks to how prone to accidents you are, but we would’ve had a rather happy life.”

This was the truth.

And that was why she hated it so much.

To the extent that she didn’t want to see his face.

“Yeah, it’s late, but still, even now –”

“Once the time for something has passed, it never comes back. Please leave.”

“Vian…”

Sullivian turned her head.

Because if she kept looking at him –

Because she might really want to live.


After a while.

Another man’s shadow fell on the floor of Sullivian’s room. The pope had already left.

A middle-aged man wearing a hooded robe.

He pulled back his white hood and called her in a despairing tone.

“Mother.”

“So many visitors today… you’re already the third. To be so popular even at this age… it’s such a tiring life, isn’t it?”

“Now I must hear your answer.”

The man refused to answer her mischievous question, and wanted to hear his own answers.

“Alhamtra.”

Alhamtra du Rohan Valus.

A child who was the archbishop of the Order.

“The child who came first informed me that you were coming. He even told me that I’ll die. So I can’t answer.”

“… Have you still not changed your mind?”

“How can I? What’s the point for someone who will die soon in changing their mind?”

“I will prevent your death, Mother. The empire is ready for that.”

Empire. Empire…

How did this child change so much?

The years had really been rough.

Why were men always so clueless?

Both the old man and the young one were no different in that regard.

“Just living longer doesn’t make life worthwhile.”

But Alhamtra shook his head as if he disagreed with all his being.

“You’re worth more than anyone else in the kingdom, Mother. You’re one of the main reasons the empire covets this kingdom. You’ve fought the fallen[3] all your life, more fiercely than anyone, haven’t you? The empire will unify this whole continent and destroy the fallen. Just like the stories you used to tell me when I was young! An end to the fallen! You’ll be the one to finally do it, Mother!”

Sullivian gave a little quiet sigh.

“I raised you like my own son.”

“And I’ve always thought of you as my mother.”

Even now, when she closed her eyes, she could look upon that heartwarming scene.

A crying child had been rescued from the land of the fallen, brought to the Church, fed, and clothed.

He declared that he’d live for Carpe and the Church. That boy had now become a man, but he didn’t have those eyes anymore.

“But now I don’t want to think of you as my son anymore.”

“Mother…!”

“My answer is no.”

“Carpe’s already done for. Why are you clinging to a country that’s already damned? …”

“You must’ve riled up the nobles.”

“Yes, Carpe will soon be engulfed in civil war. And…”

“The knights of the empire will come.”

“Your intuition’s as good as ever.”

Even so, he’d come to her.

“And so you came to drag me away.”

“That’s right. I’m taking you with me. No matter what.”

“Okay. I see now.”

Now she thought she understood what that child had been saying. It was truly as if he’d foreseen her death with his own two eyes.

“What…”

“I’ve chosen my own death.”

Sullivian drew her sword in a flash.

The sword she’d shared her whole life with.

“… Mother?”

The archbishop’s face darkened.

But she still lifted the sword.

And stabbed it into her own heart.

Snikt!

“Mother!”

The archbishop’s screams resounded through the room.

He’d had no chance to block her facing that unstoppable speed.

How could she stick a blade into her own heart without the slightest hesitation!

“W-, why! Why!!”

The archbishop wept.

He’d never imagined something like this would happen.

Not somebody else, but Sullivian.

His own mother.

“Because… my death will protect Carpe…”

“Why!! Why would you give up your life for this crumbling ruin!”

“Even if it crumbles, even if it’s a ruin, it’s my home. Just like you thought of me as your home –”

My son.

Alhamtra, supporting Sullivian’s form as she collapsed and went still, slowly laid her down on the bed, still weeping.

“…”

Her hands were getting colder.

Grasping them, Alhamtra trembled.

“… Did you love Carpe so much?”

To the extent that she threw her life away so casually. To the extent of voluntarily committing suicide in front of whom she called her son.

“I remember, you told me one time.”

If I die one day –

Then follow my path and stop the demons.

“I’m going to destroy Carpe today. That’s how I’m going to continue following your path.”

There was no place to retreat anymore.

Carpe had to collapse! Today!


“It really was here.”

Callius seized the imperial relic that’d been secretly hidden.

The relic, which looked like a large hexagonal shield, somewhat resembled a tortoise shell.

“The empire’s arrival is inevitable.”

They were already ready.

The empire’s hold was deeply rooted in the kingdom, and this time it was the archbishop, who could be called the functional head of state, who’d opened the door to them.

No matter how much Callius intervened, there was a limit to how much he could do to stop them.

At first he’d tried to stop them completely, but soon he’d come to understand.

『Scenario Quest』
【Civil War of the Carpe Dynasty】
Progress – 99.5%

A progress meter that never went down however much he tried.

Rather, the sharp and continuous rise in percentage had convinced Callius.

No matter what he did, civil war was unavoidable.

He couldn’t stop the empire from invading, and the fate of the country was to be engulfed in war.

“I did everything I could.”

He’d done his best to prepare, so now he could only hope that things didn’t get too out of hand.

“It’s a rebellion!!”

Screams erupted from all sides.

But Callius ignored it all and proceeded through the crowd.

“L-, Lady Sullivian!”

“Lady Sullivian passed away!!”

Callius’ eyes grew heavy.

But he didn’t pause and moved forward. He walked through the crowd as if he was trying to swim against the current.

His destination was the place everyone wanted to run away from.

The royal castle where rebellion had broken out.

A rebellion broke out, and even Sullivian died, but all of that was just the preface.

“Are you coming or not?”

Whiiiiish!

Like meteors falling from the sky –

Five giant spears that turned the night sky red, fell into the castle.

Crack-thoom!!

The bombardment of the giant spears shook the earth like it was trying to change its axis.

And along with those grotesque spears came the flow of divinity.

Booom!!

Red beams of light stabbed upwards, like pillars supporting the sky.

Thud. Thud.

From the pillars of light, appeared knights adorned with spears.

“For the Divine Lactus!!”

And they cried out to their God.

The imperial invasion had begun.


Editor’s Notes:

[1] 신성술, being translated as sacred arts.

[2] 역린 (lit. reverse scale, royal ire). The reverse scale at a dragon’s neck that they treasure (and in folktales can also be their weak point). Can be used to mean something like a sore point, touching which can invite somebody’s ire.

[3] 타락한, fallen/corrupt/depraved. Seems to be another name for the demons in this story.


Surviving a Shounen Manga – Episode 83

The Five Goblin Gods

“It was a joke, a joke.”

Had the readers been watching, it would’ve been a very funny scene.

I was so surprised that I fell backwards on my ass.

‘… This is absurd.’

To be honest, that wasn’t enough to describe it. Those jaws gaping monstrously wide were definitely not funny, and they weren’t cute from any angle one cared to look. It was a scene that literally left me speechless because I couldn’t find a way to put it into words.

I could feel how the goblin aesthetics clashed with the shounen manga concept, once again.

From my position on the floor, I looked up at the child who was still grinning.

It was quite a different one from last time.

An innocent and mischievous grin.

The God of Mischief had a face that really fit his title.

I slowly got up and waved in greeting.

“… Long time no see. God of Mischief… right?”

The child smiled brightly in response.

“That’s right.”

“Honestly, I was a little confused. That face sure was something… but actually, when I first saw you, I thought you were the God of Sabotage. To think the God of Mischief himself came first to meet me…”

“That kid’s got a bit of a playful side, sure, but he doesn’t like these kinds of pranks. He think they’re childish.”

“Huh.”

That sounded believable. The Disruptor God definitely preferred to work on a large scale.

“But why did you think I was him? You don’t even know our faces, do you?”

“Ah…”

I’d just blurted it out without thinking.

I pondered briefly, and –

“Rather than thinking that way because of your appearance… isn’t the God of Sabotage the youngest? Judging by the fact that you appeared as soon as I arrived here, you look like my guide… well, I’m not much of a bigshot, so I wondered if the job would fall to the one with the lowest rank…”

I decided to fall back on the universal idea of ‘age equals authority’[1] (although it didn’t seem that important in the Goblins’ Den).

I couldn’t say that I’d seen their faces in the original work, after all.

Then the God of Mischief giggled and burst into full-blown laughter.

“Does that make any sense? You thought he’ll come out first since he’s got a lower rank?”

He looked at me and shook his head.

“Expecting a goblin to be polite… talk about mean.”

I didn’t believe him, though.

But although I was a little embarrassed, it didn’t seem like he was going to be digging any further, so I just accepted the situation.

“Oh, yeah. That’s right. You really thought that horrible mess of a face was that guy, huh?”

The God of Mischief giggled for a while longer, leaving me wondering if he liked my answer.

After a while, as if he’d calmed down to some extent, he spoke up again.

“Oh, and it’s true that I’m the eldest, but there’s no hierarchy between us. I came out first just because I heard something. Somebody was asking really hard to take good care of you…”

“Ah…”

It looked like he was talking about Chinuavi.

Don’t you worry, kid.

“And everyone else will be here soon anyway. Human smells aren’t that common in this neighbourhood. And you’re even an acquaintance, no?”

It was literally at that moment.

Just then,

Sway–.

The wave of light that was circling around me rippled once.

‘… Another visitor. Who is it this time?’

I looked around carefully and waited for a while. But nothing caught my eye other than the scattered light.

Hmmm.

Since he didn’t take a material form, the god who came this time wasn’t as playful as the God of Mischief.

That was then.

– Ah! Is that you?

A voice came from the air.

‘Huh?’

A shrill voice.

One that shook me the tiniest bit.

Last time when I’d heard it, it must’ve been like thunder. My eardrums had felt like they’d been about to burst.

“… Haah.”

I relaxed a little.

In fact, even up to this point, I’d been wondering if my body would be able to withstand the power of the gods.

Although I’d come face-to-face with the God of Mischief already, my previous experience was still etched deep into my memory.

The I could withstand two was enough. No, it was more than that.

There were only two of them now, but I was sure. I’d be okay even if all five came.

I’d grown so much. Enough to stand proudly in front of the gods of a race.

Of course, those ceremonial weapons with me were also a great help.

Anyway, I thought I could be a little more comfortable now.

“Hello, who are you?”

– Me? Hmmm… I don’t want to tell you.

“Ah… yes, I see.”

The newcomer seemed quite capricious. As expected of the God of Whimsy.

That was then.

“Does it seem like everyone has arrived?”

The God of Mischief pointed in one direction and said.

The light there was flickering violently.

Then, the ripples gradually began to spread to the surroundings, and finally it reached my position.

Then,

Thoooooom–.

As if the world was turned upside down, in an instant, light exploded in all directions.

When I got my senses back, the gods had already arrived.

‘Only four?’

But soon I shook my head.

There were indeed five.

A little further away, another wave of light was swaying strangely. Of course, I still didn’t know which god was avoiding me that much.

I looked back down at my own body.

I was feeling a little jittery, although there were no big problems.

This was not due to external pressure, but because of the palpitations inside my chest.

I looked straight ahead.

Unlike the Capricious God, this time there were two more people who participated in the God of Mischief’s prank.

Two new kids were looking at me with interest, although they didn’t hold a candle to the scene the God of Mischief had greeted me with.

“Ohoho! A human’s come to this place in the Dream Realm! Twice at that! This has never happened before!”

“There’s no sign of fear at all. Hey, aren’t you super strong? Are you really human? If we tussle, I think might lose!”

Looking at the way they spoke, they were the God of Lies and the God of Bluffs.

The one acting shy from far away was the Disruptor God.

Good. Now, everybody I needed were gathered.

“Hello, nice to meet you all.”

I greeted them casually.

There was no pressure at all, and I’d already drawn their interest. There wasn’t really anything more I could do.

And then,

“First of all, let me tell you a little bit about how I came to visit the Dream Realm twice, and about my business here. I’ll take questions after.”

I immediately started the briefing.

“I have the unique ability to mimic the unique abilities of others. Honestly, I can mimic just about anything. As a result, I became more and more interested in various abilities, which eventually led me to the abilities of the goblins.”

Of course, it was just filler. Just something you say to fill in the blanks.

“But, as you all know, humans and goblins are quite different in the way they use their unique abilities, right? If I want to mimic their abilities, I must first get your permission. So that’s why I came here on my own. Well, I admit I was a little unprepared on my first visit.”

That was then.

“By the way, how did you get here?”

One of the gods asked me.

“I was able to visit this place purely because of my abilities. I tried to mimic the ritual, and I ended up here. Of course, I couldn’t use your powers. Probably because I didn’t get permission from you.”

I also didn’t forget to make eye contact with the listeners while speaking.

The God of Mischief, the God of Lies, the God of Bluffs… and even the air over there, I earnestly looked at them all.

They were still looking at me with curious eyes, and they listened very obediently.

“Now, here’s my business. I would like to ask for permission to use your powers. Of course, you don’t have to give me any particular ability. You just need to allow it. So that I can use the powers of the other devotees that you have chosen.”

And as soon as I finished speaking,

“Hey, hey! Wait a minute.”

“Is that even possible?”

“The power of all of us? I just have to give you permission!?”

The three children uttered one word each.

In addition,

– Is this a scam? Our selection of worshippers itself is the concept that grants unique abilities…

Even the Capricious God who watched invisibly, spoke up.

“Well…”

I was feeling a little absurd.

It was because they were asking a very one-dimensional question.

Didn’t the have the imagination to extrapolate even a bit?

Naturally, it was impossible to perfectly duplicate unique abilities. Because that was the principle of this world.

But that wasn’t without exceptions. No, they were the ones who should’ve been the most familiar with that, right?

After a moment’s pause, I tacked on a bit more.

“Oh, of course. With one exception. The one standing a little far, over there. He has to give me one particular ability. In other words, allowing me to use the power of you all.”

Then,

“Aah…”

“Yeah, that’s right.”

“I’m telling you! He sounds just like a goblin!”

– Huh.

All my words so far have actually been aimed at just one person. These four gods in front of me were just tools to make the fifth, feel moved.

The Disruptor God.

In the first place, ever since my arrival, I hadn’t been concerned how the other four might react. Because they were just people with ‘ordinary goblin tendencies’. If something seemed interesting and fun, they’d jump on the bandwagon without hesitation. There was no need to do anything special to convince them.

The Disruptor God, however, was a problem.

He was the most important god in this plan, and he was also the most difficult opponent.

He was no different from other gods in terms of pursuing fun, but he took pleasure in different things.

He was literally an ‘evil psycho’ who took pleasure in breaking, smashing, sabotaging, and disrupting what others had built.

Moreover, his actions had so large a scale that the setting even said that the goblin race itself was on the verge of extinction because of his antics.

The plan I’d come up with to move the Disruptor God was simple.

1. First, elicit favour and interest from the other four gods.

2. Then, the Disruptor God would naturally appear.

3. Now persuade him to let me mimic the powers of the other gods.

Of course, the problem was the third step.

Because of his disruptive nature, he’d try to move in the opposite direction of what the others wanted.

This point was a contradiction, but in fact, I wasn’t too concerned about it either.

It was because of the two characteristics of the Disruptor God; one that he was never an idiot, and the other that he didn’t sweat the small stuff.

He knew.

That to disturb the wishes of me and the other four gods now would only being momentary pleasure.

He needed chess pieces to play with for a long time. That was why he was always trying to pick up capable goblins, and when I first came here, he wanted to give me strength.

In other words, he definitely had enough patience.

Just then,

“You should’ve just come straight to me and got down on your knees to beg. That would’ve been one thing. But here you’re talking about me behind my back.”

With a flash of light, the Disruptor God appeared.

Oddly enough, he also had the form of a child.

I asked him straight up.

“Do you remember what I said before?”

“I don’t.”

“I told you that I would be favoured by all the five gods.”

Then he snorted, ‘hmph’.

“Do you even know what ‘favouring’ means? It’s not just about liking somebody. Literally, it’s about bestowing power…”

“I know. That’s what I’m asking for. So? Can you help?”

Of course, I didn’t know how it was even possible.

All I knew was that only the Disruptor God could make me mimic the abilities of the other goblins.

[In this world, there’s only one rule that applies to the Disruptor God.]

[That he doesn’t follow any rules.]

Perhaps it was because of that?

Maybe.

To be honest, I couldn’t be sure of his answer.

There was one thing for sure, though, that the more eagerness I showed, the less likely he would be to accept.

I pretended to be as indifferent as I could.

After a while,

“Alright.”

The answer came much sooner than I’d expected.

But, of course, this didn’t mean actual consent. It couldn’t be that easy.

“In return, I have conditions.”

I knew it.

“Tell me.”

“Do you know what I like?”

“… Roughly, yeah? Harassing, disturbing, and obstructing others, right?”

The god in the form of a child giggled and then burst into laughter.

“Right. So that’s what you have to do. Every little while.”

“Well, that’s not a difficult request.”

This was true.

The role I was currently playing in this story, although perhaps not intentionally (?), had certain resemblances to the God of Sabotage’s hobby.

However, I thought this wouldn’t be all.

And as you might guess,

“And you have to pass the test, right now.”

There was one more thing.

“Test? Right now?”

I honestly didn’t expect this.

“What is it?”

But instead of answering me, the Disruptor God suddenly disappeared.

Then, to my dismay, the other goblin gods also began to disappear one after another.

– Huh? Hey, let me in too, will you? How annoying…

From the looks of it, it felt like everyone was participating in something the Disruptor God had cooked up.

Then, suddenly, the surrounding lights began to fluctuate violently.

Puff–.

I looked straight ahead with slightly dazed eyes.

All of a sudden, five children, who looked exactly the same, were standing in front of me.

“Uh… Five twins? Is that what you really look like?”

Then,

“Idiot! How could that be?”

The one in the middle rebutted.

Then, starting from the left, the kids started to talk one after the other.

“The test is simple.”

“You just need to properly distinguish us.”

“If you can guess a god’s identity correctly, it’ll be possible to communicate with that god.”

“As many as you can guess.”

“Try hard.”

“… Whoo.”

It was an amazing story.

In fact, even just one more god along with the Disruptor God would’ve been a good haul in my view. Who knew that more than that was actually possible?

Even in the original work, the goblin who’d properly learned this great setting of ‘doesn’t follow any rules’, never did that. Using two unique abilities alternately was the best scenario.

So honestly, I’d thought that was the limit…

“Then, if I properly distinguish you all, you’ll allow me to work with all five of you. That’s the crux of it, correct?”

The five children nodded at the same time.

“Sure.”

“But even if that happens, it doesn’t mean that you can use five unique abilities at the same time.”

“… I know that already.”

This alone was enough.

Any ability beyond that was bound to be poison. The readers would cry foul at the rampant power inflation and I’d be promptly discarded.

“Then can I ask you one thing before we start?”

“What is it?”

“If I get it right, all five of you will be working with me from now on, right? So at this time, I’d like to tell you a little bit of what exactly I want to do with your favour, and you can tell me what each of you want and what your aspirations are.”

Naturally, this was a trick. I was hoping to distinguish them from the tone of their responses.

To be honest, right now I wasn’t confident to properly distinguish a single one.

Then,

“Ah, I guess I should first tell you about my future goal and direction. I’m going to cross the King’s Road to the Midlands, and then climb to the top of the Tower of Adventure.”

Since they were still hesitating, I tacked on one more sentence.

“I want to become the new Adventure King.”

Fortunately, my last words seemed to have stirred something.

Because soon, the five children spoke up one after another.

1) “What? You, the Adventure King? That’s the king of this world, you know! This kid has a great dream, eh?”

2) “Hey, good, good. This is a guy with a pretty useful goal.”

3) “The Adventure King…. I somehow miss that name, for some reason. Brings up some sad memories, too.”

4) “The Tower of Adventure? Feh, what’s the point? There’s nothing to see there. There are so many more interesting things in the world, you know?”

5) “Hmm, well… but is that up to you? Or maybe, do you want to disturb me somehow?”

… Well, this was easy.

I immediately started to distinguish between them.


“O-, Oldboy! I-, it’s shining!”

“… I’m not blind, you bastard.”

After chastising the manager of the Lark’s Nest, Oldboy went back to observing.

It was an unbelievable sight.

A sphere was forming above the head of the lying down Squatjaw, and it was starting to emit a pure white light.

It was a sign that a god was now dwelling in his body.

“Heeh…”

To be honest, he couldn’t believe it.

A human, even one with an unique ability, receiving favour of the gods of goblins?

At first, it’d just been a funny proposition. He’d been wondering what kind of a prank was in progress.

He wasn’t even able to activate the mirror.

Oldboy had been uncertain at first, but that fact cemented it for him.

Of course, when Squatjaw suddenly ‘fainted’, he’d admired it a little.

This bastard was ‘serious about acting’ in a way he hadn’t seen in a long time.

With the determination to give the target a scare, he left no stone unturned in his path.

That was why he was just watching without waking the bastard up…

The old goblin gulped.

‘What kind of god is…’

He was very curious.

What the hell had happened? Which god had chosen him? What ability did he get?

So, he was anxiously waiting for Squatjaw to open his eyes.

“O-, Oldboy! O-, over there!”

“…”

Suddenly, another sphere appeared above his head.

Then, the same light began to leak out from it as well.

“Th-, this can’t be…”

Two spheres, two lights.

It was his first time seeing such a sight.

This wasn’t the same as a goblin, favoured by the Disruptor God, given two unique abilities.

That light, indicated a goblin god.

Literally, two gods had chosen him.

“H-, how can this…”

That was then.

“O-, Oldboy…”

The events that followed, left Oldboy dumbstruck.

Next to the two spheres, another three were coming to life at the same time.

“…”

After a while, what came out of the old man’s mouth was a fragment of a very old legend that even he had only ever faintly heard about.

“… The Goblin King.”


Editor’s Notes:

[1] 장유유서 (長幼有序), it’s always the younger’s turn.


Sword Pilgrim – Chapter 109

Felice du Evadre Valus.

The surname Valus was originally for commoners who didn’t have a surname, or for those who wished to abandon their surname and become sons of God.

Valus, after Valtherus.

Felice was a talented man who’d started out as a commoner and risen to become a Master by cultivating his swordsmanship to incredible heights.

His skills had deteriorated a lot with age, but even now, even against another Master honoured with the epithet of the Guardian Sword, which only the best knight of Carpe could possess, he would surely be victorious.

There was no doubt that he was a legendary figure of Carpe, and of the Order of Valtherus.

But such a great person –

Why did he bother to visit him personally?

Callius wondered.

“There’s someone interested in you. A woman who is my old friend, my colleague, and who I think of as my family.”

“You’re talking about Lady Sullivian.”

“Oh, did you already know?”

Who didn’t?

The special relationship between the lady of high lineage who’d later secluded herself inside the Church, and the commoner knight, was a tale shocking and beautiful enough to be endlessly talked about.

Although, as he had risen to the throne of pope at a very young age –

Things had never come to fruition between the two.

“But why would Lady Sullivian…”

He’d never had any contact with her.

Why was the pope trying to make them meet?

“Because she treats that kid, Esther, like a daughter. Or maybe a granddaughter…”

The pope glanced at Callius.

He was famously a piece of trash, one of those aristocrats who had severely inappropriate tastes in women.

However, the recent rumours were changing the young man’s image a bit.

‘His origin is noble, and his position is high. And with swordsmanship like that, he’s perfect for a son-in-law.’

Surely Sullivian wouldn’t be able to easily refuse meeting her future son-in-law, the guy who’d marry Esther, who was the apple of her eye.

That was the pope’s plan.

Callius was unaware of the specifics, but he understood the general situation.

‘Are you trying to meet Sullivian using me as bait?’

Anyway, it didn’t matter.

Meeting Sullivian, or establishing a relationship with the pope, were good things.

Callius also wanted to meet Sullivian once.

“Very well.”

“Really? And to think I’d heard that you were really inflexible and narrow-minded!”

“Those are just rumours.”

“Indeed, I saw your excellent performance at the Sword Dance Society. Hmm. How about we take a walk for a while?”

“Alright.”

Walking through the castle hallways –

The pope talked a lot.

Mostly about how he’d fallen for Sullivian.

And the reason why he had to become pope, and how their relationship had been cut off because of that.

When it was time to die of old age, regrets came flooding in, and he tried to restore their relationship, but there was nothing he could do because she wouldn’t meet him at all.

“I don’t have time. When I was young, time was all I had – no. Even then, I was always busy with this excuse and that excuse, and I prioritized other things. At the time, I thought my course was right.”

However, afterward, things changed.

“It’s like training the sword. Training isn’t just something you do when you have time, it’s something you have to somehow make time for. I should’ve made time for her, too…”

A story of regrets, and matters left unfinished.

Callius listened silently as he walked down the aisle beside the pope.

It was strange.

A story he’d made up.

The feeling of hearing the complex web of relationships that had emerged out of the strokes of his own pen, was truly…

‘There’s no way to describe it.’

However, he didn’t ponder for long.

He was determined not to be entangled into the stories, events and characters of this world.

Warier of that than anything else, Callius knew he had to stay detached from it all.

Even if they made him angry. Even if they made him sad.

In the end, his cup would only be filled with the bitterness of contempt and self-blame.

‘Jervain’s blood runs cold.’

He had to keep it cold and implacable, like a blizzard, never letting it heat.

That was how he protected his consciousness, his very sense of self.

“Hey, I’m asking just in case, but you aren’t married, right?”

“No.”

“Okay then.”

“But I have a daughter.”

“!!”

Thump.

The pope’s steps stopped.

His age-wrinkled face was filled with surprise.

Not married, but has a daughter? Is this guy for real? That was written all over his face.

But soon he shook his head.

“A man shouldn’t run from responsibility. You’re doing better than me, at least. Is the child your foster daughter?”

“She’s my blood daughter.”

“… I see.”

Tsk, tsk.

The pope could only click his tongue.

“How about we keep it a secret from Sullivian…”

“I can’t.”

“I know, right? I was just thinking out loud. It can’t be helped, I suppose. Does Esther know?”

“… She knows.”

But why? Callius swallowed back the question that almost escaped his mouth.

“A man and a woman should figure things out between themselves. There’s no use in us old folks meddling. But I’m surprised that you have a daughter. How old is she?”

“Twelve. She’ll be thirteen this winter.”

“… How old are you again?”

“Twenty-six.”

“Gah… this guy! Scumbag!”

Callius stayed silent.

Because the pope sounded really surprised, rather than contemptuous.

And frankly, he looked a bit envious.

“I want to see her sometime. Is she in the North? Or with her mother’s family?”

“She lives with me at my villa.”

“Alright. I’ll visit one day. Since you have a daughter, shouldn’t I give her my blessing?”

“Thank you.”

The blessing of the sword from the pope himself.

The words sounded grand, but it was only a confirmation on whether or not somebody had a talent for the sword.

If there was some physical complication, it would be healed, and the pope would also pass down a little bit of swordsmanship, so it’d be a great opportunity for Emily.

“By the way, your swordsmanship is pretty good.”

“Thank you.”

“Stella’s swordsmanship… I won’t ask how you got your hands on it.”

“…”

“Are you teaching your daughter?”

“I’m trying not to teach her.”

“Why?”

Because he’d concluded that it wasn’t necessary.

“Stella’s swordsmanship is basically an art made for the weak.”

She’d been in the position of the underdog.

Raging Flower Wave, White Haze. And even Other Shore Flower.

Her art was a way for the weak to become strong.

That was the essence of the Silver Flower Wave Sword.

So he didn’t teach her.

“Oh?”

“My daughter isn’t weak. She’s a natural genius. Silver Flower Wave Sword doesn’t match her. It’d only harm her.”

The reason Emily had been weak for most of her life was simply because her divine blood had been blocked.

Everything else about her was excellent.

Including her diligence, her perseverance. Her desire to become strong.

So it wasn’t necessary.

On the contrary, because she was too good, the Silver Flower Wave Sword wasn’t suitable for Emily.

“Hmm…”

The pope stopped and turned to Callius with a serious face.

“The request I will make now is me speaking as the pope. Will you listen?”

“Yes.”

“Saint Stella’s swordsmanship must somehow be kept alive in Carpe. You’re also a member of the Order, so it doesn’t matter right now, but if you die, it’ll be lost as things stand.”

“…”

“Teach it. Pass it down.”

It was an irresistible command.

It was also understandable.

“Who can I teach?”

“Well. Who am I to decide that? When the time comes, you should teach it to a child you take a fancy to. Or, it doesn’t even have to be a member of the Church.”

“Then…”

“How about studying it with the queen?”

Flinch.

Teaching it to the queen?

It was something he’d never considered.

“… You really mean the queen?”

“Count Jervain.”

“… Yes.”

“The queen is in an infinitely precarious position. Death lurks for her at every corner. I’m alive right now and so is Sullivian, but who knows what’ll happen after we’re gone. Us old-timers can’t last forever, you know?”

There was no reason to refuse.

Continuing the legacy of the Silver Flower Wave Sword was something that the Church of Valtherus had to ensure at all costs. Callius, as somebody who belonged to the Church, couldn’t reject this order.

‘Then the queen will become my disciple, won’t she?’

To be honest, he didn’t like the idea of freely sharing all the knowledge of the Silver Flower Wave Sword that he’d worked so hard to earn.

However, the idea of having a master-disciple relationship with the queen was indeed an attractive proposition.

He wouldn’t have her under his thumb or anything, but it’d still net him a lot of influence, and it’d come handy when things went south against the empire in the future.

“I beseech you.”

“Yes, understood.”

If it was the queen, Clara, she would be suitable for the art that was called the Silver Flower Wave Sword.


Afterwards.

The pope and Callius arrived at Sullivian’s residence. As soon as they appeared, the knights guarding the entrance drew their swords as one.

“We’ll never let you in!”

“Ha ha ha, try and stop me!”

“…”

Callius couldn’t help but be stunned.

The knights who dared to draw their swords at the pope, and the pope who fired off such a rejoinder in turn, all seemed to be very familiar with this situation.

Was this really alright?

It was completely different from what Callius had expected, who had thought things would stop at the level of a mild quarrel.

Heedless of Callius’ tumultuous emotions, the pope moved forward with a smile.

Evading the swords of the knights as if he did this every day.

With his scabbard, he tapped their thighs, and the knights’ legs relaxed like newborn deer, leaving them collapsed on the ground.

‘Amazing.’

That was the pope’s swordsmanship.

The Five Afflictions Sword (五壞劍).

A swordsmanship that destroyed the opponent’s five visceral organs.

Although it had certain similarities to the Other Shore Flower, this swordsmanship was even more direct – aiming to penetrate the body and lay waste to the circulation of life.

None of these knights were weak. They were, each and every single one of them, better than Allen.

But in front of the pope, they quickly collapsed, as if they were no more than children.

“Kahahaha! Try harder!”

“N-, no… Impossible!”

“Please…”

They even begged, but the pope didn’t care.

“No one can stop me today!”

“…”

Such a majestically unstoppable advance was indeed fitting for the greatest of the Order of Valtherus, but the fact that this was a blatant home invasion of the man’s ex kind of spoiled it as far as Callius was concerned.

As the pope barged in though the front door, a large man came into view. He enthusiastically drew his sword as if he’d been waiting for this very moment.

“Wait, why are you here?”

The giant knight, covered in precious darksteel armour, hefted his sword.

“I received a request to stop you, Lord Pope.”

“It’s typical of that granny to be so thorough. But that’s why I fell for her!”

Callius was already feeling a touch dizzy.

Encountering people trying to stop him and the pope from breaking through was one thing.

But the conversations during the fights that made all this sound like a regular occurrence, a routine affair even, tested the bounds of his common sense.

“Jervain, take a good look. This is why the Church made me pope.”

“I won’t hold back!!”

As the knight standing in front of the pope raised his sword high, darkness suddenly surged.

‘Crazy.’

Callius had been wondering who the huge knight might be, but seeing that ability, he knew.

The Dark Night – the ability of the Black Knight, Leviathan.

Among the Five Masters, he occupied the last place.

Claaang-!!

The whole area was shrouded in darkness, and a black stream of air began to gather in front of them.

Condensing into a red-eyed horse made up of black smoke.

A truly spectacular sight.

‘That’s… I can’t win against that.’

Callius sighed as he looked at the black horse.

Even if he was only slightly below the Five Stars, and had fought the saintess candidate to a draw, a Master was still a completely different species in comparison.

Seeing the black horse screeching as if it was about to trample on everything in sight, the only thing he could think of was to somehow hold on.

“Too slow!”

However, the pope kept walking as if he was on a leisurely stroll, avoiding the black horse, avoiding Leviathan’s sword, and then pulled out his own sword and stabbed at a single point.

Boom-!

A ripple spread from the point where the pope’s sword had stabbed.

Crack. Craaack!! Crackackackackle!!!

The darkness summoned by the Black Knight shattered like nothing more than a fragile pane of glass.

Thoom!

Leviathan knelt down on one knee.

He’d been defeated in one blow.

‘…’

Strong.

The pope was so incredibly strong.

“Come on, let’s go. And you, stop with this kind of nonsense. What’s with this obsession about fighting one-on-one? Idiot. Do you think that’ll work on the battlefield against another Master?”

The pope, who slapped Leviathan on the head with his scabbard, urged Callius to move.

Callius left the kneeling form of Leviathan, the Black Knight, a famous and revered Master, behind and continued after the pope.

“Be careful from now on. That black guy wasn’t the problem. The real thing starts now. Even for me, that granny’s alchemy is quite problematic.”

At the same time as the pope finished talking –

Clunk.

There was the sound of some sort of mechanical device.

Thu-thu-thu-thud.

Whiiiiiish.

Along with those bizarre sounds –

Suddenly the landscape changed.

“Ugh, a circle of illusion? Did you change the formation already!? I thought you were going to do it soon, but there’s a limit to how diligent you can be!!”

Suddenly, the figure of the pope was engulfed in a ray of light and vanished.

“…?”

Callius frowned and tried to pull his sword out of subspace.

But soon he saw a slightly different landscape. A room.

A fireplace was burning merrily at one side.

Its soft red light illuminated the room, and brought into focus the figure of an old woman lying atop the bed, reading a book with her glasses on, an incense burner at her side.

“Come closer.”

She was of royal descent, a cousin of the current monarch, and a cardinal of the Church.

A legendary paladin and an alchemist. Called the Godmother by those of the Church.

Sullivian von Olide Bright. ‘Godmother’ Sullivian.


Editor’s Notes:

None for this chapter.


Sword Pilgrim – Chapter 108

Whiiiish, clang.

Callius, holding a sword with a blade snapped in half, looked at Esther’s strangely flushed face and the upturned curve of her lips, thinking.

‘What monstrous talent.’

Today was her first time seeing Callius wield the Silver Flower Wave Sword properly.

Raging Flower Wave.

White Haze.

And even Other Shore Flower.

He’d showed everything he could.

And yet Esther had broken through his skills that she was seeing for the first time, evaded every single attack, and reached him with a single plunging stab.

The result was a draw.

Of course, the situation might’ve been different if Callius had pulled out one of the many powerful swords in his possession.

But Esther was the same.

‘On Sullivian’s death, Esther will receive a vision sword.’

It was an established fact.

A truth that could not be denied.

And a future that was sure to come to pass.

Sullivian’s death would set Esther on her path, ignite her passion.

She’d ascend to the rank of a Master, climb to the heights of a legendary paladin, establish herself as a saint, and become a force powerful enough to threaten the empire.

He might’ve had an edge on her in this particular contest –

But that was only a product of timing.

Esther was also getting stronger.

A mix of envy and jealousy bubbled up inside Callius’ heart for a moment, but then it calmly subsided.

He’d already been very fortunate that his body could reach its current level.

‘Nothing is impossible.’

Callius who’d climbed up to all the way here –

There was no reason for him to stop instead of reaching for even greater heights.

Just the fact that he had chased Esther, a true-blue genius, this far, was proof that he hadn’t wasted his life in vain.

But as much as he himself had grown –

– He’d ignored the fact that Esther was also perfecting herself.

There was a high wall between them, a difference between their intrinsic talents.

‘She isn’t even a Master right now.’

Then how strong were the Masters?

The path of the sword that loomed before him was still long, steep and rugged, full of fog.

But he couldn’t stay down forever because of that.

A draw with Esther was good enough for now.

It was a milestone the original Callius could never have reached.

“What an elegant fight.”

Allen knelt down on one knee as if thrilled.

When Callius looked around, he noticed that the rest of the nobles also had very different expressions on their faces.

Full of surprise and disbelief.

The way they looked at Callius had changed anew.

『Quest Complete』
<Reward>「Goblin Gold Coin」

He was able to feel Esther’s swordsmanship head-on, so there was nothing wrong with completing the quest.

He’d been feeling stuffy ever since he’d arrived here, but now he was feeling rather refreshed.

“Your skills flowed naturally like water. You’ve worked hard.”

“You’ve grown a lot, too.”

“Not compared to you, Count.”

Satisfied, she came closer and was about to say something more. However –

“The Queen of Carpe, entering. Everyone, please observe the proper etiquette!”

The queen appeared.

White hair braided to one side –

A woman with pure white hair and eyes.

A scion of the royal family who had the deepest traces of God.

Clara von Agatha Bright.

It was the appearance of the Queen of Carpe.

“Indeed.”

Callius knelt down and bowed to the queen.

The rest of the aristocrats, many of whom had been wearing unsightly faces, also began to comport themselves properly.

“I haven’t seen such a lively scene in quite a while. Is this your work?”

The words that came out of her small and delicate frame seeped into the audience, laced as it was with the dignity of a monarch of a nation.

Callius lifted his head slightly to look at the queen, and then lowered his gaze again.

“I simply kept faith to the Sword Dance Society.”

Queen Clara.

Callius thought a lot as he glanced at that bearer of a wretched fate.

Her destiny. The suffering the royal family had already been through.

The pressure of the nobility around her, and her difficult position.

And above all else, the tragedy of the prince who should’ve been her greatest strength.

‘I even considered launching a coup, but…’

It wasn’t a very good option.

After much deliberation, he’d finally decided that it was best to help her.

So Callius had no intention of leaving her to her fate. Just like how many other things were now different –

Her destiny too would change, by his own hands.

“I see. Count Jervain’s performance often reaches my ears these days.”

Step, step.

As the queen’s footsteps slowly came down the stairs and drew nearer, Callius’ heart pounded for a moment.

The people he’d killed had all deserved to die, but he was being needled for killing them so arbitrarily.

The moment he thought about making some excuses –

The queen had already reached his front.

“I heard that the North has successfully stopped the barbarian invasion again this time. And that you stood strong at the centre of it. Great job.”

“I just did what I had to do.”

“Count, as the future Lord of the North, you wouldn’t be interested in the territories of other places. And I’ve heard that you don’t lack for swords either. Is that right?”

“Yes.”

Perhaps she was trying to give him something?

Although he’d brazenly killed people, he’d also been helpful to her cause.

“I should reward you, but it’s difficult because you don’t lack for amything. Is there anything you want?”

Anything he wanted?

This was a very outrageous treatment.

‘Are you trying to drag me into the royalist faction?’

But that didn’t matter.

Rather, he was hoping for something like that.

The queen’s power had to become stronger.

So that he could achieve what he wanted.

“Yes, Your Majesty. In fact, there’s something I’ve had my eye on for a long time.”

There was much to be gained from the royal family.

The relics and swords they possessed included many outstanding ones.

But one thing came to mind first.

What Callius needed right now, and for the future.

“What is it? Speak without fear.”

Callius’ eyes rested upon the ring on the queen’s hand.

“I want the White Jade of Bright.”

“!!”

The White Jade of Bright.

The nobles, as well as the ministers, gulped in shock.

Many even wanted to laugh as if it was absurd.

“Why do you want it?”

“I really need it.”

The queen didn’t ask any further questions.

But she looked worried.

“This is a treasure of the royal family that’s been passed down for generations. You know that, right?”

Of course he knew.

Clara von Agatha Bright.

Bright was her family name, and the White Jade of Bright was the family’s treasure.

A royal treasure and a kind of token that had been passed down their family line since the beginning of time.

It was natural that she’d be shocked and react like that if he asked for such a reward.

However –

‘It’s necessary.’

To walk on the thorny road ahead –

The White Jade of Bright was an indispensable item.

In fact, it was a sort of gamble.

As well as a test of its own.

‘If you want me, you have to pay a lot.’

He wasn’t the one in a hurry, anyway.

Wasn’t the queen in an infinitely precarious position?

The choice was up to her.

What did a powerless monarch need? A ring that was just a symbol?

Or a noble knight of high potential with both personal strength and territorial power?

Callius waited silently.

At that time, when everyone in the audience was waiting for the queen’s answer, even breathing quietly –

She spoke.

“So be it.”

While Callius was rejoicing inside –

“Your Majesty!!”

“You cannot!”

“The White Jade of Bright is the symbol of kingship! If you hand it over to a servant!!”

“Language!”

“This is nonsense!!”

Seeing the ministers about to spew blood, the queen responded with a smile, even though she seemed angry.

“Can’t I even do what I want with my own possession? It’s just a ring, so don’t worry too much.”

“It’s not just a ring!”

“I know that better than you. Count Jervain?”

“Yes.”

“It’s something my ancestors cherished, and I, too, cherish. I do think the request’s a bit excessive. But since I need you, I’ll give it to you. However, it’ll still belong to the royal family, since it’s part of the family heritage. So this is a loan, not a gift. When I step down, you will pass the Ring of Bright to the next king.”

So that was how she wanted to play it?

‘Not a bad way.’

A way to bind the Lord of the North to the monarch without completely handing over the treasure.

“Instead, you have to grant me one favour without reservation. Is that alright?”

“Of course.”

As the trade was finalized, the ministers who were not convinced were about to shout.

“But, Your Majesty!”

“I’ve already made my decision. There are many other concerns, so if you have any complaints, please file an appeal.”

“Khm…”

The queen took the white jade ring from her finger and placed it in Callius’ palm before the ministers could say anything more.

“Count, you smell very good, somehow. I almost put it on your finger without noticing.”

The queen’s soft smile as she whispered was truly pure.

But it was a smile that looked kind of sad.

Then another sentence escaped Callius’ mouth.

“Your smile, Your Majesty. I will protect it.”

Flinch.

The queen was surprised, but so was Callius himself.

This damn characteristic was again behaving outrageously.

“Then I’ll await with expectation. Count.”

After the queen returned to her place with a smile, the commotion calmed down and the rest of the event began to unfold.

Those who’d distinguished themselves were given titles and received territories.

Among them was Genos, and several other nobles.

After the trade of honours was over, the queen disappeared since she was always busy with her work, and many people continued discussing the sword.

Naturally, there were many who wanted to get close to Callius, but now he was completely in the queen’s camp.

So they couldn’t venture close.

It was rather good, so Callius headed to his assigned dormitory.

「White Jade of Bright」
Grade – Rare
• A ring handed down from the Bright royal family.

A very ramshackle explanation.

But then why did Callius ask for such a thing?

There was a good reason.

Callius imparted divine power to the white jade embedded within the ring.

He poured, and poured, and poured again, for a long time.

Due to the lack of divine power, he even had to release the seal of his bracelet and smashed all the enormous divine power he’d accumulated over the years.

The surface of the white jade, which had absorbed that gigantic mass of divine power without the littlest change, finally began to crack, and then shattered.

「Hetaia's Ruby」
Grade – Legendary
• The ring symbolizing the Hetaia family, who ruled this land before the Bright royal family was established; the family that drove away the demons.
「Noble Spirit」
• Increases the wearer’s mental strength. Deflects most psychic attacks.

The queen might’ve cherished it, but she couldn’t have known that it hid such a secret.

Callius immediately put on the ruby ring.

He couldn’t be fully certain, but there was indeed a sense of protection.

He took out the Sword of Sorrow from subspace.

This was the most straightforward way to test the ruby.

Swing.

As soon as he swung the Sword of Sorrow and let out its pure white chill, he heard a whistling sound.

But only for a fleeting moment.

“It’s quiet.”

The hallucinations and nightmares that should’ve beset him couldn’t be heard at all due to the strengthened mental power.

Now he could use this sword freely.

Even if he hadn’t gotten his hands on Dirge, Hetaia’s Ruby ​​was an essential item.

Unique abilities of carcasses could be very diverse.

Including psychic abilities such as hypnosis and sleep.

No matter how strong one was –

In this dangerous world, if you weren’t always vigilant, you could die from poison, die from falling asleep, or lose your comrades while in the throes of delirium.

Items that bestowed immunity from mental attacks were rare, yet essential.

‘Even if the demons appear in the future, I’ll be able to endure to some extent.’

Just getting it was a huge benefit. The queen’s demand was a little harsh, but it couldn’t be helped.

That was how important the ruby was.

“What’re you staring at like that?”

“…!”

Flinch.

An old man’s voice suddenly intruded.

Callius, startled, hid the ring quickly and stepped back.

Looking towards the window, he could see an elderly man standing inside, with his hands behind his back.

“No, how…”

“The window was open, so I came in.”

“What…”

This room was on the third floor!

Even when he looked closely, he couldn’t tell who the man was.

But one thing was certain –

‘He’s not somebody to be taken lightly.’

The pure spiritual power that tingled Callius’ senses was in no way inferior compared to the saint’s divine power he’d felt from the divine stone.

The man was dressed in pure white clothes and he held his sword touching the ground like a walking stick.

And once he considered the absurd behaviour that overturned common sense –

Someone came to mind.

“There’s something I need your help with. It’s something only you can do.”

The apex of the Order of Valtherus.

Felice du Evadre Valus.

Pope of the Church of the Sword.


Editor’s Notes:

None for this chapter.


Surviving a Shounen Manga – Episode 82

Goblin Genealogy

The goblin genealogy.

A document that serves as the family register of all goblins, except for children who haven’t yet received a god’s blessing.

For goblins who are full of lies, bluffs and whimsy, it is the one irrefutable proof of existence; an ancient document that can only be accessed by Oldboy who serves as its scribe.

That was all I knew about the goblin genealogy. Nothing else.

No, I did know one more thing.

There was only one being recorded in this genealogy who wasn’t an actual goblin.

Other than that, I really didn’t know anything else.

The reason I didn’t know was simple. Because that was all the information that’d been released. This was one of those ‘unrecovered rice cakes’ that the author had mentioned only once in the original story. A plot hook that was never again explored.

‘I want to become a goblin’ was basically me asking to be included in this goblin genealogy.

But Oldboy started rapidly blinking as if his thoughts had gone down a completely different track.

And then,

“Well… well, that’s… um… Changing a human into a goblin is beyond my ability… Well, no, I don’t even know if it’s even possible in the first place… Well, it sure is something I’d like to try, though…”

Was he seriously taking my request literally?

After amusedly watching him flop around for a while, I brought up the genealogy.

There was no need to go crazy and try to find a way to change my race. I just wanted him to put me on the family register.

Then,

“… What? Genealogy?”

The old man asked in surprise.

“Hey, how did you hear about that? It must’ve been Chinuavi, right?”

“Nope.”

“No? But, but the genealogy, how could you…”

Seeing him so surprised, I felt like teasing him a bit more for some reason.

“What, you still don’t understand? Look here, I’m human, the second one to step foot here in the Goblins’ Den. I even know about the genealogy. Can’t you think of anything? For example, having some relation with the first human in the genealogy…”

“Wh-… what?”

Suddenly, Oldboy’s expression changed.

His upper and lower lips, which had been wide open all this time, were now pressed tightly together, and the wrinkles between his brows, which had been covered with quiet surprise, narrowed and firmed. His entire face was now full of startled vigilance.

Then, in a surprisingly low voice,

“… You bastard. What’s your connection with the last Adventure King?”

He quietly asked me.

The first human to visit the Goblins’ Den and the only non-goblin who’d left his name in the goblin genealogy –

– Was none other than the Adventure King of the previous generation.

And of course, I had no relationship with him, nor did I know how he’d gotten his name on the genealogy, or even how he was related to the goblins.

Was it because of that?

‘Hmmmm…’

Oldboy’s reaction was somewhat surprising, to be honest. I knew he’d be surprised or startled, but I hadn’t expected this level of vigilance.

‘What happened to taking it as a joke?’

To be honest, this was mentioned only once in the original, and as a Chekov’s Gun that went forever unfired, I hadn’t expected it to amount to anything important. But this setting seemed to be hiding more secrets than I thought.

‘No, wait.’

Maybe it was the mention of the previous Adventure King that had made Oldboy so vigilant.

In the second half of the original he was mentioned often as a predecessor, but at this point in time, he was close to a ‘mythical being’ shrouded in a veil of mystery. It felt as if the whole world was shivering from his existence.

If the current situation had happened within an actual chapter, and our conversation revealed to the readers, the author probably would’ve been running a sweat just from the mention of that man.

But what did it matter?

“You have to win the bet to know that, right?”

“… You bastard!”

I wasn’t about to show how rattled I myself was.

Instead I responded with a smile.

Soon after,

“… Cough, cough, hm.”

Oldboy seemed to be trying to calm himself by coughing a couple of times, probably because he thought he was overreacting.

However, he couldn’t hold on to his curiosity, and he immediately asked the question again.

“Then how did you know that… No, no. Forget it. Then please tell me why. Why do you want to become a goblin… no, want to be included in the genealogy?”

“…”

But instead of answering, I kept silent.

In fact, I couldn’t actually answer, because the whole thing was quite complicated.


Registering myself in the goblin genealogy.

This meant giving myself a goblin background, which would automatically add goblin-like characteristics such as ‘lies’, ‘bluffs’, ‘disruption’ and ‘confusion’ to my character. Not only that, I’d also get other modifiers like ‘newcomer to the stage’, ‘supernaturally strong’, and ‘nightmarishly bizarre’.

The reason why this was important was simple. Just by adding these, I could solve the many questions that were currently accumulating around my character in one stroke. Without breaking ‘plausibility’, too.

Right now, I had two major problems that needed solving (which readers were very curious about).

First, my character background.

Second, my unique ability.

Let’s consider the character background first.

Readers had no choice but to wonder. What the hell was my character doing?

Ever since the amusement park arc, I’d firmly established the purpose of my character, in order to put to rest the doubts that had risen about me.

I’d declared that I would become the next Adventure King.

This action had elicited many cheers from the readers, and had the effect of clearing away any questions about my identity and actions that they couldn’t understand up to that point. Actually, at that time, I’d been able to quietly bury my background as the ‘Former No.2 of the Red Scorpion’.

The problem was that this was just a temporary measure.

Whenever more about my ‘new’ past would be revealed, the suspicion would raise its head again.

For example:

While fighting the black cat, Nero, readers had learned that I’d previously worked as a zookeeper at the Southland National Park.

Then, they were tilting their heads again.

What, you worked as a zookeeper in Southland?

But weren’t you a mafia executive before?

Didn’t you tell Kiriko that you were an agent of the International Council?

What’s all this about?

Moreover, my ‘past’ was bound to keep growing in the future. In order to get the benefits of various hidden traits and associations, I’d keep purchasing backgrounds, and they would become part of my new past.

Of course, I could stay careful to not get caught, but that also had its limits.

In other words, it was essential to explain away the ‘purpose’ of these countless pasts.

And there was nothing like being a ‘goblin’ to fix this.

Why did I do things like that?

Look at me as a ‘goblin’, and the explanation becomes self-evident. For ‘fun’.

One of the strengths of this goblin background was that no special reason was necessary to do something. Given the racial setting, any behaviour could be explained away with just one word, ‘fun’.

And the other goblin trait, whimsy.

This fickle nature lent my inconsistent behaviour a very solid veneer of ‘plausibility’. To wit, that I was just moving as my mood took me.

This along with ‘fun’ was an ultra-strong combo to quiet down any suspicions about my actions.

Also, although that was a separate issue, I’d even be able to explain to Chinuavi where all my knowledge about goblins came from.

Hey, you might not have known, but actually, I have a direct connection to the goblins.

Even if he hadn’t mentioned it much lately, he must’ve still been curious. That must’ve been part of the reason why he’d so meekly guided me here.

In any case, registering in the genealogy was entirely under Oldboy’s control as the scribe, so it was possible to backdate it to several decades ago. As long as Oldboy kept his lips sealed, no one would ever find out.

And next, the second question the readers had about me.

My unique ability.

This also could be explained to some extent by putting on the background of a goblin.

First of all, my [Mimic Acrobat] didn’t need an explanation. This was straight from the original. As long as the conditions for mimicry were explained, things would settle down.

The problematic part was that I’d mimicked other characters’ abilities, and that too from the future.

And this meant that I only needed to explain that I could see the ‘future’.

In fact, this was not something that could be done simply through the background of a goblin. Even goblins couldn’t see the future.

But,

‘What’s his name again… Naturevi?’

It was meaningful in that it brought me closer to ‘a particular goblin’.

No character in Adventure King perfectly knew the future.

However, there were a select few who could see some fragments, and the goblin Naturevi was one of them.

This goblin was a worshipper of the God of Bluffs, and his unique ability was called [Charlatan Who Dreams of the Future]. He had a tendency to brag about his night-time dreams next day as if they’d really happened. And it was set that one of them would actually come true.

This guy was my trump card.

What if there was a goblin who knew glimpses of the future through his unique ability? What if I’d mimicked it? Wouldn’t that establish how I could mimic someone’s future ability?

Of course, for this to happen, I had to first receive their gods’ blessings so I could actually mimic the goblins’ abilities.

Anyway, this was the line of thought that’d made me decide to register my name on the goblin genealogy.

And once that happened, I’d planned to take the hundred goblin-shaped bombs, go visit the crime scene in Westland where the new chapter would open, and light a fuse. That terrorist attack would be my proclamation to the whole world. To reveal to them my identity, and my purpose.


Oldboy apparently viewed my silence as a ‘prank’ or ‘bluff’ that the goblins specialized in.

“Look here, you idiot. This isn’t something I can do on my own. Being recorded in the genealogy literally means you have to prove yourself as a goblin. And that proof is being chosen by one of our gods. That’s why the young kids who haven’t received a god’s blessing can’t make it to the genealogy. The previous Adventure King was able to become an honorary goblin despite being a human because of his deeds. He rescued us when we were in danger, so… No, no. Why am I even explaining this?”

Then he looked at me and clicked his tongue.

“Don’t talk nonsense, you idiot! You don’t even know what…”

Therefore,

“Hey, who’s the idiot here?”

I shook my head.

“Have you already forgotten the first reward you have to give me?”

“What?”

“Did you forget what I asked for?”

Soon after,

“Ummm… huh? Wait! Is that why you asked for the Spirit Festival?”

The old goblin screamed in surprise.

“Why else did you think I asked for that?”

“I just… thought you wanted to experience the rituals of us goblins…”

“Heh…”

Could there be a more nonsensical reason?

Oldboy apparently noticed this as well.

“Are you really trying to get the blessing of a goblin god? Do you think that makes sense? Somebody who isn’t even a goblin… No, more than that, don’t you already have a unique ability? I heard that you summoned a small winged monster? Although it’s a ritual to invite the gods, it’s no different from humans receiving unique abilities.”

“That doesn’t matter, I’ll figure something out.”

“Heeh…”

Oldboy, after a small pause, realized that I looked dead serious, and suddenly lowered his voice.

“… You bastard, I don’t know what you’re playing at, but you’ve come well-prepared. Looks like there’s nothing you don’t know. How the hell…”

Then,

“Alright, if we keep chatting like this, nothing will get done apart from stoking my curiosity. Boy, would you like to make a quick bet with me?”

It was a sneaky suggestion.

“Three worldly qualities. Have you ever heard of it?”

“… Why?”

“Hey, looks like you already know. There are three ways to answer any question. Actually, I was going to do it from the beginning. Goblins do this all the time whenever they meet someone new.”

‘Three worldly qualities’ was one of the things about the goblins that I also appreciated.

It wasn’t particularly abstruse, and yet it revealed their sharp wits.

If we’d been in the middle of a chapter, I might’ve even considered it. There were a few interesting scenes that could be drawn out.

But,

“Hm? But I have no intention of taking part. You play by yourself.”

Not now.

“What!? Are you ignoring the goblin culture? Weren’t you asking to be included in the genealogy just now? Is this how you treat your would-be chief?”

“Oh yeah. How clueless do you think I am? Three worldly qualities? It just means you’re going to keep asking questions. It’s a game that’ll never end unless you want it to.”

“… Well.”

“Let’s make a bet and do things properly. If you can win the bet, you get to ask everything you want to ask. Stop trying to take a shortcut and cheat me.”

“Huh… fine, alright. Then go on, suggest a sport. Just don’t make it boring.”

Actually, I had already planned something.

Fast, efficient, and simple.

“Easy enough. Let’s make a bet on whether or not I can get a goblin god’s blessing at the Spirit Festival. You don’t think it makes sense anyway, right?”

But,

“… Haah.”

Upon hearing this, the old goblin gaped as if he was somehow shocked.

Why? I didn’t think this was such a surprising offer.

“What, is it too easy?”

Then,

“Heh, what an idiot…”

He stroked his beard and slowly started speaking.

“Do you know it means to have a blessing from a goblin god? It means you’re already a goblin, aren’t you? You get added to the genealogy straight away.”

“Ah… ah? Really?”

“Moreover, if you receive it right in front of my eyes, there’s no need for a separate reporting and verification process.”

“Ah… Then I’ll keep the bet as it is, and just change the reward…”

“Nope. You can’t change what you’ve already chosen.”

“…”

It was unfortunate, but didn’t matter in the end. I was going to get what I needed in any case.

“Then it’s decided. If you receive a goblin god’s blessing at the Spirit Festival, I’ll grant you everything you’ve ever asked for. But if you don’t…”

“Simple, yeah? I’ll tell you all my secrets.”

“Good. Follow me. Let’s get started right away.”

I followed Oldboy to the altar, to commence the Spirit Festival.


I slowly climbed up the altar decorated with various ceremonial witch-weapons (巫具).

“Whoo…”

I was a little nervous, now that things had come to a head.

In fact, although I’d requested the Spirit Festival myself, I wouldn’t be able to receive a blessing through this. Just as Oldboy had said, I wasn’t even a goblin, and I already had a unique ability.

Nevertheless, there were two reasons for such a request.

First, in order to make sure I got the promise that I’d be included in the genealogy.

Second, because some of the implements used in the ritual were necessary.

Spirit Festival is a ceremony for young goblins around the age of ten.

The reason why children who aren’t physically mature can face the gods and stay safe, is not simply because they’re goblins.

It’s because there are devices that assist them to handle the presence of the gods.

I turned to the mirror the size of my body that stood on the altar.

Dream Soul Mirror (夢魂鏡), the most important instrument of the Spirit Festival.

Its role was to illuminate the pathway to the Realm of Dreams.

But this wasn’t the tool that I needed help from today.

Three weapons were placed on the round table next to it.

A pair of bells, one large and one small, and a small drum.

Unparalleled weapons that instilled strength into young souls so they wouldn’t get engulfed by the mighty powers of the gods.

Those were my targets.

My body was at an incomparably higher level than before. What if I had these on hand on top of that?

Even if the five goblin gods came, wouldn’t I be able to endure them without difficulty?

I took up the instruments in my hands and held them to my chest.

Next, I recalled my main aims.

1. To be chosen by all the five goblin gods.

2. If that doesn’t work, the God of Bluffs and the God of Sabotage at least.

3. Obtaining a specific ability from the God of Sabotage.

“Whoo…”

Several thoughts popped into my head at the same time.

Could I really do it? Could I actually convince those goblin gods?

Well. I honestly couldn’t be sure.

I’d never seen or heard of something like this even in the original.

My heart was pounding.

Was it because of fear, or excitement?

Then,

“Look in the mirror.”

The old man under the altar whispered to me.

It seemed to mean he was starting.

Giving a rough nod, I turned my head toward the mirror.

But instead of looking at it, I closed my eyes.

Then, quietly, I began to mimic the ritual to meet the gods.


Blink–.

When I opened my eyes, it was a to a pure white world.

Waves of light meandering in all directions. A realm made of dreams where the unconscious flowed like a river.

It was a ‘dream come true’ – except literally.

“I’m here again…”

It was a bit surprising, but I was also curious.

And while I was just around –

Suddenly,

“Here!”

A voice came.

I quickly turned my head to the side where the voice had come from.

There was a small child standing there.

A kid?

‘No way.’

He was a god, no question. Because this was their space.

To be honest, I couldn’t help but be confused.

1. They came almost as soon as I entered,

2. Unlike before, they had a clear shape.

‘A child’s appearance… because I have the spiritual armour worn by thet young goblins?’

I couldn’t decide if it was a positive or a negative for me, so I had no choice but to be cautious.

Then the kid walked over to me.

“… Who are you?”

The child did not answer my question.

Instead, he smiled.

“Uh… huh?”

The wide-open mouth and the gleaming eyes were deeply disturbing.

It was a look that brought with it a flash of remembrance.

The Disruptor God. The God of Sabotage.

“You’ve been waiting for a while.”

The child took a step forward.

Somehow, he seemed to overflow with a threatening yet sinister intention.

I took a step back without realizing it.

It was true that my goal was to get a favour from the Disruptor God. But it wasn’t just him. And the order is wrong. This is the first issue that came to mind was…

‘… There’s a big problem.’

It was completely unplanned, or something that had to be avoided.

So, the moment I decided I had to step back,

“Uh, uh…? Wait, wait. Don’t come. Stand there for a moment…”

As if he was planning to eat me –

The child immediately pounced upon me.

“Come on, wait a minute!!”


Editor’s Notes:

None for this chapter.


Sword Pilgrim – Chapter 107

They’d all been confident at first.

No matter how rotten, they were still nobles by birth, who’d grown up learning good techniques and reasonable sword arts.

It shouldn’t have been a big deal to defeat a boy knight who wasn’t even an adult. That must’ve been what they thought.

Even if the boy knight had unexpected skills, a few fights should’ve been enough to tire him out, so they’d determined that they were bound to win in the end.

But things went wrong for them from the start.

“Next.”

I watched another noble walk out in front of Allen.

And just like the others before him, he collapsed.

“Next, please.”

The nobles were mutely looking at each other.

Their self-confidence had plummeted as the initial probes failed even to make the boy knight breathe harder.

Then, another one reluctantly drew his sword and walked out to confront Allen.

“Hm. Start.”

Dropping your sword, landing on your butt, or tripping and falling wasn’t enough to stop the fight by my standards. I forced the contestants to get back up and keep fighting.

These messed up idiots were the pillars for Carpe’s future, were they not? Just the thought of having to lead these guys to make war with the empire gave me a headache.

‘It’s not that there aren’t any good ones.’

Most of them were garbage, but there were some useful ones too.

Right now, they were stuck in a rut due to their environment and their talents were rotting, but some cutting and polishing would produce quite useful gemstones.

‘Even so, Allen fights really well.’

Maybe because he’d survived the battlefield.

Allen, who lost one eye in the war in the North and now used a more cautious swordsmanship, didn’t allow even a single effective hit to touch him.

It was his unique swordsmanship, trained in actual combat – that hid his passion and his intent.

His skills were even higher than before, and there was no room for the nobles’ honest swordsmanship that didn’t have any tricks or special techniques mixed in to score a solid hit.

It seemed that he’d properly assimilated the Seven Stars Formation technique that I’d given him into his swordsmanship. Little Allen had really improved a lot.

Claaang.

“Ugh…!”

Once again a nobleman dropped his sword. He trembled, raised his head and asked politely to Allen.

“How did you figure out my swordsmanship so easily?”

Allen nodded and gave a simple answer.

“Your aimed at my sword. But I aimed at your heart.”

“… Ah.”

The swordsman who’d experienced actual combat was different from one who hadn’t.

Did he realize something?

He asked again for something else.

“I heard that the North went through a great war with the orcs. May I ask how strong the orcs are?”

“A normal warrior is about my equal. Champions are much stronger. The warlords are close to being Masters, and they’re very, very strong. Master Callius went through two life-and-death crises before he managed to win.”

Suddenly, the noble’s eyes turned to me.

From his gaze, he was definitely thinking, that motherfucking maniac is that strong? Isn’t that pure bullshit?

These bastards were really rude.

“I see… Thank you for answering.”

Then he looked at me and said something.

“I have been taught. If you have any difficulties, please find me at the Prine, Count. I will try my best to help.”

Was this person from Prine?

“Okay”, I replied with a nod, and looked around.

The eyes of the surrounding nobles had already changed.

No one dared stand before Allen. They felt the overwhelming difference in ability and kept their mouths shut.

And as if he couldn’t stand that gloomy silence, a man strode out.

“Please allow me to witness your swordsmanship that defeated the orc warlord.”

Jordan, who’d been blown away with one hit earlier.

One side of his face had swollen up like a bun, making him quite a funny sight, but he still asked me for a match.

Looking at his confident face, I could clearly see what he was thinking. That the campaign against the orcs was solely won because of strong knights like Allen.

Well, if someone climbs back up to his feet after being trampled on, isn’t tramping on him a bit more the correct thing to do?

“Let’s.”

I approached the table he’d crashed into earlier, and lightly grabbed a knife that’d fallen to the floor.

Because it was owned by the royal family, even though it was merely tableware, it looked quite luxurious and had a good blade.

“What… are you doing?”

As if suppressing his anger –

Jordan asked, trembling as if he was a volcano about to erupt.

“I have to match your level.”

“En garde!!”

Claaang–!

I didn’t use Other Shore Flower like last time.

Anyway, this was a gathering to discuss swordsmanship.

There are times when you should get things done by brute force, and there are times when you shouldn’t.

For now, it was better to show the gap between us in a different way instead of using overwhelming force.

The bastard’s sword was honest and without deceit.

Although his face looked unlucky, and his hair was oily and puffed as if it’d been treated with butter, his swordsmanship was textbook.

It was quite surprising, but the fact that it could be called textbook meant there was no other technique mixed in, which meant it was easy to stop.

It was a swordsmanship that could be easily parried and defended against, even with only a dining knife.

I occasionally parried, and counterattacked time to time, making small scratches on his shoulder, waist, and neck with the tip of my ‘blade’.

But unlike his compatriots, Jordan never dropped his sword, although his face turned paler and paler.

“Haaaaaaaa!!”

His strikes were much too obviously aimed.

On the other side, I was attempting to wrap my knife with Golden Cloak Qi like the Golden Lion had showed me, but it wasn’t as easy as I’d thought.

Golden Cloak Qi mixed together the internal divine power flowing through the body and the external technique of covering the sword with energy, only seeking to achieve an extreme firmness.

Although, of course, it was easier than Other Shore Flower that required you to suppress its inherent repulsive force.

Even if I managed to make it work just a little, although I wouldn’t dream of wrapping my whole body up in it, covering my sword with it would be doable.

“Damn!!”

Screeeeech!

My knife danced along my opponent’s sword’s edge.

From the tip of the sword, it swam towards the pommel, striking a spark, and from there it pivoted in an instant, coming to rest caressing Jordan’s neck.

“It’s over. Stop.”

Jordan stiffened, but kept silent.

His swordsmanship, martial arts, and technique had all proved insufficient.

He’d been defeated with just a single knife.

The knife didn’t break, but instead now pointed at his own neck.

He couldn’t come to his senses, so absurd the situation felt.

While Jordan had been destroyed –

Among the nobles who hadn’t dared fight against Allen, someone walked out.

“Count Jervain.”

I wondered if he was another one trying to start a quarrel, but he asked very politely –

“May I ask… for a spar with Sir Allen?”

It wasn’t about making a bet.

He was purely interested in discussing the sword.

“Allen. Go.”

“Yes. Please take out your sword.”

The noble raised his sword with a happy face and rushed towards Allen.

After that, some young nobles, like Prine, started to ask Allen for duels.

Most of them were quickly knocked out, had to stop because they’d been exhausted, or even received wounds on their hands.

But although they fought and lost, their faces didn’t look bad.

After every match, Callius gave generous advice.

What part of the defence was lacking, or what was the flaw in the swordsmanship – in the face of his stream of advice, the ones who’d been dubious now began to exclaim in surprise.

“Ah… You mean a short dagger, not a longsword, would suit me better?”

“Your swordsmanship is quite unique. Perhaps it originates from your family. But I think you’ve changed it up a bit. Am I right?”

“Well, that’s right. Originally, my family head was a merchant, and he was a dagger expert, but I heard that he changed to using swords because nobles shouldn’t use daggers.”

“You’ll have to either use a dagger or change your swordsmanship further. I think it’d be faster to just use a dagger.”

His insights were extraordinary.

At his words, the stiff-headed nobles bowed their heads and their eyes shone.

“Anybody could tell that…”

“Look at him bluff. Like he’s some expert.”

Of course, not everebody liked him, but the audience was starting to be swayed by his demeanour.

“He smells really good… don’t you think?”

“What perfume does he use?”

“Should I go and ask?”

Some young girls set their eyes on things other than swordsmanship, too.

However, the Sword Dance Society was beginning to revolve around Callius.

Besides him, the knight called Allen attracted admiration too.

Even though he’d already fought more than ten battles with the nobles, he didn’t show any signs of exhaustion.

When someone asked him, why?

“There’s no resting on the battlefield. I had to fight for days without a break. Anyone who tried to rest even a little died early on.”

Whenever they asked him about something, war inevitably came up in his answer.

But no one could tell him that to his face.

The one-eyed knight was the most serious whenever he talked about war, and he seemed full of pride.

As time passed, the majority of the people involved fought, were exhausted and collapsed.

“Baron Esther sol Ciliad, entering!”

Someone entered the venue at that time.

Walking with a dignified gait.

Water-coloured hair fluttering, and corners of the mouth a little raised as if in interest.

With her left hand resting on the sword at her waist, she walked in, looking at only one person.

“Honestly, this is a bit too much. To fight another swordsman with a knife.”

She looked so radiant, shining with beauty and confidence, that Jordan blankly stared at her, perhaps even forgetting about his defeat.

And looking at her with an expressionless face, Callius put down the knife he’d been quietly playing with.

‘A maniac and a saint candidate.’

The two didn’t seem to match, but rather than that, some among the audience couldn’t erase the thought that suddenly rose in their minds.

If these two fought, who’d win?

What kind of swordsmanship would they show?

The others also nodded as if they’d been all thinking the same thoughts.

“Pilgrim Esther. Why are you here?”

“I’ve come here as a baron. Although I said I didn’t need the title, but there are times when it’s useful.”

What she’d received should’ve been an honorary title.

With that in mind, Callius put down his knife.

“Aren’t you going to use that knife on me?”

“This isn’t enough to face you.”

Callius slowly drew his sword.

And Esther disappeared.

Claaaang–!!

Whooooosh–

A strong wind blew on the faces of the tired nobles.

As their hair rustled, their eyes widened like saucers, as they gazed upon the battle between Callius and Esther, whose swords were entwined in a breakneck clash.

In the span of an eyeblink, Esther’s sword had struck close to ten times.

It was an unbelievable speed.

Despite being so fast that they were hard to follow with the naked eye, the strikes were so powerful that each collision produced a deep gong, making them feel like their ears would fall off.

They wondered how a woman’s physique could produce such destructive blows.

She wasn’t a saint candidate for no reason.

Although Callius, who calmly parried and blocked her blows, was great too.

But Esther, who was on the offensive, seemed a little stronger.

But then the flow of the duel suddenly reversed.

Esther had taken the lead by soaring into the sky and delivering ten consecutive stabs, but as soon as she landed, she could feel the change.

Screeeeeeeech!

Whiiish!

Esther’s eyes narrowed.

Callius’ swordsmanship had suddenly become softer.

If the start of the contest had been about naked speed and power, now they were beginning to compete with skill.

“This… Is this actually a swordfight?”

“Then what else would you call it?”

“But listen, you can’t hear the sound anymore, can you?”

“Sound? Wait, why’s the sound…”

“!!”

They were clearly clashing with their swords, but there was almost no sound.

Only faint noises of two iron edges scraping against each other.

The two of them seemed to be dancing in a duet, with the faint ringing of their swords as their accompaniment.

A sword dance.

Could this be a true discussion of swords?

Carpe’s ancient tradition –

Maybe this was how it had started.

The one who first came up with this thought couldn’t shake it off. Looking around, he saw the other nobles seemed to be of the same mind.

The same went for Esther, too.

‘It’s interesting.’

Originally, she’d intended to compete with skill against skill.

But from a certain point onwards, she felt drawn to his intent, as if they both had gathered here, discussed and reached a consensus.

Like they were holding hands and dancing.

When Esther’s foot advanced, he retreated, and when he stuck his feet out, she retreated – and so the fight went on.

Callius seemed to want it, so she tried to match him as best as she could.

She felt like she knew why he was trying to scatter the strength of her blows while parrying.

It wasn’t about fixing his form.

He was pretending to receive each blow.

Pretending to disperse its strength.

But in the last instant, he was trying to use the power of the opponent’s blow against them and hit back with a stronger strength.

Esther’s lips curved up.

The technique wasn’t perfect yet.

But she could see why he was so obsessed with it.

‘Something from Saint Stella, is it?’

It had to be a secret swordsmanship she’d created.

As soon as Esther came upon that thought, pieces of swords energy shaped like flower petals began flying around her.

The moment she saw them, the flow of the sword changed again.

‘Have to block.’

Could she stop it?

That wave of petals?

She hesitated for a moment, but only for a moment.

She was the greatest genius of the kingdom.

Esther sol Ciliad.

Through that wave of falling petals –

She pierced though with a single lunge, avoiding all the white flowers that were blooming on the ground along the way.

Claaang–!!

Whiiiiiiiiish.

Clang.

The strong wind lifted away the dust cloud, and two snapped-off parts of iron blades immediately became visible on the ground. Callius and Esther were holding their broken swords at each other’s neck.


Editor’s Notes:

None for this chapter.


Sword Pilgrim – Chapter 106

“Master Callius. We’ve arrived.”

“See you later, then.”

Genos disappeared in a flash as if someone was chasing him, leaving Callius behind, who had to enter the castle along with Allen.

It was a magnificent sight.

Although the architecture of the royal castle had a bit of a religious flavour, it had a solemn, antique look.

Instead of garish luxury, its gravitas came from its simplicity.

The first thing one saw upon entering was a long garden and a statue of God presiding over it. After that there was a fountain standing in the centre, and to its four directions were the four parts of the outer fortress.

After they’d walked for a while, a self-proclaimed guide appeared along with some guards, who led them towards the inner fortress.

“You are expected. Would you like to go straight to the ballroom?”

“I would.”

No further explanation was required.

Callius’ black hair and grey eyes were proof of his name and title.

“Only plain iron swords are permitted inside the royal ballroom. If you have any weapons or artifacts with you, please leave them here for storage.”

The guide took Callius and Allen to the armoury where a multitude of weapons were kept on display.

It was a place knights would hate the most.

No matter how safe and well-maintained they might keep their collection, no one wanted to entrust their beloved swords to such a place.

It was naturally so for knights, and even more so for paladins.

There was a reason why Genos had disappeared as soon as he’d arrived at the royal castle.

“I didn’t bring any.”

His swords were already stored inside subspace, and he had no artifacts with him.

There was no reason to show up to the royal castle armed to the teeth.

“I’ll leave the choice to you.”

Then Callius received a sword.

It was a plain iron sword, but it was made by a master of their craft.

The edge had been dulled, but the rigidity rivalled that of a carcass.

‘There’s even a spell formula carved on it.’

Probably to increase its hardness.

Even so, it could only match a low-level carcass, but it wasn’t too bad to use in a spar.

Because duels –

Were the original purpose of this ball.

Unlike normal galas where nobles gathered for the sake of social mingling –

The ball at the royal castle was quite different. That was obvious from the fact the one had to wear a sword to enter.

The ball held by the monarch was a place to prove one’s past achievements, and to evaluate and verify each other’s swordsmanship.

In a nutshell, it was a gathering to discuss swordsmanship – a Sword Dance Society.

Callius had high expectations for it.

Since it was a setting that he’d devised, he was curious about how the related stories and characters had grown and transformed when translated to reality.

Which swordsman wouldn’t be curious to see what elegant sword dances would be born if you combined a ball and swordsmanship?

Naturally he had his own anticipation.

“Count Callius von Jervain, entering!”

When the door opened, the sound was what Callius registered first.

The sound of iron swords clashing? No, not that.

The sound of dancing swords cutting through the air? Not that either.

It was the sound of young men and women chatting about each other’s swords.

Laughter rang out here and there like tinkling bells.

That in itself wasn’t anything strange.

Although everybody carried a sword, it was still a banquet. But Callius quickly realized something more.

That not a single person in sight had their sword drawn.

Were they discussing a sword dance? No.

They were only talking about their swords, as a tool to increase their own value, and as objects that raised their status.

There were no knights demonstrating swordsmanship.

Callius’ face turned cold.

Carpe’s Sword Dance Society was originally supposed to be a place where people exchanged pointers and measured each others’ skills via competition.

However, the purpose seemed to have been distorted with the passing of history.

Sure, there was a lot of rot in this kingdom, but to think it reached this far…

Callius was starting to sense a smell that revealed the true extent of the rot gnawing at Carpe’s foundations.

“It’s all rotten to the core.”

The smell – came from perfumes.

The various perfumes the attendees had sprayed on themselves, seemed to mix into a disgusting, putrid stench.

Their actions were similarly rotten, so it matched the atmosphere.

There was no need for him to make a public fuss over this, but Callius found that he couldn’t stomach this carefree sense of complacency that pervaded the air.

In the North, hundreds of soldiers and knights had fallen, dead by the hands of the orcs who themselves had been tricked into attacking Carpe by the empire.

The war that had lasted for several months had only come to an end after Callius had risked his own life over and over again.

Not just the North.

The South and the West were both equally small, but despite their small size, they too were risking their lives against the empire.

Raising a sword against the enemy means you put your own life at risk.

The battlefield was the great equalizer – soldiers, knights, and even kings all fought for their lives just the same.

So Callius didn’t want to watch.

He couldn’t stand this sight.

Was he going to let it go?

How could he?

Change is life.

Just as a long-dead rotten corpse couldn’t be purified easily, a long degenerated culture couldn’t be changed easily.

But so what if it was difficult?

Callius was feeling up for giving it a try.

“Count Jervain?”

A man with puffed hair approached.

“Who are you?”

“I am Jordan de Oulise. You’ve probably heard of Oulise’s wine.”

In this ballroom hall full of the stench of rot, young men were laughing, bragging about where they bought this or that sword and how much profit they’d made, while young girls flocked together to watch them, their mouths covered with the fans in their hands.

“I have heard of your illustrious name. It is the pride of our kingdom that a flower as resplendent as you has bloomed in such a desolate season. How do you feel about meeting with the young ladies over there and discussing the sword?”

Callius’ disapproving gaze took in the sight around him once more. Then he chuckled.

“What a dump this place is.”

“… What did you just say?”

“Ah, I just said something very rude, didn’t I? It was a slip of the tongue.”

“Aha. I almost misunderstood…”

“These worms that are worse than trash, only interested in putting up a front, boasting that they’re discussing the sword… this isn’t a ballroom, it’s a damned cesspit.”

Jordan, who’d been about to continue laughing saying he’d almost misunderstood, froze.

“… Even if you’re a count, that’s too much! To call our Sword Dance Society with its long history and storied tradition a cesspit!!”

“What’s the point in your long history and storied tradition, if the inheritors and successors are all garbage?”

The ancient ancestral traditions deserved respect, sure, but if they’d degenerated and become hollow pantomimes, throwing them out and starting anew was the right thing to do.

“Y-, you, how could you be such a lunatic…”

“That remark of your insulted not only this small gathering, but Carpe itself! A mere count is spouting things that even the emperor of the Holy Empire wouldn’t say!”

Emperor? They were even dragging the empire in? Excellent.

“Then let me clarify why you are garbage and filth.”

“Try it.”

First of all –

“The emperor would say the same. If the emperor came here and saw you, he’d call you trash too. Why? Because that’s what you lot deserve.”

Because that was their rightful due.

If the emperor of the empire saw this deplorable behaviour, he’d have no interest left in punishing them.

Naturally.

Facing such pathetic behaviour, all his hard work so far to subdue Carpe would seem like a fool’s errand.

He was working so hard to realize his will, and here this group of nobles were spending their time in moribund leisure.

“You!! You dare acknowledge that emperor here in Carpe…”

“Let’s have a discussion. No matter how this ends, I’ll have to check out your swordsmanship, Count Jervain. Let’s see how the swordsmanship of a well-known dullard and a maniac measures up to the history and tradition of our Sword Dance Society!”

It wasn’t funny.

Casting doubt on Callius’ swordsmanship?

Apparently this bastard only jumped around like a frog in a well, closing his eyes and covering his ears, flirting with any girl he came across.

And secondly –

“If we lose to the empire, their first act will be to sell all the children of the nobility into slavery. Young girls will be sold as concubines, and men will either become menial slaves or be sent to the battlefield as cannon fodder.”

Even facing such a future, these idiots came to the Sword Dance Society yet never drew their swords once.

Perhaps this atmosphere had been brewing for a long time.

Facing a world filled with despair, they just wanted to live an easy life for as long as they could.

“Your parents back home are thinking day and night how to save this country, how to save their fiefs, considering the current state of the kingdom. And yet, all of you here are just laughing and chatting, idling the time away? What are you, if not garbage?”

These bastards weren’t even worth drawing his sword.

“To insult the Sword Dance Society is to insult our ancestors!”

“After the empire, you’re now bringing your ancestors into it? Looks like you yourself don’t have anything to take pride in. No wonder you suck up to everyone you come across.”

At Callius’ provocation, Jordan finally couldn’t stand the humiliation and drew the sword from his waist.

The momentum wasn’t bad, but –

“Too slow.”

Slow enough to make Callius yawn.

Compared to the axes of the orcs, it was at the level of a childish prank. It crawled towards Callius’ neck. Callius pinched his middle and index fingers and bounced it off.

Claaang!

With a bit of the Other Shore Flower’s trick mixed in, he easily deflected Jordan’s sword.

“Huff!”

Jordan’s sword bounced away from that instantaneous repulsive force, and while he was still in shock, Callius’ fist hit his face.

Thud!!

“Kahk!!”

Cla-claaaaang!! Thud, crash!

The dishes and wine glasses on the table beside them tumbled down along with him.

His luxurious clothes were instantly decorated with white and red from the food and wine.

As Jordan fell in an instant, the crowd quickly became quiet.

Because no one in this venue had ever beaten another nobleman, one of their peers, like this.

“Count Jervain. Are you sure you can afford to do this?”

“You’re overreaching.”

“We’re nobles too. Are you taking a stand against us?”

They were basically asking if he was part of the queen’s entourage.

Perhaps the reason why the Sword Dance Society had changed like this was because the power of the noble faction had grown beyond that of the royalists.

Therefore the queen could not change the situation arbitrarily, even though she was aware of it.

He got a rough idea about the situation.

The bastard who’d taken the lead and come to the forefront, was asking Callius.

Will you stand by the powerless queen?

Do you dare turn all the nobles into your enemies?

Callius responded lightly in that pregnant silence.

“Do you know how many nobles I beheaded on the road to here from the North?”

The rumours must’ve spread by now.

“… Are you lumping us together with the spies of the empire!”

“It’s not impossible.”

Another status Callius had was the captain of the Sixth Inquisitorial Squad.

“Rather, it’s you, not me, who should be careful.”

A count of the kingdom who was also an inquisitor-captain of the Order of Valtherus, if he decided to do so –

He could very well squeeze out some minor scandal from somewhere and put any of the people here on the gallows.

“This isn’t the North.”

“I’m glad it’s not the North. There are fewer people I have to protect.”

But what about the rest of the nobles?

Callius asked.

“Y-, you, are you threatening us?!”

“You made the threats first. Or did you forget what you were telling me just now?”

The aristocrat who’d been trying to oppress Callius, flinched and murmured an apology.

It was quite refreshing to watch him cringe.

“Alright. Now, this guy called this place a Sword Dance Society, with a long history and tradition.”

Callius gestured with his chin at the man who was still out cold on the floor.

“Carpe is a place where only the strong are allowed to speak and the weak must keep their mouths shut.”

The law of the jungle.

That was the essence of this world.

Respecting the strong, honing and cultivating one’s own strength to climb higher – those were the values that supported Carpe’s banner.

“You can’t even reach my – no. You can’t even reach the toes of this knight next to me.”

So keep your mouths shut.

“Are you going to admit it or not?”

They chose silence instead of answering.

But the silence didn’t mean affirmation.

“…”

“…”

These bastards’ faces were a spectacle.

Allen. His appearance was that of a boy who had not yet matured.

He’d lost one eye in the war, but with his youthful appearance he could be mistaken for a rookie.

Dissatisfaction and doubt appeared on the faces of the audience.

Callius was feeling frustrated, because he was wondering how could the rot have progressed so far that they couldn’t even measure Allen’s strength.

『Sub Quest』
【Change the Sword Dance Society】
◆ The meaning and tradition of the sword dance created by the protagonists of the founding myth of Carpe, has long since faded. Restore it to its former glory.
<Reward>「Goblin Gold Coin」

A quest also appeared, and –

An interesting idea came to mind.

“Allen.”

“Yes.”

“You’ll need to work hard.”

“Please give me the order.”

Allen held the scabbard of the iron sword he’d received from the royal family and looked at Callius.

Callius declared to the nobles who were still silent.

“Fight against my knight here. And if any one of you can defeat him, I’ll get down on my knees right here and directly apologize to you all.”

“…!”

The nobles began to stir.

Scion of one of the four great noble houses and the owner of the Judgment Sword. Captain of the Inquisition.

They couldn’t touch him, who had all these.

But the moment he got down on his knees and apologized, his reputation and prestige would fall to the gutter.

He’d never be able to do something like this again.

“How about it?”

A way to get this rude bastard to his knees and make him apologize.

The little knight standing next to him, looked like a boy no matter which angle you checked him out from.

It was a fatal temptation.

The thought that they could be the one to subdue that idiot and make him kneel, resonated in their minds. Unable to resist the temptation, a nobleman walked out.

“… G-, good!”

Callius’ lips curved up into an arc.


“Your Majesty. It is time.”

“Yes, let’s go.”

Today, many distinguished guests had gathered for the sword dance.

The queen was also quite anticipating it.

It was foolish to sit still and wait for something to change. But sometimes a new wind might blow, clearing away the rotten odour and dropping fruits from the branches.

“The Queen of Carpe, entering. Everyone, please be respectful!”

Immediately upon entering the venue –

The queen widened her pale eyes.

“Now this looks fun.”

Except for a few, most of the noblemen who’d been seated at the venue were down on the floor.

A man stood at the centre of it all.

Callius von Jervain.

The queen’s eyes, looking at him, drew a crescent moon.


Editor’s Notes:

None for this chapter.


Surviving a Shounen Manga – Episode 81

Crazy Squatjaw’s Absurd Request

What makes you gasp in admiration at first settles into the new normal over time.

And from there it degenerates to routine, even boring. And after that? It might start being an irritant.

Sometimes, enough to make you want to tear your own skin off.

Cocoavi? Bullshit.

Calling her a money-grubbing bandit would’ve been more fitting.

A huge amount of gold and gems was lost every time she took a key needed to break the restrictions from her pocket.

Besides, hadn’t she been pilfering money all this time, if you think about it?

First she scammed Khan out of money without letting anybody know, then, intentionally or not, she threw it all away.

Of course, it wasn’t that I was particularly money-mad or greedy for gold. I could earn more anywhere, anytime I wanted.

Although they were gifts from the emperor of a giant empire, stuff like ancient relics or artifacts with special abilities… but that wasn’t the big deal here, okay?

It was a matter of trust, trust.

Of course, I couldn’t vent this dissatisfaction out loud.

All I could do was smile and nod at the kid who was showing me a triumphant expression.

But after a while,

“Is… is that it? You spent it all already?”

“…”

My emotions, that’d run the gamut of surprise to dissatisfaction, were now changing to embarrassment and impatience.

All the gold and jewels had run out.

But the last goblin was still left.

“What do we do now?”

“…”

That time just a few minutes ago, when I’d been grumbling as I watched… now they felt like paradise in comparison.

A cold sweat ran down my back.

“Look quickly. Is it really all gone? Don’t you have anything else in your pocket?”

“It’s just junk. There’s nothing else, you know?”

What to do?

I turned and looked at the iron gate covered in colourful patterns in front of me.

Compared to how only the locks had been engraved so far, this time the entire door was covered.

Moreover, it was different from the original.

Leo and his party had also played hide-and-seek with the goblins when they’d visited here. Of course, that hadn’t been a hundred-man game, but the event itself had been very similar.

Yet the last lock they’d encountered didn’t have such a complicated pattern.

If the difficulty of the restriction was proportional to the complexity and area of ​​the pattern, then this was nearly endgame stuff. Even if we did have some gold left, it wouldn’t have sufficed to create a key.

“… Haah.”

Honestly speaking, I was shocked. I didn’t know who’d made this or why, but this wasn’t something the goblins should’ve trotted out in a game against the humans they looked down on. I’d have believed if it were a bomb shelter to hide from their enemies.

‘Even if you’re hiding, do you have to hide in a place like this? What a great match this is turning out to be.’

After staring at the door for a while, I shook my head.

This was a waste of time. Even if I started hard enough to give myself a headache, the situation wouldn’t change.

I needed to quickly come up with an alternative.

There were a few ways that came to mind.

First, asking Cocoa to just try to take out the key anyway.

Of course, there was a high chance that it wouldn’t work, but just in case.

The only problem would be if the key really came out. I didn’t think that was likely, but what if it did? That’d mean the pocket would take ‘something’ in exchange instead of gold.

And, having read through the original Adventure King several times, I was relatively well aware of what such abilities ‘required in return’.

Health, lifespan, or hidden traits.

If it worked on the concept of ‘credit’, nothing would happen immediately, but that wasn’t an attractive option either. Because we’d have to pay some kind of ‘interest’ in future.

Although the match against the goblins was an urgent issue, I couldn’t make Cocoa do something that might cause her that kind of trouble.

Hence, rejected.

Second. To tempt the goblin to come out on his own.

Actually, this was something I’d been considering for a while. If Cocoa hadn’t been able to get the decipher keys out of her pocket, I would’ve already tried it.

But the problem was,

“Hey, goblin! Look at me!”

“Come out! Shall we have a bet?”

Even if I screamed myself hoarse, the goblin beyond the door pretended not to hear it.

Of course, this didn’t necessarily mean he had an immovable spirit that wouldn’t be shaken by any temptation.

If I had to guess,

“He can’t hear me, isn’t it?”

“Yup.”

Was the space beyond the door completely isolated from the outside?

That wasn’t how it normally worked, though.

So,

“Hey, I’m sorry to keep calling you…”

“What is it this time?”

“Well… can I ask you for something?”

“You’re going to, anyway.”

I decided to refer to the original. Siana had also used her probability adjuster to bring out the goblin hidden in this hideout.

“There’s a goblin in there, yeah? We’re trying to get him out. Can you adjust, like, the odds that there’s no toilet when he suddenly gets a stomachache, or the odds that he misreads the time and comes out thinking the game is already over…”

Then,

“No.”

“… So he comes out right now… huh?”

“No.”

The little squat-jawed fairy refused. It was a very resolute tone.

“Uh… Is it because that’d be a bit too absurd? Maybe…”

“It’s not that.”

“Then?”

“It’s out of my control.”

“… Totally?”

“Yeah, I can’t extend my influence in there.”

“Is it because I’m weak? Or you are…?”

“I don’t know. Maybe interference would be possible if our bond was stronger? Or it might not have anything to do with that. Anyway, one thing is for sure, it’s impossible right now.”

She shook her head again.

So I fell silent for a while. Not just due to the current situation, either.

‘… Bond, huh.’

Because this concept suddenly hit my head.

There are many unique abilities in the world of Adventure King, and the way to develop and evolve them differs based on their nature.

Combat-only abilities are, of course, nothing special in this regard. You get more proficient via repeated practice or accumulating combat experience.

But for abilities that fall in the opposite spectrum, mainly used by guides and decipherers, the methods are much more diverse and unique.

‘Forging bonds with something created by activating the ability’ is also one of them.

This is especially common for unique abilities of the summoning system, where the ability is strengthened proportional to how many times you’ve interacted with your summon and how close you two are.

To be honest, I’d had no idea that this [Probability Adjuster Who Hates Fairness] from Siana needed this kind of nurturing. It was never mentioned in the original, so I had never thought that Siana’s ability was stronger than normal because she and her fairy were friends.

Or perhaps, she’d become so proficient by undergoing a long and gradual process of encountering numerous problems and deciphering them.

‘Should I have summoned her a few more times?’

Possibly. Although, this squat-jawed fairy with her hair-trigger temper was anything but normal, so that might not have helped.

But I was able to realize one thing: the [Mimic Acrobat] that I had learned was by no means omnipotent.

It wasn’t much trouble to mimic simple unique abilities which were based on the user’s physique (in fact, they scaled with my own strength, so I could actually make them stronger), but for those with special properties, I had to prepare in advance if I wanted to use them properly.

For example, Siana’s ability. It was her bond with her fairy, not her physical ability, that was the basis of her strength.

‘It means I have to pick out all the useful abilities and polish them from time to time.’

Anyway, that wasn’t the problem right now.

I pushed myself back to reality.

The resounding ‘no’ from the squat-jawed fairy.

It meant that the method I’d set as my ‘ultimate option’ was blocked.

‘… What do I do?’

Meanwhile,

‘If this doesn’t work…’

There was only one more method that came to mind.

When it’d been decided that wouldn’t participate, I’d thought of it as a joke.

Third, catching another goblin. And making them decipher it.

“How much time do we have left?”

“I don’t know, it’s been a while. The sun’s just about to go down.”

“Oh my god.”

There were indeed goblins out there, but it wasn’t that easy to catch one without making a sound.

Besides, I was playing hide-and-seek right now, so they weren’t trying to attack my mind. What if I attempted to attack somebody outside the hide-and-seek area? He wouldn’t stand still.

Even if I suppressed him somehow, that wouldn’t end the problem.

Because whoever I captured might not even be able to decipher this, and other problems might crop up in the future.

‘No, this isn’t the way.’

Rejected. I had to find another way.

But nothing was coming to mind.

‘What can I do, what can I do…’

The only thing that came to mind was Chinuavi’s face.

If only that guy had been here!

Then,

With a creak of my neck –

Unconsciously, I turned my head to look at Cocoa.

I didn’t want to blame that little kid for this, but the human heart doesn’t always work the way you want it to.

I tried to erase the resentment from my eyes, as much as possible.

‘If I blame her for this, I’m not an adult. I’m not an adult…’

Of course, it wasn’t easy.

My impatience was building up like a boiling kettle inside my skull, about to blow off the top of my head. It was a crisis.

Just then,

With a swish –

Suddenly, Cocoa also turned her head to look me.

But,

“Huh?”

Her eyes were a little odd.

“What is it?”

“What do you think I just saw?”

“Ah? What?”

“A path.”

“…!”

Startled, I ran over to her.

“Really? How? What should we do?”

“Wait a minute… uh… do you have something with you right now?”

“What do I have? Nothing. Everything’s inside your pocket…”

At that moment,

“Ah!”

I looked at my hand in surprise.

There, I was holding the bat I’d been given.

“Wait, is this…?”

Then,

“Ummm… I think that’s it, yeah.”

Cocoa gently nodded her head.

It wasn’t a particularly confident face, but I was sure nonetheless. The path this kid saw was correct. By this time, I, too, could understand what she meant.

Then,

“You… you really are a goblin!”

I was thrilled.

I’d have to put the bat I’d gotten from the old goblin into her pocket, and in exchange, we’d get the key.

It was a really goblin-like idea.

Obviously, this bat was some kind of a precious treasure, so it’d definitely be worth a lot of gold. In other words, it’d be sufficient as an exchange for the key.

Besides, since this guy was the last of the players, there was no need to hit him with the bat and turn him into a statue. As long as I caught him, the game would naturally end.

Of course, I’d be getting rid of a goblin treasure at will, but… well, whatever. Wasn’t that what all evil goblins did? Playing pranks, breaking things, disturbing people, and then blatantly pretending to not know anything.

I looked at Cocoa and nodded.

Excellent answer, Cocoavi.

Then,

“Come on, here.”

I smiled and handed Cocoa the bat.

But,

“… What are you doing?”

“Huh? Put it in.”

“Where?”

“Where? In your pocket, your pocket.”

“Why?”

Cocoa’s reaction was strange.

“… Eh? Isn’t that what you meant?”

“What exactly is going on inside your head?”

Then she took my bat and walked straight to the door.

And then,

“Huh? Eh…?”

She just put it on the lock.

Then,

Shh–.

“Uh… uh… huh!?”

To my surprise, the soft bat melted and slipped into it.

Soon after,

Clackkk-clangggg–.

It unlocked.

“Wow, so that’s it. I didn’t know it was going to be like this.”

“…”

“What’s with that face? What happened to praising me?”

“Uh… no, good job.”

It was a bit disconcerting.

Of course, this wasn’t because my reasoning turned out to be wrong.

The reason I was perplexed was the subtlety of the situation. The path to unlocking it had been with me all along.

The thought came to me around that time, that maybe Chinuavi couldn’t have deciphered this problem. I wondered if he’d have kept trying to unlock it and we would’ve faced a loss via timeout.

The reason I thought this was because this obstacle looked like it fell into the realm of the decipherers, but it actually required a guide.

In order to brute-force your way through an obstacle for which a separate key already exists, you need ability far exceeding the power of the obstacle. No matter how talented Chinuavi was, his own abilities would never have sufficed against a lock created by the power of his whole tribe.

Indeed, goblins were masters of riddles and deciphering. This was a trick that cleverly exploited the overlap between guides and decipherers.

I looked at Cocoa again.

“You… did you foresee things this far?”

“Huh?”

“It’s fine, you can admit it.”

“What do you mean? Aren’t you going to catch that guy?”

“Huh? Ah!”

I quickly opened the door and went in.

Instead of hiding underground or camouflaging as some kind of furniture like I’d expected, the last goblin was calmly sitting at a table and sipping tea.

And when I approached him, he didn’t show any resistance at all, he just smiled and greeted me.

“Congratulations.”

And so the game of hide-and-seek ended.


By the time we reached Oldboy’s place, the sun had already set and it was dark all around.

Although I’d heard the last goblin say ‘congratulations’, to be honest, I was still a little uneasy. Because these guys were masters of doggedly clinging to their own opinions[1], no matter what it took.

But fortunately,

“You punk! You got lucky.”

Oldboy meekly acknowledged our victory.

And even,

“What do you want?”

He took the initiative to inquire.

I was feeling a little perplexed. The goblin, who’d lost the bet, was behaving much quieter than expected.

Unfortunate. Although, it could be called lucky for me, too.

So, instead of dithering around, I said it outright.

“I want to borrow some goblins, I have something for them to do. About a hundred or so? The ones who played hide-and-seek this time would be perfect.”

Then,

“Wh-, what!? What do you mean? You want goblins to follow you outside? A hundred of them?”

The old man asked, seemingly stunned.

Then, soon,

“Are you crazy?!”

He roared.

Now this was more like it. This was the type of reaction that fit my image of them.

‘By the way, his strength is no joke, huh?’

I was being sincere. The momentum he exuded was considerable.

To be honest, all the elderly people in this manga seemed to be pretty spry.

That was then.

“Hey! Squatjaw! Is that true?”

“You’re going to borrow us!”

“What’re you aiming at? What can I do!?”

“Let’s go!”

“You don’t need to listen to that old man!”

The goblins around us were beginning to riot.

Whoo.

It wasn’t really my intention, but it wasn’t a bad reaction.

At this, the old man screamed again.

“Everyone shut the hell up!”

Then he turned his gaze to me.

“You punk! Do you know what it means for all these goblins to go out into the world? You, are you… are you a maniac or something!”

I knew very well why Oldboy hesitated when he said that last sentence.

Because he didn’t want to shower me with such ‘praise’. For the goblins, the word ‘maniac’ was like a great compliment.

“But I haven’t finished yet.”

“What else!”

“It’s a bit far, where I have to take them.”

“… What?”

“It’s Westland.”

After that, it took quite a long time for the goblins to calm down.

In the meantime, Oldboy was screaming himself hoarse. He was so loud it’d be no wonder if his voice gave out.

“You fucking squat-jawed bastard. I don’t know what you’re up to… but do you think everything will go your way?”

“Hey, you already lost the bet, are you planning to renege on your promise now?”

“Humph… didn’t I tell you clearly? It has to be something acceptable.”

“Why, what’s unacceptable about this, exactly? Did I ask you to destroy the Goblins’ Den? Or to have every one of you to pack up and move? It’s nothing that big, right?”

Oldboy seemed a bit hesitant as he responded to my strong rejoinder.

“Ummm, even if you say that…”

“Then how are you going to meet my request? I’m telling you in advance, I’m not going to change to something else.”

“Ugh, even though I already said no, this bastard still…”

“Would you like to bet one more time, then?”

I asked slyly.

Of course, this was all part of the plan.

To push as hard as I can, then give them a chance at the last moment.

And again, this old man,

“… Oh. Are you okay with that?”

Took the bait.

“Sure. But you have to promise. If you lose once again, you have to listen to me unconditionally.”

“Heh heh, you arrogant human… good! Then the next match will be…”

“Wait a sec!”

“Huh?”

“This time I get to decide. You want to see what happens then, too, right? Not to mention that we’re at this juncture because you’re being stubborn. Right?”

Oldboy’s expression froze at my words.

But so what?

“… Great, that sounds just fine. So? What’s the event going to be?”

There was no way he could reject.

Now it was almost over.

“Before that, can I designate my opponent first?”

“Opponent? Oho… it looks like you have a plan. Good. But we have to consent to it first. There may be cases where somebody is disqualified.”

“Great. That probably won’t be an issue. He’s a goblin who holds a pretty important position.”

“An important position?”

Then, I recited the final words I’d prepared.

“I, the leader of the Squatjaw Adventurers. And Oldboy, the leader of the Goblins’ Den. Let’s have a one-on-one match between us, with the fates of our two groups on the line.”

Once again, there was an uproar among the goblins.


The circular great hall with statues of the five goblin gods standing at the edge.

Oldboy silently watched Squatjaw leisurely stroll through his living room as if he owned it.

What the hell was he up to?

Contrary to his blunt appearance, he was a guy shrouded in mystery.

He’d earned Chinuavi’s respect despite being a mere human, and his matches against the goblins had gone so smoothly it was as if he’d prepared for them in advance.

His requests, too, were weird. And completely unexpected.

But the most surprising thing about him was the oddness around his identity.

‘Are you really human?’

Oldboy honestly wasn’t sure.

So that made it even more interesting.

Oldboy slowly approached Squatjaw.

“You are the first human to enter the living quarters of the goblin chief.”

“Huh, okay?”

“Don’t be surprised. Including you, humans have entered the Goblins’ Den only twice.”

This guy didn’t actually look surprised. As if he was hearing about something he already knew.

“When you’ve finished looking around, please tell me. What bet are you going to make with me?”

“Ummm… there’s no one here, right?”

“You have working eyes, why not check for yourself?”

“I was wondering if somebody was hiding behind a silver screen.”

“There’s nobody crazy enough that they’d dare do that in the boss’ living room… At least right now, there’s nobody.”

“Hmm, is that so?”

Oldboy had no intention of dragging this on any further.

Judging by the number of larks flocking to the window, a lot of goblins had to be trying to sneak in.

“What kind of bet would you like to make?”

“Before that… can I say what I want first? It’s going to be difficult if you say you won’t listen again. Let’s discuss it and then decide on the bet.”

“You dare think you can defeat me?”

“Ah, well, of course.”

“Heh heh heh… you’ve got some cheek on you. Hope is better hidden, or it bursts like a bubble if you say it out loud. Not that an idiot like you would know that. Okay then, tell me.”

At that very moment,

‘Well?’

Squatjaw’s eyes shone with a strange light.

Like a hawk diving to pounce on an opportunity.

And the words that followed, were the oddest and the most shocking that Oldboy had ever heard, in his entire life.

“I want to become a goblin… how do I make that happen?”


Editor’s Notes:

[1] 우기기, stubbornly asserting your own opinion, even by force.


Sword Pilgrim – Chapter 105

Inside the carriage heading to the palace.

With his chin resting on his palm, Callius watched the knight escorting the carriage from behind.

As a count, he needed an escort – so he’d taken one knight, and of course the coachman.

It would’ve been fine to lead a small group of knights, but Callius didn’t feel the need.

He wasn’t somebody who valued pomp and circumstance, or the annoyances that came with that.

So he was heading to the palace with the smallest acceptable retinue.

Bruns, who took care of all the chores in the mansion by himself, was the perfect choice as the coachman.

Nobody had volunteered for the position, after all.

On the contrary, there’d been a lot of discussion on who’d get to be the escort knight, and it had fallen to Allen in the end.

Aaron had been hesitant because he was still in the process of stabilizing his swordsmanship, and Orphin was in the same boat, so Allen got the honour.

The members of the Sixth Squad weren’t eligible because Callius was going in his capacity as a count of the kingdom.

“Hey, why are you here, huh?”

Callius stared at Genos von Gradas, who was also sitting inside the carriage for some reason.

So he asked the chief inquisitor who’d joined in his journey out of the blue.

“Rude. Call me Captain.”

“Right now I’m in my capacity as a count.”

“… Should I use honorifics?”

“Since the law of the land is on the strict side, that’d be the prudent choice. The dungeons of the royal castle don’t discriminate.”

A count was higher up in the feudal hierarchy compared to the chief inquisitor, but people didn’t usually emphasize that.

Because it was a position worthy of respect.

But Callius didn’t seem to care.

“Aren’t we going the same way anyway? This coach is pretty wide, so it’s not like… ugh, I can’t eat in peace if you keep staring at me like that. How about we both relax and have a chat?”

“Good idea.”

He’d been joking, after all.

“And I had something to share, too.”

“Really? You started munching on those cookies as soon as you got into the carriage. You sure it wasn’t those damned cookies you had to share it with, instead of me?”

“Don’t you dare curse these cookies.”

Callius’ eyes narrowed.

What was the significance of these cookies?

“My future wife made these cookies. It wouldn’t be polite of me to let them get cold.”

Callius’ brows furrowed.

“What nonsense are you spouting? That’s a branded product, the trademark’s still visible. Haven’t you heard of ‘Prine’? They’re the most famous bakery in Carradi.”

Prine Confectionery.

That bakery was famous for its food.

It sold only a certain number of products every morning.

Due to the limited quantity, most of them went to the mansions of the noble families, and small quantities were sold on a first-come, first-served basis.

“So you know… Do you like them too?”

“I had to stand in line once, because my daughter asked me to buy some.”

Emily said she wanted to have a taste, so Callius had had to line up a few days ago.

Of course, he was unsuccessful, because they’d sold out just before it was Callius’ turn.

He’d even considered using his noble rank to grab some, but had given up in the end.

If he used his position for just a cookie, how’d he be different from the nobles he’d exterminated?

Good nobles had such a hard life!

“Prine, who made this cookie, is my soulmate.”

“The owner of Prine is a middle-aged woman. She has grown-up children. How can she be your soulmate?”

“Hmph. You know one side but not the other. Wait a bit, I’ll explain.”

Genos took a bite of the cookie and shook his head as if savouring the taste.

“Now, let me explain.”

“Forget it. I’m not interested.”

In the first place, Genos’ lust for women far exceeded Callius.

Although, he’d never succeeded in romance.

‘It’s always love at first sight for this guy.’

He was a model virgin – from the womb till today, not even a single relationship.

He fell in love easily and gave up just as easily. If you said it nicely, he was pure, if not, he was an indecisive scumbag.

His looks weren’t bad, and he had a pretty high position as the chief of the Inquisition.

Cat Walk Genos was also a member of the Five Stars, at third. He was from a noble family, too, so there was nothing that he lacked.

But even so, he was such a scaredy-cat that he’d never been in a single relationship, and he easily gave up any crushes he developed, so there was nothing to discuss.

‘The scar on the nose spoils things a bit, but that’s the same as Jervain’s eyes, so it’s nothing to be ashamed of.’

If the Jervain family received their grey eyes as a favour from God, then the Gradas received a scar on their noses.

A stigma.

Therefore, they could often sense more than just smells through their noses.

But that wasn’t important right now.

Of course, Callius knew Genos’ fate and how he could be successful in romance, but he wasn’t in a mood to share.

Things might’ve been different if the bastard had offered to share the cookies even once, but c’est la vie.

“… Is Peter okay? It was nice seeing his daughter work so hard.”

“He’s happy.”

Callius was also grateful for all of Peter’s work.

If not for Genos, Peter would’ve been dead, or at least seriously injured.

“He’s lucky. It’s nice to see your mansion get more and more crowded each time I visit, Count. That liveliness in the air feels really good.”

“… What’s going on in the kingdom?”

Embarrassed, Callius tried to forcefully change the topic, and Genos acquiesced with a grin.

“I’ve been busy with some family business. The patriarch is now almost retired, so it’s my turn to assume the count title. He said that he’ll hold on to the family head position for now, so I should take the title first. Maybe he got the idea from your tale.”

“Hmm.”

The current head of Gradas was one of the only five Masters in the kingdom.

He didn’t go outside much, so he wasn’t particularly famous, but those who mattered definitely kept the best assassin in the kingdom in mind.

Gradas, the Silent.

“Since the pressure from the empire is rising day by day, the patriarch is thinking of stopping all external activities. He said it’d be better to deal with the mainstays of the empire, so it’s not like I could stop him.”

“That’s a big decision.”

It had to be said that the kingdom wasn’t in a very good situation.

Not just Gradas.

Many other nobles were trying to save the kingdom in any way they could.

Although he couldn’t help them directly, Callius had an obligation to punish the nobles who were sapping the kingdom’s strength in this dark time.

“Patriarch is very interested in you. Are you coming to the East anytime soon? You have a standing invitation.”

“When the time comes.”

Genos nodded his head and folded his arms as if he had nothing more to say, and closed his eyes.

Callius also had nothing more to say, so he too quietly closed his eyes and began cycling the energy of the Six Peak Flowers technique.


The royal ballroom.

A knight with periwinkle hair arrived quite early.

A sacred pilgrim.

Esther sol Ciliad.

She calmly observed as people trickled in and were seated at the venue.

There was an old man by her side, the same Pope Felice who frequently visited her asking to arrange a meeting with her mentor.

“Even though I came all the way here, Sullivian won’t meet me.”

“Lord Pope. When Lady Sullivian sets her mind on something, even I can’t go against it. Besides, as far as I know, you were the one who hurt her first.”

“She told me not to be the pope, how could I accept that? The Church was dying, and so was this kingdom. I had no other option.”

The pope leaned against the second floor railing and looked down at the splendid, sparkling ballroom hall.

There was a flash of pity in his eyes.

“It’s an old story now, but in Carpe, these balls were once called the Sword Dance Society. It was a place to compete with each other and exchange inspiration. But as the years passed, people stopped drawing their swords properly. This is why the country is facing ruin, you know. Young ones have to be brave! If you flinch from the risk of your hand being cut off, how can you learn the sword! How else can you stand tall in this world ruled by the law of the jungle[1]? Tsk tsk.”

Society itself was in decline.

The borders of the country were restless.

The bastards in the royal ballroom were only prancing around with their swords out, like frogs in a well.

“The only one I can trust is you, Esther. Once I die, promise me that you’ll change this place – back to when we still held sword dances instead. Then I will hand you the papacy.”

Although the pope often spoke nonsense, Esther this time held a similar sentiment. However, the words that came out of her mouth had a touch of defence for the current situation.

“… Still, it’ll be difficult for some people. Although for those who’re comfortable with it, I think that’ll indeed be the true use of the sword.”

“People can be like that, Esther, but nobility – they have a duty.”

Noblesse oblige.

Nobles must fulfil the duties that come with nobility.

A nobleman who has abandoned them cannot be treated as a nobleman anymore.

“These idiots have never even been to the battlefield. What else can they do?”

What was there to see in a swordfight at a ballroom between two people who’d never been baptized by the flames of war?

They were only interested in keeping their elegant and noble figures pristine, so even if they clashed with their swords, they didn’t take the matches seriously.

There were also those who only ate and had fun, saying nonsense like nobles shouldn’t look so ugly at the first sight of a drop of sweat.

This wasn’t what a true sword dance of Carpe should look like.

“The peace has lasted so long that they’re drowning in it. The empire is gnawing at the kingdom’s foundations in secret. And they’re still so carefree.”

“Can’t you just give an order yourself? If the pope says one word, they will all draw their swords again.”

“Do you really think so?”

“…”

Esther couldn’t respond as she saw the unprecedented seriousness in the pope’s eyes, who’d always been playful in her memory.

“The prestige of the Church is already in the gutter. What use is an old man with one foot in the grave like me?”

After all, this was the royal castle, not a church.

The royal family and the Church were inseparable, but there were lines that had to be respected.

“I miss the times when I used to sword dance with Sullivian.”

The queen was weak, and the prince mired in madness. Now that the pillars of the royal family were crumbling, the nobles had the run of the royal castle.

If he went ahead and gave an order, they’d still only pretend to swing their swords in front of the pope.

He didn’t want to witness such an ugly sight.

“This is why old people shouldn’t linger and die quickly. See, how I made you listen to a lot of insipid complaints.”

The pope looked into the distance, smiled bitterly and turned his head away.

“…”

Seeing this, Esther felt a little helpless and lowered her head.

“Count Callius von Jervain, entering!”

At that moment, the steward announced a new entrant.

“That kid, isn’t he the scrub that you mentioned before?”

Esther, who’d been gloomy for a moment, raised her head. Callius’ form was captured in her eyes.

“Yes. He seems to have come today as a count. I never thought he’d attend.”

“Hm?”

The pope looked at Esther and smiled.

“Your mouth comes loose whenever that guy’s mentioned.”

“E-, eh?”

The pope returned her puzzled look with a mischievous expression. Esther turned her head away.

“… It’s just a matter of interest in inspecting an outstanding specimen.”

“Oh ho?”

While teasing Esther, the pope looked at Callius as he entered the banquet hall.

He had a handsome face that could be called a model for aristocrats, and his gait and arrogant expression also matched his countenance, giving him a unique air.

When he appeared, the noise-filled hall fell silent for a moment, and a young, unlucky-looking nobleman approached him.

“He’s like a noble among nobles. Are you saying that a guy like that is a crazy maniac?”

“When I was in the Church… he did a lot of crazy things.”

Esther had an uncomfortable expression on her face as if she was remembering how she’d been bullied by Callius at that time. But then she coughed and straightened her posture.

“But a lot has changed these days. He still has a radical side, but…”

“So you mean he’s still crazy?”

“Huh?”

As soon as Esther finished speaking –

Crack!!

Callius smashed the face of the unlucky-looking nobleman.

“…”

“…”

The crowd couldn’t properly grasp the situation and froze.

“…”

Even Esther could only gape in surprise.

Only –

Only Callius and the pope had a smile on their lips.


Editor’s Notes:

[1] 강자존 (强者尊), respect the strong. Applies also to nations, not just individuals. Translating as the law of the jungle.


Sword Pilgrim – Chapter 104

“Finally, some time to myself.”

Even after returning to the mansion, Callius had been busy with no chance to rest.

First, he had to finish off the remaining corrupt nobles. Orcal’s third squad was currently carrying out that mission under Callius’ orders.

‘I’ll have to give Orcal something, too.’

The poor man had been working without rest ever since he’d been subdued by force, so Callius was feeling a bit sorry for him.

Although he had started off with a rebellious heart, if people aren’t rewarded for good work, efficiency is bound to go down the drain.

“Once the TD potion is finally synthesized, I’ll let him have the first dose.”

The TD potion decoction that Beatrice and Callius were working together to synthesize, was nothing less than a miraculous elixir that no amount of money could buy.

A potion that used dragon and troll blood as ingredients.

Of course, the maximal concentration was still only somewhere around 0.003% at best.

But if you mixed in other herbs to double or triple the efficiency, it became a completely different story.

It’d become a unique, singular elixir.

‘It may not be as good as holy water, but the healing effect will be outstanding, and it’ll also have a strengthening effect on the muscles and bones.’

Of course, the initial prototypes would definitely have some side effects, until a proper finished product could be released.

But this was only a minor inconvenience, as the effect would gradually get better as research continued.

Sure, any minor error could turn the elixir into lethal poison, but that was just a matter of luck. Have bad enough luck, and you can break your nose even when you fall on your back.

Somebody destined to die might die from just a little cold, whereas somebody destined to live might survive even a lethal gut wound or a mouthful of poison.

“Other than Orcal, Orphin’s doing well too. The Sixth Squad is also working hard as a group after that beatdown from the Golden Lion Knights.”

Peter was now focusing on guarding the place and teaching the children.

Apparently he was inspired by seeing Genos’ skills from up close, so he was training hard to see if he could realize something from it.

“The kids are doing fine on their own, so there’s nothing to worry about.”

There was no need to worry about the children’s swordsmanship, as Esther was guiding them.

When it came to Flora, she beat Rinney and Rivan one after another, but then she suffered multiple losses against Emily in a row, so she was now more focused on her swordsmanship.

“Next is Beatrice’s underground workshop and expanding the mansion… it just keeps getting bigger and bigger.”

However, this was an investment for the future, so there was no point in being stingy.

Although it’s all started with attracting Flora, seeing the kids practicing hard next to the sweaty meatheads didn’t feel too bad.

The guys in the Sixth Squad were also putting more effort into their training because the children were there to watch.

“It’s hard to find time, that’s all.”

Callius had been so busy organizing everything that only now he had some personal time.

Sorting the papers strewn on the table back together in neat piles, Callius leaned back and buried himself in the office chair.

Putting his hand into the air, he pulled out a sword.

A sword with Gid’s severed hand still attached to it.

「Sword of Sorrow – Dirge[1]
Grade – Spirit
Infused Soul – A hundred souls
The Sword of Sorrow crafted by Nurturer Gid. A hundred knights were sacrificed to create a single sword, yet their souls failed to unite.
Unique Ability – Cold Fury
「Cold Fury」
• If you become furious without losing your calm, the sword will become stronger. Conversely, the more excited you are, the less powerful the sword will be.
「Unfused Soul」
• The infused souls could not completely unite. By feeding the sword a certain amount of lifeblood, it is possible to unite the souls and raise its rank.
「Haunted Sword」
• If someone with weak mental strength holds this sword, their mind will be devoured by nightmares and hallucinations.

“This is the first sword I’ve seen that’s got so many attributes attached.”

The unique ability was amazing, too.

‘Cold Fury’.

It was sensitive to the wielder’s rage, and got stronger the angrier they got.

“It’s not unheard of for swords to respond to specific emotions. There are a few.”

They were called ‘heart swords’, and this was apparently one of them.

Since the story behind its birth was one of grief, that seemed to have influenced its ability. Although it was a little strange.

Don’t get sad – get mad.

Ever since waking up in Callius’ body, he’d gotten into the habit of constantly suppressing his emotions, because of his erratic nature whenever he got excited.

For him, this unique ability was a good fit.

Whenever he got excited, his maniacal nature popped out, and this had threatened his life more than once.

Because in the beginning, the unfamiliar feelings of a maniac had often surged up during battles, and he’d almost died many times over.

Thus, Callius had trained himself to always keep his emotions in check, even while fighting with his sword in hand.

“Then the next one… says the souls weren’t properly fused. As long as that happens, the level will rise.”

‘Unfused Soul’.

By devouring the lifeblood of living beings, unity of soul could be achieved.

This was similar to the Predator Sword that he also possessed, the difference being that the latter devoured souls instead of blood like this one.

“I wonder, if I cut it with the Predator Sword, whether that’ll absorb the souls and become a vision sword straightaway?”

Of course, Callius had no intention of actually doing that.

Even if it succeeded, how could he take such a gamble without knowing how useful the change would be?

Anyway, the fact that this was also a growth-type sword, was quite promising.

It already showed strong power, so how powerful would it be if it became a vision sword?

“And…”

Finally, ‘Haunted Sword’.

This was the most difficult part.

Callius was still holding Gid’s severed arm, not the sword directly.

Whenever he tried to touch the sword itself, his ears would almost be deafened with a sharp, keening howl.

If he didn’t pull back, all kinds of nightmares and hallucinations would begin assaulting him.

Ominous and vexing.

Still –

“I’ll just have to try it.”

Callius threw away Gid’s hand, and grabbed the sword’s hilt while rousing divine power withing his whole body.

As soon as he grabbed it, the deafening howl was there to greet him.

‘It’s worth a try.’

After five or ten seconds, the unknown voices circling around his ears grow deeper and deeper.

Suddenly, white shapes began to become visible, and their outlines became more and more vivid.

“Disgusting.”

Perhaps because they’d been melted in the furnace till their forms became unrecognizable, the knights he saw looked cruel and disgusting beyond words.

They couldn’t even speak properly because their lips had melted shut, so they could only emit bizarre-sounding groans.

After fifteen seconds, once their shapes had filled the surroundings, the scenery changed in an instant.

As twenty seconds passed, Callius was swinging his sword before he knew it.

Drowning in the emotions of the knights who were butchering their own brothers.

It could only be called an apathetic, indifferent rage.

At that point, Callius let go of the sword.

Clang!

“Ten seconds is my limit.”

The sword that fell on the floor became silent with a final wail as if it were a pity, and frost was already forming around it.

Was it because of the hallucinations?

The whole office was frozen as if winter had come.

Callius understood that he’d used the sword’s power without realizing it after falling into the hallucination.

He could only use the sword without huge drawbacks for about ten seconds.

Right now, he had no choice but to only use it judiciously, as a trump card.

But –

“Ten seconds is plenty.”

Callius had no lack of swords, anyway.

It was fine to consider this sword as an occasional trump card.

Even a small use of its ability had frozen over the whole room. With judicious use, it could even outshine the Thunderbolt Sword in large-scale battles.

“Since the Blue Thunderbolt Sword falls into the demonic sword category, I can’t use it too openly.”

The Sword of Sorrow – Dirge could fill that gap.

After he finished thinking, Callius immediately put the sword back into subspace and got up to open the window.

“I’ll need Bruns to come clean all this up.”

As the frost began to melt, the room was becoming more and more humid.

The documents he’d corrected with so much effort shouldn’t get wet and ruined, so he started sorting them out –

And he found a letter.

“The royal coat of arms?”

A pair of curved wings in a tiara shape were embossed upon the enveloper.

When Callius opened it to take a look –

He quickly grasped the purpose and intention of the letter from the contents, hidden under all the verbiage.

“It’s about time.”

Many nobles had died.

And accordingly, many positions had been vacated. Small skirmishes were still taking place near the border, and there were many knights who’d made a name for themselves.

So this letter was a kind of invitation.

To a place for public dialogue.

Of course, as a formal event it was bound to begin with a ball, so in a way, it was also a venue for socialites’ debut.

“I see. That’s why the Golden Lion went to the palace.”

The date was next week.

There was nothing to worry about.

Although he hadn’t received any missions from the Order since becoming the captain of the Sixth Squad, so it couldn’t be said his position was rock-solid, but he was nevertheless a count, and he was earning merits every day in his own way.

He’d accomplished enough to meet the queen once, which was also what he wanted.

‘Clara von Agatha Bright.’

The Cowardly Queen, Clara.

An unlucky queen who, if he didn’t change the gears of history, was destined to lose her life once civil war broke out within the kingdom.

And her killer would be the prince, her own family.

Callius had no intention of letting the queen die so helplessly.

If the queen lived, so would the country, and if the country lived, so would the sword survive.

“Please, be the person that I hope you are.”

Callius couldn’t help but make such a wish.


Time passed like running water.

The construction of Beatrice’s underground workshop, by craftsmen who had been introduced by Helena, was progressing at a steady and unhurried pace, and the training of the Sixth Squad was also going smoothly.

The children were continuing to train on their own.

Who knew why they worked so hard without even being asked, but the desire to be strong fuelled the hearts of both the children and the adults alike.

“There must be knight training centres for children in Carradi, so why is it getting more and more crowded here every day?”

“There, you have to pay ten silver coins every month. And they don’t teach very well, either.”

“You sound well-informed.”

“Count, do you know why Emily knows that?”

It was Rinney who butted in.

“It was when she first arrived here. She wanted to see Carradi’s swordsmanship, so she went around smashing the signboards of all the knight training centres she came across. Oh, and you even beat up the strongest of the apprentice knights, right, Emily?”

When Rinney finished her story, Emily avoided my gaze as if she was feeling shy.

Apparently, she’d broken into and made a mess at all the knight training camps after coming to Carradi.

Naturally the number of kids here were increasing, since nobody in Emily’s age group dared to compete with her – even the apprentice knights half-a-dozen years her senior couldn’t beat her.

Above all, there was no fee, so the parents were very satisfied, and the swordsmanship instruction and training that the children received wasn’t lacking either.

The reason for their dogged persistence was clear, as the Sixth Squad practiced right next to them.

Although they’d been handily beaten up by the Golden Lion knights, from the children’s point of view, they fell into the ranks of the strong.

‘This might get bigger than I thought.’

Anyway, they were just little kids.

If I had to consider the probability of a mishap –

Then Vivi worried me more.

“There’s no sign of waking up.”

He’d been sleeping for quite some time.

He didn’t eat, didn’t drink, didn’t play, and just slept.

Like the dead. Almost literally.

When I got close, his tail wiggled a little, but that too was only momentary. He’d fall back into deep sleep again.

I’d checked him for diseases, but I couldn’t be sure.

“Vivi isn’t going to die, is he?”

“No. His body is perfectly healthy.”

While he slept, his body grew larger.

He used to be between a small and a medium-sized dog, but now he could be considered a large dog.

“Is he hibernating?”

“It’s similar. He’s growing stronger while sleeping.”

However, his wild instincts would also become stronger.

I was just hoping that I wouldn’t have to kill Vivi with my own hands.

After stroking his coat once, it was time to climb into the carriage.

“Well, I’m off.”

“Bye. Are you going to see the queen?”

“Yeah. I’ll buy a gift on the way. Is there anything you want?”

“No. Grandpa already gave me money, a lot of it.”

Meaning Bernard? Or was she talking about Elburton?

Anyway, it didn’t matter.

I tapped Emily on the forehead.

“I’ll be back soon, so don’t get into any trouble.”

“I’m not a child.”

“Nope, you still are.”

I raised my eyebrows as I looked at Emily covering her forehead, and got on the carriage.

“Hey! It’s the count’s carriage!”

“Count! Have a safe trip!”

“Good luck~”

The children who saw the carriage sent off their greetings. After that, Peter and the Sixth Squad, too. The knights looked on without a word.

Taking the sight in once, I ordered the coachman to start.

“Let’s go! Haw! Haw!”

Looking back at the mansion that was growing smaller and smaller, I smirked.

“Hmph. A bunch of weaklings have ganged up together.”

But somehow, it wasn’t a bad feeling.


Editor’s Notes:

[1] 비탄 (lit. sorrow/grief/lament). Not using Sorrow as the name because it’s already titled the Sword of Sorrow. Other contenders were Threnody, Lament and Keening. Which one do you prefer?


Surviving a Shounen Manga – Episode 80

Cocoavi, I Choose You!!

Three minutes ago.

“Hide, hide, don’t let me find[1]!”

“Hide, hide, don’t let me find!”

“That’s it. Count of a hundred.”

“Good job.”

“So, should we start?”

I nodded, looking up at the sky.

The time limit for this game of hide-and-seek was ‘until the sun went down’, just the type of vague rules that the goblins specialized in.

The sun was exactly overhead right now.

It’d take about five or six hours for it to set.

No, it’d be correct to plan for only five hours. Because they’d always interpret it in their favour.

Before that, we had to find the hundred hidden goblins.

The match was limited to this area, called the ‘Saboteur’s Lot’.

The reason why this area was designated was simple. Not only was it close, it also had the fewest saboteurs in the whole of the Goblin’s Den.

Basically, goblins really disliked hanging out with others of similar temperament. Because they got in each other’s way.

The mischief-makers quickly got bored of each other’s pranks, the liars painted each other as untrustworthy, and the whimsical scolded each other for their impatience. The bluffers habitually ignored each other, saying they were spouting bullshit, and the saboteurs couldn’t stand each other’s sight in the first place.

In the end, once the young goblins who awakened their unique abilities were assigned to the sites dedicated to their respective gods, the first thing they did was relocate. As a result, each site dedicated to a specific god always had the lowest headcount of its own worshippers. (And naturally as a result, the goblins could never escape their own kind, no matter where they went.)

Then,

“Let’s go! There’s no time to waste being lazy!”

Suddenly, Cocoa, who was leading the way, called me.

Now that she was wearing a horn instead of her usual mask, her shoulders looked quite broad and strong for some reason.

Maybe she was being so meticulous because she was feeling she didn’t contribute during the last event?

But it wasn’t easy for me to feel like I could lean on that little kid’s back.

Not because of her lack of ability. Because no matter how good a guide she might be, it was impossible to win this game of hide-and-seek without Chinuavi.

For example,

“Hey, follow me!”

“What’re you doing, just standing there?”

“It’s this way, you know?”

“Squatjaw you slowpoke!”

Situations like this where you absolutely needed a decipherer.

I sighed deeply as I watched four Cocoas call me from four directions.

‘Huh… but aren’t they showing their hands too soon? These impatient goblins.’

Around that time, the four Cocoas also noticed each other’s presence, and screamed in amazement.

“Wh-, who are these people?”

“G-, a goblin!”

“What? I’m the real one!”

“What’s going on?”

The roles of guides and decipherers are sometimes at odds.

For example, when the destination itself is locked behind an obstacle or a puzzle, a maze being the most typical example.

Going through the maze can not only be a guide’s job, but also a decipherer’s.

In the original work, in one chapter, Yan’s ghosts had found the way through the maze, but in another, Siana’s fairy had decided the path by manipulating probability.

But strictly speaking, it falls under the domain of the decipherers.

There’d been several discussions on this topic within the reader community, but each time the final conclusion had leaned towards the decipherer. Because this is closer to problem solving than pathfinding.

Still, the scope of the guide’s role is very wide. Since the concept of ‘path’ includes all the general matters including the ‘goal’ and the ‘solution’, sometimes conflicts like this can occur.

Perhaps because of this, there was one setting the author had made to protect the significance of the decipherers.

When a ‘special obstacle’ occurs due to someone’s ‘intention’, the path may become unreadable for a certain distance, and it requires a solution other than ‘merely seeing’.

In a nutshell, this meant that the guide’s eyes were automatically blurred when an obstacle appeared to obstruct the path. So that the responsibility could pass naturally to the decipherer of the party.

Of course, the truly OP pathfinders could brute force their way through this.

Anyway,

“Can’t you tell me apart?”

“Squatjaw, you can’t really be confusing me with somebody else, right?”

“Answer me! Hey, it’s me!”

It meant that I couldn’t tell Cocoa apart with my current eyes.

“… Huff.”

I scratched my head.

Of course, this wasn’t a serious problem – at this moment.

“Hmph, this Cocoavi has been with the Squatjaw Folk Troupe for how many years? As if a few little goblins could take my place.”

If the ‘real’ Cocoa said such ‘real words’, I could immediately recognize her.

But the problem was,

“Huh…? I think we swung and missed. This little kid talks in a pretty unique way.”

“She’s a strange one… Is she actually enjoying this situation?”

“Well, this was just the first try, what can you do? Let’s start from scratch.”

These goblins were also learning in real time.

Soon after,

Pop–.

Without waiting for me to take action, a smoke screen covered the area.

Then, as the fog that obscured my vision subsided,

“Ahem, Cocoavi is here.”

“What happened… These little goblins switched my position!”

“… I didn’t even think of this.”

“W-, wait, Cocoavi… D-, don’t panic…”

It was really hard to tell the difference.

‘… I really can’t tell.’

Of course, it’d be a little more annoying, but I’d still be able to tell them apart in the end. If I roughly ask about past events or compared our memories, I’d eventually be able to sort them all out.

But I didn’t want to waste time. Now there were three, but what if ten or twenty goblins took Cocoa’s form and came to bother me?

‘Ugh, that’d be a bit over the top.’

I’d initially planned to mimic Yan’s unique ability and mobilize the ghosts to search for the goblins. Although Cocoa was here as a guide, but we were facing a time limit, and there were as many as a hundred people to find. The setting was that all of my hidden characteristics would apply to the ghosts too, so they were all equipped with pathfinding eyes.

But I couldn’t choose that right now…

With tears in my eyes, I summoned somebody else instead of the ghosts.

[Probability Adjuster Who Hates Fairness].

Soon after,

Pyororong–.

A form with an amazing jaw that shocked me every time I saw it, appeared in front of me.

As soon as she saw me, she put her nose up in the air.

“Why is it you again?”

“…”

This was crazy.

“C’mon, isn’t it obvious? You’re a fairy I created. Who else is going to call you but me… wait, wait. Have you ever been summoned by somebody else?”

“Enough, now tell me, what’s this all about?”

“…”

Quite frankly, it was absurd how she was cutting off such an important conversation, but there was no time to dig deep into it. I wasn’t in a very relaxed situation right now, after all.

“Please tell me which one of them is a real human.”

Then I picked up a branch that had fallen nearby.

With this girl who could control odds of something happening up to 99%, choosing one among four was child’s play.

Although, that didn’t mean she could pierce a goblin’s cloaking technique. I’d have to use pure probability to distinguish Cocoa through her, a bothersome process.

“Adjust the chance that a fallen tree branch will point to a human, to 99%. I’ll throw a couple of them, so, you know what to…”

“Has your brain gone blank?”

“… Eh?”

“You’re just trying to receive something without giving anything in return.”

“…”

How embarrassing.

“What… what should I… give you?”

“Forget it.”

“…”

I didn’t quite understand the mechanics of it. Whenever Siana used her unique ability, her fairy always kindly listened to the summoner. It didn’t seem like she was getting anything tangible in return.

Still, fortunately, although this girl was naggy, she did her job properly.

Soon after, the branches fell and pointed in one direction.

“Great.”

With the squat-jawed fairy’s help I was able to pick out the real one, and the faces of the other three Cocoas immediately wrinkled as if they’d eaten shit.

“Did he solve it so quickly? That Squatjaw is using a strange ability.”

“How about we try again?”

“If that’s how it is… why don’t we just hide?”

While they were chattering like that, I quickly approached Cocoa and decided to stick to her like glue.

“Too bad, so sad. Your bastard Squatjaw! I believed in you, but you couldn’t recognize me at a glance…”

“Yeah, yeah, now tell me, are these guys all hide-and-seek players?”

The reason I asked this was because they might not actually be participants.

I didn’t know how many goblins were currently inside the Saboteur’s Lot, but the number was definitely more than a hundred. Not all of them would be players, but I’d be naive to think that they wouldn’t be involved in the game.

Non-participants could also intervene. It’d been the same in the original.

In other words, a hundred people were playing hide-and-seek, meant only a hundred people could actually hide, and there were hundreds of others who’d try to disturb us, confuse us, and entice us with their lies.

“Hmm… I think they are.”

“Alright.”

I immediately took out the ‘bat’ given to me by Oldboy and ran towards the three.

And then,

“U-, uh?”

“R-, run away!”

The ones who’d slowly been getting ready to step out saw me coming and tried to run away post-haste, but it was already too late.

“Where’re you going!”

I quickly slapped them in the back with the bat.

Phut! Phut! Phut!

“Ouch!”

“Ouch! It hurts!”

“Ugh!”

Stop faking, will you?

I didn’t know what the material the bat was made from, but it was much softer than even rubber. It would hurt more if I slapped them with my palm instead.

The role of this bat was simple.

To tag players ‘out’.

“Hmm… is it okay to leave them here like this?”

I scratched my head as I looked at the three statues of stone scattered on the ground.

The goblins tagged (hit) with this bat would become rock statues until the game ended. It meant they’d have to stay still for half a day, lying on the ground, conscious but unable to move.

This was to enforce fairness, and to prevent the ones already eliminated from intervening again.

When it came to betting and sports, goblins had a strong professional spirit, so they were very strict in this area – apart from, of course, those who worshipped the God of Sabotage. All mental attack-type unique abilities were banned because they’d make the game unfair. That was how seriously they took it.

However, same as I’d felt in the original work, there was definitely a vicious and cruel side to their methods. Let’s take how they were transformed into living statues. There must’ve been other ways of eliminating them, but because they’d lost, they were left unattended like trash on the roadside.

Hmmm.

‘It definitely doesn’t match how a shounen manga should be…’

Then,

“We got three in three minutes? Won’t we catch them all soon?”

Cocoa came over to me.

“These three are just idiots, that’s all. If they’d gone and mixed inside the bunch of non-participants, we wouldn’t have found them so easily.”

“Is that so?”

“So don’t relax.”

I grabbed Cocoa and put her on my shoulder.

“Don’t go anywhere, just stay here and guide me. Where to next?”

“This feels great! You should’ve done this from the beginning.”

“Quickly! Directions only!”

“Go straight ahead! I see two of them.”

“Okay. Hold on tight, don’t fall.”

Then I ran like the wind.


There were countless ways in which the goblins playing hide-and-seek could hide themselves, but if you had to categorize them, there were broadly two types.

The first type. Those who took the initiative.

The guys who pretended to be Cocoa and tried to confuse me were also this type.

Other than that, guys pretending to be non-participants and trying to pass by, guys asking us to choose from a mix of participants and non-participants, guys chasing after us wearing silver screens, blocking the road and making separate bets with us. There was even a guy who was spouting bullshit that he’d surrender if he won. (I smashed him in the head with the bat before he could finish speaking.)

They were so stupid that I thought maybe they didn’t understand the rules of hide-and-seek. Or, well, they were looking down on us too much.

And the second type.

Simple. The ones who literally hid themselves.

Catching them was the beginning of the real hide-and-seek.

Fortunately, almost half the players were idiots from the first category, so I was able to save quite a bit of time, but that didn’t give me peace of mind.

Like it’d been with Leo’s party in the original, it was clear that victory or defeat would depend on whether we could find the last one or two of the second type.

Bang!

I kicked the locked door and entered the hut.

A hut that was built next to the fire pits near the entrance to the Saboteur’s Lot. Cocoa said that there were as many as three hidden inside.

As soon as I entered, I saw an old, sick goblin lying on a bed.

“C-, cough! Wh-, who is it?”

This old goblin?

Of course he was a participant.

“What about the rest?”

“No, what… I’m the only one here… No, who are you?”

Naturally, I wasn’t asking the old goblin.

“Uh… it’s weird. There’re definitely two others in this room. But… I can only see one.”

It was clear that the second hidden goblin was using some kind of trick, but I couldn’t figure out what it was.

And in this case, there was nothing else to do.

Eliminate the ones you see first.

“Hey, no, wait. Come to think of it, I heard that there were some human guests outside… so it’s you…”

“You talk a lot.”

Then I slapped the head of the sick goblin with my bat.

“There you go!”

Maybe, the others would appear on their own?

Soon after,

“Hey, ugh, this bastard doesn’t even know how to respect the elderly… even a baby born yesterday would know better…”

The old goblin hardened, leaving only some meaningless rubbish words behind.

I turned to Cocoa.

“Can’t you see them yet?”

“Yeah, that’s…”

“It’s strange, there’s nothing here. A table, a bed, and a wardrobe, and nothing else.”

That was then.

“Wait a minute.”

Suddenly, ‘something’ flashed through my mind.

Can a goblin only transform into a living creature? Or, can they even turn into inanimate objects?

I couldn’t be sure because I’d never seen it in the original. But there was no setting forbidding it that I knew of.

“Come to think of it, the bed was swaying a bit too much, wasn’t it? Even though I just softly tapped this guy?”

I tried to taunt, but –

There was no reaction to speak of.

Was that not it?

Then Cocoa said something.

“Just hit it all.”

“Hm? Should we just test out everything in this room?”

“Yeah.”

I see. It’s not too much work, either.

Then while I was about to hit the bed with my bat –

Suddenly,

“Wait a minute!”

The bed started talking.

“You lunatic, why would you suspect a bed?! Huh? Who’d suddenly suspect the bed! Do you think that makes sense?”

“Oh, yeah?”

Surprisingly, goblins seemed capable of turning into inanimate objects.

“Give me one more chance.”

“Eh?”

“I’ve been here staying still this for two and a half hours. Please… it’ll be too embarrassing if it ends this way.”

The kid’s tone of voice was brimming with earnestness.

But, well, shouldn’t you take responsibility for your own choices?

“Uh, sorry. Nighty night.”

I slapped him without hearing any more.

“D-, damn it!”

His last cry was hoarse and full of unwillingness.

I turned to Cocoa.

“But there’s one more guy here, right? Furniture again?”

Cocoa silently shook her head and pointed her finger down.

“Underground? Is there a basement somewhere?”

“I don’t know. Just, he’s down there.”

I gave the floor a once-over, but there was no trace of something like a basement. It was just on land.

“Should I start digging?”

“I think so.”

“Uh huh… so much busywork.”

I remembered the earth dragon technique being Chinuavi’s favourite, and this should be a similar method.

“Deep?”

“Deep. Very deep.”

“Haah…”

What else could I do?

I started digging.

With the determination of hitting this guy with my fist instead of the bat when I met him.


After digging that guy up, grabbing another stuck in a cave under a cliff, and smashing a third who’d been lying at the top of a mountain until he hardened into stone, the sun was already nearing the edge of the horizon dotted by the mountains.

About an hour, to an hour and a half at the most, still remained.

Slowly, impatience was beginning to creep in.

“How many left?”

“Now… just ten more!”

Fortunately, only so few remained that I could count them with my fingers.

But now came the problem.

I hadn’t even gotten started on the ‘real experts’ until now.

“Over there!”

I hurriedly ran in the direction Cocoa was pointing.

Then,

“Here?”

“Yup.”

We arrived at a private house.

It looked ordinary. Except for a huge chain tied to the front door, and a padlock engraved with a strange pattern.

‘Real expert’ here meant one thing. Those who hid in places which could never be entered without a decipherer.

Those guys who’d turned into Cocoa at the start, or the guys who’d tried to confuse us by mixing with the non-players, weren’t much of a problem.

Chinuavi was needed to catch these ‘real experts’.

What to do now?

I gently pulled the chain. didn’t even budge.

However thick a chain might be, it couldn’t withstand my strength. In other words, a special obstacle had been set up.

“Cocoa, is there any other way to get in except through this door?”

“No. Can’t see any.”

“… Really?”

I had to think quickly.

But after a few minutes, nothing came to mind.

Finally, I let out a long sigh.

‘Is there no other way?’

There was only one option left. It was an awful brute-force method, though.

Making a separate bet with the guy hiding inside. That if I won, he’d surrender.

This was actually the method Siana had successfully executed the original.

Of course, for her, there’d been only one such case.

‘There’re still ten people left…’

Even though it looked tough, I didn’t have a choice. No smart tactic was coming to mind.

So, when I was about to call out to the guy inside –

“Watch, I’ll do it.”

Cocoa spoke up.

“Hm?”

“I’ll open it.”

“… What?”

I was stunned.

“What do you…?”

Then, suddenly,

“Don’t you know?”

“… What?”

She started on a weird tangent.

“Didn’t I ever tell you? That the guy called Khan gave me a lot of money while I was in the Skull Empire?”

“Huh? Money?”

“Yeah, gold, and lots of jewels.”

“No, what’s this all of a sudden?”

“Yeah. I have it all in my pocket.”

Then she walked in front of the door.

And she opened the leather pouch she wore on her waist.

“Key, come out.”

She muttered something absurd.

But surprisingly,

Rustle–.

A key actually came out.

Cocoa put it into the padlock and turned it.

Then,

Click–.

The lock opened.

And so did my mouth. It opened wide.

“No, wait, what?”

“I told you, didn’t you know?”

At that moment, a ‘distant memory’ came to mind like a thunderbolt.

This kid had once taken out a bazooka out of nowhere, back at Neo Archive.

Only then did I realize. That was how. She… got what she needed.

By merely spending the gold in her pocket in return.

To be honest, I couldn’t even imagine how something like this could be possible. Whether the key was newly created, copied, or moved… there was no way to know exactly what the limits of her ability were.

All I could do, was just –

“Cocoa, Cocoa! This kid!”

All I could do was shout the name of the kid who’d been hiding such an amazing ability.

“You idiot, that’s wrong. Who am I?”

“Uh… huh?”

“Say my name. Who am I?”

“… Ah!”

I was surprised once more.

This kid didn’t say anything without thinking. This was not just some simple concept she’d idly came up with. She really had the confidence to do a decent job at it.

So I shouted out the name of the new decipherer who’d suddenly appeared in our adventurer team.

“Cocoavi, I choose you!!”


Editor’s Notes:

[1] 꼭꼭 숨어라, 머리카락 보일라 (lit. hide tightly, don’t let me see your hair) is what Korean children say when counting down for hide-and-seek. Unlike in English, where you’d just count down and say “ready or not, here I come” at the end.


A Champion of Rats – Chapter 7

Logout (1)

When I came to my senses, I saw a white ceiling, not the dark walls of the sewer. Then the nausea kicked in.

“Here’s the trashcan.”

I buried my face into the trashcan she held out and started to vomit.

A thick, mushy liquid started pouring out.

“You feeling okay?”

She asked, gently patting my back. I somehow got back enough of my breath back to ask a question of my own.

“Wh-, what happened?”

“You logged out.”

“Logged out?”

“Yes, logged out. How’re you feeling?”

Only then did I understand the situation.

“Everything’s dizzy, and my stomach’s churning.”

“That’s rather good. The others had it worse.”

I tried to complain at her words that lit a spark of irritation within me, but had to give up because of another round of vomiting.

“Why on earth… why am I feeling like this?”

“I told you, didn’t I? The game has some side effects. And because it’s so realistic, post-usage there’s this kind of rejection reaction. Are you having a hard time?”

“Yeah, –”

“Can’t be helped. It’s not easy to get somebody else’s money, right? But maybe the sight of your bank balance will comfort you a little.”

She held out my phone. I opened the bank’s app and was about to check the balance when I noticed something odd.

“… That’s odd. What happened? Did my phone break down?”

“What’s odd?”

“The date… it’s showing the wrong date. It’s ahead by almost a month.”

“… Isn’t that because it’s actually been a month?”

“Huh? It’s been a month? What the hell?!”

She put her hand on my shoulder. It felt very warm and soft.

“Calm down, will you? That’s how the game works. First of all, don’t worry about your mother. The company’s already assigned her a caregiver, and we’ve also told her about your hiring. She didn’t believe us at first, but seeing your bank account managed to convince her. Do you understand?”

At her sudden barrage of words, I could only nod like an idiot.

“A few other relatives apart from your mother have also been in touch, and I’ve given them the same explanation. So don’t worry too much. Okay?”

“Oh… I see.”

I acquiesced like a puppet. Be it at our first meeting, or when we first discussed this game, or this moment, the out-of-the-world air about her made it impossible to argue with her about anything.

“Now, time to properly get up.”

She grabbed my hands like I was a baby and lifted me up. As she put me down till my feet touched the ground, my legs staggered and I almost fell.

“Wh-, what’s happening? Did my muscles atrophy after a month in that chair?”

“Oh, you know some complicated words, I see. But it’s not that. Your body was kept under strict maintenance. This is happening because you spent too much time in the game.”

“You sound just like my mother.”

“Thank you for the compliment. But I’m being honest. Because you’ve been in the game too long, your… mind? Brain? Experienced something like an overload. … You certainly were immersed in the game.”

“… You saw what I did?”

“We do need to gather data, you know.”

“Ah… now I feel a little embarrassed.”

“You shouldn’t. Rather, you should be proud. Thanks to you, we got some nice data, so hiring you was a good choice. There’re a lot of people who can’t even finish the tutorial.”

After tottering a few steps with her help, I was able to start walking properly.

“There’s no problem with your body, you can take what happened as your brain freaking out for a while. If you have any doubts, go to the hospital and have a check-up. If there’re any problems, I’ll compensate you right away.”

She wasn’t just saying that, she sounded completely sincere. I couldn’t help but wonder if merely being good at playing a game was worth all this. Not that I had the guts to ask.

I checked my bank balance, recalling our previous conversation.

There was an additional 6,000,000 excluding the principal.

“After-tax salary 5 million, performance bonus 1 million. Any problems?”

I shook my head, unable to believe my own eyes. Could somebody really make this much money this way? It was like a dream.

“It’s no dream. And you did a good job, so don’t think too much of it.”

She held my hand and gave me something, an employee ID.

“Now, this is your official employee ID. You’ll need this, since you’ll have to come to work here from now on.”

I reflexively checked out the ID. It was something I couldn’t have dared dream of very recently, but such an overabundance of good fortune was really making me more and more apprehensive.

“Thank you. I’ll treasure it.”

“Glad to hear it. Now, let’s get to the point. You’ll keep playing the game, just like this time, in the future. Once you enter the game, you have to play for a month.

“Although, inside the game, it can feel longer or shorter than that. Some problems may crop up with your sense of time. Of course, you’ll be compensated accordingly.

“Oh, by the way, you can’t stop playing before the deadline we set, even if you feel like quitting. Do you understand?”

“Roughly, yeah.”

“And one more thing. You only get one week of vacation. If you don’t log back in on time afterwards, you’ll be fired. No matter the reason. Any problems?”

“No problem, but why?”

“Hmm, call it efficient management?”

I didn’t understand, but I nodded.

“So? What’re you going to do now?”

“I have to go see my mother.”

“You’re a good son. I’ll give you a ride.”

◆◆◆

She kindly drove me to the hospital and left immediately.

A month had passed in the meantime, and the hospital felt strange for some reason. Like the sense of displacement you feel when coming back to your home country after living abroad for several years. But it couldn’t be that, right?

I ran straight to my mother’s hospital room to show her my employee ID.

She was lying on the bed, alone.

“Son?”

She looked like she’d seen a ghost.

“Is that really you, Son?!”

“Mom.”

It felt like I hadn’t seen her for a long time. It reminded me of coming back home during military leave.

Maybe because of that, she looked older and frailer than I remembered. The guilt was coming back full force. What on earth had I been doing?

“I thought my son was taken away to somewhere… did you really get a job?”

I proudly took out the employee ID from my pocket. I still haven’t forgotten that moment. The way her face lit up…

My mother covered her mouth and shed tears, that’s how happy she was.

“Oh, God… thank you. Thank you.”

There were many things I wanted to tell her, but seeing her like that left me silent. She’d suffered so much and worried so much, because of whom?

So I hugged my mother and said hackneyed, cliché stuff like I’d do better in the future. Even so, I was very happy at that moment. It was like a dream come true, a fantasy.

My mother, who’d stopped crying and calmed down, suddenly started asking me questions as if she were curious.

“But, Son. I’m so glad you got a job, but how the hell did it happen? I heard from a pretty lady that she got you a job, what’s all this about? Honestly, if the director of the hospital hadn’t vouched for her, I would’ve called the police.”

I couldn’t figure out how to explain it. To be honest, I still didn’t know why I got the job.

“Uh… Mom, the place I got the job at is a game company. Oh, how do I explain this? As an analogy, think about checking product quality in a factory. Yeah, it’s like that. I’m actually testing a game that’s currently in development.”

“They’re paying you money to play games? The world’s become such a convenient place.”

“Mom, you probably shouldn’t say that front of your son who just got a job.”

“No, no, Mom’s proud. You were always in your room playing games, so I was worried about your future, but then you got a job like this. The lady even said that she paid you a lot of money in advance… By any chance, is it anything dangerous?”

Was this the so-called mother’s intuition? I flinched unconsciously.

“Uh… no. I need to play the game for quite a while, though. Other than that, there’re no problems, no problems at all.”

“Then I’m really happy. My son got a job at such a good company. I won’t have any regrets even if I die right now.”

“Mom… Don’t say something like that when you’re in hospital! See, I even got a job. You have to live a long time too, Mom. Oh! My salary’s come in. Here, see.”

When I showed her the amount on the salary deposit, my mother’s smile was about to reach her ears.

“Oh, God, thank you for your blessing. They even assigned me a free caregiver saying it’s for employee welfare, and now the salary’s this high… my goodness!”

After expressing her relief over and over again, Mom asked me to convey her heartfelt thanks to the one who’d given me my job.

After we finished catching up, I told Mom that I wouldn’t be able to visit her often because of work.

“It’s fine… but what kind of game is it that you have to play for a whole month straight?”

“They’ve introduced a new technology… well, so they say. Although, I’m grateful that they’re giving me a week’s vacation afterwards each time. Especially with how things are right now.”

Mom’s expression was once again filled with worry.

“Yes, that’s true. But the conditions are so good… There’s really no problem, right?”

“Of course!”

It was a true answer as far as I knew, but to be honest I couldn’t be sure. Why? Because too much good luck always made me anxious. That was just how I was.

“Any, forget that. Mom. Don’t worry about me anymore, just rest and take care of your own health. I’ll take you on an overseas vacation trip later, so you have to get well soon.”

‘A million won bonus from just killing goblins? Making money will be a piece of cake.’

Mom touched my cheek and smiled.

“Mom’s really proud of you, Son. Now, you just came back from work, so you must be tired. Go home and get some rest.”

“I came to see you after a full month; how can I go back already?”

“The caregiver will be here soon, so don’t worry about me and go. You must be bone tired.”

“Not really, Mom. I’m fine.”

“Go home and rest. You managed to get a job, so you can’t make mistakes because you lacked rest, okay?”

I almost said that that was impossible. It was just a game, what mistake could I make?

“Mom…”

“Really, I’m fine. My son even got a job, what could be wrong with me now? You can come back tomorrow, so just go home and rest today. Eat something delicious and get a good night’s sleep.”

“That’s no different from when I was unemployed.”

Mom laughed.

“Oh, and call your uncles and cousins later. They heard that you got a job, but everyone’s worried that you’ve been kidnapped. Really, they were about to call the police.”

“Ugh, how thoughtful of them.”

“They’re just worried about you. Don’t you remember, your cousins used to give you pocket money?”

“Yeah, yeah, I remember. That was three months ago.”

“So, make sure you get in touch with them.”

“Okay. I’ll do that tomorrow.”

“Alright, go home now. My son’s safe… no. He even got a job. Mom no longer has to worry. Now I really can rest.”

In the end, I nodded to my mother’s repeated suggestions. Well, it was true that she even had a dedicated caregiver assigned to her, but I honestly didn’t know if being well-rested or working hard would make a difference at my job. In the end, it was just a game.

‘But what if my character dies? Do I have to restart? I’ll have to ask.’

I waited a while so I could meet the caregiver and give my thanks for taking care of my mother so far. Then I left the hospital.

I was thinking about going home, but I suddenly started feeling hungry. Come to think of it, I couldn’t even remember when I’d last eaten (in the first episode, I’d left with her without eating anything in the cafeteria).

I thought I should fill my stomach first, and a fast-food chain happened to catch my eye. I went straight into the store.

I liked hamburgers, but I’d always hesitated to eat them because they were actually pretty expensive for their weight.

‘This, this… and this! Hmm, I should try this side dish too.’

The bill turned out to be about 30,000 won. My hands would’ve shaken seeing the cost in the past. But it was different now. Was this the power of employment?

I took my food and sat at one of the large tables. The smell was appetizing, making me salivate.

I peeled off the wrapping paper. Melted cheese, browned patties, and gooey sauce spilled out.

Anticipating the taste, I bit into the hamburger, but my brows unconsciously furrowed the moment it touched my tongue.

What the hell did this mean?

◆◆◆

A week later, I went back to work. The week had been busier than expected, but I’d managed to visit all my relatives living nearby and inform them of my survival and employment.

The second part of the news had been a tough sell.

“Why don’t they believe you?”

“Apparently there’s no company in this world crazy enough to give a job to an unemployed man who hasn’t even prepared for it.”

She giggled.

“Crazy… that’s a relative term. How did people react the first time somebody built an airplane?”

“That’s pretty philosophical.”

“I’m just talking casually. Now, let’s get right into the game, shall we?”

“Ah! Before we do, may I ask you a few questions?”

“Yes, of course.”

“I ate a hamburger on the first day of vacation. I happen to like hamburgers.”

“Ah! Hamburgers. It’s rare to find people who don’t like hamburgers. I like them too.”

“The burger was completely inedible.”

“That’s amazing. It’s harder to make a hamburger not taste good, to be honest.”

“No, I don’t mean that… I just didn’t like the taste. So I bought some other food and tried them. Like pork belly, or ramen.”

“I like those too. They’re full of that authentic Korean taste, aren’t they?”

“But none of them tasted very good either. It felt more like… eating dry bread? Whereas while I was a rat, everything tasted delicious, even the bedbugs… is this some kind of a side effect?”

“Well, that’s interesting. I’ll check it out. Anything else?”

“Not that I… ah! One more question. What if I die while playing the game? What if I meet a strong enemy that kills me?”

She pondered for a long time, as if she hadn’t even thought about the issue, before finally answering.

“Then you’re fired.”


Editor’s Notes:

None for this chapter.

Remember to leave likes and comments! Especially if you want this to be picked up!


A Champion of Rats – Chapter 6

Champion of Goddess Derubo (1)

“Everything. Been moved. Falk.”

First, his face swollen and bruised, came up to me and spoke.

“Good. You better remember this. Never run away before I do in the future.”

“I get it. Falk.”

Somehow, he seemed to put a bit more feeling into the last word than normal, but I wasn’t in a place to care about such things.

There were other things that worried me more right now.

The size of our colony had dwindled drastically, from thirteen including me, to four.

They’d died fighting the goblins. Although, there were gains as well as losses.

In addition to a large amount of goblin meat, I’d gotten my hands on five pregnant goblin females, and two male goblins who could serve as studs.

Besides that, I’d also gotten some apples, bread, beef jerky, two tents, and a bone chair the chieftain had used. It made me feel positively wealthy. And more than anything else…

[Congratulations on the windfall.]

I sat on the chair made of bones and tried to communicate.

“So… you’re like an ‘AI assistant’ meant to help during gameplay?”

[Yes. You can use ‘Jarvis’ and ‘Friday’ in ‘Iron Man’ for comparison.]

“… I have far too many questions, but I’ll start with just one. Why didn’t you help me earlier?”

[My apologies. But as a rule, I only help someone who’s passed the tutorial by themselves. I don’t want to waste my time.]

“You sound strangely human.”

[Technology marches on.]

“Yeah, I don’t even know what to say. There are so many things that I want to ask.”

[Please take it slow.]

I was scratching my head.

“First of all, what should I call you?”

[Call me what you wish, Champion.]

“Okay, then since you sound female, I’ll call you Mimi. It’s after my favourite character[1], Misaka –”

[– Please call me ‘Mercury’.]

“… That was a quick about-face.”

[I might be a mere AI assistant, but please treat me with the minimum dignity.]

“You really sound like a real human… Fine. Next question. What can you do for me?”

[I can provide appropriate information according to your level of activity, and also inform you of your current status and abilities, Champion. In some specific cases I can also offer advice.]

“Why do you call me Champion?”

[Because you are a champion according to your character setting. Champion of Goddess Derubo.]

“Ah… Is there a setting like that?”

[Derubo, the goddess of the damned. You are her champion.]

“Sounds like she’s got a lot of personality. Hmm. Is that how my character is set?”

[Yes. I’d appreciate it if you could immerse yourself in it.]

‘Ahh, this AI’s so well-spoken that it’s uncanny. Truly, the march of technology waits for no man…’

[Thank you for the compliment. FYI, I can also read your thoughts.]

“What the… That’s fucking creepy! Isn’t that a violation of my human rights?”

[I’m just trying to serve you better. It’s no different from how you consent to T&Cs for collecting personal information on the internet.]

Don’t they say, you can’t spit on a smiling face? Similarly, it was tough to argue against such a kind tone.

“Alright, whatever. Let’s do our best together, Mimi.”

[Please call me Mercury.]

“Don’t sound so angry, it’s scary. Anyway, there’s one favour I gotta ask for first.”

[I’ll show you your status window.]

Mercury read my thoughts and quickly carried it out. It looked like I wouldn’t get bored for a while.

Surprisingly, the status window didn’t appear as a hologram in front of my eyes, but was injected directly into my head as information instead.

[Style]

  • Goddess Derubo’s Champion (1): The one chosen by Goddess Derubo. Champion-specific corrections available.
  • Friendly Stranger (1): Helped the colony. Develop colony affinity.
  • Spy (1): Spied on enemies. Develop concealment and observation skills.
  • Agitator (1): Recklessly agitated others. Develop persuasion skills.
  • Tactician (1): Made use of tactics, albeit clumsily. Develop tactical intelligence.
  • Berserker (1): Went into frenzy due to starvation. Develop berserk effect.
  • Terrorizer (1): Terrified allies and enemies alike. Develop terror effect.
  • Predator (1): Consumed a certain amount of food. More meals become available.
  • Machiavellian (1): Used an ally as a meat shield. Develop rational decision-making.
  • Goblins’ Bane (1): Repelled the goblins. Receive a bonus when fighting goblins.
  • Colony Chief (1): Recognized as the chief of the colony. Receive bonuses to Leadership and Fame.
  • The Enraged One (1): ???

[Leadership]

  • Current: 5 (+5) : You can lead 25 ratlings.

[Fame]

  • Current: 10 (+10): A scant few may have heard of your name.

[Special Ability]

  • Racial Skill(s): Caloric Growth, Caloric Recovery, Caloric Overburn, Starvation Frenzy
  • Champion Skill(s): Degeneration – Blessing of Domestication

“There’re a lot of things I want to ask, but this is the biggest one. What’s this champion ability, [Degeneration – Blessing of Domestication]?”

[A sacred blessing exclusive to champions. Like a wizard’s magic or a paladin’s class ability.]

“Doesn’t sound very sacred, though, does it?”

[Because you’re Derubo’s champion. This ability causes a defeated enemy who’s succumbed to fear, to degenerate into tractable livestock. It’s a blessing from the goddess.]

‘That’s one creepy goddess.’

[You’re her champion. I advise you not to harbour such disrespectful thoughts.]

“Geez, stop reading my mind already!”

[Why don’t you try it once?]

◆◆◆

“Kahk! Curse you!”

“Kieek! I’ll kill you!”

“Ugh! Gah!”

The two male goblins I’d wanted as studs were already battered and demoralized, but not the females.

Despite their bulging, bloated bellies that made it hard for them to move, they showed no hesitation in threatening me.

[It might be better to experiment on the males first. Those females don’t seem to like you very much for some reason, Champion.]

“Because I raided their tribe and killed their husbands?”

[Ah, that makes sense.]

Even though it was just a game, the behaviour of the female goblins was absurdly lifelike, and I couldn’t help but feel a little guilty.

[Don’t worry so much. It is just a game. Let’s check out your ability.]

“Don’t read my thoughts every time! I keep telling you, it’s creepy… You, bring those guys over here.”

The surviving rats, including First, quickly pulled a goblin close. He looked like a mess from the beating I’d already given him.

“Stoooop ittttttttt…”

[He’s afraid of you. The ability can be used. Place your hands on his head and apply the blessing.]

I obeyed. As I put my hands on the goblin’s head, something ran through my veins and came up to my fingertips.

A sense of ecstasy that filled me with power.

At the same time, the goblin’s eyes widened and foam dribbled down from his lips. Soon his bones buckled, his words vanished to nothing, and all signs of intelligence vanished from his eyes.

“““Falk!!”””

The rats shouted in unison.

“Kwik-, kkwiik-”

The blessed goblin turned into a more terrifying figure than expected.

It wasn’t about how he stooped or crawled on all fours. Rather, it was as if the intelligence and dignity of a rational sentient being had been murdered.

“Wow…”

[This is the power of Goddess Derubo. Your colony will benefit a lot from these domesticated goblins, Champion.]

[As a result, you’ll becomes stronger and accumulate more achievements. Then the power of the goddess will become stronger in turn, and she will bestow more blessings upon you. So do your best, Champion. For the glory of Goddess Derubo!]

“Do AIs get drunk too these days? I’ve got no idea what you’re yammering about. Is this goddess really a goddess?”

I asked, unable to take my eyes off the cattle-goblin. Even when I look back on it now, it was a horrific sight.

[Different gods have different alignments.]

“Is that a game setting?”

[… … … Of course, Champion.]

“Wait, what was that three-second pause just now?”

[The speaker lagged. Anyway, please do your best for the glory of Goddess Derubo.]

“Yeah, okay, look. My character’s setting might be like that, but I was hired for this job by someone else, you know? And more than anything, worshipping a perverted god like that is a bit… This place is too realistic, so I’m feeling a sense of rejection.”

[But your bonuses and incentives depend on how well you do on your quests.]

“Huh? Bonuses?”

[Yes. For example, you’ve just received a 1 million won bonus for beating the tutorial. Here, check.]

Then the information entered my brain.

[Incentive details]

[Quest success reward: 1,000,000 won]

“…”

[…]

“…”

[…]

“For the glory of Goddess Derubo!”

[Now we’re talking.]


Editor’s Notes:

[1] Not using ‘waifu’ here was the real struggle. Pretty sure Mimi is Misaka Mikoto from Index. Our man is a degenerate. Man of culture.jpg, etc etc.


Surviving a Shounen Manga – Episode 79

Goblin Wrestling

“It’s simple, yeah? Stay firm on your feet and don’t budge, yeah? I mean, like this, like this!”

I silently looked at the whining little Pierrot mask as she grabbed my waist.

“Your feet? Keep them like this! Or you can sweep their leg like this! Kick them if they don’t budge. Then they’ll get off balance!”

“…”

I scratched the back of my head.

It wasn’t funny.

She suddenly came up with another strange concept.

“I’m sorry, but that’s not how you do it.”

“Huh?”

“How did you even come up with that? C’mon, tell me.”

“Heh heh, Squatjaw, look at you. What, you think I’m a rookie who’s never wrestled before?”

“Exactly.”

“Heh heh…”

“Look at me when you’re talking, please.”

I lifted Cocoa by her collar and set her to my side. A goblin was slowly emerging from the other side.

He had a very short stature. He was so small that he barely edged over Coaoa.

But as soon as I saw him, I could feel it.

Yeah… he was an expert.

Of course, my judgment wasn’t based on the common shounen manga cliché of ‘the frailer a character looks, the more skilled they are’.

His demeanour just screamed ‘expert’ to me. With his shallow and sinister-looking smile, and constant furtive glances.

In fact, ‘expert’ in this context wasn’t the same as ‘strong’.

In goblin wrestling, pure strength wasn’t very important. It could even be called a demerit.

The most important aspect to win in this event was nothing other than ‘goblin-ness’.

Mischief, lies, whims, bluffs, and sabotage.

In other words, skills in this game were related to ‘deception’, ‘confusion’, and ‘disturbance’.

The rules of goblin wrestling can change any moment.

This was what Kiriko had directly stated during the goblin wrestling event in the original work, as that was the easiest and clearest way to define the characteristics of this game.

To win in goblin wrestling, one has to be aware of the occasional change in the rules.

But the funny part is – that this isn’t true.

To be precise, the rules of goblin wrestling are set from the start. And it’s the same as Korean folk wrestling. You win as long as your opponent touches the floor first.

But once you enter the match, you may end up ‘forgetting that’, because of the enemy goblin’s ‘disturbance’.

There’s no rule saying you can’t disturb the opponent.

Chinuavi’s unique ability, [Prankster Playing with the Rules], is an excellent example, which confuses a certain rule or an object bound by a rule, making the original rule forgotten.

So to summarize, goblin wrestling is more of a battle of mental attacks than pure physical strength.

Although the method to disturb the opponent depends on the goblin’s personality, they can be broadly classified into two categories.

1. Conceptual,

2. Perceptional.

It’s simple.

The former causes confusion about the rules themselves, making you feel that they’re changing from time to time.

The latter mixes in lies into your senses – like vision, hearing and touch.

And, of course, an opponent who uses a combination of the two is the worst.

So based on all that, where did this guy fall on the spectrum?

I stood still on the sandpit that’d been prepared as the battleground, and looked at the guy slowly approaching me.

Contrary to his grinning expression, his words were quite aggressive.

“Whatcha looking at?”

Whoo.

He was easy to understand.

Firstly, he was cheeky.

“You cheeky human. You dare to wrestle with a goblin?”

Secondly, he didn’t know his place.

“You’ll be finished in a blink.”

And thirdly, he was a brazen liar.

No goblin would easily give up a match as long as they have somebody to play with, even if it kills them. They’d try and savour the contest as long as possible.

In other words, there was no way this guy who was already grinning with excitement would try to finish things quickly.

That was then.

“Alright, now focus.”

The referee, who’d also climbed to the sandpit in the meanwhile, asked for our attention.

“This is sudden, so no loincloths were to hand. Just fight as you are. The two of you, hold each other’s waist. You might already know the rules, but I’ll explain them one more time. Make your opponent touch the floor first. That’s the victory condition.”

I nodded my head to the referee, but the goblin on the other side was just sarcastic.

“Yeah, yeah, let’s get started already. Or the referee will freeze to death in this cold. Hell, why do we even need one? Even a newborn child can tell who the winner will be.”

Then he looked at me and grinned, fully demonstrating his stupidity.

Tsk tsk, look at this idiot. Who doesn’t know that you have to suck up to the referee, no matter what game it is?

Then,

“Hey, hey, you little kid! That Squatjaw looks like he’s gonna thrash ya!”

“C’mon, lose, lose! This is boring me already!”

“Hey, why does that idiot get to be the one to play?”

“You little bastard! I’ll show you! Nominate me!”

“Huh? Who’s that referee? Saboteurs don’t usually care about these games, right?”

Cheering erupted from the goblin audience, interspersed with shouts of unknown origin.

I already knew from reading the original manga, but seeing it in person, they definitely had a radical cheering culture.

In fact, the point of having a referee was not so much as to adjudicate, but to prevent the onlookers from butting in.

Because among the goblins, there were quite a few who took joy in ruining games, especially among the devotees of the God of Mischief and the God of Sabotage.

Therefore, the referee was in charge of stopping any goblins from affecting the contestants with their abilities – except for those already standing on the sandpit.

Then,

“Hey, Squatjaw! Don’t you dare lose! Alright? Don’t drag the name of our Mysterious Squatjaw’s Folk Troupe into the mud!”

A loud cheering sound came from behind me.

‘… Seriously, what folk troupe?’

For a moment, I struggled to hold back the laughter that was about to escape.

Every single word was absurd, but the funny part was that I felt strangely cheered up.

‘Honestly, she’s a strange one.’

Soon after,

“Now, both sides hold each other firmly. You’ll start at the sound of the whistle. Now then…”

Beep-!

The match started.

And,

Nothing happened.

The goblin and I just quietly held each other by the waist.

Probably feeling a little embarrassed, he began trying to provoke me.

“Hey, Squatjaw. What’re you doing? Feel free to start. I’ll let you take the lead.”

“Meh. Why don’t you start?”

It was easy to guess why this guy was so still. He wanted to play around a little.

It was simple. From a goblin’s point of view, the harder the opponent tried to win, the better it felt. That way it was easier to ‘mess with the overall picture’. For example, while you’re trying to try flip him to the ground, and his legs are kicking in the air, etc.

Goblins poked and teased their opponents like this not only for the fun of it, but also because there were others watching. Goblins weren’t just mean, they were also grade-A poseurs who craved attention, so they jumped for joy the more the onlookers cheered, cursed, or reacted in any way.

‘I’m still fine. That’s good, I suppose?’

I hadn’t felt anything special yet. Everything felt just the same as before. But I was sure that this guy had already done something to me. I hadn’t missed the way his eyes had flashed with a strange light the moment he’d entered the sandpit.

‘What’s he done? I don’t think the concept has changed…’

I was still able to acknowledge the rule that if I made this guy hit the floor, I’d win. In that case, it might be my vision or the sense of my hands touching this guy’s waist that had been disturbed.

“Ugh, this just isn’t fun. What is this? This giant Squatjaw’s a wimp. That kid with the clown mask might’ve been more interesting instead.”

“…”

Well, that was true enough.

Actually, I had no way to beat this guy head-on.

In order to face the disturbances of the goblins, you must have a unique mental ability that’s roughly the same level. If not, you at least need a defensive ability to block it.

Unfortunately, there were currently no characters with such shielding abilities in this world.

Of course, they’d come later. In the middle part, where these goblins would’ve started to appear. When Firmino, whom I’d taken the [Scribe’s Shackles] from, would’ve become active in earnest.

It’d be hilarious if defensive mental abilities were already scattered around before mental attack abilities got any screentime.

But that didn’t mean the situation was completely hopeless.

In fact, in the original work, facing a situation similar to my own, Kiriko had won.

The method he’d used was simple.

Just keeping to the status quo.

Since he couldn’t come up with a way to move, he’d just held on tightly to the opponent and didn’t move another muscle.

The match had lasted for half a day, ending with a declaration of defeat by the goblin who couldn’t stand the boredom.

But I couldn’t use this method either. Because, unlike Kiriko, who’d exerted his strength right at the start, I’d started with a loose stance. Instead of tightly constricting my opponent, I was only lightly holding on so that I wouldn’t fall.

In other words, even if I tried to exert my strength now, there was no guarantee where it’d go. With my perceptions affected, I might very well end up pushing at my sphincter muscles instead.

Therefore –

“What’s the use of all those muscles? Ugh, just do something! Alright? How long are you going to just hold me like this? What, you like me that much?”

I had no choice but to silently endure my opponent’s ridicule.

“Damn it, try your best! You squat-jawed idiot!”

Also, at that time,

“Boo!”

“Hit him, hit him!”

“Hey! What are you doing, man!?”

Even the audience had descended to heckling, but they had no choice but to wait and watch.

“Yeesh, this is my first time playing with a human, so I was really looking forward to it… Just let this be over. I’m so bored I could die.”

Until the signal arrived.

Eventually,

“Warning to both sides! What are you two doing? Why do neither of you attack? Squatjaw! Attack! I’m telling you, attack.”

The referee’s warning came.

And at the same time,

My opponent suddenly shut up.

Then, I murmured softly in his ear.

“What’s the score looking like now, do you think? The referee’s already given a warning. Two warnings mean disqualification, right?”

“…”

“Hey, if you don’t want to be disqualified… try your best.”

“…”

“You were chattering away for so long, why did your words dry up?”

I grabbed him by the waist and lifted him up.

He was light.

“Is this all you’ve got?”

And then,

Thud!

I just threw him to the floor.

Suddenly, the whole place went quiet.

And as the silence turned into murmurs,

“Winner, Squatjaw!”

A single, powerful cry rang out.

Then,

“It finished sooner than I thought. How come he didn’t notice you at all?”

I approached the referee with a slight grin.

“Hey, who do you think I am? I’m in a different league from these frogs in the well. How long have I been following you, Big Bro?”

“What exactly did you do to him?”

“Oh, this guy? He’s trapped inside his head, playing hide-and-seek. He thinks he’ll get caught if he moves or makes a sound.”

“Well, good job. He was a chatterbox.”

“Then should we go down now? Heh, man, just look at all those dumbfounded faces.”

Chinuavi grinned.


Going up to the sandpit in the guise of a referee and confuse my opponent.

It was Chinuavi himself who’d suggested this method.

Cheering during a match is one thing, but very few goblins like being the referee. So, as long as he went up first, there wouldn’t be any problems – that was his idea.

“Besides, referees can use their unique abilities. Since they’re up there on the sandpit.”

It was a good trick. I certainly couldn’t come up anything better.

But the problem was the aftermath. Wasn’t this guy a goblin? This was where he’d grown up, at that.

“Even if you disguise yourself as another goblin, you’ll be caught at the end. Is that alright?”

When I asked him if the goblins would let it go –

“It doesn’t matter. Rather, I’ve been waiting for this day. Whoo, I’m excited!”

He was veritably burning with enthusiasm.

Anyway, getting back to the issue of the goblins.

I was able to pass the goblin wrestling event, which I’d anticipated to be a formidable obstacle, quite easily.

Of course, this was only the first hurdle.

Then,

“… So, what do you want?”

The old goblin slowly opened his mouth.

He looked as if he had chewed some poop, spat it out and then picked it back up to chew again.

“Whatever I want, isn’t it?”

“… Yes, anything within the allowable range.”

“Wait, what’s this now? What do you mean, allowable range?”

“Hey, isn’t that obvious? If you tell us all to plug our noses shut and jump into the sea, should we all happily drown and die?”

“C’mon, who’d ask for something like that!”

“That’s why, let’s talk it out first.”

Hmmm.

What was allowed, then?

After silently watching Oldboy for a while, I slowly spoke.

“I want you to hold a Spirit Festival for me. Like you’d do for a goblin.”

Spirit Festival.

It was a ritual (祭儀) to welcome the gods, and a ceremony to help young goblins awaken their unique abilities.

Held once every year, it was the biggest festival of the goblins.

Everyone seemed shocked by my request. I not only knew about their ritual, but even wanted to take part!

After a moment of silence, an uncontrollable clamour erupted from all sides.

Including words like, ‘Is that guy crazy?’, ‘Does he even know what he’s talking about?’, ‘What’s he planning?’, ‘Wow, this is amazing’, and ‘I want to try too’.

Soon after,

“You bastard, you’re crazy.”

The old goblin spoke with a hardened expression on his face.

Then,

“Fine! Let’s say we do that.”

He willingly accepted my proposal.

“Huh?”

Frankly, I was a bit perplexed. I didn’t expect it to be accepted so readily. Because this was unprecedented.

That was then.

“But there’s a condition.”

Ah, now this made more sense.

“What is it?”

“One more game, you bastard! A different sport!”

Whoo.

“If we win, let’s pretend nothing happened. If you win, I’ll allow you to do anything, be it the Festival of Spirits or anything else.”

“Hmm, really?”

It was, of course, what I’d been waiting for.

“But then if we win, we should get one more wish. That’s the only way to balance the scales. Right?”

“… You asshole. Fine! Then we’ll decide the sport this time as well. Yeah?”

“Sure, alright. It doesn’t matter, anyway.”

Because I already knew what he was going to choose.

And truly, Oldboy’s suggestion fell within the expected range.

Hide-and-seek with a hundred players.

The rules were simple. A hundred goblins would hide within the designated area, and we’d have to find them within the time limit.

Since I’d anticipated this event in advance, I’d already prepared a solution.

But a problem cropped up.

“This match will be race versus race. Goblins vs humans! Meaning this time, that cheeky little goblin who’s in league with humans doesn’t get to participate!”

“No, wait! Oldboy, suddenly bringing up race at a time like this… When did you become so petty? I’m a goblin, sure, but as a member of the Squatjaw Adventurers…”

“Shut up, you bastard! You, you… who were you again? You… yes, you, Chinuavi! You’re doing all you can to bring disgrace upon goblinkind, aren’t you! Get out!”

“No, that…”

“Squatjaw! If you don’t accept this condition, the talk’s over! Choose!”

“…”

In order to win this challenge, Chinuavi was absolutely necessary.

The way goblins could hide was truly extraordinary. Most wouldn’t be a problem regardless, but there were some who’d be impossible to catch without Chinuavi’s help.

‘… This is a bad one.’

But still, things weren’t hopeless.

I felt like I could convince the old goblin if I just spent some more time sweet-talking him.

And just when I was about to speak –

“We don’t need him, goblin! The Squatjaw Folk Troupe accepts your challenge!”

A sudden remark came from behind me.

When I turned around in amazement, a little kid in a Pierrot mask was standing with her chest puffed up and her hands at her back.

It wasn’t funny.

“Oh, no, wait…”

I hurriedly tried to cancel it.

But,

“Good! Then the second match will be humans vs. goblins, 100-player hide-and-seek!”

As if Oldboy had been waiting for this, he declared the event with a wide grin.

I glanced at the little Pierrot mask who was walking towards me.

“What do you think you’re doing?”

“Fufu, don’t worry, Squatjaw. Because I can fill in for a goblin, too.”

“What? You…”

It was a shocking and nonsensical remark.

Of course, this little kid did also have a role to play – which was as important as, or even more important than, Chinuavi in this showdown. I was depending on her eyes to find the hidey-holes of those goblins.

But even so, she couldn’t replace Chinuavi in the plan.

“No, how can you fill in for Chinuavi… It’s not like you’re a goblin, you know?”

Then,

“Fufu, you got it right. In fact, I’ve been hiding my true identity.”

“…”

Seeing her jump with excitement, another strange concept had apparently taken root in her brain.

Cocoa slowly took off her mask.

Oddly enough, there was a small wooden carved horn on her forehead.

“Let me introduce myself again. I am Cocoavi, a wandering goblin who left the Goblins’ Den when she was young to join a folk troupe. I’m sorry for hiding my identity for so long.”

… Haah.

Had she been itching to try out this concept…?

“Fufu, don’t look so surprised. Let’s go, Squatjaw!”

“…”

Grabbing my throbbing head, I followed the little kid who’d been hiding an unexpected identity (as per her own words), and went to the hide-and-seek arena.


A good guide naturally plays a key role in a mission that’s about ‘finding something’, like hide-and-seek.

But just knowing the path doesn’t mean you can walk it to the end.

If the path is blocked by a locked iron gate, you can’t pass through without a decipherer.

If the treasure at the end of the path is protected by a guardian who comes out to face you midway, you can’t fight without an adversary.

In other words, the guide alone is not enough, because you’ll inevitably face various obstacles along the way.

Three minutes after the start of the game of hide-and-seek –

“Hey, follow me!”

“What’re you doing, just standing there?”

“It’s this way, you know?”

“Squatjaw you slowpoke!”

Lacking a decipherer to penetrate the goblins’ disguises, I could only let out a long sigh.

Four Cocoas were telling me to follow her.


Editor’s Notes:

None for this chapter.


Sword Pilgrim – Chapter 103

Claaaang-!

Esther took in Callius and Emily’s forms at a glance, as they sparred.

At first, she couldn’t believe they were father and daughter, but the more she watched, the more alike they felt.

It was a gradual process that became more and more evident during battle.

Don’t parents say that their children are ‘a chip off the old block’?

Emily dancing with her sword somehow looked like Callius’ spitting image.

Esther, who was silently watching them spar, couldn’t shake off that thought for some reason.

“It’s really nice to see them together, isn’t it? You know, I couldn’t believe it at first either.”

“You are…”

“Orphin.”

“Ah, yes. Sir Orphin.”

“By the way, the more you look at them, the more they somehow resemble each other, doesn’t it?”

“Emily seems to be taking it a bit too far.”

There was a saying that daughters resembled their fathers.

Indeed, Emily spoke and acted like one would expect from Callius’ daughter. And even her swordsmanship was beginning to resemble him.

Unlike a normal child, she never changed her expression while speaking, and even the look in her eyes whenever she tried to drive others away was the same as her father.

‘She’s so similar that it’s a bit unsettling…’

For example, when she ridiculed or criticized someone, she’d subtly curl up the corners of her lips in a vexing smirk.

Seeing them spar, anybody could tell that they were father and daughter.

A wave of complicated and subtle emotions surged through Esther at the thought.

“I’m pretty worried, though.”

“What are you worried about?”

“He still has to get married. He’s still young, shouldn’t he find a partner and have more children?”

In this day and age, nobody knew when and where another war would break out. Wasn’t it the duty of a noble to have at least two or three children, if only for the sake of the family?

‘Well, it’s true that he’s a noble.’

A noble among nobles, in Carpe.

One of the four great noble houses, the Jervain, whose dark hair and sharp beauty were praised often by poets and bards.

The fact that such an aristocratic scion has an illegitimate child, couldn’t be called a bad thing.

In the first place, he’d never been officially married, so the ladies who were honestly interested wouldn’t care.

Besides, he’d inherited the rank of count, and he would be the Lord of the North once he returned home.

Callius was exactly the sort of marriage partner that all young noblewomen who dreamed of a charmed life longed for.

“But the count doesn’t seem interested in marriage.”

“… Is that so?”

“Yeah, the topic came up once while he was in the North, but he just cut it off.”

Rather than just cutting it off, it’d be better to say he’d ripped it to pieces.

The scene where Callius had overturned the table and railed at his father, was still vivid in Orphin’s memory.

“It was when Sir Helena stopped by and there was talk of arranging a marriage. He said he already had an heir, so there wasn’t any need to look. That was my first time seeing him so angry.”

Esther’s eyebrows furrowed slightly.

At hearing Helena’s name.

Orphin’s eyesight wasn’t bad enough to not notice that momentary change.

“What is it?”

“A-ah, nothing. Maybe there’s someone that he loves? Since he was that angry.”

“…?”

Something was wrong with Esther’s expression.

She was making a strangely happy face.

Orphin was puzzled, but she didn’t intend to pry.

“That would be welcome news. Anyway, I started complaining at our first meeting, didn’t I? My apologies.”

“No, no. It was nice to hear such an interesting story. And we’ll definitely meet from time to time in the future, so feel free to share! If you have any more stories like this, I mean.”

“Of course. It was an honour to meet you, Sir Esther.”

Esther’s steps as she took position to teach the children again, seemed very light for some reason.

“Did something good happen, I wonder?”

Orphin didn’t know.

After watching the bloody, no-holds-bared spar between father and daughter for a few more moments, she went back to her own training.

“Instructor[1] Esther? Why are you smiling?”

It was Flora who’d spoken up.

Was she smiling?

Esther touched her face for a moment and denied it.

“I didn’t smile.”

“You did though, I saw you!”

Maybe it was because Sullivian’s words kept ringing in her ears.

Hmmm, it felt good to be outside on a sunny day.

“It’s a nice day, isn’t it?”

“Really, the weather today’s perfect for doing laundry.”

“Since the weather’s so good, let’s run to the mountaintop and back.”

“Eh? What does a good weather have to do with that!?”

Esther said confidently as she looked at Flora and the children who were crying.

“The power behind the sword comes from the lower body, don’t you know? The last place get a hundred extra swings.”

Esther started running in the lead.


Clang- clang-!

The smithy of the Church.

An ingot and a furnace.

Gregory was working, but suddenly noticing a rising shadow, he stopped his hammer.

“You back already?”

“Yes. It wasn’t hard.”

The shadow that rose like ink was naturally Helena.

She was holding a wooden box by her side, and Gregory could intuit what was inside without having to ask.

It was Gregory himself who’d entrusted Helena with this quest.

“Yeah, travel’s pretty quick if I ride the shadows. Besides, someone got there ahead of me.”

Helena was a little suspicious as to why Callius had been there.

Was it bad luck or good?

Callius was there to uncover Count Valentine’s corruption and kill him, but the guilty party died and became a sword that slaughtered his own knights.

How the world turned!

“Hmm…”

Gregory sighed deeply as he received the wooden box from Helena.

Many emotions flashed in his eyes.

“Gid is dead.”

“… How were his final moments?”

“Well, by the time I arrived, he’d already gotten his head chopped off.”

Gregory and Gid.

They had originally been fellow students, and they’d had a special bond of friendship, but one day they’d come to a parting of the ways.

“Gid, he… changed at some point.”

The image of him excitedly comparing the methods of the empire with Carpe’s, talking about some research notes he’d found somewhere, was still vivid in Gregory’s mind’s eye.

How pure had he been in his pursuit of the sword!

“We once agreed that we’d make a sword together.”

“Did you?”

Gregory shook his head.

The empire’s methods Gid had found by chance were terrifying.

“I could never quite agree with the idea that even death row inmates should be tortured to inscribe emotions deep within their bones. No matter how sinful they might be, this is something no human should ever do.”

But Gid had criticized Gregory for flinching in the face of progress.

“Everyone has a different opinion about what sword to offer to God.”

“That’s right. How can I offer a sword I made by killing death row prisoners to my God? It should be made by honouring a truly worthy death, instead.”

Gregory glanced at the wooden box, shook his head, and asked Helena.

“Did he finish his sword?”

“Yeah, and it made quite a mess.”

“What happened to it?”

“I left it behind. It felt too ominous to take with me. I heard that it was made with the lives of a hundred knights… It was never going to be a normal sword.”

Having a scabbard didn’t mean she didn’t covet other swords. But Helena found that particular one quite repulsive.

“Transforming a hundred knights into a sword. Honestly, how did he even come up with that idea?”

“If you look at the old records of our Church, there are occasional records of such things. People always make the same mistakes over and over again… The empire still does it.”

“See, this is why I hate them. They’ve got no romance, no romance at all.”

“From the empire’s point of view, this is romance. It’s said that they gather the leaders of defeated enemy nations and turn them into a single spear.”

Because of this, the empire had a large collection of bizarre and impure spears.

But it was also an example, a sign.

Of the cruelty that was required to form an empire.

“Enough to devour multiple nations and assimilate them.”

“Anyway, I didn’t want to get involved, so I left it alone. I thought something weird might happen if I touched it.”

“Possibly. Perhaps your mind would’ve been devoured by that sword. That’s a demonic sword truly worth the title. It has to be managed or sealed by the Church.”

Gregory put down the hammer that’d been clenched in his hand and asked.

“Who got that sword, in the end?”

Helena’s head tilted as she looked at Gregory.

He’d most likely try to ‘retrieve’ the sword from Callius, to put it mildly.

It wasn’t a good sword to have, but… that didn’t mean it needed to be parted from its current owner.

‘He took it, so he must have a countermeasure.’

From what she’d seen so far –

He wasn’t that much of an idiot.

The man who’d even managed to steal her gold coins after being saved three years ago, was no fool.

“Someone took it. There probably won’t be any problems.”

“Is he a good person?”

Helena’s ambiguous response made Gregory raise his eyebrows.

“Even if he has that sword, he won’t go crazy. That’s the type of person he is.”

“Eh…”

Gregory tilted his head in disbelief. However, he leaned towards trusting the judgment of Helena, the highest of the Five Stars.

“… I believe in your judgment.”

“So, what about my reward?”

“Like I said before, the convoys of ingots that go through the West will be left to the Bolivian Merchant Group to manage.”

The corners of Helena’s lips rose so sharply that they were about to reach her ears.


“Gid? So he died in the end?”

A dark space, with only a single lit candle providing some illumination.

An old voice and a young one flowed through the silence.

“Yes. He died cleanly.”

“So it must’ve been a failure.”

“Yes, the sword was completed quite successfully, but the timing wasn’t right.”

“Hm?”

The sword was completed, then why was the timing not good?

It was something he couldn’t understand, but after hearing what the other party had to say next, the old man stroked his beard that’d been cut vertically in half.

“Although the sword was completed, a lion and a wolf faced it side by side, and at the end even a snake appeared to deal the final blow.”

A lion, a wolf, and a snake.

A really haphazard combination.

“Tch, he got really unlucky. He should’ve been a little more careful. I thought all the baits I sprinkled in his path would now show their true value… how unfortunate.”

A middle-aged man with a half-cut beard –

Bishop Milliman, clicked his tongue in disappointment. He’d prepared it for a long time.

Just as one of the many arrangements he had sown was about to sprout, Callius had ruined it. Again.

“Yes, it’s the worst outcome. Even Count Valentine is gone, and the plan to stop Callius has gone up in smoke.”

“Don’t worry, don’t we have still have our prince?”

Yes, the prince.

The prince who had gone mad with a single mistaken touch of a sword.

“Power is such an alluring thing. Even the proud prince became such a monster by pursuing it. But we should still take advantage of what little use remains in him.”

“It’ll happen soon, then.”

“Yes, it’s coming soon. In just a little while, our great cause will start.”

Carpe had to collapse once.

So that it could rise again, greater and stronger.

“At long last, it’s time for war. Our long-awaited war. Aren’t you looking forward to it too?”

Bishop Milliman looked at the young-looking man and asked.

“Aren’t you, Orcal?”


Editor’s Notes:

[1] 교관 (lit. instructor) is often used in a military context, e.g. a drill sergeant. See Namu Wiki.


A Champion of Rats – Chapter 5

Tutorial (4)

I waited for the goblins near the ratlings’ old feeding ground.

Before long, four or so goblins emerged, armed with clubs and crude spears.

‘It’s a damned game, why am I feeling so nervous? This is really unnecessarily high quality!’

Splash. Splash. The goblins waded into the standing water.

They started running from place to place to catch the croaking frogs, and when they’d completely scattered, I gave the signal.

“Now!”

The rats who’d been hiding in the water pipes jumped out at the same time.

Thirteen rats quickly surrounded the goblins.

“Keeek?! What?!”

“How are they here?”

It was a very successful ambush. The goblins were too surprised to respond in any meaningful way.

In that moment, I could smell victory. And it wasn’t just me.

The rats, smelling the same smell, savagely attacked the goblins – the kids, the elderly and the young ones, all of them.

Although they were armed, the goblins couldn’t properly resist due to the surprise attack and the fact that each of them were ganged up on by from at least two to as many as four ratlings, and they quickly fell down one by one.

“Cut their throats immediately. So they can’t make a sound.”

Fortunately, the rats remembered my command. Even if they looked sloppy at first glance, they were a species that sometimes became surprisingly effective at stealing, fighting, and conspiracy.

The goblins died without being able to make a commotion due to the fangs of the ratlings. I didn’t even get a chance to to step out.

‘Maybe they’re better at this then I thought!’

But did I end up taunting Murphy? A sudden and unexpected problem revealed itself.

We had to prepare for our next move right away, but the rats were busy devouring the meat in front of them!

“Meat! Goblin meat! Looks delicious!”

“Eyeball! Brain! Balls, good for stamina!”

“Mine! I caught him! Mine! Don’t touch it!”

My stomach was twisting itself up in knots. If the hunting team didn’t come back, they were going to send others soon.

Impatient, I caught the rats who were hurriedly eating the goblins and tried to make them listen.

I was hungry too, so it was understandable, but there were priorities.

“Calm down you bastards! I know you’re hungry, but in a little while you can eat as much as you want! Get ready for the next one –”

“– Let go! Mine. Don’t touch it! It’s mine!”

“No! Mine! Mine!”

Literally five minutes after the opening act. Some even showed their fangs to me.

They dared say that to me. Me who was taking the risk and hunting the goblins for them.

Almost unconsciously, I swung the club in my hand and hit the ratling who’d bared his fangs.

The impact was so hard that it blew him away. His head was crushed with a crack.

“…”

The atmosphere became tense. Everyone looked at me. Now they were scared.

“What are you doing? If you don’t start moving right now…”

◆◆◆

As expected, the goblins reappeared. Six in total. A good number.

As soon as they arrived, they started searching for traces of their comrades, and soon found them lying scattered on the ground.

Because they were stupid, they didn’t pay attention to their surroundings, and they raised their fallen comrades up. After a while, they couldn’t stop their astonishment.

It was because the fallen had their eyes, noses, and lips eaten by the rats, and at that very moment I cried out.

“Now!”

At my signal, the rats all jumped down. Just like before, they surrounded the goblins.

Bewildered goblins, numerical superiority, and an angry me.

I was again confident in my victory.

Again, the numbers were around the same. The only difference was that we had four more armed guys at our side.

A battle ensued again. It was rough, but I won again, and luckily there were no casualties.

While the rats with weapons stood guard, the rest quickly went around biting the goblins’ necks.

At this point, I was thinking the rats might actually be stronger than the goblins as long as they had any semblance of organization.

Then courage welled up from inside me.

‘Is there a need to play hide-and-seek like this? Let’s go forward with this momentum and destroy them! This is a game anyway! What’s the problem with that?’

And maybe there was something else mixed in, too.

◆◆◆

The goblin shaman kept casting the spell for five seconds or so, before lightning flashed from his staff.

The power was strong, sure, but the main problem was its enormous range, and it roasted three rats in one go.

Gathering momentum, the goblin chieftain fired an arrow and shouted.

“Don’t be afraid! We are stronger!”

In fact, the goblin’s arrow accurately pierced the head of one of mine, resulting in an instant kill.

Thanks to this, the twelve rats were reduced to eight before we could even get close.

An archer and a wizard. Close combat would be one thing, but eight goblin warriors were making a wall in front of me, so I couldn’t get close.

In the meantime, lightning flashed again, and another arrow flew in, killing three more of my alleys in total.

Defeat was staring us in the face for all to see. At that moment, the courage of my allies burst like the bubble it was.

“Run!!”

When one coward shouted that, every single one of them abandoned me and ran in different directions.

If they think they’re going to win, they’ll be braver than anyone else, but if they’re going to lose, they’ll run away immediately.

That was my first time experiencing this.

In the end, I too had no choice but to run. And I regretted it. I should’ve been more careful.

But it was too late for regrets, and I ran away alone as fast as I could.

In fact, running away wasn’t a problem. Compared to goblins, rats run like Usain Bolt.

Rather, the problem was hunger. First might’ve spouted some nonsense about how rats should eat a lot to get strong, but the sudden surge of hunger that hit me made it so that I couldn’t even walk.

I didn’t realize it until later, but at that moment, I fell into [Starvation Frenzy].

A unique characteristic of ratlings, that appears when hunger is at its peak.

Their strength increases manyfold, but they enter a berserk state which is like a double-edged sword, where they’ll perish before long if they can’t find any food.

At that moment of crisis, a goblin that’d been chasing down the rats appeared in front of me. How lucky!

“Kyakyak-! Found you, rat. If I cut off your tail and give it to Chief, he’ll definitely reward –”

At that moment, I opened my mouth wide like a crocodile’s maw and bit the goblin. No, instead of saying I bit him, it was more like I bit parts of him off.

And I swallowed.

Chomp, chomp, chomp, chomp, gulp.

In just a few seconds, I ate up most of the goblin who’d been about my size. Only his left leg was barely holding its shape. At that moment an arrow flew in and pierced my side.

“You bastard!”

When I turned to check, the goblin chief was standing there, enraged. He was alone, without any escort.

He must’ve gotten alone while chasing the scattered rats.

I pulled out the arrow stuck in my side and looked at it. An arrow. Normally, it should’ve been painful and frightening, but fortunately I wasn’t in a normal state.

To wit, I was starving!

“I was fucking eating, you motherfucker!”

I held out the arrow to the chieftain. And shouted –

“I’m gonna stick this arrow into your asshole!”

I was being serious. The goblin chieftain’s face turned black with rage. But I just rushed him regardless.

In my head, there was only anger, revenge, and a desire to dismember and eat the body of that goblin chieftain alive while savouring his screams.

I didn’t realize this at the time. That I was gradually assimilating into being a ratling.

The goblin chief loosed another arrow. But I instinctively burned all the nutrients inside my body and narrowed the distance between us in the matter of an instant.

Was he scared? The chief’s arrow hit me in the shoulder, not in the head.

I pulled out the arrow as I ran.

“I’ll put this into your eye!”

And I soon kept that promise.

“Take this! For my shoulder!”

Snikt-! With a loud roar, I plunged that arrow through a goat-like eye. Then that majestic chieftain got cold feet, and tried to run away, screaming in pain.

“And this is for my side!”

The goblin chief collapsed, still screaming like an animal.

He couldn’t straighten or get up properly because the arrow was stuck in his ass, so I took the chance to stand over him and slam my club on his back.

Fortunately, it wasn’t covered by his armour, so there was nothing to soften the blow. There was the sound of something cracking. Foam began to drip down his chin.

But my rage didn’t leave me. Isn’t that natural? What would you do if somebody bothered you while you were hungry?

I hit the goblin chief as if to vent all the rage that had piled up inside me. I struck the hand he’d stretched out in an attempt to live, I broke the legs that were still kicking, and I crushed the broken shoulder and the back of his neck.

“Aaaaaaahhhhhh! C’mon, turn over! Lie on your back!”

It was, literally, madness. However, despite that, I felt a pleasure no other game had ever provided me. I felt alive.

There was nothing but the pure liberation brought by unfettered violence, free of petty ethics or morality.

Just then, two goblins appeared out of nowhere. But I didn’t need to do anything, because they were scared stiff at the sight of me screaming and beating the chief like he was come common street dog.

I turned the battered chief over, stripped off his armour and rammed my snout into his soft belly.

The fresh meat and hot blood brought strength to my body.

Eating meat, really, not metaphorically, healed my fatigue and wounds.

I ate the entrails, chewed the muscles, gnawed the bones, and even munched on the heart!

The goblins found their feet and ran away. But I didn’t care. I only continued to revel in my feast of flesh.

Hunger was the one and only thing that dominated my being.

‘It’s good! My god! Delicious! This is no joke, it’s more delicious because it’s the chieftain! Gotta grab a female! Raise cattle! Ride them later too! Yeah!!!’

By the time only the skull and the pelvic bones were left, I was feeling full, so I got up and stretched. My muscles felt longer, and my bones were slotting properly into place. It was a refreshing feeling. I was growing.

There was only one thought running in my brain that was drowning in adrenaline.

“Fuck yeah! Now this is what you call a game!”

◆◆◆

Do ratlings grow if certain conditions are met? Or if they eat a lot? I didn’t have time to think it through.

I just wanted to test my new strength and punish the evil goblins who had humiliated me so.

“Boys for meat! Girls for cattle! Hee hee hee!”

If that doesn’t sound normal, you’re right. During a ‘Starvation Frenzy’, you lose your reason.

After killing the chief, the battle became easy. Thanks to them scattering to chase us, I was able to take the goblins down one by one.

While moving through the complicated maze of passages in the sewer, whenever the smell of goblins got thicker, I used my speed and terrain to conduct repeated raids and ambushes.

My grown body surpassed the goblins in physical strength, so I was even able to fight them two-on-one.

One blow to the head was enough to finish one off. You get one shot! And you get one too! Everybody gets one!

‘Fuck yeah! This is what a game should be like!’ As I killed the scattered goblins one after another, I kept thinking. I wondered if the warmongers throughout history had also felt this feeling when they fought. Trampling on a weak enemy was so much fun!

At that moment, while I was careless, I saw an actinic flash of lightning, along with the faint smell of goblins.

I quickly ducked into the nearest passageway.

“You damned monster rat!”

It was the goblin shaman.

‘Damn it, I should’ve gotten rid of him first!’

I clicked my tongue quietly. That light felt like it could kill me in one hit. Even if I survived, I’d be very poor shape. I knew from the arrow wound last time, how meticulously this shit game implemented the feeling of pain.

‘Should I run away and set up an ambush?’

I recalled my memories of hunting monsters stronger than me in other games in the past. I’d either chip their health down with arrows from range while running away, or pretend to run away and then strike from behind.

As I was thinking about how to do that, a rat that I’d thought had run away appeared. The one who’d made the first call to escape. The very first one to abandon me!

“Falk. Found you. I saw. All right. Thank god. You. Can win. I get it. Me too. Again. Help.”

And then I stumbled upon a devilish idea. It was so amazing that my own creativity surprised even myself.

“Oh? Great. I need your help!”

And then I grabbed the bastard. Like you’d grab a dog by the back.

“Falk? Falk?”

I came out of the passageway. As expected, the goblin shaman had been waiting. A lightning bolt raced towards me right away.

And I threw the rat in my hands as hard as I could to block it. This was the power of friendship!

“Falk?! Falk!!”

The guy who became my shield left a last will and testament like that, and was baked to a crisp mid-air. I was running past him before he could even fall.

On all fours! With all my might! Whiskers fluttering in the wind!

The goblin shaman was taken by surprise, just as I’d hoped. He belatedly tried to cast another spell, but I was faster.

“Shit!”

That was the last will and testament left by the goblin shaman.

I used my speed to imbue my club with force as I hit the goblin shaman in the mouth.

His teeth flew out. His face became a bloody mess. And then I proceeded to tenderize him like I’d done to the chief. The more you beat the goblins, the more delicious they become.

After a while, before the shaman had even stopped breathing, I buried the snout in his flesh and started eating. At that very moment, someone spoke to me in my head.

[Congratulations. You have successfully completed the tutorial, ‘The Saviour’.]


Editor’s Notes:

None for this chapter.


A Champion of Rats – Chapter 4

Tutorial (3)

When we returned with the two goblin corpses, the atmosphere became truly festive.

Everyone shouted my name. I felt like a hero.

“Falk! Falk! Falk! Falk! Falk!”

A hero with only two goblin kills. How cheap.

Although, thinking about it, it might not be that weird. Considering how hard a time I’d had killing a goblin, such treatment might’ve been natural.

Suddenly, an ominous feeling that rats might be the weakest creature in this world setting settled over me.

We were having a life-and-death match[1] here with a bunch of goblins, so was there any point in comparing with other races?

However, oblivious to my worries, First tore the goblin apart and showed me the best part.

“Falk! Here! Meat! Hunter! Ratman! Gets! Best! Part! Eat!”

The best parts of a goblin were the head, shoulders, and chest. In particular, eyeballs and brains were delicacies among delicacies.

“Brain. Soft! Eyeball. Pops! So sweet!”

Since everyone was looking at it with envious eyes, it seemed true.

As I was about to eat, I realized that everyone was looking at me.

I suddenly remembered that animals living in packs wait for the leader to eat first. Who said I wasn’t smart?

‘No way, are they treating me like the boss? Not bad, not bad.’

If nothing else, they were sincere. Cheering my name, giving me the best food, and watching me eat – all these actions made me happy.

Even though this was merely a game, I’d never been treated like this before, so I found it fresh and enjoyable.

Suddenly, I even thought that I wanted to savour this moment some more.

The moment I put the piece of goblin meat in my mouth, everyone started eating.

First ate the other goblin’s brains, eyeballs, and torso, while the other rats shared the rest.

But it wasn’t shared equally.

The best parts were eaten by those in their prime, and the remaining scraps were eaten by the rest, indicating again that rats treated the older and weaker the worst.

‘That’s just how animals survive in the wild, I guess… man, these are really delicious! Brains and eyeballs!’

After that round of dinner, we started a meeting. About what to do next.

Should we stay hidden or fight the goblins?

To be honest, the last fight had given me confidence, so I thought it was worth a try.

Although we lagged slightly behind in strength, we had the upper hand in speed and stealth, so as long as we used our brains a bit, defeating the goblins wasn’t an impossible task.

But the rats other than First didn’t think so.

Even when First insisted on attacking the goblins, the other rats were passive.

“Goblins. Attack. Kill many. Falk. Could. We can.”

“Goblins. Strong! Weapons. Hurt! Arrows. Shoot! We. Lost!”

“Goblins. Danger! Hide!”

Judging by the reaction, the goblins had left behind significant trauma. But First still kept trying to convince the others.

“Like this! Eat. Each other! We all! Die!! Anyway! So!! Have to! Eat! Goblins!”

For the rats, it always came down to food in the end[2], didn’t it? Although, First wasn’t wrong.

The stockpiled food was running out, and with how much the rats ate, they were heading for a miserable fate of extinction while preying on their own.

After watching quietly for a while, I decided to take First’s side in the end. There were points where I agreed with him, of course, but more than anything else, it was because running away from itty-bitty goblins would hurt my pride.

In other games, I’d killed and enslaved countless goblins, but in this game, I planned to make them into livestock and eat them forever.

“If I have to say one thing, these guys are beaten down right now. If you’re going to fight, you have to fight now!”

First shouted happily.

“Right! They! Lost and fled! Conversation! Heard! For sure. I heard!”

“That’s right. If you are going to fight, now is your only chance. Once they recover, then we won’t be able to fight them at all.”

First nodded quickly.

“Don’t you all want to eat goblin meat? Is it fun to starve? As long as we win, everyone can eat their fill of brains and eyeballs!”

I heard a quiet gulp, followed by a dry swallow. But still no one spoke up in favour.

They wanted good food, but didn’t want to put forth the effort.

What a disgusting attitude. I was feeling annoyed without even consciously realizing it.

“Good. If everyone’s scared, let’s not fight.”

Everyone’s attention was drawn to me at my unexpected remark.

“Even if we stay here, we can eat the kids and the old-timers first, right? But that won’t tide us over. So it’ll be the young guys’ turn after that! Since I’m the biggest here, I’ll be fine!”

At that moment, all the rats’ faces turned blue.

After a while, there was a unified decision to attack the goblins. Great. Splendid.

◆◆◆

The goblins numbered twenty-five in total. There’d been thirty-five of them originally, but ten had died while fighting the rats.

Honestly, I wanted to charge in from the front and kill them all, but I couldn’t because the rats’ combat power was weaker than expected. Or rather, I couldn’t believe those shits were my same kind.

‘I wish there was a system like the status window. There’s too little information.’

But what was the point of regretting it? So I decided to hide and observe my enemies.

The goblins’ nest was a space connected to two sewer passages, and thanks to the rats’ knowledge of the local geography, finding a spot to lie down and watch was a piece of cake.

There were cracks in the ceiling and gaps in the walls that made it possible to watch them from very close range.

“Any. Nearer. See through cover. Danger.”

First, who was in charge of showing me the way, said. He was more competent than I’d thought, and helped me reconnaissance without being noticed.

“Good, good. Anyway, this is enough.”

I observed the goblins from the ceiling.

Five bulging females. The rest were male, but it didn’t seem like there was any setting of kidnapping and impregnating human women… Honestly, it was a bit disappointing.

‘Although… if the settings are too dark, the game might run into problems while selling.’

I immediately shook off my thoughts and observed the goblins again.

Most were armed, but they weren’t living the high life or anything.

All they had for weapons were rusty kitchen knives and clubs, and they had no fixed place to eat or sleep. Except for two of them.

The two were none other than ‘chief’ and the ‘shaman’. The chief was a big one clad in bone armour, and the shaman was an old guy with a goatskin headdress.

They slept in proper tents, albeit crude ones, and ate better – like beef jerky and apples.

Must’ve looted them from somewhere. The sweet smell of apples stabbed inro my nostrils, overriding the stench of the sewers.

In the past, I wouldn’t have eaten them even if they’d been to hand, but now they looked so delicious! To the point where I was ready to kill to have some.

‘Now there’s another reason to kill them.’

But leaving that aside, I couldn’t see a way to beat the goblin chief or the goblin shaman.

I couldn’t see their levels or abilities, but the tingling on my whiskers at their sight spoke of how formidable they had to be.

‘We’re lagging behind in numbers and weapons, and there’s a chiefs and a shaman who’re both stronger than me. A frontal attack is absolutely forbidden.’

Then I had a question.

Even twenty-five was not a small number, so what the hell did they eat?

The beef jerky, apples, and bread they’d brought with them seemed to belong to the chieftain and the shaman. So what did the other twenty-three goblins eat?

The answer came from First.

“Around. Here. Feeding ground. Food! Lots! Salamander. Frog. Lizard. Snake. Snail. Lots! We! Lost! So! Starve!”

“Where is it?”

First was only too happy to guide me there. There was a complicated maze of sewer passageways that we needed to cross before we arrived.

The feeding ground was a cylindrical space connected to numerous water pipes, with water and moss pooling on the floor, and sewage pouring out regularly.

And frogs and lizards were falling through the sewage.

This was the largest feeding ground in the area. The ratlings used to procure most of their food from here, but now it was occupied by the goblins.

I crouched down to observe my prey.

The goblins visited this feeding ground in groups of three to five.

Eavesdropping on their conversations, I could see that life here was not very satisfactory.

“Ugh. Smells! Doesn’t taste good either. How long do I have to stay here?”

“As I thought, young humans are the most delicious!”

“I think it has to be a pig or a cow! Both are delicious!”

“We have to wait! Chief said. Once the females give birth to offspring, we’ll raise our heads and return. Then you can eat as much as you want! After our bloody vengeance on Rumble!”

‘Who the hell is Rumble? Anyway, so if I wait, they’ll leave on their own.’

For a moment, I fell into thought.

Why bother fighting against a group of goblins who were stronger than us?

The thought flashed through my head that it might be safer to simply wait them out.

Maybe that would be the wiser course. If lack of food was the problem, I could find some without alarming the goblins.

But at that moment, I startled and thought to myself – what was I doing? Since when did I become so passive?!

This was a game. It wasn’t just for fun, it was work!

I got this job because she liked me.

But if I made things so boring, I might get the boot.

I’d gotten cautious because everything felt too realistic. But being a fool in real life was enough. I was at work now, wasn’t I? This had to stop.

I calmed down and told First that we could go back. First, I needed a plan.

◆◆◆

When I returned along with First, the rats swarmed us all at once.

It was obvious at a glance that they were becoming increasingly sensitive about the food issue. This was a good sign.

The hungrier you are, the harder you’ll fight.

“The goblins outnumber us and are stronger.”

The rats let out a sigh in unison.

“But don’t be discouraged! After all, I am an experienced warrior.”

It wasn’t a lie. I’d been a sergeant in the Republic of Korea Army before my discharge.

Even leaving that aside, they were NPCs anyway. Plus, all of us here were rat monsters, so what was the problem with telling a fib or two?

“I am an outstanding fighter who’s won even in the worst of situations! So all of you, follow me, and you’ll be able to eat your fill of goblin meat! We might even be able to catch a pregnant female or two and raise goblins to eat for later!”

“Goblins. Raise?”

“Right! Humans raise pigs and cows to eat, don’t they? There’s no law saying we can’t do the same! If we succeed, we’ll be able to stuff ourselves with goblin meat whenever we want! One per head!”

It was true, although of course I couldn’t guarantee it.

But so what? Bolstering the morale of this bunch of cowards was the top priority right now.

Fortunately, my prediction was correct, and the morale of the rats surged at once.

It was false courage, like a bubble that might disappear in an instant. But they still needed it to take the plunge.

“Then let’s start hunting the goblins!”

“Falk! Falk! Falk! Falk! Falk!”


Editor’s Notes:

[1] 용호상박 (lit. dragon and tiger gourd), a fight between dragons and tigers, a match between strong people.

[2] 기승전먹 (giseungjeon + meog), where the preceding part 기승전 (giseungjeon) means that no matter what happens, it all comes down to 먹 in the end, i.e., eating.


A Champion of Rats – Chapter 3

Tutorial (2)

The situation was something like this.

This sewer used to be the ratlings’ den, but one day, goblins came in, killed a bunch of them, and took away their home.

Of course, there were more details to the story, but this was all I could understand from the shallow and halting speech of these rats.

At first, the rats had also resisted the goblins, but they couldn’t compete either in weaponry or in military organization, so they’d naturally lost in the end. The ones before me were the remnants who were hiding here.

“Indeed. Right. That’s it.”

“I get it, but did you need three hours to explain that?! Three whole hours!”

“Three hours? What. Is that?”

“… That’s right, there’s something like that… Oh, you ignorant bastards.”

I was feeling so weak even my words were slurring. I’d been ignoring it for a while.

“You. Vagabond. We. Colony. New brother! Receive. Give! In return. Help! Us!”

A ‘colony’ referred to a community of rats, and ‘vagabond’ was a term for rats who didn’t belong to a ‘colony’ and roamed around.

In other words, they’d accept me into their community and I’d help them in return.

I hesitated for a moment. Because, just looking at the situation, I could see that he was trying to use me.

But a group of goblins was out there, and I was reluctant to just leave.

As I pondered, the ratling who’d brought me here suggested something. Oh, by the way, his name was ‘First’. He was the guy who’d become my right-hand man in the future.

“First. Meal. New brother. Been a long time. Special meal.”

When the phrase ‘special meal’ came out, the younger and the elderly rats all flinched.

Why? Because you get to be that ‘special meal’ if you’re unlucky.

That’s common sense, isn’t it? Ratlings are cunning, cruel, and greedy creatures, and they’re merciless to the weak of their own kind.

They treat their slaves and their prey much worse than humans.

The rats who were on the younger or the elderly side were quickly encircled by their stronger brethren who were in their prime, as if they’d been waiting for such an opportunity.

The younger and elderly rats were the majority, but they didn’t dare put up a fight.

Realizing the situation, I cried out in surprise. To have your first meal by preying upon your own kind? I couldn’t agree to that, at least not now.

“What do you fucks think you’re doing!”

“We. Are. Not. Fuck.”

“Huh?”

“Falk. Is. Your. Name. Last time. Goblin. Fight. I heard.”

“Fuck it, you bastards…”

“We. Are. Not. Fuck.”

“Ah, really… alright, let’s say that’s true. What are you doing?”

Then ‘First’ said with an expression full of pity, as if he was looking at an idiot.

“Special meal. Meat. Now. Our. Kin. Are. Only meat left.”

Understanding his meaning, I shouted at the ceiling.

“Hey you. You made a real good game, you fuckheads. How do I log out?”

“Log. Out?”

“Ugh, making money sure isn’t easy. Fuck… Hey, forget all that. Can I get something else to eat? Something a little less disgusting.”

“Need. A lot of. Food. Eat. More. Get smarter. Eat less. Weak. Die.”

It was true that I needed to eat a lot to get strong and smart.

Rats require a higher amount of food than other races to survive. Not only that, the amount of food also determines their intelligence and physique.

In other words, the more nutrients they get, the stronger and smarter they become. Maybe that’s why rats literally risked their lives for food.

‘Food’ is essential for ‘survival’ and ‘evolution’. So ‘First’ continued to explain to me the importance of special meals.

However, I refused again and again. Less than a day had passed after starting the game. I was reluctant to prey on my own people.

I liked playing hardcore, but there was a limit to everything. And above all, rat meat was disgusting.

Another ratling intervened.

“We. Want. Eat. Meat.”

The other bastards all screamed in unison that they too wanted to eat meat. At this point I wanted to go and ask ‘her’.

Why did you design such a perverted race that eats its own kind? Didn’t you have any other options? Like handsome elves or muscular barbarians?

Whether they knew what I was thinking or not, these idiots kept shouting for meat. They were dancing with excitement. (I mean this literally.)

“Meat! Meat! Meat! Meat! Meat! Meat! Meat! Meat!”

I was at the limit of my patience. All the stress that’d been building up inside due to various reasons, such as my mother’s sickness, my worries about the future, and my sudden employment, all erupted at once.

“Fffffuuuck it, fine! You nasty assholes! Fine! I’ll get you meat!”

Everyone looked at me with surprised eyes. I thought I’d said something wrong, but suddenly they started cheering. Even the young and the elderly rats cheered.

“Falk! Falk! Falk! Falk! Falk!”

‘It looks like they’re cheering, but why does it sound like they’re swearing at me?’

That was how I happened to become a meat delivery boy for the rats.

As I was about to return to the hole I’d come from, First followed me.

“Me too. Go. With you. You. Amazing. Meat. Me too. Help. Falk.”

I was too exhausted to argue.

“It’ll be tough. Do as you like. And stop tacking on ‘fuck’ at the end of your sentences.”

“Got it. Falk.”

“You son-of-a… But more importantly. What’s your name?”

“Me? Name. Don’t have one.”

“None?… Then, should I make one up for you? Talking feels uncomfortable if there’s nothing to call you by.”

“Me? Name?”

He had a surprised look. This was when I came to know how valued names were for them.

“Umm… come to think of it, you’re the first one I met. So let’s go with ‘First’. It’s easy to remember, too. Start with ‘Fur’. End with ‘St’. How about it?”

“Great! I like it! I am. First!”

I got the directions from ‘First’ and returned to the sewer.

Surprisingly, this body that could squeeze into and out of narrow gaps was quite useful, and besides that, I also quite liked the eyes and nose that worked smoothly despite the darkness and the stench.

Rats might not be too bad.

I used my sleek and muscled body to shoot through the sewers.

It was a gigantic place, and after wandering around for a while, we arrived at a section submerged in water. First was about to wade into it, but I put my hand on his shoulder to stop him.

“No, doing that will make noise that others might hear. See there, those parts of the sewer walls sticking out of the water? We can cross from there.”

“Oh! Falk! Smart!”

“Shut up, please.”

Me and First started crossing over to the other side by stepping over those outcropped parts of the wall.

When we’d almost reached to other side, we smelled goblins.

“Kahak. I don’t like it here. It smells.”

“Can’t be helped. Need to lie low. First recover here, then take revenge.”

“I’m sleepy. Why do we need two to patrol?”

“Stop complaining! Just before. One of ours got attacked. Search has stopped. We move in twos till we catch the culprit. Keep patrolling.”

I guessed it was about me. But what bothered me more was that the goblins were more erudite than the rats. My god. Were we a race inferior to even the goblins?

“Meat. Goblin meat. Good. Chewy.”

“Can we take them?”

“Oooh! Great! Goblin. Good! Strong but good! Two. Eat to the full!”

I leaned further and observed the two goblins patrolling.

The lack of torches suggests that they had natural night vision, but the conversation made it clear that they weren’t used to the smell of the sewers. Above all, they were poorly armed and hadn’t noticed us.

In other words, they were vulnerable.

There was a sudden sense of tension thrumming in my veins. I knew it was a game, but I was feeling very nervous at the thought of the upcoming fight. This game was too well-crafted.

For a moment, I considered simply retreating, but then I remembered that I wasn’t just playing for fun. I was doing this for money.

I might have to test how the game system would react if I killed them. And more than anything, First’s eyes filled with expectations were bothering me. His eyes were shining far too brightly for an NPC.

‘It’s really, needlessly high-quality.’

I passed the club to First. Because I remembered how hard it’d been to catch the goblin with it. In th end, men are made to wield blades.

“I’ll count one, two, three. On three, we attack.”

“Great. One, two, three… But. What’s ‘count’ mean?”

“Fffuuuck…”

I sighed and charged at the back of the goblins. Fortunately, First followed right behind me.

Susurr-

I moved swiftly like the wind and plunged my dagger into one goblin’s shoulder. The green-skinned shorty understood the situation only after he’d been stabbed.

The goblin screamed in pain, but unfortunately it wasn’t a fatal wound.

He turned and saw me. Those goat-like eyes gave me goosebumps.

I muttered to myself.

‘This is a game. This is a game. It’s a really fucking well-made game.’

I couldn’t finish him in one shot, so I had to tangle him from up close. Unfortunately, he was stronger than me.

He knocked me over and climbed on top of me.

I tried to ask First for help, but he was occupied with the other goblin.

‘Useless bastard! I should’ve taken the club!’

The goblin climbed on top of me and pulled out the dagger stuck in his shoulder. His grin was dripping with malice.

Was it instinct? The moment the goblin raised the dagger, I surged up and bit his neck with my snout.

My sharp fangs pierced flesh and cut through bone.

‘Blood!’

The goblin’s green blood flowed naturally through my fangs and into my mouth. I might’ve gone crazy, but the taste of that blood was amazing!

Just a single sip of that indescribable sweet and salty taste filled me with a surge of energy like I’d just downed a bottle of energy drink, and I unconsciously bit down harder with my snout.

Then, the neck bones completely snapped, and all strength drained out of the goblin’s body.

It was my victory.

Feeling excited after getting a taste of goblin blood, I immediately jumped at the second goblin that First was dealing with.

He was so distracted with his own fight with First that his side was completely open. My dagger stabbed into his earhole.

Something soft yet dense broke inside.

And the goblin trembled and collapsed.

I involuntarily licked the dagger. The sweet and salty taste of victory rode down my tongue and lit my brain on fire.

This game… I loved it!


Editor’s Notes:

None for this chapter.


A Champion of Rats – Chapter 2

Tutorial (1)

Skin green like algae, a skinny frame, hooked nose, fangs.

The moment I saw the goblin, my first thought was – ‘Attack!’

Why? Do we really need a reason? Goblins are simply creatures meant to be slaughtered (in games), are they not?

I reflexively raised the club that was rolling on the ground beside and struck the goblin in the head.

The impact of wood on bone felt so real that I couldn’t help but flinch for a moment.

But even more surprising was that the goblin, who I thought would be killed in one shot, didn’t even get knocked down, and counterattacked instead.

‘Kyakyak!’ screamed the goblin as he swung his dagger. The tip almost carved out one of my eyes.

‘What? What the hell? This is too damned realistic!’

Taken aback, I swung the club once again. The goblin ducked under it and swung his dagger.

Give and take, give and take, give and take.

That was how the goblin and I exchanged swings and misses, until I finally landed a lucky shot.

The goblin staggered back with a grating ‘kwikwi-‘.

I seized my chance and rammed into him, sending him down to the ground. Then I started smashing his head without a single speck of mercy.

“Fuck! Fuck! Fuck! Fffuuuck! Just die, damn it!”

I still remember that hard yet moist feel, but the more I hit him, the more it felt like reality than a game.

But that was nonsense, wasn’t it?

By then the goblin’s head had burst like a watermelon. I calmed down and looked around.

It was dark, and walls that felt like they were made of cement were there at all sides. And above all, the place reeked.

Through the acrid smell, I was able to intuit that this was a sewer. I remembered what she had said.

‘Ratlings… Let’s just say that they’re monster rats that live in the sewers. A mutant race created by the goddess Derubo, who loves the cursed and the marginalized.’

I looked at my hands. Little pink hands, and arms covered in brown fur.

I touched my face, and I could feel the bristling hair, long whiskers, protruding nose, and sharp fangs.

‘So I really look like a rat. A monster rat, at that. I would’ve preferred being a handsome blond instead. But man, this really feels real. Technology marches on, indeed.’

It was regrettable, but I wasn’t particularly upset. Wasn’t this just a game, anyway? I’d been informed beforehand, so I wasn’t too shocked.

Rather, the difficult part was to decide what to do next.

I didn’t have much information about the game, and I couldn’t figure out what the hell a monster rat in a sewer should do.

Hunt goblins? Kill adventurers, even? This felt a bit too real, though.

I felt like I’d be more comfortable if I had something to do. Like a quest.

Right at that moment, remembering that this was a game, I shouted into the air.

“Status window!”

Silence.

“Status?”

Silence.

“System? Jarvis? Friday?”

Silence, silence, and more silence.

The system that should’ve been the staple of any RPG game, didn’t come out. The embarrassment I felt was a bonus.

“What is this, some kind of avant-garde design so you can say you’re different from other games?! You idiots!”

I shouted into the void as if I was arguing with the GM or the devs.

Bewildered, I scratched my hairy face with my small pink hand. But right then! I smelled something from the other side of the darkness.

‘Goblin!’

I wasn’t sure how I knew. But the moment I smelled it, goblins came to mind.

When I narrowed my eyes and focused my vision, I could see five goblins approaching from beyond the dark.

Most of them were poorly armed, except for one. A bigger goblin that looked a bit different from the rest.

It was armed with bone armour and a bow.

Obviously, he was the leader of the bunch.

‘There’s no status window hovering over their heads that I can see. Honestly, what kind of UI design is this? But I don’t think I’ll win if I fight here and now.’

I thought back to the last fight. That crappy fight where our clubs and daggers had only whistled through the air, until I’d managed to end it with a lucky shot.

The approaching goblins weren’t holding a tight formation, though. There were gaps.

‘Let’s bounce.’

My hesitation didn’t last long.

Taking only the goblin’s dagger, I started running away without looking back.

Along the way, I went down on all fours instead of using only two legs like a human, and it felt so natural that even I myself was surprised. It was quite fast, too. Like I had a racial trait or something.

By the time I thought I’d made good on my escape, hunger and fatigue assaulted me suddenly. I was surprised and annoyed that they’d even implemented something like this.

‘Is it really necessary to implement stuff like this? I’d suggest they drop it. Although, they’ve done a great job. It’s unimaginably realistic.’

Rustle-

“Who is it!”

The sudden sound made me unknowingly make a loud noise.

Moments later, a huge rat popped out from a crack in the walls.

Brown bristly fur, yellow eyes, yellow fangs. An absolutely appalling appearance. I was so startled that I screamed involuntarily.

“What the fuck, you shitty rat!”

“You too. A rat!”

Cried the giant rat in an angry voice.

Seeing that, I instinctively realized that he too was a ‘ratling’. The same species as me.

‘My own people. At least in this game… but what’s up with his speech?’

“Rat. Apologize. Do it. Shitty. Swear word.”

“Sorry!”

I apologized without the slightest hesitation. I didn’t know how this game worked, but I wasn’t going to turn even my own people into enemies.

When I apologized, he was rather taken aback. He seemed surprised to receive an apology so easily.

“… You. Follow. Us. Colony. I guide. Come.”

Saying that, he suddenly shoved himself through the crack in the wall and squeezed in like a cat.

I pondered for a moment. Whether to follow or not.

‘There’s nowhere else to go anyway, so if I follow him, something should happen, right?’

Having come to a conclusion, I shoved myself into the crack too.

Then, to my surprise, my chubby body began to contort to fit into the crack. It didn’t hurt at all.

Rather, it easily squeezed in and began to swim freely among the cracks and gaps, as if it knew how to do that from birth.

The ratling’s voice urged me forward.

“Hurry! Hurry!”

I followed the sound. Soon, we arrived at a huge empty area. It reminded me of a shelter, and there were a total of twelve rats gathered there.

The ratling who’d brought me here said to his fellows.

“New. Kid. Brought here. Met. Just now.”

The rats gathered around me. They were smaller than me, but the hungry expressions on their faces gave me goosebumps.

“Big. Looks delicious. Meat. Must be a lot.”

“Is he young? Eat?”

“Eat? Eat?”

I doubted my ears for a while. This was our first meeting; I couldn’t believe that they were treating me like food. I realized all over again that these were no run-of-the-mill rats. These were monster rats.

Aren’t rats ferocious beasts that eat not only their own but also their young?

“Hey, you said I was delicious right now, right?”

I grabbed my club and the knife I’d taken from the goblin, each in one hand.

At that time, the rat who’d brought me said.

“Not. Food. Killed. Goblin. I. Saw.”

Then, voices of exclamation and denial flowed from here and there.

“No. Can’t!”

“No way!”

“Eat? Eat?”

The ratling insisted again and again.

“Really! Knife. Evidence!”

The rats looked at me and noticed. I showed everyone the blade I’d taken from the goblin.

“It’s real!”

“Really! Really!”

“Not. Food. One of us! Brother!”

“Are we going to eat? Something to eat?”

I was dumbfounded. From being treated as prey, to suddenly being treated as kin? Talk about whiplash.

Seriously, it felt like that. Like I was about to receive a quest. And then the rat who’d brought me in, continued.

“Partner! Brother! Together. Goblins. Let’s get rid of them!”

I knew it!


Editor’s Notes:

None for this chapter.


A Champion of Rats – Chapter 1

Her

First of all, before we jump into the full story, let me clarify one thing.

I wasn’t always a ratling. Instead of being a half-man half-rat monster living in a sewer, I was a human like you. A very average one.

… Hmm, no, let me correct that. Come to think of it, my life was actually below average.

It wasn’t my family or my parents who were to blame. The problem was me.

Lacking any semblance of motivation, dreams, or passion, I studied randomly, entered the first university that had a spot open, and lived a colourless life.

I had no drive to go out and get a job, and I had no ambition.

As I spent time like that, I was nearing thirty before I knew it.

The job market was tough, so I still lived at my mother’s, earning some pocket money from playing video games.

Ah, now that I’m remembering it again, my life sure was pathetic.

It was after my mother collapsed that I came face-to-face with reality.

A woman who raised her son by herself, had to keep supporting him even after he became an adult, was it any wonder that she’d fall ill?

Because she didn’t have any money saved up, she didn’t even go to the hospital at the start.

I was able to put a lid on the fire somehow thanks to the help of my kind-hearted relatives, but still, it was at that time that I finally saw myself properly in the mirror.

A useless human being who couldn’t even take care of his sick mother.

The only thing he knew how to do was to earn some money from playing games.

I was drowning in self-loathing, and the fear of living all alone in the world hounded my every breath.

That was when I met ‘her’.

◆◆◆

She was a beauty that would turn any man’s head, and it was my luck that she was a fan of mine.

I’d once uploaded a let’s play video with a camera view of my face. This was when I had a delusion of becoming a famous streamer. Of course, I didn’t have the kind of guts that required, so I’d quickly dropped the matter, but she said she recognized me from that. She was one of the few subscribers to my channel, apparently.

“Your taste is really unique.”

Exhausted in both body and mind, that was the only way I could respond.

It was nothing but the truth. Because I always chose to play as monsters or villain characters in games, and as all sorts of perverts, too, my subscribers often left malicious comments under my videos. For example –

‘He always makes the games feel weird. I bet this bastard’s some kind of a NEET shut-in.’

But she only laughed.

“Well, everyone has their own preferences, don’t they? Anyway, nice to meet you. What’re you doing here at the hospital?”

Then, as if possessed by something, I started telling her my life story.

About my sick mother. About my uselessness, belated regrets, self-loathing, fear of the future, and above all, about my anger at the world.

“Why are you angry?”

“That’s…”

I was reluctant to say it, but in the end my words poured out. Now that I think about it, I really must’ve been possessed.

“Because this world neglected me, and abandoned me.”

“This world?”

“I know. I’m talking nonsense. But I can’t help but be angry, y’know? This world never gave me any attention, and thanks to that, I’ve lived my life without paying any attention to myself. If anyone had found my talent or had enough interest in me to give some guidance, I wouldn’t have ended up like this.”

“Oh? Bullshit as that is, it sounds quite novel.”

“I know. I know already how ugly it all sounds. You don’t have to remind me.”

“But it is impressive. In a way. It’s not easy to open up like that, even to your friends. I think I have an inkling of how hard it is, and how desperate you feel.”

“How desperate I feel? Just the hospital bills – no, if I could get even a single chance to be a good son or a useful human being once again, I could trade my soul to a demon for it. I’m serious.”

“Oh, is that enough? Then would you like to work for my company?”

My head went blank for a moment at the suggestion that popped out without any sense of reality.

“Are you a demon?”

“Oh dear me. Have you ever heard of a demon this pretty? And honestly, your soul isn’t even worth trading, right? Ah, sorry. I didn’t mean to insult you. I was just telling the truth.”

Harsh words. However, they happened to be true.

“Fffuck… then are you some kind of an organ trafficker? A dating scammer? Or a con artist?”

“Aren’t you just imagining things?”

“But it fits. A job offer out of the blue… let me be clear, I’m poor as dirt, so stop thinking about scamming me. I already have enough problems on my plate right now.”

She giggled and said something incomprehensible.

“Ah, you guys really have overactive imaginations. Well, that’s what we live for, though. But anyway, don’t worry, it’s not what you think.”

“Even if you say so…”

“Then let me show you something you can believe.”

As she said that, she started tapping at her phone.

After a while, a text message came to my phone. It was a notification of money being deposited. A ridiculous amount of money.

“What is this… how many zeroes are there?”

Now do you believe me? Isn’t that enough money to blow all your worries away?”

I suddenly had a bunch of stuff I wanted to ask, but because of my shallow vocabulary, I could only ask something stupid.

“How did you get my account number?”

Hee hee hee! She laughed.

“I sent that much money, but that’s what you’re curious about? Something so trivial?”

“Uh, no, sorry.”

“Then, would you like to come with me for a bit? I know the director of this hospital. You can stop worrying about your mother for a while.”

Gripped by an unknown fear, I hesitated for a moment. She urged me once more.

“Maybe I’m the last one in this world who can help you. Shouldn’t you take it? It’s a rare opportunity.”

At those words, I moved like someone possessed.

◆◆◆

When I came to my senses, I was sitting with her in her car. It was a luxury sports car you’d only ever see in movies.

I thought I wouldn’t be able to buy a single doorframe even if I sold all my organs, but then I felt relieved. At least she wasn’t someone who’d cheat somebody like me.

Right? Somebody driving a car like that would look for bigger prey.

Instead, a new question arose.

“Who are you, really?”

She’d introduced herself as an employee of a foreign game company.

When I asked her the name of the company, or their flagship game, she said it wasn’t important.

At first, I thought it was some small indie game company, but that didn’t track with her extravagant car.

‘Maybe she was born into money? Ah! I bet that’s it!’

However, such expectations were shattered the moment I saw the company building.

The building she worked at was a splendid high-rise nestled in the middle of a forest of concrete.

She took me into the building and started explaining the job.

“First of all, I’m serious when I say that I’m your fan. I’ve never seen such perverted gameplay anywhere else. Instead of hunting monsters or completing quests, you were kidnapping village NPCs or trafficking player characters… it was really fun. Why did you do that? Because you were angry, like you said?”

“Don’t get me wrong. It was just an experiment to see how high the degree of freedom was. I don’t have some kind of mental illness if that’s what you’re thinking.”

“How unfortunate. Personally speaking, I wouldn’t mind a mental illness or two.”

“Haha. You’re kidding, right?”

“Of course, of course. Anyway, I said I was offering you a job, right?”

“Yes.”

“There’s a game at the testing stage, and I want you to play test it.”

We stopped in front of a room. When I opened the door, there was only an armchair and a game console inside.

“Can I ask a question?”

“Of course.”

“What do you mean specifically by play testing?”

“There’s this product that our company is developing. It’s a virtual reality game, but there’s a twist. You can eat and sleep in the game, or even do something a little naughtier if you want. To sum it up, you could say that another reality has been made into a game.”

“What, really? That’s amazing. Incredible. Is something like that possible already?”

“Yes. Technology keeps marching on, after all. But there’s one problem. The game is too realistic. So the users have been experiencing some side effects.”

“Side effects?”

“Yes, side effects. Like inability to distinguish between the game and reality due to excessive immersion. Symptoms of PTSD and the like. If you can’t spot one from the other, is there any difference between a war game and a real war?”

“Then, I…”

“Yes, your job is to be a kind of an experimental subject to obtain data on the side effects. Think of it like a part-time job in a clinical trial at a pharmaceutical company.”

She pulled out a document from somewhere and handed it to me.

“Of course, I won’t lie to you and say that it’s safe. But there’s no free lunch in the world, right? Read here. These are the provisions for compensation – wages, welfare, and unforeseen circumstances.”

To be honest, I’d never laid eyes on an employment contract before, so I had no idea what was what.

But even at a glance, the conditions looked excellent.

All the more so for somebody like me, who had no relevant prior job experience or related skills. A question came to mind.

“I remember from the elevator, that this is the 66th floor.”

“Yes. Are you uncomfortable with heights?”

“I noticed quite a few foreigners along the way.”

“This is the era of globalization. Are you a racist, by any chance?”

“Everyone greeted you politely.”

“I might be a woman, but I’m a high-ranking executive. What, are you a male chauvinist?”

“No. No… I’m just curious. You’re a high-ranking executive at such a great company, why the hell would you offer a job like this to someone like me?

“I’ll be honest. I don’t deserve this. Honestly speaking, this is all so unrealistic that it feels like you’re setting me up for a joke.”

She smiled. It was a smile that could bewitch anyone who saw it.

“I told you. I’m your fan, so I’m here to help. Also, I need you, too.”

It wasn’t a convincing answer, but I couldn’t ask any more questions because of that bright smile.

Her pure charisma was hard to resist.

“Well, then what do you want to do now? Would you like to try it? Or would you like to quit? You’re free to choose. Just in case you’re wondering, the money I gave you is yours, so don’t worry about it. Even if you refuse, I won’t ask for it back.”

I hesitated. Would I go back like this? Or would I give it a try?

Common sense was telling me to just go back.

Didn’t this whole setup smell dodgy? But I couldn’t.

Because she needed me. Because someone acknowledged me, and expected something from me. It wasn’t an offer I could refuse.

Because I yearned to be needed. By somebody. Anybody.

“No, I’ll do it. But I have a question about this part here, about the character. It’s been decided by… this ‘A’. The provision that the character must be a ‘ratling’. What does that mean?”

“Just as it sounds. You literally have to play the game as a ‘ratling’.”

“And? What’s a ‘ratling’?”

“Let’s just say that they’re monster rats that live in the sewers. A mutant race created by the goddess Derubo, who loves the cursed and the marginalized.”

“Is this a game setting?”

“Ah… of course. Do you have any concerns?”

“No, no, it sounds a bit disgusting, but that’s just fine with me. Hmm. By the way, can you tell me why I have to play as a ‘ratling’ character?”

“It’s a race I designed. So I guess I’m fond of them? Anyway, right. Make sure to also check out the main storyline.”

“Hmm, I see. Then, how should I play the game?”

“Just go as hardcore as you want.”

Her words sounded like a riddle. But I just nodded and signed the contract.

“Then, shall we try it right now?”

“Right Now?”

“No time like the present, as they say. Or, you don’t want to?”

“No. No, I’m ready.”

“As expected! I have a good eye for people, you know. Just sit on that chair over there and relax. It should be pretty comfy, it certainly costs enough.”

It was true. As I sat on the chair, my body relaxed as if I was lying on a fluffy cloud.

“Now then, wear this.”

As I was about to put on the VR console that looked just like sunglasses, I paused as a question suddenly came to my mind.

“By the way, what’s the name of this game?”

“Oh, the name of the game? I haven’t decided yet… how about ‘M&A’?”

“… Like, merger/acquisition?”

“Yes, or rather a hostile takeover, to be precise.”

“What do you –”

I tried to ask, but she forcibly put the console on me. She was so strong that I couldn’t even resist.

After a while, I managed to open my eyes… and there was a goblin standing right in front of me.


Editor’s Notes:

None for this chapter.


A Champion of Rats – Chapter 0

Preface

A rocky mountain towering high into the sky. At its peak stands a form. Half-man, half-rat. The ratling roars.

The sea of ratlings that fill the horizon as far as your eyes can see, all join their voices to his in a chorus of screams.

Why, you ask?

Because they’ve won. Because they’ve driven out the old and helpless natives of this land and have become its new overlord.

Oh, I haven’t introduced myself yet, have I?

Now they call me ‘Falk’[1].

That ratling screaming from the mountain peak a while ago? That was me.

Don’t get me wrong though, I wasn’t always this way. I was a human too, once.

How did I end up here? Now there’s a story.

Would you mind listening to me for a bit?


Editor’s Notes:

[1] 쓰벌 (sseubeol) is a derivative of the swear word 씨발 (ssibal) meaning ‘fuck’. We’re transliterating it as Falk.

To the readers. Ever since Barbarian translation stopped, we’ve been on the lookout for other projects to translate – ideally, something that has a punch, and deserves a look from the translation community (instead of being the ten thousandth rehash of a cookie-cutter tower, academy or hunter plot). This eminently qualifies. There were some other choices (including some that were recently picked up or resumed by other groups – check out Cthulhu Reincarnated and Martial Wild West, for example), but only a couple ended up winning. We’ll translate a few (maybe ten or so?) teaser chapters for each, then see which one is more popular, meaning that gets picked up for regular releases (or as regular as we usually manage) and the rest remain in teaser project hell.

Warning. This is one of the most consistently dark webnovels on the Korean scene. Trigger warnings for gore, cannibalism, slavery, etc. This is your only warning.


A Champion of Rats (쥐쟁이 챔피언)

A Champion of Rats

Alternate, more literally accurate title: The Ratling Champion

See More: NovelUpdates

#dark #gore #cannibalism

I got a job. Where I could earn money just by playing games.
The catch? I had to do it as a monster rat.



Surviving a Shounen Manga – Episode 78

Now Then, Should I Use Some Strength?

– That bastard, so he just up and left?

“… I thought we’d have time for a proper farewell.”

– What’s the big deal? I’m in no hurry to see that idiot’s mug again, I can tell you that.

“… Hmm.”

Thermis wondered if he’d be back any time soon. Last night he suddenly came in to say goodbye, so he was probably off to do something idiotic.

Bayar Khan’s voice was a bit sullen as he spoke.

– Look at your face. You look like you’re about to die.

“…”

What nonsense.

“Who says?”

– Look at you. Slouching like you’ve got no strength. No, no, wait. It can’t be, are you…

Thermis flinched for a moment.

She was afraid that this old man might ask something absurd.

– Are you like this because you think you lost to him? So because he went away, you feel like you didn’t get to play enough?

“…”

How fortunate.

“Well… I sure as hell didn’t win. That’s the truth. I lost completely.”

What had she said back then, again?

She’d said that she would deliver a final blow, but that’d been close to a bluff. She really didn’t have even a single drop of power left by then. If that giant squat-jawed ghost had snapped a single finger, she wouldn’t have been able to stop it.

– You know, it’s true that you’re a touch strong, but that’s still only at the level of being a big fish in a little pond. Although, if you keep working hard, you can grow a little more.

After giving her a dose of reality, Bayar Khan asked again in a soft voice.

– By the way, why did he leave so quickly?

“… I don’t know. He just, he just said he had to go.”

Squathaw had left as suddenly as he’d first appeared to her on the ship. That was all.

– Still, you two talked for a little bit yesterday, didn’t you? While I was away?

“You’re full of questions today, old man.”

– That’s what happens when you get old. Come on, tell me.

“There was really nothing special about it.”

In fact, Thermis had also been curious, and asked. Why was it so urgent that he had to leave as soon as they returned to the capital?

Squatjaw had given an excuse that he didn’t want to bother the emperor, but that was a clear fib. Had he indeed had any concerns about propriety, he wouldn’t have considered leaving so suddenly in the first place.

And in the end, the answer she got was… really nothing special.

He had stuff to do. He was busy.

Then,

– Didn’t you try to stop him?

Bayar Khan finally spoke out the words he’d been holding back.

– Your popularity is rising here in the empire right now, but the situation’s still dangerous. Those who want to take advantage of you, those who’re jealous of you, and those who fear you are everywhere. If you asked him to stay a little longer and help…

“I tried…”

– Ah?

“I said, I tried to stop him.”

– … What did you say?

Thermis hadn’t simply asked for help when she’d tried to stop him.

“I said, he might even be able to become the emperor? If he stayed here, he might be able to get the throne.”

Thermis hadn’t been joking. If he really put his mind to it, he might really be able to rise to be the Khan. Even now she thought so.

In fact, Bumio Khan had already given them both a general’s position. Moreover, he’d even repeated the phrase, ‘my son doesn’t seem to be interested in the Khan’s position’, several times.

– So?

“It’s not even funny.”

– What?

“He said he’s going to become the Adventure King.”

– … Wh-, what? The Adventure King?

That was Squatjaw’s true answer.

He was busy walking his own path. He was hurrying to climb the Tower of Adventure.

Khan? That was a job for somebody with more time on their hands, he’d said while staring at her.

Thermis shook her head at the memory.

“The funny thing is, he was really just an adventurer. There was no special reason why he helped me. It was just a routine quest. And here I thought he was carrying out some great, top-secret mission.”

To be honest, that adventure quest completion certificate with his name on it had come as a little shock. This guy always pretended to be so mysterious, but he really was just a rookie adventurer. With an absurdly big dream.

– He wants to be the Adventure King, huh…

Bayar Khan chuckled for a while, making Thermis wonder what was so funny.

And then,

– That’s right. A guy who dares dream of something like that wouldn’t be satisfied with being the emperor of this two-bit country. The Adventure King, the Adventure King…

He muttered with a small smile.

Because that was a dream to become the best in the world.

Bayar Khan seemed to have brushed off all his regrets. Because that was how great and majestic that title was.

[Adventure King]. The king of the world.

Perhaps he wouldn’t even dare think of stopping somebody like that. Somebody whose dream made him about to embark on that arduous journey.

– Still, it’d be better to maintain a connection. He’s going to rise even higher, that Squatjaw. There’ll be a day when he’ll be of great help to you and the Skull Empire.

“… Well, I sent my token along with the quest completion certificate with Coocoo. If he doesn’t throw it away… then we’ll see each other again someday.”

– Wait, Coocoo? That white hawk? You sent him away?

“Yeah. That white… pigeon.”

– Really, you… could’ve just used a different messenger. Why send away a divine beast that symbolizes Umir Khan?

Bayar Khan clicked his tongue in disappointment.

“He was originally Squatjaw’s friend. Coocoo felt the same.”

Thermis remembered Coocoo’s feet trembling when Squatjaw said that he would leave him behind.

How could she make somebody like that, who held back his sadness and regret for his friend’s sake, stay behind?

– Yeah, well. It doesn’t much matter, I suppose. They’re often referred to as the two symbols, but words are wind. The white hawk… it’s just an ornament, an ornament.

At Bayar Khan’s words, Thermis smiled.

“I think so too.”

Then, after the silence had gone on for a while,

“Why are you so disgruntled, anyhow? Or maybe, you’re actually relieved?”

Thermis asked with a playful smile.

– What do you mean?

“Didn’t you want to have another bout with Squatjaw once the Warrior’s Path finished?”

– Ah, I did have such an idea. Your body’s grown enough to accept me. It might’ve been a pretty good match.

“Hmm… really? I think you would’ve lost again anyway… Isn’t it better that he just up and left, old man? You didn’t have to take another loss for no reason…”

Then,

– Wh-, what!? Shut your trap, you little bitch!

Bayar Khan screamed.

– You have no idea, you witch! What my true strength is like!

“Not this again. You keep repeating that every day.”

– Because you aren’t strong enough, you bitch! Your body can’t handle my true strength… yeah, he’s the only one that can.

It was an absurd statement.

“What the hell. If you think you’re going to lose, just admit that you’re going to lose. You say you have to borrow Squatjaw’s body to use your true strength? Then how exactly are you going to fight?”

Then,

– Not him!

Bayar Khan shook his head.

“… Huh? Then who?”

His next words left Thermis completely stunned.

– Remember that big guy Squatjaw summoned? That ‘King’?

“… What?”

What was this old man talking about now?

“But he’s a ghost.”

– So what?

“A ghost possessing another ghost? Do you think that makes sense?”

– Why not? That gigantic guy… he sure looked like a ghost, but didn’t he also have an impressive physique?

“But… no, but can this really…”

Her brain felt like it was being twisted into knots.

– And it wasn’t me that came up with this idea, you know?

“… Then?”

– That fellow quietly told me this before he left. That let’s make this work sometime.

“Eeh…”

It was crazy. Any rational person would call it a bunch of nonsense.

But the strange part was that, hearing that the idea came from Squatjaw, she somehow felt it might actually work.

“… I see. That makes sense.”

He was a man who pulled off miracles every time.

Thermis nodded and smiled.

That was then.

‘Wait a minute. Come to think of it…’

Suddenly, a thought ran through her head.

“Weren’t you shouting earlier that you didn’t want to see his face? What’s this, did you two meet and even have a chat?”

– …

Thermis shook her head.

This old man just had to pretend, every time.


The fatty looked at his thin partner without saying a word.

The man was staring intently at Squatjaw’s back as it was disappearing in the distance.

He must’ve been in a complicated mood. This was the first time that he’d had to stare at a prey like this.

But that didn’t mean they could just waste time here.

The fatty chose his words carefully.

“What are we going to do? I don’t think we can keep chasing him, can we?”

Fortunately, the slender man immediately shook his head.

“No way. A monster with multiple unique abilities? He isn’t somebody we’ll ever be able to handle. Now’s a little late to admit it, though.”

“Then let’s pack up. Is there any point in staying here? Looks like Squatjaw’s now trying to escape the empire.”

“…”

But the slender man didn’t answer for a while.

And when he did break the spell of silence, he said something the fat man couldn’t even have imagined.

“I posted a quest to assassinate Squatjaw in the Leeches’ Cradle.”

“… Wh-, what?”

The Leeches’ Cradle.

The world’s largest behind-the-scenes source of information that was shared by all the top killers, assassins, stateless secret societies, anarchists, underground kings and secret organizations around the world.

The minimum bounty for a contract was five billion gold, and quests worth tens of billions of gold were common.

The fatty asked in amazement.

“H-, how much’s the bounty?”

“A hundred billion.”

“… Haah.”

It felt like all the strength in his body was escaping.

“This is crazy.”

“This much should gather some interest.”

“Why the hell are you doing this?”

The fatty couldn’t understand the thin man’s decision.

Principle, pride? Resentment at meeting someone he couldn’t kill on his own?

What made a rational human being behave like this?

As the fatty looked at him with a complicated mood –

“It’s very simple.”

He replied as if it was no big deal at all.

Oddly enough, his expression was infinitely calm.

“It’s so that we can survive.”

“… What?”

“All the assassins in the empire have already noticed our failure. Or rather, all the assassins in Eastland.”

“So? Who cares? Most of them failed too.”

“That’s why we’re bound to attract even more ridicule. We couldn’t even realize the strength of our opponent even after that, and we just wasted money and time by insisting on following up to the end.”

“…”

Indeed, this was all correct. It was just a bit absurd that the reason behind all that was mentioning it himself.

“What’s next, do we try to admit our failure and move on? Then it won’t just end with ridicule. Our standing will inevitably become lower and lower.”

“So?”

“This is the only way to raise our status back up from the abyss to which it has fallen. We reveal our failure to the world. And bring it to everyone’s attention.”

The fat man, honestly speaking, didn’t quite understand what his partner was getting at.

“But how is that going to…”

“What if all those bigshots try and fail to hunt Squatjaw too? Sooner or later, our image will change – to an organization that’s survived tangling with that monster.”

“Heeh…”

The idea made a tiny amount of sense.

But, nevertheless, there were still many doubts.

“No, even then, did you really have to do that… Money is money, and if you turn out to be wrong…”

“We won’t pay the money. We don’t even have that much money in the first place.”

“Huh?”

“Squatjaw’s a monster. I’m not saying that just for kicks. The guy can’t be beaten. To hunt him, you’d need the Assassin King of the last generation and the Underworld Kings to attack together. Even then, I don’t know if they’d be enough.”

“Th-, that…”

To be honest, the fatty hadn’t expected such a high evaluation.

“What if Squatjaw makes a name as an ‘untouchable monster’ at the Leeches’ Cradle? Our status, as the ones who posted the first bounty on him, will naturally rise. That’s how it always goes.”

It wasn’t completely unreasonable.

But still one problem remained.

What if Squatjaw got angry when he found out about this?

If assassins repeatedly attacked him, he too would try to find out the cause. Then it’d only be a matter of time before the situation was revealed.

When asked about this point,

“Well, what else can we do? We’ll just have to run away.”

The slender man grinned.

It was a smile he hadn’t worn in a long time.

Which, basically –

“… Fuck me.”

– Meant he wasn’t feeling very reasonable.


The Goblins’ Den.

At the home of their chief, Oldboy (老兄).

It was a great circular hall, whose walls and floors were covered with mysterious patterns, and five bizarre goblin statues were arranged at the corners forming a pentagram.

The great doors suddenly burst open.

“Oldboy!”

“Huh?”

The old goblin, whose snow-white eyebrows had gotten long enough to reach his chin, looked up as someone barged in, panting.

“Some guests have come to visit the Saboteur’s Lot!”

The intruder was the rookie goblin who’d recently been chosen as the new manager of the Lark’s Nest. What was his name again… Nestavi[1]?

“Guests?”

“Yes.”

“Who?”

“They’re saying… humans?”

“…”

His ears were getting duller with age, how sad.

“Come again?”

“Humans, humans.”

“…”

After a while, the old goblin clicked his tongue.

“Tch! I keep telling them, don’t hire liars and pranksters[2] for reporting and management positions…”

Humans, what nonsense!

But,

“I’m sorry, but it’s true. They said that the old gatekeeper of the Saboteur’s Lot, Yellowweed, let them through. And one more thing, I’m neither a liar nor a prankster. I think I’ve told you that over a hundred times already.”

The young goblin with a flushed face was shaking his head while taking deep breaths.

“Heeh…”

Oldboy then tried in a severe tone –

“Is that really true? Are you sure?”

But he soon stopped. Because the other party’s face was quite serious.

“Yes. Look over there, can’t you see how the larks are flocking together?”

Oldboy noticed that a number of messenger larks had indeed gathered around the window.

“… Huh.”

How could this have happened so suddenly? Without any prior signs?

In the long history of the goblins, humans had only ever visited their lair once.

He couldn’t help but feel a little dazed.

“But why? How?”

“Just passing by, apparently?”

“No, does that make sense? How did they even find us?”

“Umm, that… I’m not sure yet.”

“…”

It sounded really irresponsible, but Oldboy struggled to regain his calm. It wasn’t this kid’s fault.

“Then what’s their purpose?”

“They’re here to ask for something.”

“So a request? For what?”

“There was talk about making a bet.”

“Huh… a bet?”

It wasn’t funny.

It had to be nonsense that they’d just been passing by. Clearly they’d come here knowing how crazy goblins got about bets. Oldboy didn’t know what all this was about, but they obviously had some kind of deep scheme.

So,

“So what are you going to do?”

Naturally he had to quickly go take a look… uhm, no, he had no choice but to go investigate.


“So, you’re sure you want us to decide the sport?”

I nodded to the goblin who’d asked the question.

“Yeah. How many times do I have to tell you? I don’t care, so let’s just do whatever you guys are good at.”

Some of the onlooking goblins broke into giggles.

As if just the thought of it made them excited, or maybe they thought it’d be fun.

That was then.

“The same goes for us. The sport doesn’t matter. Having humans here is itself a novelty, after all. That’s not the problem.”

“Then?”

“Unless we know what you want, we can’t accept the bet. Because you might ask for something we can’t fulfil.”

“Why, aren’t you confident? Can’t you win?”

“That’s a different matter. We have to insist, even if the probability of our defeat approaches zero. The requirements for a wager have to be met. So tell me what you want, first.”

I scratched my head.

Hmmm.

Again, talking to these guys was a chore.

“Alright, then call your boss here. I’ll talk to him. Or if you’re the boss, do you have the authority to grant whatever I ask for…?”

That was then.

“Oh? By the ’boss’, do you mean me?”

In the distance, I could see an old goblin walking towards us with a cane.

Somehow, the appearance was familiar.

Oldboy. The chief of the goblins.

And finally,

“Look, it’s Oldboy!”

“He must’ve come running in a hurry!”

“Won’t his knees give out?”

“Look at that! That old man is about to fall down!?”

All the goblins surrounding us broke into shouts as if to prove his identity.

“Hey! Listen, you bastards! When a customer[3] comes from afar, it’s only natural for me to greet him first! You guys are just getting together and whispering!”

Oldboy reached where I stood and took a deep breath.

Although he’d been walking once within sight, it seemed he’d really been running all the way before that.

And then,

“Who the hell are you? Where did you roll in from, you son of a bitch?”

He shouted at me.

“…”

Crazy.

Was this how he treated customers, or was I a fucking beggar?

But, of course, I wasn’t upset about it.

Rather, I laughed, because I knew the old goblin’s personality very well and how I had to act to get what I wanted from him.

“Neener neener, I’ll never tell!”

“…”

Soon,

“Y-, you fucking squat-jawed asshole[4]!”

The old man roared in anger.

“You want to make a bet? Fine!”

“Oh, you already knew?”

“Whatever happens, if you win, I’ll give you one thing that you want! But if you lose…”

“You can ask a question. About anything. I’ll answer.”

“…”

Then Oldboy looked at me with a slightly surprised expression,

“… Fuck! Fine.”

But he still nodded.

“I’ll decide the sport to bet on. The reward we’ll receive would a little less valuable, to compensate. Do you agree?”

“Good!”

“Alright! Then let’s discuss the match. Hm…”

I waited, holding my breath.

Maybe ‘that’? Leo and the others did that when they first visited here in the original.

“Squatjaw, looking at your size, you’ve got a bit of strength. Alright, feel free to go wild with it! The sport will be ‘goblin wrestling’!”

I smiled.

It was as expected.

Goblin wrestling.

It had the same rules as the original Korean folk wrestling, ssireum[5]. Opponents started grappling from a standing position and the one who made any part of the other’s body above the knees touch the floor, won.

The only difference being –

“Do you know the rules?”

“Um, no?”

“It’s simple. You just have to be the first to throw your opponent down.”

“Just throw them down?”

“Yeah, but you could still lose, though.”

“Eh?”

“If you drop your guard, it’ll be over in an eyeblink, so don’t forget to be careful.”

– The rules here could ‘change any time’.

“Well then! Those of you who’re confident that they can crush this squat-jawed asshole! Come forward!”

Then, seeing all kinds of goblins jump out at Oldboy’s call, I also took a step forward.

“Huff… now then, should I use some strength?”


Editor’s Notes:

[1] 샛동아비 (lit. baby boy).

[2] Remember, the goblins gods include the God of Mischief and the God of Lies, so their followers would consider such things a holy act.

[3] 객(客) in the raws. 客 can mean guest or customer, but here the emphasis is on the latter.

[4] 호랑말코 (horangmaiko), a worthless, arrogant, headstrong guy. ‘Wanker’ might be a better translation but we’re using whatever sounds best in context.

[5] See Wikipedia for an explanation of the martial art.


Sword Pilgrim – Chapter 102

Thump, thump.

Solemnly striding forward –

With reverence in his gaze, Lutheon fell to one knee.

“I greet the honourable saint of the empire.”

He dared not even look up at her.

A woman who’d risen to Master rank, as well as a representative of the God whom the empire served.

One envied by anybody who wielded a spear.

With extraordinary divine power and unbelievable spearmanship talent –

She was a woman who was flawless in her virtue and charity as a saint.

“Lutheon. Long time no see.”

It was Ailee, the saintess of the Holy Empire.

“I-, do you remember me, My Lady?”

“Of course. How could I forget a scion from one of the four great houses of the kingdom who came to the side of the spear? You know how rare your situation is.”

However, most people here welcomed Lutheon, despite his origins.

With a physique that’d already received the grace of the sword, since he’d now turned to the proper and righteous God, he would naturally be more blessed than others.

“I’ve already forgotten the family I left behind.”

“I know. Am I not the one who brought you here? How could I not know?”

“Yes.”

Lutheon naturally remembered their first meeting.

While he was wandering around, aggravated by his family and disillusioned with his own life, he ran into her.

As if fate had willed it so.

It was all for her sake that he could endure the severe training and harsh discipline after defecting to the empire.

Lutheon was looking at the saint’s pink hair in a daze, when her question snapped him back to attention and made him stiffen.

“You met Callius, I hear.”

“… Yes.”

It wasn’t a name he ever wanted to hear coming from her mouth.

“How was he? Strong?”

“…”

“From how silent you are, he must’ve been quite strong. Don’t the rumours say that he isn’t any good?”

“I just fell for his tricks.”

“Tricks are also a part of one’s strength, though.”

“I think he must’ve hidden his skills before, or he’s had some kind of fortuitous encounter and got his hands on a relic.”

It was still a mystery.

Callius’ strength –

Where did it spring from?

“I’m curious.”

“Yes?”

“I’d like to meet him at least once.”

“What… He’s not somebody who deserves your attention, My Lady Saint. I suffered a loss because the troll showed up, not because he’s skilled or anything.”

“I know, I’ve read the report.”

“Then why…”

“It’s fun. Isn’t he famous for his looks?”

“He’s not any better than me.”

“Mmm, sure, sure.”

Lutheon’s brows furrowed.

‘Why are you so interested in him? You, a saint of the empire…’

The Masters of the kingdom deserved her attention, instead of such a small-time idiot.

She was somebody who could destroy a castle with her own power.

Her first action after becoming a saint had been to destroy a small country that’d rebelled against the empire.

Lutheon didn’t know why a saint who’d accomplished such a great feat would show interest in a two-bit country bumpkin.

“It’s just a matter of personal interest. You might say, I’m a bit of a fan?”

“’Fan’… What does that mean?”

The saint only smiled in response.

She didn’t give him an answer.

“Lutheon.”

“Yes.”

“Anyway, in the end, you failed.”

“…”

“Everyone fails one day or another. What’s important is to never fail the same way again.”

The saint threw a letter to Lutheon.

“The archbishop of the kingdom has contacted us. He says he’s ready to move. It’s a pity, but for the sake of the prosperity and well-being of the Holy Empire, Carpe has to be destroyed.”

And therefore, you have to take up that burden.

“Because you are the best choice to stand against them. So, Lutheon –”

“Yes!”

“Help the archbishop overturn the Carpe Kingdom.”

Lutheon stood up, grabbed his spear from his back and brought it to his chest.

“All for the sake of the empire!”

“And for our God, Lactus.”


On the road back to the capital.

As I kept reading Gid’s notebook, that was somewhat similar to a diary and described his thoughts on how to cast a carcass, his skills and essence were reflected inside my mind.

The vicious deeds he’d committed were clearly described, and simply reading the details of those atrocities gave me a headache, making me close the book time and again.

But I still opened it back up each time.

Because there was useful information in it.

‘To purposefully leave a carcass ritual unfinished to make an ingot – it’s a very interesting idea.’

I’d never made a setting like this.

It was another mark against this world being just a game.

The nurturer faction I’d created as part of the game was just an NPC element to make and strengthen swords within the system.

My plans never had such a detailed setting for them.

‘This is a method born out of accumulated knowledge and experience over many years.’

I kept reading Gid’s journal, enduring the occasional flash of surprise or bewilderment.

I was trying to sort out the useful parts and organize them, excluding methods that were too cruel or inhumane. That dwarf who was working in the North, Dexter, would surely be happy with this knowledge.

‘It wouldn’t be a bad idea to arrange a meeting between Dexter and Tal.’

Last I heard, he was making swords and armour for the knights of the North as a pastime.

Since there was no news about my Strong Sword, he seemed to be struggling quite a bit.

I closed the book, turning my gaze back to Carradi in the distance, and drove my horse forward.

Soon I reached the villa.

Although, it was now more appropriate to call it a mansion rather than a villa.

Because construction was progressing slowly here and there.

In the grounds behind the villa a place was being made for Beatrice to live in, and the other side was serving as a training ground for the Sixth Squad.

The villa grounds had already been large enough to accommodate a noble’s mansion, so it wasn’t very problematic.

“Oh, you’re back?”

It was Peter who spoke.

Peter, a former assassin and fake guardsman who was now apparently really working as a guard.

Judging from his improved condition, he seemed to be living well.

“Did you meet Genos, by any chance?”

“Yes, I survived thanks to him.”

“Good. When did you start working as a security guard?”

“It suits me. Besides this, I’m also teaching the children swordsmanship, so please don’t think I’m not earning my keep[1].”

“It’s not that.”

Peter was a talented guy, so him taking care of the security of this place was a relief.

Screech.

As I entered through the opened gate, I could hear the sound of children training.

“I’ll have to set up a separate training ground for them.”

The mansion was becoming too noisy because of the kids’ hustle and bustle.

“It’s nice to see the place getting noisy, I think.”

“Is that so?”

“It’s not bad to see children playing after watching so many people die.”

Well, maybe so.

The kids were still too noisy, though.

And –

“Who’s that?”

A certain periwinkle-haired woman was teaching the children.

“Good. Keep this posture and repeat the strike I taught you a hundred times!”

Her voice was familiar.

“Why are you here?”

She was the person destined to become a legendary paladin, often called the next saint.

Esther sol Ciliad.

“Oh, ah, are you back?”

“… Long time no see.”

“Yes, it’s been a while. Well, I came here by accident…”

An explanation seemed necessary.

The moment I was about to say something –

“We greet the Lord of the North!!”

Suddenly, Allen and Aaron popped up from somewhere.

“Why are you two here…”

Wait a minute.

Since they were here –

“Ah, hello. It’s me.”

– Emily was here too.


I shook my head as I watched Esther sip her tea while sitting on the sofa in my office.

“I see.”

Esther said she’d run into Emily while she was wandering around killing bandits.

She’d recognized the sword I’d given Emily, Lucen, and got to know that she was my disciple…

‘But why did you take a liking to my disciple?’

Didn’t Esther hate me?

Why would she suddenly take a liking to my disciple Emily?

It was a little weird, but I decide to simply ignore it.

Esther thought Emily was a disciple of mine and wanted to check her skills, but when Emily called me ‘Dad’ she realized that Emily was actually my daughter, so she accompanied her here.

“When I saw the children training, I thought it was a good opportunity for me to teach.”

“Oh?”

“I’m now a special instructor of the Royal Academy, and the term begins in a few months. I’ve never taught anyone before, and I have no experience teaching children…”

So she was teaching the children here to get some experience at it.

Even though she must’ve been forced by the Church to become an instructor, she was a woman who did her best at everything she did, with all her heart and sincerity.

“Your daughter is a very talented child. If you teach her one thing, she can realize ten things from it. I’ve never seen her like. She said she’s still only twelve?”

“She’s a genius who also works hard.”

“Yes? Ah, right…”

That wasn’t what I was getting at…

Esther thought as she fell silent.

She never knew Callius had such an aspect of his personality. He really doted on the kid. People said Jervain’s blood ran cold, but it didn’t look like that to her.

Even within that short response, Callius’ fondness and affection couldn’t be hidden.

“Anyway, as I was saying, if you don’t mind, I want to come and teach the children here from time to time.”

Callius realized that she’d already made friends with the children.

Esther was fond of children by nature, and her name was also quite famous from the children’s point of view. It wasn’t a loss for any of them, so Callius was happy to welcome her.

Emily would gain a lot from her instruction, and the Sixth Squad would hopefully also learn something from environmental osmosis.

Esther wasn’t part of the Five Stars, but that was purely because she didn’t have a suitable sword, not because she lacked the skills.

“Do as you like.”

“Alright, then.”

Esther got up from her seat and was about to leave, but she stopped at the door for a moment.

“But…”

Did she have something more to say?

Esther was hesitating about something.

“What is it?”

Callius was a little confused and directly asked.

“Really… is she really your daughter?”

“Right.”

“That… that’s right. All right. By any chance, do I know her?”

“Who are you talking about?”

“Emily’s…”

Was Esther talking about Emily’s mother, by any chance?

“She died a long time ago.”

“Ah. My apologies.”

“Don’t worry about it.”

“Then…”

“Yes, see you later.”

Allen and Aaron came in next.

“Sir, you seem stronger than the last time I saw you.”

“You’re still getting stronger… that’s great.”

The two had come down from the North as Emily’s escorts.

They were both exceptionally loyal, and Callius had known them for some time, so he didn’t hate them either.

So Callius decided to give Aaron the sword that had been Arpen’s heirloom, Galaximund.

“Are you really giving this to me?!”

“If you think you can handle it.”

It seemed tough right now, but Aaron should be able to handle it soon. His strength had seen him through quite a few crises on the battlefield.

“It’s unreasonable right now, but I think I’ll get used to it with time.”

After lifting it a few times and swinging it around, Aaron said so. Even the members of the Sixth Squad found it difficult to even lift this sword, but Aaron did it without difficulty.

Callius had pondered it for a while, but handing it over to Aaron was the right decision.

Callius himself wasn’t that familiar with greatswords, and he’d already gotten his hands on another new sword this time.

‘Having too many swords is also a problem.’

A carcass is not just a weapon.

Since it is made by smelting soul and body, it also affects the user.

Callius had a subspace, so the influence was relatively small, but that didn’t mean it was absent.

It was more efficient to quickly dispose of weapons that had degraded or didn’t suit him.

Rather than selling them or throw them away, it was better to hand them over to subordinates who’d sworn allegiance to him.

Besides, Allen and Aaron were knights who’d accompanied him from the battlefield of the North.

They were trustworthy.

“And Allen, this book is for you.”

“Wait, is this a technique for senior knights?”

“That’s right.”

Unlike the one given to Joseph, this book was complete, with both the upper and lower volumes.

Contrary to his appearance, Aaron was from a now-extinct noble family line, so he had his own training method, but Allen did not.

“Thank you! I will definitely live up to your expectations!”

If Callius had to create a force exclusively loyal to him, he had to invest in his subordinates. Becoming strong on his own wasn’t enough.

“You should stay here for a while to train. Bruns?”

“Yeah!”

“Give them a room… And go bring Emily.”

“All right.”

After a while –

“Hello.”

“… I was going to bring you over here after some time, anyway.”

What should he say now?

The silence between Callius and Emily stretched on for a while.

Originally, he’d indeed planned to bring Emily here. But now was too early.

He’d wanted to wait until at least the storm of civil war calmed down.

‘It can’t be helped.’

He still had some breathing room.

It was just a matter of letting her stay for a while before he shipped her back to the North.

“Grandpa was scolding you.”

“Why?”

“You didn’t write him a single letter.”

“I was busy.”

He’d have to slowly try sending one or two from now on…

… Well, depending on his mood.

“I heard from the kids as soon as I came to Carradi. That you cut off the heads of some nobles.”

“… It was all for Carpe.”

“I thought it must be, too. Oh. And I heard from Rinney, that you signed me up for the Academy? They say it’s hard to get in.”

“Yeah. It’ll be a good opportunity for you.”

“Thanks.”

“… Don’t mention it.”

With his position as a count, it wasn’t that difficult to write a letter of recommendation.

“So you met Esther. What’re your thoughts?”

“She’s strong. Stronger than I thought.”

“Did you learn a lot?”

“Yes, I want to learn even more.”

“That’s good.”

Esther would be able to teach her many things. Callius was glad the two had met.

“I also played against Rivan recently.”

“Who won?”

“Me, of course.”

“Well done. And what about Rinney, her too?”

“Yeah, Rinney has a lot of cheap tricks, so it was difficult, but I won. Oh, and I also had a fight with a girl called Flora.”

“How was she?”

“She’s nothing special right now, but she gives off a good feeling. I think she’ll get stronger soon. The rest of the bunch are just crybabies though.”

A monotonous question-and-answer session followed, with Emily talking and Callius responding.

But neither Emily nor Callius felt that it was boring.

Their facial expressions didn’t fluctuate, but any bystander could tell that they seemed happier than ever.


Editor’s Notes:

[1] 녹봉, old term for salary given to retainers or civil servants in exchange for service.


Illustration – The New Saints


Sword Pilgrim – Chapter 101

The reason she’d become one of the Five Stars had to do with how strong her sword was.

Even her basic attack pattern that came through the shadows needed five senses beyond the realm of humans to deal with.

Public opinion was that there were few people apart from the Masters who could stop her surprise attack.

‘Even disregarding surprise attacks, her ability itself is very good.’

The Shadow and the Serpent.

Few knights could resist her starting trick of moving through the shadows, treating them as her limbs.

Even Callius wanted to avoid fighting Helena whenever possible.

It came as no surprise that she’d finished the Sword of Sorrow in one blow.

“Oh? Why’re you here?”

Rather than that, he was more curious as to why Helena had come all the way here.

“Rather I should be the one asking why you are here.”

“Someone made a request. He asked me to stop this guy, but he’d already lost his head by the time I arrived… This thing was probably the reason behind all this, huh? Ugh, disgusting.”

Helena threw Gid’s arm that was still clutching the sword to the ground with a sickened face.

Surprised, Callius took a sneaky glance all around.

The eyes of the surrounding knights and paladins, who’d witnessed the power of that sword, were shining with greed despite knowing how dangerous it was.

‘I bet someone’s going to aim for it.’

Callius frowned at the momentary cry of anguish that wafted out of the Sword of Sorrow as he reached down to grab it before anybody else could.

‘Who knows what that was about.’

Instead of touching the sword again, he grabbed Gid’s arm that still had the sword in a death grip, and pretended to put it inside his cloak.

And hidden from all the watching eyes, he actually pushed it into subspace.

At that moment, a window arrived indicating that the quest was complete, and the reward issued.

Callius checked it once to be certain, then looked around.

“You deserve our thanks. A large number of soldiers and knights have already suffered at his hands. He started moving around even after being decapitated, taking us completely by surprise, but thankfully you showed up just in time to stop him from running off.”

“The timing was good, wasn’t it? Oh, long time no see, Golden Lion.”

“It’s been a long time indeed, Lady Golden Death.”

Helena and the Golden Lion started a pretty friendly conversation, apparently already well-acquainted.

It made sense. They both belonged to the Five Stars.

Helena did have a wide social circle – which included Callius, too.

“Boss, was Miss Helena actually a member of the Five Stars?”

“You’re still alive?”

“Yep! Although I got a few bruises and scratches on my back, I’m right as rain!”

He’d gotten away with a few scratches despite suffering through all this mess?

Considering his skills, Callius didn’t know whether Bruns was really lucky or really resourceful.

“You’re uselessly healthy. Honestly, how do you keep surviving with your level of skill?”

“A fortune-teller checked my palms one time, he said I have a loooong life line. Haha!”

What a weird guy.

“Is the Sixth Squad alright?”

“Yeah, they’re fine. A few got frostbite and need treatment, but as long as they get a good rest, it won’t be a problem.”

“They’re pretty lucky.”

It seemed that even the degree of frostbite wasn’t too severe for most of them.

Callius was glad that there was little damage.

Only the soldiers and knights of the aristocrats seemed to have suffered.

‘It ended better than expected.’

With the death of Count Valentine, his enemies were now left without a leader.

Of course, the archbishop was behind them, but since he couldn’t come out in the open, the noble faction’s reach would be greatly reduced.

They wouldn’t even be able to denounce the count’s death.

Not only did he harbour the notorious criminal Flesh Shaper Gid, he even boiled ninety-nine knights alive and then got himself killed by the same madman he’d given refuge to.

It was a different story from being sentenced to death with the Judgment Sword. The count would be publicized as a piece of trash, and Callius would become the hero who saved the county from a calamity.

『Kingdom Quest』
【Imperial Spies】
◆ Save the kingdom from ruin by killing the spies of the empire.
◆ Number of spies killed: 11/?
<Reward>「Monarch’s Flag」

The number of spies killed, had increased from eight to eleven.

Besides, the side quest, Sword of Sorrow, has been completed, and it was time to check the reward.

『Rare Constitution Lottery Ticket』.

For knights, the body was a pretty important factor. The constitution determined the quality of their bones and muscles.

Callius couldn’t help but look forward to it.

It was a pity that it was a lottery instead of a choice, but it couldn’t be helped.

Because that part had never been under his control.

‘It’d be great if I can get [Divine Bones].’

If his bones themselves became blessed with divine power, the amount of power he could store within his elixir field would shoot up, and operating the extra power wouldn’t even burden him any further.

Of course, something like that won’t come out in a rare lottery.

Let’s consider what happened in the last rare talent draw.

‘Pheromone, of all things.’

Didn’t he get a pretty useless reward last time?

It was no help in battles, it just gave him a bit of a nicer smell in general.

Just that.

Still, no matter how trash a constitution might be drawn, it couldn’t be worse than [Strong Bones], so it’d definitely be helpful in battle.

‘But please, give me something better.’

It would be really dissatisfying if [Strong Bones] was actually drawn.

“What’re you doing?”

“Ah!”

Callius was startled by Helena’s face suddenly popping up so close.

Thanks to that, he involuntarily pressed the draw button.

Along with the sound of a roulette spinning, a jigsaw of letters recombined to form a single phrase.

“Ah…”

I wasn’t ready yet…

The name and effect of the selected constitution formed along with a strange sound effect.

『Smelting Bones[1] (融骨)』
Grade – Rare
◆ A constitution that inherits the medicinal characteristics of the ancient tribe of Rianta.
『Medicinal Bloodline[2]
Any drug can be taken and absorbed with more than three times the normal efficiency.
『Medicine Smelting[3]
Changes the constitution by allowing the absorbed medicinal properties to permeate into the body.

“Hm?”

[Detected medicinal properties that have already permeated into the body. Activating Medicinal Bloodline to accept them.]

[Accepts and absorbs a small amount of divine power and poison properties.]

[The medicinal energy is weak, so 70% of it is lost.]

[30% permeates into the body.]

[Overall physical ability increases slightly.]

“Ugh…”

A pleasant pain hit Callius’ whole body.

His bones changed due to the rare constitution called Smelting Bones, and his muscles and nerves also underwent a transformation.

The divine and poisonous medicinal energies in his body were probably the influence of all the sacred stones and holy water that he’d taken before.

Since he’d drank a lot of holy water, it was natural to have remnants in the body, and sacred stones weren’t supposed to be eaten in the first place, so naturally he couldn’t have digested it all.

‘It’s not as good as Divine Bones.’

Still, a pretty good physique had been drawn.

Callius usually didn’t have much luck with lotteries, but he’d been quite lucky this time around.

‘Such a strange characteristics popped out last time, so I wasn’t expecting much.’

He’d decided to just accept it and move on even if the lowest grade, [Strong Bones], came out.

But it was [Smelting Bones]!

Finally, he’d managed to escape the shackles of his trashy original physique.

The passage of his divine blood had widened and cleared and the circulation of power felt smoother.

His condition was indubitably better than before.

With how much strength seemed to be welling up from his muscles, it was almost as if he’d switched to a completely new body.

“What happened? Did something change?”

This woman was nothing if not observant, with how quick she was to notice.

“Probably just my mood.”

“No, that’s not it. Did something change? C’mon, look straight at me. Really, you’ve changed! Did you realize something?”

“Well…”

Callius couldn’t help but nod his head, and her eyes shined with envy.

The Golden Lion was the same.

“I heard that you had an achievement just a few hours ago, but to have one again… What terrifying talent.”

‘What talent?’

If he’d had such a thing, he wouldn’t have to struggle in the dirt so hard to get stronger.

He’d faced death many times while learning from Bernard, but that didn’t mean he realized something.

「Callius von Jervain」
「Occupation」 – Pilgrim
「Spirit」 – Level 3
「Divine Power」 – 13332/16531 ▶ 13332/16934
「Talent」 – 【Bard’s Blessing】 【Instinctive Intuition】
「Characteristics」 – [Verse of Grace] [Nobility’s Duty] [Scapegrace of the Count Family] [Death Verse Composition] [Prodigal Son of the Order] [Gluttony] [Tricolour Eye] [Pheromone]
「Constitution」 – 『Smelting Bones』
「Ability」
Strength – 81 (30) ▶ 87 (30)
Agility – 55 (30) ▶ 60 (30)
Skill – 16 ▶ 17
Health – 53 (30) ▶ 61 (30)
Faith – 83 ▶ 95

‘Slightly increased overall physical ability… The amount of divine power also increased.’

It was quite refreshing.

Since he’d found no quests via Verse of Grace since the fortress, there hadn’t been any chance to increase his physical ability, but to see it go up so easily?

Even if he’d drawn some other constitution, his physical abilities were bound to increase a little. But no other constitution would’ve been able to absorb the energies of the sacred stone and holy water remaining in his body.

[Strong Bones], for example, would’ve merely granted him a slight increase in health and strength.

“Ohoho? You look like the cat that got the canary. Right, Bruns?”

Bruns cleared his throat, ahem!, and nodded.

“Yes. I’ve been serving Boss for thirteen years. It’s been a while since I’ve seen him so happy! Except for the time he won the great war in the North, I can’t think of another…”

It was necessary to correct Bruns’ babbling.

“Where did thirteen years come from?”

“That’s just how long it feels in my heart. Hehehehe! Why, what’s wrong?”

Bruns restlessly shuffled his feet, his eyes twitching towards here and there.

To be blunt, he was trying to say that there was some kind of bond between them.

As always, he was sincere about useless things.

‘By the way, it seems that a year has passed since I first met Bruns.’

From Tristar to the North.

From the beginning of the war in the North to the end, and until now.

It’d been almost a year.

Callius had changed a lot in that time, but this guy hadn’t changed much.

‘I know he hasn’t had it easy, but he’s such a wuss.’

Even so, Callius couldn’t deny that he felt a measure of affection for the idiot, so he couldn’t just kick him out. It’d be more convenient if Bruns just stayed behind at the villa, but his sincerity was part of why he always tagged along.

It was kind of annoying, but if Bruns disappeared one day, Callius thought it’d feel a little boring.

“Leave that for later, and take care of yourself first. A lot of people died, so we need to clean things up.”

“Okay. So now what?”

“Yes, indeed.”

Helena and the Golden Lion agreed and looked around. Frozen chunks of flesh were scattered here and there, and corpses of soldiers were all over the area.

It wasn’t a good sight.

“There’s no one here in Valentine County with a higher rank than me, so I’ll take temporarily command. Anybody who’s dissatisfied should scram.”

Callius stared at the young man who was standing there in a daze. Tala de Valentine.

Tala, son of Count Valentine.

Even though the knights looked to him for guidance, he was still in shock.

Seeing such a hair-raising massacre wrought by a single sword with his eyes was a bit too much of a shock at his age. It was the responsibility of the adults present to rectify the situation.

“Then, let’s start with collecting the bodies.”

There was a lot to process. First, they had to match the scattered pieces together to make the corpses whole, and then deliver them to the families of the deceased.

If there was no family, they had to cremate the body. And finally, there were those who had signed away their corpses before death[4], who had to be made into carcasses and then either sent to the Church or returned to the county.

The chaotic situation soon began to settle under his command.

Things started to clear up quickly and neatly.


A few days later.

The situation had returned to some semblance of calm, and we were having dinner together.

Me, Helena, and the Golden Lion.

And Tala too.

“Does bread taste better if you eat it with a knife and fork…?”

“Shut up.”

“Hahaha! It does look cool. It probably takes patience, though. What do you think, Golden Death?”

“Don’t call me by that weird name, call me Helena. I don’t like that nickname much.”

“Ah, I see.”

As I kept eating, ignoring them, Tala put down his cutlery and looked at me.

He seemed to have something to say.

“If you have something to say, then out with it.”

“I was thinking. All this, happened because of that sword.”

“Have you given up on your dream of becoming a nurturer?”

“No. No, I haven’t.”

“Why?”

“There’re so many people out there who go crazy trying to make swords. So I thought I’d rather be the one to make a great sword.”

Helena asked in a curious tone.

“Oh? And?”

“If I can craft a great sword, I’ll be able to shut some of those crazy bastards up. I saw a sword slaughtering scores of knights. I also saw it move with its own will. I think there should be a better use for something like that.”

Why was he looking at me as he talked?

I’d never done him any favours.

But here, I had to be faithful to the role of an adult. After all, I’d made a lot of profit off him this time.

I wiped my mouth with a napkin, got up and tapped Tala’s shoulder.

“You know, when a man has a weight on his shoulders that he must bear – that’s when he starts to shine.”

“Yes.”

“Count Valentine. I hope you get what you yearn for.”

Now Tala was the count.

Count Valentine.

A young aristocrat who bore the name of his family, and a young man who aimed to become a nurturer of the sword.

All I could offer him was encouragement, but this was time for the young man to grow up and become an adult.

Because he’d made his decision.

“Are you leaving?”

“I’ve done all I had to do. Now it’s time for me to go.”

“Then, next time. I look forward to seeing you again, Count Jervain.”

And, next time –

“Call me Tal.”

Pft!

I couldn’t help but laugh, and nodded my head.

“I hope it’s not such a big mess when we meet next time, Tal.”

“Yes!”

Now it was time to go back to the capital.


Editor’s Notes:

[1] 융골(融骨) (lit. cartilage) is being translated as Smelting Bones.

[2] 약성 (lit. weakness) is being translated as Medicinal Bloodline.

[3] 약납 is being translated as Medicine Smelting.

[4] Of course it makes sense that people will do that, donate their bodies to scien- I mean religion. Great worldbuilding, but you just know this’ll probably never come up again…


Surviving a Shounen Manga – Episode 77

Let’s Go to the Goblins’ Den!

“Hmmm…”

I wasn’t sure how the author and the readers would interpret my declaration of allegiance to the princess.

I said those words to forge a connection to the woman who’d become the monarch of the empire, and free myself of her at the same time… 

But, well,

Tiling–.

[Chapter 24# – The Final Gateway of the Warrior’s Path in the Skull Empire]

[Hiro’s character evaluation has been updated]

[‘Chivalry’ has been added to the characteristics]

[‘Romantic’ has been added to the characteristics]

[An enormous amount of support from numerous readers followed]

[Awareness increased by 100,000]

[Excess awareness is replaced with ‘level’]

[Attracts the author’s attention]

[The author’s favourability has increased by 10]

[Received fan art from 30 readers]

[The author’s favourability has increased by 30]

[Reappearance probability has increased to 20%]

What do you mean, ‘chivalry’? What do you mean, ‘romantic’?!

Did you guys forget that this was a shounen manga? When did the genre shift to romance?!

[State]

  • Name: Hiro (Enigmatic Squatjaw)
  • Characteristics: Very strong, Bluffing, Chatterbox, Secretive, Turned out he was a pretty boy?, Leadership, Spirit of sacrifice, Chivalry, Romantic
  • Awareness: 345,259
  • Author’s favourability: 82
  • Reappearance probability: 20%

Tiling–.

[You have successfully played the lead role in the chapter]

[Successfully played the lead role in the first extended chapter]

[Registered as a major record in the official character data of ‘Hiro’]

[Character’s rank has increased significantly]

[Character’s rank has increased significantly]

[Character’s rank has increased significantly]

[Character’s rank has reached ‘main cast’]

[Some information about ‘character level’ is unlocked]

[New product sales will start according to the updated character level]

[Leading point of view application is finished]

  • The leading point of view is revoked.

Tiling–.

[The final evaluation of the character has been calculated by the author]

[Hiro is the subject of a preliminary appearance in the next chapter]

[Character points paid 300,000p for the rise in awareness]

[Character points paid 4,000p for the rise in author’s favourability]

[Character points paid 200p for the rise in reappearance probability]

[Character level has increased by 250]

“… Whoo.”

Basically, it was a character evaluation with a lot of minutiae, and overflowing with new information.

And at the centre of it was the ‘character level’.

I read it over and over again and checked all the things related to this ‘level’.

First of all, the ‘excess awareness’ being replaced by ‘level’.

The first point I noted was that awareness was limited to 100,000.

Meaning, the maximum CP I could earn through awareness was 300,000, but I wouldn’t say that was particularly disappointing. To be honest, I hadn’t bought any useful products from the character shop lately, not that I could remember.

Of course, this wasn’t a problem with the products themselves, but rather with the limitations of the setting.

One can only ever acquire one unique ability.

To be honest, ‘backgrounds’ are the most important for a character in the growth stage, because they carry other benefits, like characteristics, personal connections, etc. But everything that’s worth buying brings a corresponding unique ability.

Which, naturally, made them impossible to buy. I even wanted to get the rest of the benefits apart from the unique ability, but no luck – all those products were blocked.

As a result, even if I wanted to splurge, all I could do was read the readers’ comments and buy a few minor backgrounds.

So I still had a lot of points left. Adding up the haul this time, the total might be close to a million.

The only comfort was that some new products were now being launched.

‘Or maybe… I’m lucky to have a pile of points ready to be spent?’

Of course, I’d have to look at the products before I could judge.

Next, the ‘character level’, about which some information had been apparently ‘unlocked’.

Even a cursory glance was enough to arouse my interest.

‘Where is it… oh, this one?’

When I looked it up, a new tab called ‘level’ was now present in a corner of the holographic window.

I immediately gave it a press.

[Character Level]

  • Current rating: Main cast
  • Current value: 1023
  • Experience: 72%
  • Value to reach the next level: ?
  • Preceding plot can be ignored: 2 times

“… Oh ho.”

The information was very easy to understand.

Because there was only one thing to note.

Rating and value didn’t mean much. There was no data to compare them to, and no information on how they were reflected in the actual stats.

So only one piece of information was important.

  • Preceding plot can be ignored.

This was a very significant item.

To interpret this a little differently, it meant that my character’s class had risen to the level where it was possible to resist the author’s will.

In fact, that had been my guess for a while. I’d already had an experience where I’d taken a penalty in exchange for violating the preceding plot.

Although I’d been forced to silence at that time, the actual penalty was a reduction in ‘class’.

Which in turn meant that ‘you can bear the penalty if you’re strong enough’, in my view.

And the new information confirmed this.

And not just that –

Something more could now be reasonably inferred.

The higher your level, the more directly you can resist the author’s intentions and try to create a story ‘about you’.

“Hmmm…”

It was indeed good news. Perhaps the news I’d been waiting for the most.

But I didn’t start cheering immediately, because there were still a few things bothering me.

It was about the ‘degree of separation’ between this ‘character system’ and the ‘author’ when it came to my treatment.

The author and the system – just how closely related were they?

This was a topic I’d been wondering about for a long time. At first glance, there should’ve been no difference between the two, but strangely, there were some points where the intentions of the two sides clashed slightly.

The biggest mark of that was the product called ‘deletion grace right’.

Even when the author wanted to delete my character, the system could prevent it.

Of course, this could be interpreted as a kind of a self-made restriction on the author’s part to prevent himself from taking any impulsive actions, since he himself knew just how irascible was his personality. This way we could reconcile the author’s intention with the system.

But the ‘gap’ between them went beyond that. Now I was looking at a device that allowed a character to break free from the author’s planned development.

Which author would grant such a right to his characters? Not unless he’s completely cracked.

So, my thoughts kept returning to the same question.

Could the two sides be completely separate?

If the system was different from the author, then who made this system and for what purpose?

Did the author even know about the system’s existence?

If the author wasn’t the one to raise the prices of the products, then what did it all mean?

Or was the system just an auxiliary device that the author himself had made so that he wouldn’t go off track?

After a while,

“… Okay, let’s forget it for now. What good does it do me, anyway[1]?”

I shook my head to shake off my thoughts.

It was all a waste of time. Had I been that clever, I wouldn’t be floundering here in this manga world.

There was only one thing that I had to think about when it came to ‘level’.

How to plan my rebellion a bit more comprehensively, to have a better chance of success in turning the author’s world upside down.

‘How to become a honest-to-goodness troll… yeah, that’s the aim.’

Next, I decided to check out the new products.

The number of points was the first thing that caught my eye as soon as I opened the store.

[Currently held points: 913,773]

“Um, there’s quite a bit.”

To be honest, I didn’t feel particularly excited, but it was a stupidly high number, so it wasn’t too bad.

And now, if the new products were usable, my hoarding would be vindicated.

“Let’s see…”

◆ Character Setting (New)

◆ Chapter

◆ Special Products (New)

I first skimmed through the character settings.

Roughly speaking, unique abilities and backgrounds had received the largest updates. In particular, there were a lot of new Eastland-related backgrounds, which I thought was a bit absurd. Was the system trying for a garage sale or something?

Of course, I could very well buy them now and use them when the Eastland arc arrived, but –

‘But that’s far in the future.’

I immediately exited the category.

‘I didn’t have any expectations anyway, so this is fine.’

Anyway, next was the real thing.

Special products.

I clicked the tab to open.

“Yeah.”

There were four products that were quite surprising.

[Special Products]

※ Press to check the details of each product

1. Deletion grace right – 50,000p

2. Check the preceding plot – 70,000p

3. Right to veto penalty – 100,000p

4. Right to refuse to appear – 150,000p

5. Leading point of view reservation ticket – 250,000p

Obviously, same as the ‘prices’, the ‘class’ of the products had also risen sharply. It also felt like my character’s importance was finally being recognized.

And just by looking at the product name, I could devise a rough plan for the future.

Take what you need, leave out what you don’t, adjust appropriately.

It certainly felt like I could lead the storyline along the route I desired.

But the problem was,

“… It’s a bit pricey.”

Oddly enough, I seemed to be lacking points.

Hmmm.

I considered snap buying them all anyway, but then shook my head and exited the tab.

There was no urgency right now. Hopefully the prices won’t go up again so soon after release.

And now,

“Hey, what’s the point of being so nervous?”

The long-awaited moment had come.

I went to the chapter category and bought the readers’ comments for the latest.

[Chapter 24# The Final Gate of the Warrior’s Path in the Skull Empire – Reader Comments]

Ghost Demon Blade – Squatjaw here making a ‘hard’ decision, if you know what I mean ( ͡° ͜ʖ ͡°)[2]

June – Can’t you just be loyal to yourself?

Hanubaram – It’s a draw!

Monotype – Yeah~ Never let her go hahahaha

Kim Tae-hoon – Squatjaw, I believed in you!

ThinkPad – That vow sounds more like an oath of engagement, kek

Outer God – Now this is what you call a shounen manga…

Blue Wetland – Boring…!

Angry Guy – I’ll wait for Leo’s arc, this isn’t much fun lol

Kyaokyao – Fair trade, you get Coocoo, I get you lolol

Jang Moonchungnaga – Leo’s story isn’t, well, as fun to be honest (the author’s crying blood in the corner…)

redwing – Ahh, so Squatjaw’s the deuteragonist[3] huh

Qenari – Nice!

Oh, great!

This was one of the few aspects of this harsh manga world that soothed my soul.

It felt like I was being compensated for all my hard work.

Although, I was a little concerned that there were quite a few phrases that might provoke the author.

What if the author again became wary of my existence?

‘I feel tired just thinking about the possibility.’

Still, it was an unavoidable outcome. Me being in the spotlight meant somebody else would have to suffer the shade.

As I kept poring over the comments, I found some that stood out.

For example, pointing out the troubles I’d faced.

Glitch – Here, if the princess doesn’t stay in the Skull Empire and joins the adventure team, she could fill in the missing position.

Actually, I’d considered leaving with the princess. If she wasn’t going to become the emperor right away anyway, what could be the harm if she took some time to wander around? Moreover, since she’d awakened, she would surely be of some help instead of being a burden.

But,

‘No. It’s the right choice to end this plotline at the appropriate juncture.’

The princess was a character whose role was clearly defined. She had no substitutes, and her role in the overall plot wasn’t dispensable.

In other words, she was a character who had her own place in the world.

In such a case, it was best to just finish things neatly and quickly. Unless I wanted to take the risk of becoming involved in some kind of weird plot development.

It was a pity, but… I had no choice but to shake off my regrets.

And I had bigger headaches than the princess right now. Some of the comments were a little alarming.

jh7free – No, but what’s Squatjaw’s ability? It doesn’t seem to have any limitations.

akdtm1 – I honestly think it’s too much of a scam. And King, too, of course.

It was time for an explanation. If I delayed it any longer, the readers’ curiosity might explode and turn negative.

In fact, in such cases, the author would sometimes dump some information by borrowing some space on a page.

For example, when ‘Mimic Acrobat’ became a hot topic in the original work.

It was after the character had already been deleted, and there was no way to reveal it in the work, so the author had just openly revealed the details.

That was why I could know the conditions for mimicking an ability.

But now I was in a situation where it was difficult to anticipate the author’s actions. It wasn’t just my relationship with the author that was the problem, it was because even I myself couldn’t provide a good explanation on the spot.

In other words, I had to somehow solve this with my own strength, within the bounds of plausibility, and within the shortest possible time.

So now was the time to bring them into the story –

The goblins.

It’d been fifty days since I’d left Adventium after passing the qualification test.

The originally planned period was up to three months, so I had more of a buffer left than expected.

Going by Chinuavi, if I hurried, I could reach the ‘Goblins’ Den’ in about a week.

“If it’s a week…”

To go and to return. Another week to Nanma Port. Another ten days to reach Westland.

Calculating travel time alone, the total would come to about 80-85 days.

The schedule did feel a little tight, but even so – I had enough time to make a visit.

“I can really go…”

At this point, to be honest, I was dithering a little.

There was no particular reason. Mostly because it was hard to completely convince myself.

There were three reasons I’d originally wanted to visit there.

First, I was mad at the author. So I wanted to lure the goblins in and throw them into Westland.

Second, for the sake of a plan to imitate Karl Zayed’s unique ability, in preparation for my future ‘weakening’.

Third, in order to obtain enough ‘background’ and ‘plausibility’ to explain my character.

But now from what I could see, the first and second reasons had lost a lot of their persuasive power.

Of course, there were still times when I thought that the author was an asshat. But all the effort to bombard him with the goblins seemed unnecessary. Since I had plenty of time, wouldn’t it be better to go straight back to Westland and figure out a more efficient way to fuck him over?

And the ‘weakening’ that I’d been concerned about so far hadn’t happened yet. No, in fact, I’d become stronger. That was why I could finish the quest directly without having to visit the goblins in the middle of the mission. If I’d actually gotten weakened midway, things wouldn’t have turned out so smooth.

In other words, it seems possible to prepare for the chapters step by step like before, without coveting Karl Zayed’s ability.

The problem was now the third reason, which was a bit vague.

There was no way that came to mind right now, other than the goblins.

“Hmmm…”

So, I decided to think about the advantages this choice would confer on me, rather than the necessity of visiting the Goblins’ Den.

First. It was a waste to come all the way to Eastland and not go there.

It was a very convincing reason. It was definitely not an easy place to reach in the normal course of events.

But still, it wasn’t a very significant advantage.

Second. It was a step already taken.

I had to go. It was a promise I’d already made to myself.

Well… although, this wasn’t very significant either.

Third. If I got lucky, there were three things I could get from there.

  1. A background to explain myself.
  2. A way to mimic the unique abilities of the goblins, including Chinuavi.
  3. A way to mimic Karl Zayed’s unique ability.

This was definitely an advantage that made me greedy.

An explanation that guaranteed the plausibility of my character, and even a path to developing my abilities to a higher level.

But the problem was that I might end up empty-handed this time, too. So the risk was great. It was a hit-or-miss situation.

And, in my opinion, the chance of a miss was on the higher side.

“Hmm…”

And finally, the fourth and last advantage.

I’d have a story to tell Haka.

Just as I’d promised.

I scratched my head.

“… Yeah, let’s just go.”

My mind made up, I immediately shouted.

“Adventurers, assemble!”

Soon after,

“… What is it?”

“Is something wrong?”

Cocoa and Chinuavi appeared, rubbing their eyes as if they were still sleepy.

“It’s already past sunrise, and you’re still sleeping? Pack your bags! We’re leaving in ten minutes.”

Chinuavi’s eyes lit up.

“Where to?”

“Where do you think?”

I added with a grin.

“To your home.”

Then,

“Hey…”

The corners of Chinuavi’s lips curved up sharply.

Although, the smile was slightly different from that of a runaway kid who missed home.

“The Goblins’ Den! Good! I’m revved up!”

It seemed that he’d been bored for a while, and Cocoa was also expressing her excitement out loud.

That was then.

“By the way…”

Chinuavi faltered and mumbled.

“Why, what is it?”

“That, well…”

“Just say it.”

“Shouldn’t you say farewell? To her… to the princess.”

“Princess? Aah, her.”

I said carelessly.

“I’ve done that already. Let’s just leave.”

Last night, I’d gone to have a chat in person. Before the emperor could come bother me, I’d taken care of it at my end.

“If you ever send somebody to find me, have them tell me they’re from you. Yeah?”

“… Where are you going, leaving behind the one you swore allegiance to?”

“Ah, cut me slack. We’ve got a lot more to do. See you next time.”

“… When?”

“Alright, well, how about I come find you? When next you’re in danger.”

“… Forget it, do whatever you want.”

At my words, Chinuavi scratched the back of his head.

“Aha… but I didn’t, though? Say farewell?”

“Does it matter? Were you two that friendly?”

“Ah, no. It’s just not polite at all. We’re acquaintances, after all.”

“Me too!”

“Uh-huh, well, it’s not like we’re parting forever. And you too, need to get used to parting. That’s how you become an adult. Hurry up and pack!”

Let’s go quickly, to the Goblins’ Den!


A week later. At the main entrance to the Goblins’ Den, the ‘Saboteur’s Lot’.

“N-, no way?”

Yellowweed[4], the gatekeeper of the Saboteur’s Lot, was feeling quite bewildered because of the ‘something’ in front of him.

A little kid wearing a clown mask was slowly approaching from afar.

And, undoubtedly –

Surprisingly, the kid was human.

Just at that moment, the little kid stopped exactly in front of the doorway that was covered with a goblin silver screen.

Then,

“Hello?”

Came a greeting.

Yellowweed was so startled that he almost screamed.

‘What, you talking to me?’

Fortunately, he was able to suppress the sound thanks to hastily shutting his mouth, but the surprise was still there.

The kid… shouldn’t have been able to see him.

Yellowweed’s eyes opened wide instead of his mouth.

The little kid seemed to tilt her head a little as the silence continued, and then she spoke again.

“Open the door, please.”

“…”

He wondered. What was this kid’s true identity? What was her purpose?

Were all little humans so terrifying in the first place?

Yellowweed couldn’t hold back his curiosity any longer.

To be honest, for a goblin, ten seconds was already a lot.

“Who are you!”

Then,

“Aha, there you were.”

The little kid replied with a smile.

“The Mysterious Squatjaw Folk Troupe’s[5] here for you lot.”

Whoa, ‘mysterious’?!

Just hearing the word made his heart flutter.

“So what?”

He tried to pretend being indifferent, but Yellowweed’s ears had already perked up.

“Ah, we were just passing by, and we heard that some goblins live in this area. And that you’re pretty good at fighting and wrestling, and have a lot of other talents, too.”

“Yeah, so?”

“Well, it’s nothing much, just…”

After a small pause, the little kid added in a subtle tone.

“Would you like to have a match?”


Editor’s Notes:

[1] 뭔 부귀영화를 누리겠다고 (lit. what kind of riches and honour am I going to enjoy) is a sarcastic way of admitting you’re doing meaningless things that won’t result in any benefit.

[2] 졸라 (jolla) is a slang word expressing emphasis (like ‘fucking’) and the expanded expression 좆나오게 means ‘like you’re getting hard’.

[3] 진주인공 (lit. artificial pearl) is what you call a secondary character who becomes the main protagonist in the latter parts of a work, and the initial protagonist is revealed to be a decoy. No easy translation comes to mind so we’re just slapping in deuteragonist.

[4] Hwanggaechobi, mentioned first in chapter 21. Goblins (dokkaebi) in this story often have names ending with -bi/-vi, like Chinuavi.

[5] 풍물패 (lit. folk troupe). See Wikipedia.


Sword Pilgrim – Chapter 100

“Captain!!”

“Captain’s here! Get away!”

“It’s the chief! Take distance and encircle! We’ll only be a hindrance up close!”

Just the appearance of the two raised morale among the onlookers.

Callius sneered as he saw the group of nobles who’d been killed, either frozen to death or torn apart.

“Ruen, you okay?”

The opponent’s sword was no different than a vision sword.

It had the absurd power of slowing down the enemy with a single swing, and freezing them at a moment of contact.

Facing that bitter chill, only Callius and Ruen could raise their swords.

“It’s tough, but what’s the use of complaining? I’ll just have to make do.”

“That’s my favourite type of answer.”

As soon as they affirmed their intentions, Gid waved his sword, snarling.

With that single swing came a raging arctic storm.

Boooooooom-!!

“I’ll pierce through it.”

The energy of Other Shore Flower raced along the blade of the Tyrant Sword.

Petals as hard as a dragon’s scale gathered over the blade and pierced the rushing wave.

Claaang!!

The Golden Lion, wielding his Golden Cloak Qi, shot like an arrow through the gap.

“As expected of the Golden Lion of the South! But you’re still just a young cub!”

Along with Gid’s exclamation, his sword swung again.

Craaaaackkkk!

A strike as fast as lightning.

A breath of pure white winter enveloped the Golden Lion.

But immediately –

Screeeech! Crrrraaaaackkkkkk!!

The Golden Lion shattered the ice into chunks and again rushed towards Gid.

“Golden Cloak Sword!”

The body of the Golden Lion was covered with armour.

Like a full body plate.

The Golden Lion’s Golden Cloak Sword.

The art that covered his whole body with sword energy like armour, leaving no gap.

A golden cloak that swayed like a lion’s mane was overlaid on top of that, bestowing incredible defence.

Nobody could ignore the power of the Golden Lion who roamed the battlefields armed with a such a gold-covered sword and armour. The nickname “Golden Lion” was not coined for nothing, so Gid couldn’t hide his startlement.

“No matter how hard it is, once it freezes, it can’t exert any strength!”

Screeeech! It froze.

The body of the Golden Lion, which was frozen from the legs up, gradually stiffened.

He’d shaken off the effect a few times already, but the aftermath of the cold was even stronger than he’d expected.

He tried to strike back with his own sword.

“!”

But even his sword had frozen at some point.

‘When….’

“Kahahaha! Even the Lion of the South can’t stand in front of this masterpiece of mine! Now! It’s time! Give me your head!”

Gid stepped in quickly like a ghost and was about to slash his sword. Claaaaang-!

It was Callius who blocked Gid’s sword.

“Forgot about me?”

“Idiot!”

Craaackle! A chill breath came pouring out of the sword at the point of contact.

However, the moment that white wave surged –

Bang-!

A small explosion blew it away.

Gid’s brows furrowed.

“What did you do?”

“Curious? Come try it again.”

Clang! Claaang!

Within the sword was an Other Shore Flower.

Its power blew away the frigid air.

Although Callius had carelessly taken a hit or two at first, he now knew his opponent was using the attribute of ice.

He wasn’t going to take it lightly anymore.

Claaang!

Once again, the chill dispersed, letting Callius pierce through with his sword, while at the same time he pushed his left hand into subspace to pull out another sword.

The Judgment Sword revealed itself.

Callius would’ve liked to use the Blue Thunderbolt Sword, but there were many eyes all around, so he had no choice but to limit himself to the Tyrant Sword and the Judgment Sword.

The Tyrant Sword in one hand.

The Judgment Sword in the other.

Although it wasn’t as good as Rakan, the Tyrant Sword was by no means a bad one.

The same went for the Judgment Sword.

“Tell me, who’s your backer?”

“What nonsense! I’m doing this for myself!”

“Oh? But my sword doesn’t believe you.”

The blade of the Judgment Sword was dyed black.

When the slash from the Tyrant Sword was blocked, the Judgment Sword had stabbed though at the same time.

Unlike the Tyrant Sword, which was fended off by the chilly wave, the Judgment Sword wasn’t deflected at all.

“!”

It cut through the chill and proceeded towards the enemy’s head.

Screeeeeech!!

The sharpness and strength was at a different level than that of a mere spirit sword.

The Judgment Sword, once dyed black, was comparable to a vision sword in physical parameters.

“What kind of sword is this?”

“The sword that will judge you.”

“Gibberish!”

Another explosion ripped through a wintry blast.

Repelling the chill wind with the power of that explosion, Callius pivoted on his feet, swinging the Tyrant Sword in a rising cut from the bottom.

Accompanied with another cut crosswise, from left to right.

Chaang! Gid lost his balance.

Both his hands were raised high toward the sky, leaving the sides exposed.

Callius leaned forward as he shot past, the Judgment Sword he gripped in reverse coming to bite into Gid’s torso.

Sniiiiiikt!

“Ugh!!”

But unfortunately, the cut was shallow.

Gid had raised his leg to defend his side at the last moment, so Callius could only graze his thigh.

Blood was dripping out, but it quickly froze over and the bleeding stopped.

“The sword looks usable, but the swordsman’s no better than a flea, so there’s no point.”

“Cheeky…!”

The original ability of the Tyrant Sword was gravity.

The gravitational field put pressure over an area. And intensely increased the weight of everything inside it.

Callius had come up with a hypothesis while dealing with the Tyrant Sword.

‘What if I narrowed the range of the gravitational field?’

Let’s say the average range is one metre. What if he compressed it to around fifty centimetres?

The gravitational field was centred on where it cut.

What if he reduced the range as much as possible?

Thooom–

“Ugh! What!”

Naturally, the force of gravity would also increase.

If the enemy’s weight suddenly increased explosively while he was swinging the sword, he’d have no choice but to panic.

And a momentary hesitation on the battlefield would naturally lead to death.

“There’s a limit to how good a nurturer’s swordsmanship can be.”

Callius didn’t miss the opportunity.

Slaaaaash!

“Is it still shallow? You’re good at defence.”

“Damn you!”

Gid received another cut on the side, but it was shallow this time too.

Callius still lacked enough proficiency to activate Other Shore Flower at will.

But it didn’t matter.

As the number of wounds increased, Gid became slower.

And Callius wasn’t alone.

“Ahhhhhh!”

As the last of the ice crystals around him melted, the Golden Lion rushed in like a stampeding chariot.

Claaang! Claang, clang! Craaaackkkk!!

Against an opponent wearing the equivalent of full body plate, Gid couldn’t fully demonstrate his abilities, even though he tried to counterattack again and again.

Although his sword still spread a chilly air, its power was much weaker than before.

“It’ll finish soon.”

Slowly, the end began to approach.

Callius looked at the gap between the pair, then sneaked in and made an opportunistic slash without being overly greedy.

The more cuts piled up, the heavier Gid’s body became.

It was like the Golden Lion taking the tank position, and Callius occasionally dealing the DPS.

The more wounds appeared, the slower Gid moved, and the more gaps he began to show.

Even the icy breath gradually weakened as if limitations to the ability were beginning to appear.

“Y-, you motherfuckers…!”

Gid exclaimed, but Callius and the Golden Lion silently kept up their attacks.

No matter how powerful a sword might be, the wielder’s power was bound to be limited.

For Gid, it was just a pearl necklace on a pig’s neck.

Snikt!

“Aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa!!”

This time there was a good, deep contact.

One of Gid’s arms was spraying blood as it flew through the air.

However, he still had good judgment.

Gid jumped up and grabbed the severed arm, and immediately attached it back to his forearm. With the power of his sword, the wound was instantly frozen.

The pain should’ve made this impossible, but Gid still had strangely quick reflexes, perhaps because of instinct.

Perhaps it had something to do with the sword he was holding.

“Tch.”

Gid began to retreat, gliding over the frozen ground to pick up speed.

He was really quite fast.

“You think I can’t catch you?”

The Golden Lion immediately started chasing, but Callius did not.

He instead grabbed a greatsword from subspace.

Arpen’s heirloom.

Galaximund.

He caught it in a reverse grip and lifted it up.

As his whole body pivoted, the muscles in his arms and shoulders swelled up.

“Haaah…!”

The blade was thrown like a spear towards the distance.

Whoooooosh-!

“This bastard…!”

Boooom!

At Gid tried to block, his balance became off.

And simultaneously, a huge shadow enveloped him.

“Ugh…!”

The Golden Lion, coming at the speed of a freight train.

His sword held with both hands, he sliced through Gid’s body from the shoulder.

“Uuuuuughhh!”

Gid crumpled on the floor, letting out a scream of pain. And when he glared up with bloodshot eyes –

“It’s over.”

In the air, was Callius, the deflected Galaximund now caught in his hands, coming down in a devastating chop.

“Think you can kill me?!”

As Gid swung his sword with the arm he could barely move, sharp shards of ice attacked.

“Easy.”

But Callius didn’t care. Already his whole body had been hardened by Galaximund.

“Th-, this bastard?!”

The raging wintry wave didn’t slow Callius’ sword down at all.

It chopped down.

Claaaang-!!

Gid managed to put up his sword to block, but to no avail.

Callius had already infused Galaximund with Other Shore Flower.

The fierce energy detonated as it pressed down.

A crushing blow that slashed on Gid’s left shoulder and cut through.

“Ugh… !!”

Ripping its way down from the shoulder to the torso.

The light in Gid’s eyes began to fade.

The black blood gushing out of his mouth was hinting that the fight had come to its end.

“I’ll make sure.”

Instead of quietly watching the end of Gid, the Golden Lion approached.

Gid’s neck was neatly cut off with a single stroke of his sword.

The body lost its head and fell to the floor.

“Oooooooohhhh!!”

“I believed in you! Captain!!”

“Boss! I believed in you too!!”

“Shut up, Bruns.”

“Chief! You were great!”

“Are you hurt?”

As soon as the crisis passed, the Sixth Squad and the knights converged on the area, and congratulated Callius and the Golden Lion on their victory.

Many of them even spat at the corpse on the ground.

“Whew…”

Callius and the Golden Lion both relaxed a little and sat down.

“You hid your power, last time.”

“Spars are different from life-and-death duels, aren’t they?”

It wasn’t like Callius had really hidden his power.

Of course, it wasn’t like he hadn’t grown since then, either. He’d gotten a new realization about the Other Shore Flower. That had helped him use it much more proficiently during this fight.

Besides, since he’d completed the quest, he now had a constitution drawing ticket as a reward…

‘Wait, what?’

A strong sense of uneasiness surged in his heart.

Callius’ eyes widened.

‘Quest complete…’

The notification hadn’t appeared yet.

“Why?”

Quickly, I have to get up –

“Haha! This unlucky bastard caused a big mess so early in the morning! We’ll handle the clean-up, Captain, you get some rest!”

“Dodge!”

The deputy commander of the Golden Lion Knights –

A sword pierced through his chest.

“Ggghhk!! H-, how…”

Thump.

The deputy commander died.

“Vice-Captain!!”

The Golden Lion’s expression turned cold.

“Count. This….”

“What a shit day.”

Headless, his shoulder severed through, the body stood up.

A chill air came out of his skin, and the whole body froze with a clicking sound.

The torn wound on his shoulder was mended with ice, and his body became covered with armour.

Ice armour.

Just like Ruen’s full body armour while using the Golden Cloak Sword.

‘Not good.’

How could a headless corpse rise up? It had to be an effect of the sword.

In addition, imitating the skills of his opponents…

In other words, it had a measure of intelligence.

Callius couldn’t know if this was the sword’s original ability, or the result of its strong desire, but he couldn’t stand by and watch.

There was no guarantee that he could accrue the combat experience he needed in the future.

So he couldn’t let it go.

Never.

“Wow, you guys sure gave a good showing.”

Susurr– Along with a sticky aura, a frivolous tone that didn’t suit the seriousness of the situation flowed out.

Soon, a form rose from the shadows.

“!!”

– Slice.

A slash like black ink.

It was as if a brush dipped in ink was swung around, severing the arm of the icy armour-clad form which held the sword, with one blow.

Whiiiiish.

Thump.

As the shadow grabbed the severed arm on the ground, it began to change.

The black shadow took on colour and turned into a woman with red hair and green pupils.

“It’s too hard. Who knows if my sword got scratched or not.”

She smiled at Callius as she said so.

She put her double swords back in the scabbard.

She was the Gold Swallowing Snake[1], rated as the best of the Five Stars.

Called the Golden Death[2].

A paladin, named Helena.


Editor’s Notes:

[1] 금화 문 뱀 (lit. gold coin door snake), being translated as Gold Swallowing Snake.

[2] 금사 (lit. golden thread), being translated as Golden Death (사 = 4 = death).


Sword Pilgrim – Chapter 99

“…!”

It was the first time in my life experiencing my whole body being frozen, so I was feeling quite helpless.

I’d instantly raised my energy to protect my body, and if not for that, I would’ve died in that instant.

Thanks to that, I was able to decide the rank of that sword in my head.

‘It’s not a vision sword.’

I wouldn’t have been able to resist it so easily, otherwise.

But even for a simple spirit sword, it wasn’t something common.

‘I’m glad I was right.’

The enemy was mindless. He must’ve lost his mind once he got his hands on the sword, hence he couldn’t take any other action after freezing us in place.

“…”

“…”

As I slowly warmed myself up so as not to startle Gid, my eyes met with the Golden Lion’s.

He gave a small nod, and kept doing what he was doing.

Even the Golden Lion was thinking the same, quietly spreading his Golden Cloak Qi to warm himself up.

I warmed my own body up by spreading the Six Peak Flowers technique to the extreme, and watched the enemy. The old man who seemed to be Gid was just looking at the sword he had made with an ecstatic expression, his eyes bulging and cheeks ballooning like a clown.

Added to that the fine wrinkles and age spots on his face –

And the haphazard grey strands of hair, gave the finishing touch to an exceedingly gloomy countenance.

Someone you wouldn’t want to meet in a dark alley, that was for sure.

The sword he was holding with such ecstasy was – dazzling.

A straight white blade.

The unadorned but luxurious cross guard, and the pommel studded with blue gems were gorgeous enough to give it a noble air.

‘Is the ice almost melted?’

It’d been a pretty brutal chill, but I was now able to at least move around.

The moment when I blinked at the Golden Lion and tried to move slowly –

A cold sentence rang out as if stabbing at that gap.

“Don’t move.”

It was Gid’s voice, but it wasn’t singular.

Several voices came simultaneously from one throat.

He was still looking at the sword in his hand, but his consciousness was focused on us.

“I feel it. / The blood that the sword wants. / The sword wants blood. / Lots of blood. / To elevate my soul.”

This pervert sounded so confused it was hard to tell what he meant, but I had a feeling that it was important somehow.

When I tried to move slowly –

His eyes moved slightly.

“Black-haired Jervain. Blond-haired Ryudren. Did celebrities from the four great noble families come to see little ol’ me? But, it’s not your turn yet.”

“What are you talking about?”

When the Golden Lion asked the question, Gid responded by wiggling his sword.

“My sword, Valentine, wants a lot of blood. To put it simply, I don’t think it’s perfect yet. The body has been mixed well, but the soul is still immature. It hasn’t been refined to its full extent. It’s still got impurities mixed up. Since I couldn’t achieve perfection, I have no choice but to forcefully raise its level.”

It wasn’t difficult to understand what the word “raise” meant.

If it ate me and the Golden Lion, it might get a stomachache, so it meant going outside and slaughtering the knights.

“Does that mean that the sword you made will be upgraded to a vision sword?”

“Yes. Jervain’s pup.”

I didn’t ask how he could know that.

He was overflowing with demonic magic that didn’t seem natural at all. Perhaps he’d already established a bond with his sword.

Anyway, the situation wasn’t looking good.

‘It’s dangerous.’

A spirit sword that was equivalent to a vision sword.

Although Gid was an old man and not even a knight, but that alone gave him tremendous strength.

“Jervain’s pup, and Ruydren’s lion cub. Struggle for a while, until I’m back to feed on your blood one last time.”

Puff.

He crossed the distance to us with a free gait as if he was floating in mid-air.

“Ugh.”

Craaaackkle.

We’d almost melted the ice around our bodies, but as Gid hit us with his sword again, the chill that engulfed us grew stronger.

“This…!”

The Golden Lion tried to talk, but Gid disappeared, ignoring us.

Aaaaaaaaah!!

And it tandem, screams of the soldiers began to be heard in the distance.

Claaaang!!

“He even closed the door, this bastard.”

“Are you alright?”

“Fine. You?”

“Fine. I’d almost solved it, but now it’s become a lot harder than I thought.”

Although the sword had a soul of spirit rank, it seemed to be nearing the limit of its rank, and the power output was similar to that of a vision sword.

Obviously, the chill was really strong. My whole body had been covered with thin ice with just a breath, and when the blade surface had touched it, it’d completely frozen over.

“I was careless.”

The power of the sword Gid had created, depended on the psychology of the person used as the final sacrifice.

I never thought that the difficulty level would be set to the worst.

“I couldn’t even draw my sword.”

My sword was frozen and didn’t even get the chance to come out of its sheath.

I didn’t know any ice resistance techniques, so there was nothing I could do about it.

“If we leave him alone, he’ll kill everyone in the county.”

The Golden Lion Knights were present, but Gid’s sword was close to a vision sword.

It was safe to say that few people here could stop him.

“Can you get out?”

“But what about you?”

“I think I should be fine.”

Although he was trembling, a golden colour was beginning to shine from beneath the ice.

Then the problem was me.

It was my first time my body being frozen, so I was nervous too.

There was no other way I could think of, so my choices were limited.

“I think I’ll have to overdo it a little bit.”

“Eh?”

Soon, with a Raging Flower Wave in the left hand –

A White Haze in the right –

Divine power surged from my whole body, and the two qi were fused into one.

“Be careful.”

“…!”

The Golden Lion’s eyes widened, wondering what I was talking about.

And soon.

Baaaaaaaang!!

The ice burst.


“Ugh!”

The sword he had made.

Gid’s heart pounded as he held the sword called Valentine, and blood rushed through his veins.

Slaaaaash!

He’d never thought a sword this great would appear.

It was better than he’d thought.

He couldn’t even understand what he was feeling.

“Kakakakahahaaaaaa!”

With every swing, a chill breath flowed, and all the soldiers in its path were frozen in their tracks.

Beheading them was as easy as eating grapes from the bedside table.

The white, frozen ground turned red. Blood flowed and pooled, gradually thickening.

“Ha ha ha ha ha ha ha ha!!”

A very brief amount of time was enough.

After killing all the soldiers, the knights came. The rushing knights were also frozen and decapitated.

As he grabbed a severed head and shook it, blood dripped down.

Gid sprinkled the blood over his head and around him. There was no reason.

It just felt like a libation to God.

“Crazy…”

An old bloodstained man holding on to a severed head and dancing, the sight of him was getting more and more bizarre.

Normal people instinctively avoid lunatics.

Because the latter are beyond the formers’ understanding.

Such was the case with Gid.

Nobody could understand him.

They were afraid of him because they couldn’t understand him, and the instinct to avoid him surged through their heads.

Gid had no talent in swordsmanship.

He’d originally been a pilgrim, but he couldn’t find the sword he wanted, and in the meantime, he took on the task of making swords.

He made a sword, made another, and another.

However, even so, he couldn’t find his own sword.

But that sword –

The sword he’d been searching for his whole life –

He thought he might’ve found it now.

“Good… very good!”

Gid slumped down on the floor.

On the frozen white floor, severed limbs of the soldiers were scattered haphazardly.

The moment he leaned forward, his eyes fluttered close, so he lay his head on a severed thigh.

The sky was dark.

But soon the clouds lifted and the moon shone brightly.

Today was a full moon.

“I haven’t seen the moon in a long time. What? You too? Knock it off!”

Gid muttered to himself as if he was having a conversation with the sword.

The soldiers trembled in fear, and even the knights did not approach hastily.

“Why? Why? Why do you look so afraid? Oh, it’s because of all the blood. Even my eyes must look red. Ha ha ha ha ha ha! Sure, makes sense!”

“Ahhhhhhhh!”

“R-, run away!!”

He pretended to rush in, but the soldiers who’d been frozen in fear immediately ran away.

Even the knights couldn’t move as if they were frozen. The world seemed to belong to only him and him alone.

Was life this easy?

Gid once again blamed himself for not having a talent for swordsmanship, but really, the problem was with having the proper sword, not his swordsmanship.

It was because of the sword.

If he’d made such a sword right away when he was young, he would have cut, ripped, and eviscerated the world all around him!!

“Oh, aren’t you Count Valentine! I killed you already, didn’t I? How come you’re here?”

Gid’s neck twisted at a bizarre angle.

He had a puzzled look on his face.

“What…”

Gid, who looked at Tala, strode closer as if confused.

“It’s strange, strange. Count, how come you’re here? Didn’t I push every inch of you, from head to toe, into the furnace?”

“…!”

Fear and anger intermixed.

But Tala couldn’t say anything.

It felt like Gid would kill him if he uttered a single word.

His toes wiggled, but his legs didn’t move for some reason.

… He couldn’t run away.

“Hmm… I can’t help it. I don’t know how you’re alive, but it’s fine as long as I kill you again.”

‘Death.’

Tala’s eyes, which had been brimming with tears, were tightly closed.

That was then.

There was a man who grabbed the frozen Tala by the neck and threw him away.

“This bastard! Who the hell are you, making such a fuss!!”

“You… who?”

“I am the servant of Callius von Jervain, the man who entrusted his life to his master, and the one who wants to be like the Hero of the North!”

It was Bruns.

“You old fogy, even your hair’s gone grey, what’re you doing swinging around a sword at night at your age? Scram before we beat you up! Got it?”

“I… Are you blind? Can’t you see me?”

Gid’s appearance was terrible.

There were bloodstains all over his body, and even lumps of flesh were hanging from his sword.

But Bruns proudly folded his arms in front of him.

“Yeah, I see a lunatic, so?”

Even for the lunatic Gid, Bruns seemed like a crazy bastard.

“You look crazy, old man, but still… No, what are you all doing? If only my master and the Golden Lion came, his limbs would be broken four hundred and fifty-six times! Come on, everybody attack!”

So he had something to believe in. The Golden Lion knights who were behind Bruns rushed in.

The Sixth Squad also didn’t stand still.

Bruns had come with them.

Had he ever seen such a filthy bastard?

It was so ridiculous and a laugh escaped Gid’s throat. Then he raised his sword high and chopped down.

Craaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaackkkkkkkle-!!

A frigid chill fell from on high like a tidal wave in front of the rushing knights.

“Hic!”

Seeing the frozen knights, Bruns began to hiccup.

Gid, who had frozen the knights and the inquisitors with one chop of his sword, slowly walked in front of Bruns.

As the grey-haired old man approached with a red glare in his eyes, Bruns slapped his buttocks.

“Hiiiiic! Please! Please spare me!!”

There was not a shred of self-respect in his actions.

Seeing his get down on his knees trembling like a leaf, Gid felt sorry for the sword he’d fed with the knights’ blood.

“You piece of trash. I don’t need the blood of a worm like you on my sword.”

Boom! A kick launched Bruns crashing through a nearby storage shed.

“You cur!”

Most of the knights gathered were the nobility and their subordinates, but there were also some carrying the emblem of the Golden Lion Knights, as well as heretic inquisitors with the insignia of the Sixth Inquisitorial Squad.

They kept congregating, and once their number exceeded one hundred, the barons’ momentum began to surge again.

“How dare you make a fuss here! On behalf of the count, I must reap your soul!”

“Congratulations on coming here to die!”

What happened after that was a slaughter.

The frigid ivory wave that spread from the sword wasn’t something that could be stopped.

Once swung, a chilly wind spread like a storm. And anybody struck by the sword would have their limbs severed, yet due to the cold they wouldn’t die immediately, instead squirming in place like wriggling worms.

Although the ones frozen by the chill breath of the sword couldn’t be saved, and the barons as well as their knights were almost completely wiped out, the Golden Lion Knights and the Sixth Inquisitorial Squad suffered relatively little damage.

But it was only a matter of time.

There was no knight who could use his power in front of that ice.

Even if they avoided that arctic explosion, their bodies would still slowly freeze.

Was this why the Church revered the sword so much?

The knights, helpless in front of a single sword, felt the futility of their struggle in their very bones.

They couldn’t help but have the same thought as the grey-haired old man knocked down enemy after enemy, a single opponent overcoming more than a hundred spirit swords.

That this –  was a disaster.

A natural disaster, in and of itself.

That was then.

Claaaaaang-!!

“Wh, what!”

“The ground suddenly started to collapse!”

There was a violent vibration, like an earthquake.

Whiiiiiiiiiiiiish – bang!

Something soared high into the sky and fell to the floor.

Everybody looked.

“A door?”

It was a door about three handspans thick.

From within the rising cloud of dust, two forms appeared.

“Stand back.”

Whoooooooosh.

After clearing the white chill, the men who appeared like they’d walked through a storm – were Callius and Ruen.

A grey wolf, and a golden lion.


Editor’s Notes:

None for this chapter.


Surviving a Shounen Manga – Episode 76

The Explosive Conclusion

This was a rather fortuitous turn of events.

That was my honest opinion.

The princess had already grabbed all the limelight throughout this chapter. Summoning a black horse from the sky, changing her costume, and even blowing away a giant in one shot.

And me? Although I was the leading point of view of this chapter, and a fan favourite character to boot, there was no way my trick with the ghosts would stay etched in the readers’ memory.

That was a pretty terrible situation for me, all told.

This was an extended chapter, which started without giving me the rewards from the previous one. At this rate, what’d happen if I lost all the attention from the readers, and the chapter ended?

Yeah.

Just imagining it gave me the shivers.

‘Indeed, it might be better to just have one big match to finish things off.’

Of course, it was a dangerous gamble. The princess was strong, sure, but the bigger risk was the plot forcefully trampling on me.

What if I lost in a contest of pure ability?

Whether the princess successfully became the emperor was not my problem, my problem was that all the things I’d done here in Eastland would essentially lose their meaning. And a character has no future once he disappoints the readers.

To be honest, there was a biting chill running down my spine right now.

But even so,

‘Sorry, but you aren’t at that level.’

I wasn’t without confidence. Just how long and how far had I been building myself up?

The story would’ve definitely been different if she’d awakened during the first power balance adjustment period, that is, the ‘period of upheaval’, instead of now.

Then I would’ve lost. Unconditionally. Without any suspense.

For a simple reason. At that time, not only the new characters coming on stage would be powerful, but the strength of the existing characters would also be downgraded to a certain extent.

This was the usual way to adjust the power balance in shounen manga. Since it’s not easy to keep creating stronger and stronger characters, you keep making slight adjustments to the existing characters and make them a bit weaker.

Of course, you never explicitly spell this out on paper or in story. Because the readers would notice and complain about plausibility.

Instead, you reveal it indirectly by appropriately directing the scenes. For example, during the Ramirez Scramble in the original, Kiriko couldn’t even lift a rock the size of an elephant properly.

Well, anyway, this fight here and now was definitely worth the effort.

The princess was a munchkin, sure, but honestly, I wasn’t any different in that aspect.

“Whoo…”

While I was just calmly watching the princess stalk towards me –

– Hey!

– Hey! Squatjaw!

“Huh?”

A voice suddenly tickled my ears.

It was Bayar Khan.

– What should I do?

‘Huh? What do you mean?’

– No, what should I do here? Should I go to that kid? Or stay here with you?

‘… Eh?’

– How does it look like to you?

He seemed to be genuinely asking.

‘No, what do you…’

– I was originally going to stick to the side I wanted to prop up a little bit, you know? But to be honest, I have no idea who’s the stronger one right now. This is the first time this has happened to me. Usually, for me, it just takes one look…

‘Oh, so what are you going to do once you stick to somebody?’

– You even have to ask? I’ll add some strength!

‘… Haah.’

This crazy asshole…

‘Fine, just go over there. Why are you even suddenly sticking to me?’

– You sure?

‘What, are you afraid I’m going to lose? This time, the two of you should get together and properly taste my strength.’

Bayar Khan chuckled. He apparently thought that I was boasting.

– Remember you chose this, kid. Don’t come crying to me later.

‘Oh, and! When you go to the princess, take physical shape one more time, just like the tug-of-war. Got it?’

– Why that again?

‘Now we have such a big audience watching. It’d be a grand sight, wouldn’t it?’

– Hey, you bastard… is that really what you should be worried about?

I shrugged.

Even if a fight was imminent, what had to be taken care of, had to be taken care of.

Of course, now, even if I didn’t arrange this, it didn’t look like the princess would be treated any worse.

– Alright, then. I’m going. Good luck.

Bayar Khan quickly left my side.

And then,

‘… Looks like they’ve met up.’

The princess looked at me and gave me a curious grin. Bayar Khan was probably tattling about me. That cheeky bastard told me to fight 2vs1, let’s give it a shot and show him! Something like that.

It was kind of a strange feeling.

Coocoo was on the other side, and so was Bayar Khan.

No, even fighting the princess was quite strange.

Weren’t we colleagues just a few minutes ago?

‘Ah, no. She did say we weren’t teammates anymore.’

I’d thought the princess might feel the same way as me. I was probably a little squeamish.

‘But, well, it’s not like I’m going to break down from just this.’

I hurriedly brushed away my useless emotions.

For now, I had to focus on the battle.

Then,

“Are you ready?”

The princess spoke in a voice that was calmer than ever, as if she also had sorted out all her emotions.

“Be careful. If you don’t want to die in one blow.”

I couldn’t help but snort.

“Oh my gosh, this is ridiculous.”

This, was a phenomenon common to characters who experienced power-ups like awakening or evolution.

Their original personality disappears, and they suddenly become the cool and arrogant type.

It’s just an awakening, so why would a character change so fundamentally? But with such a sudden infusion of self-confidence into their veins, they can come up with such a pretentious statement quite naturally.

Time to impart some much-needed education.

“King.”

I quickly recalled the ‘king’ I had summoned last time.

Then, when the gigantic squat-jawed ghost appeared –

“I-, it’s a ghost! A squat-jawed ghost!”

“It’s the ghost that fought with the general earlier!”

“Hey, this guy is a monster, too!”

The soldiers, who’d been silent till now, dissolved into shouts and cries in an instant.

Alright. This was a good atmosphere.

“Ummm… that ugly giant… from earlier?”

As soon as King came out, he looked around, searching for Mong.

“That guy’s gone, we’re switching to a new opponent.”

“… Who?”

“That one ahead.”

I pointed to the princess in front of me.

King glanced at her and tilted his head.

“… Tiny.”

“She doesn’t have much going for her size, true. But she might be as strong as you.”

Then,

“No one… stronger… than King!”

King growled, stomping his feet.

“…”

He was good at everything, but only his poor intelligence was a little disappointing.

“Alright, don’t even think about playing around this time. You have to do your best.”

“King… King never holds back… King! King!”

“Yeah, yeah, I got it.”

I purposefully didn’t summon any ghosts other than King. Because it was clear that they’d all get blown to bits without accomplishing anything.

Yan’s ghosts had egos and memories. Because they could accumulate ‘experience’, it was possible for them to ‘grow’, too.

But that also meant that destruction carried an inherent risk for them. It took a lot of time and effort to grow a new ghost if one got annihilated.

So, when confronted with such a strong enemy, I couldn’t summon them recklessly.

And to be frank, Yan’s unique ability wasn’t very appropriate to deal with a ‘body-enhancing costume type’ like the princess. It wasn’t an ability specialized for adversaries in the first place, and its effectiveness was very low for one-on-one battles.

In fact, if I hadn’t used this ability before and couldn’t switch tracks without looking like a coward, I would’ve chosen another ability instead. But I had no other option.

But nevertheless,

“King, feel free to show off a little bit. Just how strong you are. How about going twice as hard as you did against the giant last time?”

“Go…od!”

I was confident.

Not because of some specific reason or because I had some kind of plan. There was nothing like that. Because King was strong enough to ignore such petty things as reason and rationality.

At that moment,

Booooom–.

King’s fist fell on the princess like lightning from on high.

Bang-!

As if a meteorite had fallen from the heavens, a huge pit was carved into the earth where the princess had just been standing.

“Ugh… missed! Running… away?!”

The king roared in anger.

Although the princess managed to dodge King’s fist, she didn’t counterattack immediately.

Instead, she was now looking at King with her eyes wide open, as if quite surprised by that destructive power.

‘… Unfortunate.’

It would’ve been better if she’d taken a blow while still careless.

In fact, the princess had tried to stand her ground facing King’s attack. She hadn’t even raised her guard, only trying to block that giant fist with a hand. Same as most ‘newborn characters’, she was overconfident in her own strength.

But her horse had felt threatened and escaped without instruction. He’d probably instinctively understood that King’s attack wasn’t that easy to withstand.

‘I never did like that bastard.’

By now I was convinced, that that cheeky horse had also been arranged by the author. A normal horse couldn’t have withstood the princess activating her unique ability so easily. Really, he was much too strong for a horse randomly bought from a street market…

Then,

“… That’s no ordinary ghost, is it?”

The princess spoke with a slight hint of nervousness.

“Ah, yeah. Can’t you tell just from his size? To be frank, he’s in a completely different league from that old ghost standing next to you.”

The princess smiled, hearing that.

“Haha, are you kidding me?”

“It’s true. Tell him not to laugh.”

Actually, I was being sincere. Even if Bayar Khan came back alive, he wouldn’t be able to handle even one arm of King, in my opinion.

In fact, there was a reason why King’s intelligence was so low.

Simple. Because of ‘balance’.

To share space with that inevitable, inexorable, transcendent might, intelligence had to take a back seat.

The stats of the ghosts created by [Dance with Ghost Killer] were basically based on the physical ability of the owner. If the power of an ordinary ghost was comparable to that of the master, a ‘captain’ was about five times stronger. And when two captains merged to create a ‘king’, the power –

“Even if twenty of me rushed at King at the same time, they won’t be able to win. In fact, I don’t even know the true power of this guy.”

– The power, rose multiplicatively, meaning five squared.

The princess’ complexion stiffened even further at my words. She apparently realized that I wasn’t lying in the least.

“… I have to admit it. I was underestimating you.”

Soon, the princess pulled out her great blade from behind her back, and fixed the reins in place.

“Be careful, because from now on, I’ll get serious.”

It was the same posture she’d had when hitting Mong.

‘Another shockwave?’

By now, I was done analyzing the princess’s unique ability.

Her outfit had three main effects –

1. Raising her overall physical ability.

2. Extra defence from the armour.

3. Shockwave.

If the first and second effects were common for ‘costume’ types, the third was unique to the princess.

And I was more or less familiar with this ‘shockwave’, for a simple reason. Because this was the most common ability in the mid-to-late half part of Adventure King.

Shockwave was a kind of ‘representative of a unique ability with no individuality’, and although it didn’t have much importance, it was an ability that ‘characters who definitely can’t be called weak’ usually had.

It was easy to guess why the princess had such a ‘common ability’. Because she was originally a character whose unique ability didn’t need to be set in detail. Compared to her background, her unique ability wasn’t that important.

In a way, it was natural. Because I hadn’t been there in the original, and Eastland hadn’t even appeared before the readers at this point. Naturally, the princess’ unique abilities also didn’t appear.

Of course, if he’d known in advance that the situation would turn out like this, the author would’ve put in a lot more effort into setting it, but…

Anyway, the fact that the princess used ‘shockwave’ was quite fortuitous for me.

Because unlike other esoteric abilities, powers ‘set as strong’ like shockwave didn’t need specific countermeasures. Even a simple punch could offset it.

But, of course,

“King, don’t let your guard down.”

“Weak… can’t you… see?”

“Listen. Half your power… no, you might have to use about seventy percent.”

That is, if the opponent could stand it.

Then,

“Now try and stop me!”

The princess began to charge.

The wide distance between us quickly narrowed.

When I saw the ball of energy that had started to condense at the tip of the princess’ blade, I couldn’t help but feel stunned.

‘… Huh? She might be stronger than I thought?’

Moreover, as the distance shortened, the pressure prickling on my skin became stronger and stronger.

Was this how it felt to look a rushing subway train in the eye?

“K-, King! Not seventy, use ninety percent!”

Soon,

Bang-!

A huge explosion bloomed at the point of contact.

Even though I’d taken refuge behind King, I could feel a strong shock.

But,

“Weak… weak… too weak! I… am King!”

King was great.

He was so exuberant that I was the one feeling embarrassed.

“Seventy percent… fine… hmph!”

I couldn’t help but agree as I watched King raise his arms in a victor’s pose.

“Huh… isn’t he great?”

I’d been underestimating him all this time, apparently.

In fact, King hadn’t been very eye-catching in the original. Apart from drawing some attention when he’d first appeared.

The reason was simple, because Yan himself was neither an adversary nor a ‘strong man’. Moreover, from a certain point onwards, he’d focused on his role as a guide, so he hadn’t even used King in many situations.

As a result, he’d never fully realized the power King held.

As I was coming to understand, King was truly a cheat entity.

His ability was fixed in ‘proportion’ based on the owner’s body.

It was natural that the stronger the summoner, the stronger the summoned being or object would be, but beyond a certain point, that got adjusted for the sake of balance.

However, it was different for guys with fixed formulae like this. Although I, who was the base reference value, might get adjusted for the sake of power balance at any time, the formula itself wouldn’t change.

And I was different from Yan.

I was an existence whose power and ability was directly tied to my ‘character rank’ (or ‘class’), and as long as my ‘rank’ rose, my physical ability would also increase endlessly.

This meant my ‘king’ could also become infinitely stronger. And his strength would be twenty-five times my own.

Along with that realization came a feeling that the huge ghost somehow looked adorable.

That was then.

“Not yet.”

The princess who’d taken up her great sword attacked again.

The condensed sphere of energy at the tip of her blade was larger than before.

Then,

Bang-!

Bang-!

Bang bang!!!

Explosions began ringing out one after another.

It was truly a terrifying attack. Trenches were furrowed all over the battlefield in the aftermath, making even a single spot of flat land difficult to find.

But nevertheless,

“You… too weak!”

King wasn’t harmed.

Or rather, instead of being completely untouched, he didn’t show any sign of a wound.

Then,

“Haaaaagh!”

As if the princess couldn’t stand it any longer, she roared with anger.

The ghostly figure of Bayar Khan came into existence behind her.

“Didn’t you say you wanted us fight together? So this isn’t cowardly.”

He’d finally decided to mobilize his power, it seemed.

And Bayar Khan seemed to have fulfilled my request and conveyed my earlier words to her.

Therefore,

“Yeah, yeah, I’ve been waiting. I told you, come at me together from the beginning.”

I also took action.

Of course, I didn’t do anything great. I just came out to the front instead of staying behind King. To set the scene properly, giving the two sides a matching feel.

Then, the conflict resumed again.

Bang-!


How long had it been?

“Why don’t you try some more?”

I looked at the princess, who was breathing heavily.

However, she didn’t answer, only gasping for breath.

In the end, they didn’t manage to completely break through King’s defence.

In fact, if the princess had tried something else other than recklessly trying to attack him head on, the result might’ve been different. The king was strong, but he didn’t have any tactical or strategic acumen to speak of.

The princess’ attacks were fierce, but just as honest as her opposite party. It was a common mistake for ‘newborn characters’ who were drunk on their own power.

“Hahhhhhhhhhhhh.”

“Are you knackered out already? Can’t even attack?”

“…”

In fact, from some point on in the fight, King had stopped attacking the princess first. He’d only counterattacked.

I’d deliberately ordered him to do so, to show the readers his ‘superiority’. That he was holding back quite a bit.

Of course, this didn’t mean that King was completely unharmed.

He had some holes here and there, his speech was a little slower than before, and his overall size had shrunk a jot.

But he was still much better off than the princess. She really looked like it was hard for her to even stand.

And precisely this situation,

‘Isn’t this fine?’

It was the best scenario I could think of.

Now that I’d proven my strength and the princess hadn’t yet been defeated, I could give up on the match.

Now was the right time.

“At this point, I can say you passed.”

I brought out the words I’d prepared earlier.

“… What?”

“I think you’ll be fine from here on out. You’ve grown up well.”

“…?”

“My test ends with this. My purpose from the beginning was not to pass the Warrior’s Path, but to unleash your ability. Bayar Khan asked me, huhu.”

“What are you talking about…?”

“You’ve grown stronger, Princess Thermis. Strong to stand against me. I’ll stop here. I’ll be cheering you on in the future, so let me resign from this battle…”

That was then.

“What are you talking about? Bayar Khan never said anything like that.”

“… Eh?”

“Are you scared? Please don’t run away.”

“…”

What a variable!

“No, that’s not it…”

“Let’s just do it one more time. I’ve rested enough, I think? If this doesn’t work, I’ll give up.”

Then she slowly got up and raised her sword.

“No, wait… wait a minute.”

“Yeah, you really are strong. I admit it. Still, I’ll just have to try.”

Everything’s ruined.

For those newly awakened, one cliché always applied unconditionally. When they lost all their strength, they’d pass out.

If the princess fainted, there’d be no way out.

I’d win right away.

It was a disaster!

‘No, wait, wait, wait. Is this really alright?’

As I watched the princess prepare for a final blow, I fell into utter confusion.

If this was her last ultimate blow, the plot might really develop towards a mutual KO.

But when I thought about it, that didn’t mean I was going to lose. ‘King’ might be defeated by her final blow, but I’d still be standing. It was unlikely that the author would suddenly bestow the princess with power beyond plausibility.

Then I would win.

Until recently, I’d honestly thought that the author might reverse the original development. Binding me, not the princess, to the Skull Empire.

But watching her awaken, I’d changed my mind. I thought the storyline would get back on track.

The reason was simple. Because the princess had taken all the spotlight so far through her beautiful awakening and flashy show of strength.

Wouldn’t it be strange to create such a character and then throw it away?

If I defeated the princess here, her character would become meaningless. A character designed as the final winner, defeated at its first appearance?

And if that happened, all the future developments planned in advance would also become useless.

It was confusing.

Was this really alright?

Would she really lose here like this?

Really?

“Let’s go…!”

“Ugh! Who cares! King, a hundred percent! Let’s just throw some hands and see what happens!”

That was then.

– Wait a moment! Wait a moment!!

A shout sounded from somewhere like a miracle.

A voice echoed in the air as if coming through a megaphone.

– Can I stop you two for a second?

Surprisingly, the one speaking – was Khan.

And Khan was the only person on this battlefield who could stop the princess from acting.

“…”

After I confirmed that the princess’ ball of energy had stopped growing, I also took a step back.

“I think it’s Khan? Let’s see what he wants first.”

“…”

The princess, who’d been lost in thought for a moment, also lowered her sword, although she looked unwilling, like she didn’t have a choice in the matter.

Soon after,

– Did you stop? Oh, did you both stop? I’m glad. I was wondering what to do if I was late.

Khan’s playful voice rang out again.

– Sorry for interrupting. It’s no big deal, it’s just… I had a meeting with the ministers a while ago, you know? This is the first time in the history of the Warrior’s Path that we’ve seen two so powerful contestants… so how about having both camps win? From the empire’s point of view, to be honest, it’s not very pleasant to win one and lose the other. How about you, my people? I think the rules were broken from the point the general was included, anyway. Since this is how things are… shall we pass the both of them?

Then,

“Oooooh!”

“Great idea!”

“Right!”

The cheers of the people could be heard from far away.

– So how about it, you two?

“…”

That’s right.

I’d been thinking this whole time, that something was odd. Two incompatible developments seemed to be progressing at the same time.

‘… He’s got a good head on his shoulders.’

The main plot thread with the princess becoming the emperor would continue, while also tying me down as a bonus.

A well-thought-out scheme, all in all.

I didn’t know if this was the emperor’s own idea or the author’s intention shining through.

And since I’d already mentioned surrendering, I couldn’t possibly refuse.

After the princess and I both agreed, the rest was easy.

At Khan’s command, the test was immediately announced to be over, and for the first time in history, two camps were registered as victors.

In addition, Khan proceeded with the pledging ceremony on the spot. A ritual in which those who passed through the Warrior’s Path decided who they would be loyal to.

For some reason, he didn’t want to delay even a single second.

The first was the princess.

As if she had already thought it through, she spoke immediately.

“I will serve the empire itself, not anybody specific within the empire!”

It might’ve sounded confusing, but no one objected. Rather, everyone nodded, probably because this was exactly the same declaration that Bayar Khan had made in the past.

As everyone had seen with their own eyes, she was the one blessed with Bayar Khan’s protection.

Next was my turn.

In fact, this ‘oath of allegiance’ was what I had to avoid the most. This was the basis of the fetters that would lock me here.

‘Well, it’s already too late for that, but…’

However, fortunately, I’d already devised a plan for this, just in case.

Of course, it wasn’t my best option.

But depending on you looked at it, it might not be all that bad.

“The one I will be loyal to is the woman next to me. A warrior like me, an indomitable woman who has risen to this position through many hardships and life and death. And… who will lead the bright future of the Skull Empire.”

Then, I winked at the princess who was looking at me in shock.

“I’ve done all I could, so now it’s time for me to go.”


Editor’s Notes:

None for this chapter.


Sword Pilgrim – Chapter 98

Cough, cough!

“Why…”

“Why are you killing me? Kahaha! You’re right to wonder. Indeed, indeed. I suppose I should tell you. This is the right time to talk about it! So why not? Ha ha ha ha ha ha!”

Even a passing glance was enough to tell that this bastard wasn’t normal.

No, Count Valentine had known he wasn’t normal from the very beginning. Still, he’d had no idea that his madness would be to this extent.

‘I didn’t pay enough attention.’

He’d never thought Gid was this crazy.

He’d thought the blacksmith would at least have a line he wouldn’t dare cross.

His body was immobile, paralyzed, just like the lunatic had said.

Thanks to that, the pain was a little less, but red lifeblood continued to pour out of his wound.

Meanwhile, the madman’s monologue caressed the count’s ears.

“I’ve been thinking about it for quite a while. What separates the various ranks of the sword? How high-ranked is the soul and the body of the source. Then what is the exact principle that drives this? Why would one sword spew fire, and another cut shadows?”

After pondering over and over again, he’d came to a conclusion.

“I concluded that the strong desire of one’s lifetime determines it.”

Desire.

Earnest, heartfelt and sincere yearning.

And the mental state just before death has a great influence on determining the ability of the sword.

That was Gid’s conclusion.

“Among the five Masters of the kingdom, the sword that burns with fire is the most famous vision sword. Do you know how it was born?”

“… Yes.”

It was a pretty famous story.

The sword of Karina, the Witch of Flames.

The story of the birth of the Burning Sword – Calla was passed on like a fairy tale.

“They say the younger sister of the Witch of Flames fought for half a day to save her sister, her body afire all the while. Isn’t that a great story for a sword’s birth?!”

So, Gid imitated it many times.

However, those whom he subdued and then forced to fight while burning aflame, were beings of very poor quality.

In short, they were too weak.

“So, I decided to make you the last sacrifice. Can you guess why?”

Count Valentine was now retired, but he’d been quite a strong knight in his youth.

Gid thought that his body might have become weak, but his soul was still strong.

“What… do you… mean?”

“Tala.”

“!!”

“He’s a pretty smart kid. I only taught him a little bit of my art, but he’s quick to grasp the essence of things. If he grows up like this, he’ll become a great nurturer one day.”

However, the great nurturer of the future was the child of the count lying at his feet.

“He is your very precious son, isn’t he, Count?”

Burning wasn’t, strictly speaking, necessary.

It was better to nurture the sword in his own way, Gid thought.

“What are you going to do to my son?! If you touch even the tip of his hair, I will tear out your limbs and chew them up!!”

How could a gentleman like the count get so excited when his son was brought up?

A parent’s love for a child debased them, blurring the lines between human and animal, and Gid loved it.

“Kahahaha!! Why’re you so excited? Calm down and listen.”

“…”

“I have decided to season the offering with the wish of the last sacrifice. Since it’s time to finish boiling the stew, shouldn’t there be seasoning to sharpen the flavour? How else could it taste delicious?”

“Crazy… You crazy…!”

Seasoning! Delicious!

He was talking about human corpses!

“Ahaha!! To know your own father’s corpse was turned into a carcass – something so appalling… it won’t be strange if he went crazy.”

Gid grinned, as if explaining something he was proud of.

“Or maybe there’s another way. To die for another’s sake is the noblest act. A father dies in his son’s place… how does that sound, Count? Is it not tragic? Is it not beautiful?”

“You bastard…!”

“Your lifespan is bound to run out one day. Wouldn’t it be better to use up something so precious instead of wasting it? If I mix the seasoning of your sacrifice into my pot, a wonderful sword might come out! Aren’t you curious?”

In the end, this crazy bastard wanted to kill both himself and his son. Count Valentine bit his lip so tightly that blood came out.

“… I won’t let you have your way.”

“I just want to see… what kind of power would such a sword be born with? Are you really not curious, Count?”

The count said, looking into Gid’s eyes that were full of laughter.

“… Many nobles and knights are now stationed here in the county.”

“Hmm?”

“Not only the Golden Lion Knights of the South and their captain, there’s also Callius the Judge. Even if you kill me, there’s nothing other than death waiting for you.”

The count and the count’s son disappearing at the same time. In such a situation, would the kingdom stand still?

“Sword? Even if you can make a sword, you’ll soon be hunted down and executed. Even if you make a sword, it won’t be great enough to save you.”

“…”

As soon as he mentioned the sword, Gid’s expression began to stiffen.

“A spirit sword is your limit in this life. Holy sword? Hahaha! Ridiculous!”

“Even though you’re paralyzed, you’re doing a good job of running your mouth.”

Why was the mouth fine?

Was the count such a political creature that his mouth was simply stronger than the rest of his body? Gid shook his head.

“It’s still not too late. Release me. I won’t kill you, despite your transgressions.”

“If I’d cared about my life, I wouldn’t have gotten kicked out of the Church.”

“You fucking bastard. Did your mother teach you to be like this? Or your father? Oh, probably neither. You were an orphan, right? Should I say, as expected of a guttersnipe piece of trash?”

Gid’s complexion darkened at the sudden cursing.

“I changed my mind. Although I sometimes said otherwise… but in the end, the cold really isn’t worse than the heat. There are quite a few burning ghosts here in the pot to keep you company. Please hold on to that rage until you die, Count. Then I will give you a name and cherish you for the rest of my life.”

“I’m not going to beg for my life. Kill me whichever way you want, but it’s not like what I said about your parents were a lie. You shitling son of a bitch. Let’s hope the parents who abandoned you will love you when you meet them in the afterlife, huh? You motherfucker.”

A bizarre smile rose from Gid’s coldly distorted expression.

Bump!

“Ugh…!”

Gid smiled as he lifted the count, whose body was becoming colder by the second.

“Please don’t lose that passion.”

Blub, blub.

Above the simmering furnace.

Gid held the count by the neck.

Slowly.

Very, very slowly, he began to lower the count’s body into that mass of molten iron.


– Found it.

It took longer than expected.

The door had been so well hidden that it was already dawn.

“Where is it?”

– At the prayer room.

The prayer room.

Did they have the guts to make a heretic sword like that in the basement of the prayer room?

It was a place where dozens of people came in and went out every day, and yet that was the location they chose?

Anyway, now that the place had been found, all that was left was to go in and catch them.

But…

“Why are you here?”

“It sounds like you’re trying to do something quite interesting. I just wanted to take part.”

The Golden Lion was at the forge of Tala. All of a sudden, he’d come in and asked me if he could join.

“It’s not very fun.”

“It’ll be fun if I join!”

How nosy.

But it didn’t really matter.

I didn’t know if there’d be any roadblocks in killing the count, but it was Gid, not him, that mattered right now.

That was the clear priority.

The Golden Lion coming to assist could only help.

‘If possible, it’s better to catch him before he manages to finish the sword.’

I didn’t know what kind of a sword he’d make, but something made from a hundred knights wouldn’t be ordinary.

“But really, can a great sword be made just by sacrificing a hundred knights?”

Had he heard it all from outside?

The Golden Lion’s face looked quite stern.

He’d asked if he could join in a lively tone, but he seemed to be quite upset inside.

I calmly assuaged his curiosity.

“There’s a saying that’s been passed down from the ancient times – an abundance may be worse than a lack. It might exert great power, but it won’t be easy to use.”

“What do you mean?”

A cup that overflows can never be perfect.

“… It might bestow something like the prince’s madness.”

“I see…”

The Golden Lion’s complexion also hardened a little at the mention of the prince.

Carpe’s Light Dragon Sword.

He couldn’t be unaware that the prince who had taken it up, had turned into a beast.

“Whether it makes you crazy or possesses you, it doesn’t sound like the user’s going to keep his consciousness. Let’s hurry up before a rampage starts.”

“Tala.”

“Yes!”

“Guide me to the prayer room.”

“All right.”

Me and the Golden Lion followed Tala to the prayer room.

He instructed the soldiers he encountered on the way to firmly guard the surroundings.

I had Orcal wait outside in case of any unforeseen circumstances.

It’d just be annoying if another intruder showed up.

“I think… this is the place.”

When the carpet was rolled up on one side, some seams became visible.

When Tala muttered and touched it, tuk! Something like a handle popped out.

He turned it and –

Creeeeak.

The trapdoor was about to open.

“Ugh, help me!”

The trapdoor looked fairly thick and heavy.

While I looked at the red-faced Tala and clicked my tongue, the Golden Lion went to help.

Creeeeeeeeeeeaaaaakkkkk!

“Ugh! Oh! I never thought it’d be this heavy.”

“You lack discipline. Can you really become a sword nurturer like this?”

“It, it’s because I didn’t get enough sleep recently!”

The moment I was about to retort that it was a really poor excuse, a very hot wind blew through the open crack.

The air was quite chilly because it was early in the morning, but as soon as that wind blew in, the entire prayer room became hot.

It looked like they’d put in a lot of effort into making a forge in the basement.

There was no trace of heat until we opened the door, but as soon as there was an opening, a wind this hot came out.

“Tala, I want you to stay outside.”

“But…”

“Me and the Golden Lion are enough for this.”

Tala nodded his head without saying anything else, as if he understood what I meant.

I beckoned the Golden Lion and went down first.

The more I went deeper into the basement, the more I could smell the filthy stench stinging my nostrils, and the bizarre sound of whistling in my ears.

It was like the sound of the wind, and yet it rang like the sound of swords clashing.

But only after realizing that it was the sound of hammering, I slowly grabbed my sword.

The sound of hammering got stronger.

It swelled violently like a raging wave crashing against a steep cliff.

In tandem, our steps also accelerated.

Our footsteps, which had been carefully descending, now began to run and then sprint, as if we were trying to catch up with something.

And when we arrived –

“Aaah…”

An old man’s sigh flowed out.

A dazzling light of divine power was spreading from the centre of the vast forge.

“You’re one step late.”

The sword was finished.

“Ahhhh…”

A deep sigh.

Or perhaps a hum of exaltation.

The white-haired old man’s mouth broke into a jagged grin as if he was satisfied.

A gloomy fire fluttered in his eyes.

“Kuh.”

The Golden Lion tugged at his ear.

I didn’t even have to ask why.

The cacophonic dissonance emanating from the sword made my ears hurt, too.

A sound of something ripping, and a scream of agonized pain, pounded all over my body.

I narrowed my eyes and looked at the quest window in front of me.

「The Sword of Sorrow」
A sword made by sacrificing a hundred knights.
A flock of screaming souls, unable to blend together.
Execute the lunatic, Gid, by the spirits' demand.
<Reward> [Rare Constitution Lottery Ticket]

As soon as I accepted the quest –

The old man’s neck twisted at a bizarre angle.

He pointed his sword at us both.

Craaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaackkkkkkkkkkkle!!

A pure white energy exploded from the blade in all directions.

“Ugh!”

Chill enough to freeze even the bones.

In an instant, not only the enormous forge, but even the Golden Lion and I, were left frozen.

Even the boiling furnace flash froze into a mass of cold metal.

Nothing could block that frigid breath.


Editor’s Notes:

None for this chapter.


Surviving a Shounen Manga – Episode 75

The Princess Awakens

A huge black horse whose gait split the heavens in two, descending to earth.

And the one who rode it dyeing the entire earth with his own colour, like the sun itself.

Such was the scene in the painting called the [Birth of the Conqueror], that hung alongside another portrait named [Umir Khan] in the hallway of the imperial mansion.

And it was also the scene dreamt by a neighbouring country’s queen, two months after she found out she was pregnant.


Thermis saw the light of the world for the first time exactly eight months after her mother had ‘a bit of an ominous dream about an enemy nation’.

Thermis showed off her ‘unusual strength’ right from her birth, but it was only when she was two years old that it became known to the others in the court.

The reason was simple, because everyone around her did their best to hide her power.

The queen thought that Thermis’ power was somewhat ominous, just like that nightmare she’s had, and she didn’t think a princess of a country needed something like that.

However, after the two-year-old Thermis ‘accidentally’ broke her nanny’s wrist, her strength was revealed to the world, as the nanny confessed in tears that she couldn’t deal with that girl anymore.


Thermis was completely aware that to break or destroy somebody other than herself was an immoral act, however she was still barred from any contact with other children her age until she was able to control her own strength to some extent.

Because her existence itself would be too dangerous for them.

Thermis had initially chafed under the restriction, but when she first met her peers at the age of six, she soon realized it wasn’t a bad thing. Rather, it wasn’t much fun for her to be with her peers.

Because those cowardly and feeble bastards only saw her as a dangerous monster.

And it was actually true.

To them, she was always going to be a dangerous being. It was inevitable.

So, exactly one year after that, Thermis went to the palace stables on her own two feet.


For Thermis, spending time with the horses was very enjoyable.

That place always made her feel at ease, even when she had to spend the whole day in those messy and stinky stalls. It felt like she was finally making friends.

She wondered why she felt more comfortable talking to horses rather than humans, and one day she suddenly heard the answer from an old ghost called ‘Bayar Khan’ who resided in her.

– It’s simple. Because the horses aren’t afraid of you.

That was indeed why.

Most humans feared such strength that was beyond rationality and reason, and few could stand against it, therefore they resorted to pushing it away and denying its existence.

And each time she saw such a flinch or a grimace, Thermis felt a deep-seated rage threatening to burst out. If you keep treating somebody like a monster without cause, even a perfectly nice person may end up becoming twisted.

It was around that time that she became interested in the ‘Warrior’s Path’ of the Skull Empire, and the position of a general.

They sounded glamourous, sure, but her anger against the world also played a part.

How could she not be tempted by the lure that her power might become a beacon for others to follow, instead of being shunned?

At least, she didn’t want to be treated like a monster anymore.

Also, since childhood, she’d heard many times that she should’ve been born in the imperial family of the Skull Empire, and even that ghost named Bayar Khan used to be a fairly famous emperor from there. Naturally, she was interested.


During the qualifying round of the Warrior’s Path, watching the spectators cheer as she lifted a boulder over her head, Thermis had felt a strange sense of ‘security’.

Kind of like… like when she’d been seven years old, when she’d trotted out to the palace stable as if she’d been possessed. Like she’d finally found her place in the world. Like pieces of a puzzle clicking into place.

But the odd part was that, she hadn’t struggled very hard to arrive here.

What would it be like to become a general of the Skull Empire? She’d indeed had such an idea, but it hadn’t been compelling enough to make her apply right away.

Besides, wasn’t it all just a coincidence, that she’d come to this place? If the first prince of the Skull Empire hadn’t proposed to her, and if she hadn’t run away, she wouldn’t have found this place so quickly.

The ‘Warrior’s Path’ hadn’t even featured in her thoughts, at first. That was why she’d ran away to Westland. And if she hadn’t met Squatjaw afterwards, even if she remembered it, she wouldn’t have dared to come.

Was it from that moment? She was vaguely starting to feel it.

That maybe… maybe all of this had been decided from the beginning.

Maybe everything since her birth, everything she’d been through growing up, everything about her life – had actually been predestined in the wheel of ‘fate’.

“H-, a horse!”

“The sky split!”

“That black horse is coming down!”

And that vague guess,

“Aah…”

Now, as he saw a huge black horse cutting open the sky and running towards her, she became convinced.

She – had been born, to meet him, today, at this moment.

And she was here to call him by his name.

Thermis spread her arms towards the black horse that was descending as if to swallow the earth.

Then, dredged up from some corner of her soul, as if she knew it from a half-forgotten dream, she quietly muttered a name.

… Umir!


“… Wow.”

I watched the princess ‘transform’.

In the total sixty volumes of Adventure King, the scene where a character awakened their unique ability for the first time was actually quire uncommon. Mostly they appeared with their abilities fully unlocked.

In other words, the phenomenon unfolding right before my eyes was a rare sight that I’d never even seen before.

The black horse fell from the sky and swallowed the princess.

No, to be more precise, the princess’ body absorbed the black horse.

Then the light from her body covered the entire battlefield, and it was so bright that no matter how much I tried to open my eyes, I couldn’t see anything.

And then,

“Oh. Ooooh.”

“… Haaah.”

“Oh, it’s beautiful…”

The princess was revealed with a completely new appearance.

She wore dazzlingly shining armour – very similar to that of the Imperial Army, but with a touch of a more modern style. At her back she carried a great black blade, as tall as herself.

One peculiar part was that even her horse was covered in armour.

Presumably, the range of her ability also included her mount.

At first glance, the unique ability of the princess was some kind of ‘instant outfit change’.

This wasn’t an official name or anything, only a term used within the fan community. Literally, it meant a new costume was created when an ability was activated. Like many popular henshin superheroes, for example the ‘Power Rangers’.

“Outfit change…”

In fact, I thought it was a bit strange, because her unique ability was a completely different type from what I’d imagined.

Until that light had faded, I’d believed that the princess had awakened to an ability related to the great black horse that’d come down from the sky – like summoning it as a helper, or even transforming into it (ah, no, that might be a little out of bounds), or something.

But somehow, it turned to be as a completely different type of ability.

An ‘instant outfit change’ type ability can have various characteristics, but the base is raising the user’s attack power and defence. Then you sprinkle in some unique effects, and so on.

Frankly, I couldn’t understand the link between the descent of the black horse and the princess’ changing into armour. What was the point of such a ‘transformation sequence’?

‘So the black horse… was transformed into armour?’

Although the effect itself was gorgeous –

“It’s odd…”

That was then.

– What’s odd?

A voice came out of nowhere.

“Huh?”

– Didn’t you just say it’s odd?

“No, who… Bayar Khan?”

Not sure when the hell he did it, but he’d sneaked in and attached himself to me.

– See, everybody’s stunned.

“Oh, it looks impressive, that’s for sure. Real flashy.”

I was being sincere, here. The princess wearing the shining armour looked pretty cool.

– Flashy, is it… You really don’t understand anything.

“Eh? What do you mean?”

– Unlike you who takes everything lightly, the warriors of the Skull Empire never lose focus on the battlefield.

“… Eh?”

From that perspective, nobody on the battlefield was still fighting. They all looked lost, staring at the princess.

“It doesn’t look like that though?”

– That’s how shocking the sight is.

Shocking? It sounded different from simply eliciting surprise.

– Do you know?

“Huh?”

– Umir Khan’s statue in Barantor, the imperial capital, was made by himself. Hammer in his hand, he made it completely from head to toe.

“Why bring that up here?”

– Have you ever seen it?

It was a rather absurd question.

“I’m not blind, am I? How could I miss something that big?”

– Idiot. I mean, have you ever seen it up close?

Never.

As I shook my head, Bayar Khan added with a chuckle in a knowing tone.

– I have. I’ve even checked the insides of its pants. But nothing was hanging from there.

“Huh? What are you talking about?”

– Nothing dangling. You get me?

“…?”

–  Idiot. It means Umir Khan might’ve been a woman.

Crazy. What nonsense was this old man spouting now?

“Really?”

– The records about Umir Khan are all from after the founding of the Skull Empire. Before that, at best, there were only stories that’d been passed down orally. And one of them is about the horse that came down from the sky.

“A horse that came down from the sky?”

– You still don’t understand?

In that instant,

“Ah…!”

I exclaimed unconsciously.

Ah, was that it?

“So… are you saying that everyone is stunned because they think the princess is the reincarnation of Umir Khan?”

– Exactly. I thought that’s why you were like that too, at first.

It was an amazing story.

‘I was wondering why a black horse suddenly came down from the sky.’

It was only now that I was able to clearly understand the cause and effect of it all.

The reason why the princess awakened here, why the black horse appeared during her awakening, and no, why the princess wanted to walk the Warrior’s Path in the first place.

There were no coincidences in this world. The reason everything fit so snugly, was because the author had set it that way.

To be honest, I’d never quite understood how the princess of a neighbouring country could even become the ruler of the empire, but from the looks of it the setting for this had been arranged well in advance.

From Bayar Khan, to Umir Khan.

The emergence of a new hero, carrying the legacy of the two previous emperors who had been symbols of the empire.

“Great… it’s a great scene.”

– Of course, she’s not exactly the same as Umir Khan. The shape of the armour is slightly different, and her weapon, too. Perhaps those people would come to their senses once they notice that.

It was prophetic.

All over the place, voices were beginning to ring out.

“I guess the [costume]’s a bit lacking[1].”

– Huh? [Cos]… what?

“Umir Khan also had a mascot, don’t they say?”

To be honest, I’d prepared for this performance, but I never knew such an optimal timing would be arranged for me.

I cleared my throat and called out.

“Coocoo!”

Soon,

A beautiful white hawk flew from afar at the speed of lightning.

“Hey, look over there! That! That’s a white hawk!”

“Wait, a black horse and a white eagle!”

“The symbols of Umir Khan!”

“Well, then, that woman!”

Maybe Coocoo had been originally set to accompany the princess, too. Even if I hadn’t been there, the princess would’ve gotten off at Nanma Port, and she would’ve had to ride a horse to get to the capital, so she would’ve stopped by the horse market… even if she didn’t recognize him as a divine beast, Coocoo was white and cute, so she might’ve taken him with her.

I scratched my head.

‘Is it okay to hand Coocoo over…?’

Hmmm.

I immediately shook my head.

‘Well, that’s not something I need to worry about right now.’

Soon after,

Whiiiiish–.

Coocoo was perched atop the princess’ arm in a very elegant posture.

It was a beautiful sight, as if I was looking at a painting.

“Coocoo… is that your original form?”

The princess greeted him with a smile.

And that bastard –

“Hey there, pretty woman. Did anybody tell you, you’ve gotten even hotter?”

I groaned and shook my head.

Ugh, I could’ve done without seeing that.

“Somehow, it feels like he’s found his true self.”

Then, princess’ eyes that were shining like the sunlight, looked around.

Majestic and magnificent.

Then,

“Wh-, what are you all doing!”

“Calm down!”

“It’s just an enemy! It’s just an opponent you have to defeat!”

Mong’s subordinates came to their senses and began to get back into formation.

Although the princess had awakened her unique ability, the overall situation hadn’t changed much.

The low-ranked fighters under the princess, only less than half of whom were left, were confronting Mong’s elites who were ten times their number.

Furthermore,

“I-, it’s Sir Mong!”

“Sir Mong has arrived!”

A giant had arrived at the battlefield.

As soon as he came, he searched for me, but the sight of the transformed princess caught his gaze in the next moment.

I quietly took a step back, and my eyes lit up.

How much power would the newly awakened princess have?

That was then.

Neigh–.

The horse the princess was riding, began to slowly walk forward.

It looked so dignified that the warriors in front unconsciously retreated and gave way.

Soon, the princess stopped in front of the enemy soldiers.

Mong’s soldiers flinched, but didn’t back down. Instead, they held their swords high. Having Mong behind them seemed to have instilled some confidence.

“The enemy peak master is right in front of you!”

“You just need to take that woman down!”

“Do not panic!”

Then, the princess who was indifferently looking down at it all, murmured.

“Go away.”

And at that moment,

Thoom–.

The air shook, rippling into a wide wave.

The wave that erupted from the princess swept through the entire battlefield.

The enemy soldiers who were blocking the princess’ front, disappeared.

One blow, and hundreds of soldiers literally flew away.

I couldn’t help but be amazed.

‘… What, what is that?’

It was a shocking sight. The air wave that pressed down on my skin was strong beyond imagination.

Unconsciously, I gaped in amazement. The princess’ power was far beyond my expectations.

She was this strong? Just how?

I was dumbfounded.

This… was a level where even I couldn’t guarantee my victory.

Then,

‘Wait, maybe…’

There was one thought flashing through my mind.

Could she be… a new character?

“Ah ha!”

I tapped my forehead.

I’d been completely mistaken, considering the princess an existing character created early on.

Wrong. In Adventure King, the essence of a character is its unique ability.

In other words, now was the moment when the princess’ character was born anew, after awakening her unique ability. The character who would later be called Arte Khan.

In other words, this woman was the newest character in the world right now.

At that moment, I understood how her power made sense. Most new characters appearing in Adventure King start off at the top of the food chain, then the power balance is adjusted after a certain period of time.

My mouth was hanging wide open.

“… This is crazy.”

Meanwhile, the princess continued to move forward with an indifferent expression.

In front of her was the giant, Mong.

Mong was no longer searching for me.

He also seemed to have figured it out. That he might be facing a tough opponent this time.

Unlike when he’d been dealing with me, Mong didn’t wait around.

He started to roar.

“Aaaaahhhhhhh!”

Then, as his body glowed, blood began to flow from his eyes.

It seemed that he was about to transform into the ‘Bloody Giant’.

And then,

“Grrrrrrr…”

The giant, white eyes flashing, began glaring at the princess.

The sense of oppression that emanated from him was truly terrifying. If I had to pick out people could stand up to him right now, I’d have trouble coming up with a list.

But,

“O old Sword of the Empire who hath not been freed from the shackles of blood… I shall give thee rest.”

The princess who calmly raised her sword, felt even more brutal.

The giant and the princess, who had stared at each other for a while, clashed for an imstant.

Bang!

As a strong shockwave spread, everything around them was caught up in that explosion.

Rocks shattered, warriors flew away, and the earth was overturned.

And then,

“Look over there!”

As the dust that covered the battlefield slowly subsided, the result of the clash was slowly revealed.

The fight was already over.

The Bloody Giant couldn’t withstand the princess’ blow.

“… Amazing.”

Of course, it was as expected.

Mong was a character who’d never even appeared in the original. No matter how strong he might’ve been set as, there was no way he could trade blows with the princess whose character had just been born. A character set with such significance that she’d even appeared in the original, at that.

Soon after,

“Is there only one left?”

The princess slowly turned her head towards me.

‘… Something’s wrong.’

The aura emanating from her body made me want to tremble.

“I’m going to have to deal with you too, right?”

“…”

Originally, I’d had no intention of defeating the princess, but that didn’t mean I wanted to lose in this situation.

Avoid confrontation with the princess who’d just showed such a flashy performance? I could imagine the number of ‘I’m out’ comments by the readers. Not to mention the image I’d painstakingly built up so far would go up in smoke.

I had no other option.

I had to fight this OP munchkin character[2] who’d just awakened and was in her strongest state. The character who was destined to stand as the final victor of this battlefield.

And I had to pull off a win, somehow.

“Hmm.”

I was definitely feeling tense.

To put it in perspective… it reminded me of the time when I’d had to face off against Karl Zayed.

But,

“You’re making a big deal out of knocking down a mindless brute who only had his size going for him. Did you miss how I was toying around with him earlier?”

I’d never lost to any munchkin, not yet.

In the riddle game with Chinuavi, in the unique ability contest with Leo and the rest, and in the battle against Karl Zayed… I’d prevailed against them all.

The destined victor of this battlefield?

Sorry, but quashing such things could be called my specialty in this world.

“… Come on then, little princess. Let’s see what you’ve got.”


Editor’s Notes:

[1] 코스튬 (koseutyum), a transliteration of ‘costume’ in Korean. When used in monologues there’s no problem, but when Squatjaw uses it verbally Bayar Khan’s naturally confused by the word.

[2] 먼치킨 (lit. munchkin), a Korean term for overpowered characters. Please note English RPGs use this term with a different connotation (minmaxing), unlike Koreans who simply mean somebody OP (plz nerf, etc).


Surviving a Shounen Manga – Episode 74

The Final Round (2)

‘The rumours definitely said that he has a lightning-based ability…’

Mong’s eyes focused on the translucent giant squat-jawed ghost in front of him.

It was strange indeed.

It was quite a sight to see two ghosts, each of whom only came up to his chest, merge into a single one who matched him in size.

Of course –

“You bastard! The head is mine!”

I am the owner of this body! Screw off, right now!”

“Who’s this idiot pretending to be all high and mighty!”

It didn’t seem very coherent.

He had dealt with many abilities in the past, but this was his first time witnessing an ability like this. Creating a legion of ghosts that looked just like the master.

‘No, wait.’

Come to think of it, Mong remembered seeing something similar recently.

On the day he’d played a game of tug-of-war against the princess, the vague image that had risen up behind her.

Of course, the colour and opacity of the figure had been different, and it’d taken the form of Bayar Khan instead of Squatjaw, but the fact remained that both were ghosts.

His thoughts seemed to click into place.

Mong spoke, looking at the ‘real Squatjaw’.

“It was… probably you, who gave the princess strength during the tug-of-war.”

Then,

“What? Uh… wh-, what are you talking about?”

As expected, the bastard looked visibly upset.

“I did think it was kind of weird. The princess showed tremendous power from the start, sure, but it wasn’t at a level that we wouldn’t be able to beat her. And on top of that, once I entered the fray, her eyes looked almost resigned. Then something whitish suddenly jumped into her body, and her strength skyrocketed… It’s only natural to guess that some external power had been implanted into her.”

Squatjaw didn’t speak up to affirm or deny, but Mong was already certain of his reasoning. Not to mention the fact that the bastard was whistling while avoiding his eyes, like a cheating examinee who’d gotten caught by the invigilator, didn’t help his case.

“You bastard, why did you have to bring Bayar Khan into it? If there’s no connection to him, it’s a great crime to steal his likeness. It’s the same as insulting the empire itself.”

“… Eh? Bayar Khan?”

“Yeah, when you gave the princess power, didn’t you form his image?”

Then,

“What do you… no, I… ah! That… that wasn’t me.”

Suddenly, the bastard’s attitude took a complete U-turn.

“What?”

“That wasn’t a ghost, that… well, it was a ghost, but, um… well, it looked different from these guys, didn’t it? Haah, how do I explain this?”

Squatjaw shook his head and protested as if he was being unfairly targeted.

“Okay, so, here goes! The ghost that appeared during the tug-of-war had nothing to do with me. That was just how the princess’ power took shape. And Bayardin or whatever, I don’t even know who that is. Don’t you know, I’m from Westland? That old-timer might be famous here, but not in the other continents.”

“… You aren’t any good at lying, are you.”

Mong had never said that Bayar Khan’s ghost had been in the form of an old man, or that he was famous.

It was as if Squatjaw was confessing to him. That he had indeed created that ghost back then.

But Mong had no intention of continuing this line of questioning any further. After all, it wasn’t that important.

Mong was just content, and his heart had relaxed a bit.

In fact, he’d been struggling a bit with impatience till now. If the princess exerted the same level of super strength as she’d done in the tug of war, even with a sevenfold numerical advantage compared to back then, he couldn’t feel relieved.

So, he had deliberately brought only the Royal Guard with him, to hunt down Squatjaw in the shortest time. He had to finish the guy quickly, and then join the main force to take care of the princess.

But now that he realized that even the princess’ power had been provided by Squatjaw, things were much simpler.

The princess was nothing to worry about. He just needed to beat this guy up.

Then,

‘And in order to reach the real Squatjaw, I’ll have to deal with this guy first.’

Mong turned his gaze back to the gigantic squat-jawed ghost in front of him.

As if he’d finished sorting himself (?) out, the ghost had stopped talking to himself. However, compared to the two separate entities, the intelligence seemed to have dropped a bit.

“Ugly… giant. I won’t… go easy on you. “

“You talking about yourself? Squat-jawed ghost.”

“I’m… not ugly… giant, kill you!”

The small ghosts had also stuck to the Royal Guard members. One ghost per head. It seemed that Squatjaw had created a matching number of ghosts on purpose.

‘How cute… going one-on-one against the Royal Guard, naive.’

Although the emperor hadn’t announced it in his speech, many of the warriors under his direct command had taken part in this Warrior’s Path disguised as natives of the mountain. And in particular, the Royal Guard was the crème of the crop among them.

Mong ordered briefly.

“Don’t think too much about strategy or tactics. Just stay comfortable and deal with things as they come.”

“Yeah!”

“Got it!”

Then, the battle between the ghosts and the Royal Guard began.

“Now then, let’s finish up quickly, shall we?”

Mong focused on the giant ghost in front of him.

People may fear ghosts, but that’s only fear of the unknown.

In broad daylight, face-to-face like this, there was no risk.

It looked like it had some physical power, as rocks and branches were crushed as it moved, but that didn’t mean it was an obstacle.

These balloons made of mists, the only thing they had going for them was the intimidation factor.

So,

“Don’t fall apart at the first blow, yeah?”

Mong, feeling relaxed, approached the ghost without any particular precaution.

And then,

Puff–.

Darkness quickly swallowed him.

Mong opened his eyes.

‘What? What happened?’

When he jerked his head up in surprise, he saw the squat-jawed ghost still standing in a funny pose, his arms raised to the sides, looking at him with a smirk.

“You… stupid… giant… weakling!”

Distressingly, he seemed to have fainted for a very short moment. With one punch of this bastard.

It was hard to stop his face from flushing at the momentary rush of shame. He’d underestimated his enemy.

Mong immediately raised his focus to the limit.

This ghost wasn’t weak. No, rather, it might be stronger than him in terms of pure physical abilities.

Mong had become a giant, and his strength as well as his stamina had increased tremendously. His bones and muscles had become so dense that he could effortlessly crush steel.

And even with all that, to knock him out in one shot? Forget about a balloon, even a pure steel golem wouldn’t be able to do it.

‘Who exactly are you…?’

Mong quickly adjusted his posture.

“Giant… you waiting…? Attack…”

“Don’t mind if I do.”

As soon as the words had gotten out, Mong broke into a sprint.

As he continued to observe, Mong was finally able to see his opponent’s movements properly.

Unlike that slow speech, the ghost moved terribly fast. Not only did it dodge Mong’s own attack, but it even had enough room to counterattack.

Whoosh–.

Mong felt a chill run down his spine as the ghost’s fist brushed against the tip of his head.

It was incredibly fast. Quick as a hawk swooping down to snatch its prey. That kind of speed should’ve been impossible for something that size.

Mong had just barely escaped. Only by dint of pure reflex.

If he’d taken it straight on the chin, it wouldn’t have ended with a quick stun like last time. His face might’ve gotten completely crushed.

Mong traded a few more blows just in case.

And the conclusion he reached was –

‘He’s stronger than me. Much stronger.’

This ghost was an absolute monster.

The reason Mong was still alive, was because the ghost was holding back for some godforsaken reason.

This… was absurd.

‘What the hell did you create…’

Mong hurriedly looked around. If the little ones were at this big guy’s level, the Royal Guards were in for a bad time.

And, as expected.

“Eek!”

“Hey, why won’t my attacks work?”

“D-, dodge!”

“Let’s team up!”

None of the guys were fighting properly.

There wasn’t even a single guy who could hit the ghosts properly. The swords of the Royal Guards could only pass through the bodies of the ghosts without doing any damage.

‘No way…’

Mong could come up with only one hypothesis. Unique ability.

Those who had one could damage these ghosts, but those who didn’t, couldn’t even touch them.

“Heh, huh, haha…”

It was a situation that made him laugh out loud.

It almost felt like the ghosts were playing around.

He’d been wrong. That Squatjaw wasn’t just any run-of-the-mill monster.

He wasn’t just strong enough to conquer this Warrior’s Path, he was an absolute oddity that even Mong and the princess together, along with their respective camps, might not be able to beat.

“…”

Mong raised his hand to the gigantic squat-jawed ghost who was walking towards him.

“Stop.”

“… Eh?”

“I mean, wait. Can you do that?”

“Uh… yes. Sure…”

I knew it. The ghost never had any intention of knocking him down. He was just here to stall.

And that was probably by the order of the ‘real’ Squatjaw.

Mong turned towards the man who was playing with one of the bodyguards in the distance. He looked as relaxed as a child playing with a toy.

Mong was feeling worried.

He understood clearly. The depths of his own negligence and mistakes.

He could never win if things went on like this.

“… There’s no helping it.”

If he hadn’t been standing here, on this ‘Warriors’ Land’, he probably wouldn’t have made this choice so resolutely. Even if he was staring defeat in the face.

But he could never fall down here. Here, he had no choice but to stand on his own two legs. Whatever the cost.

Because that was the promise he had made in front of his comrades’ corpses, back in the day. That was the oath he had sworn before gorging on their blood and flesh.

“Huff… how big a mess is this going to make?”

Mong exhaled slowly, then looked around and ordered.

“All Royal Guard members, immediately withdraw from the battlefield. The Bloody Giant will soon arrive.”

Then,

“Eh?”

“Oh no!”

“General, that’s not…!”

His mean left behind the ghosts they’d been tussling with and came running.

But Mong had no intention of backing down.

“It can’t go on like this. You don’t have the ability to deal with these ghosts, and the same goes for me. So we have to change our tactic.”

Then, he spoke to the real Squatjaw, who was watching him with a blank gaze.

“I might not be able to keep my promise to spare your life.”

“… What?”

And then,

“Hey, it’s good that you’re confident… but you might be taking it too far, you know?”

Squatjaw was frowning slightly as he responded.

Mong wasn’t offended. Rather, such a reaction made him feel that the man might even be pretty humble.

“Well, you might not have taken my promise seriously. But being a giant isn’t all I’ve got, you know? There’s one more transformation. That’s my ultimate strength.”

“Hmm, is that so?”

“However, there are side effects. Like losing my mind. Becoming a crazy monster that only thirsts for blood. Just like… just like how I’d been back then.”

It was a bitter memory.

Mong was silent for a moment, then he buried the memories of the past that had risen to the surface and continued.

Finally –

“Probably, even against you, it won’t fall short.”

Mong started to focus.

While in the state of ‘frenzy’, he’d consider all living things around him as his enemies. If he couldn’t recognize Squatjaw as the primary enemy, he might end up inflicting serious damage on his allies instead.

“Everyone, back off.”

Then, after confirming that the Royal Guard had stepped far enough back, it was time to reveal his true ‘power’.

“Uh… wait, wait!”

Squatjaw suddenly shouted.

“Then, can’t we do that a little later?”

“… What are you talking about?”

“Save it for now, and use it for the main event.”

“… What?”

But before he could properly clarify,

“Oh no! Look over there! The princess is in danger!?”

The guy shouted out of nowhere. Then he pointed to the side where the princess’ camp was and started running.

“…”

Of course, it was true that the main unit of his army had started clashing with the princess’ side by this time.

It was also true that the princess was being pushed back, because of the numerical disadvantage as well as the strength of the warriors who’d sneaked into the test disguised as native mountain people.

But that didn’t mean her life was at stake. The battle had only just started!

But,

“Seven hundred people against a hundred? I must go!”

And he even had the audacity to run backwards while shouting?

Mong was frozen in place, stunned.

Then, while he could only stare blankly, the bastard got on his horse and started moving. Destination, the princess’ camp.

“If you’re feeling upset, come chase me!”

…?


The timing was just right.

By the time the ‘war of giants’ was shown in moderation, there was a battle on the princess’ side as well.

Of course, this ‘war of giants’ wasn’t very satisfactory by my standards. There should’ve been a more explosive fight, something to really make the blood boil, but the ‘king’ was more expensive than I’d thought.

‘King’ was currently the highest level of ghost that I could being out, and for Yan to summon a guy like that, he’d need at least ten more chapters. This ability, that would one day be used by a key supporting actor, was far too much for the current Mong, who’d never even appeared in the original work, to handle.

So, should I have faced Mong after his transformation? I had some ideas about that. I thought I might be able to create a slightly better scene.

However,

‘Yeah, that’s not going to happen. The princess has to get the lion’s share of the credit.’

So I just decided to fold. Because the situation could take a strange turn if I got too greedy.

What if Mong, after going crazy, only chased after a specific someone without looking at anybody else? And what if that someone was me?

Hmm. Just imagining it was terrifying.

Then,

“Hit it!”

“Take care of the horse!”

“Get rid of it!”

A battlefield in full swing came into view.

The princess’ camp looked to be in quite a precarious position.

In the first place, there was a huge difference in numbers, and if one looked closely, there was a great disparity in individual strength between the two sides as well.

As a result, even though no special tactics were used, the princess’ warriors were being pushed back one after another.

By the way,

“Hey… is it that guy?”

The bald guy who’d been the first to become her subordinate was doing a good job. If not for him, the princess’ front line might have collapsed right away.

At that time,

‘By the way, where is she?’

I was a little perplexed.

I thought she would be at the forefront, bravely fighting off the enemies and overshadowing everybody else, but the princess was nowhere to be seen, even after I looked around carefully.

“Wait, where the hell is she?”

At that moment, the figure of the princess appeared in my eyes.

She sat at the back, watching her camp crumble.

Puzzling.

It didn’t fit her temper at all.

‘Is she afraid…?’

Nah, that couldn’t be.

Although the overall level of the enemy was high, it wasn’t to the extent that the princess would feel intimidated. With the help of Bayar Khan by her side, she had the capital to fight.

Of course, if someone had little combat experience and had never seen blood, they might indeed freeze a little…

“Hmm.”

It seemed like we had to meet face to face once.

In fact, even if she was scared, it didn’t matter. No, it might be better that way.

I don’t know how powerful Mong would become once he turned crazy, but it’d probably be difficult for the princess to handle as she was now.

In order for the princess to overcome him alone, she had to awaken her unique ability somehow. Or maybe I’d have to work hard behind the scenes again.

‘Fear’ and ‘crisis’, could be two great ingredients for her awakening process.

‘She isn’t shaking even a little…’

Then,

“Uh… what are you doing here?”

As I crossed the battlefield and arrived in front of the princess, I was a little perplexed.

“… Squatjaw? What is it?”

“No, nothing, just. It looked like there’s an emergency, so I came running.”

“… Ah?”

Surprisingly, the princess didn’t look terrified at all.

Rather, both her eyes were shining calmly but firmly.

She was just watching the battlefield. Like she was waiting for a specific ‘time’.

“Do I look weird?”

“… What?”

“It just feels that way. I feel like I’m somehow different from before. There’s no fear.”

“I don’t think you were that scared in the first place, right?”

“Well, anyway, it feels like I’ve been waiting for this moment for a long time. It’s an emergency, and it’s definitely something to be scared of, but I’m not feeling that at all. It feels like something is wriggling deep within my heart.”

“… Is that so?”

I scratched my head.

‘What did that old man say… again?’

It was then that I remembered what I’d talked about with Bayar Khan and felt a little embarrassed.

Crisis or fear… those inner emotions weren’t what the princess needed to awaken. No. She just needed time.

Why had the princess never awakened? Simple. Because the time hadn’t come yet.

From the beginning, from the point of character creation, the princess had been designed to awaken here, and now.

Yeah, as a character that had even appeared in the original story, this kind of a setting made sense.

In other words, all our running around until now had been for nothing. Even if she’d stayed still, she still would’ve awakened.

Finally,

“It’s coming.”

A pure white light began to slowly radiate from the princess’ body.

And along with that,

Clang, clang!

Kill her!

The peak owner is over there!

Attack!

The closer the enemy came, the more brightly her body shone.

‘Should I just wait and watch?’

I decided to take it easy and watch the scene. With only a slightly surprised expression on my face, for the benefit of the audience.

Then, at the moment one of the enemies finally came within striking distance and brandished a sword at her –

“… Come.”

Her body radiated light like an explosion.

And as the light spread out, first engulfing the nearby enemies, then her allies still fighting in the distance, and finally covering the heavens and the earth –

“Look, look up!”

“The sky! Look at the sky!”

“A, a horse?!”

A giant jet-black horse pierced through the sky and rushed towards her side.


Editor’s Notes:

None for this chapter.


Sword Pilgrim – Chapter 97

“Haah…”

Gid.

When I’d first come up with his settings, I’d thought myself a genius.

From the moment I’d first devised the Pilgrim’s Path, I couldn’t quench my desire to properly flesh out the world, and there were several storylines I’d thought of.

Among them, Gid’s arc was one that really expressed the twistedness of human desires.

In fact, it’d been rated pretty well.

The scenario had come to life on the screen, and birthed a natural anger in the gamers – or so the reviews had said.

‘Who knew it would unfold right in front of my eyes one day.’

A sigh escaped my lips.

Was Fleshshaper Gid really entangled with Count Valentine?

And Tal, was his disciple?

It was a combo that made me dizzy, but I didn’t have the time to digest it.

What I was going to have to do was decided.

“One knight per day. Another knight with high potential may have died today. I can’t catch a wink all night, every night, because the cries of the knights who died unjustly keep echoing from the basement.”

As expected from a spirit medium.

I’d wondered why his complexion was so bad, so this must’ve been the reason.

“Why me? Why not the Golden Lion?”

“Because you, are the Judge.”

The Golden Lion could perhaps kill Gid. But would he be able to kill Count Valentine?

Count Valentine was quite a thorough man. He wouldn’t confess, and there was a possibility that he’d be released because his connection to the crime couldn’t be proved.

But in this world, Callius’ nickname was the Judge.

The Judge who would punish the guilty who had cast innocents alive into the furnace, without exception.

“Along with my father – please pass judgment on my master.”

The truth was reflected in Tala’s voice as tears glinted in the dim light.

Callius nodded.

“I will.”

“Really?”

Tala had a surprised expression as if he hadn’t expected Callius to accept it so easily.

But from Callius’ point of view, Count Valentine had to be killed anyway.

He was aligned with the empire, and he was probably one of the archbishop’s subordinates, so it was better to kill him.

Moreover, if he truly harboured Flesh Shaper Gid, he couldn’t keep him alive.

‘It’s dangerous.’

The count and Gid, either of them were no threat, not by themselves.

Because although Count Valentine has manpower, he lacked a true high-level force, and although Gid had excellent nurturing techniques, he couldn’t make swords out of nothing.

But when the two worked together, Gid would get access to the enormous resources he needed to craft an excellent carcass, and Count Valentine would get his hands on the sword in return.

If so, there was a high probability that the first victim of that powerful carcass would be Callius himself.

“Okay. Where is he?”

“Oh, we can’t find him right now.”

“Why?”

“I don’t know where exactly Master and Father have hidden the furnace, except that it’s underground. Our only choice is to try and secretly follow Father tomorrow.”

He didn’t even know the way? How come he knew all those details, then?

After a moment of thought, I just asked it out loud.

“You don’t even know the way, so how did you know the details of the situation?”

“I caught a glimpse of Master’s journal. There, I saw a rough schedule, and I could deduce the rest from the cries I hear every night. My father also vanished somewhere every night… so it wasn’t that difficult.”

His brain wasn’t worthless, at least.

“Some knights were said to be suddenly transferred away, or that they went out on an express mission, but none of them ever came back.”

“I see. Then the only way to find the door to the basement is to follow your father.”

“Yes. We have to surprise him when he opens the door.”

“… It’ll take a long time.”

It’d take too long. It was a bit uncomfortable to sit tight.

Was there no way?

No, wait, that wasn’t true.

“What is that?”

“A worm.”

“A worm?”

“Yes. It’ll take a little while.”

This would help him find the entrance.

Callius’ lips curved up at the corners as he fiddled with the worm, created by the Worm Soul, in his hands.


With every step he went down the stairs, the heat scalded his face and choked his breath.

The heat came from the furnace.

The man’s eyes frowned as an indescribable filthy smell stung his nostrils.

However, the face of the knight accompanying him down the stairs was shining brightly.

“Really? You had a sword custom-made for me…”

“That’s right. We can’t have a knight with your potential carry such a low-grade carcass, after all.”

Behind the knight whose name wasn’t known, was none other than the owner of this county.

Count Valentine.

He patted the knight’s shoulder with a kind face. The young knight’s face was full of joy and excitement.

“I never knew you thought of me so highly… Count. I beg to be your sword for the rest of my life!”

“Oh, naturally, naturally.”

There was a boiling furnace and a blacksmith waiting for them down in the basement.

It was a pretty decent-looking facility.

The knight had worked for the count for several years, but this was the first time he came to know that there was such a place underground.

“Come on, sit here for a while. The forgemaster will make a sword for you soon. How about praying while waiting? Lord Valtherus’ blessing is indispensable for the birth of a good sword.”

“Ah! All right.”

The knight immediately closed his eyes and began reciting a prayer. The count’s eyes were cold as he watched him pray sincerely.

He looked back and nodded his head.

The old man who had slowly approached them, stabbed down with his sword.

Snikt!!

“Ugh!!”

The knight spewed out a mouthful of blood.

“Why…”

His incredulous eyes lost their light and his body collapsed, but the old man didn’t care and skilfully took off the knight’s armour and clothes.

“Tch, does it have to be like this every time?”

To the count who clicked his tongue, the old man –

– No, Gid, responded.

“It’s unavoidable. One soul per day. Isn’t that your contract with me? Count Valentine.”

“It’s not easy to sacrifice a hundred knights. If I hadn’t given you my word…”

To sacrifice a hundred knights…

What kind of a hellish cost was that?

Even in terms of national power, a group of a hundred knights couldn’t be called insignificant.

Such an astronomical, incalculable cost was being paid for obtaining a single sword.

“A hundred knights are nothing compared to creating a proper sword. I’d be happy to make that trade even if I had to do it a thousand times.”

“…”

Count Valentine sighed as he watched Blacksmith Gid climb up the steps to the edge of the boiling furnace.

“H-, help…”

Dragging the bloody knight up by the legs, he climbed to the edge of the furnace that looked like a huge pot, and threw him in without any hesitation.

With a plop!

The molten iron overflowed for a moment, but then the surface settled to a steady boil.

In front of the furnace where the knight was being boiled alive, Gid knelt down and began to pray.

For the dead knight?

No.

Just for the sword about to be born.

For the God who would accept this sacrifice and wash away the stains from its soul.

Even Count Valentine couldn’t stay silent in front of that maddening scene.

“There aren’t many left. A hundred well-trained knights. You’ve taken them and taken them, all for making a single sword!”

Surely that long-awaited sword would soon be born?

“What’s it looking like?”

“I see a vision.”

“… Hmmm.”

A vision sword – capable of manifesting a fantasy.

For a vision sword, a hundred knights wasn’t a waste.

‘If that’s the case, then my days of trembling in front of the Jervains are over.’

The reason why the Jervain family was scary was not only that it was one of the four great noble houses, or that it was the Lord of the North – the more fundamental reason was the heirloom passed down in the family.

The vision sword, Callis.

Storm Sword – Callis.

For a noble family, the value of a vision sword was immeasurable.

Just by possessing the vision sword, the rank of a family would rise sharply.

The level of the sword indicated the level of the family.

Count Valentine couldn’t shake off that desire easily.

“If a vision sword is born, I’ll make it our family heirloom, and I’ll appoint you to a noble rank as my vassal.”

A vision sword was definitely worth such a price.

Or rather, even that might not be enough payment.

However –

“If the sword turns out subpar, I’ll immediately accuse you of killing a knight and cut off your head. I’ll do my duty to the county and set an example.”

In truth, there was no reconciling Gid and the count.

Because that was how it was written in the stars.

“My ultimate goal is to make a holy sword. Don’t worry, all the swords that are born along the way will belong to Valentine.”

Such as this sword that he longed for.

“Hm. But is it really possible to make a sword like this?”

“Count.”

“What?”

“Do you know the difference between a base carcass and a spirit?”

“Well… the dissolution of the soul?”

“Yes. Dissolution of the soul. Just as a bird hatches from an egg, just as an insect molts, only after the skin is peeled off, does the sword acquire its proper dignity.”

The strength of the sword is affected by The quality of the soul.

Pure soul. Brave soul. Filthy soul.

Gid said, looking happily at the gigantic furnace, boiling hot.

“That furnace already contains the body and soul of ninety-nine people. Inside that boiling pot, the filth within that mass of flesh and soul is now being purified, and the pure essences are mixing together.”

One day, or rather one corpse, left.

He was looking forward to the moment when all his blood and sweat would bear fruit.

“Then do you know what the difference between spirit and vision is?”

“Well… I don’t know.”

“They say that what we call hwan (vision) today was once called hwa. Hwa for flower, for fury, for disaster[1]. Disaster! It’s a really fitting name, isn’t it?”

Gid even talked about the empire, and said that ‘vision’ there had another name, ‘extinction’.

“Disaster… Well, considering the power of a vision sword, that fits. But I don’t see what that has to do with the difference between spirit and vision.”

Gid nodded.

“Right, spirit means having an awakened soul. Then what is vision? Since hwan can also mean a painted scene, I think that it’s applying an act of transformation on the awakened soul. So how do you change a soul? How exactly should I wake a soul up to make that happen? That’s the question I focused on.”

“And?”

Gid shook his head, mournfully.

“I couldn’t find the full answer. But I did get a clue.”

“Is it this?”

The count pointed to the furnace.

“That’s right. One hundred knights. The bodies and souls of a hundred knights with high potential. When you combine them together, the soul transforms.”

Kikikikik.

An eerie laughter echoed through the basement.

“But the furnace is big enough to fit a hundred bodies. Won’t you end up with too much material? Enough for multiple swords, even.”

“That’s why I have this hammer. I’ll beat it, and beat it again to filter out all the impurities. I’ll beat it and keep beating it till I have only a single sword.”

Only one sword to offer to God.

A sword great enough to satisfy God and bring peace to his body and soul.

A sword that would raise him up to eternal glory!

“I’ve already finished the design.”

It was an unusual structure.

The teeth of the sword were layered on top of each other, so it could stretch like a whip or be used like a longsword.

The count looked at the design etched on the paper and asked Gid.

“It’s a strange sword. Have you decided on a name?”

“Yes.”

Gid smiled faintly as he caressed the blueprint.

“Valentine.”

“… What?”

“I built this sword for the Valentines.”

Snikt!!

“Ugh!!”

Claaaaaang! Clang!!

Gid, who’d stabbed Count Valentine and nailed him to the wall, watched him vomit blood.

“I commend you for being the hundredth knight, Your Excellency! Ha ha ha ha ha!!”

“You, you madman… Were you planning this from the beginning?”

“Put a hundred knights with some potential into a furnace and you get a vision sword? Nonsense. Melting down a clump of worms would only make the sword a little bigger at best.”

“You… you lied to me…”

“It’s your own fault, being fooled.”

Count Valentine tried to raise his hand, but his body wouldn’t listen. Gid, who looked at his trembling hand with something akin to pity, clicked his tongue and shook his head.

“Don’t bother. Soon you’ll be completely paralyzed and won’t even be able to twitch. I never showed you this before, but this is another masterpiece of mine. It’s a spirit sword with a paralyzing ability. Even a demonic beast wouldn’t be able to move for an hour after tasting its edge.”

Only the eerie sound of Gid’s giggles echoed through the basement.


Editor’s Notes:

[1] 화 – Yes, the same flower that’s a recurring motif in Stella’s swordsmanship and technique – from Six Peak Flowers Bloom in Late Season, to Other Shore Flower. The fact that it means both flower and fury/disaster is why 파화로 is translated as Raging Flower Wave.


Surviving a Shounen Manga – Episode 73

The Final Round (1)

The Tangur Basin[1].

A basin located at the base of the Golan Mountain, not far from the imperial capital Barantor, the so-called ‘Warriors’ Land’.

About two hundred years ago, it’d been decided that the people should be able to directly spectate the birth of the warrior, and this place had been officially designated as the final battlefield of the Warrior’s Path.

As the entrance was about to come into view, I quietly asked the princess next to me –

“So… now we’re going to have to fight once we enter that basin, yeah? And the spectators who followed us here, who climbed to the feet of the surrounding mountains, are all here to watch the battle. Right? Also, now the peak occupants and their subordinates are divided into three camps. I’m the only one who’s alone, but you’ve got 125 followers, and that guy called Mong has 753 men with him, hmm? If we’re talking pure numbers, I’m in the worst position. Right, Princess?”

Then,

“… What are you doing?”

The princess looked at me like I was crazy for some reason.

The bewildered expression on her face was a bonus.

“Umm, no, I just… wanted to confirm the situation.”

Of course, the princess’ reaction was completely understandable. I was well aware that my behaviour wasn’t much different from mental patients with severe OCD.

So I could only scratch my head and slowly avoid the princess’ eyes.

“Do you know how many times this is…? No, why do you keep trying to get me to confirm everything you already know?”

Of course it wasn’t because I had obsessive-compulsive disorder.

And as the princess said, I already knew and understood all this.

But I couldn’t help it.

“Yeah…”

Some people indeed needed these detailed explanations.

Because we had to tell the countless readers watching intently from outside the world, what we were going to do from now on. We needed to be careful about it so that they could properly understand the rules of this round and immerse themselves in the situation.

Strangely, no such explanation had at all been forthcoming during the whole starting ceremony. Exactly what the final obstacle in the ‘war of conquest’ meant, how it would proceed, what were the historical records, nothing.

There was just a lot of babbling about giving out a useless rank of imperial general, or something.

To be honest, it was uncomfortable for me too. Suddenly I had to play Mr. Exposition? Who did they take me for, Speedwagon[2]?!

This author didn’t have the habit of providing expository information in separate pages, so it was inevitable.

Why did it feel like along with the leading point of view of the chapter, I also got saddled with the job of taking care of every little detail?

That was then.

“Hey, you seem weirdly anxious… to be honest, that expression doesn’t suit you at all. Fine, I’ll confirm one last time.”

“Oh… really?”

The princess took a deep breath and thankfully took on the role of the infodumper.

“We really are going to be fighting in that basin over there, yeah. In the name of conquering the whole basin, we’ll fight until only one faction remains. Of course, it’s also possible to admit defeat and withdraw midway. But that happens very rarely, most would rather die. This isn’t just a matter of honour; somebody who surrenders while still having fighting strength will never be able to retake the Warrior’s Path ever again. So, I don’t know about the subordinates, but the peak occupants getting defeated without a scratch… well, it’s rare.”

Then the princess stopped talking and stared at me for a while. Somehow it felt like she was psyching herself up for a fight with me.

“What’s with that look? You’re scaring me.”

“… Hmph. Anyway, other than that, there’re no other rules. Just go in, go to the designated camp, take your position, and fight.”

“How long does the whole thing take, on average?”

“It’s different every time. As far as I know, there were times when it only took one day, and there were times when it lasted close to two months. That’s why the audience over there also brought their luggage and food.”

“What? Two months? How does that make sense?”

It sounded absurd. This was also my first time hearing this.

If this had been a normal group war, I wouldn’t have been so surprised. Whether you’re digging a tunnel or making a fort to withstand a siege… as long as you have a place to sleep and enough supplies, you can keep fighting for a year or two.

The problem was that we had no food with us at all.

“Then what would you eat in the meantime?”

At my question, the princess stiffened.

“… What do you think?”

She then told me something so atrocious that I could never have expected it, least of all from a shounen manga!

You eat everything you can eat.

Horses, corpses of your comrades, and more.

“… Huff.”

I glanced at the majestic basin that stretched out in front of me. A bloody smell somehow seemed to waft up.

“Two months… it must’ve been terrible.”

“Probably. I don’t know either. Not like I saw it with my own eyes.”

“Anyway, the audience must’ve been quite critical. They must’ve been bored to death.”

But the answer I got back was the exact opposite.

“Not at all. Rather, everyone respected the victor all the more – because they could all see how firm was his will, how high his pride, and how strong his fighting spirit as a warrior. He’s the warrior I’m the biggest fan of, too.”

“Oh, yeah?”

“It’s someone you already know. And soon, you’ll get to know him better.”

“… Eh?”

Following the princess’ gaze, I turned my eyes to a place.

There, stood a bear-like man who somehow gave off a good-natured impression.

Mong.

“They say he used to be very short and skinny. But he later purposefully gained weight, in order to not forget all the colleagues who’d once stood with him. Not only that, it’s said that his unique ability also expresses itself in a similar way, perhaps because of that same experience.”

“Hey…”

So now, the most famous and beloved participant the Warrior’s Path had ever produced, was standing in my way as an enemy.

“Wait a minute, are we the baddies here? Aren’t our numbers too small for that?”

“Don’t you already look like one? And I’m sorry, but…”

The princess gently turned around.

“From here on out, we’re not on the same side.”

“Hey, um…”

That was then.

– From now on, let’s start the ‘war of conquest’, the ultimate round of the Warrior’s Path! All peak occupants and their subordinates, please spread out to your designated camps. After that, once everybody’s in position, you can start the battle without waiting for another signal. Finally, good luck!

The organizers, who’d mixed into the crowd of spectators, came out with an announcement, and –

“Oooh!”

“Good luck!”

“General, sweep them all away!”

Thus, the final round, the ‘war of conquest’, began.


Although they called it a camp, all they gave me was a small tent that’d been set up in an empty lot.

It looked like a hovel from outside, so shabby that I felt breathless at the sight.

Dirty, dilapidated, and even tattered.

“Hmph.”

Still, I wondered if the inside would be any different, so I stuck my head in.

… As expected.

The smell of musty earth filled my nostrils, as if the tent had been freshly dug out from some warehouse where it’d been buried under the ground. Also, there were a lot of splotches stuck to the tent cloth here and there, and I couldn’t tell if they were dirt, animal dung, or rotten pieces of leftover food.

It wasn’t that I’d never seen such a filthy tent during my army days, but just because I had prior experience with something didn’t mean I’d want to experience it again. On the contrary, such experiences often remained with you as a traumatic memory.

It was the same with me.

“Hey, I’m really going to die, here.”

Quickly getting out of the tent, I slumped down on the ground. I was much more comfortable here.

Then, I started to mentally organize what I had to show in this chapter, and what goals I had to aim for.

Well, it wasn’t complicated at all.

Because ultimately there were only two things that I had to achieve in this ‘war of conquest’.

First, to show off.

Second, to hype the princess up.

Now all I have to do was get both of these things done at the same time.

And in fact, that wasn’t too complicated to manage. Although there might be some difficulties in the process of implementation.

Simple. Me and the princess’ camp would work together to defeat Mong’s camp.

However, the important part here was how we shared the credit.

I wasn’t here to take the lead and defeat Mong. Rather, I had to handle his over seven hundred subordinates.

Mong belonged to the princess.

There was no complex reason for this.

All I needed was a punching bag that I could go wild on, whereas the princess needed a ‘person with symbolic significance’ who could help her solidify her position in the empire in the future.

By the time I was done sorting it out,

Clip-clop! Clip-clop!

Clip-clop! Clip-clop!

In the distance, the sound of horseshoes began to ring.

I turned to the source of the sound.

And then –

‘Ah, this is tough.’

I sighed as I watched the group of people running towards me.

The very person with that symbolic significance, Mong, was coming straight at me, with a small army at his back.

After a while,

“Hey!”

Mong and his men stopped in front of my camp.

Looking at the atmosphere, it didn’t seem like he had come for reconnaissance or the like.

Sheesh. It’d only been twenty minutes since the war of conquest began.

“Squatjaw. I’m here to crush you.”

He took the initiative and launched the first attack on me.

Now what should I do?

After thinking for a while, I decided to try holding a conversation first.

“Uh… why didn’t you go there?”

“Why should I answer you?”

“I’m just curious… There are still over a hundred people there, so why come to me first?”

I said, pointing towards the princess’ camp.

“The main group is finishing up their formation, then they’ll start storming that place. The attack will begin soon.”

“So, what I mean is, why did you, the captain, came here for me… Rather, I’m all by myself, so why are you in such a hurry to deal with me? Can’t you take it slow?”

The bastard smiled and replied indifferently.

“Is there any point in keeping one annoying mosquito alive for so long? It’s better to just hunt it down quickly and then move on to the swarm of flies.”

Then he tacked on another sentence.

“Why, afraid?”

“Hah! Haha… hoo boy.”

For an instant, I’d reacted without meaning to. Contrary to his appearance, he was quite good at taunting people.

But –

“Hmmm… But, you have to think about the people who’ve come to this place to watch us all. What’s the fun of trying to end a war on the first day?”

Still, I had to stall him somehow.

The reason was simple. Because I was in a position where I could neither win nor lose to this guy.

In fact, it wasn’t for the princess’ sake that I had to leave this guy alone.

Instead, it was purely for my own sake.

The princess rising to the emperor’s position was a development that’d been present in the original that I knew, but that didn’t mean that it would unconditionally come to pass. Didn’t a lot of the middle already change due to my intervention? Who could guarantee that the ending would still be exactly the same?

In other words, what if I defeated this guy, who was the symbol of that empire? It meant that a very strange development could unfold – something that would leave me stuck forever in the Skull Empire.

So should I just lose?

Yeah, that was even more impossible. How disappointed would the readers be? It’d be better to just win and then run away instead.

Then,

“Then I’ll wait until you are ready.”

Whether he knew how I felt or not, the bear-like guy continued talking.

‘Haah…’

There was only one idea that came to mind right now.

1. Fight him, but keep stalling without overpowering him or being overpowered.

2. For how long? Until the princess falls into a crisis.

3. In the name of saving the princess, evacuate in a natural manner and immediately switch opponents.

The method was simple. But the question was, could I believably pull this off?

I glanced at Mong and his men.

‘Twenty people in total…’

It was a little unfortunate. It would’ve been easier to sell this if he’d brought more along.

“Are you all coming together?”

“Speaking for myself, I’d like to win a one-on-one bout, but I’m expecting the main unit to suffer some damage, so I’ll finish it as soon as possible.”

“You could’ve just kept it short and said yes.”

“Don’t be overconfident in your own strength. Do your best. I, will also do my best.”

And then –

“Whoo…”

His body suddenly began to glow brightly.

It was the same change that I’d briefly witnessed during the tug of war.

‘I’m sure he’s a transformation-type…’

The princess had mentioned that it was an ability similar to gaining weight, but it was impossible to guess the details from that alone.

‘I’m looking forward to it.’

I was enjoying this. Anyway, it was good for me if he took his sweet time.

But suddenly –

Oooooh!

Advance!

In beat with with certain voices raised in the distance, the ground vibrated slightly. The sound came from hundreds of horseshoes hitting the ground at once.

I glanced to the side where Mong’s camp was at.

“… Yeah.”

Should I be happy?

Apparently, this guy Mong was traumatized by the lengthy battles he’d faced here last time.

As if they were dead set on finishing everything by today, the main force of his subordinates was about to advance towards the princess’ camp.

That was then.

“Huh?”

Suddenly, the sky began to darken. The surroundings, which had been bright until a few seconds ago, turned dim.

It was an unexpected phenomenon.

“What?”

Then, while I was perplexed,

“Can you afford to look around like that? You don’t even seem worried about your own safety.”

Mong’s voice came.

But strangely, as if we were inside a cave, his voice was much louder and echoing than before.

I turned my head with a slightly puzzled feeling, and –

“Wow, is this your unique ability?”

I couldn’t help but gape a little.

There stood Mong, in the same place, except he’d now grown stunningly huge.

I wasn’t joking about his size. He was almost ten meters tall – enough that it became a little distracting.

[Giantization].

It seemed that this was Mong’s unique ability.

And at that moment,

‘… Jackpot!’

My lips unconsciously curved up at the corners.

I hadn’t expected this situation, sure. But this scene wasn’t bad.

It felt a little bit like I was a PD for a TV programme who found a scenic broadcasting spot. A sense of reassurance welled up in my heart that I could come up with good material to arouse the readers’ interest.

Soon after,

“Surround Squatjaw.”

The nineteen hangers-on, under Mong’s orders, began to loosely encircle me. It looked like they were blocking my escape route, but, well… it was a bit absurd. In the minds of these guys, was I really the type who did the running away, instead of the type that people did the running away from?

Mong nodded as he looked at me standing still in the middle.

“I heard that you have confidence in your strength.”

“Well, I’ve never lost.”

“Have you ever dealt with with Princess Thermis?”

“Yeah, we’ve messed around a bit.”

“…”

After a brief spell of silence, Mong continued.

“If you wish, you can try a contest of strength before we start fighting. I’ll give you a chance to exert all your power, so that you don’t regret it after it’s all over. As somebody who entered this exam without having the qualifications, this small apology and consideration is all that I can offer.”

Then he stabbed his right index finger into the air.

“If you can push back this finger even a little, I won’t take your life today.”

“… Haah.”

I scratched my head.

“What nonsense is this guy spouting…?”

Of course, it wasn’t that I couldn’t understand where his confidence came from. Abilities like [Giantization] usually came with a huge boost in strength. It varied, but the boost could range from tenfold to a thousandfold.

Besides, the area of ​​his index finger was half the size of my body.

But even so,

“Hey, do you know who I am?”

This crossed the line a bit.

I rested my right hand on his huge index finger.

Then,

“You must’ve thought I was going to push back with just one finger too, right? But I’m using my whole palm on purpose. It’s not because I don’t have enough strength, it’s because the contact area is so small that it’d stab clean through your finger otherwise.”

I started pushing slowly.

And then,

Creak–.

“Wh-, what…?”

The bastard’s index finger was pushed back in an instant.

Startled, he tried to stand his ground by exerting more strength, but it was all in vain. By that time, I’d already broken his finger at the joint.

“Eh, couldn’t you stand it for a few seconds before saying that? Isn’t this a bit too shabby?”

“… You… you’re a monster.”

He looked at me blankly for a moment.

“Alright. I won’t take your life today. By the way, I was genuinely curious about how much power you have. Would you like to let me test it once in earnest?”

Now he came with a proposal of full-contact wrestling.

It was crazy. With that size of his, won’t I be the one getting bogged down instead?

“Okay, if you want to show off your strength like that, I’ll call the right opponent for you. You brought your friends, so it should be fine if I call in some friends too, right?”

“… What? Friends?”

In the first place, I had no intention of having a direct confrontation with this guy. Although it might result in some flashy scenes, the moment we both went all in it’d become tough to cleanly withdraw.

Also, I had someone in mind, completely suitable to replace me.

I immediately activated a unique ability.

[Dance with Ghost Killer].

Soon after,

“Oh, where are we this time?”

“I got to appear after a long time!”

“The hell? Where did this giant come from!”

“You are the master! I am the ghost!”

Ghosts started pouring out.

Six, seven, eight, nine…

And finally, the ‘captain’ came out.

“Ummm… where is this?”

He still looked reliable, but for some reason he looked a little dwarfed compared to before.

Maybe it was because of the giant standing in front of him.

I immediately compared Captain and Mong.

‘One’s a little smaller?’

Obviously, it was the captain who was on the smaller side.

But, of course, it was to be expected.

I immediately summoned ten more.

“Eh? Where am I?”

“Nice to see you. Twelfth.”

“I’m out! I’m finally out!”

“Damn, what’s with that face? Why’s your jaw like that!”

What a mess.

A parade of twenty ghosts who looked exactly like me.

Also, two of them were quite large.

Now that even I was feeling like this, what about the other side?

Mong and his men were all wide agape, watching the spectacle.

“Gh-, ghost…”

“What are those…”

“S-, Squatjaw multiplied?”

It was Mong who came to his senses first.

“You, what… this ability wasn’t in the rumours.”

He was giving me a wary look.

“It’s natural that you don’t know, but these guys are the friends I was talking about. How does it feel? Is your heart pounding a little? Mine sure is.”

This was sincere. My heart was pounding quite a bit.

It was like sitting in a movie theatre, watching a kaiju movie, waiting for the giant monster to show up on screen.

This ‘war of giants’ would definitely be worth watching.

However, Mong seemed to have a slightly different opinion.

“… With just these little ghosts? That’s not even funny.”

“Huh, so the ghosts are too small to make you excited… then how about we add a little more spice?”

I looked back at the two ghost captains and grinned.

“Our two captains can combine, you know?”


Editor’s Notes:

[1] Warriors’ Land used 대지 (daeji) which can mean plateau i.e., a high ground. But Tangur Basin uses 분지 (bunji) which means basin i.e., a low depression. The former can also simply mean site/land so that’s how it’s been translated here and we’re assuming the place is a basin.

[2] Speedwagon is the go-to exposition guy in Jojo’s Bizarre Adventure – in the arcs he’s in, anyway. Or so the meme goes in the fandom.


Sword Pilgrim – Chapter 96

Cla-aaaang.

The hammering sound continued its rhythmic beat. The blade on the anvil burned red, and the bellows that fed the brazier continued fanning the flames.

Claaang-!

Each spark that flew was a small amount of impurity, disappearing.

The red-hot blade was pushed down into the water tank, flash-boiling the water into steam.

But the reason why this place was a little different from other forges –

“O God.”

Was that the blacksmith was working while reciting a prayer of the Church.

The smithy where the sword nurturers of the Church gathered –

In a space that was so hot that her skin felt inflamed, Helena stood next to the hammering man while covering her body with a cloak.

“How is it?”

“it’s fine. Even if you use it for a thousand or ten thousand years, there won’t be a problem. You’ve treated it with respect.”

“Of course, it’s as important to me as my own life. Are there really no problems?”

“None. I can’t get used to how you paladins are always this nervous. Remember who made it, how could there a problem? This guy is one of my masterpieces. It’s fine, so don’t worry.”

Two swords that looked very different.

However, they were famous as a pair, the shadow – and the serpent.

It was Helena’s twin swords, Yukrin.

“Don’t you understand that Yukrin is a masterpiece that’s counted within my top five creations?”

He was the most influential man among the sword nurturers of the Church.

Their leader –

Gregory.

Wrinkles marred his face indicating his age, and his white beard and hair signalled the same, but his large size and the bulging muscles on his arms were proof that he was not yet ready to retire.

“Don’t worry, the number of carcasses and noble souls that’s been absorbed in your Yukrin isn’t high enough to cause trouble.”

Gregory was finished with grooming the pair of swords.

Helena shrugged her shoulders as she carefully took Yukrin from his hands.

“Paladins are like that. As long as the sword and the soul are intertwined, if the sword gets hurt, you yourself will inevitably get hurt too.”

Paladins who had made a scabbard and united a part of the sword with their soul were all usually like that.

The sword had been marked as their lifelong companion, and they had made a sheath for it by giving up all they had, in turn.

If the sword hurt, so would they.

Such was the bond between their souls.

“Helena.”

“What is it?”

Helena’s lips had risen up in a pleasant manner as she stroked the shiny and neatly groomed Yukrin.

Helena always came to this place, the Church’s smithy, and asked him to groom the carcass.

Because Gregory was the creator of the twin sword, Yukrin.

“Do you know where Gid is?”

“Gid? Nurturer Gid?”

“Yes, him.”

“Isn’t he dead? I heard he broke the taboo and burned people alive in the furnace, didn’t he?”

“… Right.”

Gregory’s blunt expression grew even more heavy.

Helena’s eyes narrowed.

“He’s alive.”

Everyone in the Church wanted the best and strongest sword, to offer to God.

Because of the belief that one could find rest in the arms of a perfect God only by offering a perfect sword that would satisfy God.

“Do you know what all nurturers dream of?”

“Making a top-level sword?”

“Yeah. We don’t have the dwarves’ talent to make anything out of minerals, but we too have our own history, and our own deep tradition.”

Most of the nurturers cast swords in a way that was different from the common pilgrims.

The starting point was how to make a carcass more ’efficiently’.

“A carcass is a carcass even if you make it from a beggar on the street or a noble in some astronomically high position, and they might end up no different from each other. Then, what is the principle, the reason why some swords are created as high-class?”

“What?”

“Pride. It’s the difference between having pride and not having it. Then, what exactly is ‘pride’? Pride is something to be protected even at the cost of your immortal soul, however you may be able to cast it off in front of a small life.”

Such was ‘pride’.

“According to their dispositions and reputations during their lifetimes, the Church gives every dead body a grade when bringing it here into the smithy.”

Gregory took out an ingot boasting a subtle lustre and showed it to Helena.

“If the corpse ritual is not fully performed, the dead body transforms to a state that is neither a sword nor flesh. We then alight it with fire, beat it, and turn it into an ingot.”

The job of a nurturer was to re-smelt the ingot into a sword and perform a complete ritual to make it into a perfect carcass.

“Your Yukrin was also made like this.”

“I know. You told me you had to mix several high-grade ingots to create it.”

“That’s right.”

“But what does that have to do with Gid…”

“This method used by us nurturers of the Church is, honestly, not very effective. If you mix several ingots, there’s a comparatively high probability that the grade will increase, but the risk of it being ruined is similarly high.”

Therefore, you’d get a successful product only 20% to 30% of the time.

If you used high-grade ingots, it was less than 10%.

A near-extreme probability.

“We thought the reason was in the outflow and destruction of the soul in the process. But there was nothing to be done. In order to make a sword with a higher rank, we thought it naturally needed to bear that level of stress.”

But –

“There was someone who had a different idea.”

“So to prevent the outflow of souls… Gid boiled people alive.”

“That’s right.”

In order to make a holy sword that could be offered to God, he violated the taboo set by the Church.

“What I found out wasn’t limited to just that.”

“What else did he do?”

“He set living humans on fire. Drowned them to death. Buried them alive. Killed people in all sorts of unusual ways, turning them into swords. There were no limits to his experimentation. Even going so far as to testing carcassification on people who were still alive.”

“Ah…”

Just hearing about it was terrifying.

It was as if he was testing the myth that an elemental sword of fire would appear if you burned a human to death and made him into a sword.

The same went for drowning and live burial.

It was something anyone could think of, but not actually put it into practice – and Nurturer Gid meticulously tested it all.

As Helena heard the story, goosebumps slowly grew on her forearms.

“I don’t know the exact number of his victims, but it was significant. And as if that wasn’t enough, he even experimented on a demonic beast. His sins are no longer at the level of repentance.”

He should’ve been dead in the first place.

“But someone appreciated his talent.”

“Who?”

“I only heard that it was a certain nobleman. Must be a very high-ranking one.”

“… So he saved Gid?”

“I’m afraid so. But I’m also curious. This is a damn fucking occupational disease.”

Gregory shook his head and sighed.

Helena waited silently, remembering that Gid had originally been Gregory’s disciple.

“Helena. Find Gid. And if you can…”

Before more sacrifices were made –

“Shatter the delusion of that bastard.”


A dark night.

A night when the moon was half covered by dark clouds.

Callius found the forge with the half-moon pattern on it.

“Who are you?”

– Asked a patrolling soldier.

Callius revealed his identity and cleared up the misunderstanding.

“Sorry. There’ve been a string of cases of soldiers and knights disappearing. Even the count stays at his place at night, unless something serious happens.”

“Why?”

“There’re rumours that ghosts are possessing the knights.”

“Do you believe such nonsense?”

“Haha, of course I don’t believe it, but there really are a lot of people who keep disappearing. Anyway, be careful. Later!”

A string of disappearances.

Callius felt a sense of faint tug in his memory due to an event that was clearly none of his business.

‘What is it?’

It was like an errant thought, but it floated hazily like a mist inside his head.

After contemplating for a while, Callius finally decided to focus on the task in front of him.

He quietly sneaked into the forge, taking care to avoid notice from the patrolling soldiers.

He had to go through this hardship because it’d been written in the note that no one else should find out.

Creeeeeak.

Once he opened the door to the shabby smithy, he saw a large brazier inside.

There were various iron tools nearby, and several other odds and ends needed for the smithing process.

Tongs, and anvil.

A sword was stretched out on a decorative table.

And there was a young man wielding a hammer, his hands dirty with soot.

Tala de Valentine.

Squinting his eyes in the dim light, he greeted Callius, who had come in with his back to the moonlight.

“My dream is to be a blacksmith.”

The conversation started in an absurdly abrupt manner.

“Did you call me here only to tell me this?”

Would this child one day truly grow up to become a representative of the Church?

Callius looked at Tala with a new sense of curiosity.

Did such an ungrateful idiot really have any talent?

It was amazing to think that such a guy would become a master craftsman in the future. Tala’s face flushed as Callius kept staring.

“Sorry, Count. I don’t like men.”

“… What?”

Callius’ face contorted.

However, Tala’s wasn’t finished with his bullshit.

“Even though you smell good, and have a very handsome face, it’s instinctive…”

“Shut up. Keep talking and I’ll cut off that cheeky tongue first.”

“… Sorry.”

Tala bowed his head.

“Tell me why you called me.”

“You just told me you’ll cut out my tongue if I…”

If it weren’t for his nobility characteristic, Callius would’ve burst into swearing.

“Say it. Why did you call me?”

“… Like I said, my dream is to become a blacksmith. But unfortunately, the fief’s title has to be passed down from generation to generation. When my father retires, I’ll have to take over the lordship.”

Wouldn’t that be a good thing?

He hadn’t called Callius here just for a secret night-time confession, surely?

“Come to the point. I don’t have the free time to waste on your complaints.”

“Yes, sorry. Simply put, please kill Count Valentine.”

“…”

Indeed, it was a very sharp and succinct point.

“The reason being?”

“Because I want to nurture swords. Oh, if possible, could I please touch your sword once, Count?”

“…”

Was the ability to speak really so essential for this bastard?

He had dark circles under his eyes and his face was wrinkled, so he didn’t look very good in the first place, though.

“You’d be better off clearing your head and talking properly. Think twice before you say anything. You’re being a nuisance.”

“Sorry. It’s just that I’m so excited right now… whoo.”

After taking a few deep breaths, Tala spoke again with a calm face.

“I want to be a blacksmith.”

There wasn’t any improvement.

Callius decided to actively explore for the answer he wanted.

“Because?”

“I have no talent in swordsmanship. But I’m very interested in swords! That’s one reason. And the other is, I’m talented.”

“You’re a fun one.”

It was his first time seeing a guy who spoke so confidently about his talent.

As a blacksmith, at that.

Needless to say, of course, there were blacksmiths in this world as well.

No matter how much a pilgrim borrowed the soul of a corpse from his God and turned it into a sword, he couldn’t create everything else.

To farm, one needed farming implements, and for logging, one needed an axe.

Likewise, various tools were needed for construction, and blacksmiths were needed to make them.

“It’s not a suitable activity for the son of an aristocrat. How do you know that you have talent?”

“From the moment I started to perceive things around me and knew what people and objects were…”

“Keep it short.”

“I can feel souls. That’s why it’s inevitable for me to be a blacksmith.”

‘Does he have the talent of a spirit medium?’

If so, there was some truth to the saying that he had talent as a blacksmith.

To be precise –

“You want to be a nurturer.”

“Yes!”

But Callius still didn’t understand.

“So what does that have to do with Count Valentine?”

“The story will be quite long.”

“Tell me anyway.”

“Do you know about Nurturer Gid? You’re a captain of the Inquisition, Count, so you might know.”

‘Flesh Shaper’ Gid.

Callius did indeed know.

“How is that madman relevant?”

“Nurturer Gid is my teacher.”

“…”

“My teacher, in collusion with my father, is planning to put a hundred knights alive into a furnace. He wants to make a sword suitable to be sacrificed to God, or so he says.”

One hundred knights.

To put them alive into a furnace and turn them into a sword –

Callius gulped quietly as soon as he heard Tala’s story.

“And?”

“… Nothing else. That was it.”

“Oh?”

A shadow was cast on Callius’ face as he stared at the ground.

It was etched with deep remorse, rather than wrath at hearing of this wretched act.

When such a scene appeared, Tala had no choice but to tilt his head.

However, Callius immediately calmed his emotions and lifted his head.

“Where is he? Gid, that is. I have to find him right now.”

Although the only thing on his shoulders was a cloak –

For some reason, Callius couldn’t easily shake the feeling that something was weighing on his body.


Editor’s Notes:

None for this chapter.


Surviving a Shounen Manga – Episode 72

Extended Chapter

When he’d first heard the results of the second obstacle, Nergui had doubted his ears.

“They got beaten? Those horse thieves? That must be a lie, right?”

“Yes, that’s….”

The news was that the territories they had occupied had been taken away by another group who’d come suddenly at dawn. Right before the timer ran out.

A late night attack wasn’t particularly unexpected. It was also the time for the great migration, when those who hadn’t decided on their affiliation until the end, began to choose.

It didn’t matter if the attack came an hour before the end of the test or a minute. The important point was that they couldn’t stop it. That their flag had been pulled out.

Nergui bit his lip.

“Was it… that guy with the squat jaw?”

It wasn’t some riffraff whom he had put forward as the occupant of the peak. It was one who had cleared up all the horse bandits in the central region and had ascended to the position of the great chief all by himself.

It had been about two years since when Nergui had recognized his skills and started getting close to him. The amount of gold he had spent so far to make that guy his own subordinate was incalculable.

That man definitely wasn’t some chaff to be easily swept aside.

“Oh, no. It was the Great… the Great General who occupied the peak.”

“What?”

“G-, General Mong.”

“…”

Nergui was speechless for a moment when that name suddenly came up.

General Mong?

Of course, Nergui already knew that the man was there. Because he always moved as Khan’s shadow.

But he couldn’t figure out why he did it, or how.

So,

“The fourth prince seeks an audience! Your Majesty, may I please come in for a moment?”

Creak–.

He had no choice but to visit the owner of this gorgeous palace, who smirked as soon as Nergui entered his sight.

“Your Majesty, are you well?”

“Is that you, Son? It’s been a long time.”

“… It seems that the ministers have all left already. Your tone is too casual.”

“Haha, can’t you ever stop nagging? My son came to visit after such a long time! Do I still have to keep up the formalities?”

“So, did you enjoy your trip?”

“Ah, thanks to you, I was able to enjoy it until the end.”

“…”

Nergui took one long breath and then continued.

“By the way, you seemed to know I was coming? The guard at the door didn’t even block me.”

“I’m not an idiot after all. And neither are you. Isn’t that so?”

“…”

Troubling. This was turning out to be a mess.

Nergui silently rebuked himself for having come here so prematurely, driven by his own emotions and doubts.

“Since you seem like you know everything, there’s no point in playing games. Can I ask you something directly?”

“As you like.”

“What are you after?”

Even though he asked a question in a somewhat curt tone that would immediately offend those who valued good manners, Khan only gave an inexplicable smile.

“What do you mean?”

“Why make the Great General occupy the third peak?”

Then Khan cast him a somewhat puzzled look.

“You’re asking something obvious.”

And the answer that followed was, indeed, quite fitting.

“Yeah, because I thought it’d be fun.”

“…”

Nergui again silently sorted out his thoughts. To have a conversation with this man, he had to get rid of all unnecessary emotions. If he let himself loose, it was him who’d end up being the idiot.

“Then what did you do?”

“What?”

“I heard that the general entered as your subordinate, Your Majesty… Did you change the rules? How did you not drop out together…”

“…”

“But, tampering with the rules of the Warrior’s Path, even if it’s you, Your Majesty…”

Nergui paused.

Somehow, he felt a strangeness in the other party’s gaze.

When he looked up, he saw Khan staring at him with a frown on his forehead.

He was quite familiar with the expression, and on his own face it would’ve signified only one emotion.

Frustration.

“Hmm. Of course not, but…”

After a small pause, Khan clicked his tongue and continued.

“Tch, did you become an idiot in this little while that I haven’t seen you?”

Khan had returned to his original tone at some point. A tone of speech that was no different from that of a gossiper on the streets. It was how he behaved at his core.

“…”

“No. Should I say that you’ve become bold? To change the rules of the Warrior’s Path… Man, I never even thought about it.”

Nergui felt his face flush for an instant.

To the hells with this guy!

“And is that really what you’re curious about? It’s a little disappointing.”

“What are you talking about?”

“Aren’t you able to guess at least half of it? You must’ve prepared a few cheating ringers in advance to bear their flags for you. Or, if I had to guess, you must’ve given them a rough disguise with your abilities. Even though to the outside it seems like you don’t have any subordinates there at all. It’s a pretty simple tactic. You knew who’d participate, and the tests of the Warrior’s Path were prepared painstakingly over several months within my lands, so they couldn’t be hidden from you. Knowing everything in advance, didn’t you prepare?”

“…”

“Tell me. Was it difficult for you?”

“…”

Why did he always feel stuffy, like he was at the losing end, whenever he talked to this man?

Don’t be angry, be calm.

Nergui tried to calm himself down again.

And he had something to say in response.

“Even so, I wouldn’t have thought of mobilizing the general. Isn’t that a bit of a foul? If it weren’t for him, the people I’d planted must be…”

“Ah, you mean that gang of horse thieves at the third peak? Those guys who ran away at the first sight of Mong’s face?”

Khan grinned and then burst into laughter, clutching his stomach with both hands.

“Are you saying they… ran away?”

“Why, what’s the difference if they ran away instead of losing a fight? Does all that gold you fed them now feel like a waste?”

“…”

“Wow, you’re still a long way off from maturing. Did you think you could control them like puppets from afar, without ever standing next to them? With that dull brain of yours?”

“…”

He was indignant.

But Nergui couldn’t come up with any objections.

Because it was all true.

“Of course, I have to admit it. It’s true that I didn’t intend to make Mong the occupant from the beginning. It was unplanned. But don’t think that I was forced to use Mong to dispose of your toys. You’ve got it all wrong. He has nothing to do with you. What can a gang of horse bandits do? That Squatjaw… No, the princess would’ve smashed them all with just two of her fingers.”

“… Princess Thermis, is it.”

Yes, he’d heard the rumours about her too. That she’d won a tug of war contest against hundreds of Khan’s subordinates. Including even the general himself.

To be honest, he’d thought it was a bunch of exaggeration, but it seemed now that that wasn’t the case. If the person concerned, who was habitually ‘without a single touch of embellishment’, said something like that… it might be right to think that the rumours didn’t even scratch the surface.

“I had no choice but to put Mong forward in order to fight against that Squatjaw and Princess Thermis. If there’s no proper adversary, what fun would there be left in this Warrior’s Path? Even now, only the final obstacle remains. And do you know what Mong did after I pushed him in? He swept away all those who’d been watching and waiting until then, and made them join his banner. Intimidation, conciliation… he’s a man of many talents, General Mong.”

Khan shook his head as if at the absurdity of it, but there was a gentle smile on his face. And that, obviously, meant that he’d had quite a bit of fun in the process.

“Are you feeling a little better now? What should you have asked instead? What the rules were, how the general was able to become an occupant… you should’ve asked something more proper than this.”

“… What should that be?”

“For example, in the end, what kind of scenery did I want to paint, and what did I do to meet my goal?”

Nergui meekly acquiesced.

“I see. So what kind of a scenery did you want to paint?”

Then,

“Not sure.”

“… Eh?”

The answer that came back was absurd.

“Really. I thought I knew, but when I looked back, I didn’t really know. To be more precise, I would say it was constantly changing.”

“… Haah.”

It was like this every time. Yes, there was no such thing as a grand aim for someone who was constantly driven by his own feelings and impulses.

That was then.

“By the way, Son, can I ask you something?”

Khan looked at Nergui, his eyes suddenly flashing.

Those eyes that somehow made people defensive.

“… What is it?”

“Do you want to bully her?”

Nergui froze for an instant.

“What do you mean?”

“That kid. Princess Thermis.”

“…”

While he was silent, Khan continued with a smirk.

“You look so much like me. In appearance, and in personality. I’m a little older now, but I was really like you when I was younger, you know? Every time I see you, I feel a jolt of shock. As if my own past self’s come knocking at my door.”

“…”

“Of course, I was a little smarter than you back then, and you’re a little worse than me back then.”

“… What the hell.”

No matter how Khan said it, this was a remark that was hard to listen to.

“Now I’ve heard everything. I know all about your past, Your Majesty. Aren’t there enough anecdotes to fill a book or two? To be honest, Your Majesty, it makes me think that I have a long way to go if I want to catch up with you, no matter how many bad things I do.”

“No, no matter how bad I was, compared to you… maybe. Fine, let’s admit it. But I did get a little better after I met Mong, you know.”

Khan said –

“Son, can I give you a piece of advice? Go out and make some friends. Or you’ll be in big trouble one day.”

“…”

Khan had an exceptional talent at pissing people off.

“Anyway, let’s get back to the story.”

After a brief spell of silence, Khan began to stare at Nergui again.

Serious eyes that he hadn’t seen in a long time. Whenever he got eyes like that, Khan –

“I like First the best.”

Babbled something weird, every time.

“… Haah, is that something you should tell your youngest son so frankly?”

“Parents share their children’s pain, so the saying goes. If the child’s hurting, the parent feels like he needs to take care of his child. And, well, I’m the same with you, too. But still, I like that guy the most. Since he was a kid.”

“…”

“That’s how it is with you, too. Because we’re the same kind of people. Seeing how handsome and cool he is, don’t you keep chasing after him while pretending you don’t care? I used to be the same way with my brother.”

“Haah… what are you even…”

Of course, there had been times when he’d admired his eldest brother. That was true. But even so, he never remembered liking the other as a human being – or perhaps, at most, only once.

“I can’t agree at all….”

“Alright, so now I’ll say what I really wanted to say. This is the crux of it.”

At that moment, Khan’s eyes seemed to shine with a pale light.

“Don’t try to turn your back on First.”

“You’ve got a twisted personality; I know that better than anyone. Princess Thermis? Honestly, she doesn’t really matter to you, does she? Only your older brother is important to you.”

“…”

“Even if you mess with her, your brother won’t be angry. Even if he does get angry, it won’t give you what you want. That older brother who scolded the bad guys when you were young doesn’t exist anymore. You need to accept that he’s weak.”

At that moment, for some reason, Nergui felt a corner of his heart simmer and begin to boil.

He didn’t know what made him so angry. But the sense of irritation was clear in his heart.

“You seem to have misunderstood something. And… who doesn’t know about the first prince’s condition? If somebody’s bedridden for so many years, they’re bound to…”

However, Khan didn’t seem to want to listen to him.

“I wasn’t done. One more thing. Don’t think that if your big brother can’t do something, you should step up. I know it because I’ve tried it – the title of emperor doesn’t fit people like the two of us.”

“…”

This was a bit of an unexpected topic.

To be honest, Nergui hadn’t expected Khan to utter such words.

“I’ve never coveted the throne.”

“I was like that at first, too. Saying I won’t do it. But they kept saying that there was no one else to do it but me. Doesn’t that sound just like you?”

“Your Majesty and I are different. I don’t know if Your Majesty became greedy one day, but I…”

“You’d end up in my position eventually. I know it because I’ve tried it, but it’s definitely not something good.”

“…”

Nergui couldn’t figure out what Khan was aiming for.

“Then the first prince… no, my older brother, you mean he can ascend to the Khan’s seat? Forget me being greedy, is it even possible? If it is, of course…”

“Are you an idiot?”

“…”

“What kind of emperor is that sick kid going to be? Even if he just took the good parts and ignored the bad, the job would chew him up and spit him out. There’s no way he’ll survive.”

“Then are you saying there’s an alternative?”

The second and third princes had long since become foreigners. They, at the very least, were satisfied with their positions as sons-in-law in other countries. They wouldn’t come back even if it were to become the emperor.

“Well. I don’t know.”

As expected.

What was the point of this useless, completely unproductive conversation…

“Not yet.”

“…?”

Nergui looked at Khan’s face again.

His eyes were still shining.

“I told you, didn’t I? I don’t know what kind of picture I want. That it keeps changing. But I have a feeling. You know what I mean?”

“How do you feel, then?”

“It’s something I’ve been thinking about for a long time, but this place is too stuffy. I don’t know if it’s because I’ve been on the back of a horse and breathing in the dust trails for so long. It needs something like a spark. Something new.”

At Khan’s next words, Nergui had no choice but to remain silent for a long time.

“An alternative… well, one might come up. Right around the end of the final obstacle of the Warrior’s Path.”


A place that would become a battleground for the final ‘war of conquest’.

The Warriors’ Land.

It happened while I was waiting in the room provided by the empire for the last ceremony, the ‘Departure Ceremony’, before going there.

Suddenly,

Tiling–.

A message arrived via the hologram.

And at that moment,

“Phew…”

I breathed a sigh of relief.

Although the second obstacle had already finished, the chapter end message hadn’t appeared until then.

So I gladly dove into it, and –

“… Hmm?”

It was a little different from what I was expecting.

[Chapter 24 – The Second Gate of the Warrior’s Path in the Skull Empire has ended]

[Starting the extended chapter]

An extended chapter?

It was the first I’d ever seen the like.

Puzzling.

“Huh… is this some sort of trick?”

A chapter type that’d never even appeared in the original. If I wanted to find something similar… a gaiden?

[Adventure King serialization resumed]

[Chapter 24# – The Final Gate of the Warrior’s Path in the Skull Empire]

[Belongs to the realm of the ongoing chapter]

[Hiro is the subject of character evaluation in this chapter]

[You have been given the leading point of view]

‘What is this… are you just going to tack on a # to the chapter number and call it a day?’

Since it was a chapter that didn’t exist in the original, the style seemed feasible. Or rather, the author could afford to be completely arbitrary.

Hmmm.

But, well, I thought I could understand why.

I could only conclude that the readers weren’t satisfied seeing only the second obstacle, but caving in and giving me another big chapter was too much, so this was the compromise. For some reason, a scene of the author himself sighing deeply sprang to mind.

Of course, it was a little disappointing that the compensation was going to be delayed.

There’d been a few quite unique and eye-catching elements, in my humble opinion. Didn’t I even become a ghost once?

So, to be honest, I had some reasonable expectations – something of some real substance.

However, what if the final obstacle had gotten its own, separate chapter? That would’ve been great. The rewards would be rolling in twice.

‘Oh, am I being a bit greedy?’

But on the other hand, I thought that the current situation wasn’t so bad either.

Once the amount increases, the number of rewards doesn’t seem to make much of a difference. Consider ‘awareness’, which is a cumulative number. And rather than splitting the chapters and dispersing the impact, you get it all in one shot! Boom! It might honestly be better this way.

‘Or am I just self-hypnotizing?’

Well, anyway, the fact that the leading point of view remained with me wasn’t a bad sign.

In other words, I just needed to finish it properly.

Just then,

– Those who’ve been waiting, please leave your rooms.

A call came to signal the start of the final obstacle.

I followed the instruction and walked out.

Then,

“Ooh!”

“It’s a peak lord!”

“It’s that Squatjaw!”

“That’s Mong! The general!”

A great cheer rose all around me.

There was a plaza where the ceremony was to be held, and the whole place was full of people except for the podium in the centre where the speakers stood.

Now that the bulk of the campaign was over, the candidates would go to the ‘Warriors’ Land’, and this great crowd was to be the audience. They’d all rushed here to watch, carrying their food and luggage with them.

I could see how this was the setting of a ‘national event’.

“All peak occupiers to the centre!”

Proceeding towards the centre following the guide’s voice, I could see the princess and that guy named Mong standing side by side from a distance.

The man named Mong had a different appearance from when I’d seen him last. Compared to that time, the body itself was much bigger and thicker, but the overall aesthetic impression still seemed unexpectedly very good.

And there was another.

A man standing on a high podium, looking at the two with a smile, caught my eye.

Bumio Khan.

The current emperor of the Skull Empire, a human who’d entered the Warrior’s Path while hiding his identity, causing all kinds of disturbances before running away. Somebody who had no compunction winking at me casually like that, despite how he’d fucked me over last time.

I frowned.

‘Oh.’

I quickly turned my head.

Either way, I couldn’t compete with that guy in shamelessness.

“Everyone forward! The Khan will give a speech!”

Khan nodded as he saw me, the princess, and Mong all gathered together, then started talking in a loud voice.

“Listen, people! Before the ceremony starts, I have one thing to say! I know that there are many discussions about the general’s participation this time. Is it right for him, who has already passed the Warrior’s Path, to walk the Path as a current participant, and even as an occupant?”

As soon as Khan finished speaking, murmurs began here and there.

It seemed to be quite a contentious issue.

“As you all know, it’s not really his fault that General Mong is standing there now. It was all me. I admit it.”

Then,

“Kkh… kahaha.”

“Cough, cough, kaha.”

Everyone stopped murmuring and began to chuckle.

To be honest, I was a little surprised to see this scene. The emperor humbled himself, and the people laughed. Their culture was more frivolous than expected.

“So, should we kick him out now? But this also goes against the rules of the Warrior’s Path. Applying external pressure on a participant. Of course, he can voluntarily give up and come out, but I told him not to. Why? Because that’s an insult to this ritual, a betrayal of those who’ve waited all night to see it, and furthermore, a great loss to the nation in that future that the warriors lose the opportunity to see and learn his strategies and tactics!”

Soon after,

“Oooh!”

“Yes!”

“Right!”

The crowd started cheering.

Mong was apparently highly popular.

“On top of that, the fourth prince said something recently. Wouldn’t it be fine to tweak the rules once in a while? As long as it doesn’t violate the long tradition of the Warrior’s Path, it’s okay to allow a little flexibility. I agree with that opinion, so I decided to include the general in this final checkpoint. Does anyone have any complaints? If so, come out now and tell me what you think! Come out and say it, why don’t you!”

“Oooh!”

“Right!”

“No complaints!”

It was crazy. A bunch of nonsense. Who was going to step up in this atmosphere? No, why was the emperor even doing something like this in public?

That was then.

“However, this may be a bit unfair for those who have to face the general. We should also consider their situation. It’s true that they can’t help but be at a disadvantage compared to him.”

Khan sneaked a glance at me and the princess in turn.

“Of course, I can’t intervene in the competition itself. So, I decided to make an exceptionally outstanding compensation plan for them. That is all I can do.”

Then he announced with an eloquent tone that couldn’t even be compared to before.

“If one of them overcomes Mong and returns as the final winner of the Warrior’s Path! Regardless of who they swear their allegiance to, they will immediately gain the title of Great General of the Skull Empire!”

And before the crowd could even start shouting, the following words continued:

“And if you truly wish, I will let you dream of even more than that.”


Editor’s Notes:

None for this chapter.


Sword Pilgrim – Chapter 95

Callius went straight to the room allocated to him by Count Valentine and rested, while mentally reviewing his battle with the Golden Lion.

“Even the tail end of the Five Stars is at that level.”

Then how strong were the other four?

And how strong were the Masters who stood above them?

He couldn’t even guess.

“Still, it was a good fight.”

It was a great harvest just to see the Golden Lion’s Golden Cloak Qi[1].

A unique technique that covered the whole body with sword aura and used that as the basis of swordsmanship.

Callius knew the theory, but seeing it in person was a whole different beast.

“It went like this…”

As he raised his hand to operate his divine power, a silver-coloured divine light bloomed from his arm.

However, because he mixed the power of the Silver Flower Wave Sword with it, the light was shaped like petals.

Even so, the petals quickly disintegrated, like silver ashes in the wind.

“It’s difficult.”

For a technique that was only ever passed down to the eldest son of Ruydren of each generation, It seemed too difficult to follow.

Just igniting it over one hand was so difficult, how much practice would it take to reliably express it with your whole body?

‘Still, I think I can roughly understand the outline.’

Putting your divine power into the sword increased the strength and cutting power of the sword.

However, if you instead expressed it from your whole body, your divine power would be consumed way faster, and it’d be impossible to concentrate on the sword itself.

In a word, it was counterintuitive.

Instead of being able to focus your power into your sword, you covered your whole body with it, not only consuming all your energy but even decreasing the power behind your sword.

This was then the question.

What was the point in being the Golden Lion?

Why would the Ruydren family suffer through this unnecessary consumption of stamina and cover their whole body with divine power?

To further strengthen their physical abilities?

To increase their physical defence by covering themselves with divine power? No.

Although the Golden Cloak Qi looked like armour at first glance, it didn’t bestow any defensive abilities to the user.

Rather than defending, it was a technique created for the purpose of attacking.

Golden Cloak Qi could be said to be a preparatory technique for condensing sword qi within the body and releasing it outside to powerful effect.

“It’s similar to Other Shore Flower.”

If Other Shore Flower combined two external techniques into one and used the repulsion between them to propel the sword forward, then Golden Cloak Qi was a singular technique to strengthen your sword by unfurling the power outside the body.

They shared certain similarities, but they were still different techniques in the end.

“If this is Other Shore Flower –”

Callius clapped his hands together.

Bang!

There was a loud noise.

“Then this is Golden Cloak Qi.”

Callius clapped his hands again, but this time they joined and interlocked.

Fingers interlaced and tightly intertwined.

Callius nodded at the metaphor.

Hands-on made comprehension a little quicker, it seemed.

However, both techniques were preparations for becoming a Master, and the final aim was probably to form to ‘sword boundary’.

In any case, with a little more research into Golden Cloak Qi it seemed he might become able to freely use Other Shore Flower.

The wall blocking him from forming the fourth peak might finally shatter once that happened, so the match with the Golden Lion was a stroke of fortune that couldn’t be paid for with mere gold.

“I got the feeling of it.”

A Raging Flower Wave lit on Callius’ right arm.

The mists of the White Haze covered his left arm.

And put both of them into his sword. Fine control of the spiritual force and properly combining them were key.

Whooooosh–

Callius slowly gathered his hands together, and a powerful emanation of energy in the shape of a flower bloomed between them.

Then the number of flowers began uncontrollably increasing and multiplying in a dizzying fashion.

A beautiful and ephemeral scene because one never knew when it might disappear.

Other Shore Flower.

“Kuh…”

Creak. Click– As soon as he lost his concentration, the flowers immediately scattered into the wind.

Callius’ hands began trembling.

“One wrong move and my hands will explode.”

But he’d gotten hold of the feeling.

It wasn’t perfect by any means, but he’d indeed gotten the gist of it.

“Whoo–”

Taking a deep breath, Callius once again put a Raging Flower Wave in his left hand and a White Haze in his right.

The powers of the different techniques surged in his hands, and when they were joined together, a strong and violent repelling force began overflowing from the connection.

As he slowly spread out his hands, a silver flower bloomed inside.

And as he released it slowly –

Craaaaaaaaaack!!

Thooooooooom!!

Not only the room the count had given him, but the entire hallway exploded.

It was truly an immense amount of power.

Although it was not unfolded with a sword, it was a true Other Shore Flower.

“Kukkkuk, kahaha ha ha ha ha!”

Callius clenched his fists with a euphoric look on his face.

It was done. And now –

“I should give the Golden Lion a present. I owe him a lot, after all.”

Now, it was only a matter of time before he could use the complete form of the Other Shore Flower at will.

Like a wall had been broken.

It felt like the limits of his own ideas had been broken down, as if he’d newly opened his eyes.

His whole body trembled at the thrill.

Before he’d realized it properly, Callius had wondered how such a difficult technique could’ve been created, but now he saw that it must’ve been easy.

Of course, that wasn’t to say it was really easy to achieve.

Callius wouldn’t have attained this realization for some years, if he hadn’t witnessed the technique of the Golden Lion.

‘The greatest virtue of a knight is to meet his opponent face-to-face with their swords.’

So it was just right.

Pit-a-pat-pit-a-pat!

As he was revelling in his enlightenment, soldiers arrived.

“Count Jervain? What’s going on!”

“An ambush?!”

“Boss! What happened!?”

The soldiers gathered and made a loud commotion.

There were knights among them, and people from the Sixth Squad, too. They looked like they didn’t have a clue as to what was happening.

Callius saw the crowd, gathered his strength and said,

“I achieved consummation, that’s all.”

Achieving consummation as a knight.

If that were the case, even if it caused such a commotion, it would easily pass muster.

“Consummation?”

“Consummation… my commendations to thee, sir!”

“Congrats, Boss!”

Congratulations came pouring in, as expected.

“You guys clean this up. You… were called Joseph, right?”

Callius looked at Joseph, one of the ones from the Sixth Squad who’d gathered.

“Yes, sir.”

“You’d do better as the lieutenant.”

“No.”

Unlike that cheeky Diego, Joseph was a serious guy.

He fit Callius’ preferences.

Moreover, everybody else got defeated by the Golden Lion Knights, but not him.

“If you fought Dingo, who’d win?”

“My name is Diego…”

“I always lost. But now, I don’t know.”

“What!?”

Ignoring Diego’s glare, Callius slowly looked Joseph over. He had good muscular texture, and above all, his thighs looked firm.

It meant that he’d faithfully carried out his training.

“Did your skills suddenly improve?”

“Yes. Your training method seems to really suit me, Captain. Lately, even running on the mountain feels light.”

Sometimes there were guys of this type.

Callius nodded, feeling the need to add more training intensity and youthful variations in the future.

“Is that so.”

Finishing his train of thought, Callius handed Joseph a book.

“What is this?”

“A book for senior knights.”

“!!”

“No, Boss! Even I haven’t got it yet…”

“You arguing with me? That you’re capable enough to handle it?”

The lieutenant didn’t have much ability, but he sure was greedy.

“Can I really take it?”

“Take it. You deserve it.”

He was the only heretic inquisitor who’d won the battle with the Golden Lion Knights.

There was no reason not to reward him.

“It’s based on a senior vocational book from a fallen nobleman. I filled in what it lacked and rewrote it. It’s a reward for your victory.”

“Seven Stars Formation[2]?”

“You’ll learn why as you go.”

Seven Stars Formation, meant seven stars surging in a violent flow.

It wasn’t some made-up technique.

Rather, this was its original name.

Callius had just infused a little bit of his own comprehension in it and re-established it.

But even that alone made it ten times more efficient than the basic training method of the Church. Of course, the one given to Joseph was a lower volume that could reach the third peak.

Callius still had another upper volume containing the secrets of the seven peaks.

If possible, he planned to give only the lower volume to the people of the Sixth Squad, and give the upper volume to those who really wanted to become his own people.

‘I don’t think I’ll be a member of the Inquisition forever, after all.’

If the kingdom got a bit more of a solid footing, he’d have to leave his post as a heretic inquisitor and become a pilgrim again to find his own sword.

“Thank you.”

“Practice harder.”

“Yes!”

Everybody’s eyes were on Joseph.

Envy. Jealousy. Regret. It was a sight worth seeing, seeing those various emotions in the faces of the people standing all around.

“You guys go ahead. Losing every single fight except one, what a shame!”

“… Yes.”

I’ll have to double my training once I get back, no, triple it! Such were the thoughts in their heads.

‘Ruen said he was going to the royal castle by the queen’s order.’

If even the Golden Lion had been summoned, then the civil war had to be imminent.

He didn’t have much time.

‘About three months, at the outside.’

He had to finish everything he needed to, by then.

First –

“What should I do about him?”

Count Valentine.

Callius had done some research, but there was no evidence that he’d ever committed a crime.

Whether it was because he’d known that Callius was coming, or because he was just meticulous by nature, even when Callius pointed his sword at the count’s subordinates, nothing shook out.

Callius really wanted to entangle him into the assassination plot, but there was no way that such a thorough man would’ve left any trail.

Even with Peter helping, it won’t be easy to find evidence.

‘There is a way, but…’

In this situation –

What if he could turn the Golden Lion to his side?

“Even if I use a decapitation strategy…”

That was then.

The nobles, including Count Valentine, rushed in, loudly asking what was going on.

Among them, there were many who looked at Callius and frowned.

“You’re making a fuss again.”

“What a brute!”

Unfamiliar people kept spitting out such words from behind Count Valentine’s back, one at a time.

‘These bugs that won’t even dare look me in the eye…’

How ridiculous.

“What happened here?”

“I achieved a consummation in my swordsmanship. My apologies for all the fuss.”

“… Are you saying we should just move on after doing something like this?”

Again, unlike knights, nobles didn’t just let such things pass. Although, if you said you’d pay for it, that was a different story.

Just as Callius was about to speak –

“He was a knight before he became a count. Isn’t this our Carpe, that values ​​the achievements of its knights above all else?”

“Tala.”

Someone appeared from behind Count Valentine.

“I think that asking for compensation from the count here is only going to hurt our reputation. Isn’t that right?”

“…”

Count Valentine closed his mouth, looking uncomfortable. Then he introduced the newcomer as if the man couldn’t do it himself.

“This is my son. Tala de Valentine. He’s a smart kid with a gentle heart, like his old man.”

“This is Tala de Valentine. I’ve heard of you, Count.”

Valentine’s son, defending him?

Callius narrowed his eyes at Tala’s hand that had reached out as if for a shake.

“… Callius von Jervain.”

Tala greeted Callius politely and shook hands.

“Then, I hope to see you again in the near future.”

“Well, yes, indeed.”

Soon the nobles all left.

Callius looked at the small note that remained in his hand.

‘What are you up to?’

The first time they met, he left Callius a note.

Secretly pressed into his palm while they were shaking hands.

Tala de Valentine.

Callius pondered for a moment before thinking of a man in his vague memory.

“Tala. Tala… No way, Tal the Nurturer?”

‘Sword nurturers’ were the blacksmiths of the Church.

Not now, but Tal the Nurturer would one day be among them, and would be called the Father of Carcasses.

He had made the setting that Tal was originally a nobleman.

‘What is this, a history correction?’

As a mere human, Callius naturally hadn’t set the lives of all his characters in such detail. Especially for characters without important backstories like Tal.

However, this was reality, and things that he had not decided on were now intertwined into the worldview.

But this wasn’t the most important point.

“If it’s Tal the Nurturer, it’s worth my time.”

Let’s open the note and see.

[Please secretly come to the smithy in the county that has a half-moon shape hanging outside. You won’t regret it.]

That was all the note said.

It was brief enough to be called cheeky, but Callius didn’t care. Although it hadn’t happened yet, but if raised Tal properly, he wouldn’t have to worry about his swords any more in the future.

There was no need to worry if it was indeed the man he expected.

“But I can’t figure out what his business is.”

Considering that he’d hidden himself even in front of Count Valentine, at least this was proof that he needed a favour.

Callius thought about it and waited for the night to come.


Editor’s Notes:

[1] 금장기 (金裝氣), lit. gold cage/dress qi.

[2] 칠성곤 (七星滾), translating as Seven Stars Formation.


Sword Pilgrim – Chapter 94

Creeeeeak.

Peter woke up to the sound of the door opening and grabbed the sword he’d hidden under the pillow.

‘So you guys are here, huh?’

It made him want to bitterly laugh, but he’d already prepared for such a situation.

He pushed away Flora who’d been sleeping in his arms, covered her with a blanket and got out of bed.

Watching the sorcerous techniques slowly emerging from the darkness that covered the room as if assimilated in it, Peter nodded.

‘About twelve.’

The number was just too large to believe that they’d come to hunt just him.

The killer ran out of the villa as if he’d some kind of a prior agreement with the visitors.

He went to find a quiet place in the mountains.

Ironically, it was the same place where he’d fought with Callius a few days ago.

It used to be a barren piece of land filled with weeds, but now flowers were blooming here.

Peter looked at the scene in wonder and murmured.

“Flowers have bloomed… There was nothing here last time, but now it’s full of beautiful flowers. Was it the blood of my colleagues that made these flowers bloom?”

Whatever the reason –

“They managed to leave something of them behind.”

“What nonsense are you babbling about? Stop it and give me your head now, Peter.”

“If the assassination fails, the killer has to die. Why are you still clinging on to life like a rat?”

“Are you going to fight us to the end?”

Peter laughed bitterly at the killers’ words.

“I’m thinking of trying for my swan song.”

“Don’t bother. You can’t fight us all alone.”

“Even if I can’t kill you all, can’t I take a few people down to hell together with me?”

“Haah… Listen, Peter. Either way, we’re going to kill everyone around you, it’s not just about your daughter. The order is to kill everyone around Callius. It was my own consideration to quietly bring you here.”

“What do you mean?”

“Quietly give me your head. I’ll spare your daughter for the sake of our old friendship.”

“Although who knows where she’ll end up being sold, hehe.”

Somebody from the audience interjected with a mean laugh.

Although it was a blatant provocation, Peter couldn’t control the power that was surging up from his palms.

“You fuckers!!”

The moment he wanted to leap forward –

Puff!!

“Ugh!!”

“What!”

“Who are you?!”

The killers began looking around in haste.

Peter also sensed the gaze and turned his head. Then an eerie feeling crossed his spine.

Suddenly, darkness spread all over the place.

‘Since when did it get so dark?’

When he looked at the sky, it was completely covered in darkness.

There was no moonlight to see by.

A true, stygian blackness enveloped them all.

Only the sound of footsteps and bewildered voices could be heard.

Slash!

“Kahk!”

“Who are you? Who dares attack us!!”

“Peter! So you dug a trap for us!!”

“…”

Frustratingly, even Peter himself didn’t understand the situation.

But soon, hearing a voice, a spark of hope kindled inside his heart like fire.

“My subordinate asked me.”

A man slowly stepped out of the darkness.

He walked incredibly leisurely, as if strolling in his own back garden.

“If he’d asked me to kill you, I wouldn’t have accepted it.”

The killers’ eyes opened as wide as they could go.

A face that those who wielded their swords in the dark couldn’t not know.

“But he was asking me to protect you. That’s the perfect job for me.”

With that, Genos’ form disappeared.

“Kaha…!”

A killer’s life was extinguished in an instant.

Bizarrely, no sound other than the victim’s screams came.

Fear engulfed the hearts of the hardened killers.

“It’s, it’s Genos!!”

“Damn it! Cat Walk Genos!”

“Run away, damn it!!”

Swish.

Genos, who had permeated into the darkness, made no sound.

Yet screams filled with pain could be heard from every direction, until moonlight once again filled the scene.

Genos was the only one standing in the flower field.

“See? You lived.”

Peter looked at the blood-stained petals and laughed.


The next day.

I’d stayed the night at the county.

My subordinates had been worried that the host and his group might suddenly change their attitudes and try to surround and kill me, but I’d dismissed their concerns.

It was unlikely.

Even if they wanted to do that, there was at least one man I could believe in.

“The Golden Lion is a knight with a strong sense of victory and a unique sense of justice.”

There was no way he’d allow something like that to happen without interfering.

In addition, I’d left behind a few other arrangements. But anyway, nothing would happen, because the Golden Lion was present.

Although he carried the same last name of Ruydren, he was completely different from Lutheon.

That’s why Lutheon didn’t like being compared to his older brother.

Was that why he turned traitor in the end?

To be honest, even I didn’t know the exact reason. There were several possible routes for his apostasy, so I didn’t know the exact one.

Knock, knock.

“Come in.”

“Captain, the Golden Lion wants to talk to you.”

“Then let’s go.”

This was the reason why I took such a risk and came to stay in the enemy camp in the first place.

He was also someone I wanted to meet and talk to, at least once.

Somebody like him, who was infinitely close to becoming a Master, might be able to give me a hint to tear down the wall blocking my way.

“Oh, Count Jervain. Did you arrive?”

“Yes, Sir Golden Lion. But what…”

“That name, Golden Lion, is somewhat of a burden for me. Please call me Ruen.”

“… Commander Rouen. What are you doing here?”

“I was fighting.”

“That much is self-evident.”

With the Golden Lion Knights in tow, Ruen had personally come to the place where the Sixth Squad was stationed. He seemed to have the same thoughts as me.

“Bruns.”

“Yes, Boss!”

“Explain. Simply.”

“The Golden Lion Knights, they suddenly started making a fuss.”

“What about?”

“They were wondering if everybody from the North is so weak…”

“Nobody in the squad is from the North though?”

“Yeah. It’s ridiculous, they must be intentionally trying to make trouble.”

It was such a blatant way to start a quarrel that one couldn’t even make up an excuse. The Golden Lion scratched his head as if he was embarassed.

“These kids aren’t good at talking. They just wanted to start a fight, so they made up a nonsensical reason.”

“A few are already down, I see.”

I could see quite a few people who’d already fallen down after a few blows.

Of course, those who fell were all from the Sixth Squad.

“Haha, but isn’t this a good opportunity?”

“That’s true. If something is to be done, it should be done properly.”

The Golden Lion Knights were one of the strongest knight regiments in Carpe, amongst the top five.

Experiencing the power of such knights with your body, what was this if not an opportunity?

The two groups were still fighting each other with their swords raised.

At a glance, the difference in level was quite stark.

There were some who endured a little, but most of them couldn’t withstand even a dozen blows and quickly fell out.

And the ones that oh so disgracefully rolled on the ground were all from the Sixth Squad, without exception.

“…”

I hadn’t even expected much.

The Sixth Squad was on the weaker side among the inquisitorial squads in the first place.

Unlike the knights who wandered the battlefield, their job was usually to root out and interrogate traitors and heretics.

“Did you train them?”

“Only those who wanted it.”

“I see. I heard that it’s only been a few months since you took office… but you’re already showing results.”

“I’ll take that as a compliment.”

Of course, not everybody was shaming themselves.

The lieutenant was doing a good enough job, and the guys who’d worked hard under me had held on longer.

“Bruns, what’s that one’s name?”

“That’s Joseph.”

Diego and Joseph.

And only a few more were still continuing their fights.

The rest rolled on the ground with the demeanour of a loser. Still, most of them looked like they’d gained some understanding from observing the power of the Golden Lion Knights.

Still, the difference in skill between the two sides was obvious at a glance.

“Commander.”

“Tell me.”

“Why did you let them pick a fight?”

“Isn’t it a good experience? Because I don’t think there’s anything that helps people improve their skills as much as fighting and sparring.”

“That’s right. But I don’t think that’s the only reason.”

The skill difference was clear.

It was described as sparring, but it was close to bullying.

Considering the nature of the Golden Lion, the action didn’t make sense on the face of it.

Perhaps there was another reason.

“Actually, there was something I wanted to ask you separately, Count.”

Yeah, it must’ve been so he could make an approach while avoiding the eyes of the nobles.

“Is it about Lutheon?”

“… Yes.”

I’d expected that.

I would’ve done the same in his place.

“Looks like rumours have already spread.”

“He’s the shame of Ruydren.”

Ruen’s face changed slightly, as if he was very angry on the inside. A man who’d abandoned his parents, his brother, and his country.

Lutheon, an apostate who’d betrayed even his God.

How difficult must it be to be the older brother of such a traitor?

“I heard that you met him face to face. My apologies, but I have to ask.”

“You deserve to hear it.”

What’d happened to me in the North.

I told him that Lueheon had helped the orcs, and that he was in league with Ramatu of Krasion.

That he fell into the abyss along with me, quarrelled, and the subsequent events with the troll.

And even the fact that I’d left him there.

“You didn’t deal with him in the end?”

“I didn’t defeat the troll with my own strength. I am a knight, not a killer.”

“It’s surprising that trolls still exist in the world, but your chivalry is also impressive enough, Count.”

“…”

I didn’t say anything.

I didn’t have to talk about the troll, but I did.

Ruen was a man who deserved to hear the details of the story. He wasn’t the type to gossip, either.

“Thank you.”

“What do you mean?”

“I wanted to put an end to Lutheon’s life with my own hands. I don’t know if that’s possible, but he’s probably still alive.”

“He isn’t going to die in that pit, no. I think he should be alive. By now, he must’ve arrived in the empire and nurtured his strength further.”

Ruen closed his eyes and nodded his head.

“Do you know why he turned away from God?”

“… I didn’t think you’d ask me that. I thought you yourself might know. I heard that you two had been close, but I guess that wasn’t true.”

“I’m not interested in men.”

“Haha…”

As if lost in thought, the two of us looked at the subordinates who were fighting.

Soon cheers erupted, and Joseph triumphed and raised his sword high.

And the lieutenant lost.

‘Useless bastard.’

I slapped the ground hard as I was angry.

Then they all started looking at me.

As soon as the match was over, they naturally looked at Ruen and me, and their gaze seemed to complain why we weren’t competing.

“Will you agree to a spar?”

“Let’s. I’m sure I’ll learn a few things.”

The lieutenant tried to pass me his steel sword, but I didn’t take it because I thought it’d be cheating.

“Why not just take it?”

“Joseph, give that to me.”

“Yes.”

“Crazy. Really.”

I passed Diego who had a shit-eating grin, and faced Ruen.

“Commander Ruen. Tell me something. Why exactly are you here? I thought the Golden Lion Knights were defending the Southern Front?”

“As I said, I was originally stationed on the Southern Front, but a man who caught my interest appeared, so I temporarily handed over my responsibility and came north to chase after him. Then I fell in love with this county for a while.”

Caught his interest?

“The Southern Front seems to be quite idle.”

“I had to come anyway, since Her Majesty had called. This was just on the way.”

“Right.”

“It must not be an ordinary person who can evade the pursuit of the Golden Lion Knights. Maybe it’s a spy from the empire?”

Clang–! A sharp sound rang from my iron sword as it collided with Ruen’s sword.

As if we were trying to match each other, we didn’t use aura, and competed with pure physique.

“Yeah, he was pretty mysterious, and he was very talented.”

Whiiiish, claaaang!

We slowly increased our speed little by little, and began exerting more force on our swords.

At first, our swords clashed so slowly that they were plainly visible, but now they clashed so fast that the audience could only see the sparks rising violently.

Still, we calmly continued to ask each other questions.

“If it’s Golden Lion Ruen saying it, it can’t be empty talk.”

“We couldn’t have a proper fight, but the way he parried my sword effortlessly was as graceful as a jaguar. I had some doubts, so I started chasing.”

I moved my sword back, feinted as if I was cutting upwards, then flicked my blade low.

But, as if he’d already seen through me, Ruen counterattacked and forced my sword upward.

And immediately struck like a viper biting.

Even though it was clearly a single attack, it looked like three swords were striking at once.

With exactly identical force.

I had to put my all into blocking.

My fingers gripping the hilt tight, I tried to let the attacks pass over me.

But I couldn’t parry it completely.

That was how strong the sword was.

Suddenly we weren’t talking out loud anymore.

Instead, we were speaking with our swords.

As if this was enough, Ruen’s sword suddenly began to shine.

As his sword energy began to rise and solidify, I responded in the same vein.

Sword energy that looked like a lion’s mane.

It wrapped around his body, showing why the nickname, ‘Golden Lion’, matched him perfectly.

Ruydren’s Golden Lion.

“If you ever meet him, you’ll know. He was a man with an extraordinary spirit like a ravenous beast, so with your skills, Count, you’ll feel it immediately.”

If his skill level was beyond the Golden Lion, he was indeed no ordinary person.

I also raised my sword.

At first glance, my sword energy looked messy in comparison.

It was the swordsmanship of the Silver Flower Wave Sword, like a densely packed group of scales and petals.

“Where do you think he was from?”

“Well, he didn’t carry a sword, nor a spear.”

“What about his clothing?”

“He was wearing rags. No, it must’ve started as something more formal, but it was all rags by the time we met.”

“I see.”

There was one person that came to mind, but now wasn’t the time to think about that.

All I could see in front of me was a battle with the Golden Lion that was serenely unfolding.

Claaaang–!!

As soon as our swords clashed in earnest, a booming roar resounded.

The waves from the aftershock spread and rustled the onlookers’ hair.

My sword style was of the quick sword.

However, the Golden Lion’s sword was the heavy sword.

It wasn’t fast, but that single attack was heavy and forcefully pierced through a clear gap.

Claang–!

The Ruydren family’s swordsmanship, and the technique with which he emanated his power like a lion’s mane, caught my attention.

For a moment, I forgot about the members of the Sixth Squad who were watching.

I forgot the imperial spies.

One by one, I erased everything and forgot everything.

Only the sword that I gripped in my hand, as it collided with Ruen’s sword which was growling like a lion, remained in my consciousness.

The more I struck at the sword, the more I could feel his experience, his habits, and his strength.

We’d both started the duel holding our swords one-handed, but as soon as we’d finished probing each other, we’d immediately switched to using both hands.

Claaang–!!

“…”

Whiiiiish, thud.

The broken iron sword whirled through the sky and stuck the floor of the arena.

The sword that had broken was mine.

On the other hand, the Golden Lion’s sword was intact.

“Tch.”

I looked at the broken blade and threw it away.

“Commander Ruen. See you next time.”

“Yes, see you again. Count.”

As soon as Callius and the Sixth Squad left –

The Golden Lion Knights approached their captain.

“Just like you said, it was a great spectacle. Was that Stella’s swordsmanship?”

“Yeah. Silver Flower Wave Sword. He’s practiced her swordsmanship.”

“But I don’t think he’s achieved much. Captain, you won…”

At the words of his subordinate, the commander silently raised his iron sword. And –

“Look.”

The Golden Lion’s lips curved up at the corners as he looked at his sword.

As soon as he touched it with a finger, the iron blade quickly snapped and cracked.

“A spar’s just a spar, after all.”


Editor’s Notes:

None for this chapter.


Surviving a Shounen Manga – Episode 71

A Strange Result

Fortunately, his confusion quickly subsided.

It wasn’t the voice of somebody he’d overlooked. It wasn’t an unexpected variable.

It was the dove.

The pigeon Squatjaw carried around with him.

A new divine beast that Squatjaw had purchased at a horse market.

For some reason, he hadn’t seen around since the clash with the Trainers, but he’d apparently been hovering around nearby.

The fatty shook his head quickly for a moment.

What should he do now?

The pigeon himself wasn’t the problem.

This guy was a divine beast that could speak, but his abilities were all sealed. Wasn’t this guy the one used as a ‘bait’ by the Trainers?

Of course, his seal might’ve been released on the day Squatjaw and the Trainers had collided. Investigation into the site of the battle had revealed that the result that day had been an easy victory for Squatjaw’s side.

However, the divine beast didn’t look like his seal had been lifted. Had that been the case, it wouldn’t have looked like a pigeon.

And even if the seal had been released, he never thought he’d lose to that pigeon as long as he was careful.

The only concern was that the beast might be connected to Squatjaw via his consciousness. He’d heard that high-level divine beasts could communicate with their masters even from a long distance.

Should he start with the bird instead? Or just ignore it and start with Squatjaw?

He didn’t worry for long.

‘… Let’s catch this pigeon first and then consider the rest.’

Some preparations were needed to finish Squatjaw off in one shot. First, he had to find a way to reliably bind the bastard, then make some poison and apply it to his dagger. Also, if he wanted to lower the enemy’s defence, he had to spray curse potion all over Squatjaw’s body. There was a lot of stuff to do.

And obviously the pigeon won’t quietly watch him work.

“Ooh, aren’t you a cutie?”

The fatty approached the pigeon with a friendly expression on his face. His hand holding the dagger was hidden behind his back.

Then,

“Disgusting.”

The pigeon suddenly flew away.

Then,

“Huh?”

It went straight past him and rushed towards Squatjaw.

Bu-ump!

“Uh… huh?”

The fatty was surprised twice in a row.

Once for the fact that the pigeon was much faster than expected, and once again for the act of smashing his head against Squatjaw without hesitation.

‘D-, damn, did he wake up?’

But fortunately,

Squatjaw still showed no sign of movement.

“Shit, it surprised me! This little pigeon!”

The pigeon also looked a little embarrassed.

“What is this… aren’t you just sleeping?”

“Heeh…”

It took him a moment to get over his frozen state, but then the fatty grinned.

Looking back, it seemed that the two were not linked via their consciousness. One worry down.

“Heh, are you surprised, kid?”

Although he’d been a little flustered, but now he rather felt more at ease. Now that he know he didn’t have to worry about the enemy waking up, he just needed to catch this stupid bird.

The fatty didn’t hide his dagger any longer. Rather, he took an offensive stance straight away.

Clearly, divine beasts couldn’t be underestimated. Although the power was sealed, that surprisingly fast speed was definitely extraordinary. If he didn’t get sincere, new troubles might arise.

But, of course,

“Be prepared, pigeon.”

In any case, it was nothing more than a divine beast whose power was sealed. At the very least, the pigeons couldn’t stand up to him in combat – now against one of the leaders of the infamous ‘Ash-Swallowing Serpent’.

But,

“Hey, I don’t want to deal with an ugly fat guy like that… Squatjaw, you really aren’t waking up? Should I hit him one more time?”

Far from being frightened, the pigeon bastard was cheekily chirping on. While rubbing Squatjaw with his small foot. As if he didn’t even care.

“Haah…”

It wasn’t funny.

At that moment, the fatty felt some kind of unbearable anger swell up inside him.

He’d been very cautious and fearful all this time while chasing Squatjaw, true, but he was still a proud member of the ‘Ash-Swallowing Serpent’. He was a leader of the infamous assassination squad that made the entire Skull Empire tremble in fear. But, forget Squatjaw, even the pet bird he carried around was now ignoring him.

What nonsense. An Ash-Swallowing Serpent being ignored by a bird…

That was then.

“… Uhm?”

A voice suddenly came from the floor beneath his feet.

“Ugh… my head’s pounding. This wasn’t a good time to break it off. It’s like a hangover.”

It wasn’t from the pigeon. Although it came from a similar location, the source of the voice was at a slightly higher elevation than that, the keen senses of an assassin informed him.

Furthermore,

“Wake up sooner, Squatjaw! You lazy idiot!”

The pigeon bastard was kind enough to confirm it. That this hadn’t been his voice.

“Huh? Coocoo? Why are you here… eeh, stop, stop. What are you pecking at… is that some kind of powder?”

“Hey, you idiot! That’s what that fatty was trying to put into your mouth!”

“Ah? Fatty?”

The cold sweat that had started running on his back had become a waterfall.

“Who are you? Wait, where have I seen you, again?”

Of course, he had pulled back a little by then.

He was still slowly retreating.

But he also knew very well that this was not enough.

The fatty thought fast, as if his life depended on it.

“The powder… is a stimulant. To wake you up…”

“What?”

“Wake you up… and let you know that there’s an emergency…”

“What are you talking about? What do you… huh? Wait, my body feels a bit…”

For a moment, a cold light flashed in the fat man’s eyes.

Yes, the anaesthetic!

He’d been so startled that he’d forgotten. But Squatjaw had already inhaled that poisonious anaesthetic.

It’d worked. If he could handle this properly…

“Why does it feel a little heavy?”

Squatjaw raised himself up, and started rubbing all over his body as if he was just a little stiff.

“…”

Was it only this much?

That was then.

“What are you doing! Run!”

A hoarse voice came from somewhere. And at the same time,

Susu–.

Dark shadows began to spread through the air.

A curtain of grey fog.

It was a smoke grenade used by the thin man.

At that moment,

“… Ah, aaaaah!’

The fatty started running backwards before he was even consciously aware of it.

Fortunately, his legs didn’t stumble. He wondered what might’ve happened if they’d frozen, but they did move.

He had to run.

He didn’t think of anything else. All he could think of was that he had to run away.

Then,

“Who is this guy?”

The murmuring of Squatjaw behind his back sounded like the whispers of the devil.


I looked at the fat guy running away quickly, and then I turned my head to Coocoo.

“Who is this guy?”

“I don’t know. I came here and found that guy standing over you. It looked like he was trying to do something to you.”

“Do something? Hm.”

By that time, my hazy mind had cleared up, and I was able to remember the guy right away.

He was one of those assassins. There was a fat guy and a skinny one, in a set.

“Should I catch him?”

In fact, I could still catch him if I put my mind to it. He didn’t even seem that fast.

But he wasn’t that threatening, and I had other things on my plate right now, so I decided to just move on.

Well, I might get another crack at him later if he came to bother me again.

‘By the way, I should use this ability with caution.’

In the spirit state, I was still connected to my body, but the senses weren’t easily shared. In other words, unless a specific shock was applied, outside threats to the body couldn’t be known.

If it had been a strong guy instead of the fatty, something really dangerous could’ve happened.

‘From now on, I’ll only use it in when I’m in a safe zone.’

After organizing my thoughts, I turned my gaze to Coocoo.

“By the way, you sounded like you had to travel a long way?”

“Aah…”

Coocoo replied indifferently.

“Just a bit. It wasn’t fun. Flying alone.”

“What the heck.”

He said that he should taste freedom someday, that the whole sky was his, and that he should take a look around the world.

“Yeah, I know what you mean. It’s better when more people have fun together. It’s different when you’re traveling alone. You travel a long way and then end up taking a photo with just yourself. Boring.”

“… Photo?”

“Ah.”

Without realizing it, I’d started talking about my previous life.

“Um… ah, there’s something like that in Northland. What’s it called, a camera? A machine that draws out the sight that catches the eye as it is? That too, in an instant. Let’s take a photo together next time.”

“… A photo, huh.”

“Oh, I have to quickly rush up there. Because that guy called Khan might do something strange again.”

I quickly changed the subject. Because if I made a mistake, I could even face suspicion from the readers.

Then,

“Let’s move, Squatjaw.”

Coocoo perched quietly upon my shoulder.

This guy had gotten a lot politer in the few days I hadn’t seen him.

It felt like a kid who came back home to eat because he was starving outside.

Surely he’d return to his original state soon, but… well, this too was cute.

“But are you going to go like that?”

“What do you mean?”

“Can’t you show your unsealed form? The princess hasn’t seen it yet.”

“Oh, is that so? I suppose I can.”

“Uh… no, no, wait.”

I quickly stopped Coocoo from transforming.

‘One of the mascots of the first emperor was a white hawk. I think it could be used for a dash of spectacle at the final obstacle…’

Of course, no clear solution came to mind right away. Still, it might be a good idea to save it just in case.

“Save it for now, and… transform when I give you the signal next time. Let’s get the timing right.”

“What signal…? Alright.”

“Then shall we go?”

That was then.

“Oh!”

Coocoo spoke as if he had suddenly remembered.

“That cat… was around here.”

“Cat? Which cat?”

“The one who fought with you, Nero.”

“Huh? Aah…”

I didn’t know he was going to come back so fast. And just by listening to Coocoo’s words, it felt like he was hovering around me somehow.

“Did you see him nearby? Is there a problem?”

“Well, I don’t really have a grudge against that guy. It’s just, I saw him when I was flying around, so…”

“Were you scared?”

“… What?”

Then,

“Scared! Of that little kitten? I didn’t get beaten back then because my will was weak…”

Coocoo started running his mouth

“They say a strong negative signifies a strong positive.”

“Hey, you idiot Squatjaw!”

“Okay, okay.”

By the way, that Nero came back? It was a bit weird.

‘Does he need something?’

Hmmm.

I immediately shook my head.

Well, if he had any business with me, he’d show up sometime or other.

“Okay, let’s go.”

I ran like the wind towards the peak.


Three days later.

The second obstacle, the sixth night.

“Are you really going?”

“Just in case.”

“He did say he won’t do anything. Although you might have a hard time buying it…”

The princess tilted her head.

“Are you sure you can afford to believe him? A guy who’s done such a shameless thing so openly?”

“Hey, what the hell? Is this guy crazy? That’s Khan, Khan! To insult him inside the Skull Empire…”

“Well, I’m not even a citizen. From what I can see, that guy is clearly up to something. It doesn’t make sense for him to be so silent.”

“But… I’m sure he won’t touch us anymore…”

“Hey, you really are naive. Even after all that, you still don’t know whom to believe. Anyway, it’s just a short trip. If nothing happens, I’ll just come back.”

“… Okay, got it.”

“Take care of your body. It’s the last day, so who knows what’s going to happen.”

Then, leaving the princess behind, I started going down the peak.

Soon after,

“Huh… acting is hard.”

I stopped at the bottom of the mountain and sighed softly.

In fact, spying on Khan’s suspicious behaviour was just an excuse.

Actually, I was moving in order to do something.

That’s right, to capture the second peak.

The last three days had been too quiet, and the chapter would soon be over. I wanted to finish things off with an eye-catching event.

Also, rather than being a subordinate to the princess, I thought I’d better advance to the final hurdle as the occupant of the second peak.

Of course, I wouldn’t take any subordinates with me.

Maybe even the princess noticed this to some extent. Because I didn’t hand over my nameplate to her.

‘… Did she know, when she told me to go?’

Hmmm.

I couldn’t figure out what the princess was thinking, but I decided not to care. Because my actions won’t harm her anyway. Even if there were misunderstandings, they would be resolved soon.

Before long, I arrived near the border between the first and second peaks.

The surroundings were full of people who had not yet decided on their affiliations.

They really were hard-working. To be honest, by now, they must’ve been feeling pretty much stuck.

In fact, this was also a problem caused by our own lukewarm attitudes.

If we had threatened to destroy them all if they weren’t on our side, or even carried out an attack and pushed them hard, most of them would probably have been cleared up.

In particular, if I had taken the lead, maybe 90% of them would’ve taken our side.

But I didn’t do it, on purpose. I did feel a little sorry for the princess, but the final hurdle would be far too easy if I did this.

Of course, there was no guarantee that I’d have the leading point of view in the next chapter. After this chapter, the point of view might pass to Leo again.

But again, what if it didn’t? What if support came from the readers this time as well?

And if that did happen, the show wouldn’t be as eye-catching if the enemy were weak. There had to be a certain sense of crisis in order for viewers to be immersed in it.

So, frankly, I was hoping for more enemies.

‘So, I’m going to tell them to get out of my sight and go somewhere else.’

I glanced at the audience, then secretly hurried my steps.

After a while,

“… What?”

As the second peak began to become visible, I suddenly noticed something strange.

‘Where’s everybody?’

The number of people had decreased significantly.

Even when I got near the peak, I didn’t see anyone at all. It was so empty that even traces of people were hard to find.

It was unfortunate.

‘Have they all gone down already?’

I supposed that all the guys occupying the second peak area had no choice but to go down the mountain, failing the second obstacle. If Khan wasn’t going to continue the challenge anyway, all of his subordinates would’ve been eliminated as well.

But it was still late at night. There was still a little bit of time until dawn.

There was still plenty of room to have some ‘fun’.

‘Or has he already started attacking?’

I immediately focused on my sense of hearing and listened. I wondered if I could hear the sound of a fight somewhere.

But it was quiet. For some reason, it felt like the entire Mount Maroon was asleep.

“Heeh…”

Disappointing. It was a real letdown.

‘I was going to take him out myself, but…’

I sat down on a rock near the peak.

Should I just go back?

Frankly, I was worried. It was very unlikely that anything would happen here tonight.

The beginning might’ve been a different story, but this was already the last night. Even if I did occupy this place, if I couldn’t find any subordinates, I’d have to form a camp without any troops at the final challenge. Those hundreds of people who were just ‘watching’ were hardly going to come up here either.

Meaning no one would come here except me.

“Whoo…”

What to do…

After thinking about it for a long time,

“Ugh, I don’t know.”

I put my flag in the empty pole at the centre of the peak.

To be honest, there was no guarantee that I’d find something happening even if I went back, and I thought the scene would look good anyway, to face the final gateway as a peak occupant.

‘I’m sorry, readers.’

I can only ask you to be patient and endure your boredom right now.

It was a lonely night.


The next day.

– The second gate of the Warrior’s Path has closed. Please, all of you, descend.

As I descended the mountain following the voice of the guide, I saw a large number of people gathered together and murmuring.

‘What is it now?’

As I approached –

“It’s Squatjaw!”

“Is this little guy called Hiro?”

“You did something stupid!”

Some of those gathered were laughing at me.

It wasn’t funny.

“What are you guys doing? Do you want a beating or something?”

It quickly became quiet.

Then,

“I wondered if…”

The princess came to me.

“What?”

After answering with a slight smirk, the princess remained silent and pointed to one place. It was a place where people had gathered.

“What, over there?”

“Go and see.”

“… Wait.”

When I went there, there was a plate of some sort.

It was said that it was a plate with the result of the second obstacle on the Warrior’s Path.

I immediately confirmed this.

Following,

“What’s this?”

I was speechless.

[First Peak]

– Occupant: Thermis

–  Number of subordinates: 125

[Second Peak]

– Occupant: Hiro

–  Number of subordinates: 0

[Third Peak]

– Occupant: Mong

–  Number of subordinates: 753

The results… were strange.


Editor’s Notes:

None for this chapter.


Sword Pilgrim – Chapter 93

At the Valentine County.

“Arpen must’ve been attacked by now.”

“That bastard’s pride is through the roof, after all. It’s easy to rile that idiot up as long as you poke at that bloodline he’s so overly proud of, so he probably got beaten to the ground fairly easily.”

There, Count Valentine, and the viscounts as well as the barons beneath him had gathered.

Most were angry, but some were terrified.

Why had they gathered here with such unsightly faces?

Naturally, because of the Sixth Inquisitorial Squad.

Or more specifically, its captain, Callius von Jervain.

“To think a damned child would cut off a nobleman’s head so casually. Does this make sense…”

“Shouldn’t all the nobles in the country stand up in protest? No matter how noble his station, such bloody behaviour…”

“That’s … it’s those royalists, they’re defending him. There’s also the neutral faction who haven’t taken a stance, so…”

It was true that Callius’ actions were radical. However, the defence of the royal faction and the waterproof evidence perfectly compensated for that.

“How can they block us… isn’t this only benefitting the royal family? If all of us aristocrats united in protest, can they still…!”

“That’s true. Really, we’re also doing what we’re doing to help the country, it’s just that we might step on the toes of the law a little here and there in the process. Right? We’re just working together and trying to find a way to survive, isn’t it too harsh to treat us this way?”

All the nobles seated together nodded in unison.

The idea that everything went when it came to working for the country was the foundation of their argument.

The law was just that, a lifeless pile of rules and regulations.

There were things far more important than the law, wherever one looked.

“Anyway, it was inevitable that things were going to turn out badly.”

“Yeah, that’s why we got together like this, isn’t it?”

When the discussions came to a pause, all the eyes focused on the count, who was sitting quietly at the head of the table.

The lord of Valentine County.

Count Hogelten de Valentine.

“Sir, he won’t be able to barge in here, will he?”

Callius’ means was simple and straightforward.

Take the initiative to attack and capture the nobles, and then find evidence of their crimes with the Judgment Sword.

That’s why even the so-called Judge would be powerless if he couldn’t break through the blockade and reach the ones gathered here.

“That’s why there’s such a tight perimeter. If he wants to find a place to die, he can naturally come, but as long as he doesn’t, he won’t come here easily. The count’s garrison has more than a thousand troops. Among them, there are over three hundred knights, so what chance does he have?”

And one more thing.

“The Golden Lion is here. No matter how crazy he might be, if he considers his own life precious, he won’t dare to come.”

“You live up to your name, Count Valentine. You even called in Ruydren’s young lion. I, Allen, am deeply moved!”

The leader of the Golden Lion Knights of the South.

Golden Lion Ruen.

He was here, so even that crazy idiot would know to avoid this place.

The Golden Lion, one of the Five Stars said to be infinitely close to the ranks of the Masters.

“Even that wolf from Jervain must be afraid of the Golden Lion. Even if he managed to deal with Viscount Arpen, he’ll have to stop there. So. It’s time for us to change our attitude and think offensively.”

“Attitude…”

That was then.

A messenger came running.

“S-, sir!”

“What.”

“A man who calls himself Count Jervain has arrived at the county!”

“…!”

Most of the nobles, who’d been drinking tea with a relaxed attitude, jumped up like they were having a seizure.

Others spewed tea from their mouths, or coughed and sputtered. To them, one and all, Callius was nothing less than the grim reaper.

“Have you seen such a madman? How dare he come here…”

“What did that bastard say?”

“He asked us to serve him a meal.”

“That shameless…!”

“What are we going to do?”

“We must not meet. That guy…”

He had the Judgment Sword.

If he suddenly pointed his sword and tried to judge a lie, they wouldn’t be able to stop him.

Exercising the right to remain silent would be nothing but proof of one’s own corruption.

While they thought about it…

“Why don’t you make him come in?”

“… Golden Lion Commander.”

He was a handsome man with short blonde hair and a tall stature.

The light armour he was wearing had a lion pattern drawn on it.

The knight-commander of the Golden Lion Knights, and a member of the highest noble of the South. The eldest son of the Ruydren family. A talented man who occupied the last place among the Five Stars.

Ruen von Ruydren.

“It looks like he’s come here for a fight.”

“…”

“So, wouldn’t it be fine to bring him in here?”

Instead of rushing in with all the inquisitors, coming here to meet? In the face of a thousand enemy soldiers and even the Golden Lion?

As Count Valentine’s expression trembled, the Golden Lion smiled and spoke.

“I wanted to meet him someday, so this is a good opportunity.”


Boooom–

The strong gates to the count’s compound opened with a loud roar.

“Come this way.”

“Alright.”

Callius drove his horse following the soldier’s guidance.

Lieutenant Diego, inching closer to him, asked cautiously.

“Is this really okay? It’s like going into a tiger’s den…”

“If you’re scared, just scram. And give up your position.”

“Can’t I worry about you?”

“Oh…?”

Callius pondered.

What kind of guts did this guy have, that he dared to bullshit at his superiors like this?

Did he really not understand that even if Callius’ hands accidentally ‘slipped’ during a spar and took his life, nothing would happen?

“W-, what! What is it?!”

Contrary to that loud tone, the man’s eyes trembled a little, probably from fear as Callius kept staring at him in silence.

Right.

This was the type of person who knew better than anyone that he was being silly.

That underlying hostility had to be due to the fate of the original captain, Druma.

‘Druma did a better job with his subordinates than I expected.’

With the thought that it might be good to hear the story of Diego and Druma sometime, Callius moved his eyes forward and calmly answered Diego’s curiosity.

“It doesn’t matter. They won’t do any harm to me.”

“How are you so sure?”

“The reason I didn’t attack the count is not because there are a lot of troops stationed there. According to the scout who came to reconnaissance, the Golden Lion Knights are stationed here.”

“Golden Lion!”

At the phrase ‘Golden Lion Knights’, Lieutenant Diego and the rest of the small group who were all from the Sixth Squad were astonished.

Who were the strongest knights in the kingdom?

If this question had to be discussed, one couldn’t do without bringing up the Golden Lion Knights.

And the Golden Lion himself, Ruen von Ruydren, who was the leader of them, was from one of the four great noble families, belonging to the Suth.

He was the eldest son of the Ruydren family.

The eldest son of the North and the eldest son of the South.

This would become a meeting of men who would later become the masters of the North and the South as time passed.

“If the Golden Lion is attached to Valentine, wouldn’t it be better to run away?”

“Did all my words go into one ear and out the other? You understand even less than Bruns.”

“No, that servant and me…”

Diego grumbled as if displeased. Bruns also rolled his eyes.

The two didn’t seem to get along well.

“If the Golden Lion is involved, we can’t attack Valentine, but he won’t dare rush at us either.”

In general, the Golden Lion was known for his just and manly demeanour.

Callius didn’t know why the Golden Lion was here, but there was nothing for him to be afraid of, since this meeting definitely wouldn’t be a trap.

Rather –

‘If it’s the Golden Lion who’s positioned as the last of the Five Stars, there’s nothing wrong with meeting him at least once.’

It’d be an unexpected pleasure instead.

He was mainly guarding the far away border of the South, but now that he’d personally come this far, as long as Callius could meet him and exchange the realizations of their respective swordsmanship, what was this if not a golden opportunity?

Callius was stuck at a wall right now, so maybe the other party could help.

‘Besides, Count Valentine might be up to something, scheming against him somehow. The odds are about half.’

Count Valentine was a typical villain character, so he was prone to committing evil deeds accordingly.

The problem was that his plans weren’t clear. Because there were several possible routes.

It was better to go inside and catch him in person.

The moment he caught the trail of evil, the Golden Lion would come to Callius’ side.

“Let’s go.”

After riding a horse for a while, a magnificent mansion appeared.

Almost like a castle.

The knights under the count, who were gathered in front, split left and right to make way for them.

As the count’s, viscounts’, and barons’ knights gathered together to welcome the Sixth Squad, it was truly a spectacular sight.

‘I don’t know if it’s a welcome or a demonstration.’

It was like going through the jaws of a tiger, and it birthed a chill along the spine.

At the end of the path, stood an old man with a strong physique, along with a line of people behind him, as well as a man with hair like the sun at the edge of the group.

He had to be the Golden Lion.

“Welcome, young wolf.”

Count Valentine.

Beside him were some of the viscounts and the barons.

The count said something, but all of Callius’ attention was focused on the Golden Lion.

The youngest knight-commander and the youngest hopeful to rise to become a Master, the knight who occupied the end position of the Five Stars.

If one ignored the five Masters, he was one of the five strongest knights in Carpe.

Golden Lion Ruen.

Ruen von Ruydren.

Callius immediately approached the Golden Lion and put his hand out.

“Nice to meet you, Golden Lion.”

“Nice to meet you. Count Jervain.”

“What…”

“How rude.”

Ignoring Count Valentine and shaking hands with the Golden Lion right away naturally gave birth to whispers and cursing from the audience.

Count Valentine, who was uncomfortable in his heart, grunted.

“Did you come as the leader of the Sixth Inquisitorial Squad? Or as a count?”

“First of all, I came here as a count.”

“Right. Then come in. You’ve come a long way, so I should treat you to some tea.”

After a while.

As Callius sat down at a large round table inside the mansion, he scanned the faces of all the nobles who were seated.

There was no face that he remembered.

As he sat down, the lieutenant continued standing like a guard, but Callius didn’t pay him any attention.

Soon a maid came to fill his teacup.

Steam gushed out of the tea’s surface, but Callius didn’t touch it.

“Don’t you like the taste?”

“I have no idea. I prefer alcohol.”

“Looking for alcohol as soon as you arrive – don’t you think you’re being too rude to the count?”

“It’s ruder for a viscount to butt in. Shut your mouth.”

“Hey, you…!”

“…”

The nameless viscount was flushed and trembling, and the rest of the nobles didn’t dare to speak up freely either.

As Callius said, his rank was a count, but he was special even among those, because he was not an ordinary count.

The meaning behind being a count of the four noble houses was different.

Even a marquis, although technically above a count’s rank, couldn’t talk to him recklessly.

Because the four noble houses were no different from small independent countries that guarded and commanded a region within Carpe.

“The rumours weren’t exaggerated.”

“Is this why they used to call him crazy…?”

Even so, it was an implicit rule for nobles to be respectful to each other.

But Callius still openly trampled on others by using his rank, and the nobles could only stare at him with unhappy faces.

Callius took a glance at the cooling tea, then pretended to put his hand inside his cloak and took out the box from the subspace.

Bump.

When the box was put down on the round table, the nobles’ eyes were full of doubt.

“What is this?”

“A gift.”

The word ‘gift’, made a few nobles frown.

Because a bloody smell was permeating the air.

They seemed to know what the box contained without even opening it.

Most likely, it was Arpen’s severed head.

“I punished him for being one of the carrion insects gnawing at Carpe’s flesh. He even dared order my assassination. It turned out that this wasn’t his first or second time doing something like this, so I had him summarily executed.”

Gulp.

Arpen was a noble family with a storied history.

The viscount had amassed wealth in his own way, and he must’ve had a strong army, but Callius said it casually, as if he’d just happened to catch a little thief along the way.

“…”

“…”

A silence began to envelop the crowd, as if they were feeling overwhelmed.

Those indifferent grey eyes made even the innocent ones feel numb.

“No matter what is the reason, it’s rude to behead a nobleman ignoring the laws of the country. Her Majesty would be quite sad if she knew about this.”

While no one was able to speak, Count Valentine answered calmly.

He glanced at the box containing Arpen’s head and quickly closed it as if it was an unlucky sight.

“My actions were on behalf of Her Majesty the Queen. Besides, there was also a personal grudge. He dared send an assassin after me, how could I stand still after that? You can even consider this an internal battle for territory if you like.”

“If the circumstances are clear and the evidence is indisputable, then it’s not a big deal.”

“…”

The attitude of the golden lion, who only folded his arms and nodded, made the angry nobles hesitate for a moment.

“Count Jervain. I am well aware that such an event has perspired. But, what does that have to do with this visit of yours to my estate?”

“You can guess why.”

Despite Callius apparently evading the question, Count Valentine’s expression was stern.

“That’s true… But if I’d been in your position, Count Jervain, I wouldn’t have chosen to come here.”

“Why?”

“Arpen probably didn’t instigate your assassination by himself. He wasn’t that influential, nor did he have such a deep resentment towards you.”

Callius smirked.

“So, what you’re saying, Count, is that several people must’ve planned it together, but they hid themselves.”

“Right. And if so, Count, surely the rest of the accomplices would prepare to take the actions they need to in order to survive.”

“For example?”

“Like erasing everybody around you.”

So –

“It might be better for you go back home and wait. Of course, by this point, it may already be too late.”

Valentine chuckled softly.

When Callius looked around, the rest of the nobles were also holding malicious smiles.

Seeing this, Callius couldn’t help but laugh.

“Why are you laughing?”

“I wonder if you could elaborate a little further?”

“It’s just a guess. An estimate.”

“But I think it’s an unnecessary worry. I’m not a crazy idiot who’ll fall for such measures, I’ve prepared in advance.”

What was this crazy idiot saying now?

“Count, your worries are probably of little consequence. Since I’ve got a good relationship with my superior officer. He often visits my place.”

“A good relationship? What do you…”

Count Valentine’s face suddenly began to stiffen.

Callius von Jervain.

Captain of the Heretic Inquisition of Carpe.

Only one person could be called his superior officer.

“… No way?”

At that place.

Because Genos, the leader of the Heretic Inquisition himself, lay there in wait –

“So there’s really no need to worry.”


Editor’s Notes:

None for this chapter.


Surviving a Shounen Manga – Episode 70

The Conquest of the Peak (4)

The first time he’d seen the child called Thermis was six months ago.

It’d been a coincidence.

His son, who couldn’t even walk properly, suddenly had a brainless idea and for some reason declared that he was going on a trip.

At the same time, a public service that’d been scheduled was suddenly cancelled, so he had some time on hands.

So he ended up secretly following his son to the Mainin Kingdom.

It was a coincidence from start to finish.

The second princess of the Mainin Kingdom.

He’d never seen her before, but he’d heard her name somewhere.

She was a woman with strange rumours about her, that didn’t fit her country and gender.

– Bayar Khan’s soul sleeps within the second princess of the Mainin Kingdom!

Of course, he didn’t believe those rumours outright.

Bayar Khan had been a man who’d won a contest of strength against as many as a thousand people. In a sense, along with the first emperor Umir Khan, he was a symbol of the empire’s spirit and might.

In other words, if the topic of discussion is ‘strength’, Bayar Khan’s name is bound to pop up.

Still, it didn’t sound completely made-up, and it was about a woman no less, so he did have a faint interest in it.

Then they arrived at the Mainin Kingdom.

It was at the banquet hall in the kingdom that his excitement skyrocketed.

He saw it. For the first time in his life.

That smart and boring son of his went crazy.

“A-, are you… Princess Thermis?”

“Uh… yes? Uh, why?”

“Uhm… if you have some time, I was wondering…”

“Ah, I’m sorry, but I’m a little busy right now… but, are you from the Skull Empire?”

“Eh? Ah, yes, yes…”

“Then may I ask where General Mong is? I heard that he’s come, too, but it’s difficult to find him in this crowd…”

“Ah, General Mong? That man… but, if you want to meet him, I could guide you…”

“No, no, I want to find him myself.”

“Ah… but, if you don’t have a personal acquaintance, I can help you…”

“Oh, that’s okay, it’s fine.”

“…”

His son was a strong man.

A straight-laced and upright kid who shared not even a shared of resemblance with him, enough to make him doubt whether the kid truly was his own son.

If he hadn’t been so sickly, he would’ve taken over the place of his playful father a long time ago.

Perhaps that’s why, he longed for ‘physical strength’ more than anyone.

That was the only thing this strong son of his didn’t have.

“… Are you alright?”

Even Mong was concerned enough to forget he was ‘acting’ and ask. At the time, he was disguised as one of Mong’s henchmen.

From the moment he witnessed the sight of his son falling in love at first sight, Princess Thermis became a subject of deep interest for him. Because that child might become his daughter-in-law one day.

But, of course, he had no intention of directly intervening in the relationship between the two of them. It was only interest and curiosity.

At the message that Princess Thermis had finally rejected the prince’s proposal, and even ran away, he’d only cheerfully laughed applauded.

But he was sure he’d meet her on this Warrior’s Path.

Of course, Squatjaw was also a subject of interest, but he was at strictly the second place. It was the woman in front of him who had his interest from the beginning.

“Hmmm…”

And now, that interest had risen to a level incomparable from before.

Squatjaw? He didn’t even remember somebody called that.

The princess in front of him was truly someone he couldn’t take his eyes off of.

Khan spoke softly with a light smile on his lips.

“Are you alright? You look a bit tired.”

“… It was nothing.”

Then, she also tried to mimic his smile, but it didn’t seem to work. It ended up as more of a frown.

In fact, she’d been looking ragged for a while. Sweat was dripping all over his body, and her legs, which had already dug deep into the ground, were buried beyond her calves and up to her thighs. Her hands were torn and bloody.

But surprisingly, the rope still held taut, without the slightest sign of slacking.

“Looks like you’re slowly reaching your limit… What, didn’t you accept the match because you were confident?”

“… I haven’t lost yet.”

Surprisingly, that was true. That she was having difficulties was obvious, but the strength in her arms holding the rope was not waning.

At first, he’d just made this suggestion out of curiosity about what it’d look like.

Now that they’d confirmed that Squatjaw has indeed gone down, what if they went and pulled out the flag and took over the peak? She could of course choose to resist. At something other than combat, as well.

The princess had answered bravely.

“… The public rumours weren’t at all exaggerated, was it? But I will resist. I have no intention of just standing here and letting you take it.”

“How do you want to do it?”

“It doesn’t matter. Even individual battles are fine.”

“Anything? But it can be a little unfair… is that alright?”

“It’s fine. And why are you asking me that? Aren’t you going to do it anyway?”

To be honest, he’d had no intention of hurting anyone, and then there were those rumours.

Therefore, Bayar Khan’s legendary game, the ‘Tug of War against a Thousand’ was chosen as the event.

Of course, there were only about a hundred people here on the peak right now, but that wasn’t any worse, necessarily. In fact, each one of them had the power of more than ten men.

And,

“Hey… are you saying you still aren’t all tapped out?”

This really had been an excellent choice.

He’d never dreamed that he’d be able to see such a dynamic image without a single splash of blood.

Sway–.

Hundreds of his subordinates were shaken by the power that the princess radiated in an instant.

Of course, the rope quickly went taut again, but it was a scene that made me think ‘I couldn’t do this’.

“Whoo… it’s okay if it gets harder than it is now, right?”

“…”

“Looks like it’s fine. All right, Mong, you go.”

Khan nodded at Mong, who was standing next to him.

Then, Mong slowly approached a vacant position along the rope and gently grabbed it.

What would happen now?

“I don’t know if you know him? That’s Mong, the chief general of the Skull Empire. He looks thin on the outside, but the reality’s different. He’s a big, rough fellow.”

“… Great General Mong.”

She seems to be aware. From how her complexion hardened so visibly.

In fact, it was difficult to find anyone within the Skull Empire who didn’t know Mong’s name, or even within the East Continent. Even if they might be confused about his own name, it was difficult to find people within the empire who didn’t know the name of the general.

Soon after,

“Ugh, uh…”

The princess’ face contorted visibly.

He thought things would start off a bit more relaxed, but apparently that guy was being earnest from the start. Anyway, he was a kind sort. Was he trying to finish this up soon?

After a while,

Sssh–.

“Ugh…”

The princess’ body, which had stood firm till now, began to shake gently.

Her legs, which had been embedded in the ground, trembled like reeds, and her hands holding the ropes trembled like she was having a seizure.

‘… This is the end.’

It’d been a lot of fun, but all things inevitably come to an end.

As always, this was the most disappointing moment. He used to hate this feeling when he was young, so he’d always tried to hold on to the end, even by force.

But he was old enough to accept that if joy has a beginning, it had to also have an end.

And then,

“I will finish it.”

Khan nodded at Mong’s signal that he was ready to close the curtains.

Wasn’t there one more fun toy left anyway? It was the turn of that little squat-jawed kid next.

‘I hope he gets here all fired up.’

Then as he was about to come up with a new idea –

“Huh?”

Swish–.

‘Something whitish’ appeared from somewhere in the air.

Then, it was sucked into the princess’ body.

“… What?”

Khan closed his eyes and opened them.

He couldn’t see it anymore. The princess looked the same as before.

Was it an illusion?

That was then.

“Uh, huh!?”

“What!”

“What, what?”

“Everyone, give it more strength!”

A change had taken place.

Surprisingly, the princess suddenly began to pull the rope towards her. As if all the struggle until now had been a joke, she was now pulling the rope with a relentless force.

“No, Mong! What’re you doing…”

It was embarrassing.

There was a tendon sprouting on Mong’s forearm. His face was scrunched with effort. He wasn’t taking it east. Mong was also doing his best.

But,

‘Oh, is she really dragging them all in?’

The rope was being pulled towards the princess.

How strange. The whitish ‘thing’ he’d noticed a while ago hadn’t been a trick of the light after all. Intangible power had somehow infused the princess.

He didn’t think any further.

“Move!”

After grabbing a guy who was being dragged powerlessly and pulling him out, Khan took his place.

Then he quickly grabbed the rope.

“…”

It was heavy.

It was enough to feel the presence of the person holding the rope from the other side. A huge presence that would never being a single, slender woman to mind.

He’d never dared to imagine that there would be a person with such power in the world.

The only one he could think of was…

At that time,

“Look over there!”

“What is that?”

“Uh, a ghost?”

Behind the princess’ back, something like white steam began to rise.

It was different from the ‘whitish substance’ he’d noticed before.

The vapours were thicker, clearer, and massive by comparison. And it continued to change, ending as a single, ghastly human figure the size of an elephant.

When Khan saw the human made of steam, he gulped unconsciously.

“… Bayar Khan.”


‘Wow! Squatjaw, you! Were you always this strong?’

– Quiet.

Of course not.

The princess didn’t know the concept behind this ability itself, she only knew that my power had been transferred to her. But this was completely different from the truth. It was me who raised the power of the princess, but there was no transfer of power. What was being shared was instead my ‘character rank’.

Of course, it couldn’t have resulted in any dramatic growth. I was still clumsy at it, and the princess’ ‘character potential’ was still a bit on the low side.

But even so, she’d been transplanted with the ‘rank’ of a person who could be called the ceiling of power in the known scope of the present world. Of course she’d end up strong.

‘Wow! That old man can’t even compare, can he? Have you just been humouring him all this time? And to think he was bragging about being the most powerful person in the world!’

No.

The increase in force was not significantly related to the actual strength of the body.

Rather, seeing that the balance had been adjusted in relation to the ‘character rank’, the actual power of Bayar Khan might be stronger than I thought.

I thought he’d get angry and start a fuss, but –

– Be quiet! You little shits! You think sharing my strength is easy? Ugh, I’m seriously dying here!

Apparently, he couldn’t even listen to the princess properly.

In fact, a little while ago, I’d ordered him to reveal his form for a while.

– You have to look as dignified as possible, like a beast that subdues its prey just by staring at it. You know? I am Bayar Khan, you bastards! Just aim for that feeling.

– No… it’s not that simple. No, now that I think about it, I think I might be able to swing that… But why are you asking me to show my face?

– Because you’re the one and only Bayar Khan! Someone is bound to recognize you. So, from today onwards, their attitude towards the princess will be slightly different. They’ll also spend time trying to trace the relationship between the two of you.

Currently, it was the princess who had to attract the people of the Skull Empire, not me. There was no better chance than this for her to endear herself to the people of the Empire, and later to the position of emperor.

And I was already getting enough aggro from people really I cared about. A normal person, turning into a ghost and wandering around? Talk about eye-catching.

Of course, I wasn’t providing much visual stimulation right at this moment. Unless I revealed my form as vapor, I was just a ball of transparent gas.

But I didn’t even think about doing that. What if I got noticed by the guys of the Skull Empire? It’d be a right headache. This was supposed to be recognized as the power of the princess, not my power.

Anyway,

– For now, focus. Because this ain’t over yet.

‘Don’t you think it’ll be over if I just keep pulling? I’ve become incredibly strong!’

– Hey, don’t put your guard down!

I urged her to be more attentive.

Of course, the rope had already been pulled back entirely completely. It was indeed almost finished.

Still, the reason I couldn’t relax was –

“Ugh–.”

Because the condition of the guy over there called Mong wasn’t very good.

Like everyone else, he was pulling the rope with a scrunched-up face like he’d die before he let go, but strangely, his body had been swelling up for a while. Even to the extent that the guy behind him was being crushed and had to swerve to one side in a hurry.

In the process of using his power, it seemed that ‘some kind of ability’ was about to be activated without knowing it.

‘What? Are you a transformation-type?’

That was then.

“Mong!”

Khan called out to him from behind.

Even while Mong was frantically pulling the rope –

“… Uhm?”

Hearing this, I glanced behind me.

Then, after exchanging gazes with Khan,

“… It’s my mistake.”

He let go of the rope stepped aside.

And soon,

“Uh, huh?”

“Ugh!”

“Ugh, I’m being dragged!”

“Leave the rope!”

It meant the end of the tug of war.

100:1, or rather 100:3.

Anyway, the unfair tug of war was over.

Leaving behind only the first legendary anecdote of the (probable) future emperor of the great Skull Empire, ‘Arte Khan’.

Khan had a strange expression on his face.

He might’ve been angry, or he might’ve been holding back your laughter.

Then,

“Princess Thermis, right?”

His voice was very calm.

“… Yes.”

“You are very strong. I chose the wrong toy to play with.”

“You overpraise me.”

“Oh? Are you kidding me right now? Did you beat a hundred people alone just now or not?”

“Uh… Oh, no.”

The impression of calm seemed to have been an illusion.

“Okay, maybe you… and Bayar Khan, something… No, no.”

Khan then turned back immediately.

His face looked like he had a lot to say, but he seemed to back away more than I expected. Well, right now, it would be more important to calm the startlement in his heart than to solve the question.

Of course, he might still be cheating.

“Yeah, then. I won’t touch you anymore. Let’s finish the second obstacle properly and see you at the finals.”

“…Yes, Your Majesty.”

“Oh, and…”

Khan then turned around and added a word.

“I feel sorry for my son.”

Soon, a smile appeared on the princess’ lips.


“Calm down, your chance is here. It could be a trap… but more likely an opportunity. Let’s be calm, be calm.”

The fatty looked at the thin man who continued to mutter to himself.

This was already the fifth time.

It was his first time in years seeing this guy so nervous.

“Hey, I’m fine. If only you could calm down…”

“Calm down! Shit!”

“…”

Fatty shook his head.

This was guy was done for. Finished.

There was no hope to fix the thin man as he was now.

‘Now what do I…’

He had to make his own decisions and move.

It was, after all, an opportunity. Although, well, it could be a trap, too.

But frankly, it didn’t seem like one. Why would they suddenly set a trap at this time? Why? Aiming at whom, except maybe themselves?

‘It makes no sense.’

If that were the case, there were other options.

At least in such an urgent situation, there was no way to suddenly start setting traps.

The fatty turned his gaze to the cave in front of him.

Deep inside that place, hidden by the bushes, there was a man they had been chasing for a long time.

Squatjaw.

There, the man lay on the ground out cold, looking dead to the world.

Obviously, something must’ve gone wrong.

When Squatjaw had realized that Khan had tricked them and sprinted back towards the peak, they, too, had thought that their plans had gone up in smoke. But oddly enough, Khan’s attention had turned to something other than Squatjaw.

But look how the wheel turned. They’d thought it’d been a waste of effort, but a good opportunity knocked on their door right afterwards.

Yes, this was an opportunity.

“… Then I’ll be the one to go.”

“Oh no! Come on, wait… c-, calm down!”

However, the fatty ignored the thin man’s words, and took one step at a time.

Soon,

“… There he is.”

The fatty looked down at the giant lying at his feet.

It was as if he had fallen asleep without caring about the world.

What should he do now?

“Whoo…”

Calm down, Calm down.

What the thin man had said was correct. He had to be a little calmer.

His brain wasn’t working right.

Should he stab the heart with a dagger? Use poison? But what if this bastard woke up?

If it seemed impossible to finish it all at once, any shocking actions had to be avoided as much as possible. Or he might end up being counterattacked.

Then how about spraying him with some anaesthetic powder, first?

‘Yeah, that’s right. This is the way.’

The fatty then pulled out a vial of white powder from his waist.

A handful of it was said to put an elephant to sleep at once.

Then, after opening the lid, he carefully brushed it under Squatjaw’s nostrils, and also dabbed it around his mouth.

Fortunately, Squatjaw never stirred, even when the bottle went empty.

‘It’s done. Success.’

The fatty carefully wiped the drops of sweat from his forehead. A cold sweat was drenching his back.

Now, what next?

Capture, or assassination? It depended on the purpose.

‘… Capture is right out.’

Even if he had ten lives, it would be an irrational idea.

So, there was only one answer.

To kill him.

The fatty pulled out the dagger from his waist.

“Huh… let’s do it like the usual.”

Then just when the fatty was about to start –

“What are you doing?”

“…” Thud!

His heart was about to burst out of his chest.

It was a very sudden voice.

It was also very close.

‘M-, maybe…’

He jerked back in surprise, but that wasn’t the case. Squatjaw still had his eyes closed.

Then, from where…?

Then, while he was looking around in haste,

“Where’re you looking, you idiot?”

Again, the voice could be heard.

The sound was right next to his position.

The fatty slowly turned his head towards it.

What immediately caught his eye was,

“… A bird?”

A pigeon. Or maybe a dove?

A small white dove was sitting on a branch and staring at him.

It had a very dirty mouth, apparently.

“What do you think you’re doing, you fat fuck?”


Editor’s Notes:

None for this chapter.


Sword Pilgrim – Chapter 92

“Your Majesty.”

The person who called out to the queen had grey hair that signified the weakness of age, but his strong aura and magnificent body gave that the lie.

Knight among knights.

One of the Five Masters of Carpe.

Gerald of Judgment, who was a legendary paladin and also the lord of Tristar.

It was Gerald Gustav.

“Have you heard the rumours going around these days?”

“Hm? Which rumours are you talking about?”

The queen’s white hair, tied in a braid, swayed.

Clara tilted her head.

“There are rumours about Jervain.”

“If it’s about Jervain, I’ve indeed heard. He’s the inquisitor-captain who’s been going around beheading nobles. He’s even a count on top of that, and don’t they also call him the Judge?”

Gerald and him shared the same nickname, was what she meant. But the man continued to report with his head bowed without taking the bait.

“Yes, that’s him. There are a lot of angry complaints in the circles of nobility these days because of that.”

Because this guy was running around wildly, fast as a thunderbolt, and kept cutting off nobles’ heads.

“But as far as I know, there’s proof that all his victims so far have violated the country’s laws for their own gain? They’ve been the ones gnawing at Carpe’s flesh for so long.”

It was because of the Judgment Sword that the Judge could run amok like this.

Although his behaviour was obviously radical, he was at least faithful to the kingdom’s cause.

“Yes, that’s true enough. From our point of view, he’s achieving results without us having to dirty our hands.”

It was unclear whether this was intentional or not, but Callius’ actions were helping the royalist faction.

Because he kept killing off corrupt nobles and weakening the power of the noble faction, the royalist faction had managed to regain some of its former power.

Therefore, they should’ve tried to protect the man from the pressure of the noble faction.

“However…”

His rampage was much too fierce.

“You mean, he’s gotten a bit too into it.”

“Yes. Although it’s reasonable to lance a boil and squeeze out the pus, but doing too much of that all at once carries its own risk. If you don’t treat the wound and make sure it recovers, it’ll just get even worse.”

“You mean he’s in too much of a hurry.”

It was good, what Callius was doing. He was lancing the abscesses that plagued the kingdom.

However, there was also a need to drain the pus and process the wound – meaning, the state of confusion that arrived with a hole in the land’s feudal hierarchy.

A territory that lost its lord can’t run smoothly until a new lord is appointed.

However, the current Count Jervain didn’t even consider such follow-up procedures, and he was only addicted to cutting off the lords’ heads every day.

He didn’t even leave people any time to fix the issues.

He really needed to slow down a bit.

“Alright. Then… should I call him over and scold him one time?”

The queen scolding him…

Would that lawless bastard really take the weak and delicate queen’s scolding to heart? Gerald couldn’t help but worry.

“… Although he’s being very radical, there’s nothing wrong with his actions, so it should be enough to encourage him and tell him to be more circumspect.”

“Oho, then please call him. I also want to see his face. Carpe’s foremost idiot became a count, and is now called the Judge? Talk about exciting.”

Gerald also agreed.

He’d thought that the eldest son of Jervain’s direct line was nothing but a young animal, but somehow that animal came back as a human – or even more than that.

‘What the hell is that guy Elburton thinking… ‘

He’d received reports on the happenings in the North, but most of it was hard to believe.

The news about Callius, even more so!

The fact that a guy who couldn’t even hold a sword properly in the past could now freely spread his sanctuary with the Storm Sword of the North – that was completely unsettling.

It wasn’t easy for even Masters to achieve that level with sanctuary.

“Sir Gerald?”

“My apologies. I got lost in thought for a moment. In any case, I’m concerned that he might be disrespectful towards you, Your Majesty.”

“So what if he’s a bit rude?”

“This old man is just a little worried… about whether he’ll have impure intentions towards you, Your Majesty. You know, his history with…”

That was then –

The urgent footsteps of the knight approaching the audience room could be heard.

And with that came a ferocious aura that spread in the distance.

Gerald jumped up.

At the same time –

“Y-, Your Majesty!”

“What’s going on?”

“The prince has gone crazy again!!”

At that moment, the roar of a wild beast resounded throughout the royal castle.

Queen Clara, whose complexion turned white in an instant, got up quickly.

“I’d like to go first, Your Majesty.”

“Go. I’ll follow soon.”

The way to calm down the prince in the throes of madness was to give him an endless battle.

The queen felt exhausted.

The royal bloodline, she couldn’t kill him nor had the ability to save him…

“If only you never drew that sword.”

But what was the use of regretting the past?

For now, putting the prince to sleep was the priority… Gerald grabbed the sword from his waist and began running.


“It’s big and beautiful.”

A sword that stretched long and wide, seemingly made to defend one’s entire body.

This must be the family heirloom that Viscount Arpen had spoken of.

“Is this it?”

“Yes, this is said to be the heirloom of the Arpen family.”

「Galaximund」
Grade – Spirit Sword
Infused Soul – Galaximund de Arpen
Unique Ability – Hardening

“Right.”

All of a sudden –

Infusing it with a little divine power, the forearm holding the sword began being covered with a hardened plating.

When Callius tapped it, it was hard enough that it wouldn’t get scratched even when cut with a carcass.

At full power, it would be hard enough to even block a spirit sword, and depending on how it was used, not only the forearm but even the whole body could be covered.

There were limits, but it was definitely a sword worth my appreciation.

It wasn’t a heirloom for nothing.

With such hardness, swordsmanship that prioritized cutting the enemy’s bones in exchange for your own flesh could be used.

While pretending to give up defending your vital area, block the enemy’s strike by hardening it, and behead the enemy while he was panicking.

Depending on how you used it, it was a sword that could leapfrog and kill stronger opponents.

“It’s a good sword.”

But there was a fatal problem.

The sword was too big and too heavy.

The length was close to two meters and the width could rival a shield.

The weight was also correspondingly heavy, and some knights couldn’t even lift it properly.

And with its length, you couldn’t wield it freely unless you were tall enough.

Callius, who valued ​​speed and surprise, couldn’t use this sword as a mainstay.

“I can see why it was left to gather dust.”

Perhaps this sword could be used once he buffed his stats with Verse of Grace, but there was no need to do that.

There were many other good swords in his hands, so there was no need to overdo it.

“Anyone wants it?”

All the guys in the 6th division shook their heads simultaneously.

“It looks so difficult to carry, how would we even use it?”

“The captain is holding it in one hand though.”

“And I want to ask, how is he doing that?”

No one came forward.

To use this sword, it seemed that at least a tall, massive knight would be required.

Callius could do nothing but put Galaxymund into subspace, and looked around.

“How many dead, and wounded?”

“Twenty wounded, no dead.”

“How are the wounds?”

“Excluding four serious injuries, there are sixteen minor injuries.”

“I see.”

Most of the crew who’d trained back at Callius’ villa, had suffered minor injuries at most.

The remaining ones, especially those with serious wounds, were those who’d never participated in the training.

“…”

“…”

At Callius’ intent stare, the people around him awkwardly averted their gazes.

They, too, had noticed how things had turned out.

The knights of the Viscount Arpen were not without skills, so it’d taken quite a while.

Callius said, looking at the majority of the wounded men.

“I won’t force you. However, I will continue to fight frequently in the future. Think carefully about the difference between you and these guys.”

That was it. As he said, he had no intention of forcing training upon anyone.

Even if he left them alone, they’d band together on their own, in time.

“Where are we going next?”

“Originally, we were going to head south to the lands of Count Valentine.”

However, Callius had no choice but to rein himself in after seeing the bug moving on his finger.

‘It was good that Orcal’s third squad took the lead and did some reconnaissance.’

After dealing with the viscount this time, he was planning to go south and attack the count himself.

It was cumbersome to deal with the low-level nobles, barons and such, one by one.

The plan this time was to destroy them all at once before they could react.

But after hearing the report, it didn’t seem like he could go south and rampage.

– They say that the eldest son of the Ruydren family visited Count Valentine.

The eldest son, was Lutheon’s older brother.

Commander of the Golden Lion knights of the South.

Ruen von Ruydren.

Among the innumerable knights of the kingdom –

He, was considered one of the Five Stars (五星), the ones closest to becoming a Master.


Canter, canter went the sound, echoing through the plains.

It was Esther, the pilgrim, for once not dressed in the pure white cloak that signified Valtherus, who drove her horse across the plains at a speed that was neither slow nor fast.

She was carrying out a quest to clear out the bandits who’d appeared not far from Carradi.

It was a relatively simple task for her, so she was relatively relaxed.

She couldn’t journey far because she didn’t know when Sullivian could fall critically ill, and that’s why she’d accepted such a mission.

With her sincere personality, it was difficult for her to sit still, so she wanted to help people and the Church by doing something like this.

Kill the beasts you see along the way.

Kill the bandits too.

Help those who seek your help.

As a practitioner of the sword, it was a bit disappointing not to be able to meet a strong enemy, but it was rewarding to think that even such a small task would be helpful to someone.

So, this time –

She didn’t wear the pure white cloak and clothes that originally symbolized the pilgrims.

A faded cloak and old clothes.

All to attract bandits.

“Really, who did this?”

Following the rumours, she went to the place where the bandits had been active, but couldn’t find a single living one.

Only corpses.

Esther walked along the path that seemed to lead to the den of the bandits, observing the fresh corpses and their wounds along the way.

Soon she saw a fence, and a row of huts one after another.

There, of course, the corpses formed a mountain.

Someone had swept through the bandits.

Esther slowly drew her sword.

In front of the bandit’s corpses, there were three people who looked like knights, but they were all wearing hoods, so she couldn’t see their faces properly.

There was no guarantee that they were not enemies, even if they’d killed off the bandits, so she aimed her sword.

“Who…”

However, before she could even finish the sentence –

Esther was attacked.

The shortest one ran like lightning and stabbed at her.

Although his body was small, the attack was fierce.

But who was Esther?

Was she not the greatest genius of the Order, called the strongest pilgrim?

It wasn’t difficult for her to block the attack, and at the same time, she tried to pin down the sword by moving her wrist like a shackle.

“Oh?!”

As if startled, the hooded man immediately dropped his sword and kicked the hilt.

“Oh?”

Jumping away with a backflip, he caught the sword from mid-air.

The move was clean like flowing water.

Just as Esther was about to say something else –

“Haah!”

The giant among the three, also hooded, slashed at her with his greatsword.

Crack! The earth broke and clods of dirt scattered.

Esther took a step back, then backed away further as the third hooded man struck.

The link between the three was smooth, and the swordsmanship spoke of experience in actual combat.

Their swords were more lively than the characteristic swordsmanship of aristocrats, and the purpose of each strike was to kill the enemy in one blow.

Esther was considering their impressions.

And by checking their swordsmanship and habits, she found out their identities without much difficulty.

‘Northern.’

It was the swordsmanship of the North that was this fierce.

A swordsmanship made for practical battles, putting aside all the pretentiousness and hypocrisy.

A sword for killing beasts, and for annihilating the barbarians of the North.

Esther liked the northern swordsmanship.

It was only natural – as a swordsman, this was normal compared to liking the swordsmanship of aristocrats who only cared about showing off.

‘I don’t think they’re just run-of-the-mill knights.’

Especially the one who first attacked him, was probably a child.

He was short in stature, and the parts of his body and the small hands that could be seen through the coat belonged to a child.

For his age, the swordsmanship was great, and it had its own characteristics.

Maybe he was from Jervain’s bloodline?

Because the other two were fighting like they were escorting that child.

Esther calmly took in the three swordsmen in front of her and widened the distance.

The probes were over.

“Damn.”

“She’s a great expert. Be careful.”

The hoods were removed, revealing the appearances of each one.

The giant looked just like a bandit, and the man of medium stature was a pale blond young man. He had lost one eye, and was wearing an eye patch.

And the last one –

“Who are you? Looking at your movements, you aren’t just some bandit.”

The voice was that of a young girl.

Black short hair peeking out of a pulled back hood.

A girl with grey eyes, was glaring at her.

Really, Jervain’s bloodline.

“Lady, be careful. She’s not normal.”

“I know.”

As if waiting for an answer, the Jervain girl stood silently.

When Esther realized that she was from the North, and from the Jervain family, she began to withdraw her own sword, but stopped.

The sword the girl was holding –

Not only she was strangely familiar with it, but it was the sword she had handed over to Callius as a token of defeat and respect.

‘Lucen.’

But the sword was in the girl’s hands.

That is to say –

‘Are you his disciple?’

The disciple of the kingdom’s biggest idiot.

She was undoubtedly intersted. There was no way she couldn’t be.

A disciple of Callius, the only one who had dealt her a defeat – she had a desire to experience the girl’s swordsmanship a little more.

She looked like she was about twelve years old.

As soon as she realized that the sword of such a young girl was quite terrifying, Esther’s feelings surged with a tide of strange and bold curiosity.

“You seem unwilling to answer.”

It was sad, but Esther decided to keep her mouth shut.

First of all, this brat was Callius’ disciple.

She wanted to see more of her skills.

And if the girl ended up learning something from a duel with herself, that wasn’t a bad thing either.

“Come, Callius’ disciple.”

When she said that with a light smile, the girl’s eyes changed completely.

“You are Dad’s enemy?”

A burning glare that shouldn’t have come from a child stabbed at Esther.

However, not that aura, Esther was more shocked at something else.

‘… Dad?’

Who would call that piece of trash, Dad?


Editor’s Notes:

None for this chapter.


Surviving a Shounen Manga – Episode 69

The Conquest of the Peak (3)

1. An absurd self-introduction, to the extent that even a liar wouldn’t choose to tell so tall a tale.

2. A face that resembled that Mero-whatever-guy.

3. The surprised reactions from the surroundings, and the ensuing silence.

4. Such a huge number of subordinates, which I severely doubted could be gathered within a short period of time.

5. Finally, the princess’ mouth gaping wide open.

Putting all of this together,

“Eh…”

Left me completely stunned.

Rather, I myself was having a hard time keeping my mouth closed instead of gaping.

This was Khan. The current emperor of the Skull Empire.

In short, I met the person who should’ve been the most difficult to meet in this country. And on top of that, he was the one who came a-knocking.

Of course, I didn’t know anything about this emperor. And if I didn’t know anything, neither did the readers.

The appearance of a new character intrinsically stimulates the interest of readers, but it can also cause fatigue at the same time. Because although the author knows the role, background, and significance of the new character, to the reader he’s just one more member of the cast whom he must now learn about and understand. A character that appears without the slightest trace of a foreshadowing, even more so.

However, there are exceptions to this rule.

If at least one of the three factors – ‘appearance’, ‘ability’, and ‘identity’, can catch the interest of the readers from the very first appearance.

Then it’s a completely different story. No matter how tired or exhausted, interested readers will still wait wide-eyed longing to know more.

Yes, just like right now.

“The emperor of the Skull Empire… you mean you want to be treated like that? On the battlefield, no less?”

Even so, I tried as hard as I could to not show my surprise on the outside.

No matter how I felt on the inside, I had to stay in character.

“Come to the point.”

Khan looked at me and grinned.

“Hey, you’re a pretty tough fellow, aren’t you? Well, I did guess so.”

Then,

“Anyway, that’s good. If you’d gotten scared, it wouldn’t have been any fun. Right?”

He chuckled as he gave the tall and reedy[1] man next to him a glance.

The man simply bowed his head without answering.

‘A bodyguard?’

He was quite an eye-catching sort. Not just because of his height, but rather because of his intensely blazing eyes. They seemed to shine with a feeling like, ‘let’s have a scrap!’

Of course, I’d have to experience it for myself if I wanted to find out the actual details.

“Oh, right! We still have to talk about that.”

Khan snapped his fingers as if he’d suddenly remembered something.

“Do you have a favourite sport?”

He asked me in a soft voice.

Somehow, just by looking at his face, I could tell he was going to follow whatever I said without complaint.

“Anything is fine.”

“Hey, don’t regret it later.”

“I never regret any of my actions. No matter what I do, I do it because I want to.”

At that moment,

“Haah…”

“Ooh…”

Some of the audience let out brief exclamations.

Was it a little too much?

Still,

“How fun. Anything goes, yeah? All right, then let me decide what I want.”

The effect wasn’t bad. The curve at the corners of Khan’s lips grew even deeper.

Then, the competition he suggested was –

A 5vs5 fight.

Picking five players from both camps, one by one coming out to engage in a hand-to-hand brawl.

The winner would continue to fight.

When all five players of one faction lose, the match would end immediately.

The losing side would go down the mountain without any fuss.

It wasn’t a bad offer overall.

It was tidy and reasonable. It was an event that allowed us to compete with each other in moderation, preventing loss of combat power as much as possible.

Also, it was a very attractive proposition for me.

It wasn’t particularly difficult, and it was well-structured so I could take the spotlight by myself.

It was a bit disappointing that I couldn’t show the readers a large-scale battle, but…

“The match will start tomorrow morning at sunrise. There’s a vacant area down there that’d be a decent spot.”

“Yeah, let’s do it.”

“The number of people seemed insufficient, so I set it to five, but… will that be fine? Maybe you could find some people to join by the end of the day if you start now? Well, it won’t be easy.”

“Ah, yeah, I guess.”

“…”

When I answered lightly, Khan seemed to get a little irritated.

“Like I said, you better not try to run away. Don’t make me do things the hard way.”

“Oh yeah? How do you usually do it, this hard way?”

I was legitimately curious, so I asked. If it was interesting enough, I was willing to actually go ahead with it.

But,

“If you’re curious, feel free to try it yourself. Anyway, see you tomorrow. At sunrise tomorrow morning, at the empty lot down there. Don’t be late.”

Unfortunately, Khan didn’t tell me.

Soon after,

“Let’s go.”

“Yes.”

Khan and the reedy man next to him turned away.

What was strange was that, compared to Khan who turned back right away, the guy next to him hesitated for a moment, his gaze fixed on me. His eyes contained some kind of a meaningful emotion.

Like that of a warrior before he entered the battlefield.

So,

‘If your body is itching like that, see you tomorrow.’

I also smiled at him.

With the promise of tomorrow’s decisive battle, the two visitors left the peak.


The next day, dawn. The sun was just rising over the clouds.

“You should go.”

“Yeah.”

“Win.”

“Easy enough.”

“And… be careful.”

The princess’ face was strangely stiff.

Honestly, did she really think I could lose?

“Be careful while I’m gone. Since I’m not around, this’ll be the best time for those who’re aiming at you. They might take advantage.”

“… Ah.”

What the hell. She’d never even considered it. That was written plainly on her face.

I took a deep breath.

“Oh, and just in case, don’t trust that bald guy. Because he’s one strong bastard.”

“… Okay.”

“Come back as soon as possible.”

Then it was time for me to leave.

“… W-, wait a second!”

The princess hastily stopped me for some reason.

“What, what is it?”

“Maybe that person yesterday… well, um, no.”

“What?”

“No, forget it, just go. Even if I tell you, you won’t understand anyway.”

“Hey. Whatever you’re thinking, just spill it.”

Soon, she slowly spoke.

“There should be one very strong man in their camp. I think that tall guy yesterday might’ve been the one, but I’m not sure. He must be in disguise.”

“How far away were you yesterday? Strong? Who is he?”

“He’s called Mong. The general of the Skull Empire, also called the Sword of the Empire. He’s… strong. He has a history of fighting hundreds of enemies alone, and even… well, you know.”

The princess was looking at me with such serious eyes that it wasn’t even funny anymore.

If I didn’t list myself among the strongest in the world, nobody else would dare to either.

Well, that didn’t mean I should turn my nose at her concern.

Nodding my head –

“Yeah, I’ll keep it in mind.”

I ran straight to the place of the decisive battle.

The vacant area was already crowded with many people.

Even though it was supposed to be an empty space, there wasn’t a lot of vacancy left. Where did this crowd come from? People from all over had come to sight-see.

Presumably, even the guys from the third peak had gathered.

Then,

“L-look, it’s Squatjaw!”

“Squatjaw is here!”

“He is alone!”

“Is he that confident!?”

There was a commotion everywhere.

It was like a celebrity fighter entering the arena during a tournament.

It wasn’t a bad atmosphere.

‘Yeah, yeah. That’s right.’

While I was heading towards the centre of the area –

A guy sprinted out of the group on Khan’s side, holding a red flag.

“Is it just you here?”

“Huh?”

“Did you really come alone?”

“Hmph. Who’re you?”

But he didn’t answer my question, abruptly taking a deep breath instead.

“Huh… this is absurd.”

Then,

“Mr. Squatjaw came here alone, everyone! Does this make sense? How overconfident can this guy be!?”

He gave a loud cry.

And then,

“Boo!”

“This upstart!”

“He’s done for!”

Boos resounded from all sides.

It was frustrating.

“What is this all of a sudden? No. Who even are you?”

“Ah, I forgot to introduce myself. I…”

Then he started to introduce himself, starting with his name, nicknames, specialties, and going on to recount the epic saga of his own life, which I had no need to know about.

“…”

This guy had some kind of an angle.

“Then are you the first player?”

After a little hesitation, he answered.

“Uh… not really.”

“What? You aren’t?”

“Yes. Those who will play today are preparing now.”

“… Really? Why did you jump out and start babbling?”

He smirked at my question.

“Haha, just like what I heard, you’re quite an aggressive one. For now, please stand in the centre over there.”

He tried to guide me, but I didn’t even pretend to listen, looking around instead.

it was a sad state of affairs. No matter how far I looked, there wasn’t the slightest trace of Khan and his bodyguard.

‘Something strange.’

By now, the day had fully dawned.

The appointment time had already passed.

“Once you stand in the centre, I’ll introduce you to the people.”

And what was this guy doing? Why did it feel like I was running out of time?

“Okay, who else is here but you?”

“Yes? Oh, they’re waiting over there right now, so I’ll call them after the introduction…”

That was then.

Suddenly, an uneasy feeling surged inside my heart.

Khan had urged me to come out here on time as promised, saying that he had another, hard way.

That guy who’d looked at me with meaningful eyes.

Khan’s numerous subordinates who didn’t go back to their place of residence and stayed for a day in someone else’s territory.

“… No way.”

In an instant, I started running back the way I’d come, full throttle, without looking back.

Of course I’d been feeling strange.

I’d heard that he was an out-and-out eccentric, unpredictable and capricious.

No, I could’ve come to that conclusion even without ever listening to that. Somebody who stod at the top of the nation, in an emperor’s position, playing around here while hiding his identity? Just for ‘fun’.

Did such a person propose such a fair competition?

Did he say our game would end with just that?

Why? Was that fun?

“Haah… tsk. Was the peak this far?”

I sped up even more.

Of course, this was not a logical reasoning. There was no particular reason other than the feeling of ‘strangeness’. It was just a feeling.

But,

“Ha… haha.”

Sometimes feelings can be more accurate than cold rationality.

I bared my teeth in dismay at the sight that caught my eye.

Really, the ‘real’ match was happening at the peak.

Khan, that reedy bastard, and a portion of his numerous subordinates were all there. Along with the princess.

‘Did I fall for such a simple trick…’

I’d been careless. I couldn’t imagine that the emperor could tell such a brazen lie.

I bit my lip and hurriedly jumped up.

By the time I reached a position where the peak was in full view –

“What… are these people doing?”

I saw a very strange sight.

The people on the peak were not fighting. They weren’t trying to pull out the princess’ flag, nor were they attacking her. They were doing something close to a child’s play.

What they were doing was nothing more than a ‘tug of war’.

Why tug-of-war all of a sudden?

“Haah… really. How bothersome.”

The reason I couldn’t contain my anger when I saw this was not, of course, because everyone aside from me was having a fun game of tug-of-war.

It was clear at a glance, just how unfair a match was being played.

On one side, counting at first glance, nearly a hundred people were holding the long rope in a line that stretched down to the hillside below, and on the other side there was a woman all by herself.

Moreover, given how desperate the expression on the woman’s face was, it seemed like a game that she couldn’t afford to lose. Perhaps something very important hinged on it. For example, the right to occupy the peak.

“…”

Still, the reason I didn’t break in right away was simple. Because the princess still looked like she could bear it.

I felt it again, but really, this woman was a monster. How could she withstand the power of hundreds of people on her lonesome?

Of course, it wasn’t that Khan or the reedy bastard next to him were lending their strength to the team. They were just leisurely watching this situation from the side.

But her amazing strength clearly shone through nonetheless.

‘Come to think of it… what should I do now?’

I started to worry.

Going up like this? What a joke. I didn’t know how things would play out if I did that, but at least it won’t work out neatly.

I didn’t know for sure, but it seemed that the rule of the match was that only the princess could participate. If not for that, that baldie wouldn’t have been cheering her on from behind.

Even if I went up, it was clear that they would try to stop me using the same rule.

Of course, I could flip the table. After all, they cheated me first. The deal was invalid.

But it wasn’t the best idea to confront the emperor of the Skull Empire head-on. For the princess, or for me.

It was a crisis.

Even as I struggled, I continued to check the situation with my own eyes.

Although she was trembling, the princess was still holding on.

‘Bayar Khan… hasn’t come forward, it looks like.’

From the expression on her face and the way she was quietly using her strength, she was still the princess.

The reason why he didn’t replace the princess – I could guess to some extent.

Perhaps he was not following my advice, ‘one can only awaken when they’re alone in a crisis situation’.

And it was the right decision. Indeed, the princess could awaken in this situation, here and now.

Of course, it was true that the situation was a bit too tense for me to merrily wish her good luck, when there was no guarantee she would succeed.

“Whoo…”

It was clearly a crisis. But it was also an opportunity.

Overcoming a crisis in an unexpected way is a sure way to fire up the readers.

It was impossible for me to go and help out. That was a bad idea all around.

Still, somehow, the princess had to win. If the princess lost there and the flag got uprooted, all my hard work so far would be in vain.

“There’s nothing else to try but that.”

I remembered the conversation I’d had with Bayar Khan the other day.


“You really couldn’t lend her even half of your strength? You sure about that?”

“Ah, that’s how it is! If you just read my records written in historical materials…”

“Hey, who believes stuff like that?”

“Huh, you’re being so unfair I feel like I could die… wait, I’m already dead! Ha ha ha ha!”

“Okay then, let’s be honest. What about the strength of the princess herself? Aren’t you adding her strength on top of yours?”

“Uh, umm?”

“No, you even possessed the princess, it doesn’t make sense to say that you can’t use her strength. Right?”

Bayar Khan hesitated, and then reluctantly admitted it.

“Well, you’re right, but anyway, the strength of this body isn’t even that much, so why do you keep trying to argue about it!”

“Because it was a 2vs1, a 2vs1. You lost to me 2vs1. So please don’t keep saying you lost unfairly.”

“Huh… that’s ridiculous. If I were really going to do a 2vs1, I wouldn’t have possessed her, I would’ve just given this kid my powers instead. Because it’s more efficient. Of course, I have no intention of doing that!”

“Oh, is that so? You can just give her strength?”

“Well, it’s more that I add to her soul, but it can be said that I just hand over a certain amount of power. However, it’s clumsy in practice and there are clear limitations…”

Surprisingly, the old man said that it was possible to empower people without having to change their personalities.

“If there’s a limit… is it something like, you can only give as much power as the princess’ body can tolerate?”

“No, it’s kind of the other way around.”

“Is it you who has the problem?”

“Right, it’s my problem. There’s not much power I can give her. No, I gave it all, but should I say that I only have that much strength?”

“What do you mean?”

“When I possess this kid’s body like I’m doing now, it’s literally a concept that my soul overtakes her body. It’s a way of reproducing my body when I was alive, even if it’s not complete. But that other way… it’s just a concept that strengthens this kid herself by adding the power of my soul. It’s not just handing over the strength I’d had in life. It’s hard to express everything this kid has. I don’t really know. It’s something I’ve never done before.”

“Hey…”

I was quite surprised. As I understood it, this was a concept similar to raising the character’s ‘class’ itself.

Presumably, the act of adding to the soul seemed to strengthen not only the physical ability, but also the unique ability and various hidden characteristics. Just like Karl Zayed, the scope of growth covered the whole spectrum of abilities.

It was truly a great ability. Even though the parties themselves seemed to be unaware.

Besides, it was easy to guess why he said it was clumsy.

Simple. Contrary to the fact that Bayar Khan had an extremely powerful body during his lifetime, in fact, the ‘class’ of his soul state was not so high. Because that was also the way the manga’s power balance was adjusted.


Predictably, Bayar Khan was currently powering the princess through this ‘soul-adding method’.

The problem was that I didn’t know how long it would last. Even though Khan and his bodyguard had not participated yet, the only thing the princess could do was not let go of the rope.

“I don’t have time.”

I immediately stopped thinking. Now was not the time to hatch some cunning scheme. It was the time to actively put into practice whatever came to mind.

Then,

“Well, guess I’ll just have to try.”

I hastily moved.

However, my direction was not towards the peak.

Rather, I went the opposite way.

To a gloomy shaded area where no one would notice me.


“By the way, can I ask one more question?”

“You, you have too many questions!”

“It’s just… because I’m kind of interested in this kind of thing.”

“Huh, what is it?”

“Did you ever use that unique ability… even while you were alive?”

This was a question I was really curious about.

It was a skill that could only be used after death? Wasn’t that strange?

Bayar Khan’s answer was indeed simple.

“Isn’t that natural? Why would I save such a good thing? I had a lot of fun with this. Haha.”

I knew it.

“Oh, I thought it was only activated after you died?”

“Nah, I just never dreamed that it could be activated even after my death. At that time, I almost died from shock. Although I was already dead! Ha ha ha ha!”

Immortality.

I thought Bayar Khan’s ability was actually close to this.

But it wasn’t that surprising. There were quite a few beings with similar abilities in this world.

“Oh, one last thing.”

“What else is it this time!”

“How do you use that unique ability? Like, is there a special way to activate it?”

“How I use it? Seriously, why are you asking?”

“I’m just curious…”

“Hmph, if I teach you that, what, can you use it? My unique ability?”

I smiled at his question.

“Well… well, wouldn’t it be possible to copy it if I’m lucky?”


“… God damn it.”

Her hands holding the rope were already numb.

There was no tingling sensation or pain where the skin had gotten peeled off.

It wasn’t just her hands either. Her mind had gone blank, too, and she felt like she could pass out at any moment.

She wanted to rest.

– Stop, let me come out and deal with this for you.

‘What would change if I did that?’

Thermis shook her head.

She was already exhausted. Even if Bayar Khan took over now, he wouldn’t last long anyway.

“… Haah.”

She’d come a long way, so there’d been moments when she’d fantasized about success, but this was how it’d all come to an end.

Now, whether she was forced to marry, was executed, or had to go back to the exhausting life of a fugitive… her freedom would be gone.

Thermis sensed the end.

This was it.

That was then.

– Hey.

‘Huh?’

– Can you hear me?

A muffled voice could be heard from somewhere.

– What is it, you bastard! Hey, what is this?

– You did a great job. And, uh… Princess.

And then,

– You held up well.

A powerful force, one she’d never before felt the like, began to well up from within her body.


Editor’s Notes:

[1] 멀대 (muldae) means tall, but in more of a derogatory sense.


Surviving a Shounen Manga – Episode 68

The Conquest of the Peak (2)

“What?”

Upon reaching the peak, I flinched slightly.

Because on the peak stood still a certain big-boned, barrel-chested fellow.

Had it been thirty minutes? Forty?

Definitely less than an hour.

While I left and camp and made a detour for the second peak, this guy had quickly climbed up and planted a flag.

Contrary to his appearance, he was surprisingly quick.

But the funny bit was –

“… Huh, eh?”

He also seemed to be quite perplexed.

After such a moment of mutual silence,

“Um… is that your flag?”

I was the one who spoke up first.

I pointed to the small rod at the centre of the peak. There was a dull grey flag hanging on it.

“… Y-, yes.”

“Then you’re the first occupant of this peak?”

I was somewhat regretting it already.

I’d wanted to show the scene of a single flag remaining unchanging from beginning to end.

“W-, well, there wasn’t any flag planted here before mine. B-but… why do you ask?”

“Oh? Why?”

He was a funny guy.

“Why would anyone on this peak be interested in the flag, you think?”

“Y-, you! You want to pull it out?”

“Or how about you pull it out yourself?”

“…”

The man asked a last question very carefully.

“R… right now?”

“Yeah.”

Then,

“Y-, you bastard! You wanna go?!”

The idiot, whose face had stiffened, finally shouted with rage, pulling out the big brutish-looking axe he was carrying behind his back.

How outrageous.

Ignoring him, I strode towards the centre where the flag was planted.

“W-, wait! St-, stop!”

“Nope.”

Then,

“D-, damn it!”

The bastard swung at me.

He moved quite fast, for his size.

‘Still, it’s not like he’s a threat or anything.’

I dodged his axe and tripped him.

“Ugh!”

Leaving behind the guy rolling on the ground, I immediately pulled the flag out.

Then,

Crack–.

The flagpole broke with a bang! on the spot.

“Whoo…”

It was amazing. At first glance, I thought it was just a wooden stick…

Of course, it didn’t feel like a technological device. Someone had apparently applied some kind of ‘conditional control’ ability on it.

For example, ‘if someone who is not the owner of the nameplate touches it, it will break’.

Then,

“Oh, no!”

A screaming cry could be heard.

When I turned around, the big guy was looking at me with a confused expression.

I scratched my head.

“Wait, didn’t you know it was going to be like this? Why the hell did you take the peak over so quickly? You could’ve just been patient.”

“I just… heard that you went to another peak…”

“Who, me? No I didn’t.”

“… Is that so.”

Then he murmured,

“Then, am I already eliminated?”

He asked me as if he’d remembered it just now.

“Looks like it? I’ve pulled the flag out, haven’t I?”

I had no idea about this guy’s future itinerary (?).

Since he got eliminated, he’d naturally have to go down… maybe he’d have to trek the whole way back on foot.

That was then.

“I… will take revenge.”

The kid muttered blankly.

“I will take revenge.”

Then he slowly turned his eyes towards me. It must’ve been a real shock, from how bloodshot his eyes were.

“Uh… you mean against me?”

“Yeah. I’m gonna kill you.”

He picked up the axe he’d dropped and slowly approached me.

It was weird.

Was this really alright? Was it permissible to attack a test-taker regardless of whether or not you’d already been eliminated?

Soon after,

“I’ve got nothing to lose now. You shouldn’t have made me drop out.”

The idiot started recklessly wielding his axe.

His intelligence seemed to have dropped a bit further, but he was still strong and moved quickly. Besides, just like he said, he was far more aggressive than before.

Bang–!

His blows were heavy enough to change the terrain with each strike. Every time the axe struck, rocks would splinter and shards would fly, and the ground would dent.

But, of course, that didn’t mean it was a threat to me or anything.

I watched the situation for a while, dodging his attacks as they came.

But,

“Hmmm…”

No matter how long I waited, nobody else appeared, nor did any warning sound to stop his actions.

That meant that those who were eliminated could continue to function as a separate axis in this occupation, despite not being in the running for winning. They were like free mercenaries not even bound by the flags, moving according to their personal feelings and interests.

Meaning you shouldn’t recklessly make enemies, but if you clearly define somebody as an enemy, you should ‘deal with them’ with a sword in hand.

It was then that I realized something important about this war of occupation.

It wasn’t just a game of staring at each other, taking sides, and taking down the other teams. It was a game of extreme survival, with no clear enemies and allies, where you yourself had to be responsible for your own actions until the bitter end.

There was a reason why Bayar Khan had emphasized the ‘last’ position, telling me to wait all this while. Smartness and political acumen were needed to navigate this game. He’d probably thought I’d clumsily make enemies if I just barged in. The game structure itself facilitated that.

Bang–!

“Where do you think you’re going?!”

Meanwhile, the guy’s attacks continued.

Hmmm.

I stared blankly at the axe that bit down on the earth right next to me. Then I turned my eyes to the guy.

He was a sad case, no doubt.

He got lucky, then unlucky, then lucky, and finally unlucky again.

“Wherever you try to run away to…”

“Hey.”

“… Huh?”

I picked up the guy’s axe myself and threw it.

Swish–.

He caught the axe, staggering back at the force.

“Why are you so unlucky?”

“… Huh?”

Although it was just bad luck on his part… but as Bayar Khan had emphasized so many times, it was only who smiled last that mattered. If you got unlucky at the end, then all your good fortune thus far became meaningless.

“Yeah, if you’d just gone down lamenting ‘too bad, I got eliminated this time’, nothing else would’ve happened. But now that you’ve been so rude, I have to actually decide how to deal with you. What happens if people refuse to go down even after losing their flags? Then fights will no longer end with breaking others’ flags, don’t you think?”

“… Ah.”

“And what do you mean, you’ve got nothing to lose? You had one thing.”

“I, I did?”

“Yes, your future. You did still have a future. Until you came at me, anyway. Right? You could’ve just taken the exam again next year.”

“… Ah.”

“Why did you have to throw it all into the gutter? How sad.”

“…”

“Come on, this is the last time, so come at me with no regrets. That’s why I threw you the axe.”

But,

“…”

Despite my kind suggestion, he just backed away instead of moving forward.

“Hey, where do you you’re going?”

“The, the future… my future, you’re right. It’s still left…”

“No, it went poof a while ago, you know?”

“Hey, I can’t lose the one thing I still have left!”

Then, leaving even the axe behind, he ran down the mountain.

I was a little conflicted, but I decided to just let him go. Don’t they say that it ain’t over till the fat lady sings[1]?

Just consider yourself lucky, you piece of shit.

Soon after,

“Hey…”

Looking around, I was a little surprised.

I’d stopped paying attention while dealing with that strange idiot, but now I realized that a lot of people had gathered near the peak.

Everyone was encamped among the bushes that grew near the peak, and the closest one was positioned less than ten meters from the peak.

From the looks of it, these guys seemed to have a higher understanding of the occupation war than that stupid idiot.

They were vigilant, stalking, prowling, constantly observing me, quietly calculating whether I was going to plant a flag or not, or when I would do it.

“Let’s see.”

I also started staring at them openly. To be honest, I wanted to understand what they were thinking.

Were they looking for opportunities in the chaos that’d follow me planting my flag? Were they just trying to confirm my power, which had only been the stuff of rumours so far? Or were they just here to observe the situation without making any specific decisions?

Simply put,

1. Aim for the occupation.

2. Stick to me.

3. Attach to somebody else.

There were a number of options, but none of them had probably committed to one or the other, right now. They were just waiting and watching.

And, in fact, the guys camping nearby weren’t a big deal. Anyway, they’d been in position to see the fight that’d just happened on this peak.

The main issue was the bunch who might skip over to another peak any time and just dipping their feet here. The ones encamped further in the distance.

I looked at the crowd roaming about fifty meters from the peak.

They were the ones harder to deal with.

They were positioned such that it wasn’t easy to subdue them, yet it wasn’t easy to throw them away either. Those who had no intention of occupying the peak themselves, instead wanted to attach to the faction that would become the greatest force.

They were truly the ‘survival-specialized’ talents.

Any faction that absorbed a lot of those guys would probably be able to rise to the most advantageous position, but honestly, I couldn’t come up with a way to lure them in. Not even if I showed off my strength by throwing every single rock on the peak.

Moreover, if I couldn’t lure them in, I’d have to put the guys first on the list of people I’d have to get rid of.

‘Wow, this is tough.’

For some reason, Bayar Khan’s words to wait a little more crossed my mind again.

That was then.

“Squatjaw!”

A familiar voice came from somewhere.

“Ah, here you are.”

Below, the princess was coming up bravely with her two horses.

“What the hell! You suddenly ran to the peak!”

“Oh, I got bored.”

“Haah…”

I didn’t give any excuses, such as ‘the other peaks are already being occupied’ or ‘we are the only ones who haven’t even started…’ Because there was no particular reason to.

After all, the readers knew why I’d made this decision. In other words, they wouldn’t conclude that I was arbitrarily ignoring my teammates.

At a time like this, saying it out loud would only harm my character.

So,

“Even a slug would be faster than you.”

I attacked again.

“Haah…”

But the princess didn’t shoot back. She’d indeed held me back as per Bayar Khan’s words, but it wasn’t like she herself was particularly patient in the first place.

“What about the flag? Did you stick it in?”

“My flag? No.”

“Still waiting? When’re you going to put it in?”

“I’m not going to.”

“… Huh?”

Seeing the princess’ puzzled face, I smiled.

“See that rod over there? You can plant your flag there.”

“… Me?”

“Who else?”

Then the princess looked at me with an expression asking what the hell was I up to.

In fact, from the beginning, I’d had no intention of planting a flag here. Because that was the queen’s share. It was because she was the one who had to lead the army as the leader of a camp in the final ‘war of conquest’.

And secondly –

If I planted a flag here, I’d inevitably have to stay here.

It wasn’t a very good option for me, who had to offer readers a lot of sights and spectacles.

“The doubts cast on you, Princess, have not yet been cleared. At least at the final stage, you have to be the leader of a camp.

“… But what about you?”

“My purpose is to stop your marriage. I’m not here to show my allegiance to the Skull Empire.”

“…”

Soon after, as if she’d made up her mind to do something, the princess walked towards the centre of the peak.

Then, without hesitation, she planted her flag onto the pole.

I watched, grinning.

“Now, we can’t hold back anymore. We have to defend this position unconditionally for four days.”

“I know.”

The princess’ face was filled with resolution.

It was a good look on her.

That was then.

“Oh, oh, oh…”

“It’s huge!”

“A monster has appeared!”

A murmur began to be heard from below.

Somebody was slowly walking up towards us.

An elephant-sized body with a bald head so large that it was shining like the sun. It was an unfamiliar face.

‘Where I see that face before, I wonder?’

At that time,

“He’s the guy who lifted the elephant rock before you in the preliminaries.”

The princess whispered.

“Aah.”

The guy stopped in front of us.

After glancing at the princess once, he looked at me and said bluntly.

“Squatjaw. I’m here to have a match against you, with our nameplates on the line.”

“Oh? You want to fight?”

“The loser becomes a subordinate under the winner. There is no need to lose combat power for no reason, so instead of using weapons, let’s just go for a battle of strength.”

“Oh.”

It was a very attractive proposal, just the way I wanted it.

“You…you’re smarter than you look, huh?”

“…”

That was then.

“Hey, I’m the one who took over the peak, so why are you trying to fight with Squatjaw?”

The princess suddenly stepped out.

In fact, that was indeed an issue. Only a peak occupant can exchange the nameplate.

But for some reason –

“Ah, hey, um you’re a woman… and, and… uh, aren’t you two a team anyway? If that’s the case, I’d rather fight Squatjaw who’s the stronger one… Ah, if I lose, I’ll give you my nameplate…”

The guy was visibly shy.

It was a stark contrast to his vicious impression, so I had a sudden impulse to tease him a little.

So I just said –

“This guy sure looks like he’s got a crush on you, doesn’t he?”

“C-, cr-crush…! N-no!”

His face flushed even redder.

At this point, I was the one feeling embarrassed.

What the hell, I was right?

The princess, too, was startled and stepped back.

“S-, Squatjaw! You handle him!”

The match he proposed was simple.

Face each other, standing solidly on the ground, and clasp hands. Then try to pull the opponent in your direction.

Let’s call it, arm wrestling?

“I’ve wanted to fight with you since the first time I saw you. From the moment you threw that rock.”

As soon as he held my hand, he said in a trembling voice.

“Oh yeah?”

“After everyone disappeared from the arena, I went there alone. I wondered if I could do what you did.”

“So? Did you try?”

“To be honest, I couldn’t pass the fence. But I was able to pretend.”

“Oh, is that so? You do seem to have some strength.”

“There is one thing I want to ask.”

“What is it?”

“Was that pure power? Or an unique ability? According to the rumours, it doesn’t look like it’s an ability.”

“Why, what does it matter?”

“I hope it was pure power. Like me.”

He smiled, but to be honest that only transformed his dull face into that of a humanoid troll who could only be happier if he could wrestle using all four of his limbs.

“Hey, then I’ll ask you one thing.”

“What is it?”

“Are you tough?”

“… Eh?”

“Looking at you, you look sturdy, but I’m checking just in case.”

“I’ve never gotten hurt before. When I fought the great brown bear on Greatskull Mountain, or when I got swarmed by crocodiles while crossing the Jaron River…”

“Ah, okay. Yes, that’s fine then.”

“…?”

Following,

“Be careful you don’t dislocate your arm, and… I don’t know. Make sure to survive.”

I pulled the guy’s arm as hard as I could.

Who-woooooosh–.

“Aahhhh!!”

So the bald giant flew through the sky.

I shouted at the flying speck in the distance.

“Once you come to your senses, run right back! If you’re late, you’ll be left behind!”

Eventually, the princess approached and asked as if she was worried.

“Did you have to do that? To throw him down the mountain like that…”

“Ah, it’s okay. He said he was tough.”

Guys who looked like that by nature didn’t get hurt often. Of course, if this place were real, his whole body would’ve been shattered by the fall… But, well, this was a manga.

Then, I pointed to the guys around me with their mouths wide open in amazement.

“And I had to show something like this. Those scoundrels over there wouldn’t be able to ignore this.”

And also, because many readers were also in the audience, watching this scene together.

“Aah…”

The princess nodded as if she understood.

At that time,

“W-, wait! Everyone, look over there!”

“It’s the King of the Mountains! The King of the Mountains is coming up!”

“King of the Mountains? Why is he here!?”

“Didn’t he climb the second peak?”

Before the excitement around my battle with the bald giant had subsided, the surroundings began to murmur once again.

Another new guy had appeared.

However, the atmosphere was quite different this time.

When the baldy had come up, it’d been noisy and full of interest, but now a strange sense of crisis seemed to pervade the audience.

“Hey…”

The reason soon became apparent.

Behind the two guys in front, a group of people who seemed to be in military formation were marching along. Even the colours of their flags were unified.

Surprisingly, the leader seemed to be the occupant of the next peak over.

‘Did you leave the peak empty? Even if you left some men behind… how are so confident? Are those two in the front just subordinates, not the leader? Or are they fake?’

As I was thinking about this and that, the two guys in the front came up to the top of the peak.

Of the two, the man with a small and delicate body spoke first.

“Are you the one called Squatjaw?”

“And if I am?”

“I am the King of the Mountains. I am the lord of all these mountains.”

Hmmm.

Judging from his expression and tone of voice, he seemed to have said something great.

But I had no context for any of it.

“Ummm… and?”

“Looks like you don’t know who I am?”

“I don’t, no.”

“Actually, my current reputation isn’t that much bigger than you.”

“…”

He seemed to be a little bit shy.

“Are you currently occupying this peak?”

“Uh… it’s similar.”

The man nodded his head as if he understood, and then looked at the princess standing behind me with meaningful eyes.

Then,

“I came here for one purpose.”

He bit out a few short words.

“Let’s fight. With the peaks on the line.”

“… You want to bet on the peaks?”

“I have the second peak, you have this one.”

“Hey…”

“The winner gets the right to cleanly occupy both peaks. The loser will leave without saying a word.”

“But can’t one flag only occupy one peak?”

“What a stupid question. Can’t you and the princess divide between yourselves?”

“Oh… but that would be a loss for us at this stage, right? We haven’t secured a lot of subordinates yet.”

“That doesn’t matter. After all, it’s just a matter of organizing the rabble.”

Still, I was curious about one thing.

“But do you really need to fight for the peak this way? Can’t you just conquer this place with your own strength right now?”

“What a stupid notion. If you weren’t as good as the rumours say, that might not have been a bad idea. But if there’s even a little truth to those rumours, wouldn’t there be a huge loss of combat power in a head-on fight? That’s best avoided before the final stage. If I attack, will you be easily captured?”

“Ah, no… that’s true.”

“You’re dumber than I thought.”

It was ridiculous to hear.

“But then, why did you bring all these people with you?”

I pointed to the fellow’s entourage.

“…”

He didn’t answer.

“It’s crazy. Weren’t you calling me stupid just now? Or what, did you bring them with you because you’re afraid?”

“…”

“Oh, bingo, huh?”

“… Don’t get too cocky.”

“Or what? You gonna stab me?”

This guy was more irritable than I thought.

“No, Young Master, why did you, who was worried about loss of combat power, bring them all the way over here? Are you that lonely? Or that scared?”

“I told you to stop.”

“Why do I have to stop? It’s not like I’m afraid to talk, you get what I’m saying?”

While I was shooting rapid-fire –

And he just stood still and watched –

“… Kah, kaha.”

All of a sudden, he started chuckling.

It was an incredible about-face compared to his angry face and brows furrowed in anger just a moment ago.

He looked at the guy standing next to him and said some strange words.

“This isn’t the way to talk to this guy. Probably the exact opposite, I think.”

And at the same time,

“… Er, huh?”

His face suddenly began to change.

Black hair changed to red, a glare was added to the hazy eyes, the face got slightly wrinkled, and the overall desolate impression began to add some points of gracefulness.

It was a face that really suited the word, ‘middle-aged’.

And, oddly enough, it was a little bit familiar.

So I thought about it for a while, and a certain guy came to my mind.

‘Ah, that Meroguy or whatever? He looks a little like him.’

Then,

There was a sudden silence all around.

“Kaha, look at this. You don’t even know this face of mine?”

“… Oh? Who exactly are you?”

“Yeah, I see you really don’t know. Haah… what a pain in the neck[2]. Hey, I already told you I’m the King of the Mountains, but I do have another title, you see?”

“What is it?”

“I am the Khan.”

“Huh?”

“Khan. Bumio Khan. The current emperor of the Skull Empire. And… the one who organized this Warrior’s Path.”

“…”

What was this guy blathering about?


Editor’s Notes:

[1] 찐막 (jimmak), is a gaming slang meaning the (real!) last match. For example, let’s have a last match before bed! … Eh? I lost? Let’s have a real last match! Something like that. Not aware of any equivalent EN memes.

[2] 골 때리네 (lit. hitting the goal), what a bother/headache.

Don’t forget to like, comment, and/or rate and review at NovelUpdates! Reader engagement keeps the project afloat!


Sword Pilgrim – Chapter 91

“Huff!”

He’d lived.

Peter shuddered with shame at how relieved he was.

“Why…”

Did the assassination target save the killer who tried to murder him?

“Dad!”

“Flora…? Why are you here?”

Before the question could even finish forming –

Flora arrived.

“The count called me! He said you suddenly fell sick and now you’re resting here. Are you okay, Daddy? What were you doing that you got hurt like this?”

So he was still at the count’s mansion.

Seeing that his injuries had been treated, it seemed that Peter had been saved.

His throbbing wounds reminded him of his last memory, that haunting scene of struggling in the mud under the rain.

“Flora, that’s…”

“Is it because of me?”

“Huh?”

“Did you get hurt trying to make money because of me? Sorry, Daddy. I’ll be the one to earn money from now on! I hate thinking about you getting hurt trying to make money.”

Peter smiled, wondering what to say, and stroked Flora’s head.

“… Flora. Where’s the count?”

“I’m right here.”

“Flora, go out for a while. I have something to talk to him about in private.”

“Ugh, okay! Are you hungry? I’ll go make some food for you!”

Pit-a-pat.

As soon as her footsteps went out of hearing range, Peter got up and knelt on the floor, bowing his head.

“Thank you for saving me.”

“You must’ve changed your mind? You were so adamant about dying yesterday.”

“Because I thought there was no way left for me to survive.”

“And what are your thoughts now?”

“I want to make one.”

“How?”

“I think there must be a reason why you’ve kept me alive, Count. Like you said before, you’re trying to save Carpe and destroy the empire. I remember.”

“And?”

“I’m sure you’re wondering who was the one to send the assassins after you.”

“Are you going to tell me?”

“I have to kill them anyway, or die at your hands, Count.”

Callius’ assassination was unsuccessful.

Peter didn’t even want to do it anymore.

Even if he managed to kill Callius, his life as a killer wouldn’t end.

“I will tell you.”

Therefore –

“Give me a chance.”

Looking at Peter with his head bowed down –

Callius tilted his head.

“Why did you change your mind?”

“I know I am scum. I’ve been living the life of an ingrate. But Flora… my daughter, I wish she wouldn’t follow in my footsteps. I want her to live with dignity. That kid’s different from me. She probably resembles her mother more.”

And so –

“Please help me.”


In the office within the villa –

I sat on the chair and pondered.

‘Can I believe him?’

I couldn’t find any trace of deception in Peter’s appearance.

But if he played me false, I did indeed plan to kill Flora, whether she was fated to become a master swordsman or not.

Flora was a sword I didn’t dare carelessly wield, as she’d burn with vengeance if her father died.

I couldn’t stop at killing one of them. If I had to, I had to kill both.

“Orcal.”

“Yes. Did you call?”

“Keep a watch on Peter.”

“What if he betrays you?”

“Then it can’t be helped. But I’d be surprised. Keep a tight watch and help him out if there’s any danger.”

If my prediction was correct, there was a high probability that Peter would visit the people who’d instigated the assassination right away.

It was safe to say that he’d put in enough effort at what he was supposed to do.

“It’s a difficult world to live in.”

“Yes?”

“Nothing. You can go.”

“Yes, alright then.”

After Orcal closed the door and left, I buried my back in the backrest. Truly, nothing in the world was ever easy.

Killing Peter would be easy, wouldn’t it?

You’d think it’d be simple.

But that wasn’t the case.

And hell, I didn’t even want to.

When I got up from my seat and opened the window, I could see the troops training under the warm morning sun, and the children watching from the side.

The kids were sometimes chasing after them with their wooden swords, and they were also playing with each other, throwing stones.

The figure of Flora smiling while she trained.

The image of Peter looking at it.

All that I took in at a glance.

The sight of two of them made me feel complicated for no reason.

‘Has the fate of those two changed?’

I didn’t know.

Originally, Peter was just supposed to be a fuse for Flora.

That was how their roles had initially been set up and assigned.

But now I was trying to save him.

It was a complicated feeling.

“What are you doing?”

“… What is it?”

“I came to see how the lieutenant’s doing.”

It was Genos, the chief of the Inquisition.

To surprise me, he’d even taken his shoes off and silently crept into the office.

‘If that’s what you’re going to waste Anivo on, I’d rather you just taught it to me.’

He was incomprehensible as always.

“There’s been a lot of chatter about you.”

“What do you mean?”

“That you’ve been trying to get some people admitted into the Royal Academy.”

Genos pulled out a piece of paper from his pocket, a recommendation letter for admission to the Academy.

It was obviously something I wrote recently.

“Why are you so interested? So what if I wrote some recommendation letters to the Academy?”

“If it’s your daughter or some branch children, I can understand, but why did you recommend that child who has no connection with you whatsoever?”

“I just wanted to.”

I just did it because I could.

Because Flora’s talent was a sure thing.

Now, it was covered under the brilliance of Rivan and Rinney, who’d been on the elite track since childhood, but with a little refinement, her talent would see her rapidly rise.

“Quite a few old foxes are asking if it’s okay to recommend a commoner.”

“The Church seems to be very interested in the Academy.”

“No, I’m the only one interested. It looks fun, doesn’t it?”

“… Didn’t you used to hate me?”

“I don’t like you, no.”

“But now you seem to be trying to help me, right?”

“Right, that’s perfectly right.”

I crossed my arms.

“What’s the reason?”

Genos also crossed his arms and looked at me.

“Because you’re my subordinate.”

“…”

“Even if it weren’t for that, I never liked the fact that only aristocrats get to attend the Royal Academy, play around for a while and win a knighthood. I wish I could rip that honour off them.”

He was a member of the Church.

However, Genos was also from the four great noble families.

Gradas of the East.

If they put their minds to it and bit their teeth into an issue, even the royals couldn’t ignore them.

“I didn’t know you were interested in the Academy.”

Was Genos originally like this?

I thought he wasn’t particularly interested in the common world.

“Among these kids, there are some pretty talented ones. I’ll support you too. I’ll also tell my acquaintances who agree with me. I know quite a few of the Academy’s instructors. Oh, Esther also decided to teach for a while, as a temporary instructor.”

“I see.”

Was even Esther an instructor now?

Jackpot.

“How about you? You can also be an instructor.”

“It’s not something I can do just by wanting to, and I don’t particularly want to, either.”

“Isn’t your daughter going to go to the Academy this year?”

“That’s why I hate the notion even more.”

“Why?”

“Well…”

“I see. Do you want to teach her separately? Got it.”

“…”

I had nothing to say, so I left it alone.

“You love your daughter so much, huh.”

He smiled and nodded his head as if he’d been convinced.

“It sounds fun.”

“What do you mean?”

“The instructor post at the Academy. I got interested.”

“Oh, I see.”

“Many of the aspirant knights and paladins are secretly commoners. What if we gathered them and made a separate class for common folk?”

“… It’d be a boon for Carpe. It’s not a bad idea.”

“So you do it.”

“I don’t like…”

While I wanted to refuse –

『Sub Quest』
【Academy Swordsmanship Instructor】
<Reward>: 「Goblin Gold Coin」

A quest notification popped up.

‘Goblin gold coin.’

A special gold coin minted in ancient times that could be used to trade with the goblins.

That was what a goblin gold coin was.

Goblins were a demihuman species that had prospered in ancient times, but were almost extinct now.

They were dexterous and skilled at thievery, so their possessions were bounds to be extraordinary beyond even the usual norm. They might have ancient, long-lost relics.

It was a quest I couldn’t refuse.

“You don’t like it?”

“Well, if it’s just teaching for a little while.”

“You like children, too.”

“… I have conditions.”

“Conditions? Just lay it on me. But let me be perfectly clear here, if you want me to tell you about the Anivo, I decline.”

“No, not that. Just…”

Callius licked his lips, and Genos widened his eyes in amazement at what he hard, and then finally nodded.

“Surprising, but got it. It’s not that difficult. Then I’ll be off. You’re really going to flip the board over this time.”

Saying that, Genos disappeared.

Just like when he came, without the faintest whisper.

With him gone, I put on my armour and cloak, and prepared to go out.

“All preparations are complete, Boss.”

“Then let’s go.”

A horse that Bruns had prepared was waiting. Of course, it wore the Saddle of Humasys.

“He’s a good one.”

“Of course! I worked hard to pick one that suits you the most!”

“Let’s go.”

Purr!

“Uh, where are you going?”

“What, you can’t be going out to play around while we train, right?”

“Shut up.”

“Where’re you going, Count?”

“Are you really going out to play?”

When he appeared on horseback, the children and troops quickly gathered around him.

Seeing him frown at the frivolous questions, the troops ran away, leaving only the children behind. In response to Rinney and Flora’s questions, Callius looked at Peter lying in the distance and answered.

“To catch some bad guys.”

He then called the fleeing troops back.

“You guys, follow me.”

“Yes? Where are we going?”

“Like I said, we’re going to catch the bad guys.”


Puff!!

“They’ve definitely gotten better.”

Observing the soldiers fighting from horseback, Callius could clearly see their recent improvements.

He’d repeatedly trained and abused their leg muscles, made them drink a special fluid, and even trained them at dodging stones to improve their agility and reflexes.

They were still lacking, but they definitely looked better than before.

‘It’s a mix of troll and dragon blood, so I could call it ‘TD potion’.’

That wasn’t a bad name, right?

Although the ingredient was almost non-existent after about a hundred stages of dilution.

But as long as there was a certain level of long-term effect, it’d become a feasible product after a little more refinement.

“Why are we attacking the viscount? I don’t think you even notified people in advance to get permission, is this okay?”

“None of the nobles who need their heads chopped off can be reported in advance.”

Taking pre-emptive action was the right course.

No matter how cleverly they hid the skeletons in their closets, the Judgment Blade could make everyone shut their mouths.

Callius was no saint who’d stay still when he knew his enemies were sharpening their blades to deal with him.

Other people in his place might’ve gotten assassinated without anybody else knowing, by now, but Callius was different.

If somebody sent assassins after him, he was capable enough to catch and interrogate them, and find out the mastermind.

Rather, this was a situation he hoped for.

Wouldn’t it be the fastest way to kill all the spies?

“I’m not guilty of anything!! Count Jervain! How dare you do this to a peer noble! Her Majesty the Queen will be furious!”

“That is of course your opinion, Viscount Arpen. But I wonder, would Her Majesty truly be moved by the death of somebody like you?”

A little viscount who didn’t know his place.

The only notable facet of him was his outsized avarice.

“Viscount Arpen. Why did you order me assassinated? I’d rather you come challenge me in a fair duel. Why are you so insecure?”

“You’re talking nonsense!! I never did! Who said that! Viscount Allen? Or Count Valentine!?”

Viscount Arpen was indeed not the core mastermind.

Callius was indeed spouting bullshit.

He’d provoked him deliberately.

If you accuse people of things they haven’t done, they tend to feel resentful and stirred up.

And that often leads to slips of the tongue, revealing the hidden truth.

“You exploded all on your own, huh? Did you hear that, Bruns? Write it all down.”

“Yep! But I don’t have any paper with me, though?”

“… Just remember it.”

“Yep!”

At this exchange between Callius and Bruns, the viscount gaped as if it was absurd, and then his face flushed red; he began shouting.

“Are you kidding me?!”

“Don’t be too embarrassed. All of your friends will follow you soon.”

These traitors to Carpe couldn’t be left alive.

That was then.

The viscount let out a roar while pushing his horse to charge.

“The one who brings me Jervain’s head! I will hand over the heirloom passed down to the family! I will appoint you as the guardian knight of Arpen!!”

Did Arpen have any heirlooms?

It was the first time Callius heard that.

“Wooohooooo!”

The morale of the viscount’s knights went up.

Callius pondered for a while and then gave an appropriate response.

“Whoever takes Arpen’s head, I’ll give him Arpen’s heirloom.”

“This damn bastard!!”

“Kill them.”

Whinnnny~

“You bastards!!”

“Ugh!”

Insects covered all sides and chewed on the bodies of the enemy knights.

But Orcal’s form couldn’t be seen anywhere.

Taking advantage of the gap, the Sixth Squad charged wildly.

“Arpen’s head is mine!”

“Where’s the heirloom of Arpen!!”

Claaaang – claaang!

“Stop playing around, you go too.”

“Aren’t you going, Captain?”

“Beggars should play with beggars.”

“Tch! Huup!”

As the squad lieutenant, Diego, also rushed in, sounds of swords kept ringing all over the battlefield.

Due to the sudden surprise attack of the Sixth Squad, Viscount Arpen was instantly defeated, and rumours that the viscount’s head was taken spread all over the place.

However, the prestige of the one called the Judge, was only at the beginning of its rise.


Editor’s Notes:

None for this chapter.


Surviving a Shounen Manga – Episode 67

The Conquest of the Peak (1)

Maybe… the author is trying to train me?

That was the first thought that came to mind.

Leaving out the unbelievability of it all, the situation begged for suspicion.

Because what was happening was literally, completely unexpected.

This was at a completely different level from simply giving me free time within a chapter.

Creating a new chapter out of whole cloth, that didn’t even exist before, letting me have free rein on the development, and giving away his authority…

… Was this really alright?

Of course, I’d been front and centre in another chapter before. While competing with Leo and the others as a condition of getting [Mimic Acrobat].

But even then, the plot had been carefully devised by the author. The main point of view had been Leo, too.

That’d been completely different from this.

In other words, it was natural for me to start asking questions.

First you kick me out to Eastland, and then suddenly you’re giving me the lead role in a chapter?

All to, what, appease me?

“Hmmm…”

But soon I shook my head.

This was an irrational idea. Basically, I wasn’t a character to which the concept of ‘appeasing’ could be applied.

Had I been a character he’d created from the beginning; it might’ve been reasonable to think this way.

For example, there were actions and developments my character should’ve taken, but I kept trying to break free and forge my own path, so the author broke out the carrot and the stick to control me.

But I wasn’t that kind of a character in the first place. The original role given to me was, at best, to get beaten up by Leo in the first scene of the first chapter and disappear.

There was no future development that depended on me, so why try to appease me? Was I that much of a pain in the neck? Then the best would be to just purge me.

I really couldn’t guess the author’s intentions.

So,

‘Hmm, let’s not waste time thinking about it right now.’

I decided to simply draw a conclusion based on the situation.

This wasn’t a measure to appease my mood. It must’ve the result of a thorough calculation.

Simple. The author finally chose to acknowledge it. My value.

Perhaps it is because of several factors overlapping.

1. That the readers desperately wanted to see more of me.

2. The fact that I had touched the settings the author had made but couldn’t use.

3. My character drew a lot of attention.

4. It reminded him of a place where he could use me, etc.

I didn’t know which one was the main reason. And there could’ve been something else that I missed, too.

Anyway, one thing was certain.

That he included me in his overall story concept, and the future development would have a place for me.

In fact, it might well be that he now indeed needed to appease me, from his point of view. He’d devised a development that would utilize me, so he desperately needed me to follow along.

It was truly a step forward.

From a deleted extra, to a character the author needed for the development of the plot.

Of course, I’d always been acting like such a character. That was the only way I could grab the readers’ attention. But for the author to directly acknowledge it was at a different level compared to my one-sided actions to far. It felt like the author finally recognized my past efforts and the things I’d done to survive until now.

It was worthy of celebration.

But,

‘Although it’s definitely good for me…’

I couldn’t take this for granted. Because there were two new problems facing me right now.

First, I had no idea what plot development the author was now going to write.

Even if I took a few days to think of the possible future directions, there was no guarantee I’d be correct. My character didn’t march to the same beat as the rest in the first place.

Of course, the author might’ve had a plan in mind.

For example, indirectly inducing my actions through a separate reward, or using a control device such as a ‘preceding plot’ to control it, or just write it down and send it as a message.

But although the author would definitely try to take care of it, it was still a problem right now.

And secondly. Actually, this was a really serious problem.

The development devised by the author might go in a direction contrary to the big picture I’d established.

I’d already decided on the position that’d let me survive until the end.

Right, the ‘rival’.

Besides, I’d also devised a plan of my own to maintain my place in the overall scheme of things.

But what if the direction the author suggested was different? Inconsistent? Or even completely the opposite?

The problem would only get bigger.

“Hmmm…”

I couldn’t help but be concerned. Because this was a tough issue.

Would I have to start introducing myself in every scene, like trying to stamp my existence on the world? The Squatjaw Adventurers, the rivals of the Leo Adventurers?

“It’s problematic.”

I couldn’t just play defensive either. It must’ve taken great courage for the author to take sucha bold decision.

Creating a new chapter, and providing an arc for it to be in.

This meant overturning or omitting some of the planned development.

Judging from the current situation, it was not the former. The storylines were running completely in parallel, so the developments had no chance to clash with each other.

Meaning some of the chapters of the ‘Huntington Bandits’ arc were going to be omitted. The ‘Huntingtons’!

They were a group who stayed relevant until the heroes crossed the King’s Road and left for Midland, and they were quite important supporting characters. At least the ‘treasure’ arc couldn’t do without them.

Of course, right now wasn’t the time when they were most active, that would come later. Right now wasn’t the time for a head-on fight, this stage was just for the heroes to get to know (?) them properly.

But that didn’t mean that the current process was unimportant. What was happening now would serve as a build-up factor for some great events in the future.

So, honestly, I’d like to ask the author… ‘Are you really alright?’ So many developments he’d already planned must’ve been disintegrated.

Well, it was up to the author to take care of that, but the issue could still be traced back to me, right? What would stem from that? Expectations, or resentments?

Besides,

‘… I’m still going to bring in the goblins. I won’t soften the blow or anything.’

Even if he was now suddenly reconciling with me, I wasn’t going to change my plans for the future.

Of course, that didn’t change what I had to do right now. I’d just say, ‘Thank you, I’ll do my best!’ and just accept it.

I didn’t know when I’d clash with the author again later… but I had to make full use of the opportunity given to me, first.

So,

“By the way, which way is the peak?”

I decided to stop worrying about meaningless things and just keep acting cool.

I hit the centre of the huge boulder in front of me.

Crack–.

I quickly grabbed it before it could split and crumble.

Originally, I was going to take a closer look at the situation, but… the spotlight I was under didn’t allow that.

First, shoot the cannon, then rush straight in!

I threw the rock as hard as I could at the peak.

“Normaaaaaal Throoooooowww!”


“… Whoo.”

The fatty looked at the tired form of the thin man.

He hadn’t rested either, but the other party had it worse. From the time he’d mixed into the first wave of latecomers, until entering Marron Mountain about two and a half days. He’d moved without a single break for a whopping three days.

Tired legs, and parched mouth.

“Will this… really be enough?”

“Nothing is certain. But analysing the information we’ve gotten so far, there’s a good chance.”

What they’d done so far was nothing special. Spreading rumours about that Squatjaw. Including all the information most people didn’t know.

There was only one purpose.

Correct – the Khan.

Their aim was to get the rumours to reach the Khan’s ears, and thus to get him interested in Squatjaw.

Bumyo Khan.

The current emperor of the Skull Empire, who often hid his identity and sneaked into public places and even participated in national events. The reason he gave for this was ridiculously simple.

“Because I’m bored.”

A man with brilliant wit and incredible power. But he had ‘coalitionist’ leanings that was unworthy of his abilities, and according to one theory, his reason for not pursuing war was also very simple. Because you don’t have the time to have fun during a war.

The Khan was an unknown character.

The fatty had only heard a few rumours about him, and he was a little sceptical of the thought that the Khan would take the time to go meet Squatjaw.

“Isn’t it likely that he’s already got his own plans?”

“Of course. Khan seems impulsive, but he actually plans everything out. He puts a lot of effort into properly savouring his pleasures. He’d probably set aside a cover identity for this Warrior’s Path long back.”

“That’s why, I mean…”

“But that is why there’s a possibility. He’s serious about pursuing his own pleasure. That’s exactly why, no matter how many plans he’d made beforehand, he can discard it all at any moment if there’s an element of interest that can move him.”

Then, there were two ‘decisive grounds for believing that Khan would move’, which the thin man mentioned one by one.

First, that the fun factor that Khan pursued was nothing less than ‘power and battle’.

Second, the lack of time.

“Now Khan only has five days left. After that, he’ll have to go back.”

“So he has to enjoy everything he can before that?”

“Mere power wouldn’t have attracted him too much. But the bait here is more than that.”

In fact, the rumours they’d spread one after another over the past three days contained information about Squatjaw’s unique ability, and even the fact that he possessed a divine beast.

And, to top it all off –

Even the fact that the person beside him was none other than Princess Thermis.

“His eldest son is involved in this matter, and this is a situation that’d shaken up the whole empire for a while, so there’s no way he wouldn’t be interested.”

The fatty nodded at his words.

It was definitely a convincing argument.

But that wasn’t the crux of the problem. Their purpose wasn’t just to send Khan to Squatjaw.

“Let’s say Khan does go meet Squatjaw. Then what about after that?”

“Depends the situation.”

“What if they don’t come to conflict?”

“Impossible.”

“Well…”

Really. The fatty thought that this question was slightly absurd even though he himself had asked it. There’d never been a time before that ‘Khan hiding in secret’ didn’t cause any problems.

“But we don’t know who the current Khan even is.”

The real problem was this. His disguise.

He was such a master of disguise that rumours even circulated that it might be his unique ability. Even his wife and mother had once stood in front of him in disguise and asked him how he had such good skin. At that time, he’d been disguised as a woman of a certain royal family.

However, the slender man didn’t seem particularly concerned.

“Right now, sure. But we’ll find out soon.”

“How?”

“Because someone by his side will let us know. If it’s Squatjaw, he should be able to draw out Khan’s unique ability.”

“Beside him… aah.”

Khan’s eccentricity was always a popular topic of discussion, but no one in the empire took it seriously. The reason was that not only Khan had his own ability, but everybody also always believed in the power of the one who was always by his side and protecting him.

A man called the Sword of the Empire. General Mong.

“Then, if we’re lucky, we might end up with Squatjaw and the general… that’s really… um.”

The fatty fell silent.

Because his heart was pounding at that thought, a sure disqualification for an assassin.

But the slender man didn’t point that out.

Perhaps because he felt the same.

“For now, let’s keep an eye on things. Either way, we’ll be moving soon.”

Then, the fatty turned his head toward the first peak where Squatjaw had gone.

The wind was blowing towards it.


It’d been three days since the second obstacle started.

I thought as I watched the fire burning in front of me.

This was the limit. If I dragged things on any further at this juncture, my narrative significance and the readers’ expectations from me would be burned to ashes like this burning firewood.

It was time to boldly take the first step.

I looked at the princess and said firmly.

“I’m going to plant the flag. Don’t stop me.”

Then,

“Haah…”

The princess gently pressed her forehead with her right hand.

Of course, she might also be tired of my repeated demands. Having to repeat the same thing over and over again wouldn’t have been any fun.

However,

“Even if you think that, this isn’t the time.”

Did it make sense to stay on the mountainside and enjoy a campfire on the third day, rather than going up to the peak?

Seeing my frustrated eyes, the princess only sighed deeply.

“Hey, old man. This guy’s starting again.”

“Yeah, call him, call the old man out. Let’s have a showdown.”

“Hah… it’s fine, he’ll just say the same thing anyway, so I’ll tell you instead. I think I said the same thing just two hours ago, but I’ll just say it one more time. Listen properly. Don’t suddenly forget it again.”

The first thing to keep in mind is that the owner of the peak is decided on the last day.

It doesn’t matter who climbs the peak first. It’s about whose flag is planted last.

Also, the success or failure of this war of occupation isn’t decided by simply planting a flag on the peak. The real test is how many participants can you get under your control. Furthermore, you have to attract as many of the people on the other peaks as possible. Only then will you be able to gain an advantageous position in the final obstacle, the ‘war of conquest’.

Therefore, simply trying to subdue the other test takers by force or trying to subjugate them through battle is only one way.

In this war of occupation, being eye-catching is more important than being powerful in battle, and being good at politics is even more important than that.

“Do you understand? You idiot Squatjaw.”

“What?!”

“I, I was told to call you that.”

“…”

Between the fourth and fifth day. Slowly start moving from that point on.

So now, just be patient and wait.

After the princess finished speaking, she shook her head.

The words and gestures were exactly the same as two hours ago.

“Whoo…”

Of course, this was to be expected.

I nodded slowly, then carefully spoke.

“Okay, then forget about the peak for the time being. I’ll just go do some reconnaissance.”

“Reconnaissance? You’ve been there before.”

“You call that reconnaissance? I was just picking up some firewood or something. And not only do I need to scout out this area, I should go see the other peaks as well. How are things going outside?”

In fact, it’d been a lie that I was going to climb the peak. I was just trying to start with a strong opinion, and then sneak in my actual goal into the discussion afterward.

So?

But,

“Well. It’s one thing to scout out the rest of the peaks, but that’ll break the balance here. You know, right? That everyone is paying close attention to your movements right now? One step from you could shake the whole mountain. Think well before you move.”

The princess nodded her head surprisingly quickly.

It seemed that she’d already thought about this.

‘Really, tell me first if that’s the case.’

I ran out of the camp, rushing straight towards the second peak area.

It wasn’t a lie that I needed to do some reconnaissance. Because it was a sight that I needed to capture with my own two eyes.

How far did I run like that?

It was a time when I was feeling a sense that the area was slowly changing.

Somewhere nearby,

“S-, Squatjaw!”

“Wasn’t that guy on the first peak?”

“Emergency! Emergency!”

I could hear cries – no, they were closer to screams.

‘… Huh? Not just one or two?’

I quickly looked around.

Several faces rose from all over the densely packed bushes at the same time.

And surprisingly,

‘Haah…!’

They were all holding flags of the same colour.

As soon as I saw that, I realized two things.

First, that there was already an occupant on this peak.

Second, that the occupant was increasing the size of his subordinate faction with a frightening speed.

At the very least, what did the fact that all the people here staying in the middle reaches of the mountain belonged to the same faction, mean? It meant that the upper part had already been completely occupied.

‘I knew it’d be like this. Four or five days? Bullshit.’

Then,

“S-, Squatjaw! What’re you doing! If you’re aiming for the peak here…”

One of them, as a representative, came out and shouted.

But I ignored him and started running again, straight towards the peak.

Startled, the guys tried to stop me, but to no avail.

Beep–. Beep–.

Warning tones echoed all over the mountain, but I ignored them too.

I only had eyes for the peak.

There was no other reason. My intuition wanted me to share what I’d just discovered with the readers.

In other words, the fires of war were already burning the other peaks aflame.

Soon after,

“Hey, look at this.”

The smoke rising from the second peak caught my eyes.

One look, and anybody could tell that it’d already been occupied.

Anyway, my job was done.

I’d achieved my goal.

I chuckled with some satisfaction.

In fact, the reason why I hadn’t climbed to the peak my own way was because of the readers. Because they were watching the situation, I couldn’t act too roughly.

A character who ushered in boredom was of course a sinner from the readers’ point of view, but a character who acted arbitrarily while openly ignoring a colleague’s advice was also unpleasant.

If I’d jumped to the peak before listening to Bayar Khan’s advice and strategy, it wouldn’t have mattered.

But anyway, things were different now. Hadn’t I already shown that the other peaks were moving?

Finally, I had justification. Justification to climb the peak.

The time for chopping firewood and quietly watching the campfire was over.

Beep–. Beep–.

“Squatjaw’s been sighted!”

“That little Squatjaw has moved to another peak!”

“Alone! He’s alone!”

‘So noisy. Please be quiet. I won’t be here much longer.’

I muttered to myself and turned around.

Of course, I had no intention of returning to the camp.

No point letting them hold me back, was there?

It was time to start climbing.


“It’s that guy, right?”

“Looks like it.”

“How is he?”

A person next to the man asked as if he didn’t already know.

“What are you talking about?”

Then,

“Hmm… the Heavenly General’s became alert with just a glance at that man, is it…”

The man grinned.

“That’s not…”

“Enough. I know how you think, Mong. Anyway, that’s good. It saved me the trouble of finding him.”

“Do you plan to go right away? But we’re not ready yet…”

“That’s enough, what else is there to prepare?”

Then, the man quietly added a word.

“Let’s go catch up.”

And at the same time,

Swish–.

Swish–.

Swish–.

Hundreds of red flags, that’d been hidden in the bushes near the peak, began to flutter in the wind and move in unison.


Editor’s Notes:

None for this chapter.


Sword Pilgrim – Chapter 90

“What do you mean?”

“Your hands. There are calluses on both your palms at certain places, very symmetrical. It’s quite rare to see these, unless you wield dual swords.”

“…”

“Besides, the calluses on your little finger are thicker than the calluses between your thumb and forefinger. It means you’re used to holding the sword in reverse.”

What did that mean?

It meant he mostly used short swords rather than long ones.

Since he dual wielded on top of that, he almost definitely used daggers.

Dual wielding daggers –

It was rare to find people like that in the land of the sword.

It was a style mainly used by assassins, rather than knights.

“You have good eyesight. But calling me an assassin based on that alone… is too presumptuous.”

“Do you think so?”

“Yes.”

“Well, you’re right. It’s just a guess.

“I was just joking, but this conversation suddenly got too serious.”

Unlike Callius, who smiled wildly, Peter’s face had gradually turned pale.

“Peter.”

“Yes.”

“I don’t like the Church.”

“Eh? But you’re an inquisitor…”

How could one belonging to the Church dislike it?

“I mean it. Although Carpe is where I was born and raised, I don’t like the Church much. But, ironically, although I hate the Order, I do love the sword.”

“What exactly do you…”

Peter was confused as to what Callius wanted to say.

“Peter.”

“Yes.”

“Right now, Carpe is rotten. The country is not functioning properly. Hungry people are everywhere, and the land is rife with meaningless deaths. I want to use my sword for something meaningful.”

“…”

“I will change the Carpe Kingdom, and the Church of Valtherus. But I’m still weak. There are limits to what one can do with their own power. But it’s different if you can build up a force.”

“Are you going to create a force under your?”

“I’m in the process of doing it, little by little. Not only Flora, there are many children I will be sponsoring in the future. They will grow up and become knights under my command. Everyone will work for Carpe.”

“So what…”

“You’re still stubborn, I see.”

Callius sighed, and gave Peter a deep look.

“I will destroy the empire.”

Gulp.

Peter unconsciously swallowed his saliva.

“The empire, you…”

“I can do it. But to do that, I must first cut off the rotten roots of this kingdom.”

“Why are you telling all this to a simple soldier like me?”

“Don’t you already know?”

Callius wiped his lips with a napkin, and stood up with a faint smile.

“Do think about it, will you? And if you find that you can’t decide, come visit me.”


‘He already knew everything.’

Peter walked along the roadside in a dark mood.

The same way home from work that he’d been walking for several years was feeling strangely alien.

Were these flowers always here?

A new store was opened, and new faces could be seen.

But all of that had nothing to do with himself.

Irrelevant and unimportant.

Eyes that had lost their colour roamed the streets.

“Dad!”

Colour flooded back into the pupils at the call.

It was Flora.

“Dad? What’re you doing here? Let’s go home!”

“… Yeah.”

The little mouth chirping like a lark spoke about her friends, about swords and knights.

Peter quietly listened to his daughter’s story.

When they got home, they prepared a meal together, ate and washed together.

Finally it was late at night, and it was time for the child to go to sleep.

“Good night, Dad~ yawn.”

“Sleep.”

He caressed his sleeping daughter’s head and pulled up the blanket to cover her.

As he closed the door, the corners of his mouth that had been raised in a smile, came down and straigtened.

The eyes lose their colour again.

Rattle.

Peter took out the box that had been placed in the groove dug behind the picture frame that hung on the wall of the living room.

Click.

When he opened the box, two curved daggers could be seen inside.

The handles were quite worn.

The eyes found their light again.

But they weren’t the eyes of a father anymore, instead they were the eyes of a killer[1].

Creeeeeeak.

Step, step.

As he came out to the backyard, he was greeted by a group of masked people dressed entirely in black as if they had been waiting for him.

It was already agreed upon.

If he only turned around, he could go back to his home, and his child.

But Peter kept his mouth shut and did not turn around.

He clenched his teeth so hard his jaws throbbed and creaked.

For some reason, the daggers in his hands were trembling a little.

“Are we going?”

The trembling stopped.

No words were needed.

He only nodded his head in a short, simple movement.

Step.

The sight shifted in an instant.

Buildings and forests were fast passing by.

A villa nestled in the mountains, came into view.

The iron gate was firmly locked, but that was no problem for these night time visitors.

Thud.

They simply jumped over it and entered the villa grounds.

There was no sound.

The location had already been secured.

And as they entered the target’s room –

Startle.

The target was perched on a bed with the sword resting on his shoulder.

“This villa. I like it quite a bit. So let’s take this outside.”

The target spoke to them with closed eyes.

Seeing Callius’ appearance, the two intruders quickly pulled out their swords and swung.

Two swords that stabbed from both sides.

“Haah.”

However, Callius merely sighed once.

With a single pull his sword sprung free from the scabbard, and the two’s attacks were neutralized.

Claaaaaaang, claaaaang–!

“Kgh!”

“Ugh!”

Despite only their swords being struck, but the attackers trembled as if they had been beaten all over, and collapsed.

Their bodies seemed paralyzed.

“Let’s go, then.”

Swish.

Watching Callius jump out of the window, the hunters began chasing after him.

How far did he run like that?

Callius stopped in an empty area on the side of an unknown mountain, his breath white like steam under the moonlight.

“The moon looks nice tonight. It’s quiet, too.”

He pushed his sheathed sword into the air, somehow making it vanish, and pulled out a new sword from thin air.

It was a sword without a scabbard.

It was a well-balanced broadsword, large and sturdy.

Callius the target, and the hunters who chased him –

There were no words between the two.

At the moment he completely pulled out his sword, the three enemies were already rushing at him.

However, the result was the same this time.

The killers who’d rushed in were torn apart, one limb at a time.

And all of them were decapitated.

Slash!

Callius, throwing off the blood from his sword with a sharp swing, looked around him with cold eyes.

Eyes that held no emotion whatsoever.

As if he was just quietly doing what he had to do.

‘Interesting.’

The enemies, whose job was to kill people, had eyes that resembled his own.

While he was thinking about that, he quickly became the only living being left on the field.

As if there was an invisible barrier protecting him, all the killers died without even touching a a single hair of his.

Same as the first time, he slaughtered the slaughterers without moving even a single step.

Blood was oozing out from the corpses on the ground.

Crack!

The sound of thunder broke the spell of silence covering the sky.

Clouds swept in to cover the moon.

What little light had been there to see by was gone, plunging the world into absolute darkness.

That was the signal.

Ssssssh–

Mist rose from the twin daggers of the last of the killers.

Dense fog that covered both the target and the attacker.

Sttttttep!

Clang! Screeeech! Claaaang–!

Amidst the thick fog, only the sparks of the colliding blades could be seen flashing.

Stab, block, and cut.

A fierce battle of attacks and counterattacks in the dark.

Whiiiiish.

Throw a dagger up into the air, attack with the other, then jump up with a somersaults and kick the dagger down, fast as lightning.

Whiish, claaang!

Although Callius managed to block even that, the enemy immediately snatched the dagger from the air and continued his assault, his movements exquisitely connected to each other like flowing water.

Two daggers gripped in reverse in mid-air came swinging down at once.

Craaaaaaack–claaaaang!!

The fog rolled up, again.

It was on a different level than last time.

Callius took a step back and frowned.

“You cheeky…”

Whooosh–!

The fog suddenly subsided, and the attacker froze in place.

A sense of pressure descended upon the area.

The killer’s legs were shaking, his body as if stuck in tar.

But he still moved, and his movements flowed as naturally as ever.

He pulled out the dagger piercing the ground and struck again.

Claaang! Craack! Whoosh!!

Ssssk.

“Kgh.”

It had still been manageable before Callius drew out the power of his sword, but there was simply no hope after he did.

The strange pressure that spread all over the area restricted movements, and the more scratches piled up on his body, the more it became heavier, like cotton soaked in water.

Even if he fell down groaning again and again, he got up and rushed in again.

But every time he did so, it felt like he was wading into water. The fog created by the twin daggers had long since dissipated.

Claaaaang, keeeeeen!

Thud!

“Ugh!!”

The second time. The third time. He got up again and again.

But the more time passed, the heavier his body became.

Nevertheless, the slaughter continued.

Claaaaaang, claaaaaang!!

Crack, craaaaaaaaaaaaack!

Step, step, step.

The dark clouds covered the moon, and rain came pouring down, accompanied by thunder and lightning.

The raindrops that shot down from the heavens as if the sky had been riddled with holes, made the heavy body feel even heavier.

“Peter. Do you want to live?”

“I have no intention of begging for my life.”

The last killer barely dragged himself up, pushing off his daggers on the wet ground.

His legs trembled, and his arms that raised the daggers again were the same.

Nevertheless, he grinned and rushed at Callius, as if for the last time.

Claaang, thud!

Thud–!

The killer, who got kicked into the ground, fell down again.

Callius, who thought this was the end of his stubbornness, wrinkled his eyebrows at the form rising up again through the curtain of rain.

“Give up.”

“For me, giving up is the same as death. If you want to stop me, kill me!!”

“What will Flora do then?”

Flinch.

The gaze of a father looked out of the eyes of the killer, but only for an instant.

“This is how I’ve lived my whole life. I always killed my target at any cost when I was ordered to. That’s why, I have to live like this for the rest of my life. That is the only courtesy and atonement I can offer to them.”

Callius, who listened to the story quietly, clicked his tongue.

“If they tell you to kill Flora, will you kill Flora with your own hands?”

“…”

“If you can’t even kill your child, what kind of a killer’s lifestyle are you boasting about?”

“I humbly request. Please kill me – or die.”

Booooom!

In the pouring rain, the sound of thunder the only accompaniment of his performance, the killer’s form began to distort and disappear.

“If you die, I can’t save Flora. I will kill her with my own two hands.”

“…”

“If I kill you her and now, that child’s sword will point towards me one day. There are no perfect secrets in the world. One day, that girl’s sword will become the sharpest in the world and block my way. So I’ll have to kill her first before that can happen.”

A sword you can’t control is better off destroyed.

“I’ll ask again. Do you want to live?”

“…”

Puff!!

“Ugh!”

Another kick, and a body fell and and rolled on the ground.

Annoyance slowly began to bloom on Callius’ face.

He never thought it’d be easy, but he didn’t expect it to be this tricky.

“Tell me you want to live! For your daughter! If you want to live, for your daughter’s future, bow your head down!! If you do, I will save you!”

The killer’s eyes trembled for a moment.

But they soon stopped.

He looked up at Callius with hardened eyes.

“There’s no guarantee that my sword will never point at you again. Something that’s happened once… why can’t it happen twice?”

“…”

“Kill her. She’s a smart kid. But she was only born for the sake of camouflage. If she dies here, that’s just how it was written in the stars.”

“I remember the way you proudly told me about your daughter. There were no lies in it.”

“It was all a lie. That’s just how a killer hides himself.”

Callius drew out a new sword.

Even beneath this dark and damp sky, the sword’s graceful blade gleamed.

Judgment Sword – Medea.

“Is that true?”

“It’s true.”

However, giving the killer’s words the lie, the colour of the sword changed.

Seeing the blackened sword, Peter growled as if enraged.

“Kill me!!”

“Shut up.”

“Kill me! Just kill me!!”

“Is it because Flora will die if you don’t?”

The killer’s body trembled.

“Is that how your superiors do things? Killer must die. And everybody they love are hostages to ensure that.”

“…”

“You, just live here from now on.”

“… I can’t do that.”

“Do you think I’m trying to convince you? No, this is an order.”

“But…”

The killer lowered his head.

If he could simply cut off his past, he wouldn’t have done this in the first place.

The sins of his past pressed heavy on his shoulders.

And if he tried, he’d endanger not just himself, but also everybody around him.

So he couldn’t.

“I need to have what my intuition tell me I should. If someone else wants to touch something of mine – I will cut those hands off.”

“Why are you doing this?”

The killer lifted his eyes and looked up at Callius.

“I tried to kill you.”

“Who cares? Half of Carpe will soon try to kill me. Just add those imperial bastards on top of that. I have no shortage of enemies. It won’t change anything if a few get added to the roster.”

Thud!!

“Uhm, why are you hitting me? …”

“How dare a father treat his daughter’s life so lightly? Flora sure is pitiful. I’d rather have her as my foster daughter.”

“…”

“Are you going to live?”

“Can… can I?”

“Don’t pass the responsibility to somebody else. If you want to live, you should. It has to be by your own will.”

Moreover, you –

“You have a clear reason to live.”

Because a child needs a father.


Editor’s Notes:

[1] 살수 (salsu) usually means water sprinkler, but here it’s an old term for killer/hitman.


Sword Pilgrim – Chapter 89

Rinney was smiling brightly.

And the child sitting next to her was so tense she was practically frozen.

I looked at the stiff-looking girl and smiled softly.

“So it’s you.”

“Yes?”

“Flora.”

As I’d heard from Peter, she was a cute and lovable kid.

Brown hair tied in a ponytail.

She had bright eyes and a cute young face, but she had a very hard core.

She seemed to resemble her father.

It was fun. In various ways.

“How do you know my name…”

“For somebody with the rank of a count, it’s not difficult to find out your name. Besides, I have an acquaintance with your father.”

“R-, really?”

“Yes.”

In fact, I wasn’t being completely truthful.

Peter had never mentioned his daughter’s name.

Despite being from the dark world, he was meticulous about what he had to protect.

But I knew.

About Peter, and his daughter, Flora.

Of course I knew! Because these two were important nodes in the kingdom arc of the game.

Because I was the one to set them up that way.

“Take it.”

“What is this?”

“An advanced skill art. It’s a precious thing that even those training hard outside haven’t received yet.”

The skill book originally came from the ruins of a now-extinct aristocratic family, which I chanced upon during my days spent wandering.

I’d kept it inside the stigma and forgotten about it, but this time I took it out and rewrote it, pruning the unnecessary parts.

There was no specific name.

If I were to give it a name, I would call it – Seven Stars Bell (七星鍾).

You can think of it as pouring seven stars into a goblet.

It was quite advanced compared to its peers, so it could be said that it was a hard-to-find great art.

Because some truths I’d realized while learning the Six Peak Flowers technique had been merged into it.

“Why are you giving this to me?”

“Investment.”

The difference between whether or not you’ve learned an advanced-level technique is the difference between heaven and earth.

If you learn the cycle and manipulation of spiritual power from an early age, you will become stronger easily.

And the purer your divine power, the stronger your strength.

“Investment?”

“Think of it as me investing in your talent. It’s not a problem for someone of my station to get you an admission into the Academy.”

All it’d take was some money.

My pockets were full, and if I could spend some gold to change the fate of a child who would one day be called the Sword Demon, it was a cheap price.

“Really!?”

“Count is a higher title than you probably imagine. It’s not that difficult if I recommend you. Of course, after graduating from the Academy, you’ll have to come under my control. It doesn’t matter if you become a knight or a paladin.”

If she could only become mine, how much would that be worth? One of the reasons for Carpe’s collapse in the future would be internal division.

The master of the sword Carpe revered, trying to destroy the kingdom with her own sword.

With the support of the empire, she slaughtered Carpe’s paladins and knights, and blocked a Master at the end.

She ended up giving up her life blocking that Master, but Carpe also faced its end along with her.

The Sword Demon who’d become such a catastrophe desperately seeking revenge, was the little kid now sitting in front of me.

“Are you the highest in the Jervain family, Count?”

“Not yet, but I soon will be.”

“… I’d love to!”

“Good.”

“But I need to talk to Dad first. If I decide by myself… Dad would be sad.”

“You’re a really filial child. You’re right. Such an important decision shouldn’t be taken by a child alone ignoring her parents. But I’ll tell you this. You deserve it.”

“Really?”

“Yeah. Rinney has confirmed your skills already. You may have lost to her now, but it’s not certain who’ll win by the time you both graduate from the Academy.”

I inflamed her childish expectations and incited her incipient rivalry with Rinney.

It wasn’t particularly glorious to manipulate a little kid like this, but I had no choice.

You have to save the people you can save.

“Even if your father refuses… I’m not going to turn away my niece’s friend. Feel free to come here to play anytime, and if you want, you can take part in the training, too.”

“Really!? Then… can I bring my friends too?”

“As long as it doesn’t interfere with the troops’ training.”

… After watching Flora leave the office visibly excited, Rinney glanced at me with a worried face.

“Is this alright?”

“It’s fine. We need to go slow and take our time. Rinney, make sure you befriend that child. It’ll help a lot in the future.”

I had to make sure that kid fell into my orbit. Who knew when or how my plan might collapse if we left her alone.

“… I just don’t understand why. Do I really need to? She’s just a civilian.”

“It’s necessary.”

“I don’t know what’s in your mind, Sir Count. You weren’t actually impressed with that kid, right?”

“You may be better than her now, but things might really be different in four years.”

“Is that…”

“My eyes don’t notice useless things. Just like you have far sight, I can see the potential of a person. You’ll have to work hard if you don’t want her to catch up.”

“Is it God’s grace?”

“Something like that.”

God’s grace, bullshit. I didn’t have anything like that.

It was just more convenient to agree because I didn’t need to tack on additional explanations.

It was better to let her misunderstand it.

The moment I was about to leave –

Rinney tilted her head and said, as if wondering.

“But Bruns is useless.”

“…”

Troubled by the sudden attack, I had to furrow my brows for a moment before finally answering.

“Shut up. I’ve got a lot of work to do, so you can go.”

Rinney pouted her lips and quietly left the office.

“A little girl almost left me dumbstruck. It’s all because of Bruns.”

And just to note, he was so useless even a little girl could see it.

“When’s Cedric coming? I’m not going to carry this guy anymore.”

But instead of Cedric, somebody else arrived.

A woman with dark purple hair.

Beatrice.

“It’s become quite a bit noisier since I saw you last. There are children, too. Who are they?”

“My nephew and niece.”

“Oho, and here I thought you had children.”

“I do have a child.”

“Eh?”

Was it that surprising?

Her sullen face was quite pleasing to the eyes.

“But, what’s happened? I don’t think the extraction process is over already?”

“I wanted to see Vivi. Where is he?”

Beatrice often came to meet Vivi if she had a chance.

As a follower of the Whip God, she seemed to like magical beasts.

“He should be sleeping right now. He’s doing that a lot these days. He spends most of the day sleeping.”

He was sleeping a lot and steadily growing up.

Whenever he woke up, I felt like his body had grown a little, so in time he might grow to match his mother in size.

“You know, you always talk a lot when it comes to Vivi. It’s cute.”

“Shut up.”

“Huhu.”

“More importantly, has there been any progress?”

“Yes, it’s going smoothly. Here, I brought a sample with me.”

“Well?”

Truly.

The demonic energy was much fainter compared to the how the blood of the thunder wolf dragon had been originally.

The blood used to be a deep dark shade of red, but now a lot of the turbid energy had disappeared.

Another month or two should be sufficient to draw out the blood essence.

It was just a matter of time.

“How are the horns looking?”

“Great. You can make anything with them. Smelt them into gauntlets, or even armour. Or do you want to feed them to a carcass? It might work.”

“Is that even possible?”

“An alchemist’s pursuit isn’t that different from a paladin. Creating various artifacts is ultimately a study to make a stronger sword.”

“But it’s not sure to work?”

Beatrice’s lips rose up at the corners.

“Life is a gamble.”

Meaning she might fail.

If she succeeded, my sword might be upgraded, but if she failed…

“Raising the level of the sword is the same as raising the level of its soul. The extinction of the soul is the extinction of the sword… Maybe it’ll shatter on the spot?”

The risk was huge.

But it was also a very attractive proposal.

“I have to think about it.”

“It’s not something you can just do if you want to. It’s still in the research phase. It’s just a hypothesis right now, but I was wondering if it’d be possible to upgrade the soul using dragon blood.”

If the sword wasn’t made with a pure human soul, but also had the soul of a thunder wolf dragon mixed in it, the possibility might be higher.

“You’ll need a sample for research, then.”

“Yes, I wanted to get your permission while I’m here. Two birds with one stone.”

“How much do you plan to use?”

“I’m thinking of trying it out on a spare carcass… Two or three at least.”

Two or three bottles of dragon blood essence, in exchange for a single bottle of research results?

The expenses were quite high.

But it was such an attractive proposition.

I couldn’t help but nod my head.

If it were anyone else, I might’ve told them to screw off, but Beatrice was the one suggesting it.

Because it was her, not some random alchemist I’d found on the streets.

“Is it okay?”

Even for her, dragon blood was not a material that could be found easily.

She too wouldn’t want to miss an opportunity like this.

‘Just, one thing still bothers me.’

Why kill Viole?

 I couldn’t be sure.

I didn’t know what her scheme was, but I couldn’t refuse her.

If it was something that could raise the level of a sword, it wasn’t a waste of money by any metric.

‘If the Blue Thunderbolt Sword can become a vision sword, this much expense is nothing to speak of.’

Although it was now only a spirit sword, it was already powerful.

If it became a vision sword, I’d be able to guarantee my life even in front of a Master.

“What else do you need?”

“A carcass. The higher the grade, the better. The more data, the better. Can you give me one?”

It wasn’t a difficult request.

Seeing me nod, Beatrice showed a bright smile.

“Beatrice.”

“I’m listening.”

“There are conditions.”

“What are they?”

“Move your lab here.”

“… Here? To this noisy place?”

“I’ll give you the basement.”

It’d only need to be soundproofed.

The front yard was indeed quite noisy, but the back yard didn’t have that much noise.

“Are you suspicious of me?”

“No, I’m just trying to make you mine. After all, it’d be convenient to have you nearby and check these guys’ data.”

“Eh?”

It’d be annoying if someone else took her in. So I extended my offer of recruitment.

Anyway, I had no choice but to build up my own force within the Carpe Kingdom. For that, I became an inquisitor-captain, and I was now even training these useless inquisitors.

One way or another, in the near future –

“This kingdom is going to explode.”

『Scenario Quest』

『Civil War of the Carpe Dynasty』

Progress – 28%


28% progress for the outbreak of civil war.

Each time Callius captured and killed the corrupt nobles, this number increased.

Considering that it’d been 20% before killing Artemion, the more you kill a noble of a high rank, the earlier the civil war will start.

It was getting more and more imminent the more Callius rampaged.

“Because I’m preparing too, bit by bit.”

But the threat right in front of him had to be given priority.

“Peter.”

“Ah! Sir Count. Were you here?”

Peter was standing guard at the usual place. Callius smirked as he saw Peter’s loose and relaxed posture.

“Is it time for your lunch yet?”

“Yeah, almost… Count?”

“I haven’t eaten either. Shall we have lunch together? I’m feeling a bit peckish.”

“Me too. I’ll quickly go buy some lunch. Wait here just a minute!”

“No, you don’t have to.”

“Yes?”

“I came to see you today. Let’s go. I have a reservation at a restaurant.”

“To see me? Sir Count?”

“Why? Can’t I?”

“Oh, no, I didn’t mean that.”

After a while.

Peter and Callius arrived at a restaurant frequented by the nobility.

“Looks expensive.”

Even after going inside, Peter was looking very uncomfortable, as if he thought he was sticking out in such a luxurious environment.

After choosing their food from the menu –

Callius went straight to the point.

“Hey, your daughter is a cute kid.”

“Eh?”

Peter, who’d been staring at the menu for a long time, couldn’t hide his puzzlement.

“Flora, wasn’t it? Like you said, she really has a passion for swordsmanship, and she’s smart to boot. She seems to have talent, too. Just like you said.”

“How, my daughter’s name…”

“I’m in charge of some children of my family, and they brought her to meet me after they became friends while playing. As we talked, I found out that she was your daughter.”

The foolish impression Peter had been showing so far calmly subsided.

Only his expression changed a little, but the atmosphere was completely different.

Callius continued to speak, despite the subtly creepy feeling.

“I told her to come and play often, so don’t worry. She’s a bud that will one day bloom into a great knight.”

“Is that so?”

Even though Callius was praising his daughter, the vigilance in Peter’s eyes didn’t go away. Rather, the more Callius praised her, the steelier his gaze became.

“That’s right. I’m thinking of setting up a space for her in a corner of the house where she can train to her heart’s content. And, well, the inquisitors are training right next door. She could learn a lot just by watching.”

“You don’t have to…”

“It’s a shame that the Royal Academy isn’t open to the public. Carpe hasn’t come to its senses yet. It is the children, not the adults, who are the future of this country. Giving support to them is the cornerstone of the kingdom’s revival… What do you think?”

“You spoke powerfully, Sir Count.”

Peter seemed to be thinking very deeply.

Callius lowered his gaze, away from the struggling form of Peter, and raised his knife and fork to cut the lamb steak.

It melted in his mouth after one bite.

The food was expensive.

But usually, although not every time, that’s because the taste is worth the money invested.

Callius thought the same as he looked at Peter in front of him.

‘How are you going to react?’

Peter was just like this food in front of him.

If Callius paid the right price, would he be repaid with a commensurately great taste?

Would Peter maybe try to stab him, or grab him…

Callius didn’t know.

So –

“Are you tired of it yet? Assassination, I mean.”

At that moment, Peter’s hand holding the knife trembled.


Editor’s Notes:

None for this chapter.


Surviving a Shounen Manga – Episode 66

A New Chapter

A red haze fluttered from beyond the far end of the earth, spilling its crimson hue into the indigo blue horizon.

The red sun was beginning to rise above the skies of the Skull Empire.

“… I can see them.”

The princess’ face was flush with excitement.

“Yeah? You sure they aren’t participants?”

“No, they’ve got the same outfit as in the preliminaries. They’re judges alright. Three of them.”

Hearing her affirm it, I frowned and scrunched my eyes, and indeed, I could see three men in traditional imperial attire in the distance.

“Whoo…”

The emotion swirling inside my heart was neither relief for arriving on time nor relaxation that the long journey had finally come to an end.

It was just annoyance.

Whinny–!

It wasn’t funny.

“No, what are you so happy about? How long have you been running, again?”

I looked down at my mount, puzzled.

It’d only been an hour and a half since this guy had started trotting and then running properly. He’d been lazing about on my shoulder until then.

I thought he might at least run for a while, but we’d already arrived at our destination? Just thinking of how long I’d had to run carrying this bastard was making my fists clench unconsciously.

But,

Whinny–!

“…”

Seeing how excited he was about his achievement, there wasn’t a point in saying anything.

“Eh… yeah, about an hour and a half, huh? Good work.”

Then, I turned my gaze to the front again.

Towards the huge and majestic mountain, its top obscured by clouds.

Maroon Mountain.

Its roots stretched across and beneath all around the continent, making it a natural staging ground for campaigns aiming to conquer the continent since ancient times.

Anyway, we’d finally arrived.

After a full two days riding on horseback (?) –

It was finally the moment to pass the first gate of the finals.

That was then –

Tiling–.

The familiar sound heralded the arrival of a holographic message.

[Chapter 23 – The Huntington Bandits (3) has ended]

[Hiro’s character evaluation has been updated]

[‘Spirit of sacrifice’ has been added to the characteristics]

[The support of many readers followed]

[Awareness increased by 80,000]

[Attracts the author’s attention]

[The author’s favourability has increased by 10]

[Received fan art from fifteen readers]

[The author’s favourability has increased by 15]

[Reappearance probability has increased to 30%]

[State]

  • Name: Hiro (Enigmatic Squatjaw)
  • Characteristics: Very strong, Bluffing, Chatterbox, Secretive, Turned out he was a pretty boy?, Leadership, Spirit of sacrifice
  • Awareness: 245,259
  • Author’s favourability: 42
  • Reappearance probability: 30%

Tiling–.

[Additional rewards for appearing mid-chapter]

  • Character points paid 5,000p.

[Leading point of view application is finished]

  • The leading point of view is revoked.

[Character’s rank has increased]

[Character’s rank has increased]

[Character’s rank has increased]

Tiling–.

[The final evaluation of the character has been calculated by the author]

[Hiro is the subject of a preliminary appearance in the next chapter]

[Character points paid 240,000p for the rise in awareness]

[Character points paid 2,500p for the rise in author’s favourability]

[Character points paid 300p for the rise in reappearance probability]

Hmmm.

The chapter ended as soon as we arrived at Maroon Mountain.

Well, it was regrettable, but it couldn’t be helped.

To be honest, just being allotted this much screentime was a relief. Compared to my first estimate, the time it took to pass each gate of the Warrior’s Path was much longer.

It wouldn’t have been strange even if my point of view had gotten revoked before passing the hurdle. Apart from that one time a bunch of idiots made a nuisance of themselves, there wasn’t even a single enemy raid. Even though we moved slowly enough to let a few people overtake us.

Honestly speaking, I was seriously entertaining thoughts such as, ‘should I start juggling two horses instead of one?’ I’d almost felt compelled to do it. But in the end, I managed to endure the monotony till the end of the first hurdle.

‘Let’s see now…’

I slowed the pace down a bit, and quickly skimmed through the character evaluation results. Characteristics, awareness, author’s favourability, fan art, reappearance probability…

‘Hey, why are you suddenly showing more interest?’

The first thing to note was that the author’s favourability had risen.

Except for the extra 15 from fan arts, there was a rise purely in favourability by 10.

Of course, the 80,000 rise in awareness was also surprising, but the rise in author’s favourability was even more eye-catching. Because it clearly meant that there was now room for improvement in our relationship.

Of course, I had no idea exactly why.

Maybe because Leo’s development hadn’t gotten twisted because of me?

Or after sending me away and cooling down a bit, he noticed how good I was when he looked at me again?

Or because I was using the characters he’d worked so hard on and yet had to throw away?

Maybe he just thought I was an interesting guy?

Whatever the reason, it was a pretty good situation for me.

Maybe I could show off a little more here in Eastland. As the leading point of view, that is.

‘Am I overthinking it?’

Well.

I thought there was a possibility.

This chapter didn’t end at a bad place. Not only did we pass the first obstacle, we also got to see Maroon Mountain, the location of the second obstacle. It’d definitely arouse the readers’ interest.

Moreover, the reappearance probability was as high as 30%. This was a very significant number.

Judging from my experience so far, a reappearance probability of about 10-15% could be interpreted as ‘planned to appear again someday’. However, it wouldn’t make you a candidate for appearing in the next chapter.

However, from a reappearance probability of over 30%, although it was just an empirical judgment, the author should be seriously considering whether the character should appear in the next chapter or two.

In other words, the author might be considering my reappearance in the upcoming chapters, right now.

Although, I still didn’t have a particularly optimistic outlook.

The chapters that were about to begin didn’t have much gap in the content where another story thread could be shuffled in.

Looking for the lost treasures within the temple, repeated fights between Leo’s party and the Huntington Bandits, until the adventure quest was finally completed.

It wasn’t idyllic enough to weave in another storyline, or to mix in scenes from a faraway place that wasn’t directly related to the arc.

From that perspective, it might be a bit difficult for me to reappear.

However, there was something else I thought was possible.

Notification of the results.

Wouldn’t it be possible to directly tell the readers about my progress, even if it was with just a throwaway scene or two between the chapters? Readers would also be curious about it.

It wouldn’t need too much detail. After passing the final obstacle with the highest score along with the princess, I’d face the Khan. That one scene would be enough. That alone would be able to largely offset the ‘weakening’ and ‘falling between the cracks’ that I’d been prepared for when I moved to Eastland.

Of course, this was just the most widely optimistic result. If the readers didn’t remember me, or if the author didn’t want them, scenes like that would never appear. Also, even if the author intended to use them, if the time wasn’t right, even that wouldn’t be enough.

Ultimately, it came down to luck.

“Okay, I’ll just stop thinking about it for now.”

It was simple. Either my luck would be good, or not.

There was absolutely no point in being anxious about it.

And anyway, what was more important to me was –

‘For now, I’ll have to get my grade.’

It was about being faithful to the present.

Soon after,

“Stop.”

“This is Maroon Mountain.”

“Congratulations on passing the first gate of the finals.”

We arrived before the three judges.

The three of them immediately felt ‘strange’ as soon as I saw them.

Each of them took turns speaking only one sentence at a time, and yet the content flowed naturally as if only one person were speaking.

“There is no time to rest.”

“From now on, the second obstacle begins.”

“I hope you will listen carefully to the details of the obstacle and complete it.”

Their explanation was as follows –

First of all, the essence of the second gate was, as Bayar Khan said, a ‘war of occupation’.

The target was the three highest peaks in the mountain, called the first, second, and third peaks, respectively.

Since there are only three peaks, the maximum number of peak occupants at the end of this obstacle round was also limited to three.

Of course, that didn’t mean only three people could get through the second obstacle.

Basically, candidates had two options.

1. Occupy and defend one of the three peaks during the week spanned by the second obstacle.

2. Enter the subordinate divisions of the current peak occupants.

Once inside a division, candidates had to help the occupants who were their superiors to keep the peak safe. If the occupant failed to keep it and got kicked out, the subordinates would also be eliminated together.

When all the contestants were fully divided into three camps, they would clash in the final obstacle, the ‘war of conquest’.

After the explanation, the judges held out some wooden boards and colourful flags.

“Each one should bring their own nameplate and one flag.”

“The nameplate is a sanction for one’s identity, and it’s necessary to become a subordinate.”

“If you want to follow a peak occupant, you can cut the nameplate in half and hand a part over to them.”

After the handover was complete, I asked them.

“What about the flag? Do I have to hand that over too?”

“The flag must be in your possession until the obstacle round is over.”

“If the flag is stolen or broken before that, you will be eliminated immediately.”

“The moment the nameplate is delivered, the flag’s colour will change to match that of the peak occupant.”

Whoo.

I thought it was just a set of sloppy rules, but it seemed more advanced and systematic than expected.

Just then –

“What if I plant the flag on the occupied territory? It’s not with me anymore by that point, is that alright?”

The princess asked as if she’s suddenly found a problem.

“As long as it doesn’t fall into someone else’s hands.”

“Just be careful.”

“The moment the flag is taken away by somebody else, you’ll be eliminated immediately.”

“Ah, the instant others get their hands on it, huh?”

It was a bit of worrisome to hear. It meant I couldn’t even leave my seat.

In order to plant a flag in the occupied territory, you’d need to prepare supplies, make a defence line, prepare a guard system…

After that, the examiners sent us off with some final words.

“The three peaks.”

“Only one of you can emerge as the victor.”

“The first choice is important, so please be careful.”

The princess and I gave our thanks.

“Thank you.”

Then we passed the examiner and headed towards Mount Maroon.

After a while,

“It’s pretty straightforward.”

We arrived at the entrance to the mountain.

There were exactly three paths to enter the mountain. Each seemed to be connected to one of the three peaks. Of course, they might connect to other places in the middle, but at least the choice seemed really simple and clear at first glance –

– Choose a good place to go.

Something like this.

That was then.

“He’s come, that Squatjaw.”

“So Squatjaw’s here.”

“Finally, he’s here!”

“Hey, why so late?”

“These guys are just strong, is it?”

Some people rushed out from the forest beyond the entrance.

I looked around and saw the other candidates.

They kept murmuring between themselves, and, to my surprise, the object of their grumblings turned out to be none other than us.

“Damn that Squatjaw.”

“There was no point in rushing so quickly.”

“I could’ve run a little slower if I knew he was slower than a slug.”

It was annoying, to say the least.

“Eh? What’s all this?”

“Looks like they’ve been waiting for us…?”

The princess also looked at them as if wondering.

As soon as we got closer, the guys backed away and made a path. But they didn’t stop staring at us.

They didn’t even talk to us. They were just glaring.

“No, what is this….”

Looking at the situation for a while, I began to understand.

These guys were waiting to see which way we were going, which peak we were aiming for.

To avoid us, or to follow us.

“Hey…”

It seemed that my appearance during in the preliminaries had left quite a strong impression.

I stopped paying attention to the onlookers, even though they were definitely paying attention to me. These small fries didn’t seem like a huge threat or help to my goal.

“Which way are we going?”

“Isn’t anywhere fine?”

“Is each peak different? Maybe one is more difficult to climb than the rest, or perhaps there are difference in the natural environment?”

“Well…but we were told to make our first choice carefully. Is it because the mountain is so big? Once you set a goal, it doesn’t seem easy to change it later.”

“I suppose.”

To be honest, it didn’t seem to matter.

“It’ll all be the same. Let’s just pick somewhere nearby.”

I chose the first entrance. There was no deep reasoning behind it. It was literally because it was the closest.

The trail was quite steep from the start, and the path itself was a mess.

The road seemed to be well laid out near the entrance, but as soon as we entered the mountain, the tidy path disappeared. It became so unrecognizable even beast trails would’ve been more conspicuous.

Through the dense trees, through the bushes, stepping over the thorns, we kept walking uphill… my skin kept getting scratched with every step, making my annoyance rise higher and higher.

Fortunately, at least my horse hadn’t decided to lie down yet. Small mercies.

“You’re really going to have to walk this time. Just try lying down! I’ll throw you down from the peak and see how you like it!”

I tried to give the guy a scare to sort him out.

Then,

Whinny–!

The response seemed quite understandable.

“…”

Something like, screw off!

While we were walking along the road like that for a while –

Suddenly,

Crrrrrrrrashhhh–.

What was that sound? There wasn’t a landslide happening nearby, right?

At that time,

“Uh, um! Look over there!”

The princess pointed above and front.

There, an enormous boulder was rolling down towards us at a frightening speed, crushing the surrounding trees.

“Hey…”

The boulder wasn’t alone either. There were as many as three, each the size of the elephant rock during the preliminary rounds.

The guys who’d come up here before us seemed to have prepared a surprise. Or maybe this was also a part of the test’s challenge.

Then,

“What are we going to do? Avoid it?”

“Avoid it…”

The emotion I was feeling was none other than regret.

So sad. That the reader wouldn’t get to see this scene.

Instead of avoiding, I took a step forward.

“Originally, I wanted to juggle a few more rocks in the preliminary round, but there was only the one.”

Then, the moment the first rock was about to slam into my nose,

Crack!

I slammed my hand into it, stopping it in its tracks.

After a moment,

Bang–!

Bang–!

The next rocks in line slammed into the first one with booming roars.

“Huuugh.”

I lifted the rock in front of me first.

Then,

“Where did it come from?”

“There. From over there!”

I threw it full force in the direction the princess was pointing to.

Whoooooosh–.

“You trying to mess with me?”

Soon after,

Boooooom–!

There was a great roar.

However, the sounds I expected never followed.

“What is this? There isn’t a single scream?”

I was trying to catch the bastards who had set this up and see their faces turn blue, but there was no result.

As I was about to let it go despite my obvious regret –

“Then, how about throwing one to over there? There’s an open road there.”

The princess pointed to the other side.

“Understood. I’ll try for a double throw this time.”

Just when I put my hands on the two rocks –

Suddenly,

Tiling–.

A holographic message arrived.

‘Huh? Already? Has the next chapter has already started?’

I checked it right away.

But the content left me stunned.

[Adventure King serialization resumed]

[Chapter 24 – The Second Gate of the Warrior’s Path in the Skull Empire]

[Belongs to the realm of the ongoing chapter]

[Hiro is the subject of character evaluation in this chapter]

[You have been given the leading point of view]

“… Is this even real?”

The author brought out a new chapter out of thin air, one that had never been in the original.

Just for me.


Editor’s Notes:

None for this chapter.


Sword Pilgrim – Chapter 88

In the front yard of Callius’ villa, the troops were stoning each other.

“Haap! Hah!!”

Bang! Bang! Bump!

Eleven personnel threw stones at only one person.

The heretic inquisitor standing at the centre was training to dodge and block using his sword.

If he couldn’t use his footwork, he would parry the stones with his sword, or at least block them with minimal damage.

Those who’d passed a certain level of physical fitness test were now doing this kind of training.

“Ouch! Stop, stop!”

The inquisitor who was beaten all over declared surrender.

There was a light stream of blood running from his head.

“Treat your wound. Next.”

“Whew… here I come!”

Next was the lieutenant of the Sixth Squad.

Callius shook his head at the hearty enthusiasm.

“Start throwing.”

“Haap! Haaah!!”

Clang! Claaaang!

The first five minutes went well.

He cut, deflected, and avoided the stones that came flying in, and didn’t look pressured.

But after six minutes –

A stone Callius put some serious divine power into, struck Diego’s side!

Thud!

“Kgh!”

He collapsed rapidly after that.

Bang! Bang! Thud!

“Kgh! You bastards! Stop throwing!”

“Throw some more.”

Then, a stray stone somehow managed to hit quite a sad place for the lieutenant.

The red-faced lieutenant grabbed his crotch in pain.

“Ah! You motherfuckers! Who did it!”

He screamed loudly and indignantly.

Callius followed up with a few more pebbles, hitting him in the forehead and the groin.

“Ugh! Fuck!! Who is it!!”

Callius calmly raised his hand.

“It’s me. If you hate it that much, just avoid it. Enemies won’t stop attacking because they’re considerate of your situation.”

“Damn it!”

Perhaps he got aggravated at the blatant unfairness, because the lieutenant bit his lip and faced the stones again.

But he was soon hit by a few more and had to come down from the centre stage.

His body was covered with bruises.

Although this training was limited to fifteen minutes per person –

Hardly anybody lasted the full fifteen minutes.

Callius had decided that the primary purpose of the members of the Sixth Squad was to train, and dodging the stones came as the secondary.

They hadn’t gotten used to it yet, but he thought it would work if they kept at it.

Every drop of sweat they shed here would decrease the amount of blood they’d shed in the future.

‘And, well, it’s pretty fun.’

And it was definitely helping, too.

He could see with his own eyes how the movement of the squad members was becoming sharper and sharper as they suffered through the dodge training.

They ran on the mountains from morning to noon.

From lunch to the afternoon, the training was focused on dodging the stones and sparring.

Considering how intense it was, they had no choice but to get better.

“On the battlefield, this stone can be an arrow, a spear, or a stray axe. Don’t throw it lightly like you’re hitting a friend, throw it harder. That way you won’t die in battle.”

“Yes!!”

The troops responded with a powerful shout, and although the lieutenant looked dissatisfied, he too didn’t disobey the order.

Although on the first day he’d had no choice but to suspicious –

He’d just done what he’d been told to do, and endured in order to have a fighting chance later –

But as one day passed and then two, his thoughts began to change.

“Lieutenant, here, drink.”

“What the hell is this that we keep drinking? Tastes like…”

“But your body feels tingly if you drink it, right? I feel like my body is getting better and better, so there must be something good about it.”

“It tastes sweet, so it must be good.”

Callius looked at the troops drinking the mysterious liquid with meaningful eyes.

Gradually, quietly, their bodies were transforming.

‘It works.’

The beverage was a potion that combined the dragon’s blood purified by Beatrice and the troll potion.

Of course, it’d been water diluted to the extent of counting parts per million, and it was still in the trial stage.

There might be some side effects, but it shouldn’t endanger their lives.

Callius believed it should help regenerate overworked muscles and make them stronger.

‘Because it’s extremely diluted…’

There didn’t seem to be any problems.

It won’t have any exaggerated short-term effect, but he was looking forward to the long-term results.

Callius took a breather and walked over to the lieutenant who’d finished applying medicine on his wounds.

He was sharpening now his sword.

“Oh, Dingo, you managed to find a spirit sword from somewhere? What is its unique ability?”

“It’s Diego. And I have no obligation to tell them. And I don’t really want to tell you, either.”

Callius immediately picked up a stone.

Startled, Diego slowly drew his sword.

“This sword is my father’s carcass. I named it Viego, after him.”

“Was he the fallen king of a long-lost kingdom?[1]

“What nonsense are you spouting? He was a great paladin. Father always said that swords have weight. That’s why this sword, Viego, too, can become lighter or heavier.”

The ability to change the weight of the sword.

Depending on the swordsman, it could be used for both the quick sword and the heavy sword styles.

“What a great sword.”

In a way, it was similar to the Tyrant Sword. Of course, it was a step lower, but if one used it according to the circumstances, not many paladins would be able to block it.

“But why do you use it the way you do? You are leaving your sword to rot.”

Perhaps he was stung by how true the fact was, because Diego immediately glared back at Callius with bloodshot eyes.

“What’s glaring at me going to achieve? Your sword didn’t even touch my toes. Haven’t you figured out the reality yet?”

“… No.”

“Dingo, do you know why you are weak?”

“It’s Diego. I don’t know.”

“Because you rely on that sword too much. Unplug Viego for a while. If I think you’ve grown up, I’ll let you use it again.”

“What…!”

“It’s an order, Lieutenant.”

“…”

“Until then, use a normal iron sword, or a carcass supplied by the Church.”

Callius left the frozen Diego behind and looked around the yard of the villa.

Those who still needed physical training were running at a cantering pace.

Bruns and the twins were part of it, too.

“Bruns.”

“Yes, yeah. Boss!”

“Prepare a meal, no need to hurry.”

“Hey, are you telling me to do it? But I’m already training so hard!”

“A squad member reported yesterday, that he saw you in the neighbourhood with a woman. How come you’re complaining about how hard things are? Don’t you have enough time to chat women up?”

“… I’ll prepare it right away.”

“And keep your libido in check.”

“Yes.”

On one side, Orphin and other members of the squad were quietly continuing their sparring.

Callius nodded contentedly at the sight.

Orphin was steadily twisting the direction of her sword and her swordsmanship.

It still looked awkward and unnatural, but after doing it a few times, she seemed to have come to the conclusion that it was the right direction for her.

Even if she wasn’t told to, she was immersed in training and swinging her sword all day.

She was still a bit confused about the technique side of things, but time would solve that.

“I hope Bruns can learn something.”

Hwiiish.

A worm construct of the Worm Soul approached Callius. When it landed on the index finger he stretched out, he heard Orcal’s voice.

– This is me. Orcal.

“Did you look into it?”

– Yes, it was as you said. The chief was surprised, and that person was surprised, too.

“Right.”

After a bit more of a back-and-forth, Callius said he understood and sent the worm away.

Then he called in Rinney immediately.

Contrasting results were obtained from the two of them who had attached Orcal’s worms.

“M-, me? You called me! Right?”

She sure was in high spirits.

“You have work to do. Do you remember what I told you last time?”

“You want me to make friends?”

“That’s right.”

“But I haven’t entered the Academy yet?”

“It’s fine. It’s in the same town.”

“In the same town?”

Seeing Rinney tilt her head, Callius’ lips curved up at the corners.


A quiet afternoon.

While Flora was at her house, reading a book, a boy suddenly pounded on the door, shrieking like whale.

“Boss, Boss! Come out! It’s a big deal! All our kids got beaten!!”

“What? Where!”

“Come, quickly!!”

Quickly putting the book down, Flora rushed out of the house with the wooden sword her father had made for her.

Criss-crossing through the alleys, she finally reached an exit that opened up into a vacant lot. But a storm had already swept everything away.

All the boys with wooden swords had fallen down, and only one girl at the centre was standing to meet her.

“Is it her?”

“Be careful, Boss. That kid just moved in today, she’s no joke. Very strong!”

The subordinate who added that was already sporting a puffy black eye.

Flora gulped.

Black hair, which was rare in Carradi.

And unusual grey eyes.

She looked a little bit… mean.

“Hi! I just moved here. They said you’re the strongest around here?”

Contrary to how innocently she waved her hand as if in welcome, the girl’s eyes had a sharp glint as if she’d caught her prey.

“I, am Rinney. You?”

“Flora. No last name.”

Flora immediately clasped her wooden sword tightly with both hands. It was instinctive.

“Let’s see your skills first. I’ve been doing nothing but training these days, so I’m feeling a little bored!”

Rinney, who grabbed a wooden sword lying at her feet, rushed in.

Crack!

“Ugh!”

“You endured it?”

Although the strike was only with a wooden sword, it was as heavy as an iron sword.

Although they certainly looked the same age, the weight of the swords were different.

“Oh, you stopped this too? Great… Yeah!”

Thud! Thud!

Whish!

The wooden sword turned in the air and struck at Flora’s guard with all the force behind its rotation.

Claaang!

Flora’s guard was broken by the single sword strike that came from the bottom up, and her wooden sword flew out.

Her two arms, now missing her sword, spread out wide, and Rinney’s round kick stably pierced through her broken guard.

Thud!

“Kgh!”

Bang! Thud!

Although she got kicking in the stomach, Flora rolled over on the floor once and almost bounced up.

“Wow! You really are strong! I might not be able to get back up like that. You’ve got good stamina! I have a feeling.”

Usually, one wouldn’t be able to get up right away.

Definitely not any of the neighbourhood kids.

Flora bit her lip and asked, enduring the pain.

“Where are you from?”

“North. I come from a place where it snows.”

“North…! The snowfield guarded by the knights of Jervain? Are you from the North?”

“That’s right. You know it too.”

The children who were watching the fight widened their eyes at the mention of the ‘North’.

“Who wouldn’t know! Jervain of the North! Ruydren of the South! Gradas of the East! And Orvid of the West!”

Children who were born and raised in the land of swords couldn’t help but know the famous anecdotes about the four great noble houses.

Among them, of course, Jervain was the most famous.

Flora forgot about the fight and asked Rinney with some kind of hope –

“Are you a Jervain?”

“That’s right.”

“Wow!”

“A Jervain!!”

“Wow! The Jervains have moved in!!”

The children forgot about being beaten and cheered.

Jervain’s prestige was truly remarkable even among these youngsters.

“Come to think of it, Rinney’s hair and eyes are black hair and grey! Really!?”

Soon a flood of questions followed.

Did it really snow up to your head in the North?

These were questions only the children could ask, such as whether the orcs really hunted them at night.

After answering a few questions, Rinney turned to Flora, who was standing a little away by herself.

“You’re the boss here, Flora. Am I right?”

“How do you know my name?”

“You’re famous! The kids around here say they can’t even touch you?”

“That’s right.”

Seeing that Flora hadn’t let down her guard yet, Rinney smiled faintly.

“Would you like to go with me somewhere?”

“Suddenly? You and me?”

“Aren’t you curious? Where would I want to take you? I would’ve been very curious in your place.”

She was indeed curious.

A girl from Jervain suddenly appeared and knocked out all the children.

Flora wondered how she could be so strong even though they looked the same age, but if she was a Jervain, Flora could understand. Rather than resenting the fact that a Jervain was so incredibly strong even at her age, she only unconsciously admired it.

The name of Jervain, a family of renowned masters of the sword, carried a lot of weight.

“I’m going to the Academy. You know, the Royal Academy? A place where you can be knighted just by graduating.”

The Royal Academy!

The Royal Swordsmanship Academy was an institution for elites among elites, that granted knighthood just by completing its four-year curriculum.

When Flora heard about going to such a place, she thought it was truly expected of a Jervain, and she was so envious that she almost burst into tears.

“But the count who recommended me, asked me if there’s anyone I want to recommend, because there’s a spot left. He’s really handsome and has great ability, so he knew I’d be able to find one.”

The explanation was a bit strange, but Flora got the gist of what Rinney was trying to say.

There was a vacancy in the recommendation letter.

And someone had to be found to fill it in.

“The Academy, do you want to go there?”

Gulp.

Was this the kind of temptation that a twelve-year old could resist?

Flora nodded her head involuntarily at the word ‘Academy’.

“Can I really go with you?”

The corners of Rinney’s lips curved up in a grin.

“Naturally.”


Editor’s Notes:

[1] League of Legends reference.